Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London

oh
ow Weg rs Yeu ne
” ‘ tend g 4 ‘ NH be
Matte ed Cg a dute ed ats acta We ak tty Pam bs ‘ as Porn ners n eesti
wey ae eee Woah at Got ag * . me : ary if se Hips (ORY aot Bb ins MIN Ree
; 7 5 are hs co « p
fs ’ ORICA CEE } FRAO eS AA ith RANT ten EN SARIS aca Pia :
4 ; a gs ; Yi : Oni yeti ay Ih dele Was aamt cf Ute ot
KFT S Wn ao
Be ac Oa Az y ths ete ENERO
‘wate ye aaa ‘ tage Re ala! a4
Pe ae en ye era ‘ 3 Tees pita
PR eee Be “ + st fer * 7 ry
Pew !
So ehs

wi
« ai LJ A
atatte ate ; £ e ; a eatin eee : 2 eka
ra 1 : 9 7 oe ie > € AS A . t DV nese’ fan
: A : 1 : f Was * a . te sea re sec bays baa
a ‘ rf : es , ees ; Creer 0} yp 8: a ; +s na
as . os y 7 é a ipsgeas oe Tene yt a

‘ *
Me IC)

Coe Ae
Wires p ip ag
PETS ge te
» Meds

ei

7 be f ” , ? oils tres

rid i \ pe Nae jt Oktay

set ‘ ‘ a. vey Bike 1 au " nh Peat Pee
” A

Tipe Rfteey f

Edie a

Dory ie ete ee f F Ht by le
Pe Poon pe: ae ‘ white are
. ‘ 4 Wong

Weve hey vest tpt wri & palo
, Tipo eo Dl te OP abe oe a E i I tee 8

het gues nee WLM IM gt Ve G " LahS

yn ie

ae

os

£
Wie

=e

a7
e Pay

Bit 8 Gop
Se Se ate pes foe 0 by AS “ii : Hs ee
1 ae QS O we Lee testy tel «J
Pare PONE Rb rate :

‘ Sige

eptes
1S.

2 3

“<e-
eee eetce
weet

ae

Tere tan?
rere rae

as

es

“Et

vate rea i
My , Deny Boy veins
cnet hia ny aah
seg ts ay Ushiehiyit My * Y
PU ua Waid ase emai hi) Rena ania

fh

ore
oA

ei 3 4 R 6 Wide pens one peas 4,8
‘egy ! ‘ : : GB ie sara
, fs : 4 V3 i

Wipe RW, gar Oy

*) > de
ee ee hy

t vig ott soa A

Hag ean yen

i oat + '

wee Ste |
pa ha tA BIR nee! Lari
Cd Wee
awe yin
A agers ieee ote ai 2
Menta. wth é ns Ay Stunw ld ia eat Ae cd Poo heaee Pan ieee
Le B ie
ave Can ee aie

i i atatay ‘
We a ; ¥ de " , M fies i

A A 3 ; as ti ea MU gina Vines Mages rise

esaletgtet eb ieneniuimnes A A aa Sf Rosulaira aunties ali aeetie ys gee

wns phn uy nas H MPa fa mi ZA Wie ra siete

hg

19 OE ta 4 ren LAY, eye Hie \ ; le So Ba We cise Y
Garb, by
Wie AH gy

feeb teeth
ne Y ‘
\ is
pan

‘

se %

® MAL r epee hase alg fons

Nera 8 84 , ' 4 r s% ist ais oti OE Wee
et re ee ee Se . ‘ 1a ‘ * Ses eed

Aa Aa dag as . +4 “¢.

1a} we "

Rik An (, "i ind au AP ae ve dias

DER ou we heh Wott i sya 5 : citi b 4 ree
Bei Ew ie Sad 9 oy te ate Soll a ae . 4 r ‘ c taste
we ty gee wR WG ay a Ree ‘s r aes y
arn : Arent i HAHA R, SN ! pie
. 4 ¥ Fifer AN, 4 ” 2 pe ik
eee tay

rr

ae
“ky ote yee

EHNA Aw
64 OC KG He OK

way
8
uy
a

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

AUVQOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

190 an, 447112:

(MA Y—DECEMBER.)

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDCN:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,
PATERNOSTER ROW.

ZOSTAS

aCiEarc yl f

OF THE

COUNCIL

AND) WOE EEC ERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAT,

SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1908.

COUNCIL.

His Grace Toe Duke or Beprorp, K.G., President.

GrorGE A. BovuLeNncErR, Esq.,
F.R.S., Vice-President.

Prof. J. Rose Braprorp, M.D.,
D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President.

ALFRED H. Cocks, Esq.

Tue Rr. Hon. THe Ear or
Cromer, P.C., G.C.B.

CHARLES DRUMMOND,
Treasurer.

Sir Epwarp Duranp, Br., C.B.

FREDERICK GILLETT, Esq., Vice-
President.

F. Du Cane GopMan,
DCSE eR Se
dent.

THe Marquis oF HAmILton,
iNESIEY

Esq.,

Esq.,
Vice-Presi-

EK. G. B. Meape-Watpo, Esa.

Pror. Epwarp A. Muincutn,
M.A., Vice-President.

P. Cuatmers Mircuett, Esq.,
Wiales IDES, JUNG. ID)., 1PIRSL.
Secretary.

THe Lorp Newton.

W. R. Oaitvie-Grant, Esa.

ALBERT Pam, Hsq.

THE Hon. N. CHarnes Rotu-
SCHILD, M.A.

Davip Sretu-Smiru, Hsq.

OLDFIELD Tuomas, Esq.,
E.R.S.

A. Trevor-Barrysz, Esq., M.A.

Henry Woopwarp, Esq.,LL.D.,
FE.R.S., Vice-President.

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.

P. Cuatmers Mircnenn, M.A. D.Sc., LL.D. F.RS.,

Secretary.

Frank EK. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector.
R. I. Pococn, F.L.8., Superintendent of the Gardens.
Henry G. Pummer, M.R.C.S., Pathologist.

F. H. Wateruouss, Librarian.

JoHN Barrow, Accowntant.
W. H. Cour, Chief Clerk.

ArtHurR THOMSON, Assistant Superintendent of the Gardens.

LIST OF CONTENTS.

1907, pp. 447-1121.

May 7, 1907.
Page
Mr. H. B. Fantham, B.Sec., F.Z.S. Exhibition of original
drawings of Spirocheta anodonte from the crystalline
style and intestine of Anodonta cygnead ................06+. . 447

The Secretary. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some
photographs of a young male African Elephant in the
ING watorkeZoolopicall: Cardensiener-tacareerey teeter 447

Mr. A. Trevor-Battye, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S. Notes on some
constructional features in Continental Zoological Gardens. 448

1. The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and Kast Africa, from
Collections made by Cyril Crossland in 1901—1902.—
The Cephalopoda. By Witu1am E. Hoye, M.A., D.Sc.
(UB Ale iss 259 eae marae te ERM egies pa a RRR re Po 450

2. The Duke of Bedford’s Zoological Exploration in Eastern
Asia.—V. Second List of Mammals from Korea. By
ODDRWUD MEO MAG aE ue Suet EWAnsa seein sche on erie attains 462

May 28, 1907.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the month of April 1907 ............... 467

The Secretary. Exhibition of a specimen of the patent
Palcommuers Gilaicsmaniclew, eee 2. 8 occas yee sascects acon: 467

lv

Page
The Secretary. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a frontlet
and horns of the Takin, Budorcas taxicolor ............... 467

Dr. H. Hammond Smith. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,
a collection of grits from the gizzards of Game-birds ... 468

Dr, G. Eliot Smith, F.R.S. Notice of a paper on the Form
of the Brain in the extinct Lemurs of Madagascar, with
some remarks on the affinities of the Jndrisine ......... 470

1. On the Abdominal Viscera and a Vestigial Seventh
Branchial Arch in Chlamydoselachus. By Mrs. O. A.
Merritt Hawkes, M.Sc. (Zoological Laboratory, Univer-

Si) Orgel goaunaKed SENIMNN aa3 ant ooncoassesuapctonagdnca cue odogdader 471

2. Second Report on the Batrachians and Reptiles collected
in South Africa by Mr. C. H. B. Grant, and presented
to the British Museum by Mr. C. D. Rudd. By G. A.
Boutencer, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. (Plates XXI. & XXII.) 478

3. On Collections of the Cape Verde Islands Marine Fauna,
made by Cyril Crossland, M.A. (Cantab.), B.Sc. (Lond.),
F.Z.8., of St. Andrews University, July to September,
1904.—The Hydroids. By James Rircuis, M.A., B.Sc.,
Fullerton Scholar, University of Aberdeen. (Plates
SEX TATA SEEN ALD) UI TR eee We ed ee 488

June 18, 1907.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menagerie during the month of May 1907 ............... 515
Mr. ©. J. Gahan. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a
remarkable luminous insect from Manaos, Brazil ...... 515
Mr. H. O. Bax-Ivonside, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a series of
models at WWienezuelan: Amimeal sera ee see” seman 516
Mr. C. L. Boulenger. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a
new Hydromedusan from Lake Birket el Qurun in the
EAU an olen hae eee Re EO ih kr. 516

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.L.S., F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks
upon, two young English Squirrels (Sciwrus vulgaris
albicauda) with abnormally coloured fur :

Vv

1. On the Growth-forms and supposed Species in Corals. By
FrEeDERIC Woop Jonegs, M.B., F.Z.S. (Plates XX VIT-
XGA) es areca ities io. I Ne MM ate nalio aida

2. On Lacerta ionica Lehrs, a Variety of Lacerta tawrica Pallas.
By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. (Plate XXX.)

3. On Neotropical Lycenide, with Descriptions of New
Species. By Hamiztton H. Druce, F.Z.8:; FES.
Gait STNG NOX TS SIERO V0 ae ree meee ac ent cee

4. Descriptions of the Teleostean Fish Velifer hypselopterus
and of a new Species of the Genus Velifer. By C. Tate
REGAN; MUA AE. ZS... :cescescige See DA plsse esccide.

5. On the Anatomy, Classification, and Systematic Position
of the Teleostean Fishes of the Suborder Allotriognathi.
Byc Op ame HRUEG Any MOA WZ, Seiten ts ceart pone cietse racclas

6. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition,
conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905.—
Report on Limnocnida tanganice ; with a Note on the
Subspecies fromthe Victoria Nyanza. By R.T. Ginruer,
M.A., F.R.GS., Fellow of Magdalen College, Oxford.
(Plate Ol, | (ol ORR SEDER A piae See OBES COW Ace Se conan elaine

7. Notes upon some African Species of the Genus felis,
based upon specimens recently exhibited in the Society’s
Gardens. By R. I. Pococr, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Superinten-
dent of the Gardens. (Plate XXX VIIT.)..................

8. A Monographie Revision of the Monkeys of the Genus
Cercopithecus. By R. I. Pocock, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Super-
intendent of the Gardens. (Plates XX XIX.—XLIL)...

November 12, 1907.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the months of June, July, August,
September, and October, HS Goa ee as ag ce Ne

Mr. R.1. Pocock, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks
upon, two photogr aphs of a hybrid between a male
European Wild Cat (/elis sylvestris) and a female African
Wild Cat (elis ocreata ugande@) —....... 1 revere tees eee

Page

518

d57

566

633

634

643

656

677

747

aval

The Hon. Walter Rothschild, M.P., F.Z.S. Exhibition of
the skins and horns of a male and female Takin from
15) OU ey Cale. a Se tame Rie ee lc NaI. A tides
1. On the Scales of Fish, Living and Extinct, and their
importance in Classification. By Epwiy S. Goopricu,
M.A., F.RS., F.Z.8., Fellow of Merton College, Oxford.
(Wee yireisee- GD WW RE. Gl PRI aeeenc ds hdot aaa S usr tte WRB ub ee

iw)

. The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—VIII. List of
Mammals obtained by Mr. Grantat Beira. By OLDFIELD

Tuomas, F.R.S., F.Z.S., and R. C. Wrouguton, F.Z.8. . 7

3. Notes on Two African Mammals. By R. LyprKxKer,
Tis the AAR he’ Ai Rea ra peri eA Rh AL aon Ga wan Aan RTa DR ec othe 3

4. On the Feeding of Reptiles in Captivity. With Obser-
vations on the Fear of Snakes by other Vertebrates. By
P. Cuaumers MitcHeni, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.,
Secretary of the Society, and R. L. Poo ock, F.LS., pAVAIS
Superintendent of the Gardens .............0..........00-000

5. Descriptions of new Loricariid Fishes from South America.
By C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.Z.8. (Plates XLVII.-
2ILIDS))

6. Notes on Mayer's Pigeon (Vesanas mayeri). By Lieut.-
Colonel Nee ANDERS MHeZeSin mere eee epee ne

7. On some Points in the Structure of Galidictis striata. By
Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Prosector to
the Society

November 26, 1907.

The Secretary. Exhibition of an oil-painting of a young
HT ome ey (Cer aul eM refers Ar cl hiya allen eine re eae pa aU EE
1. On some New and Little-known Araneidea. By the Rev.
O. PickarD-CamBriper, M.A., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., &e.
(CLEIEWIG Do) tact ake tea ae lhved nileca en satel Lai RR AAEAMG A oc

2. Descriptions of new Species of South-American Beetles of
the Cryptocephaline Division of the Family Chrysomelide.
Byacherlare iAnmin PACOBN, HMEISa yen nse..0 0) Skene

3. Environmental Studies on the Limpet. By E.S. Russetz,
M.A.

Page

749

803

817

829

856

Vil

tN

. Contributions to the Knowledge of the Anatomy of the
Batrachian Family Pelobatide. By Franx E. BeDpDArD,
M.A., F.R.8., F.Z.S., Prosector to the Society

were cceee

Or

. Microlepidoptera of Tenerife. By the Right Hon. Lorp
WatsincHamM, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8. (Plates
LI.-LIIL.)

Oe ee ii i i ie i i i iC ik i ii ii i i Ck iii kick aC ice ici ec aca

for)

Z Dates of Publication of the Separate Parts of Gmelin’s
Edition (13th) of the ‘Systema Nature’ of Linneus.

Page

By John Hopxinson, F.LLS., F.Z.8., &¢. ..........-.00-+-- 1035

~I

. Report upon a small Collection of Mammalia brought
from Liberia by Mr. Leonard Leighton. By R. I.
Pocock, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Superintendent of the Gardens.
(Plate LIV.)

Pec ce reese cece cece eee e teers sere ste sesersersesescene

December 10, 1907.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the month of November 1907.........

Mr. R. H. Burne, F.Z.S. Exhibition of the feet of a Common
Duiker (Cephalophus sp.) with extensive overgrowth of
(HOEY TVOYO) ASI Onc 5 hanes daaotoabebadete Meape janshaposuaainan cumnacncee

My. F. E. Beddard, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a skin of
the rare Marsupial Dactylopsila palpator (A. Milne-
J Oyo Rie oacie atic eg nian ne eaBah) ON aBE Mma eMen tran orncr omc wanne
Mr. C. M. Venkataramanujalu, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a
Collection of Molluscan Shells, Corals, &e., collected in
the Pamban Channel, Southern India ...................--

The Secretary. Exhibition of preparations of the intestinal
tracts of the Polyprotodont Marsupials Phascogale
penicillata, Sminthopsis larapinta, and S. crassicaudate .

1. On the Origin of the Mammal-like Reptiles. By
R. Broom, D.Sc., C.M.Z.8., Victoria College, Stellen-
[SOS(ol0 Ss UNECE, Baste at oan ame dn emadamsberoont aan docnosuebe 2o0ce

2. A Revision of the African Silurid Fishes of the Subfamily
Clariine. By G. A. Bouuencer, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8.

3. On a Hemogregarine from the Blood of a Himalayan
Lizard (Agama tuberculata). By BE. A. MINncHIN, MEA
Iss. (levies ILA. Gs IDAs) Sose. sonoqeeneanaeseeeodr sn! oe

1046

1046

1047

1047

1047

1047

ve L062

ACI PSa AB BMI CrAS ie iyi S 1

OF TIE

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

(1907, pp. 447-1121.)

Batty, 4. TReEvor-. See Trevor-Batrye, A.

Bax-Ironsrpe, H. O., F.Z.S., H.M. Minister to Venezuela.

Exhibition of a series of models of Venezuelan

JNA TEN Sho Gio Bice i era cet Aer eee ae bias ee i MM IA A SY ante

BEpDDARD, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Prosector to the
Society.

On some Points in the Structure of Galidictis striata...

Contributions to the Knowledge of the Anatomy of
the) Batrachian Hamnily Pelobatide ein. 2s.).ee ances:

Exhibition of a skin of the rare Marsupial Dacty-
lopsila palpator (A. Milne-Hdw?) ...................seceeecee es

BouLEencer, CHARLES Leopoxp, B.A., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of a new Hydromedusan from Lake Birket
el Q me wramian Glnely Mayme yy rene risen patatycesrrer stele ok ences 6 nee eaee

Page

516

803

871

1047

x
Boutencer, Georce ALBert, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

Second Report on the Batrachians and Reptiles col-
lected in South Africa by Mr. C. H. B. Grant, and
presented to the British Museum by Mr. C. D. Rudd.
(EM uieiS ©). GIA gO. Wermencencsccasoosncosaustenuaeomae Pie

On Lacerta ionica Lehrs, a Variety of Lacerta taurica
Ballas -s|(P latex XOXe. \ a deen an aerencega Men dal, oi oa

A Revision of the African Silurid Fishes of the Sub-
family Clariine

Broom, R., D.Sc., C.M.Z.8., Victoria College, Stellenbosch,
S. Africa.

On the Origin of the Mammal-like Reptiles ............

Burne, R. H., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of the feet of a Common Duiker (Cepha-
lophus sp.) with extensive overgrowth of the hoofs ......

CamBripce, Rev. Ocravius Pickarp-, M.A., F.RS.,
C.M.Z.S., &e.

On some New and Little-known Araneidea. (Plate L.).

Druce, Hamitton H., F.Z.S., F.E.S.

On Neotropical Lycenide, with Descriptions of New
Speciessam (elaites DXeXOxal XOXO GVA) sree eee

Fantuam, H. B., B.Sc., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of original drawings of Spirocheta anodonte
from the crystalline style and intestine of Anodonta
CUSED BN ese Se ore e RET we chee Marcie See ANE RE

Ganan, C. J.. M.A., of the British Museum (Natural
History).

Exhibition of a remarkable luminous insect from

Manaoss Brazilliy (cc. cpep a cerennceeche eh mee enc: ghee eae

Page

1047

1046

566

447

Xl

GoopricH, Epwin §., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., Fellow of Merton
College, Oxford.

On the Seales of Fish, Living and Extinct, and their
importance in Classification. (Plates XLIII.-XLVI.)...

Gontuer, R.T., M.A., F.R.G.S., Fellow of Magdalen College,
Oxford.

Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition,
conducted by Dr.W. A. Cunnington, 1904-1905.—Report
on Limnocnida tanganice ; with a Note on the Subspecies
from the Victoria Nyanza. (Plate XXX VIL.)

Hawkes, Mrs. O. A. Merritt, M.Sc.

On the Abdominal Viscera and a Vestigial Seventh
Branchial Arch in Chlamydoselachus

Hopkinson, Joun, F.LS., F.Z.8.

Dates of Publication of the Separate Parts of Gmelin’s
Edition (13th) of the ‘Systema Nature’ of Linnzus......

Hoye, Wiii1AM E., M.A., D.Sc.

The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and Kast Africa, from
Collections made by Cyril Crossland in 1901-1902.—The
Cephalopoda. (Plate XX.)

Pee ee ae eC ea

Jacospy, Martin, F.E.S. (the late).

Descriptions of new Species of South-American Beetles
of the Cryptocephaline Division of the Family Chryso-
melidce

PICICICICICRCICICECE ICICI RCICICN ECECEC ECE: ROECECICNCICNC ICR EC ECHO RGEC CSC ICE RCIC SC RCC NCIC NCSC HCI SiC a

JonEs, FreDERIC Woop, M.B., F.Z.8.

On the Growth-forms and supposed Species in Corals.
‘(Plates XX VII.-XXIX.)

CCC Cane aC CC

Page

643

471

1035

450

829

xl

Page
LypEKKER, Ricuarp, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S8.
“ Notes on Two African Mammals .............00ccc00cc000+- 782
Manpers, Lieut.-Colonel N., F.Z.S.
Notes on Mayer’s Pigeon (Weseenas mayeri) ............ 801
Mincoutn, Prof. H. A., M.A., F.Z.8.
On a Heemogregarine from the Blood of a Himalayan
Lizard (Agama tuberculata). (Plates LV. & LVI.) ...... 1098
Mitrcuert, P. CHaumers, M.A., D.Sc. LL.D, F.BS.,
Secretary to the Society.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some photographs
of a young male African Elephant in the New York
Aoolosical (Gardens with Bees asthe ose esas eee ae eee 447
Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie
lumenmaye telave) anova Ore WN ual WSOP Ae casnoncesocaceozcpshoaaanon 467
Exhibition of a specimen of the patent Falconnier
Cilaiss HBr C le Wa aay Nias ae eon ede ered Ce sce PE, Oe 467
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a frontlet and horns
Ont ae Aka, JEOICOROUS WHOGOUOR * skenesuohnacdsoadeoaneounoaeee A467
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
Curae was moma Or Mieny WOOT shassossoodacsssonoysonnencocs 515
Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie
during the months of June, July, August, September,
aAIMnds@ etooer lOO weit. Gennes PAN ON 2 147
Exhibition of an oil-painting of a young female
(ore eis aS Sr ten me te a el athe Oo, ale 817

Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie
during the month of November 1907 ..................0.00.. 1046

xill
Page
MircHei, P. Coaumers. (Continued.)
Exhibition of preparations of the intestinal tracts of
the Polyprotodent Marsupials Phascogale penicillata,
Sminthopsis larapinta, and S. crassicauddta ........0. 0025 1047
Mircuett, P. CuHAumers, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.BS.,
Secretary to the Society, and Pocock, Rrctnatp L.,
F.L.S., F.Z.S., Superintendent of the Gardens.

On the Feeding of Reptiles in Captivity. With Obser-
vations on the Fear of Snakes by other Vertebrates ...... 785

PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE, Rev. O. See CAMBRIDGE, Rev. O.
PICKARD-.

Pocock, Reainatp [., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Superintendent of the
Gardens.

Exhibition of two young English Squirrels (Sciwrus
vulgaris albicauda) with abnormally coloured fur ......... 516

Notes upon some African Species of the Genus Felis,

based upon specimens recently exhibited in the Society’s
Gardens (BlateSXONexey eI) eas ede ee ioc cee eee 656

A Monographie Revision of the Monkeys of the Genus
Cercopithecus. (Plates XXXIX.-XLIT.) .................. 677

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two photographs of
a hybrid between a male European Wild Cat (felis
sylvestris) and a female African Wild Cat (felis ocreata
UG AIO Nah cep ee EN mae, ne ASN cia. sede acon altiR oh ee 749

Report upon a small Collection of Mammalia brought
from Liberia by Mr. Leonard Leighton, (Plate LIV.)... 1037

Pocock, Reena I., F.L.S., F.Z.8., Superintendent of the
Gardens, and Mircueti, P. Cuatmers, M.A., D.Sc.,
LL.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.

On the Feeding of Reptiles in Captivity. With Obser-
vations on the Fear of Snakes by other Vertebrates

X1V
Reean, C. Tare, B.A., F.Z.8S., of the British Museum
(Natural History).

Descriptions of the Teleostean Fish Velifer hypselo-
pterus and of a new Species of the Genus Velifer .........

On the Anatomy, Classification, and Systematic Position
of the Teleostean Fishes of the Suborder Allotriognathi...

Descriptions of new Loricariid Fishes from South
Ammienica:, ) (elates Xan Vii Xe SXe yee ec) eee tart

Rrrcuis, James, M.A., B.Sc., Fullerton Scholar, University
of Aberdeen.

On Collections of the Cape Verde Islands Marine
Fauna, made by Cyril Crossland, M.A. (Cantab.), B.Se.
(Lond.), F.Z.S., of St Andrews University, July to
September, 1904.—The Hydroids...................-.-2..2+2-:

Roruscu1up, The Hon. L. Waurer, M.P., Ph.D., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of the skins and horns of a male and

fonmpalke IMAleua ine@rin IBID asonccossocusrooesadsuascdoosodsoun-

RusseEu, E. 8., M.A.

Environmental Studies on the Limpet ..................

Smira, G. Exuiot, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.

Notice of a paper on the Form of the Brain in the
extinct Lemurs of Madagascar, with some Remarks on

Hn@ Aiiavamtcie® Ore tole MOCROSUINCD socaaoaenasccnuncencdnscoueeencce

Surra, Dr. H. HamMonp.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a collection of grits

from the gizzards or Ganm@slondl, -<socosssccesnedoonoavssesonsoe

Page

488

749

470

XV
THOMAS, OLDFIELD, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

The Duke of Bedford’s Zoological Exploration in
Kastern Asia..—V. Second List of Mammals from Korea. 462

THomAs, OLDFIELD, F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Wrovucuton, R. C.,
E.Z.8.

Y The Rudd Exploration of South Africa,—VIII. List
of Mammals obtained by Mr. Grant at Beira ............... 174

Trevor-Battys, A., M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8.

Notes on some constructional features in Continental
Zovlosica Gard ensrewn.s-crn snes nee eee nacre ace mea eer 448

VENKATARAMANUJALU, C. M., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a Collection of Molluscan Shells, Corals,
&e., collected in the Pamban Channel, Southern India ... 1047

WatsineHam, The Right Hon. Lorp, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.,
¥.Z.8.

Microlepidoptera of Tenerife. (Plates LI.—LIII.)...... Sil

Wrovueuton, R. C., F.Z.8., and THomas, OLDFIELD, F.R.S.,
Reza:

/ The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.—VIIT. List
of Mammals obtained by Mr. Grant at Beira ............... 174

bist OF PEATES:

1907, pp. 447-1121.

Plate Page.

XX. Cephalopoda from Zanzibar ............. Re oa LO)

XXI. Bufo regularis
XXII. 1. Rana ruddi. 2-5. Phrynobatrachus natalensis .. |
XXII.
XXIV.
XXV.
XXVI.

Hydroids from Cape Verde Islands................ 488

XX VII.
XXVIIL | Influence of Environment on Corals ...,.......... Ae
XXIX. Repair and Death in Corals ;

XXX. Lacerta taurica, var. tonica
XXXI.)
XXXII.
ae Neotropical Lyecsenide .......-...--:s---++--+8-- 566
XXXV.
XXXVI. |
NOON VMenacnea a LANG ANIC nl. ames aate, = eitetteaeiei atte 645
XXXVIII. Skins of Servals and Servaline Cats .............. 656
XX XIX. a
XL.

" LSpecies of Cercopithecus

XLY. ~ \ Seales ‘GEE ESI pena euStrr aslh mM, cone etter a Gee reg MMR 8 751

Val J
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907. 6

XVill

Plate Page
XLVII. 1. Plecostomus theringii. 2. P. marguritifer ...... |
XLVIII. 1. Plecostomus strigaticeps. 2. Arges retropinna.... > 795

XLIX. 1. Plecostomus albopunctatus. 2. Arges heterodon . . /

ii New and Wittle-lnownm Aranerdea 9).....)....7... 817
a) 103
it -Wenerite Mucrolepidopieta ane eer een eee ee 1052
Lu J | 1034
ILI, Giemneiig heommn ILM, co oncscdoaneovcvvcncavcbaas 1037

LV. |

Heemogregarine of Agama tuberculata x 2000....... 1098

Heal

LIST OF TEXT-FIGURES.

1907, pp. 447-1121.

Page
128, Extremity of the hectocotylised arm of Polypus horstt ...... 451
ID OR dul aco Oly Pus MOnSUU en ate aclUntsy a shelcae cual ieee ctsyel tore aerate 452
a Dorsal and ventral aspects of Polypus M...... pobopos eon 455
132. Horny ring of a buccal sucker of Seproteuthis loliginiformis .. 456
133. Sucker from a sessile arm of Sepioteuthis loliginiformis ...... 456

134. Horny ring of a large tentacular sucker of Seproteuthis loligint-
TONIDEM Ble ROIS. OU ODEO CCH 6 BIRO ARS ODOR Se ier enni hoe ROR 457

135. Horny ring of a lateral tentacular sucker of Conntioviias loli-
ae sg VM MMEMEM On oy sae. cer iuer stauet Sr enel arate egal on cue wearer ay ane , 457

136. Transverse section through the pen of Seproteuthis loligini-
LLORES Seek NORM ot) or sia ee cereviess. shch eRe ak a ea ameg wieeles 458

137. Two rows of teeth from the radula of Seproteuthis loligini-
HOOD ae GSB oloo t+ 00 oN oR mOROe a5. Gein Cucees st euhens oy scetictons 458

138. Alimentary canal from the middle of the stomach to the middle
OE WA® Colloin Ot ChllenvaosHHAiS snecrnduncanssneosboougs 472

139. Diagrammatic figures of (A) male and (B) female cloaca of
METIS ATANIS 5 55 AMOS DORICAA OE DDG 2EOb On one nO CUO G 476

140. Hind lobe of plastron in two adult female Cinixys belliana .. 483
141. Upper and side views of head, and lower view of head and

pectoralyrestonl or Wonopelits OFGNt. se seen ae ee = a A85
142. Soleniopsis dendriformis. To show mode of branching ...... 496
148. Soleniopsis dendriformis. Wydranth and yonophore ........ AQ7
144, Male Gonosome of Sertularia versluyst .........2.+.+.+000 506
145. Vegetative reproduction in Corals. Diagram to illustrate

TEPLodMenonwoysen tall DUC GIMG) Se ee ay aeiers cls wee nls clue) sate = 521

146. Vegetative reproduction in Corals. Type in which the daughter
zooids become completely separated......... shea Rca ieee 522

Te NEON IGM MCMC Oa ee dadh ban beg oO ON Oa aa toon
73. Young Limnoenida, with five radial canals ......
. Portion of periphery of Timmnocuda .............

xX

Page

Vegetative reproduction in Corals. Type in which separation
of the daughter zooids is less complete ......s+e.sesseees

Vegetative reproduction in Corals. Further stage of incom-
PELE KEparabionwots7 CONS sa enw erence ern

. Vegetative reproduction in Corals. Meandrine type of

GUNAISHONNS 500.5 HmaneoaadrgoaonuocUondoGodas Onoda dIoED8
Vegetative repreduction in Corals, Meandrine type of
division : no separation of daughter zooids.....

SoODOOGoooOo cd

. Vegetative reproduction in Corals. Diagram showing an

Astrea assuming (as a sport) a Meandrine form of division. .

52, Vegetative reproduction in Corals. Diagrammatic section to

illustrate the mode of growth of Montipores ............. :
Vegetative reproduction in Corals. Diagrammatic section to
illustrate the mode of growth of Madrepores..............
. Rough-water type of highly branched Madrepore

5 Diagram of type of growth of a Madrepore when living in

water free of sediment: MORIDOAE OWE, 5 2b sechooness
Diagram of growth of Madrepora pulchra when living in a
habitat exposell to ihemcnionvor sedimentary errr ree
Young Porites mass grown equally round in central nucleus. .
Older Portes colony in which the lower zooids are killed by

PRESSUTO SS Cg cn. 1 rien cnet rasa: iia a oie: Sue elbegopako ks ty een
Adult colony of Porites in which the yon roti are killed

byseduimentiiry. ¢.2.--\seacweirre he hie ane SER SERED ts
Delypemon repair of Diednepenes when the “ Alarming otic!
zooid’”’ is not destroyed .......... Se eere een aes RIOD ar
Type of repair of J Wed irepawes when the “ dominant ays
zooid ” is entirely destroyed ........... Sot ek By olor wets

2. Lacerta taurica. Side views of heads of males ............
. Lacerta taurica. Upper view of head of female .........

Lacerta tawiea. Lower views of heads of females..........
Lacerta taurca. Head and anterior part of body ..........
Craniumuol We nmies iid ane ane ea ra ys
. Cranium of Velifer hypselopterus .......... OORT Oe
Cranium of Trachypterus tenia ........ TOS an va wee A O-o
Premaxillaries and maxillaries of Taehien us tenia and
Velifer hypselopterus, seen from below and from the side
Head of Velifer hypselopterus with the mouth closed and
OROMEULESG ay ea Soe Donn aod ociacth GinSttonminn Garay also A o «
Anterior part of head of Myripristis enn and upper jaw
OM CHAIOMPUSIG TURIIIS “S \o boc bab Soca ge Net G Asbo de dose c

Skull of Felis aurata. Lateral and ventral views

. Skull of Fels nigripes. Lateral, dorsal, and ventral views ..
. Felis nigripes. Photograph of the living animal in summer

coat with markings well-defined ............ a6

XX1

Page
178. Felis nigripes. Flat skin from specimen in winter coat with
obscune: macula S85). ay. a toenc eA Rene he) ME eye e ce Galle let, = 673
IOs s Cercopithecus roloway SChrever? |.) \cgs Mee toes s.<fee ws 6 ales: 685
180. Head of Cercopithecus neglectus Schlegel ......... Be aetshek 685
Sil, (Cercopithecus meglectus: Schlewel .2...2- hay stsiaien sete sions ¢ 686
182. Cercopithecus leucampyx boutourlinit Giglioli..............55 693
HBS" Cencoputvecus micieaius sora, |. hoe ieee erie i= sae 697
lea: “Cercopithecus mona Schreber. .a4 «sealer nee noe eisai ck 709
les. Cercopithecus enythrogaster Guaiy . « «stam dei.) aie tom obras ieee 716
ISG. (Cercopithecus ascamius Aud... 1, :,..5) 0s ale oe ieee 719
Sie Cencopubhecus-cephes Wamms.\51.5).)0:.. Yale quaqenhsahe nore atk 723
W885 Cercopithecus ethops ethiops Winn, <2. 0.2. «ose 728
N89; (Cercopithecus cantalus tantalus Ceillhy ii. wea oes eae 732
OMEN Cercoputhecus Cy NOSUMUS SCOP. .j0s..ee alee eva RRS 734
IOI” Cercopithecus pygenythrus Cuvier 52 faci. oncieseie- vein ei 736
iQ?) Cercomithecuspacas patas Schieber: 2. 9. vac.) «Pie 743
193. Cercopithecus patas pyrrhonotus Hempr. & Ehrenb. .......... 744
194, 195. Hybrid between a male European Wild Cat (Felts
sylvestris) and a female African Wild Cat (Ff. ocreata
UG ANA cs Veh ia: abe On meetiiion ie ahaae clare Wermeye galls eenteleeahe » 7a
196. Diagrams of the structure and development of the deel
skeleton of Hlasmobramehsny gy.) ne ais cye aero: 753
IO Seale ot Megakichthys MoU iis. 2. J skh tpt toges «lek sheers 756
NGS Scalevon iu motes CRENAiUS ua erlseie =) aerate oiyeiehe ae ante 758
199, Piece of seale of Mepidostews osseus 2... cee eect tee eet 759
200. Diagrams showing the possible origin of the ‘ cosmoid,”
Rhizodont, “ paleeoniscoid,’” and the “lepidosteoid” scales .. 761
201. Small portion of the scale of Phaneropleuron curtum ........ 767
QOD Scales-okeChemolepusy sp... sic s)s\0<.«)=)syered +4) 4, a simvoniere) ale aioe k 768
203. Portion of a thick transverse section of the scale of Polypterus
DUCTION Ha ape teges tek alas 0 Slajel tgaya tan oo Choy BIR SISTENT ROC 770
204. Transverse section of the scale of Acanthodes sp. .......... 771
20a Ae lmeopard=skim trom) Woanda, 5). ceou- ess ee a ee 0a (84
DOG Headvoh uw lecostomus albopunctatus .. een = «ase aes ene eee com
HV, Isler! wir JA acestanwus GOVUHA0SIS) Gb eock onboabdeecHoenocuoene 798
Bich (Cuatinws (iinlD2OD: Ses cet an one oe 6 ObO ODOR GURU RB OOo uO 799
209. Anus, Vulva, and Scent-gland of Galidictis striata .......... 805
210) Hore partot Monoue of Galdietis striata 0). 190 aan 806
211. Ceca of Galidictis striata and Herpestes fulvescens .......... 808
212, Abdominal surface of Liver of Galdictis striata ............ 809
213. Principal branches of the Posteaval Vein of Galidictis striata . 811
214. Principal branches of the Postcaval Vein of Genetta
VIULG DEUS An eeepc iceahels hates eteuet ah evel ez oj atahieh estes) o: dele eletiale 812
215. Ovaries, Uteri, and Vagina of G'alidictis striata.............. 813
PANG, Weng) Git 1BiaHIN Cir (GHACMOWS SAPO Soa nacbanoonogocdoboeduc 814
217-222. Some irregular outlines of Limpets, all exposed shells.... 864
223-228, Typical “smooth” and “rough ” shells of Limpets...... 867
229. Left ilium and adjacent musculature of Megalophrys nasuta .. 876

XXL

Page
230, Thigh and detached fragment of skin of Xenophrys monticola
tosshowrcherathioh-cland@erpee : acm SaNnpesretsie nein 879
231. Ventral musculature of Xenophrys monticola ............ 882
232, Ventral musculature of Leptobrachium hasselttt .......... 884
233, CEsophageul muscle and neighbouring structuresin Megalophrys
DOME CNG. 6s ince a hele ate RE ene Rene teen oT 886
234. Thigh-muscles of Rana guppyi on inside of thigh .......... 887
255. Thigh-muscles of Xenophrys monticola on inside of thigh,... 888
236, Sternum and adjacent musculature of Xenophrys monticola .. 893
257. Some of the hyoid muscles of Megalophrys montana .......- 895
258. Laryngeal cartilages and adjacent structures of Xenophrys
MONMUMCOIES is An ene Noe ROLE, PRs doa MORIA VM emcee, cae 898
239. Laryngeal cartilages and adjacent structures of Leptobrachiwm
uancll EER SACS ial ass thin. A hubcuid lead cic Gruiee ase Se ; 899
240, Laryngeal cartilage and adjacent structure of Uealaatnon
PUASUEG (ak toto\. "ature ctessteteteMterna Achaiah RE e Cah bees rhs 902
241. Larva of Alucita hesperidelia ............ BP rub arash obs uailal 918
BRO, Ibert (CnpnsCe Manas QUMMUCCM. s cocs00gsooceadgaboeace 919
243. Larva of Agdistis salsolae ............++.. shone oer: 923
244, Mandibles of Mammal-like Reptiles....................-. 1052
245, Shoulder-girdles of Mammal-like Reptiles and of Ornitho-
PRY TORUS teh aon feito eb a eerie as oe eek en ae re ae 1054
246. Carpus of Sphenodon and of Mammal-like Reptiles ........ 1056
247. ‘Pelvis‘or Mammal-like Reptiles << 30.5). 7.e. 05.1 fener 1058
248, 249. Showing gradual transition from typical Clarias to Eel-
Shape dpronimseChannalavespenmicr: saree). ake 1064
DIO MCL IASTOUNCIGUENTCE uni Miner Aen erent Scie eee ee 1075
Doe Clarcas nvellande eA e wae mimes Biny ats oats eon eit hees ope 1075
PD AOLETIAS MOCNSUS Mee, o% est tee ee Coes ee ee ne ee 1078
DOS AC LANVUSHLONGLOT nk. es Anlst ome eae a aera dy 1081
DOA CLANAS IUMCNOMYSEAL: 4. 2. ttre ee erate te letereleletene chee 1085
BITS CUA RU RSI OGIO) OUT TCETIN CHa ms ratacis sh sca cutie 0) cs eeBechoreh SIGIGIANC ENE IAFO G30. H8m:2.0 0:6 1087
BOON CLORGAS FH OULONI TRE © e242 Gi emg een cheek Mane e ates 1090
DING CLIN UASASALCE. SE with c stax 2.4 2 Rea eet pe WRI NTER ee, iy 0 og OS)

LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS

PROPOSED IN THE PRESENT VOLUME (pp. 447-1121).

Page Page

Ambloma (Lepidopt.) ......... 946 Polymetis (Lepidopt.) ......... 969
Pragmatodes (Lepidopt.) ... 928

Chersogenes (Lepidopt.) ...... 947 Prosthesis (Lepidopt.)......... 953
Epanastasis (Lepidopt.)......... 948 Soleniopsis (Hydrozoa)... +89, 494
Eumecichthys (Pisces) ......... 638 Stathmopolitis (Lepidopt.) ... 1019

Pelobatrachus (Batrachia) ... 909

‘VALI dee kee ath tite

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

QE THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY |

OF LONDON.

190%,

Pages 447-746.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

MAY ann JUNE.

_ OCTOBER 1907.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND C@Q.,
? PATERNOSTER-ROW,

[Price Twelve Shillings. |

|

LIST OF CONTENTS.

1907, pp. 447-746.

May 7, 1907.

Mr. H. B. Fantham, F.Z.S., on a Spirochxte from a Pond Mussel .............00+-5--

Dr. P. Chalmers Mitchell, F.R.S., Secretary to the Society on a young African eae
in the Bronx Zoological Park .

Vr. A. Trevor-Battye, F.Z.S., on some constructional features in Continental Zoological
GEAUGA S Sess cas cg, o fre eas See este Nain aoe re se Mrs pemeaaiNt

1. The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and East Africa, from Collections made by Cyril
Crossland in 1901-1902.—The Cephalopoda. By Wintiam BE. Hoye, M.A., D.Se.
(Plate XX.)

2, The Duke of Bedford’s Zoological Exploration in Hastern Asia.—VY. Second List of
Mammals from Korea. By Outprirenp Tomas, F.R.S., F.Z.8. 2.2... eee eee we eee

May 28, 1907,

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of
I = (=) to}
poet WOE ao O AGH ASS Go PN Goeeeia once DIST Or NU Soe anon Mah ante a gas sio ye 5

The Secretary on the patent Falconnier Glass Bricks ........encsceeess cece teeerecece

Dr. P. Chalmers Mitchell, F.R.S., Secretary to the Society, on a frontlet and horns of the
APS eerste se oe aay acraue te tasSeee eae hal ea ae tana aaheaoten ete batch aba arelea asc bec caevotceacvate tes Phe a oaeteneotele

Dr. H. Hammond Smith on grits from the gizzards of Game-birds ....e+...0seseeeeeee
Dr. G. Elliot Smith, F.R.S., on the Brain of extinct Lemurs ......... wiita te a igdaeeieae Clem

1, On the Abdominal Viseera and a Vestigial Seventh Branchial Arch in Chlamydoselachus.
By Mrs. O. A. Murrirr Hawsus, M.Sc. «2.2.0.0 esse eee eo a8 2 dials ne blats apelceeteie

2. Second Report on the Batrachians and Reptiles collected in South Africa by Mr, C. H.
B. Grant, and presented to the British Museum by Mr. C.D. Rudd. By G. A.
BOULEN GER, BRIS VeRLZ.S, CP lates Koken: KOWT,) ieee wis care ee ee ene

3. On Collections of the Cape Verde Islands Marine Fauna, made by Cyril Crossland, M.A.
(Cantab.), B.Sc. (Lond.), F.ZS., of St. Andrews University, July to September, 1904.—
The Hydroids. By James Rircum, M.A., B.Sc., Fullerton Scholar, University of
Aberdeen. (Plates XXITIT-XXVL.) ccc cesses nner ence tere nnceceucs Galati aed

450

462

488

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

PROCEEDINGS

Or THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

(May to December, 1907.)

May 7, 1907.

G. A. Boutencsr, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

Mr. H. B. Fantham, B.Sc., F.Z.8., exhibited original drawings
ot Spirocheta anodontce from the crystalline style and intestine
of Anodonta cygnea. ‘This was the first record of the occurrence
of that parasite in the British Pond-Mussel, though Keysselitz
recorded probably the same organism from Anodonta mutabilis
about a year ago, without giving its dimensions. The organism
was found to be about 40 long and about 0-7 » broad, with
pointed ends and an undulating membrane. Its motion was
most rapid, but seemed to be both spiral and vibratory.

The Secretary, Dr. P. Chalmers Mitchell, F.R.S., exhibited
photographs of a young male African Elephant, which had been
given him by Mr. W. T. Hornaday, C.M.Z.S., Director of the
Bronx Zoological Park, New York, and made the following
remarks :—

On a recent visit to the New York Zoological Gardens, I was
much interested by a young African Elephant, labelled Hlephas
cyclotis Matschie, but which was unlike any Elephant that I had
seen alive or described. From its general shape and appearance,

- Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. XX XI. 31

448 MR, A, TREVOR-BATTYE ON SOME CONSTRUCTIONAL [May 7,

and particularly from its possession of well-formed conical tusks
which I judged to be about eight inches in length, the animal was
evidently not a baby, and yet it was not more than about four
feet high at the shoulder. It was dark in colour ; its ears were
very much smaller relatively than those of any African Elephant
I knew, and had an unfamiliar outline; finally, the tip of the
trunk showed a peculiarity new to me.

Since returning to London, I find that Prof. Th. Noack
described under the name Hlephas africanus pumilio (Zool. Anz.
xxix. p. 631) a young African Elephant from the French Congo,
then in the possession of Mr. Carl Hagenbeck, but shortly to be
sent to America. I have no doubt that this is the same individual,
and I have little to add to the points by which Dr. Noack
distinguished it from the cyclotis of Matschie, except to point out
that cyclotis was described as light in colour, whereas this form
has a very dark skin. This dwarf African Elephant, however,
differs from any African Elephant that I have seen, and approaches
the condition in the Indian Elephant, in a point which Dr. Noack
did not mention, The tip of the trunk of the Indian Elephant,
by which it can pick up objects, consists of a long finger-shaped,
median dorsal process which fits over a much shorter and thicker
lower lip with a median groove, making it almost bi-lobed. In
every African Elephant that I have hitherto seen, the dorsal
and ventral lips of the trunk are rounded, triangular processes,
similar in shape and practically equal in size and thickness. In
the New York example of /. africanus pumilio, however, the
lower lip is relatively shorter than in the normal African
condition, although it is not grooved in the middle line as in the
Indian form, whilst the upper lip is a relatively slender, almost
finger-shaped process, much longer than the lower lip. I hope
that those who have opportunities of observing the formation of
the tip of the trunk in the different phases of the African
Hlephant, will pay attention to this point.

Mr. A. Trevor-Battye, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., read notes on some
constructional features in Continental Zoological Gardens.

These notes were the outcome of recent visits paid by the writer
to the Gardens of Hamburg, Berlin, Dresden, Vienna, Budapest,
Munich, Frankfort-am-Main, Cologne, Diisseldorf, Amsterdam,
Rotterdam, and Antwerp. They dealt with the improvements
upon former methods made in the case of new cages, buildings
and enclosures. The Gardens of Berlin, Breslau, Vienna, and
Rotterdam were stated to be especially deserving of a careful
visit.

A tendency to get rid, so far as possible, of bars and wiring was
noticeable. At Stellingen, as was well known, most of the animals
were confined in “ natural” fastnesses; while at Antwerp even the
Giraffes were separated from their visitors only by enormous
sheets of plate glass.

1907.] | FEATURES IN CONTINENTAL ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. 449

The small Rodents’ House at Berlin was singled out for
particular commendation on the score of ingenuity and com-
pleteness for its purpose. The plans of this building were shown,
by the kindness of Dr. Heck, Director of the Berlin Zoological
Gardens.

It had come to be more and more fully realised that the majority
of creatures from warm—even from tropical—countries would
thrive well even in the winter of an English climate, with access
to the outer air. In the Dresden Monkey-house, and in others
constructed on the same plan as our own in London, this had been
secured by the simple device of a wired gangway or bridge from
the central cages to those outside. Even the Chimpanzees take
advantage of this, letting themselves in and out. At Berlin, the
Great Ant-eater was thriving in a paddock, in October. The
remarkable Monkey-house at Rotterdam was fully described and
illustrated by large working plans of its construction, kindly lent by
Dr. Biittikofer, the Director of the Rotterdam Zoological Gardens.
The Falconnier system of glazing in use here was recommended
for reptiles and birds.

The Storage, Workshops, and Infirmary buildings at Rotterdam
were explained by means of the original working plans.

The Deer-house of Breslau was instanced as probably the best
in Europe. This house, constructed at an expenditure of only
£900, was built of pinelogs. In it the following points were worth
remembering :—1. Doors all sliding one way, so that they can be
worked from the central corridor. 2. A ventilator to each box.
3. Feeding troughs movable up and down (according to size of
the animal), and opened outwards for filling. 4. Enamelled
water-troughs running in and out on tram-lines. 5. Screens of
spruce between the yards. 6. A gallery running round outside
the building so that the animals could be viewed from above.
7. Food stored above the boxes, on air-tight floors,

The magnificent “ Flight Cage” for birds in Antwerp was con-
structed in 1906. It is about 180 ft. long, 70 ft. wide, 60 ft. high.
Instead of bemg built tent-wise, like ours in London, that loss
of space was avoided, and equal stability secured, by large arched
wings which acted as buttresses and formed an immense addition to
the capacity of the Aviary.

The standing difficulty of how to prevent smell in such houses
as those of the small Carnivora and Edentata had been got over in
Frankfort and elsewhere by the following simple device. Hot-
water pipes were carried along the front of the cage, while a glass
screen, some 5) or 6 feet high, was placed about 4 feet from
the cages, and a ventilator constructed towards the back of the
cages, but in the roof. The warm air, passing out, hit the screen,
was thus deflected and went up through the cages and out at the
ventilator. It carried all the smell away with it; there was
literally none where the visitors stood.

450 DR. W. E, HOYLE ON CEPHALOPODS [ May 7,

In the Schénbrunn Zoological Gardens—the most beautiful of
all—not only the Polar Bears but also the Brown and Black Bears
are given large water-tanks in which they spend most of the day
very happily, being by nature water-loving animals and not
frequenters of ‘‘ bear-pits.”

Although the buildings in many Continental Zoological Gardens
were originally modelled on those in Regent’s Park, our neighbours
had now perhaps gone ahead of us in some directions. While we
need not follow them in the fanciful design and coloured decoration
of some of their modern buildings—these things being a matter of
temperament and taste—we should do well in the future to turn
our attention more carefully to improved methods of warming,
lighting, and ventilation, to convenience in feeding and cleaning,
and particularly to the question of admission of sunlight and
alr.

Mr. Trevor-Battye, in conclusion, expressed his sense of the
courtesy, kindness and ready accessibility of the Directors of
the Gardens visited.

The following papers were read :—

1. The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and East Africa, from
Collections made by Cyril Crossland in 1901-1902.—
The Cephalopoda. By Wituram BH. Hovis, M.A.,
DESe=;

[Received April 26, 1907. ]

(Plate XX. and Text-figures 128-137.)

The collection of Cephalopoda from Zanzibar placed in my hands
by Mr. Cyril Crossland is not a large one, but its investigation has
brought out several points of interest.

Of the forms here recorded five were among the collections
made by Professor Herdman in Ceylon (Hoyle, : 05), whilst four
are also found in the Red Sea, thus indicating considerable homo-
geneity in the Cephalopoda of the northern and north-eastern
parts of the Indian Ocean.

Certain Octopod embryos exhibited very clearly the bristle-like
processes noticed but not yet fully described by Chun (: 04) and
myself (054). I have, therefore, taken the opportunity of giving
an account of them with illustrations.

I have to record my thanks to Mr. Crossland for the opportunity
of studying the collection, and to Miss Ethel M. Cuirwen, F.ZS.,
for making some of the drawings.

The numbers in square brackets refer to my own register of
specimens examined.

* Communicated by Dr. H. W. Marrrz Trims.
+ For explanation of the Plate, see p. 461.

I, AS, ISON IIOOR.

M FP Parker hth. Parker & West inp

CBPHALOPODA FROM ZANZIBAR.

midtet Nua
Na ity
hy

"Vi uk sae ae : y

1907. | FROM ZANZIBAR AND EAST AFRICA. 451

List oF SPECIES.

page

TOL US: HOGSUU ccc: ahcee eee 451
fs GRO OTESCENS) os ae ee ere 454

Bs RORPUAUS e522 Ee 454

< her dmaninn Le eee 454

es ile ee Pr Gc loctcosbooos 454

ks lay ‘tec has ee 454

4. Da a et pa a ee 455

in Mii hptins ean ei ay ROS)
Seproteuthis loliginiformis .......+.+4. 456
ISGDUE) SUMTMAISUS coeadoe sncecsccancaseres 459
Egg-capsules and Embryos ......... 459

Pouyeus HorstTI. (Plate XX. figs. 1, 2, 3 & 12.)

Octopus horsti Joubin (98) p. 23.

Localities. —Zanzibar, shallow water at low tide, 1901 [157].

Zanzibar, shore, 1-2 fathoms, eastern reefs [158, 161, 161 a].

Previous record.—Dyjeddah, Red Sea (Joubin).

The most striking character of this species is the zebra-like
pattern on the ventral surface of the arms shown in PI. XX.
fig. 12.

"Specimen 158 is in very poor condition and the ocellar spots
very faint, especially the one on the right side.

Specimen 161 has indications of small warts (two to four) over
each eye, instead of one large and one small one as in Joubin’s

Text-fig. 128.

Ke

O
©

Extremity of the hectocotylised arm of Polypus horsti; X 3.

type. The ocellar spot is fairly distinct, in the best marked
example (1614, left side) it has a rather dark centre 10 x 11 mm.,
surrounded by a paler ring from 2 to 4 mm. in breadth, and there
is a small wart in the middle of it. The size of the spot seems to
vary with the degree of contraction. The hectocotylised extremity
of the arm (text-fig. 128) measures 5 mm. from the last sucker to
the tip; it is 1-75 mm. in breadth and hasa central groove 0-5 mm.

452 DR. W. E. HOYLE ON CEPHALOPODS [May 7,

across without any transverse ridges in it. The groove which
runs along the arm is very wide and well-marked; 5 cm. from
the tip it measures 2 mm. across when opened out; it is crossed
by a series of narrow close-set ridges, of which there are about
three to a millimetre.

In several specimens the arms have been lost and show different
stages in the process of repair. In 161 the second right arm had
been removed just above the umbrella margin, and its present
condition is shown in Pl. XX. fig.1. The two suckers project far
above the cut end of the arm, and appear to have been drawn
over by the contraction of tissues consequent on the healing
process. The cross section of the arm is now much less than that
of a normal arm at the same level. Just within the integument
is a small fleshy, curved process (7), the rudiment which will grow
into the new arm. Further stages may be seen in 157, where no
less than four arms have been amputated and are in different
stages of regeneration. In the fourth left arm (Pl. XX. fig. 2)
the rudiment is 8 mm. in length and bears about thirty suckers ;
the exact number is impossible to ascertain, those towards the tip
being very minute. In the third right arm (Pl. XX. fig. 3) the
length of the restored portion is 15 mm., but the number of suckers
has not much increased, being only about thirty-eight; their size
is, however, much greater, The chief point of interest about
these specimens is that in every case the rudiment of the new
arm arises in the same position, namely just within the integu-
ment of the outer aspect of the arm.

Radula of Polypus horsti; X 65.

As the radula of this species has not yet been figured, I give a
drawing of it in text-fig. 129.
Polypus horsti is very commonly used for food in Zanzibar, and

1907. | FROM ZANZIBAR AND EAST AFRICA. 453

Mr. Crossland has furnished the following notes on its capture
and preparation by the Swahili :—

‘¢ All the larger Cephalopoda are eaten by the natives of Zan-
zibar, though the most prized species is the largest and most
abundant, Polypus horsti. At low spring tides this is found
hiding in the small but proportionately deep crevices of the reef-
edge, the presence of a specimen being indicated outside only by
the movement of the water from the mantle-cavity, if at all.

“‘The whole apparatus, apart from his means of access to the
reef-edge, required by the Octopus fisher consists of half-a-dozen
switches a foot or two long. With these he probes the hiding
place until the inmate is compelled slowly to come out, which it
does usually by crawling up the stick on which it is impaled.

‘“ When the animal is alive its colour varies between yellow-
ochre and chocolate-brown, and may be mottled or uniform.
During this process of torture, however, the colour varies rapidly
and irregularly, and when dying distinct waves of chocolate-brown
pass quickly over the now greyish body, the colour becoming more
and more restricted and the waves less frequent until all pig-
ment finally disappears so that the animal, when dead, is uniformly
erey.

“The further preparation of the bedy was observed during my
stay on the islet of Mnemba, which is situated off the N.E. coast
of Zanzibar. Although the whole opposite coast is extremely
sparsely inhabited, a considerable number of fishermen assemble
here at the time of spring tides for the collection of Octopus from
the edges of the great reef upon which the islet stands, and the
products of their fishing are exported to all parts of Zanzibar.

“ One would think that such portions as the liver and genital
gland would be the most edible of all, but the first step in the
treatment consists in the removal of all the viscera, from the ink-
gland to the ceesophagus. Seated on the sand, the fisherman then
subjects the empty carcase to a very thorough beating with a
heavy piece of wood, after which the body is kneaded vigorously
for a considerable time. Presumably this violent and prolonged
treatment has for its object the reduction of the indiarubber-like
consistence of the muscle and connective tissues, but such tenacity
have these soft bodies that but little visible effect is produced
upon them.

‘“« The clear space in the centre of the islet is now occupied by
scores of Octopus hung in rows to dry, threaded upon sticks which
are supported in the forks of uprights at each end at a height of
three or four feet from the ground. During this drying, the dead
Octopus, never in appearance an attractive object, becomes of a
dull red colour, which with the putrid smell which is soon emitted
makes the beasts appear a particularly revolting form of carrion.
However, the natives (including my own boat boys) evidently
regard them as a delicacy, and I am assured by an English
resident that they are not at all unpalatable when thoroughly
boiled.”

454 DR. W. E. HOYLE ON CEPHALOPODS [May 7,

POLYPUS ARBORESCENS.

Polypus arborescens Hoyle (:04) p. 189, pl. 2. figs. 8, 9, 12,
& pl. By

Localities. *, Khotoni Harbour, October 23rd, 1901,
5 fathoms, Daleni; one young specimen, 2 [167].

Zanzibar, Wasin, dredged in the harbour near the N.K. mouth,
10 fathoms; four young specimens, 9 [168-171]; one young
specimen, 3 [176 A}.

Previous record.—Ceylon (Hoyle).

PoLYPUS HORRIDUS.

Octopus horridus VOrbigny (26) p. 54; Feérussac & d’Orbigny
(735) p. 51.

Polypus horridus Hoyle (:04) p. 194, pl. 2. figs. 10, 13 (entered
by error as P. aculeatus) ; Id. (:05) p. 978.

Locality.—Zanzibar, Wasin, dredged in harbour near the N.E.
mouth, 10 fathoms ; two young specimens, 2 [172, 181].

Previous records. "Red Sea, Egyptian shore (@’ Orbigns y); Cape
of Good Hope (Krauss) ; Ceylon (Hoyle); Male Atoll (/Zoyle).

PoLyPus HERDMANI.

Polypus herdmani Hoyle (:04) p. 187, pl. 1.

Locality.—Zanzibar, Chuaka Bay, April 18th, 1901 ; one young
specimen, 9 | 176].

Zanzibar, Wasin, N.E. entrance of harbour, 10 fathoms; two
young specimens, one Q [179], one sex? [179 a].

Previous record.—Ceylon (Hoyle).

At first I took no. 176 to be a male, with the third arm on the
right side hectocotylised, but further examination showed that
there was no groove along the ventral aspect of the arm, and that
the modified tip had about half-a-dozen minute suckers upon it
in two rows, instead of the spoon-shaped depression. I conclude,
therefore, that it 1s a female in which this arm has been mutilated
and is in process of repair.

Specimens 179, 179 a I think belong to this species ; the warts
are very pronounced, They have been stained of a dark colour
by a specimen of 4A~tedon carinata which was packed in the same
vessel.

Poxyevus C.

Polypus C, Hoyle (:04) p. 196, pl. 2. figs. 2, 5

Locality.—Zanzibar, Wasin, 10 fathoms, dredged near N.E.
mouth of harbour; one young specimen [177].

Previous record.—Ceylon.

Potypus EH?

Polypus K, Hoyle (:04) p. 196.

Locality.—Zanzibar, Chuaka Bay, dredged April 18th, 1901;
one specimen, 2 [175].

1907. | FROM ZANZIBAR AND EAST AFRICA. 459

A specimen measuring 12 mm. from the posterior end of the
mantle to the eye, and with arms from 25 to 30 mm. in length,
closely resembles a small Octopod obtained by Professor Herdman
from the west coast of Ceylon and recorded as Polypus Ki in the
Report on his investigations. The upper surface is slightly
granular and there is a minute papilla above and behind
each eye.

Ponypus L.

Polypus LL, Hoyle (:05) p. 980, figs. 147-150.

Locality.—Zanzibar, Wasin, 10 fathoms, dredged near N.E.
mouth of harbour ; one young specimen, ¢ [180].

Previous record.—Hulule, Male Atoll (Hoyle).

This is very near the young specimen from the Maldive
Archipelago, which I have called Polypus L. It has the three
conspicuous chromatophores on the ventral surface and the equi-
distant ones on the outer surface of the arms.

Potyeus M. (Text-figs. 130, 131.)

Locality.— Zanzibar, Chuaka Bay, dredged April 18th, 1901;
two young specimens, sex ¢ [173, 174].

These two young specimens closely resemble two from the Gulf
of Manaar, called Polypuws H in my Report on Prof. Herdman’s

Text-fig. 130. Text-fig. 131.

Text-figs. 180, 131.—Dorsal and ventral aspects of Polypus M; X 2.

collections from Ceylon (:04, p. 197). Their chief characters are
a rounded saccular body with a deep groove in the middle line
below, a single papilla over each eye, and a single row of large
chromatophores up the outer side of each arm, and two, instead
of three, conspicuous chromatophores on the lower aspect of the
mantle. There are rudiments of a few papille on the dorsal
surface of the mantle of the larger specimen.

PoLYPUS sp. juv.
Localities.—Zanzibar, Wasin, 6 fathoms, February 10th, 1902,

456 DR. W. E. HOYLE ON CEPHALOPODS [May 7,

one specimen [166]; Wasin, 10 fathoms, dredged near N.E. mouth
of harbour, one specimen [178].

These are two small examples which do not present adequate
characters for description.

SEPIOTEUTHIS LOLIGINIFORMIS,

Chondrosepia loliginiformis Riippell & Leuckart (28) p. 21,
folk Oe ies

Sepioteuthis loliginiformis Férussac & dOrbigny (’85) p. 299,
pl. 4. fig. 1; Joubin (98) p. 27.

Localities —Zanzibar, 1901, shallow water, low tide; five
specimens, 2 ¢ [153, 154], 3 9 [155, 156, 160]; Eastern Reefs,
one young specimen [163].

Previous record.—Red Sea.

The Body is long, subconical, bluntly pointed behind; the jin
extends the full length of the body; it is suboval, broadest just
behind the middle.

The Head is short and nearly equal in breadth to the body ; the
eyes ave large, with a minute pore like a pin-prick just in front
of each ; the auditory crest has a sigmoid curve and a similar pore
in the concavity of the lower half. The buccal membrane is
attached by seven ligaments (the dorsal one bifurcating) to the
eight arms ; each point of the membrane bears near its tip five or
six suckers, of which the horny ring bears in its two distal thirds
twelve stout blunt teeth, whilst the proximal third has nine much
smaller rounded denticles (text-fig. 132).

Text-fig. 132. Text-fig, 133,

Text-fig. 132—Horny ring of a buccal sucker of Sepioteuthis loliginiformis; Xx 75.
Text-fig. 133.—Sucker from a sessile arm of Sepioteuthis loliginiformis ; X 20.

Lhe Arms are unequal, the order of length being 3, 4, 2, 1.
The jirst is keeled from the end of the first fifth nearly to the tip,
with a well-developed protective membrane on either side of the
sucker-bearing face, that on the ventral aspect being broader.
The second is stouter and almost triangular in section; a keel
extends from the membrane connecting it with the third arm

1907.] FROM ZANZIBAR AND EAST AFRICA. 457

along the outer aspect almost to the tip; the protective mem-
branes on either side of the sucker-bearing face resemble those of
the first pair. The third is the longest and stoutest, is keeled
along its whole length and has protective membranes like those
of the first. The fourth has two deep keels, one arising from the
interbrachial membrane, the other from the inner ventral angle
of the arm; the protective membranes are both very narrow.
The suckers are in two rows throughout, hemispherical and
obliquely set in their stalks; the horny ring (text-fig. 133) has
about ten bluntly-pointed teeth on the distal semicireumference and
about sixteen small blunt ones on the proximal. ‘The tip of the
left ventral arm is hectocotylised ; the suckers in about its distal
fifth become rapidly smaller and their peduncles proportionately
larger, until the extreme tip of the arm is occupied by a double
row of small conical processes.

Text-fig. 134. Text-fig. 135.

Text-fig. 134.—Horny ring of a large tentacular sucker of
Sepioteuthis loliginiformis ; X 20.

Text-fig. 135.—Horny ring of a lateral tentacular sucker of
Sepioteuthis loliginiformis ; X 20.

The Tentacles are a little shorter than the mantle; the séem is
elliptical in section ; the club is expanded and prismatic; there is |
a distinct keel deepening into a membrane distally on the outer
aspect; each side of the sucker-bearing face has a protective
membrane, that on the ventral side being the wider. The suckers
are in four series, those in the middle third being much enlarged ;
these have about twenty rather blunt teeth around the circum-
ference of the horny ring (text-fig. 134); in the lateral suckers the
horny ring has about ten acute teeth in its distal half and the
same number of small blunt ones in the proximal (text-fig. 135).

The Cotour (in alcohol) is dark purplish above, shading into
dull yellow below.

458 DR. W. E. HOYLE ON CEPHALOPODS [ May 7,

The Pen is thin and transparent, with a thick hollow keel, and
on either side a thickened strip, which begins about halfway
between the keel and the margin and does not extend quite as
far outwards as the latter (text-fig. 136).

Text-fig. 136.

Transverse section through the pen of Sepioteuthis loliginiformis.

Text-fig. 137.

Two rows of teeth from the radula of Sepioteuthis loliginiformis ; X 42.

The Radula has the form and arrangement shown in text-
fig. 137.
Dimensions of No. 160.

cm
Meme thy (Gopal) een cigar, aoe wee eye ea 27
End of body to mantle-margin (dorsal)...... 16:7
an Ay da ROVICA CONLEC) Oe A aan a 16°5
iBreatcdiohots bo clyge rept ew Asean Heer eee a 5:2
y. Sa OVEENU I 9 eRe me eRe metl ry oe cee ee AD
senoth Of finite Aiaeen Te yee ren MeN ies nan.) 15:5
TBS GEC tal OOH EI aT CUM viet uae ea cara, oes}
Diameter of largest sucker on sessilearm... 0°35
Me - ee tentacle ...... 0-5
Right. Left
cm. cm.
Length of first arm .................. 4) AD
33 1 Seco enaal 4.0 eee 5 6°5
Es ay WHDUBCORCNGOONe Oe Mon ee eet 8:5 8
33 55 MOUNEUO ANA Oy eek 8 8
be ay fitembacle 4.0) se) wreck ee: 14 Iss)

No full description of this species has ever been published, so I

1907. | FROM ZANZIBAR AND EAST AFRICA. 459

have thought it advisable to give one here, the more so as the
type, which was presumably deposited with the rest of Riippell’s
collection in the Senckenberg Museum at Frankfort, seems to
have disappeared. I cannot find the “median ligament to the
siphon ” mentioned by Joubin (98) p. 27.

SEPIA SINGALENSIS.

Sepia singalensis Goodrich (796) p. 3, pl. 1. figs. 4-8; Hoyle
(: 04) p. 198. :

Localities.
[159, 162).

Previous record.—Ceylon.

Mr. Crossland states that this species is “ pretty common ”’ at
Zanzibar.

Zanzibar, Kastern Reefs, 1901; two specimens, 9

EGG-CAPSULES AND EMBRYOS.
Ocrorop. (Plate XX. figs. 4-11.)

Localities.—Zanzbar, 1901, Kast and West Reefs ; egg-capsules
[184].

Zanzibar, Kastern Reefs ; newly-hatched embryos from capsules
at the extremities of branched stalks [187].

Sections of these embryos showed very clearly the curious
epithelial structures which have been briefly described by Chun
(:04) as “Das Borstenkleid der Cephalopoden.” In this instance,
however, they are neither so numerous nor so closely packed as
to form a coat. In the hinder half of the body there are but few,
perhaps two to four in a transverse section (10 » thick); whilst
on the head they are more numerous, and at the bases of the arms
there may be from ten to fourteen in a single section. Here, too,
there are very many of them in the integument covering the eyes,
which does not seem to have been the case in the forms examined
by Chun.

None of my sections showed the first stages in their develop-
ment. The earliest I could make out exhibits a rounded mass of
homogeneous material (Pl. XX. fig. 4), which stains clearly but
not deeply with hematoxylin and eosin. It measures about
0:02 mm. in diameter, and lies in a pit lined by epithelial cells.
There is in close relation with it a large ovoid nucleus (Pl. XX.
fig. 5). At first sight it appears as though this nucleus were
situated within the homogeneous mass, but careful focussing and
measurement show that it is always outside. The spheroidal
mass gradually puts out a prominence on its superficial aspect
and assumes a pyriform shape, which becomes more and more
pronounced (Pl. XX. fig. 6).

The elongation rapidly becomes considerable until a club-shaped
plug is produced, the head being turned inwards, the handle
outwards (Pl. XX. fig. 7). The extreme length is about 0:06 mm.,

460 DR. W. E. HOYLE ON CEPHALOPODS [May 7,

the head being 0-02 mm. in diameter. The head is elliptical or
spheroidal and narrows rapidly into the stem, which then tapers
gradually towards the distal extremity where it ends in a bluntly-
rounded point. The distal portion stains rather more deeply
than the proximal, except for a small space quite at the base.

At this stage signs of a longitudinal split are seen in the handle
of the club (Pl. XX. fig. 8), and as soon as the tip of this has made
its way through the integument several of these fissures are seen,
extending from about one-third along the club to its distal
extremity; they separate the handle of the club into from four to
six branches, the splitting being seen by transverse section to take
place from the centre towards the circumference (P]. XX. fig. 9).
When the integument has once been perforated the handle of the
club rises above the surface, its divisions divaricate one from the
other, and it assumes the form of a little tuft of bristles (Pl. XX.
figs. 10 & 11). The half-dozen bristles first formed seem to
undergo a further splitting, for in one instance I counted ten
divisions, and in a few cases | noticed a radial striation in which
it was impossible to count the individual threads.

The later stages I have not been able to follow out in the
material at my disposal. I am inclined to think, however, that
the epithelial structures with a radiating tuft of fibrils, described
by me (:04, p. 193) in Polypus arborescens, may represent a later
stage of a similar apparatus. If this be so, there can be no doubt
that these bristle-tufts are of a cuticular nature, and the nucleus
which I have described as occurring in some of them (:04, pl. 3.
figs. 9, 11, & 12) must be based on a misinterpretation of the
appearances.

It is not easy to say what is the function of these bunches of
cuticular bristles, other than to suggest in a general way that they
are protective. To point out, however, what they protect the
embryo or newly-hatched larva from, or precisely how they act, is
not so easy; and, as the material at my disposal is limited to one
set of embryos at about the same stage of development, I prefer
to leave the question for further investigation as opportunity may
serve.

SEPIA.

Localities —Zanzibar, Khotoni Harbour, shore, 1901; egg-
capsules [164] and embryos [165].

DEcAPODA undetermined.

Localities —Zanzibar, Chuaka Bay, taken by the tow-net in
shallow water; embryos [182].

Zanzibar, reefs at the mouth of Chuaka Bay, February 22nd,
1901; egg-capsules [186]. My. Crossland records that they
were attached singly to the under surface of stones.

Zanzibar, under stones in Chuaka Bay, March 27th, 1901 ;
embryos [185].

1907. | FROM ZANZIBAR AND EAST AFRICA. 46]

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Cuun, C. [:04].—|Jugendliche Octopoden, deren gesamte Kérper-
oberflache einen Besatz von Borstenbiischeln aufweist. |
Verh. deutsch. zool. Ges. 14 Versammil. p. 243; 1904.

Férussac & D’Orsieny. [’35].—Histoire naturelle générale et
particuliére des Céphalopodes acétabuliféres, vivants et
fossiles. Paris, 1835-48,

GoopricH, H. 8. [’96].—Report on a Collection of Cephalopoda
from the Calcutta Museum. TZvrans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2)
vol. vii. part 1. 24 pp., 5 pls.; 1896.

Hoye, W. E. [:04].—Cephalopoda, in: W. A. Herdman, Report
on the Pearl-Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar, vol. ii.
pp. 185-200, 3 pls.; 1904.

Hoye, W. HE. [:05].—The Cephalopoda, in: J. Stanley Gardiner,
The Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive
Archipelagoes, vol. 1, supplement 1, pp. 975-988, pl. 95;
1905.

Hoyts, W. E. [:05a].—[ Exhibition of specimens of certain
rare Cephalopoda.] Proc. Manchester L. & P. Soc. 1903-5,
Oy aul, aay 8 IUSTOS.

Jounin, L. [’98].—Sur quelques Céphalopodes du Musée de Leyde
et description de trois espéces nouvelles. Motes Leyden Mus.
vol. xx. pp. 21-28; 1898.

p’Orsieny, A. D. [’26].—Tableau méthodique de la classe des
Céphalopodes. Ann. Set. Nat. vol. vi, 150 pp., 8 pls.;
1826.

Ruvprett, E., & F.S. Levuckarr. [’28].—Atlas zu der Reise im
nordlichen Afrika. Neue wirbellose Thiere des rothen
Meers. P. 22, pl. F. Frankfurt-am-Main, 1828.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX,

Figs, 1-3. PoLypus HoRSTI.
Showing three stages in the regeneration of the arms, natural size, p. 452.
r, rudiment of new arm.
Figs. 4-11. Octorpop EMBRYO.
Showing stages in the development of the tufts of cuticular bristles,
x 600, p. 459.
Fig. 12. Potypus HoRSTI.

Portion of an arm showing the zebra-like markings, natural size, p. 452.

462 MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [May 7,

2. The Duke of Bedford’s Zoological Exploration in Hastern
Asia.—V. Second List of Mammals from Korea. By
OLpFiELD THomas, F.R.S., F.Z.8.

[Received April 23, 1907. |

On his return from the Islands of Saghalien and Hokkaido
Mr. Malcolm Anderson paid a second visit to Korea in order to
supplement the collections obtained a year earlier, of which I gave
an account in No. II. of the present series of papers *.

On the present occasion Mr. Anderson worked in the central
part of Korea, in two districts respectively about 50 miles north-
east of Seoul and the same distance south of it. With the former
collection, which was from much further south, we have therefore
a good representation of the small mammals of the peninsula.

As before, Mr. Anderson experienced very great difficulty in
finding suitable collecting-ground, owing to the bareness and
deforestation of the greater part of Korea. He was, however, able
to secure a considerable number of species additional to his first
set, several of them being new. Of these the most noteworthy is
the Hamster (Cricetulus), no member of the group having been
previously known from this region.

The special interest of the Mammals of Korea lies in their
bearing on the problems relating to the Japanese insular fauna
and its origin. A few years ago almost all the Mammals of Japan
were supposed to be peculiar ; but, thanks to the present systematic
survey, we are finding that more and more of them are connected
through intermediate forms, either by way of Saghalien or of
Korea, with the corresponding species of the mainland. Later on,
when further localities are investigated, we may hope to come to
sounder conclusions about the origin of the Japanese fauna than
have hitherto been possible. A study of the fauna of Manchuria
would be particularly useful for that purpose, but at present the
unsettled state of the country makes it impossible for a collector
to work there unless supported by a large party.

As before, the valuable series of specimens, 70 in number, here
described is presented to the National Museum by our President,
the Duke of Bedford, K.G.

1. GrocipuRA LAStuRA Dobs.

@. 1123. Penchan, 50 miles N.H. of Seoul.

@. 1145. Kim-hoa, 65 miles N.E. of Seoul.

3. 1146. Kaloguai, 55 miles N.E. of Seoul.

Ss WLS, WED, WNG7, MU, Wks WIS Ge, WSs, Wit.
Chong-ju, 8. of Seoul, 500’—800".

2. CrocipuRA COREH Thos.
@. 1124. Penchan, 50 miles N.K. of Seoul, 300’.

* P. Z.S. 19086, p. 858.

1907. | MAMMALS FROM KOREA. 463

6. 1131. Kim-hoa, 65 miles N.E. of Seoul, 300’.
d. 1166. @. 1154. Chong-ju, Chung-Chong Prov., 8. of
Seoul, 500’—800'.

3. MoGERA WOGURA COREANA, subsp. n.

6. 1143. Kim-hoa, 65 miles N.E. of Seoul, 300’, 19th Nov.,
1906. B.M. No. 7.6.3.13. Type. (A specimen from Seoul pre-
sented by Mr. C. W. Campbell in 1891.)

General characters as in M7. wogura; size 1ntermediate between
M. w. kanai and the large WW. w. kobec, falling far short of the
gigantic W. robusta of Vladivostok. Colour brown (dark “‘mouse-
erey”) as usual in WZ. wogura. Anterior upper premolar two-
rooted, considerably higher than p°.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 135 mm.; tail 21; hind foot 20.

Skull: greatest length 37°5 mm.; basal length 52:5; greatest
breadth 18°2; interorbital breadth 8°4; palatal length 16; front
of canine to base of m’ 14°3.

Hab. and Type as above.

The different forms of Mogera are chiefly distinguishable by
size, and may be most readily understood by forming an index-
number from the length multiplied by the breadth of the skull,
and then arranging the resulting numbers geographically. It thus
appears that the true wogura, from Tokyo, Yokohama, and north-
wards, has index-numbers from 575-600, while there is a broad
band of the large kobew (712-796) ranging from the Oki Islands
across Kobe to Shikoku and Owari Bay. Then again westwards
in Nagasaki, the Goto Islands, and Yakushima we have the
smaller I. w. kanaz, with index-numbers from 581 to 637, a single
skull from Tsu-shima being about the same (642). In the north,
according to Nehring’s calculated figures, J/. robusta indexes no
less than 936, followed immediately southwards by the present
animal, of which the type has an index of 682, the second specimen,
from Seoul, being of about the same size.

Just as the largest J/ogera is found in the north, at Vladivostok,
so in the south, in China and Formosa, we find the smallest.
MW. insularis Swinh. from Formosa has index-numbers of 483-496,
while the following new species, from China, is still smaller :—

MoGERA LATOUCHEI, sp. n.

Talpa wogura Thos. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 771.

Size very small, index-numbers of skull 390-406. First upper
premolar single-rooted, shorter than p* (as in J. insularis); brain-
case rounded, its outer corners not sharply angular as in the
different forms of IZ. wogura. Colour blackish slaty, more as in
European Moles, not brown as in JW/, wogura.

Dimensions of type (measured on the spirit-specimen) :—

Head and body 96 mm.; tail 16; hind foot 13-5.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No, XX XII, 32

464 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [May 7,

Skull: greatest length 29 mm.; basal length 24:2; greatest
breadth 14; interorbital breadth 6°8 ; palatal length 12; front of
canine to back of m® 10:2.

Hab. Kuatun, N.W. Fokien, alt. 3500’.

Type. Adult female in spirit. B.M. No. 98.8.17.1. Collected
and presented by Mr. J. de La Touche. Six specimens seen,
presented by Messrs. La Touche and C. B. Rickett.

My only excuse for having confused this distinct species with
M. wogura lies in the fact that at the date my paper was written
hardly any specimens of true wogura were available for examination,
a state of things now materially altered by the assistance, first of
Mr. R. Gordon Smith in Japan, and then by the results of the
Duke of Bedford’s Exploration in the various localities concerned.

In doing his paleontological work Dr. Forsyth Major had
already noticed the peculiarities of this Mole, but has not found
time to describe it, and now wishes me to do so.

4, Feuis microris M.-Edw.
745, 746. Skins purchased at Taiku.

5, NyYCTEREUTES PROCYONOIDES Gray.
1197. Skin purchased at Fusan.

6. PuvTorius siprricus Pall.
3. 1162. Chong-ju, 68 miles 8. of Seoul, 500’.

7. SciuRus VULGARIS L.

3.1152. 9. 1151. Kaloguai, 55 miles N.E. of Seoul, 500’.

Apparently subsp. calotus Hodgs., but more material is needed
before the exact relationship to each other of calotus, orientis, and
rupestris can be made out.

Since writing the description of the Saghalien subspecies
rupestris*, on summer skins, I have found a winter example of
the same form among some Siberian Squirrels received in 1897
from the St. Petersburg Museum. This specimen is a clear grey,
without any trace of the rufous suffusion on the back so marked
in the Hokkaido Squirrel S. v. orientis.

8. SCIUROPTERUS ALUCO, Sp. n.

@. 1148. Kaloguai, 55 miles N.E. of Seoul, 500’, 25th Nov.,
1906. B.M. No. 7.6.3.18. Type.

More buffy than S. russicuws, paler than S. momonga. Teeth
very small.

Size rather less than in S. russicus and S. momonga amygdali,
greater than in the true S. momonga. General colour pale buffy
drab, not so strong as in momonga nor of such a clear grey as in
russicus. Upper surface of hands and feet grey, the light hairs

*® Supra, p. 410.

1907. ] MAMMALS FROM KOREA. 465

on the toes cream-colour, more extended proximally than in the
allied forms. Tail pinkish buff, the intermixed black hairs of the
upper layer unusually few in number, and therefore not hiding
the buff.

Skull with a narrow, parallel-sided muzzle, less expanded ante-
riorly than in S. rwssicus. Palatal foramina rather long. Bulle
slightly larger than in momonga, decidedly smaller than in russicus.
Incisors unusually dark orange in front. Cheek-teeth very small,
as narrow as in the much smaller true momonga.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 157 mm.; tail 149; hind foot 35; ear 19-5,

Skull: greatest length 39 mm.; basilar length 29°5; greatest
breadth 23; nasals 12°2x 5:1; interorbital breadth 7°5; breadth
of brain-case 17; palatilar length 16°2; palatal foramina 5:5;
length of bulla 10:2; length of upper tooth-series exclusive of
p 6:5; greatest breadth of m? 1:8.

Hab. and Type as above.

This Korean Flying-Squirrel is in many ways intermediate
between S. russicus and S. momonga, and perhaps indicates that
the latter should be looked upon as one of several Far Eastern
subspecies of the former. Jn the meantime I give it a binomial
name in order not to prejudge the question before ampler material
is available. As a nameable form, whether species or subspecies,
aluco may be distinguished by its intermediate colour, buffy tail,
short feet, and small teeth.

9. TAMTAS ORTENTALIS Bonh.

6.1134. @.1139,1141,1142. Kim-hoa, 65 miles N. of Seoul,
300’.

@. 1147. Kaloguai, 55 miles N.E. of Seoul, 500!.

The male 1154 is the only adult specimen, the others being all
about three-fourths grown.

10. MicROMYS SPECIOSUS PENINSULS Thos.

6. 1136. Kim-hoa, 65 miles N.E. of Seoul.
3. 1185, 1191. @. 1184, 1186. Chong-ju, Chung-Chong,
500' and 800’. y

11. MicroMys AGRARIUS MANTCHURICUS Thos.

62 by eer 26 SOs Penchan-.a0 mules
N.E. of Seoul, 300’.

g. 1150. Kaloguai, 55 miles N.E. of Seoul, 500’.

@. 1132. 65 miles N.E. of Seoul, 300’.

Oe Waa Seas e aI DIGA SIG on On. Ila, lel Gils
Chong-ju, 68 miles 8. of Seoul, 500’.

Sit LORS. WSs: OR ih Wi elt79, MSOs 190:
Near Chong-ju, 800’.

The variation in the development of the dorsal stripe is as great

in these as in the South Korean series. Specimen No. 1150 has
32*

466 ON MAMMALS FROM KOREA. [May 7,

practically no stripe at all, others have it very faint, while in the
majority it is well developed. In No. 1126 it even begins on the
forehead close to the eyes instead of merely on the posterior
crown or nape.

12. CRICETULUS NESTOR, Sp. n.

g. 1133, 1140 (young). 9. 1144. Kim-hoa, 65 miles N.E.
of Seoul, 300’.

Allied to, but even larger than, C. triton de Wint.

Size largest of the genus, the type with longer foot and longer
tooth-row than C. triton, hitherto by far the largest known species.
Fur close and fine; wool-hairs of back about 11 mm. in length,
the longer hairs surpassing them by 3 or 4mm. General colour
above between ‘“ smoke-grey” and “‘ drab-grey” of Ridgway, with-
out the buffy or clay-coloured tone of C. triton. Under surface
greyish white, not sharply defined, the slaty bases of the hairs
shewing below their white tips. Head like body; eyes with a
narrow darker rim. Ears with proectote black, rim whitish, the
remainder brown. Upper surface of hands and feet white ;
posterior half of soles hairy. Tail long, as in C. triton, the basal
4-3? inch grey and furry like the body, the remainder finely
haired, brown above, greyish white below.

Skull very similar to that of C. triton. Supraorbital edges
evenly divergent, sharply square, no doubt slightly beaded in
older specimens. Palatal foramina long, reaching back nearly to
the level of the front of m!'. Mesopterygoid fossa broader than
in C. triton.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 127 mm.; tail 71; hind foot 24; ear 17°5.

Skull: greatest length 33-6 mm.; basilar length 28-5; greatest
breadth 17 ; interorbital breadth 5-2; palatilar length 15; diastema
10; palatal foramina 7°3; length of upper molar series 5°6.

Type. Young adult female. B.M. No. 7.6.3.52. Original
number 1144. Collected 19th November, 1906.

This species is no doubt nearly allied to the C. triton of Shan-
tung, but differs in its greyer colour and larger size. The oldest
specimen, the type, is itself barely adult, but the longer tooth-row
and hind foot show that old specimens would considerably exceed
in size the type of C. triton, which is an aged individual.

13. CRrasEoMYS REGULUS Thos.

g. 1135. Kim-hoa, 65 miles N.E. of Seoul, 300’.

3g. 1149. Kaloguai, 55 miles N.E. of Seoul, 500’.
EGS. iviG. ASI SOR UGS 117 VIS2 Ie aos Iegas
1195. Near Chong-ju, Chung-Chong Province, 8. of Seoul, 800’.

1907.] ON A FRONTLET AND HORNS OF THE TAKIN. 467

May 28, 1907.
Dr. J. Rose Braprorp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions that
had been made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of
April 1907 :-—

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of April was 284. Of these 116 were
acquired by presentation and 66 by purchase, 45 were received on
deposit, 48 by exchange, and 9 were born in the Gardens. The
number of departures during the same period, by death and
removals, was 158.

Among the additions special attention may be directed to :—

A Hoolock Gibbon (Hylobates hoolock) from Rangoon, presented
by Mr. A. H. E. Wood, F.Z.S., on April 29th.

A Golden Cat (Felis temmincki) from Padang, Sumatra,
purchased on April 3rd.

A Collection of Mammalia from Ceylon and Singapore,
including a White-whiskered Palm-Civet (Paradoxurus lewco-
mystac) and a Malayan Tapir (Zapirws indicus), presented by
Mr. W. EH. Balston, F.Z.S., on April 15th.

Two pairs of Mithan or Gayals (Bibos frontalis) from Sikkim,
deposited on April 18th.

A pair of Chamois (Rupicapra tragus) from the Austrian Tyrol,
received in exchange on April 22nd.

A pair of Owen’s Kangaroos (Macropus magnus) trom
Australia, deposited on April 29th.

Two Little Sparrow-Hawks (A ccipiter minallus), a One-streaked
Hawk (Melierax monogrammicus), a Grey Eagle-Owl (Lubo
cinerascens), and a Fraser’s Hagle-Owl (Lubo poensis) from Lagos,

presented by Dr. Macfarlane, F.Z.S,

The Secretary exhibited a specimen of the patent Falconnier
Glass Bricks, which had been referred to by Mr. Trevor-Battye
at the last scientific meeting of the Society, as specially suitable
for the construction of menagerie buildings.

The Secretary also exhibited the frontlet with horns of a
specimen of the Takin, Budorcas taxicolor Hodgson, and made
the following remarks :—

These fine horns have been lent to me by Mr. A. St. Clair
Carnegy, to whom they were given by Mr. Charles T. Forbes of
Badipar, Assam, the latter having obtained them from the Rajah
of the Kampti Country.

The tips of the horns bend in towards the middle line rather
more than in other examples I have seen. The actual distance
between the tips is 94 inches, whereas in the instances quoted in
Mr. Rowland Ward’s ‘ Records of Big Game’ (5th Kdition) the

468 DR. H. HAMMOND SMITH ON GRITS [May 28,

measurements range from 10 to 15 inches. On the other
hand, the length along the front curve is 224 inches, which places
the specimen an equal fourth in the ‘ Records,’ whilst the circum-
ference is 12 inches, against a range of 11 to 13 inches in the
same ‘ Records.’ .

Hodgson, who originally described Budorcas (Journ. As. Soe.
Bengal, 1850, p. 65), thought its nearest affinity was with the
Gnus, but that in a natural system its place would probably be
assigned between these and the Musk Oxen.

Matschie (Sitz-Ber. Gesells. Naturf. Berlin, 1896, p. 30) carried
further the suggestion of the affinity with the Musk-Ox, although
he appears to have overlooked that Hodgson originally had made
it, and made a group Ovibovine, for Ludorcas and Ovibos, relying
chiefly on the form of the metacarpus, the skull and horns, and
certain external features. In one curious point not mentioned by
him, the resemblance with Ovibos is striking. In the majority of
Ruminants, the proximal ends of the nasal bones are closely
approximated, forming a pointed, or rounded projection into the
frontal area. In Budorcas and Ovibos, on the other hand, the
proximal end of each nasal is triangular, and a triangular projection
of the conjoined frontals fits deeply between them. I have seen a
slight approach to this condition in the Gnu and in one specimen of
Goral, whilst there are traces of it in some of Riitimeyer’s figures
of extinct Ruminants, but it isa rare condition. On the other
hand, Budorcas differs markedly from Ovibos and the Gnus and
resembles the Goral in the condition of the nasal process of the
maxilla. 'Thusin Ovibos, Cattle,and the Gnu, the latter has a broad
articulation with the nasal, whilst in Budorcas and the Goral a
wide cleft separates the nasal and maxilla, the latter only just
touching the nasal at the distal edge of the nasal-lacrymal
articulation. The lacrymal has a definite articulation with the
nasal in Budorcas: the two are separated by a wormian bone in all
the specimens of Ovibos I have seen. In the Goral, the condition
is like that in Sudorcas, whilst in the Gnu the lacrymal reaches
the nasal only by a narrow point, if at all.

Dr. H. Hammond Smith exhibited a collection of the grits
from the gizzards of Game-birds, and made the following
remarks :-—

The collection of the grits from the gizzards of the Game-birds
of England, Scotland, and Wales, that I have got together, is the
result of some work I have done for the Grouse Disease Enquiry
Committee. Mr. R. H. Rastall, M.A., F.Z.S., of Christ’s College,
Cambridge, kindly examined, and has reported on, the petrological
nature of the stones.

Naturally I began with the Grouse, but that led me to examine
the gizzards of other game-birds, and I have now specimens taken
from all the game-birds of Britain, excluding Ireland.

Piarmigan.—I have only two specimens of the Ptarmigan,
obtained iate in the season from Ben Mohr in Sutherlandshire ;

1907. ] FROM THE GIZZARDS OF GAME-BIRDS. 469

these show the usual quartz and quartzite, and, curiously, one
contained a shot.

Grouse.—There are 17 specimens of Grouse, from Ross-shire,
Inverness-shire, Aberdeenshire, and North Wales. Inthe Scotch
birds quartz preponderates, with feldspar-granite, and garnets ;
in the Welsh birds the grit is mainly quartz, chiefly derived
from vein-quartz. (The latter quartz is also found in birds lately
examined in Kincardineshire.) Of these birds five contained shot,
and in one from North Wales a No. 8 shot was found, pointing
to the fact that the shot are swallowed, as few people shoot grouse
with No. 8. In no case was there any sign of a wound of the
the gizzard.

Black Game.—Only 5 specimens; four of these are from
Ross-shire, and one from Exmoor; practically they all contain
quartz, and the Ross-shire birds contain also pebbles from the
igneous rocks. One contained three shot.

Pheasants.—47 specimens. These include specimens from the
moorlands of Ross-shire, Inverness-shire, North Wales, and Exmoor ;
birds from Worcestershire, Bedfordshire, Buckinghamshire, and
from the chalk land of Hampshire; and birds from Surrey,
Norfolk, and Middlesex. Naturally these vary very much in the
character of the grit, but in 22 more or less quartz was seen.

Some of the Scotch birds were obtained for me by Lord Lovat
and Mr. Munro Ferguson of Novar from the moors of Inverness
and Ross-shire, and the grit found in them is almost the same as
that found in the Grouse; the same obtains with birds shot on
Exmoor, which contain grit very similar to the Scotch birds and
the birds killed in North Wales by Sir Watkyn Wynn. But the
Pheasant up to a certain point seems to be able to adapt itself to
the grit it finds in certain localities, provided it is hard enough.
This is well shown in a bird from Kerry Abermule, N. Wales,
which evidently had been feeding on wild rose berries; only five
pebbles were found in the gizzard, the seeds of the rose berries
evidently acting as grit, as happened in some other cases.

The adaptability of the Pheasant to its surroundings was well
shown in the case of a bird from Uxbridge, 13 miles from London,
in which the contents of the gizzard included pottery-ware. Mr.
Rastall in his report showed that three birds, shot at Horley in
Surrey on the same day, contained a remarkably different
collection of grits. They were obtained in a circumscribed area,
highly preserved, but I have been unable to find out whether grit
was artificially supplied or not.

One set of specimens is very interesting as showing that the
Pheasant, when preserved, must have proper grit. These specimens
were sent from a wood in Worcestershire—Bissell Wood near
Stourbridge, noted for not holding Pheasants. Last season 500
Pheasants were put into the wood, and only 100 were shot. The
gizzards contained pebbles which Mr. Rastall is unable to identify
as being found in Old or New Red Sandstone, but knowing the
county, I can say they probably came from the New Red Sandstone.

470 ON THE BRAIN OF EXTINCT LEMURS. [ May 28,

In every other respect this wood is an ideal one for Pheasants, but
it would appear that the grit was not hard enough for them, and
they would not stay in it.

It is curious that in all these 47 gizzards, and in many more
that I examined, I found only one shot, while amongst the Grouse
I found 1 in every 3.

Partridges—I am exceedingly sorry that I did not begin to
examine Partridges till too late in the season to get more specimens
than I did. I examined only 11 gizzards from Ross-shire, N.
Wales, Middlesex, Norfolk, and Essex. But these give the most
surprising results I have yet obtained, for in every specimen the
proponderating grit is quartz. Mr. Rastall makes a note:
‘“¢ Owing to the small size of the individual grains in the Partridges,
it is impossible to work them out in such detail as in the case of
the other species, but I have been unable to detect any real
difference, except in size, between the different species of bird in
the same locality.” Where do the Essex, Norfolk, and Middlesex
Partridges get their quartz from? But they do get it, and it is
ditiicult to tell the grit found in the gizzard of a Middlesex
Partridge from that found in the gizzard of a Scotch one from
Ross-shire, except that in the latter you might find a garnet or
two; I have one in this collection containing 11 garnets.

I was able the other day in Scotland to find out at what an
early age the game chick begins to pick up grit; for on
examining the gizzard of a grouse chick two days old I found
quartz.

It is common knowledge that birds kept in captivity require
grit to keep them in health, but it is most important to know
what is the best grit for them: personally | think the game-birds
prefer quartz; the next most common stone is flint, 16 of my
specimens containing this stone.

A paper by Dr. G. Elliot Smith, of the School of Medicine, Cairo,
entitled “On the Form of the Brain in the extinct Lemurs of
Madagascar, with some remarks on the affinities of the /ndrisine,”
was read. It formed a supplement to the paper on recently-
discovered subfossil Prosimiz from Madagascar, read before the
Society by Mr. H. F. Standing on March 19th. From an
examination of cranial casts of an extinct species of Lemur and
of Mesopropithecus and Palcwopropithecus, and of brain-easts of
Nesopithecus and Megaladapis, in conjunction with information
derived from the study of recent Lemurs, the Author had arrived
at the conclusion that Propitheews, Avahis, Indris, Mesopropithecus,
Nesopithecus, Paleopropithecus, Chiromys, and Megaladapis must
be regarded as the diversely specialised members of one family,
all of which exhibited in greater or less degree distinct evidence
of retrogressive changes from a more primitive and also more
pithecoid type.

This paper will be published entire in the ‘Transactions.’

1907.] ON THE ANATOMY OF CHLAMYDOSELACHUS. 471

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Abdominal Viscera and a Vestigial Seventh
Branchial Arch in Chlamydoselachus. By Mrs. O. A.
Merrirr Hawkes, M.Sc. (Zoological Laboratory,
University of Birmingham).*

[Received March 23, 1907.]

(Text-figures 138, 139.)

Introduction.

The following notes on the abdominal viscera of Chlamydo-
selachus anguineus (Gav.) ave published, because the first writer on
this species, Garman (1), had only a partly eviscerated female, and
the second writer, Giinther (2), gave only a general description
which does not make note of the distinctive characteristics of
Chlamydoselachus. On some points, my specimens did not agree
with either that of Garman or those of Giinther.

As the heart has already been described by both Giinther and
Garman, it has not been necessary to make any further reference
to that organ.

In this paper, an attempt has been made to look upon the
alimentary viscera from the functional as well as the anatomical
point of view, hence suggestions have been made to attempt to
explain certain Chlamydoselachian peculiarities.

Garman has given a description and a figure of the branchial
arches, but in his specimen there was obviously no trace of the
vestigial seventh arch. It is probable that this arch and its
nerve-supply + are of a very variable character, as is frequently
the case with vestigial structures.

The Alimentary Canal.

The general arrangement of the alimentary canal in Chlamydo-
selachus is, in most of its features, typically Elasmobranchian.

There are thirteen rows of teeth on each side of the upper and
lower jaws, making a total of 52 rows, instead of 51 as stated by
Garman (1). The arrangement is, as would be expected, bi-
laterally symmetrical. In every specimen examined, however,
there was a torsion of the left front row of teeth towards the right
side; and in one ease this resulted in a median row of teeth as
described by Garman, but the total number of rows of teeth was
still 52.

Garman found six functional teeth in each row, but the
specimens examined by me had generally five, although in some

cases Six.
* Communicated by Professor BripG#, F.Z.S.
+ See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1906, p. 983.

472 MRS. 0. A. MERRITT HAWKES ON THE [May 28,

The mouth is succeeded by the pharynx into which open the
six pairs of branchial clefts, the first of which is 1 em. longer than

Text-fig. 138.

f ee UE,

is A
7
: ‘ Fe

i
1-<=
1

Alimentary canal from the middle of the stomach to the middle of the
colon of Chlamydoselachus.

Reference Letters.

B.D. Bile-duct.
B.D.B.E. Dotted lines showing the position of the apparently enlarged end of the
bile-duct in the walls of the bursa entiana.
B.E. Bursa entiana.
C. Cxcum at the hinder end of the larger arm of the stomach.
L.T.S. Thickening of the stomach wall, probably due to a lymphatic gland.
Py.V. Pyloric valve.
S. Stomach.
S’. Short arm of the stomach.
S.V. Spiral valve.

1907.| ANATOMY OF CHLAMYDOSELACHUS. 473

the others. A wide and very distensible cesophagus follows, and
this passes without any external mark of differentiation into the
stomach. This organ is U-shaped, one arm being much longer than
the other, which is, at first sight, scarcely noticeable. The longer
arm of the stomach (text-fig. 138, 8) ends in a small caecum (C).
Opposite the ceecum, the stomach-wall is thickened, perhaps by a
lymphatic gland (L.T.S.). This thickening, on account of its
position, would probably function as a valve between the two arms
of the stomach. The walls of the stomach are irregularly corru-
gated. The shorter arm of the stomach (8’) differs from the larger
anatomically and functionally. It is a short, thick-walled tube
incapable of distension, the lining mucosa of which is raised into
parallel ridges. This arm opens into the intestine by a protruding
pyloric aperture (Py. V.) which is furnished with distinct sphincter
muscles. The relatively narrow lumen of the shorter arm of the
stomach, combined with the action of the pyloric sphincter, acts as
an efficient guard against the passage of large pieces of partly
digested food into the colon. Anything but a semi-liquid chyle
might produce a serious obstruction in the course of the long and
complicated spiral valve.

The bile-duct (B.D), which traverses the anterior division of
the spleen, becomes joined to the anterior part of the “ bursa
entiana” (B.E). It then rapidly enlarges, and finally opens into
the bursa by an aperture the diameter of which equals the semi-
diameter of the latter. The terminal third of the duct has its lining
mucosa raised into parallel strize which are continuous with those
seen in the first part of the colon. This suggests that the region
which appears to be the terminal portion of the bile-duct is, in
reality, an evagination of the colon towards the bile-duct. Owing
to the presence of the striz, the bile must pass backwards towards
the spiral valve and not forwards into the bursa entiana. The
bursa, which is a thin-walled sac, may serve as a distensible
receptacle for the partly digested food before it 1s passed on in small
quantities into the comparatively inelastic colon. The pancreatic
duct opeus into the region where the spiral valve begins ; hence,
although gastric digestion may continue in the bursa, intestinal
digestion cannot begin until the food reaches the spiral valve.
The so-called colon has thick walls. Its shape is that of a double
cone, the widest part varying in position, but in both of my speci-
mens it was near the region of the contorted coil. The widest part
has the thickest walls. In the specimen examined the spiral valve
had 43 coils (text-fig. 138). The valve at the very beginning is a
well developed ridge, but at the end it tails off gradually. In the
specimen figured by Giinther (2) there were only 35 turns, whilst
the valve both began and ended gradually. In both Giinther’s
specimen and that under discussion, the anterior cone-like coils
pass forwards, the posterior backwards. Both specimens have an
intermediate region of one coil in which the valve is contorted.
Of the 35 coils in Giinther’s specimen 19 pass forward, one is
contorted, and 15 pass backwards ; of the 45 coils in my specimen

ATA MRS. O. A. MERRITT HAWKES ON THE [May 28,

7 pass forward, | is contorted, and 35 are directed backwards. In
all the species of Elasmobranchs which Parker (3) described there
was a much smaller number of coils which were {either directed
forwards or backwards continuously. He states, however (p. 49),
that “in a smaller specimen of the same species (Seylliwm canicula),
there were 8 turns to the valve, of which 5 had a forward and the
last 3a backward direction.” This condition was exceptional in the
species named. It is not improbable that the twofold direction of
the valves in Chlamydoselachus has some physical relation to the
large number of coils. It can have no relation to the length of the
colon, as this is not relatively longer than in the majority of
Hlasmobranchs. On the other hand, the twofold direction may
have a special physiological significance. Where the valves are
directed forward, the passage of the food is undoubtedly slower
than where they are directed backwards.

In Chlamydoselachus the coils of the spiral valve are closer to
one another, and the valve is broader, in the anterior than in the
posterior region. The anterior valves are covered by numerous
well-defined striz. The valve reaches a breadth of three-fourths
of the diameter of the colon in the anterior region, which is, par
excellence, the region of intestinal digestion. Owing to the anterior
direction of the valves, the movement of the food is slow, and it
is further hindered by the contorted coil which divides the colon
into two physiological parts. Absorption takes place in the
posterior part where the valves are directed backwards, and where
there is comparative rapidity of movement. In this region, the
strie are absent, except on the first 7 coils where they are few and
inconspicuous.

The spleen is interesting in that it is divided into two parts
which are separated by a space of 4cm. The additional lobe is
situated to the right of the stomach and somewhat dorsally. It
is an ovoid body, 3 cm. long and nearly 2 em. broad in the widest
part, and is situated between the stomach and a fold of mesentery
which supports the latter. The other part or spleen proper les
in the usual place at the angle of the stomach. The histological
characters of the spleen proper when examined by a low-power
lens present the usual appearace, but the structure of the additional
lobe 1s much more compact.

The rectum has thin and much wrinkled walls. Its diameter
is slightly greater than that of the adjacent portion of the colon.
The rectal gland opens into the rectum in the mid-dorsal line,
1-5 em. beyond the end of the colon. According to Ginther the
gland opens into the cloaca, but it certainly did not do so in the
two specimens examined by me.

The liver consists of right, left, and median lobes. The gall-
bladder is situated in the median lobe. The length of the lobes
necessitates their being doubled forward upon themselves. In one
specimen, the end of the left lobe was lying on the right side of
the body-cavity.

Or

1907.] ANATOMY OF CHLAMYDOSELACHUS. 47

The Urogenital Organs.

The Female.—The ovaries are diffuse bodies attached by broad
mesenteries to the line of attachment of the “ stomach” mesentery.
The right ovary is placed somewhat more anteriorly than the left.
The oviducts have large funnels which open ventrad to the stomach,
instead of dorsad as is usually the case. The edges of the funnels
are irregular and spreading, and are united in the median ventral
line to one another, thus forming one large funnel. The anterior
edges of the funnels become united to the anterior wall of the body-
cavity, whilst the posterior edges of the united fimbriz hang free.
A triangular dorsal pouch is thus made between the wall of the
abdominal cavity and the funnel. As this pouch is in the usual
position of the ccelomic openings of the oviduct, the eggs would
tend to pass into it instead of into the latter, if this were not
prevented by the unusual position of the ovaries which are ventral
to the oviducts. For the first 6 cm. the oviduct is a straight
tube, the walls of which are lined with numerous lamine.
This region passes into the oviducal gland, the walls of which are
much thickened, except along two longitudinal lines which are
approximately dorsal and ventral. The length of the gland is
3 cm. Its interior is covered by fine lamine continuous with
those in the preceding and succeeding portions of the oviduct.
The lamine run spirally, and are very close together, instead of
longitudinally and somewhat separated, as is the case throughout
the remainder of the oviduct. The transverse deeper groove in
the oviducal gland mentioned by Garman (1. p. 20) was found in
the specimen examined. Passing from the oviducal glands, the
oviducts regain their original diameter, but the walls are smoother,
the lamine being reduced to slight striz. When the oviduct
reaches the level of the anterior end of the colon, it enlarges.
The enlargement is gradual and only increased in diameter about
fourfold on the left side, but on the right the enlargement is
sudden and very apparent, the diameter increasing 14 to 15 times.
This region in addition to being enlarged has folded walls, in
which oceur one large and several small areas of dilated blood-
vessels. The largest blood-plexus occupies about one-third of the
right side of the oviduct. In connection with each plexus, on its
dorsal side, the ovidueal wall is thickened over an area which
equals the plexus in length and breadth. The enlarged vessels
apparently supplied these thickened areas. The condition of the
oviduct thus described suggests that this portion of the oviduct
acts as a functional uterus, and that therefore Chlamydoselachus
produces the young alive, as suggested by Garman. The final
portion of the oviduct, which succeeds the uterine, has smooth
walls and a large diameter, the latter gradually diminishing
towards the cloaca. This region divides the functional uterus
from the cloaca, thus functionally representing the vagina of
higher types. The opening of the right enlarged oviduct (text-

476 MRS. 0. A. MERRITT HAWKES ON THE [May 28,

fig. 189, R.Ov.) has acquired a median position, the left oviducal
opening (L.Ov.) lying cephalad to it. Garman also found that one
oviduct was much enlarged but does not mention which, but from
his drawing (1. pl. xix. fig. 2) it appears to have been the right.
Giinther does not mention the female reproductive organs.

Text-fig. 139.

Diagrammatic figures of (A) male and (B) female cloaca of Chlamydoselachus.

Reference Letters.

A.P. Closed abdominal pores.
B. So-called “ bladder ’’ (urinary sinus).

L.Oy. Left oviducal opening.
R. Rectum.
.P. Functional right abdominal pore.

G. Opening of rectal gland into rectum.
7. Right oviducal opening.
. Seminal vesicle.
. Urinogenital opening.
Opening of ureter into urinary sinus (B).
. Urinary sinus of female.
. Openings of urinary sinuses into the cloaca.
. Vas deferens.

rd
ao:
0g Ma

<a
WRng

Transverse sections through the thickened areas of the uterus
show that the lining membrane is much folded and is entirely
covered by a columnar epithelium, the cells of which have a
distinctly granular appearance. It is impossible to state definitely

1907. ] ANATOMY OF CHLAMYDOSELACHUS. 477

whether any glands homologous with uterine glands of higher
forms are present, but it is highly probable that all the granular
columnar cells secrete a fluid. The musculo-fibrous tissue of the
uterine wall is greatly thickened owing to an increase of con-
nective tissue in which connective-tissue corpuscles abound *.

The kidney in the female is thin dorso-ventrally and of irregular
breadth. It extends from the region of the oviducal gland to the
end of the body-cavity, gradually widening as it passes backwards
in a sinuous line. The sinuosity is due to the arrangement of
some of the dorsal muscles. Cephalad to the kidney and ap-
parently unconnected with it, there is an irregular body (1:5 em.)
which extends somewhat beyond the end of the abdominal cavity.
This is probably the head kidney (pronephros?), which in the
adult has retained its position in the region to which the cclom
extended in the embryo.

There are two very small cloacal apertures for the urinary
sinuses (text-fig. 139 B, U.S'.) in the specimen examined, although
Garman only found one in his (1. p. 20). They are situated
in the median line near the external opening of the cloaca. The
openings are near together but can hardly be mistaken for
one. Kach aperture passes into an expanded chamber (U.S.)
with laminated walls, the lumen of which has a diameter of 5 mm.
in the cloacal region. The first portion of the sinus is embedded
in the thick cloacal walls. Hach sinus extends forwards for a
distance of 6 cm. beyond the cloaca along the inner side of the
kidney, but in front of this point it lies near the oviduct, at a
distance from the kidney varying from 1 to 2 cm. The same
mesentery which supports the oviduct also supports the urinary
sinus and the mesonephric ducts. The latter pass from the
kidney at regular distances, there being approximately one to
each myotome.

In the female cloaca the rectal aperture is displaced to the
right, and the same deviation, but to a much less degree, occurs
also in the male.

The Male—In the male there are two urogenital apertures
(text-fig. 139 A, Ug.), each of which is the outlet of an oval uro-
genital sinus (B.), which Giinther described as a urinary bladder.
The sinus communicates by a very small aperture with a second
and larger chamber (R.S.), which possibly functions as a seminal
vesicle, and in front has opening into it the vas deferens or
mesonephric duct (V.D.). The vas deferens has one or more pro-
jecting spiral folds, which run from one end of the duct to the
other. For the last 10 em. of the length of the duct the folds were
very obvious, but from this point forwards they become almost
invisible to the naked eye. The folds are so close together in the

* Since this paper was read, I have received a letter from Mr. Kumakichi Aoki, of
the Zoological Station at Miura Misaki, stating, in answer to some questions, that
eggs are not laid and that he has lately had two females, each of which contained
five embryos, in one case measuring one foot each and in the other one inch. Each

very young embryo with its large yolk-sac was surrounded by a gelatinous sac, no
doubt the remnant of the egg envelopes.

478 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SOUTH-AFRICAN [May 28,

posterior part of the duct that Giinther speaks of an annular
lining. The function of the folds, which, in all probability, is to
pass along the sperms, and possibly at the same time to unite
them into bundles, could scarcely be effective, however, if the folds
were annular. The lumen of the left vas deferens, which
Giinther found to be better developed than the right in one
specimen, is very irregular in diameter in my specimen. At its
widest the duct is about 5 mm., but where narrowest it only
allows the passage of a bristle.

One of the males examined has two abdominal pores (text-
fig. 139 A, A.P., R.A.P.), of which the right is the better developed.
This condition differs from that described by Giinther (2. p. 4), in
which the left pore only was present.

A Vestigial Seventh Branchial Arch.

Three specimens were dissected to determine if there were any
trace of a seventh arch. Traces were found in two of the
specimens, one of which was not quite full-grown.

The remnants in the smaller specimen consist of four small
pieces of cartilage on one side and two on the other. These lie
close to the cerato-branchial of the sixth arch, on the posterior
side, nearer its median extremity. In the adult specimen in a
similar position there are two pieces, the larger of which
equalled in length the combined four pieces found in the smaller
specimen.

Bibliography.
1. Garman, S.—‘ Chlamydoselachus anguineus (Gar.)—a Living
Species of Cladodont Shark.” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. xii.
MOMs swell. lsso,
g. GinrHer, A.—Chlamydoselache anguinea. ‘Challenger’ Re-
ports, vol. xxii. 1887, p. 2.
. Parker, T. J.—“ On the Intestinal Spiral Valve in the Genus
Raia.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 49.

ize)

bo

. Second Report on the Batrachians and Reptiles collected
in South Africa by Mr. C. H. B. Grant, and presented
to the British Museum by Mr. C. D. Rudd. By G. A.
Bou.encer, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S8.
[Received May 38, 1907. |
(Plates XXI. & XXIT.* and Text-figures 140, 141.)

Since the publication in these ‘ Proceedings,’ two years ago
(P. Z. 8. 1905, ii. p. 248), of an annotated list of the Batrachians
and Reptiles collected by him, Mr. Grant has continued his
exertions in the same department, making collections in the
following localities :-— ‘

I. Care Conony. Knysna, 50 miles east of Mossel Bay.

II. Natau. Illovo, 30 miles S.W. of Durban.

* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 487.

le

van
> ANZ

len oo), NOY 2

, Chromo.

J.Greer

BUEOQ REGULMARIS

IP LoS) NOV ss 1a Oats

la. Ib.

J.Green del.et lth.
1LRANA RUDDI. 2.PHRYNOBATRACHUS NATALENSIS.

1907. ] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES. 479

III. Transvyaau. Legogot, Barberton District, on Drakensberg
Mts., on the Komati R., 2500 feet.
Pietersburg, N. slope of Drakensberg, 2400 feet.
Tuefloop, N. slope of Drakensberg, 18 miles E. of Pieters-
burg, 4500 feet.
Woodbush, N. slope of Drakensberg, 30 miles N.E. of
Pietersburg, 4500 feet.
Zoutspansburg, on Klein Letaba, a branch of Letaba R.,
affluent of Olifants R., 1000 feet.

IV. Portugurse Kast Arrica. Inhambane.

Coguno, about 80 miles inland of Inhambane.
Beira.

The series of specimens now dealt with proves more interesting
than the first, and two species are described as new. In the follow-
ing list, an asterisk precedes the name of the species not mentioned
in the first report *; two asterisks indicate that the species has
not been previously recorded from south of the Zambesi.

BATRACHIA.
AGLOSSA.

1. Xenopus tavis Daud.

Knysna.
PHANEROGLOSSA.

2. Buro REGULARIS Reuss. (Plate X XI.)

Woodbush, Klein Letaba, Coguno, Beira.

As in almost every part of Africa, this species varies wonder-
fully in colour and markings, even in specimens obtained from the
same pools, where they congregate for breeding. Some have
much crimson or pink on the back of the thighs and in the groin,
whilst others are entirely deprived of the brilliant colour. The
most remarkable specimens are from Woodbush, and might be
well thought to indicate a distinct species, were they not connected
with the more typical form by every possible gradation. The
young have the upper surface of the snout as far back as a dark
interocular bar, and the parotoid glands, of a beautiful pink; part
of the back is also pink, with grey markings with a fine black
border ; the pink ground-colour appears as a dagger-shaped mark
ing on the back. These markings become more indistinct with
age, and the pink colour gradually fades away or disappears
entirely. By a curious inversion of the ground-colour and the
markings, some out of a number of specimens from Zoutspansburg
are grey with pink markings. Four of these remarkable speci-
mens are figured on Pl. XXI.+

In some of the specimens from Beira, the parotoid glands are
exceptionally so flat as to be hardly distinguishable.

* P. Z.S. 1905, vol. i. p. 248.
+ See the two bottom figures on colour-plate vi. of Miss Dickerson’s ‘ Frog Book ’

for a similar inversion of colour in Hyla versicolor.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1907, No. XX XITI. 33

480 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SOUTH-AFRICAN [May 28,

*3 Buro CARENS A. Smith.

Legogot, Woodbush, Coguno.

Specimens from Port Elizabeth, which I have kept alive, were
of an olive colour, with the lateral fold, the larger warts, and the
loreal region brick-red; iris golden, much obscured by black
vermiculations.

**4, BUFO TAITANUS Peters.

Beira.

This little Toad, remarkable for the absence of the tympanum
and the eustachian tubes, was only known from Somaliland,
Taita, and the east coast of Lake Tanganyika.

*5, PHRYNOMANTIS BIFASCIATA A. Smith.
Beira.

*6, BREVICEPS VERRUCOSUS Rapp.
Knysna.

*7, BREVICEPS MOSSAMBICUS Peters.
Zoutspansburg.

*8 HEMISUS MARMORATUM Peters.
Beira.

**9, RANA RUDDI, sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 1.)

Vomerine teeth in two small groups close to the inner borders
of the chcanz. Head feebly depressed, as long as broad ; snout
rounded, feebly projecting beyond the mouth, a little shorter than
the orbit; canthus rostralis obtuse; loreal region concave ; nostril
equally distant from the eye and from the end of the snout ;
interorbital region narrower than the upper eyelid; tympanum
very distinct, a little smaller than the eye. Fingers very short,
obtusely pointed, first extending as far as second; toes short,
obtuse, one-third webbed ; subarticular tubercles of fingers and
toes feeble; a large, compressed, very prominent, shovel-shaped
inner metatarsal tubercle, at least as long as the inner toe. The
tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches: the eye. Skin of upper
parts with flat smooth warts of unequal size; a very indistinct
dorso-lateral fold; lower parts smooth, sides of belly feebly
areolate. Dark brown above, with light, yellowish streaks on the
head and body, viz., a narrow vertebral line, a broader band from
the end of the snout along the canthus rostralis and the outer
border of the upper eyelid to above the tympanum, where it
bifurcates, the upper branch extending to above the vent, the
lower running obtiquely to the groin; usually a yellowish bar
across the occiput; a yellowish streak along the upper lip; a
white oblique line in front of the eye and a white circle round the
tympanum ; limbs with dark and pale bars; hinder side of thighs
yellowish, marbled with black; throat and breast dark brown, or

1907. | BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES. 481

marbled with dark brown, with a Y-shaped white marking on
each side; belly white. Male with two external vocal sacs,
opening by a slit on each side of the throat.

From snout to vent 48 millim.

Two males and one female, found breeding in a rain-pool at
Beira in February.

This species is very closely related to R. ornata Peters, from
KE. Africa, and £&. ornatissima Bocage, from Angola. It differs
from the former in the shorter web between the toes, from the
latter in the much smaller size, in the shorter and less pointed
snout, and in the shorter hind limbs. The white markings in
front of the eye and under the throat are very similar in the three
species. Another very close ally of R. ruddi is R. moeruensis
Blgr., from Lake Mweru, which differs in the longer first finger,
the longer hind limbs, the very prominent dorso-lateral glandular
fold, and the coloration.

10. RANA ANGOLENSIS Bocage.
Tuefloop.

*11. Rana oxyRHyNcHus A. Smith.
Zoutspansburg, Coguno, Beira.

12. RANA MASCARENTENSIS D. & B.

Beira.

13. Rana crayt A. Smith.
Knysna.

**14,. RANA GALAMENSIS D. & B.

Beira.

A widely distributed species, known from the Soudan (from
west to east), West Africa from the Senegal to the Congo, and
Central and Hast Africa (R. bravana Peterst, R. owbangiensis
Mocquard).

R. galamensis is closely related to the Indian R. malabarica
D. & B., and surprisingly resembles the Central-American R. god-
mant Gthr. The male has an external vocal sac on each side of
the throat and a large flat gland on the front side of the arm
(humerus), as in the Burmese &. granulosa And., R. hwmeralis
Blgr., and &. oatesi Blgr.

T avail myself of this opportunity to point out that the Frog
named by me R. elegans, which had been previously confounded
with the West-African £. albilabris Hallow., is identical with
R. guenthert Blgr., and must therefore be erased from the list of
African species.

+ Specimens of R. nutti Blgr. have been erroneously referred to R. bravana by

Tornier.
99
Bol

482 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON SOUTH-AFRICAN [May 28,

15, PHRYNOBATRACHUS NATALENSIS A, Smith.

Coguno, Beira.

This widely distributed Frog varies remarkably in its markings.
as do the other species of the same genus. A few specimens
from Beira are represented on Pl. XXIL., figs. 2-5, to illustrate
this feature.

** 16, ARTHROLEPTIS WHYTII Bler.
Beira.
Previously known from British Central Africa.

*17. RapprA MARMORATA Rapp.
Beira.

*18. RAPPIA CINCTIVENTRIS Cope.
Beira.

*19. CASSINA SENEGALENSIS D. & B.

Illovo.

The single small specimen, a male, has the elongate oval gular
disk of C. senegalensis and the distinct web at the base of the
toes of C. wealii. I now feel very doubtful as to the specific
validity of C. wealii.

REPTILIA.

CHELONIA.

1. Homorus ArEoLATUS Thunb.
Knysna.

2. CINIXYS BELLIANA Gray.

Beira. Several shells of.adults and one young in spirit.

I have previously? taken exception to Dr. Siebenrock’s separa-
tiont of C. nogueyt Lataste, as a distinct species, and my view
is further confirmed by the series of specimens from Beira. The
adults (shells only) have the black radiating streaks on the cara-
pace, and the extent of the suture between the anal shields varies
considerably, as may be seen from the annexed figure (text-fig. 140)
representing the hind lobe of the plastron in two adult females,
showing two extreme types in the series sent by Mr. Grant.
Although the fore limb has five claws in the specimens from
Mashonaland § and Zululand examined by me, the young from
Beira has only four, and would therefore be referable to C. nogueyi.

**3 STRERNOTHH®RUS NIGRICANS Donnd.

Beira. Two shells, measuring 110 and 77 millim. respectively.
+ Ann. Mus. Genova, xlii. 1906, p. 197.

* Sitzb. Ak. Wien, cxii. 1903, p. 442.
§ I now regard Homopus darlingi Blgy. as based on a young of this species.

1907.] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES. 483

Text-fig. 140.

Hind lobe of plastron in two adult female Ciniwys belliana.

Suture between the humeral shields shorter than the intergular.
These shells agree with my definition of S. nigricans and also
with the description and figure of Madagascar specimens given
by Siebenrockt. The same form was obtained in N.W. Rhodesia
by Mr. Neave, and is therefore not peculiar to Madagascar, as
believed by Siebenrock.

*4, PELOMEDUSA GALEATA Scheepff.
Tuefloop.
LACERTILIA.

*5, HEMIDACTYLUS MABOUIA Mor.
Zoutspansburg, Coguno, Beira.

+ Cat. Chelon. p. 195 (1889).
t Schildkréten, in Veeltzkow, Reise Ostafr. ii. p. 36, pl. v. fig. 19 (1906).

484 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SOUTH-AFRICAN [May 28,

6. LygopactryLus cAPENSIS A. Smith.
Coguno, Beira.

*7. HomMoPHOLIS WAHLBERGII A. Smith.
Coguno.

8. PacHYDACTYLUS BIBRONIT A. Smith.
Zoutspansburg.

*9. AGAMA DISTANT! Bler.

Woodbush.

This species is also found in the Orange River Colony.
Specimens from Vredefort Road were presented to the British
Museum by Capt. Barrett-Hamilton, and others were captured
by myself near Bloemfontein.

**10, AGAMA MOSsSAMBICA Peters.
Beira.

*11. Zonurus JoNESI Bler.
Zoutspansbure.

*12. Puatrysaurus Gurratus A. Smith.

Woodbush.

This species varies considerably in its lepidosis, and I do not
think P. intermedius Matschie entitled to stand. Of the eight
specimens from Woodbush three are males and five are females.
The males belong to the guttatws type of coloration, have the
lower parts of the head, body, and limbs dark blue, and the tail
red; the females have three whitish longitudinal streaks in
addition to the light spots on the head and body, the tail is pale
yellowish brown, and only the middle of the belly is bluish black.
The occipital shield is small or very small and, except in one
specimen, the parietals form a suture separating it from the
interparietal; the frontonasal is in contact with the rostral.

3 3 3 ? ? ? ? $

Length to vent (in milli-

metres) .................. 105 97 90 87 83 80 77 58
Number of scales across

bodyaeeee ces ZO 72 78 80 78 75 83 70
Longitudinal rows of

ventral plates ......... 16 16 16 18 16 18 18 16
Number of femoral pores

(right & left) .......... 16-17 17-16 17-16 19-19 16-16 19-20 17-18 17-18

Having now examined 15 specimens which I refer to P. gut-
tatus, 1 find the scales across the body to vary from 70 to 90, the
longitudinal rows of ventral plates from 16 to 20, and the femoral
pores on each side from 15 to 20.

P. torquatus Peters, from Mozambique, which differs in the
absence of the azygous longitudinal series of enlarged gular scales,
has 90 to 100 scales across the body, 16 longitudinal rows of
ventral plates, and 17 to 21 femoral pores.

1907. | BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES. 485

13. VARANUS NiILOoricus L.
Beira.
**14. MONOPELTIS GRANTI, sp. n. (Text-fig. 141.)

Snout pointed ; nasals in contact with each other above the
very small, triangular rostral; a single large plate covering the
head, with a short cleft in front of the ocular, which is small ;
eye just distinguishable under the ocular; a pair of band-like
occipitals ; three upper labials, third large; symphysial small,
quadrangular, followed by a larger heptagonal chin-shield; three
lower labials, first and second small, third very large. 313
annuli on the body, 26 on the tail; on the middle of the body an

Text-fig. 141.

Monopeltis granti.

Upper and side views of head, and lower view of head and pectoral region.

annulus contains 32 segments, 18 above and 14 below the lateral
lines; the dorsal segments much longer than broad, the two
median ventrals much broader than long. Pectoral shields six,
very large, very elongate, the median pair widening posteriorly
and as long as the shielded part of the head. Lateral line distinct.
Six anal segments. No preanal pores. Colourless.

Length to vent 200 millim.; tail 23; diameter of body 5.

A single specimen from Beira.

Nearly related to WM. welwitschii Gray, from Angola.

15. Masur vari Peters.
W oodbush, Beira.

486 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SOUTH-AFRICAN

16. Masura srrrata Peters.
Tuefloop, Beira.

*17. LyGosoMA SUNDEVALLI A. Smith.
Beira.

*18, HERPETOSAURA ARENICOLA Peters.
Coguno.

RHIPTOGLOSSA.

19. CHAMELEON QUILENSIS Bocage.
Coguno, Beira.

*20. CHAMLEON DILEPIS Leach.
Zoutspansburg, Beira.

*21, CHAMELEON DAMARANUS Bler.
Knysna, Woodbush.

OPHIDIA.
**99. 'TYPHLOPS DINGA Peters.

Beira.
23. ABLABOPHIS RUFULUS Licht.
Pietersburg.

*24,. Boopon LINEATUS D. & B;
Pietersburg, Beira.

*25. LyCOPHIDIUM CAPENSE A. Smith.
Beira.

*96, SIMOCEPHALUS CAPENSIS A. Smith.
Beira.
27. PsmuDASPIS CANA L.
Coguno.

*28. CHLOROPHIS HOPLOGASTER Gthr.
Beira.

*29,. PHILOTHAMNUS SEMIVARIEGATUS A. Smith.

Beira.

[ May 28,

The single specimen has two superposed anterior temporals and
the fifth and sixth labials entering the eye on the right side, a
single anterior temporal and the fourth, fifth, and sixth labials
entering the eye on the left, thus combining characters of Giinther’s

P. semivariegatus and P. kirkwt.

+ Cf. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xv. 1896, p. 527.

L907) BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES. 487

*30. LeproDIRA HOTAMB@IA Laur.
Beira.

**31, CHAMZTORTUS AULICUS Gthr.
Beira.
Previously known from Central Africa and the Zambesi.
32. TRIMERORHINUS RHOMBEATUS IL.

Zoutspansbure.

33. PSAMMOPHIS SIBILANS |.

Inhambane, Beira.
Like the specimen mentioned in the previous list, belonging to
var. F of the British Museum Catalogue.

*34. THELOTORNIS KIRTLANDII Hallow.

Legogot.

35. DispHoLIDUS TyPUS A. Smith.
Woodbush, Coguno, Beira.
Some brown, some green.

*36. APARALLACTUS CAPENSIS A. Smith.
Legogot.

*37. NAIA NIGRICOLLIS Reinh.
Woodbush, Coguno, Beira.

*38. CAUSUS RHOMBEATUS Licht.
Tuefloop.

39. BITIS ARIETANS Mery.

Legogot, Inhambane, Beira.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PrarEe XXI.
Bufo regularis Reuss, p. 479.
Figs. 1 & 2. 9 & yg. from Zoutspansburg.
>» 3&4. 9 & yg. from Woodbush.
PratE XXII.

Fig. 1. Rana ruddi (8) Blgy. p. 480.
la. Side view of head.
1b. Lower view of head.
Figs. 2-5. Phrynobatrachus natalensis A. Smith, p. 482.
Four specimens from Beira.

488 MR. JAMES RITCHIE ON HYDROIDS [May 28,

3. On Collections of the Cape Verde Islands Marine Fauna,
made by Cyril Crossland, M.A. (Cantab.), B.Se. (Lond.),
T.Z.8., of St. Andrews University, July to September,
1904.*—The Hydroids. By James Rirconiz, M.A.,
B.Sc., Fullerton Scholar, University of Aberdeen fT.

[Received April 18, 1907. |
(Plates XXTIT.—XX VIE and Text-figures 142-144.)

The forms described in the present paper were entrusted to me
for determination by Mr. Crossland, who collected them in various
localities off the Cape Verde Islands. Although the collection is
not a large one, it forms a useful addition to our rather meagre
knowledge of the Hydroid fauna of the northern portion of the
west coast of Africa. To the north of the Cape Verde Islands
specimens have been recorded from the Canary Islands, from
Madeira, from the Azores, and from the Soudan coast; from the
south the ‘Challenger’ records a solitary species, Cryptolaria
diffusa Allm. from Sierra Leone; while from the islands them-
selves, so far as I can learn, records have been made by only four
workers §. In 1883 Allman, in his Report on the Plumularians
collected by the ‘ Challenger, described the type of a new genus,
Streptocaulus pulcherrimus Allm., found at Porto Praya in 100
fathoms. In July 1885 Mr. J. J. Quelch described a small collec-
tion of deep-sea Hydroids, comprising nine species, and obtained
from the cable off St. Vincent in a depth of over 500 fathoms, the
species described being Hudendriwm annulatum Norman 1864,
Lafoéa tenellula Allman 1877, Zygophylax profunda Quelch 1885,
Plumularia variabilis Quelch 1885, P. delicatula Queleh 1885,
Antennularia irregularis Quelch 1885, A. profunda Quelch 1885,
Aglaophenia acacia Allman 1883, and Streptocaulus pulcherrimus
Allman 1883. More recently Professor J. Versluys has described
two species from Isle Branco, one of the Windward Group,
Sertularia (Desmoscyphus) brevicyathus (Vers. 1899), and Desmo-
scyphus inflatus Vers. 1899, a synonym for the D. gracilis of
Allman 1888, which has been’ renamed Sertularia versluysi by
Professor Nutting (1904). Of these the latter occurs in our
collection, with the important addition that the gonosome is also
present and is here described for the first time. Lastly, within
the past month or two collections made by the ‘ Talisman * in 1883
have been described by Dr. Armand Billard (1907), and these
include a few species from two localities off the Islands. In lat.

* The expenses of Mr. Crossland’s collecting trip were borne by the Carnegie
Trustees.

+ Communicated by the SecrRETARY.

t+ For explanation of the Plates, see p. 514.

§ Since this paper was written I have found in the collections made by the
Scottish National Antarctic Expedition on its homeward voyage two species from
St. Vincent which were not represented among the specimens described in the
Report on the ‘Scotia’ Hydroid Collection (Ritchie, 1907). These are Hucopella

cenata? Hartlaub, 1901, and Sertularella fusiformis ? Hincks, 1861, both of which
are additions to the recorded Hydroid fauna of the Islands.

ES) SOV IRL OBIE.

7 a |; a RS
\\ ‘j a) Nath a es f

Lei! NN: Aspaiicaisee|| EY.
Point 4 Wiece ye ALA

Tare aN Sy Tae nephs UT ON

dais. Ritchie, dels

EDAD ER OUND Ea OMI CANE.) VER IRS) UL Sa cAN DIS)

PAu: SVG MOV AI DEIL OSCIEN

London Stereoscopic Co. imp.

Ritchie, del.

das.

iS AUN DS»

NAS EVID) Teh

(CAE IS

FROM

DROILDS

iehwg

Jas. Ritchie, del.

ESE N GID) 18510) MDS) 12 EOE

CAG iE

A/a RW ID) Teh

London Stereoscopic Co. imp.

TSE WAUIN| IDS ig

Pi VO 2 eee

das. Ritchie, del. London Stereoscopic Co, imp

TEESE IDURD (GED) STE TRU (CAGE eke Veh IS ID) tel eal SulbeAVIN IBS

1907. | FROM THE CAPE VERDE ISLANDS. 489

17° 1’ N. and long. 27° 24’ W. (Paris 0°) at a depth of 105 metres
there were obtained Diphasia pinaster (Klis & Sol. 1786), An-
tennularia ramosa Lamarck 1816, and Thecocarpus myriophyllum
var. bedoti Billard 1907. In lat. 16° 52'-16° 53’ N. and long.
27° 30'-27° 26’ W. at a depth of 400-580 metres, Diphasia pinaster
and Thecocarpus myriophyllum bedoti were again found.

The present collection is littoral, the greatest depth at which
specimens were gathered being 15 fathoms, while the majority
were obtained in shore-pools or in quite shallow water. Hence
it is not surprising to find that of the species previously described
from the Islands only one, Sertularia versluyst above mentioned,
should recur among Mr. Crossland’s specimens.

The collection contains in all 27 species, of which 18—one of
them here represented by a new variety—have been previously
described. Several of these species, which are distributed among
14 genera, have been recorded from more than one locality. For
the remaining specimens 9 new species have been established, one
species being referred to a new genus. In all representatives of
20 genera occur in the collection.

The list of species is as follows :—

I. GYMNOBLASTEA.

Family CoRYNID®.

Coryne (2) dubiwm, sp. 1.
Family PENNARIID&.

Pennaria cavolinii Ehrenberg 1832.
Family TUBULARIID®.

Tubularia humilis Allman 1864.

5 solitaria Warren 1906.

Family CLhavip m.

Soleniopsis dendriformis, gen. et sp. n.
Family BoUGAINVILLIID®.

Hydractinia verdi, sp. n.

Podocoryne anechinata, sp. in.
Family HUDENDRIID®.

Hudendrium ramosum Linn. 1758.

II. CALYPTOBLASTEA.

Family HaLEcrtip 2.
Haleciwm beanii Johust. 1838.
Ophiodes caciniformis, sp. n.

Family La Frorrp 2.
Filellum serpens (Hassall 1852).
Cuspidella humilis Hincks MS. & 1866.

Family CAMPANULARIID®.
Clytia geniculata Thornely 1964.
Obelia dichotoma (Linn. 1758).
Gonothyrea gracilis (Sars 1851).
Campanularia caliculata Hincks 1863.

56 ptychocyathus Allman 1888.
mutabilis, sp. n.

490) MR. JAMES RITCHIE ON HYDROIDS [ May 28,

Family SERTULARIID®.
Sertularia distans Lamx. 1816.
es mayeri Nutting 1904.
es versluysi Nutting 1904.
55 levimarginata, sp. 1.
Family PLUMULARIID®.
Plumularia halecioides Alder 1859.
Monostechas quadridens (McCrady 1857).
Aglaophenia marginata, sp. n.
Lytocarpus grandis, var. unilateralis, vay. 0.
By crosslandi, sp. Nn.

Of the 18 hitherto known forms above mentioned, 10 are recog-
nised as British species, while 5 of the remainder (Campanularia
ptychocyathus, Sertularia mayert, S. versluysi, Lytocarpus grandis,
Monostechas quadridens) are, with the exception of the last
which has been recorded from the Indian Ocean (Thornely, 1904),
distinctively American. This contingent is probably to be ac-
counted for by the oceanic whirlpool the centre of which is marked
by the Sargasso Sea and the streams of which wash the shores of
the West Indies, of eastern Mexico, and of the eastern United
States, and, circling in the North Atlantic, sweep past the
Azores, Madeira, and the Cape Verde Islands.

The collection, as might be expected in a littoral one, is com-
paratively rich in gymnoblastic forms and includes an interesting
species, peculiar in branching and in gonophore, which has been
made the type of a new genus, Soleniopsis.

We note also, as Pictet has already remarked (Pictet, 1893),
that of those species which occur both in temperate and in tropical
waters, the individuals existing in the colder seas are, in general,
larger and more sturdy than their tropical specific equivalents.

The outlines of the figures, both in the plates and in the text,
with the exception of those representing the appearance of the
specimens to the unaided eye, were drawn with the help of Zeiss’s
camera lucida.

The localities from which Mr, Crossland obtained his specimens
are shown below :—

ST. VINCENT, Carr VERDE Istanns.
(1) GENERAL.

(a) From tidal pool, 25th July, 1904.
Pennaria cavolinii Eby.

(6) 2 fathoms, among coral, 22nd July, 1904.
Pennaria cavolinii Why.

Sertularia mayeri Nutt.
Plumularia halecioides Hincks.

(ec) 10 fathoms, 27th July, 1904.
Gonothyrea gracilis Sars.
Canpanularia ptychocyathus Allm.

(d) 15 fathoms, 30th July, 1904.
Monostechas quadridens (McCrady).
Lytocarpus grandis, var. wnilateralis, vay. n,

1907. | FROM THE CAPE VERDE ISLANDS. 491

(e) From bottom of a lighter, 20th July, 1904.
Tubularia hunilis Alin.
Cuspidella humilis Hincks.
Plunularia halecioides Alder.
Aglaophenia marginata, sp. 0.

(f) From bottom of a lighter, 30th July, 1904.
Pennaria cavolinii Ehy.
Tubularia humilis Allm.

5 solitariaWarren.
Soleniopsis dendriformis, gen. et sp. n.
Halecium beanii Johnst.

Filellum serpens (Hassall).

Cuspidella humilis Hincks.

Clytia geniculata Thorn.

Obelia dichotoma Linn.

Canpanularia ptychocyathus Allm.
BS mutabilis, sp. n.

(2) Marrrora, St. Vincent Harpour.
Sertularia levimarginata, sp. 0.
Lytocarpus crosslandi, sp. n.

(83) Porto GRANDE.

(a) Shore-pools.
Campanularia caliculata Hincks.

s ptychocyathus Alln.
Sertularia distans Lamx. 1816.
35 mayert Nutt.

(6) 10 fathoms.
Hydractinia verdi, sp. n.

PORTO PRAYA, Sanrraco, Capt VERDE IsLANDs.
(a) Piles of pier, 12th August, 1904.
Coryne (2) dubiwn, sp. n.
Campanularia mutabilis, sp. n.
Sertularia versluysi Nutt.
(6) 5 fathoms, 9th August, 1904.
Podocoryne anechinata, sp. n.
(c) 10 fathoms, 12th August, 1904.
Eudendrium ramosum Linn.
Ophiodes caciniformis, sp. 0.
BOA VISTA, Carb VERDE IsLAnns.
Soleniopsis dendriformis, gen. et sp. 1.

I. GYMNOBLASTEA.

Family CORYNID&.
CoryYNE (¢) DUBIUM, sp. n. | (Plate XXIII. figs. 1, 2.)

A species represented by small, irregularly ramified colonies
growing upon a Polysiphonia-like red seaweed. The colonies are
only about 7 mm. in height. The perisarc is transparent, tinged,

492 MR. JAMES RITCHIE ON HYDROIDS | May 28,

except towards the tips of the branches, with a faint brown. The
stem is slender, 0°l mm. in diameter, and soon breaks up into
very numerous, irregularly disposed branches which, arising at a
small angle, lie for a short distance almost parallel with their
parent shoot and thereafter gradually diverge from it. Branches
even of the fourth order are present. The colonies are wrinkled
throughout, but less strongly in the middle portions of the polyp-
bearing branches ; while beneath the polyp, on the stems, and on
the older portions of the branches distinct ringing occurs. There
is no membranaceous cup surrounding the base of the hydranth.
The hydranths are relatively long, 0°5 mm., slightly bulging
beneath and tapering gradually upwards towards the tip and down-
wards to form a long “neck.” The tentacles are from 0:1 to
0:15 mm. in length, and except for the distal four, which generally
appear to be placed in a whorl, are scattered. They vary slightly
in number. Thus of 10 heads examined, one bore 12 tentacles,
four bore 13, three bore 14, and on two 15 were found.

Gonosome not present.

Locality. Growing on a seaweed taken from piles of pier.
Porto Praya, Santiago, Cape Verde Islands; 12th August, 1904.

Owing to the absence of the gonosome this species cannot be
given a definite generic place within the family Corynide as defined
by Delage (1901). Notwithstanding I have assigned a specific
name to the form in order to facilitate references. The trophosome
characters lie between those of <dActinogoniwm pusillum (Van
Beneden 1844; Hincks, 1868, p. 45; Allman, 1872, p. 272) and
Syncoryne sarsiti Lovén 1835. From the former it differs in having
a more tapering polyp, numerous rings and wrinkles, and in
lacking a membranaceous cup beneath the polyp; from the latter
it is distinguished by the shape of its hydranth, its much smaller
size, its complicated branching, its more frequent rings.

The specimens bear many creeping polyzoon colonies (Clionella 2)
and occasional stalked protozoa and diatoms.

Family PENNARIID &.

PENNARIA CAVOLINI Khrenberg 1832.

A number of colonies, frequently over 6 cm. in height, have
been obtained from one locality. They agree in general with
Allman’s description (1872, p. 364), but the following variations
may be noted :—The colonies are less robust than those described
by Allman. The branches, while alternate, lie generally in two
planes, every other branch being in the same plane, and these
planes are set forward on the stem, as in many Plumularian
species, so as to meet at an angle varying from almost 180° to
less than 20°. Ringing is well marked, from four to six rings
occurring on the stem above the origin of each branch, and a
similar number at the base of the branch itself. Thus the
ultimate hydranth-bearing ramuli, instead of being wholly ringed
as described and figured by Allman, bear a small number of basal

1907. | FROM THE CAPE VERDE ISLANDS. 493

rings; the remainder, which varies much in length, being smooth
or very slightly crumpled.

The gonosomes, which are present in numbers, agree exactly
with Allman’s description.

The colonies here described agree in all but size with beautifully
preserved specimens of the species from the Naples Biological
Station.

Locality. St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands. Obtained from
bottom of a lighter, 30th July, 1904; by diving among coral in
2 fathoms of water, 22nd July, 1904; also fine colony in tidal
pool, 25th July, 1904.

Family TUBULARIIDA.
TUBULARIA HuMILIS Allman 1864.

A few simple or slightly branched stems varying from 0:5 to
4 em. in height, and 0°5 mm. in diameter, may be referred to this
species. The specimens obtained in one dredging are much smaller
than those described by Allman, varying from 5 to 12 mm. in
height ; but the following points have been relied on in identifi-
cation :—simple or slightly branched stems with, here and there,
faintly marked transverse rugosities ; delicate, ight-yellow perisarc;
a ccenosareal collar supporting the hydranth; small hydranths,
1-2 mm. in height, longer than broad, with, in the individuals
examined, 17, 13, 11 tentacles in the distal whorl, and 19, 17 in
the proximal. The tentacles are in a state of contraction, and
consequently the proximal whorl is only 1-8 mm. in diameter from
tip to tip.

Gonosome.—In the specimens obtained on the 30th of July
gonophores are present in erect clusters borne on short pedicels.
In some of the more mature, actinule can be seen.

Locality. St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands. Found growing on
the bottom of a lighter on 20th and 30th July, 1904, and by diving
among coral in 2 fathoms of water on 22nd July, 1904.

TUBULARIA SOLITARIA Warren 1906.

A few solitary individuals, 8 mm. in height, are growing upon
a sponge-like layer encrusting a small lamellibranch shell. ‘The
individuals are fixed in the layer by a club-like, sometimes branched
“‘yoot,” and are crowned by a distal circle of stout tentacles 13 or
14 in number, the lower portions of which are adnate to the
hypostome, appearing as strong ridges upon it. The proximal
tentacles, which are more slender than the distal, arise from the
broadened base of the hydranth in a whorl of about 30, rather
more than in Dr. Warren’s specimens. Otherwise, the present
specimens, with delicate perisarc, distinct endodermal canals in
the hydrocaulus, erect blastostyles originating just within the
proximal whorl of tentacles and bearing from two to five or six
gonophores, agree with the description of the type.

The gonophores in our specimens are mostly at an early stage,

494 MR. JAMES RITCHIE ON HYDROIDS [| May 28,

showing in optical section a manubrium surrounded by a horse-
shoe-shaped mass of generative plasma. In only one gonophore
of the many examined was there a trace of actinula-formation,
tentacles being indicated by apparently about 8 filaments.
Locality St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands. Found on bottom
of a lighter, 30th July, 1904.
Previous record, off Natal coast.

Family CLAVID&.
SOLENIOPSIS *, gen. noy.

Type. S. dendriformis, sp. n.

GENERIC CHARACTERS.—Tvrophosome. Colonies branched and
fascicled. The branches originate from the division of a cceno-
sareal strand into two portions which he parallel and close to one
another for a considerable distance, each becoming sheathed in a
chitinous perisareal tube, the outermost strand finally bends out-
wards and becomes free to form a branch (vide text-fig, 142, p. 496).
The hydranth-bearing ramuli originate in the same way as the
branches. Hydranths cylindrical, with club-shaped proboscis
and many scattered filiform tentacles.

Gonosome.—The reproductive bodies are permanently fixed
gonophores of a simple type. They are blind sacs arising from
the ccenosare some distance beneath the hydranth and lying
within the perisarcal tube from which the hydranth projects. The
ova are developed in the wall of the sac.

The genus Soleniopsis is distinguished by its peculiar mode
of branching and by its gonophore. The branching, which is
more fully described in the discussion on the species, appears to
be similar to that of Corydendriwm (Weismann, 1883). I have
not seen the original description, but Dr. Fowler says with regard
to the branching of the genus, “The young buds, instead of
breaking through the perisare and growing outwards as is usual,
grow upwards for some distance inside it and surround themselves
with secondary perisarc ” (Fowler, 1900, p. 13); and this agrees
with the structure in the present genus. OCorydendriwm differs
from Soleniopsis, however, in having gonophores which give rise
to free meduse (Delage, 1901).

The gonophores here are of great length and of extremely
simple structure. They are also peculiar in lying within, and thus
being protected by, the tube which contains the trophosome,
instead of bursting through the perisarc and forming hernia-like
globular projections like most other gonophores. The ova and
spermatozoa apparently escape from the mouth of the tube,

assing between the swollen bulb beneath the neck of the hydranth
and the perisarcal wall.

On account of the scattered filiform tentacles on the hydranth

%* The name of the genus, Soleniopsis, is intended to suggest the resemblance
between the parallel-lying ccenosarcal strands of the colony and the “solenia” of

Alcyonarians.

1907. | FROM THE CAPE VERDE ISLANDS. 495

and of the fixed gonophore, this genus has been included in the
family Clavide, although the simplicity of the gonophore and the
complexity of the branching almost warrant the formation of a
new family.

SOLENIOPSIS DENDRIFORMIS, sp.n. (Plate XXVI. fig. 1; text-
figs. 142, 143.)

The colonies for which this species has been formed were
found at two localities. The solitary colony from Boa Vista is
the largest of the series, almost 10 em. high, with a thick, fascicled
stem which is, towards the base, covered by a mass of ramifying
tubes, forming a spongy tissue through which here and there a
hydranth projects. This loosely-built basal mass attains a
diameter of 1 em. From this stem, which in transverse section
shows a small central strand of chitin with a few minute coenosare-
containing canals, surrounded by many parallel tubes which again

are surrounded by irregularly arranged, loosely aggregated tubes,
the branches arise approximately in one plane. The colonies
from St. Vincent are smaller, only 6 em. high, and lack the
spongy basal thickening, possessing a cylindrical stem 2 mm. in
diameter, composed of closely packed parallel tubes. From these
stems, as from that of the previous specimen, flabeliate branches
lying generally in one plane arise. The primary branches bear
alternate secondary branches, and these again may bear tertiary
branches, all of these appearing to be fascicled owing to the
apposition of several tubes. Single, monosiphonic branches, how-
ever, arise alternately in one plane, for the most part from
branches of the second and third order, and from the distal end of
these the hydranths project.

The mode of branching is peculiar. In the less strongly
fascicled portions of the stem two or three perisareal tubes lie
alongside of, and inseparably united to, one another, each con-
taining a strand of coenosarc. Some considerable distance before
a free branch originates (frequently 20 or 350 mm.) one of the
outermost strands divides into two, and round the new ccenosarcal
division a chitinous tube is formed, wedged in between the old
tubes. Thus the number of parallel-lying and united tubes is
increased, but finally, after a course of some 2 or 3 cm., the outer-
most of the two portions into which the original strand divided
becomes free to form a branch, and the number of tubes in the
fascicle is thus reduced. The ccenosare of the free branch divides,
as did that of the stem, and becomes ensheathed in several united
tubes which, on bending outwards and becoming free, form new
branches or hydranth-bearing ramuli. The division of the cceno
sareal strands, and consequently the origin of the branches and
ramuli, takes place alternately, first on one side, then on the
other.

The hydranths project from simple, alternate ramuli 0°4 mm.
in diameter. Extended they are long and slender, 2:0 mm. by
0-2 or 0-3 mm., almost cylindrical, with a prominent club-shaped

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. XXXIV. 34

496 MR. JAMES RITCHIE ON HYDROIDS [May 28,

proboscis and short (0°3 mm.) stumpy tentacles. These, between
40 and 50 in number, are scattered over the body of the polyp,
only the distal 4 or 5 being placed in a whorl, although an
approximation to whorling is sometimes simulated by others of
the tentacles. At the proximal end of the hydranth there is a
short neck, and just within the margin of the tube a sharp bulge
connecting the polyp with the ccenosare of the ramulus and almost

Text-fig. 142.

ot
y}

cl
Kee
me

r.€.7

: CPS neacnage ; re
ST yA OEE A SES Ta) EAC

FEO

Soleniopsis dendriformis. To show mode of branching, <8,

oven., cenosarc; peri., perisarc; br., branch bending off and becoming free from
main stem; sé., main stem; vam. 1, 2, 3, short ramuli from which hydranths
project; u.t. 1, 2, 3, 4, new tubes, enveloping a branch from a ccenosarcal
strand and wedged in between older tubes.

plugging up the entrance to the tube. Contracted, the hydranths
form almost spherical bulbs about 0°7 mm. in diameter. Although
the tube from which the hydranth springs generally ends abruptly
with an even circular margin, in not a few cases the terminal

1907.] FROM THE CAPE VERDE ISLANDS. 497

portion is wrinkled and twisted as if it were less strong, more
collapsable than the other portions.

Gonosome.—The gonophores are fixed, not developing into free
medusoids, and lie within the tube from which the hydranth
projects. They branch off from the ccenosare of the ramulus from
2 to 3 mm. below the hydranth itself, and are long, slender,
spindle-shaped bodies, sometimes 2°5 mm. in length by 0:1 mm.

Text-fig. 143.

Ss

Sos tSioncsess

Soleniopsis dendriformis. Hydranth and gonophore, 30.

b., bulging portion at base of hydranth almost filling the opening of the tube;
peri., perisarc; ecto., ectoderm, represented within the tube by a dark line;
endo., endoderm (lined); ov., ovum ; caw., central cavity of gonophore; gon., the
arrow points to the place where the gonophore branches off the general ccenosarc ;
coen., general coenosare.

in diameter. Their structure is simple, the gonophore being

apparently a hollow cylinder closed distally, with two-layered

walls, a thick ectoderm and thinner endoderm, within which ova

develop to the number of about 13 or more. The ova develop
34*

498 MR, JAMES RITCHIE ON HYDROIDS [ May 28,

all along the walls, pushing the endoderm inwards until it pro-
trudes into the hollow of the gonophore. The male gonophores
are similar in origin and shape to the female, but are in general
considerably longer. In no case could a spadix be distinguished.

The structure of the gonophore above described is of the
simplest type. It appears to be merely a blind branch of the
general ceenosare of the colony within the walls of which ova
develop.

Associated with the specimens were several creeping Hydroids,
Filellum serpens, Cuspidella humilis, Campanularia mutabilis, and
an endoproctan polyzoon (Clionella 2).

Localities. (a) St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands: growing
on the bottom of a lighter, 20th and 30th July, 1904.—
(5) Dredged ; Boa Vista, Cape Verde Islands, August ¢ 1904.

o

Family BoUGAINVILLIIDA.

HyYDRACTINIA VERDI, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. figs. 6 & 7.)

Among dredgings taken at Porto Grande four Musus-like gas-
teropod shells were obtained overspread by Hydractinia colonies.
The nutritive hydranths, which grow in the grooves of the shell-
sculpture, are in various stages of contraction, the longest 5 mm.,
the shortest with their ring of tentacles almost resting on the
surface of the shell. The tentacles are short, set in two almost
indistinguishable whorls, and vary in number from 9 to 12,
9 being perhaps most frequent. The hypostome is club-shaped.
No spiral filaments are present, although along the margin of the
shell there occur elongated polyps with insignificant tentacles.
Short chitinous spines, about 0°3 mm. long, with jagged edges,
occur throughout the colony, being arranged for the most part
upon the ridges of the shell. The blastostyles are somewhat
smaller than the nutritive hydranths, being about 1 mm. in height,
but unlike those of H. echinata they bear well-developed tentacles
eight or nine in number. The basal rhizom expansion is thin.

Gonosome.—The reproductive bodies are fixed gonophores
arising from the body of the blastostyle some distance below the
tentacles. They occur in a single whorl containing three or four
individuals and are borne on short peduncles. In the specimens
examined the gonophores were all female, containing three large
ova; while in the more mature examples these were separated
towards the exterior by pigmented bands running from the base
towards the summit of the gonophore—branches of the spadix.

This species is closely related to H. paczfica described from
Calbuco by Hartlaub (1905, p. 519), but that species differs in
possessing about 15 tentacles on the nutritive hydranths, only
5 or 6 on the blastostyles; in lacking spines on the basal expan-
sion; in bearing only one ovum in each gonophore.

Locality. Porto Grande, St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands; 10
fathoms.

1907. ] FROM THE CAPE VERDE ISLANDS. 499

PoDOCORYNE ANECHINATA, sp. n, (Plate XXIII. figs. 8, 9, 10.)

Sparsely scattered upon a small gasteropod shell (Cerithium? sp.)
are the minute individuals of a Podocoryne colony. The nutritive
individuals are club-shaped, only 0-9 mm. in height, with a promi-
nent, cylindrical, flat-topped hypostome, from beneath which arise
about nine tentacles, set in two closely approximated whorls.
Both spiral filaments and spines are absent. The reproductive
polyps, although they are somewhat smaller than the nutritive
with about seven well-developed tentacles, resemble the latter in
shape, being also club-like and possessing a prominent cylindrical
hypostome. The basal expansion is formed of a single layer of
chitinous tubes, forming wide rectangular meshes, the individual
tubes being almost 0-1 mm. in diameter, and being marked late-
rally by minute honey-yellow dots, thickenings of the chitinous
wall. The whole expansion is covered by a thin layer of
ecenosarc.

Gonosome.—The sexual stage consists of free-swimming medu-
soids which arise in considerable numbers (as many as nine being
present on one individual) from the median portion of the repro-
ductive polyp. They are borne on well-defined peduncles. During
the earlier stages the tentacles appear as four blunt knobs, but
these develop considerably ere the medusoid is set free. Sexual
products could not be distinguished in the medusoid buds.

The species here described is a near relative of P. humilis
Hartlaub 1905. |The latter form, however, differs in possessing
a minute conical hypostome, small smooth spines, and a medusoid
bud which is not mentioned as developing well-formed tentacles
ere it is set free. The difference in the number of tentacles is of
little importance, although it is to be noted that here they form
two closely-set whorls, but the chitinous thickenings which occur
along the sides of the rhizom strands (vide Pl. XXIII. fig. 10)
may help to distinguish the present species.

Locality. Porto Praya, Santiago, Cape Verde Islands, 5 fathoms;
9th August, 1904.

Family HUDENDRIID&.

KUDENDRIUM RAMOSUM Linneeus 1758.

A single, small, unfascicled colony about 4 em. high. The
branches and branchlets are strictly alternate, and the minute
structure, except that the rings at the bases of the main branches
are generally fewer in number, agrees closely with Hincks’s figures
(1868, pl. 13). The hydranths are well preserved and there were,
in the examples counted, 23 or 24 tentacles surrounding a very
distinct trumpet-shaped hypostome.

Gonophores not present.

Locality. Porto Praya, Santiago, 10 fathoms; 12th August,
1904.

500 MR. JAMES RITCHIE ON HYDROIDS [ May 28,

IJ. CALYPTOBLASTEA.
Family HALECIIDA.

HaAecrum BEANII Johnston 1838.

Several strongly fascicled, irregularly branched colonies. The
delicate structure of the terminal branchlets is characteristic of
the species. The branches differ from those in the specimen
figured by Allman (1888, pl. xii. fig. 3a) in arising laterally
from below a hydrotheca, instead of directly from the branch.
The majority of the primary hydrothecz differ from Allman’s and
from Hincks’s (1868) figures in being sessile and adnate to the
node from which they arise—the hydrotheca-tier springing from
within the primary hydrotheca; but in these respects they agree
with specimens from the French coast described by Dr. A. Billard
(1904, p. 163), and with specimens from dredgings made by the
Scottish Antarctic Expedition at Burdwood Bank, near Cape
Horn (Ritchie, 1907).

The bright refringent points which encircle the base of the
hydrotheca are in this species, as in others I have examined (1907,
p. 515), points of attachment for strands from a fleshy disc at the
base of the polyp, which is thus supported within its minute
hydrotheca.

The gonosome is absent in the present specimens.

Locality. St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, growing on the
bottom of a lighter; 30th July, 1904.

OPHIODES CACINIFORMIS, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. figs. 11 & 12;
Plate XXIV. fig. 1; Plate XXV. fig. 5.)

Several small, delicate colonies, for which this species has
been formed, arise at irregular intervals from a hydrorhizal stolon
creeping upon a fragment of a sand-covered worm-tube. They
are neither branched nor fascicled, and the largest is but 6°5 mm.
in height. The stem is divided into short internodes, 0°4 mm.
long in the proximal, but gradually lengthening to 0°6 mm. in
the upper part of the colony. The distal end of each internode
appears to divide into two equal, slightly diverging portions, one
of which forms the peduncle of a hydrotheca, while the other bears
the succeeding internode, the junction between the two internodes
being marked by a single annulation.

The hydrothecz lie in one plane, are placed one on each inter-
node, and are alternate. They are borne on peduncles of varying
length, from 0-05 to 0:2 mm., the upper portions of which are
delicate and frequently crumpled, while the bases are thick-walled
and, even when the hydrotheca itself has been destroyed, remain
as projecting processes. The hydrothece themselves are shallow,
trumpet-shaped cups, with much-everted margins, delicate walls,
and a thin septum separating their cavity from that of the stem.
Around the wall just within the margin is a row of refringent
points formed by slight thickenings ‘of. the perisare within “the

1907.] ' FROM THE CAPE VERDE ISLANDS. 501

hydrotheca, and to these are attached strands supporting a flat-
tened disc-like portion at the base of the polyp. Such an attach-
ment, of course, makes the retraction of the polyp impossible.
The structure is identical with that which I have already
described and figured in the genus Haleciwm (Ritchie, 1907,
p- 525), except that in Halectwm the basal disc rests upon the
perisarcal septum at the bottom of the cup, while here a consider-
able space intervenes between the two, traversed by a narrow
strand of ccenosare connecting the polyp with the common coeno-
sare of the colony. I would draw attention to the seeming
inaccuracy of Hincks’s figures (1868, pl. 45. figs. 2, 2") as regards
the relations between polyp and hydrotheca. The hydranths,
which are about 0°9 mm. in height, gradually increase in diameter
upwards from the basal disc, but exhibit no distal contraction
beneath the tentacles such as Hincks figures. The bases of the
tentacles, which number about 23, are connected by a web within
which the hypostome arises. A secondary hydrotheca, borne on
a relatively long peduncle, may arise from the lower portion of
the peduncle of a primary hydrotheca.

Nematophores occur frequently but irregularly. There is
usually one on a peduncle, and sometimes one on an internode.
They are sessile, cup-shaped, with delicate walls and everted
margin, within which there is commonly a row of refringent dots.
To these, as in the hydrothecze, a basal coenosarcal disc is attached.
The sarcostyles correspond to those figured by Hincks (1868,
pl. 45), with thin walls bearing scattered cnidoblasts, and a glo-
bular head where large numbers of these offensive and defensive
cells are aggregated. When contracted, a sarcostyle measures
about 0:4 mm., while one which was extended measured 2-0 mm.
The cnidoblasts are narrowly oval, 17 by 3 pw, and each contains a
thread 220 » long, armed near the base with a whorl of four barbs
in the form of a cross, distal to which are smaller barbs pointing
towards the tip of the thread and placed in four longitudinal
rows, each of which contains about nine gradually decreasing barbs
(Plate XXV. fig. 5). The enidoblasts occur throughout almost
the whole colony, but are particularly common on the basal discs
of sarcostyle and polyp, and at the tips of the sarcostyles and of the
tentacles.

Occasionally solitary hydrothece and nematophores arise from
the hydrorhizal tube.

The gonosome is not present.

Locality. Porto Praya, Santiago, 10 fathoms; 12th August,
1904.

Family LAFro#ip &.

FILELLUM SERPENS (Hassall 1852).

This species is represented by scanty specimens creeping on
a fragment of a Gymnoblast colony. In essential characters the
specimens agree with Hincks’s description (1868), but they appear
to be of less robust growth, while the margins of the hydrothece

502 MR. JAMES RITCHIE ON HYDROIDS [May 28,

are frequently marked by several “ regeneration-lines,” as in
specimens from the North Sea in my possession.

The coppinia-gonosome is not present.

Locality. Creeping on Solentopsis dendriformis, which was found
growing on the bottom of a lighter: St. Vincent, Cape Verde
Islands; 30th July, 1904.

CusPIDELLA HUMILIS Hincks MS. & 1866.

Minute hydrothece arising here and there from a tubular
stolon creeping upon Seleniopsis dendriformis. The hydrothecz
are delicate and cylindrical, generally 0:2 mm. in height by about
0-05 in diameter, although a rare specimen attained a height of
0-4 mm. They show in many cases a tendency to contract
slightly towards the proximal end, while the distal end is crowned
by convergent opercular segments. They agree with Hincks’s
description and figures of the species.

Gonosome not known.

Locality. (4) Creeping upon a polyzoon, which was obtained
growing on the bottom of a lighter: St. Vincent, Cape Verde
Islands; 20th July, 1904.—(6) Upon Soleniopsis dendriformis ;
30th July, 1904.

Family CAMPANULARIIDS.

CLYTIA GENICULATA Thornely 1904.

Several small colonies, the largest rather under 1 cm. in height,
growing on a polyzoon. The specimens agree in every respect
with the original description and figures, the peculiar method of
branching bemg particularly noticeable. The hydrothece, which
are some 1:1 mm. long by 0:6 mm. in greatest diameter, bear
from 18 to 20 long teeth; each tooth being strengthened by a
median fold which is continued for a short distance down the
wall of the hydrotheca as a more or less definite line.

The gonangia vary somewhat as regards their opening, some-
times having a plain, cylindrical, distal end; at other times with
a distinctly constricted neck below the aperture. Sometimes they
arise in pairs from the base of a pedicel.

Locality. Growing on polyzoa found on the bottom of a lighter ;
a single specimen on the back of a small crab. St. Vincent,
Cape Verde Islands; 30th July, 1904.

OBELIA DICHOTOMA (Linnzeus 1758).

A few delicate colonies, the largest only 4 mm. high, occur on
the carapace of a minute crab. The stems, which are unfascicled,
are divided by slanting nodes into regular internodes 0°4 mm. in
length, from the distal end of each of which arises a hydrotheca.
Branches are frequent, sometimes 1:5 mm. in length, arising in
every case from the side of a pedicel. They are thus alternate,
and, like the stem, they bear alternate hydrothece, from the
pedicels of which smaller branchlets with one hydrotheca may

1907. | FROM THE CAPE VERDE ISLANDS. 503

arise. Frequently the branches end in blind stolons. The
hydrothece are alternate and are borne at the distal ends of the
internodes on short pedicels marked by four or five annulations,
the base of the internode above that from which the pedicel
springs bearing a like number of rings. The calycles are short
and subtriangular, with a rather wide aperture and an almost
even, delicate rim. The whole colony is of delicate texture, the
perisare being remarkably clear and hyaline.

Gonosome not present.

The form described above seems to be a young stage of
O. dichotoma Linn. Its much smaller size, its lack of horn-
colour, its branches arising from the side of a pedicel, and the
shorter subtriangular shape of its hydrothece, are differences
insufticient to distinguish it specifically from the older form.

Locality. On the carapace of a small crab found crawling on
the bottom of a lighter: St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands ; 30th
July, 1904.

GONOTHYR#A GRACILIS (Sars 1851).

A few small specimens of this beautiful species occur growing
upon a fragment of calcareous material. The colonies are only
8 mm. in height, and differ from those described and figured by
Hincks (1868) in that the hydrothec are somewhat less slender.
The remaining characters—the peculiar origin of the branches,
stuck on, one would almost think, as an afterthought, the gradual
tapering of the hydrotheca towards its base, the number of the
long pointed teeth, the ringing beneath the hydrotheca and at the
proximal end of the branches—agree with previous descriptions.

Two long slender gonangia, with traces of a marginal collar as
in Hincks’s figures, are present, one arising from the hydrorhiza,
the other from a peduncle.

Locality. St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, 10 fathoms ;
27th July, 1904.

CAMPANULARIA CALICULATA Hincks 1863.

Typical examples of this species, with crenated pedicel, distal
spherical segment, and thick-walled, smooth-rimmed hydrothece,
occur creeping on a seaweed. In our specimens the pedicels
average 0°5 mm. in length and are marked by about 10 crenations.

The gonangia are absent.

Locality. Porto Grande: creeping on seaweed in a shore-pool.

CAMPANULARIA PTYCHOCYATHUS Allman 1888.

Numerous crowded, pedunculate hydrothece, and gonangia
springing from a creeping stolon have been found on a polyzoon.
The specimens agree closely with Allman’s description and figures,
especially characteristic being the delicate, frequently collapsed,
distal portion of the hydrotheca, which in our specimens bears
10 long teeth; the stem with a few rings (generally two) beneath
the hydrotheca and with several at the base; the smooth

504 MR. JAMES RITCHIE ON HYDROIDS | May 28,

cylindrical gonangia with marked constriction beneath the shallow
saucer-like top.

From locality ¢ there are only a few hydrothece growing upon
Sertularia distans, gonangia being absent.

Localities. (a) Creeping on a polyzoon found on the bottom
of a lighter: St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands; 30th July, 1904.
—(b) On a pebble, 10 fathoms: St. Vincent; 27th July, 1904.—
(c) Creeping on Sertularia distans: Porto Grande, shore-pools ;
? July, 1904.

CAMPANULARIA MUTABILIS, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. figs. 3, 4, 5.)

Rare specimens occur creeping upon Sertularia versluysi and
Soleniopsis dendriformis. From a thick-walled, creeping, hydro-
rhizal tube the hydrothece arise at irregular intervals. They are
borne on thick-walled peduncles with a length roughly three-
fourths that of the hydrotheca, varying from 0-4 to 0:8 mm.,
and marked by from four to eight well-defined twists. The hydxo-
thecee are large but vary from 0-8 to 1:2 mm. in length and from
about 0-5 to 0-6 mm. in breadth. They are almost campanulate
in shape, gradually widening upwards to the margin, which
is frequently oblique, is beautifully recurved, and is sometimes
reduplicated (Pl. XXII. fig. 3). A slight ridge of perisare at the
base of the hydrotheca forms a platform upon which a coenosareal
dise at the bottom of the hydranth rests, and beneath this,
seemingly within the peduncle, is a delicate basal septum. The
hydrothece are seldom set symmetrically upon their peduncles.
Owing to the state of preservation, the structure of the hydranth
could not be recognised. The tentacles appeared to be few in
number.

Gonosome not known.

Localities. (a) St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands: growing on
specimens obtained from the bottom of a lighter; 30th July,
1904.—(6) Piles of pier: Porto Praya; 12th August, 1904.

The specimens from Porto Praya (only a few hydrothece have
been found) are considerably larger than those from St. Vincent,
but the specific structures in the two sets of specimens are
identical (¢f. fig. 5 and figs. 3 & 4, Pl. XXTIT.).

This species approaches Lafoéa pocillum Hincks 1868, from
which however it differs greatly in shape and in possessing an
everted margin. From Campanularia corrugata Thornely 1904,
it may be distinguished by its strongly-twisted peduncle, its
campanulate shape, and its non-corrugated walls.

Family SERTULARIIDA.

SERTULARIA Distans * Lamouroux 1816.
A species represented by a few colonies growing upon a sea-
weed. The largest specimens are 7 mm. high, while the internodes

* Tn accordance with the recent determination of Dr. A. Billard (1907), who has had
an opportunity of examining the type specimen of Lamouroux, I have substituted
the designation of that author for the more usual synonym S. gracilis Hassall.

POOF | FROM THE CAPE VERDE ISLANDS. 505

average 0°4 mm. in length. The hydrothece are free for rather
more than half their height distally, the free portion being sharply
divergent. The margin is divided into two lateral teeth, and
there are two opercular flaps. The specimens agree closely with
the descriptions and figures of Hincks (1868) and Nutting (1904).
Gonangia not present.
Locality. Porto Grande: shore-pools ; ? July 1904.

SERTULARIA MAYERL Nutting 1904.

Several specimens of this species have been obtained. The
specimens agree in all respects with the description given by
Nutting, except that in our forms, which are smaller than the
American specimens—the maximum being about 7 mm.—the
hydrothecee appear to be rather more closely approximated,
the length of an internode being only 0°6 mm. While in many
cases the margin and operculum had collapsed, as described by
Nutting, in others this portion of the hydrotheca retained its
form, and two large lateral teeth, with sometimes a minute
median superior tooth, and a two-flapped operculum could be
distinguished.

Gonosome not known.

Localities. (a) Porto Grande, St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands :
creeping on seaweed found in shore-pools.—(b) On seaweed
found by diving among coral in 2 fathoms of water: St. Vincent,

22nd July, 1904.

SERTULARIA VERSLUYsI Nutting 1904. (= Desmoscyphus gracilis
Allman 1888.) (Plate XXIV. figs. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, & text-fig. 144.)

A large number of colonies varying from 2 to 4 cm. in height.
The stem is erect, unfascicled, and springs from a spreading mass
of hydrorhiza. The lower portion of the stem for a distance
varying from 3 to 10 mm. is smooth, thick-walled, and unbranched,
and usually bears two straight internodes. The remainder, which
is separated from the unbranched portion by a long, sloping,
splice-like joint, is divided by slanting nodes into regular inter-
nodes about 0°7 mm. in length, each bearing three hydrothecz
two on one side, one on the other. From beneath the lower of
the two hydrothece the branches arise. They are about 4 mm.
long, are regularly alternate, thus giving the colony a plumose
appearance, and are divided into internodes, 0-4 mm. long, by
nodes which slope from behind forward and downward. They
are placed slightly on the front of the stem, and are borne on
a long stem-process, but arise at an angle of 60° rather than at
right angles as described by Nutting.

The hydrothece are placed on the front of stem and branches ;
on the former they are alternate and apart, while on the latter
they are opposite, and contingent for the greater part of their
length, the distal free portion being bent at right-angles to the
adnate portion. The hydrotheca pairs are distant from one
another about the height of a hydrotheca. The hydrothece, short

506 MR. JAMES RI7TCHIE ON HYDROIDS [May 28,

and stout proximally, gradually narrow towards the opening,
which is furnished with two long, thick-rimmed, lateral teeth.
The operculum is composed of two flaps, in this agreeing with
Nutting’s description and differmg from that of Versluys (1899,
p. 43), where only a single flap is mentioned.

Gonosome.—TLhe gonangia, which are characteristic, have not
been previously described. They are 1 mm. high, borne on short
stalks on the front of the stem, generally one on each internode,
and arise from near the base of a hydrotheca. They are strongly
compressed from back to front, somewhat flask-shaped, with their
greatest diameter (0°6 mm.) near the base and gradually narrowing
towards the top, where a slight neck is surmounted by a flattened
dise bearing two long, incurved, horn-like spines. These are
placed, one on each side, immediately above the longitudinal
lateral ridge formed by the compression of the gonangium. ‘The
gonangia are strongly ridged throughout, the ridges varying in
number from five to eight. The gonangial contents escape through
a longitudinal slit with toothed edges, stretching along the flattened
top of the gonangium from “ horn” to ‘“ horn.”

Text-fig. 144.

Male Gonosome of Sertularia versluysi.

ap., aperture with toothed lips through which gonangial contents escape ; w., wall
of gonangium; gub., gubernaculum; sp., spermary; col., central column of
gonophore; gon., gonophore ; ect., ectoderm; end., endoderm ; b/s¢., blastostyle.

A peculiar modification was noted in one of the specimens
examined, where the distal and posterior portion of a branch-
internode had become free and was prolonged into a straight

1907. | FROM THE CAPE VEPDE ISLANDS. 507

sharp spine lying almost parallel to the continuation of the
branch. The spiny appearance of the branch-bearing processes
of the stem when denuded of their branches is also noteworthy
(cf. Allman, 1888, p. 72).

Locality. Porto Praya, Cape Verde Islands: piles of pier;
12th August, 1904.

Other localities :—Off Bermuda, 30 fathoms (‘ Challenger’);
Cape Verde Islands, 25 metres (Versluys); on floating gulf-weed
(‘Albatross’); N.W. of Cape Blanc (Soudan), in 55 to 60 metres
(Dillard, 1906).

In the colonies examined, the gonophores were all male and in
an advanced stage of development. Their structures resemble
those of Sertularia pumila as described by Nutting (1904, pp. 26
et seq.), but in most, owing perhaps to the advanced stage of the
gonophore, the blastostyle is comparatively small, and in no case
could be observed to terminate in a thickened plug or ‘“‘ Decken-
platte.” On the other hand, delicate strands of ectoderm stretched
from the outer coat of the gonophore to the gonangial wall, to
which they were attached, thus mooring the gonophore within
the gonangium. Nutting, who also has found similar “ guber-
nacula” in a male gonangium but arising from a sperm-bearing
blastostyle instead of from a true gonophore, suggests that they
may connect the ectoderm of the blastostyle, or in this case of the
gonophore, with a delicate ectodermal layer which in some cases
lines the inside of the gonangial walls (Nutting, 1904, p. 29).
In these specimens I have been unable to detect the presence of
an ectodermic gonangial layer such as Nutting describes. He
also suggests that they may possess the nutritive function
attributed by Weismann (1883) to the gubernacula of “Sertularia
pumila.”

SERTULARIA LHVIMARGINATA, Sp. n. (Plate X XVI. figs. 5 & 6.)

Several minute colonies, less than 3 mm. in height, spring from
a creeping hydrorhizal tube which ramifies over a polyzoon-
encrusted frond. The stems are unfascicled and unbranched and
are divided into distinct internodes, about 0°3 mm. long, which
become much constricted in the neighbourhood of the nodes.
The portion of the stem proximal to the first distinct node, which
slopes at a high angle from back to front, is athecate, but each
internode bears two opposite hydrothece towards its distal end.

The hydrothece rest upon a bulging portion of the internode
and are somewhat ventricose, the bulging portions meeting on the
front of the stem, but being slightly separated, for 0:01 mm.,
behind. For less than half their height they are adnate to the
stem, but the distal portion (about 0-28 mm. in length) bends
sharply outwards, so that the apparent upper sides form an
almost straight horizontal line. The free portion becomes
gradually constricted and tube-like towards the margin, whieh is
smooth and is characterised by a shallow sinus on its upper edge,
at the base of which is attached a dise-shaped adeauline operculum,

508 MR. JAMES RITCHIE ON HYDROIDS [ May 28,

This operculum is frequently drawn within the hydrotheca. The
aperture faces obliquely upwards,

The gonosome is absent.

Locality. Creeping upon a leaf found in one of the bottles
containing Mr. Crossland’s collection of tunicates from Mattiota,
St. Vincent Harbour, Cape Verde Islands.

The peculiarly shaped hydrothece in the present specimen bear
some resemblance to those of Sertularia lucernaria Kirchen.
1864; but in that species the aperture is almost horizontal, with
a very distinct margin, the hydrothece are widely separated,
and the colonies are branched, with a bushy habit of growth,
altogether different from the minute, simple, and scattered
colonies of S. levimarginata.

Family PLUMULARIIDA.

PLUMULARIA HALECIOIDES Alder 1859.

This species is represented by a few specimens, attaining a
maximum height of 2°5 em., which agree closely with the de-
scription of Hincks (1868). The following variations from and
additions to that description were noted :—The branches, which
are rare and may arise on any side, spring in the specimens
examined, not from the original hydroclade-bearing tube, but
from one of the secondary tubes of the stem-fascicle ; the hydro-
clades bear up to six hydrothece in place of Hincks’s maximum
of four; intermediate athecate internodes are not always present
between thecate internodes, thus in 100 internodes examined
only 31 were athecate and intermediate, a pair of the latter
rarely occurring together; the gonangia, for the most part
strongly ringed, occur not only on the stem but also on the hydro-
rhizal tubes. Similar variations have been noted by Billard
(1904, pp. 181 et seg.) in specimens from the French coast and
from Algeria.

Locality. St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands: growing on the
bottom of a lighter; 20th July, 1904. Also found on 22nd
July, 1904, by diving among coral in a depth of 2 fathoms.

MoNnostHcHAS QUADRIDENS (McCrady 1857). (Plate XXV.
fig. 4.)

Two colonies have been referred to this species. They differ
markedly in size and habit from the flabellate, dichotomously
branched, 6-inch high specimens described by Nutting (1900,
p. 75); for they are unbranched and but 1 em. in height. Never-
theless the minute structure agrees so closely with Nutting’s
descriptions and figures, that I cannot regard these specimens as
specifically distinct. I noted, however :—(1) The peculiar manner
in which the hydroclades arise from the stem. The distal
portion of the stem-imternode bends over towards the anterior
aspect of the stem, and to the end of this bent portion the hydro-
clade is attached by a slanting node; while from the posterior

1907. ] FROM THE CAPE VERDE ISLANDS. 509

portion of the bend a second stem-internode arises, at an
angle with the first. Hach hydroclade lies ina line with the stem-
internode from which it arises, and from the posterior aspect of
which the succeeding stem-internode is thrown off at an angle
(Pl. XXV. fig. 4). The structure of the colony thus comes to
resemble that of a helicoid cyme. (2) An unprotected sarcostyle,
not mentioned by Nutting, issues from the angle between the
hydrotheca and its internode. The arrangement of the nemato-
phores agrees with that in Nutting’s figure, pl. xiii. fig. 2,
except that the supracalycine nematophores more closely resemble
those in fig. 4, scarcely reaching the margin of the hydrotheca.
On the stem-internodes, of which there are only four in our
largest specimen, the nematophores vary from 3 to 5.

Gonosome not present.

Locality. St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, 15 fathoms:
30th July, 1904.

In the collections made by Professor W. A. Herdman, F.R.S.,
in connection with the Gulf of Manaar Pearl Fisheries Investi-
gations, small specimens of this species occur similar in size to
those above described—* half an inch is the height of the largest
colony ” (Thornely, 1904, p. 120).

AGLAOPHENIA MARGINATA, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. figs. 7, 8, 9, 10.)

Slender, monosiphonic colonies reaching a height of 6 em.
The normal condition of the colonies is simple, for in only one
specimen was a branch found, springing from the anterior surface
of the stem. The stem is divided into internodes, 0-5 mm. in
length, each bearing a hydroclade on a prominent, rounded and
perforated process lying midway between the nodes. The hydro-
clades are short, generally less than 3 mm., set forward on the
stem, alternate, and divided into internodes 0°35 mm. long, each
of which bears a hydrotheca. Two internodal septa are present,
one proximal and opposite the intrathecal septum and extending
completely around the internodal wall; the other distal and less
pronounced, opposite the base of the supracalycine nematophores,
and sloping slightly upwards.

The hydrothece are small, 0°25 mm., closely approximated and
rather deep, with a concave anterior profile, and a slightly oblique
margin marked by nine teeth, which increase in size towards the
anterior of the calyele. A distinct, horizontal septum traverses the
hydrotheca cavity about a fifth from the base. The supracalycine
nematophores are small, just reaching the level of the hydrotheca
margin. The mesial nematophore is adnate for little more than
half the height of the hydrotheca, and has but a short divergent
“beak” free. There are two nematophores on each stem-internode,
one opposite, the other distal to, the hydroclade-bearing process.

The stem is of a horny-brown colour, which fades into a faint
yellow towards the tip.

Gonosome.—The corbulz are about 1-7 mm. in length by 1 mm,
in breadth, elongate-oval in shape, with 7 or 8 pairs of corbula-

510 MR. JAMES RITCHIE ON HYDROIDS | May 28,

leaves, which are altogether free from one another. Every leaf
bears a row of 6 or 7 large bulging nematophores on each margin.
The ccenosare from which the portions supplying these nemato-
phores branch off runs up one side of the leaf, sending off as it
passes a short process into each nematophore on that side, and
then, having passed a considerable distance up the leaf, sends off a
larger shoot which, running backwards, supplies the nematophores
along the other side. Conforming with this branching of the
ecenosarc, the ccenosare-containing cavity in the leaf also shows a
backward-running branch connected with the nematophore-cavities
along one side (vide Pl. XXIV. fig. 10). Without the walls of
this cavity there is a delicate chitinous membrane connecting
the nematophores and forming a wing-like extension to the body
of the leaf proper. The specific name marginata indicates the
presence of this extension. At the base of each leaf along only
one side of the corbula there is a very small spur-like nematophore.

Locality. Growing on the bottom of lighters: St. Vincent,
Cape Verde Islands ; 20th and 30th July, 1904,

LyYTOCARPUS GRANDIS, var. UNILATERALIS, var. n. (Plate XXV.
figs. 1, 2, 3.)

Many much-branched colonies have been obtained from one
locality : the largest, which is fragmentary, is 20 cm. in height,
with a stem 6 mm. in diameter above the first branch, and a large
basal portion covered with loose hydrorhizal tubes.

The stem is strongly fascicled and is divided near the base into
several large branches, which bear smaller branches and so on
sometimes to the sixth order. All the branches, except the
smallest, spring from their parent branch on the side remote from
the stem, a rather unusual arrangement to which the variety
owes its name. The hydroclade-bearing tubes are divided into
regular internodes, 0-4 to 0°5 mm. in length, each of which bears
an alternate hydroclade almost on its anterior surface.

The hydroclades, which are borne on a perforated process of the
internode, are about 8 mm. long, and are divided into internodes
0°35 mm. in length, each with two very strong septal ridges, one
opposite the intrathecal ridge and horizontal, the other less distinct
opposite the base of the lateral nematophores and sloping obliquely
upwards.

The hydrothece are closely approximated, deep, slightly bulging
below, with nine teeth, seven of which are apparent while one on
each side is hidden by the lateral nematophore. The anterior
tooth is slightly recurved. The intrathecal ridge is distinct and
is horizontal, extending around the hydrotheca about + from the
base. The mesial nematophores are long, adnate almost to the
top of the hydrotheca and then free for some distance. The free
portion varies much in length, sometimes scarcely rising above
the hydrotheca on the proximal end of a hydroclade while over-
topping those on the distal portion for a considerable distance
(cof. Pl. XXV. figs. 2 & 3). In the supracalycine nematophores

1907. | FROM THE CAPE VERDE ISLANDS. 51]

the same variability occurs, those on the proximal hydrothece
rising just clear of the margin, those in the distal produced into
long, prominent ‘“ horns” reaching 0-1 mm. beyond it. They have
two apertures, one terminal, the other lateral and just above the
hydrotheca margin. The cauline nematophores, of which there
are two on each hydroclade-bearing internode, one on a level with,
the other proximal to, the base of the hydroclade, are large, from
0-1 to 0-2 mm. in height, and triangular.

The colonies are of a rich dark brown colour which, however,
is almost lacking in the more delicate hydroclades.

The gonosome is not present.

The specimens here described, although they differ from
LL. grandis (Clarke, 1879) in their unilateral mode of branching,
agree so accurately with the minute structure of hydrotheca and
branch as described and figured by Versluys (1899, p. 51), that
they have been referred to that species. The black granulaz
pigment-cells observed by Nutting (1900) in the ceenosare of
L. grandis and L. clarkei are present in considerable numbers in
my specimens. The branching here described is similar to that
of L. racemiferus of Allman (1883), but the specimens differ
in the greater length of the hydroclades, the bulging shape
of the hydrothec, the number of marginal teeth (apparently only
five in Allmah’s figures), and the presence of a distal internodal
septum. Allman does not mention the presence of cauline nemato-
phores in his species.

Locality. St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands: depth 15 fathoms;
30th July, 1904.

LYTOCARPUS CROSSLANDI, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 11; Plate
XXVI. figs. 2, 3, 4.)

Colonies unbranched, springing from a creeping hydrorhiza
and attaining a height of about 15 mm. The stem is mono-
siphonic, divided into regular internodes 0°3 mm. in length,
except the proximal millimetre which is undivided, and which is
separated from the remainder by a deep constriction sloping
downwards from posterior to anterior. The hydroclades, which
are borne on each internode, are placed anteriorly on the stem
and are approximate and alternate. They are divided into regular
internodes 0°25 mm. long, each of which bears on its anterior
surface a hydrotheca, and contains two septal ridges, one opposite
the intrathecal ridge, the other under the lateral nematophores.
Tn no case was a third septum, between the other two, observed.

The hydrothece are closely approximated, and are marked in
front by a deep fold which brings the aperture into a vertical
position. The margin has anteriorly a strong, sharp, upturned
tooth and on each side a prominent lobe, while the interior is
divided into two regions by an intrathecal ridge projecting
forwards from the internode about 0°5 mm. from the bottom. A
second stout intrathecal ridge projects backwards into the hydro-
theca from between the mesial nematophore and the margin.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. XX XV. 3D

512 MR. JAMES RITCHIE ON HYDROIDS [May 28,

The mesial nematophore is long (almost 0°3 mm.), reaching
0-05 mm. above the level of the hydrathecal margin, adnate for
little more than half its length, and with two apertures. The
supracalycine nematophores are divergent, long and tubular,
inclined at an angle similar to that of the mesial nematophore.
and rising a short distance above the margin of the hydrotheca,
to which they are adnate. On each stem-internode there are two
triangular nematophores, one proximal, the other distal to the
base of the hydroclade, while the base itself bears anteriorly a
tubular nematophore.

Gonosome.—The gonangia are borne on modified recurved
hydrocladia, divided into about ten short internodes, the proximal
bearing a hydrotheca, which is replaced on the following two or
three internodes by a gonangium. Each of the remaining inter-
nodes bears one or two divergent tubular nematophores, each with
two apertures, one terminal, the other in the angle formed between
nematophore and internode. The gonangia are almost circular,
and are much compressed. As many as twenty-two gonangia on
eight phylactocarps were counted on one specimen. The arrange-
ment of the nematophores on the phylactocarp suggests that which
occurs in connection with the hydrothece, two divergent nemato-
phores frequently occurring at the same level and beneath them
a single mesial nematophore.

Locality. Growing on a leaf found in a bottle containing
tunicates from Mattiota, St. Vincent Harbour,

The trophosome of the present species is almost identical with
that of Aglaophenia plumosa Bale (1884), but there the recurved
gonangial pinna bears ‘‘ 15—20 pairs of alternate pinnules,” these
again bearing the nematophores which are arranged differently
from those in the specimen before me, the whole structure forming
a corbula.

List oF LITERATURE CITED.

Auber, J., 1859.—‘‘ Description of two new Species of Sertularian
Zoophytes, found on the coast of Northumberland”; Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. vol. 111.

Autman, G. J., 1864.—‘‘ Notes on the Hydroida”; ibid. 3rd ser.
vol. Xiv.

AuimaNn, G. J., 1871, 1872.—A Monograph of the Gymnoblastic
or Tubularian Hydroids. Ray Society. London.

Auimay, G. J., 1877.—“ Report on the Hydroida collected during
the exploration of the Gulf Stream.” Harvard Mus. Zool.
Mem. 5.

Attman, G. J., 1883.—“ Report on the Plumularians.” ‘ Chal-
lenger’ Expedition, Sci. Reports, Zool., vol. vii.

Autman, G. J., 1888.—“ Report on the Hydroids,” Part II.; ibid.
vol. xxi.

Bate, W. M., 1884.—A Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid
Zoophytes. Sydney.

BENEDEN, P. J. van, 1844.—“ Recherches sur l’/Embryogénie des
Tubulaires” ; Nouv. Mém. de l’Acad. de Brux., tome xvii.

Bittarp, A., 1904.—“ Contributions a l’étude des Hydroides” ;
Ann. des Sci. Nat. sér. 8, vol. xx.

1907. | FROM THE CAPE VERDE ISLANDS. 513

Bitzarp, A., 1906.—“ Hydroides: Mission des Peécheries de la
Cote Occidentale d’ Afrique”; Actes Soc. Linn. de Bordeaux,
vol. |x.

Bruzarp, A., 1907.—Hydroides: Expéditions scientifiques du
‘Travailleur’ et du ‘ Talisman,’ tome viil.

CuarkE, 8. F., 1879.—Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. Coll., vol. v.
no. 10.

Dexace, Y., 1901.—Traité de Zoologie Coneréte, tome ii. part. 2.
Les Ceelentérés.

Exrensere, C. G., 1832.—“ Beitrag zur phys. Kenntniss der
Corallenthiere im Allgemeinen und besonderes. des Rothen
Meeres”; Abh. der Berlin. Akad.

Huis, J., & Souanper, D., 1786.—The Natural History of many
curious and uncommon Zoophytes collected from various parts
of the Globe. London.

Fowter, G. H., 1900.—The Hydromeduse: in ‘A Treatise on
Zoology,’ edited by Prof. E. Ray Lankester, Part II.

Harriaus, Cu., 1905.—‘“ Die Hydroiden der magalhaenischen
Region und chilienischen Kiiste”; in Fauna Chilensis—
Suppl. vi. to Zoolog. Jahrbiicher.

Hassani, A. H., 1852.—Trans. Micr. Soc. vol. iu.

Hincxs, T., 1863.—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 2nd ser. vol. xi.

Hicks, T., 1866.—/bid. vol. xviu.

Hrvcxs, T., 1868.—A History of the British Hydroid Zoophytes.
London.

Jounston, G., 1838.— A History of British Zoophytes.
Edinburgh.

KircHEenpAvER, G. H., 1864.—‘‘ Ueber neue Sertulariden.” Acta
Ac. German. xxxi. pp. 1-16.

Lamarck, J. DE, 1816.—Histoire naturelle des animaux sans
vertebres, vol. 11. Paris.

Linna£us, 1758.—Systema Nature, ed. 10.

Lovin, 8., 1835.—“ Bidrag till kannedomen af slegterna Cam-
panularia och Syncoryna”; Handl. Svensk. Akad. Stockholm.

McCrapy, J., 1857.—Proc. Elliott Society, April 1857.

Norrie, C. C., 1900.—‘“ American Hydroids.” Part I. Plumu-
laridz ; in Special Bull. Smithsonian Institution.

Nourtine, C. C., 1904.—/bid. Part Il. Sertularide. bid.

Pictet, C., 1893.—-“‘Ktude sur les Hydraires de la Baie
d Amboine”; Rev. Suisse Zool. vol. 1.

QueLcH, J. J., 1885.—‘* Deep-sea and Shallow-water Hydrozoa ” ;
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th ser. vol. xvi.

Riecure, J., 1907.—** Hydroids of the Scottish National Antarctic
Expedition”; Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. xlv. part 2.

Sars, M., 1851.—“ Beretning om en Zoolog.-Reise in Lofoten og
Finmarken ”; Nyt Mag. Naturvid. vol. vi.

THORNELY, Laura R., 1904.—‘* Hydroida”; in Report on the
Pearl Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar, by Prof. Herd-
man, F.R.S. Suppl. Rep. vol. vii. Roya Soc. London.

Verstuys, J., 1892.—‘ Hydraires Calyptoblastes recueilles dans
la mer des Antilles”; Mém. de la Soc. Zool. de France,
tome Xl.

oo”

514

ON HYDROIDS FROM THE CAPE VERDE ISLANDS. [ May 28,

Warren, E., 1906.—“ On Tubularia solitaria, sp. n., a hydroid

from the Natal Coast”; Annals of the Natal Gov. Mus.,
vol. 1. part 1.

Wetsmann, A., 1883.—Entstehung der Sexualzellen bei den

Hydromedusen. Jena.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prater XXIII.

Fig. 1. Coryne (?) dubium, sp. n. A complete colony to show abundance of
branching. X 4. (p. 491.)
2. Coryne (?) dubium, sp. n. Fragment, showing polyps and origin of
branches. X 30. (p. 491.)
3. Campanularia mutabilis, sp. n. Specimen from St. Vincent, with
regenerated margin. X 20. (p. 504.)
4. Campanularia mutabilis, sp. n. Specimen from St. Vincent, showing
asymmetry. X20. (p. 504.) ;
5. Bee mutabilis, sp. nu. Specimen from Porto Praya. xX 20.
(p. 504.
6. Hydractinia verdi, sp.n. Portion of colony with polyps in various states
of contraction. X 20. (p. 498.)
7. Hydractinia verdi, sp. n. Reproductive person bearing gonophores with
ova. X50. (p. 498.)
8. Podocoryne anechinata, sp.n. Portion of colony with nutritive and repro-
ductive person. X circ. 30. (p. 499.)
9. Podocoryne anechinata, sp.n. Medusoid before it is set free. X90. (p.499.)
10. Podocoryne anechinata, sp.n. Chitimous tubes forming mesh-like basal
expansion. X25. (p. 499.)
11. Ophiodes caciniformis, sp.n. Colonies creeping upon fragment of worm-
tube. Nat. size. (p. 500.)
12. Ophiodes caciniformis, sp.u. General structure of colony. XX 15. (p. 500.)
PratE XXIV.
Fig. 1. Ophiodes caciniformis,sp.n. Hydranth, hydrotheca nematophore, &c. X 40.
(p. 500.)
_ 2. Sertularia versluysi Nutt. Cluster of colonies. Nat. size. (p. 505.)
3. os 3 Fragment of colony showmg arrangement of
branches. X14. (p. 505.)
4. Le Pe Hydrothece from front. X 50. (p. 505.)
&, 3 55 Hydrothece from side. X50. (p. 505.)
6. oy SI Gonangia. X25. (p. 505.)
7. Aglaophenia marginata, sp.n. Colonies. Slightly reduced. (p. 509.)
8. a5 a Hydrotheee. X 50. (p. 509.)
9. ts % Corbula. X40. (p. 509.)
10. x3 A Leaf of corbula. X70. (p. 509.)
ll. Lytocarpus crosslandi, sp. . Colonies on leat. Nat. size. (p. 511.)
Prate XXV.
Vig. 1. Lytocarpus grandis, var. wilateralis, var. un. Fragment ot colony showing
mode of branching. Nat. size. (p. 510.)
2. Lytocarpus grandis, var. unilateralis, var. n. Hydrothece from base of a
hydroclade. X50. (p. 510.)
3. Lytocarpus grandis, var. unilateralis, vay. n. Hydrothece from tip of a
hydroclade. XX 50. (p. 510.)
4. Monostechas quadridens (McCrady). Showing cyme-like origin of stem-
internodes. X20. (p. 508.)
5. Ophiodes caciniformis, sp. . Protruded nematocyst. XX 700. (p. 501.)
Pratt XXVI.
Fig. 1. Soleniopsis dendriformis, gen. et sp. nov. Colony. Nat. size. (p. 495.)
2. Lytocarpus crosslandi, sp.n. Phylactocarp, with single gonangium.
(p. 511.)
3. ka Phylactocarp. x 45. (p. 511.)
A. be e Hydrothece. 60. (p. 511.)
5. Sertularia levimarginata, sp.n. Colonies ona leat. Nat. size. (p. 507.)
6.

rs Hydrotheeex. > 60. (p. 507.)

1907. ON A LUMINOUS BEETLE FROM THE BRAZIL. 515

June 18, 1907.
G. A. Bovtencer, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions that
had been made to the Society’s Menagerie in May 1907 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of May were 220 in number. Of these 103 were acquired
by presentation and 37 by purchase, 68 were received on deposit,
3 in exchange, and 9 were born in the Gardens. The total number
of departures during the same period, by death and removals,
was 208.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :—

An Elegant Mongoose (Galidia elegans) and a Broad-banded
Mongoose (Galidictis striata), the latter new to the Collection,
from Ambinaninbrano, EH. Madagascar, presented by Archdeacon
Kestell-Cornish on May 28th.

Two Capybaras (Hydrocherus capybara) and a Brazilian Tapir
(Tapirus americanus) from Venezuela, presented by Mr. H. G. O.
Bax-Ironside on May 30th.

A pair of Indian Onagers (Zquus enager indicus) from Bokhara
and N. Khorassan, presented by Capt. Keyes on May 7th.

A Black-gloved Wallaby (Macropus ima), two Cervine Kan-
garoos (If. cervinus), two Owen’s Kangaroos (JZ. magnus), and
two Woodward’s Kangaroos (JZ. woodwardt), the last two species
new to the Collection, from Australia, deposited on May 3rd.

A Collection of Birds from Venezuela, including 13 Felicia’s
Humming-birds (Amazilia feliciw), a Blue-chinned Humming-
bird (Hucephala cerulea), two Ruby-crested Humming - birds
(Chrysolampis moschitus), three Prevost’s Humming-birds (Lam-
pornis prevosti), a Shining Tanager (Calliste vitreolina), and an
Orange-browed Tanager (Huphonia elegantissima), new to the
Collection, presented by Messrs. A. and H. Pam on May 27th.

An Owl-Parrot (Stringops habroptilus) from New Zealand,
deposited on May 28th.

Two cocks and a hen Great Bustards (Otis tarda) from Spain,
presented by Mr. W. J. Buck, C.M.Z.S., on May 6th.

Mr. C. J. Gahan exhibited a remarkable luminous insect
recently presented to the British Museum by Mr. J. Kempthorne,
of Great Crosby, near Liverpool, who brought it alive from Manaos
in Brazil. Perfectly larva-like in form, nearly an inch and a half
long, mostly of a creamy-yellow colour, but with the head and
anal segment of a darker, reddish-brown tint, the insect glowed
with a rich fire-red light from the head and fore part of the first
body-segment, while it had a pair of bright green lights on each
of the following segments except the last—11 pairs in all. The
anal segment, much narrower than the others and used as a
support in walking, was the only segment of the body that was

516 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW HYDROMEDUSAN. [June 18,

not luminous. The green lights were placed near the hind
margins of the segments—those on the penultimate segment close
to the median dorsal line, the others at the sides. Luminous,
larva-like insects similar to this one were known in America since
the beginning of the nineteenth century, but were met with only
at rare intervals, and for a long time were supposed to be the
larvee of Pyrophorus or some other genus of Elateride. Not
until 22 years ago were they first definitely ascertained to belong
to the Phengodini, a group of Malacoderm beetles allied to the
glowworms. The males of this group are ordinary winged beetles,
with well-developed plumose antenne, and rather short, narrow,
wing-cases; they are slightly luminous from one or more of the
sternites of the abdomen. The females, apart from their greater
luminosity, are of especial interest, inasmuch as they are more
larva-like than any other known beetles; they retain not only
the general form but all the external features of the larva,
including short, four-jointed antenne provided with a sensory
organ like that of the larva, simple eyes, and five-jointed legs
ending each in a single claw ; they apparently differ from the larva
only in having somewhat shorter jaws and shorter tarsal claws.
It was impossible, therefore, to say whether the specimen ex-
hibited was an adult female or only a well-grown larva. It agreed
very well on the whole with the figure and description of the

female of Phengodes hieronymi Haase *, but was not-setarge, was

less hairy, and had one pair more of green lights—the pair situated
near the middle line on the penultimate segment.

Mr. H. O. Bax-Ironside, H.M. Minister to Venezuela, exhibited
a series of 18 models of Venezuelan Animals. The models had been
made from living specimens by a native Indian, the material
employed being Ballata gum.

Mr. C. L. Boulenger exhibited and made remarks on a new
Hydromedusan of which examples of both polyp and medusa
stages were obtained by Dr. Cunnington and himself during their
recent exploration of the lake Birket Qurun in the Fayum.

The medusa, for which Mr. Boulenger proposed the name
Moerisia lyonsi, g. & sp. n., was an Anthomedusan which
appeared closely related to Sarsia.

The hydroid was gymnoblastic and resembled Cordylophora,
differing, however, from that genus in possessing a more complex
mode of branching, and in the situation of the gonophores, which
were on the polyps themselves.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, the Superintendent of the Gardens, exhibited
two young English Squirrels (Sciurus vulgaris albicauda) showing

* Deutsche Ent. Zeit. xxxii. (1888).

rh

ey

£081 ~~

1907. | ON ABNORMALLY-COLOURED COMMON SQUIRRELS. 517

an abnormal change in the colour of the fur. The Squirrels,
which had been reared by a domestic cat, were presented to the
Society by Mr. A. Heneage Cocks, F.Z.S., and had been exhibited
in the Gardens with their foster-parent and one of her kittens.
When received at the beginning of May, they were just strong
enough to crawl feebly and were well covered with their first coat
of fur, which was of the rich ruddy-brown hue characteristic of
the new coat in ordinary English Squirrels. A week or two later,
when they were sufficiently active to climb about the cage, it was
noticed that the fur was gradually losing its colour and turning
grey. The change was effected with tolerable uniformity all over
the head, tail, and body, with the result that by June 18th the
animals were of a silvery-grey tint. On the feet and along a
narrow strip bordering the white of the belly the red persisted
longest. Ultimately the feet also turned white, but on the
ventral area, especially on the inner side of the thigh, some red
hair underwent no alteration in colour. The change was accom-
plished without any sign of alteration in the thickness, length or
quality of the coat; nor was there any other evidence of moulting.
In fact, careful watching of the process left very little doubt that
the greyness resulted from the fading away of the red pigment in
the individual hairs.

[During the three weeks that followed the exhibition of these
Squirrels before the Society, the fur lost a good deal of its silvery
lustre and became somewhat duskier, apparently from soiling ;
but no further change in the colour took place except the fading
of the feet above alluded to. By the middle of July there was
evidence of the recovery of the colour natural to the species.
This showed itself first on the head and tail. The tail began to
look thin and meagre from the dropping of the hair; and the
hairs that were shed were gradually replaced by others of a dark-
brown hue, the distal darkening before the proximal portion.
Similarly on the head, the greyish-white hairs were moulted and
replaced by reddish-brown hairs ; but on this region the coloured
area, beginning on the forehead and nose, gradually spread back-
wards over the nape, encroaching upon the greyish-white area
and being marked off therefrom by a sharp line of demarcation.
That the greyish-white hairs did not themselves become pig-
mented and turn dark was shown by the circumstance that they
were longer than the coloured hairs.

No explanation could be offered either for the loss of the colour
in the hair or for the midsummer moult of the faded hair. The
only abnormal feature in the history of the Squirrels was their
nurture on Cats’ milk instead of on Squirrels’ milk. There was
conceivably a connection between the unusual food and the con-
dition that caused the canescence or fading of the hair. |

The following papers were read :—

518 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWTH-FORMS [June 18,

1. On the Growth-forms and supposed Species in Corals.
By Frepertc Woop Jongs, M.B., F.Z.8.

[Received June 15, 1907. |
(Plates XX VIT.-XXIX.* and Text-figures 145-161.)

Before anyone engaged in the study of living creatures
attempts to classify or arrange his material, it is essential that
he should first observe, to the best of his ability, the life-processes
of those creatures the affinities of which he would determine.

The zoology that deals with living animals must handle its
material for ‘study as living entities, ib must observe the animals
in their natural surroundines) must see the widest possible extent
of their variation, and mark every influence of changing environ-
ment on the creature, before a cataloguing or an ordering of genera
and species is undertaken. There should be no studying of living
animals from fragments, as though they were creatures long since
extinct.

I think it is true to say, that of all classes of animals the
corals have suffered most injustice at the hands of zoologists, by
reason of their being studied as fragments, and far from the site
of their natural environment. It is also true to say that the
collecting and describing of fragments of the vegetative growths
of corals can lead only to confusion, for the conditions of the
environment that produced the special characters of the fragment
must always be carefully inquired into.

The corals constitute a chaotic collection of individuals, and the
uncertainty as to what may be considered as a species is the first
problem that must confront anyone who happens to study corals
from his own resources on an isolated coral-reef. A gradually
acquired familiarity with the actively growing corals in their
natural habitat produces a gradual change in the standpoint from
which a student would regard the limits of specific range; and
a regular transition of ideas i is undergone, from an early stage in
which the number of specie$ is believed to be limitless, to a ‘final
stage when the enormous variation in response to environment is
recognised, and the actual species are known to be but few.

T am convinced that the only real advance that is likely to be
made in the knowledge of a class of animals such as the reef-
corals, must be the outcome of actual observation on the living
colony; and the entire aim of my fifteen months’ residence on the
Cocos-Keeling atoll was the watching of the coral-growths in
the endless variations of their natural environment.

I would urge that if these observations have but little scientific
value, yet they have this merit, that anyone without special
knowledge, but with a love of Nature, may extend and repeat
them; and I believe that along these lines lies the interest of

corals.
* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 556.

0. Imp.

‘a

London Stereoscopic

ON

>
Ly
+

LO BA Lh
Ko syeca)

I NE WANE AYES
‘ bea:
ie OE WMI ae ‘
{ ? i aA
shy ;
\ 4
Ly t ‘ 1
} '
i) ‘ f
{¥ ryt A \
; f Any

tw

RZ voy ve C7, MENON

London Stereoscopic Co. imp.

INEGDUBNCE (OF SNVIRONMENT ON .CORALS.

DRY

at
Nie y)

Fy
wt

An

pe
oe ea

my

iW
Nee | yi

Bier!

}

|
a Tae
He

—

REPAIR

AND

7
/
- (LNs

a
C
WU

ual

(e)

OU

DI]

clegelee.

JCal
; BB it

1907. | AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS. 519

The modern literature of corals and the modern methods of
their study are devoid of interest, except to the museum specialist ;
and of those people whose lot is cast im places where excellent
opportunities of study are at hand, many are prevented from
making useful observations, by the wonderful maze of man-made
difficulties that surrounds the study of a class of really interesting
animals.

So as to introduce some order into the arrangement of the
material collected and observed in the Cocos-Keeling group, it will
be best to follow the life of the growing cora! in its natural
surroundings. The early stages need be touched on but lightly,
and for all practical purposes the life of the colony may be con-
sidered to start with the fixation of the young larva. It is well
known that the hollow, and as yet entirely uncalcified larva is
expelled from the central cavity of the brooding parent, and in
company with many hundreds of its kind is shot out into the
water to take its chances of the tides and currents. It will at
once be seen how varied may be the fortunes of the young coral,
and how each individual embryo, endowed with its inherent
erowth-tendency, has a wide range of chance resting-places, that
may happen to be suitable or not.

Every coral embryo launched into the world must start its career
by becoming fixed to some nucleus, upon which it may build its
future colony; and the nature of the nucleus, and its situation,
though necessarily the outcome of the merest chance, are the
determining factors in shaping the after destinies of the colony.

Coral embryos will become attached to almost anything in the
water; they become fixed to older colonies, to shells, to dead
coral masses, or even to floating pieces of wood; their resting
place may chance to be of almost any shape, and to be situated
in slinast any environment. Now when the young coral starts
its division, both the shape and the site of the nucleus are
capable of modifying its method of division.

The asexual reproduction of corals is carried out by the division
of the parent zooid, and the various methods by which this
division is effected differ from each other considerably ; and it is
necessary to touch briefly upon the chief methods by which a
zooid reproduces itself.

It is as well to state at the outset, and thus avoid much further
explanation, that the different methods of division, though highly
characteristic of certain well-marked types of growth, are not
definitely and unalterably fixed; and I think it is justifiable to
dogmatise, and state that any form of coral may exhibit any form
of division. Since the resulting form of vegetative growth is
purely the outcome of the type of division adopted by the zooid,
then it follows that coral colonies may grow in many vegetative
forms; and, again, these vegetative forms are not definitely fixed,
for as any form of coral may exhibit any form of division, it
follows that any form of coral may also exhibit any form of
vegetative growth.

520 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWLH-FORMS [June 18,

Speaking quite broadly, a colony may grow according to five
different types of vegetative growth. It may growas(1)a spherical
mass, (2) an encrusting layer, (3) a free plate, (4) a branching
tree-like growth, or (5) a mere amorphous lump; and though
a definite inherent growth tendency is strongly implanted in. the
embryo, still the demands of the environment may call forth any
type of vegetative growth.

The growth-forms are purely the results of repeated divisions
of the zooids, and so it will be seen that the relative value, from
a reproductive point of view, of the zooids in a colony, is a thing
of the greatest importance. This consideration brings in its train
the division of all the colonial corals into two groups of normal
erowth-forms ; for all the zooids may take an equal share in the
asexual reproduction, or again, some may be of greater importance
than others, and the asexual reproductive functions may be lodged
in a very few individuals only. These two great divisions must
be considered separately, for the rules that may be applied to their
respective methods of growth are widely different.

Taking first the class in which every unit is of equal value, and
going back to the earliest origin of the colony, it is easily seen
that a zooid “ A” settled on a nucleus will divide into zooids
“ B” and “C,” and “ B” will further divide into “ D” and “ H,”
and “C” into “EF” and “G,” and so on; each newly-divided
individual taking its equal share in future divisions. The natural
outcome of this state of things is that, if the site of election of
growth be a prominence, or, as is not uncommon, a small isolated
fragment, then the equal divisions will tend to form a spherical
mass. The rapidly growing colony will tend to surround the
nucleus on all sides, and n this manner are formed those rounded
masses of Porites and Astrwopora that are commonly to be found
lying free in sandy pools, and which, when broken across, are
seen to be formed around a central nucleus, that generally consists
of a fragment of dead and altered coral.

It is of course but natural that the true spherical form cannot
long survive in very large colonies, for the zooids growing below
are of necessity killed by pressure. The mass will therefore
become a hemisphere, and continue its growth as a rounded
boulder. This boulder-form is a very common type of vegetative
growth among the reef-building corals; for if the growth starts
as a perfect sphere, it will ultimately assume this form, and if the
colony starts its growth on a basis that is not an isolated fragment,
it will start this mode of growth from its first beginning.

There are many different ways in which the asexual reproduction
of the zooids is carried out, for the budding and division may
proceed in various fashions. ‘The principal types of budding vary
from each other in the actual site of origin of the daughter zooid
from the parent, and in the degree of the final separation of the
two zooids. These types, I think, do not merit individual de-
scription here, for what was said previously is true for them all,

1907. | AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS. 521

a

and each, though highly characteristic as an inherent growth-
form for a certain coral, may be assumed by many other corals.

Text-fig. 145.

4
a

Es
i]

hd

ited:

UDI
ae
NEN N

SN

=a
$<

ET LE |
es

— _——~——
eee

Vegetative reproduction in Corals.

Diagram to illustrate reproduction by equal budding: the transverse lines
show the surface-level at the time when division took place.

One method of division that is important among corals with
zooids of equal reproductive value, is the type characteristic of
the Meandrinz (text-figs. 149, 150). In these corals the com-
plete separation of the divided zooids is never carried out by the

‘caleareous partition-walls, and so a more or less linear series of

zooid mouths is formed. Tentacles fringe the margins of this
series, and the resulting skeleton exhibits those well-known
fissure-like markings that have given museum specimens the
name of “ brain-corals.”

Now even such a highly characteristic type of division as that
of the Meandrine may be assumed by other corals; and as sports,

922 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWTH-FORMS [June 18,

Text-fig. 147.
Text-fig. 146.

Vegetative reproduction in Corals.

Text-fig. 146.—Type in which the daughter zooids become completely separated.
Text-fig. 147.—Type in which separation of the daughter zooids is less complete.

Text-fig. 148. Text-fig. 149.

Vegetative reproduction in Corals.

Text-fig. 148.—F urther stage of incomplete separation of zooids.
Text-fig. 149.—Meandrine type of division.

Text-fig. 150.

Vegetative reproduction in Corals.

Meandrine type of division : no separation of daughter zooids.

1907.] AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS. 593

or even as localised patches in otherwise normal colonies, other
corals may divide actively and yet form no calcareous partition-
walls.

The meaning of these assumptions of an entirely foreign method
of division is somewhat difficult to understand, but when an
Astrea exhibits Meandrine fission, it is usually a sign that the
colony is not flourishing and is in an unsuitable site; it would
almost appear that the building of unnecessary partition-walls
was too great an effort for the unhealthy zooids (text-fig. 151 and

Pl. XXIX. fig. 2).

Text-fig. 151.

Vegetative reproduction in Corals.

Diagram showing an Astrea assuming (as a sport) a Meandrine form of
: division. From an actual specimen.

Again, the thickness of the intervening partition between two
adjacent zooids is subject to endless variation, and in consequence
the surface-pattern and the density of the coral may vary widely
within the limits of a species. The same variation is to be seen
in the level of the site of origin of the lateral buds, and this will
have to be referred to later on, when the cause of the variations
is cousidered.

Another feature that is subject to an excess of variation, and
must therefore be considered, is the amount of raising from the
general surface of each individual corallite. Every corallite of
the colony may be flush with the general surface, or 1t may be
raised from it in varying degrees, and the degree of raising gives
very characteristic appearances to the colonies. The degree of
elevation of the corallite is no safe criterion for determining
specific rank, for it is a variable factor depending altogether on
the reactions of the coral to its environment. The portions of
the coral body that lie between the actual corallites are also im-
portant in this connection, for many characters that may have
undue importance attached to them are displayed here. The
interspaces may be smooth or rough, they may be sculptured in
yarious fashions, and they may be elevated or depressed; but
very great caution, and a very long study of the possibilities of
variation, must be used by anyone who would assign specific rank
to any of their forms.

Although a very large number of corals have the normal habit of
reproducing equally from all parts of their surface, still evidences

524 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWTH-FORMS [June 18,

may be seen, at many points of most colonies, that certain groups
of zooids are more active than their fellows.

The special activity of these zooids may be due to purely local
causes; it may be called forth merely by irritation of a localised
portion of the surface ot the colony ; or it may bea real alteration
of vegetative habit. It is an outstanding fact about all the
colonies observed for long intervals, that the growth tends to
become irregular—at different times different portions of the
colony have sudden phases of active growth, and these may be
due to no observable cause. Again, some zooids of the colony
may have special advantages due to the environment, and these
zooids will grow and divide excessively, in such a manner that
they dominate the growth of the whole colony, and consequently
modify its form. The conditions of the environment may call
forth special reproductive activity in any portion of the growth,
and so in a colony, all of whose units are of equal importance,
some part will be found to be growing onwards, whilst all the
remainder of the zooids are practically at rest. In this way the
typical hemisphere of such colonies may become modified as a
creeping plate, an encrusting layer, a pseudo-branching form, or
a mass of mere irregular nodules.

In those corals whose zooids are naturally of equal repro-
ductive importance therefore, forms may arise, from physiological
need, that simulate exactly those forms whose zooids are naturally
of differing reproductive value.

Turning now to the corals that constitute the second class, and
have some of their units specialised as active agents of growth,
it is at once seen that the possibilities of variation of normal
vegetative habit are greatly increased. All the elaborate
branching forms, plates, and leaf-like growths belong to this
class; and all are evolved by special peculiarities of the growing
point. The zooids that constitute the growing point may take
various forms: they may be arranged as a cluster, as a creeping
edge, or as many varieties of terminal shoots of branches.

In the first instance, it is necessary to draw very sharp dis-
tinctions between two subdivisions of this group. In Group 1
come all those forms like J/ontipora, whose distal zooids are the
newest formed members of the colony (text-fig. 152); and in
Group 2 are included the Madrepores, whose distal zooid is the most
ancient individual in the whole growth (text-fig. 153, p. 527).

In dealing with Group 1 many forms have to be considered,
for when the youngest are the active cells their growth-cluster
may be very variously disposed, and on its disposition the
resulting vegetative form entirely depends.

When the growing cells are arranged in linear series, a flat
growth will result, which grows from one of its edges, or from
them all; and in this way an encrusting layer or a free plate may
be formed. Corals that grow with a linear growing point may
settle down on a basis, and spread over it in all directions, taking

1907. | AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS. 525

an exact impression of every irregularity of its contour; and
then, reaching the limits of the basis, they may grow from it as
flat plates, spreading out from its margins. Such corals as grow
in this fashion show many curious changes at their free margins,
for although the superior surface of the encrusting layer can
alone produce zooids, still at the free edge zooids will appear on
both superior and inferior surfaces.

In connection with these partial plates a very curious fact is
always demonstrated, for the whole surface structure of the coral
body, and of the corallites, differs above and below; and this
important fact will need further reference. A coral may start
from its first beginning by growing as free exfoliating plates, and
then it may bear zooids on both surfaces of the plates, or on the
upper surface alone. In every case where zooids are borne both
above and below, there is the same marked difference of structure
between the two surfaces.

Text-fig. 152.

Vegetative reproduction in Corals.

Diagrammatic section to illustrate the mode of growth of Montipores:
the uppermost zooids are the most newly formed.

When the linear growing point grows uniformly upwards, the
resulting growth consists of a series of vertical plates; and when
the growth takes this form, the structure of both sides of the
plate is identical, and zooids grow from both surfaces.

A plate-like growth is formed by a uniform and continuous
growing edge; but. the linear series of young growing cells may
not maintain their continuity: the growing edge may reach a
certain size and then divide, and the resulting growth consequently
takes the form of a plate, cleft at its edges, or of a branching
form, all of whose branches are given off in one plane. This isa
highly characteristic form of growth of one type of Montipore

526 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWLH-FORMS [June 18,

that is abundant in the islands, and it grades very naturally into
the plate-like growths on the one hand, and into the complicated
branching forms on the other.

In the many highly branched forms of vegetative growth, the
growing cells form a cluster, and this cluster divides as it grows
upwards, with the development of many growing points at
intervals on the parent stem. The cluster may be of various
shapes, and its form determines that of the stem that results
from it. The stem may be rounded or flattened, may be thin or
thick, and it may branch at frequent intervals, or it may scarcely
branch at all, so that straight rods of uniform thickness may be
characteristic of the vegetative growth of the coral.

Another modification of this method of growth is that in which
practically the whole colony represents the growing point, and
then the entire mass grows upwards as a solid column; or the
growing point may be confused and irregularly distributed, and
then an irregular, lumpy amorphous mass results.

Whatever the vegetative growth may be, it is in these cases
the product of a mass of growing cells, and these cells are being
perpetually renewed, so that the growing point always contains
the youngest cells in the colony.

In Group 2, however, this state of things is entirely altered,
for there one zooid, which is situated at the extremity of the
stem, and which I shall call throughout the “dominant apical
zooid,” constitutes the growing point ; and this zooid is the parent
of the entire colony.

The zooid that, settles down to establish a Madrepore colony has
the peculiar innate property of perpetual growth and perpetual
youth; and this original zooid grows up and up, budding new
zooids from its sides, until destruction overtakes it. As a matter
of fact, a Madrepore colony usually starts as a flat growth which
spreads from its edges, but this method of growth lasts for only
a very short time; and all the characteristics of the “‘ dominant
zooid ”—-which is here the central zooid—are even then well
marked.

Besides possessing these peculiar physiological distinctions, the
“dominant zooid” is marked off from its fellows by a great
anatomical feature, for it is a symmetrical zooid. Of the many
thousands of daughter zooids budded off from the ‘dominant
zooid,” all are not alike; the great bulk are asymmetrical, and are
but little raised from the general surface of the coral, but here
and there a prominent and symmetrical zooid is given off. Like
the “dominant zooid,” these lateral zooids possess the power of
perpetual growth, and they are the agents in forming the lateral
branches. Under certain conditions only very few of these
prominent lateral zooids are produced, and then the resulting
vegetative erowth consists of long straight stems with but few
side-branches.

The typical form of vegetative growth of the Madrepores is
therefore a branching system, but many variants of this form are

1907. | AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS. 527

Text-fig. 153.

Vegetative reproduction in Corals.

Diagrammatic section to illustrate the mode of growth of Madrepores :
the “dominant apical zooid” is the oldest member.

developed normally and abnormally. Pseudo plate-like growths
are common, and they are formed by the anastomosis of numerous
branches in one plane. Again, the importance of the “ dominant
apical zooid” is variable, and some types branch more after the
type fashion of the Montipores, for a whole apical series of zooids
may be symmetrical.

Having now reviewed, in some measure, the various methods of
the formation of the vegetative growth of colonies, it is necessary
to see how far these forms of growth are to be reckoned as specific
qualities. Here a great difficulty arises, for an enormous amount

Proc. Zoou. Soc,— 1907, No. XXXVI. 36

528 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWTH-FORMS [June 18,

of time and careful experiment must be devoted to the proving
or disproving of each individual case; and though, after long
familiarity with living corals, one may feel certain that two
entirely different vegetative forms belong to the same species, yet
the conclusive proof may be lacking.

Collecting very extensive series of variations will, in some cases
no doubt, link up extremely diverse forms, and the studying of
the repair of damaged specimens will serve to make clear others ;
but experimental breeding, and the rearing of identical species
in diverse surroundings, must be the final test in most cases.
Now this is a work of extreme difficulty, for an adult colony,
when removed from its own environment and placed in a different
one, almost invariably dies, and the artificial rearing of corals is
very troublesome ; my experience of corals in aquaria 1s that it is
very difficult even to keep them alive.

The only method that is open to every resident in places where
corals flourish, and the one that I followed in the Cocos-Keeling
atoll, is the careful noting of every modification of colonies the life-
surroundings of which differ by reason of some influence that can
be easily recognised. By this I mean that the corals of deep water
and shallow water should be compared; those living in the surf
and those living in calm spots should be noted; and the corals
living exposed to sediment should be contrasted with those living
where no sediment is being deposited.

These are extremes of habitat, and at first the corals of two
entirely different environments will seem to be quite distinct, but
every compromise of conditions will be found in different spots in
an atoll, and with every grade of altered surroundings it will
soon be seen that there is a modification of coral-growth; and the
more completely this method of observation is carried out, the
more will the types of extremely different habitats be found to be
linked up by intermediate forms. It will be best to study the
influence of the different conditions of life-surroundings on the
form of vegetative growth, by taking the different possible modifi-
cations of environment in order; but first some general growth
tendencies of ali corals must be made clear.

As a rule, coral zooids and coral colonies tend to grow upwards,
and the general form of vegetative growth depends on this fact.

To this rule there are two noteworthy exceptions in this atoll,
and these corals (Cenopsammia willeyi and C. nigrescens)
generally grow with their zooid mouths turned downwards. Now
I think these exceptions to be not without interest, for both these
corals live in dark places,—they prefer in fact the under sides of
boulders, and they possess no symbiotic alge in their tissues.
They are coloured respectively red and black; and I would put
it forward as a speculative idea, that it is the innate tendency of
the symbiotic alge to grow upwards, rather than any innate
property of the corals themselves, that causes the general growth
tendency of the corals.

It is true that the zooids on the lower surfaces of plate-forms

1907. | AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS. 529

grow downwards: but as a rule I believe those horizontal plates
that bear zooids below are but variant forms of growth of other
types: for such corals as have no growth-form except that of a
flat horizontal plate do not as a rule bear zooids below.

Some further remarks must be made about plate-like growths;
but here is a convenient place to refer to a rather strange fact
that Darwin called attention to, and this is, that vertical plates
grow so that they offer their flat surfaces to the currents. The
same thing is true of growths that are branching forms, for then
the plane of greatest branching is that at right angles to the line
of current, At first sight this seems a strange thing, for plates
growing in rough water become so much more exposed to damage ;
and yet it is doubtless for the exposure of a larger surface of
zooids to the food-bringing currents, that the plate spreads in
this direction. This phenomenon is especially notable in the
Millepores, the broad laminze, or fan-shaped growths of which are
always opposed to the line of the waves, even when the colony
happens to dwell in very rough water,

Two general rules may therefore be laid down that apply to all
the forms of growth that have been described: the first, that all
corals having symbiotic alge tend to grow upwards; the second,
that all tend to offer their greatest surfaces to the line of
currents.

We may therefore assume that every coral embryo that settles
upon a site of election, and starts the foundation of a colony, has
three inherent tendencies: it has its inherited type form of
vegetative growth, and its inclinations to grow upwards and to
oppose its growth to currents. Now these tendencies are affected
by the nature of the water in which the embryo settles down ;
and for nearly every coral there is a modification of vegetative
growth dependent on the environment: thus most corals have a
deep-water form, a smooth-water form, a rough-water form, and
numerous variations depending upon the amount of sedimentation
that is taking place in the water of their habitat. A coral that
grows in rough water 1s obviously exposed to injury; and those
people who have stated that the home of election of the corals is
the surf-beaten edge of the barrier, have made an error of obser-
vation and of fact. The comparatively lifeless zone of a coral-
reef is that part of the barrier that is exposed to the maximum
force of the surf, with the rising and falling of the tide.

Such corals as do grow in the almost perpetual crash of the
surf are of a very easily recognised type; and when contrasted
with the forms of the same species that have lived in calmer
waters, they appear to have very few points in common. The
type of vegetative growth best suited to resist the force of the
waves, 1S of course ‘the rounded or flattened massive boulder ; and
the Porites masses are the type to which all such growths tend to
conform (text-figs. 158, 159, pp. 540, 541).

This rounded form. of growth is brought about in several

different ways: in Porites, and other corals, where the equal
36”

530 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWTH-FORMS [June 18,

reproductive value of all zooids tends to the production of a
sphere, it is of course the normal habit of growth; and so such
corals have their natural home in the rougher water, and undergo
their atypical modifications when developed in other sites.

All branching forms, when growing in rough water, are sub-
jected to a change of habit of vegetative growth ; and this change
is a very interesting one. It will be pointed out when the process
of repair is dealt with, that mjury affects various forms of corals
differently ; and all these rough-water forms are in reality the
result of perpetual injury.

It would be an obvious disadvantage to a coral to adopt a highly
branching form, when living on the surf-beaten portion of the
barrier; for the colony would soon be wrecked and broken up by
the waves. There is no Montipore in the atoll that lives by
election in rough water, but occasionally colonies become exposed
to strong currents; and then the perpetual injury to the upper
portions causes the growing clusters to be broken up and confused ;
and the resulting growth is an irregular mass of short stunted
branchlets.

Montipores in rough water may also take on a creeping habit
of growth, and form encrusting layers on the surface of dead
massive colonies; but they are not corals that are at all common
in any but the calmest water. Their usual home is the lagoon,
and the greatest normal departure from their favourite habitat 1s
in the current-swept shallow inlets to the lagoon; and here an
endless series of modifications may be collected, ranging from
branching forms to mere amorphous masses and encrusting
layers. (Pl. XXVE. fig. 1c.)

The rough-water forms of the Madrepores are highly charac-
teristic, and all depend on the processes that always occur in this
group when the “dominant apical zooid” is injured. Instead of a
growth that consists of few dominant zooids situated at the
extremities of long branches, a rounded mass is formed; and it is
composed of little groups of symmetrical zooids surrounded by
others that are asymmetrical—each little group representing a
branch in an extremely abbreviated form.

From these extreme rounded masses, with branches. that are
mere bosses on the general surface, every transition form may be
collected, up to the highly developed lagoon types, with branches
many feet in length.

Exactly the same results are produced in the Pocillopores, and
here the rough-water type is a flattened growth, with irregular
divisions into separate lobes; each lobe representing a separate
branching system (Plate XX VIT. fig. 3 ¢).

Any coral that chances to establish its colony in rough water
exhibits therefore one well-marked characteristic: it always tends
to form a rounded, or flattened mass; and this for obvious
mechanical reasons. It isa direct outcome of the conditions of
the environment, and any zooid must conform to it or perish.
Repeated injury to the growing ceils is the determining cause of

1907. | AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS. 531

this method of growth; and though the fully developed colony is
so totally different to the calm-water form, still the process is
easily seen in the making by means of artificially inflicted injury.

Besides the alteration of the general appearance of the vegetative
growth, the rough-water environment causes other changes in the
coral ; for it is diagnostic of a rough-water coral that its structure
is compact and dense, and its corallites tend to be flush with the
general surface of the growth. The question of the raising of
the corallites will have to be discussed again when the action of
sedimentation is gone into; it must be stated here, that though
the levelling of the corallites in rough-water types is doubtless
partly mechanical, it is also due to the fact that in rough water
sediment does not tend to be deposited.

Text-fig. 154.

Rough-water type of highly branched Madrepore; from an actual specimen
of Madrepora pulchra taken from the barrier.

In marked contrast to the rough-water types are those forms of
a species that happen to have become fixed in an environment
where the water is more or less calm; and here, as every grade of
environment is to be found, every grade of modification of the
colony is represented.

Corals grow in great luxuriance on the wave-stirred outer
slopes of the atoll, but this is a site by no means to be confounded
with the surf-line of the barrier. They grow also in the numerous
pools of the barrier flats, in the inlets to the lagoon, and in the

532 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWTH-FORMS [June 18,

lagoon itself; and each environment has its own peculiar
conditions.

In the barrier pools every modification of life surroundings is
to be met with, for these pools are of varied depth, they are filled
with sand, or ave of bare rock ; and they have a varying exposure
to the wave action of the barrier breakers. Corals grow
luxuriantly in most of them, and they afford the best field for
experimental work. Since their conditions change with every
eycle of the tides, they form the meeting ground of nearly all the
commoner species, for they afford in turn most phases of natural
environment. Here are found the highly branched Madrepores
and Pocillopores, and many Astreas. The colonies are distin-
guished asa rule by having their corallites raised, for in most pools
sand is being deposited. They are also highly branched and of
a bushy form, for they are exposed to injury by moving fragments,
and so pranch formation is stimulated, whilst the great develop-
ment of individual branches is limited.

These rock-pool forms show naturally the graduating series of
types that connects the rough-water forms and the smooth-water
forms; and they show also the intermediate stages of the develop-
ment of coral structures that are intended for the resistance of
the action of sediment.

In the smooth-water forms, the predominant feature of the
colony is the fragile nature of the growth. Contrasted with the
rough-water forms, these colonies are extremely lightly calcified,
and their branching systems are distinguished by their delicacy.
Their branches are long and slender, their structure is far more
porous, and their whole appearance is quite different to that of
the colonies of the same species that chance to reside in wave-
beaten areas. (PI. X XVII. figs. 1 a, 2a, & 3 a.)

The smooth-water forms lead the way to those growths of
corals that inhabit the deeper pools of the lagoon. The deep-
water forms are the most fragile of all: thei growths are more
attenuated, and their branches are given off at far less frequent
intervals. There is practically no damage inflicted on the growing
points—whether they be growing clusters, or “dominant apical
zooids” —and so lateral branch formation is never stimulated.
Several of the forms of MJontipora and Madrepora that occur in
from 8 to 12 fathoms in the lagoon, are mere cylindrical stems,
of great length, and with practically no lateral branches
whatever. (Pl. XX VII. figs. 16, 26, & 36.)

Besides the attenuated form and the absence of lateral
branching, one other feature distinguishes the comparatively deep-
water forms from those that inhabit the surface waters,—and
this is the general absence of pigment throughout every portion
of the colony. Deep-water forms are therefore as a rule pale
or entirely colourless.

Tt will be seen from these instances that the form of the colony
-aries as the outcome of the influences of the environment; and
every embryo that settles in any habitat has to comply with the

1907. | AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS. D33

demands of the physical conditions, and modify its inherited
growth tendency,—or perish. Totally different forms are pro-
duced in totally different environments, but these forms must not
be regarded as ‘‘ species,” for they ave mere variations of vegetative
growths in response to the necessities of the life surroundings
of the colony.

The type of vegetative growth is affected mostly by the
physical conditions of the water in which it lives, but the actual
structure of the coral depends greatly upon the presence, or
absence, of sediment. Some very strange results are produced
by waters in which sediment is held suspended, and from which
it is being deposited ; and sediment will alter the appearance of a
coral more strikingly than any other influence. The deposition
_of sediment is the greatest agent in causing coral death: corals
are very easily killed by even comparatively little sediment, and
are profoundly altered by it, if they are to successfully resist its
influence.

The extent of silt formation at the surface of an atoll in mid-
ocean is hard to imagine, and it has certainly not been appreciated
by those experimenters who have attempted to estimate the age
of an atoll by catching the silt in a net, as it passes into the
lagoon. Adown the submarine slopes of the atoll, for a hundred
miles east and west, the bottom was found by the cable soundings
to be finely triturated coral-sand, and it is only an uncertain and
inconstant fraction that passes into the lagoon. Silt is one of
the shifting influences of the atoll, and so may visit the coral
colonies for only a brief portion of their lives, and then partial
death and strange repair-growths result. In the lagoon, and in
some portions of the barrier pools, silt is a constant factor, and
here shows to the greatest advantage the modifications that it is
capable of producing in coral-growths. Speaking generally, silt
alters the vegetative growth-form of colonies only in as far as it
produces flat-topped rock masses by killing the uppermost zooids,
and causes amorphous and irregular growths by partly killing
the uppermost growing cells of the growing points. But in the
surface structure of the coral, it produces great and wonderful
changes. Its effects are best studied by comparing the upper and
lower surfaces of partial plates. In these plates, the upper flat
surface is alone exposed to the action of the deposition of sediment,
and here the corallites tend to be small, and to be raised from the
general surface, and the intervening spaces themselves tend to
be sculptured and complicated in various ways (Pl. XXVIII.
fig. 2). Below, the corallites are larger and are flush with the
general surface, and the intervening spaces are flat and plain
(Pl. XXVIII, fig. 1).

Now this condition is entirely the result of the attempt of the
uppermost zooids to build a silt-resisting structure.

The corallites are smaller, and are raised from the general surface
in order to minimise the chance of silt dropping in and choking
the zooid. The intervening coral body is variously sculptured

d34 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWTH-FORMS [June 18,

and grooved for the carrying off of sediment, that happens to lodge
upon the surface of the colony. Wonderful series of modifications
are formed in this way; and a single species shows extreme
variations in the size of its corallites, and in their raising from the
general surface, when specimens collected from different habitats
are compared.

Text-fig. 155. Text-fig. 156.

Text-fig. 155.—Diagram of type of growth of a Madrepore when living in water free
of sediment: IZ. pulchra.

Text-fig. 156.—Diagram of growth of Madrepora pulehra when living im a habitat
exposed to the action of sediment.

The size of the corallite and its projection from the surface are
therefore not safe specific features; for corals of identical species,
from sediment-carrying water and from absolutely sediment-free
water, exhibit great modifications of these characters.

The vegetative habit of a coral, as we have seen, is no true
index of its species; and its method of asexual reproduction, the
characters of its corallites and surface structure, and also its
coloration, are equally variable.

Coloration depends on many, and very little understood,
influences. Corals from deeper waters lose their pigment; and
corals that are struggling hard in adverse cireumstances—corals
in fact that are often about to die—become highly pigmented.

Corals identical in every other respect, and living side by side,
may be differently coloured ; and nothing is more familiar than
the purple, brown, yellow, or greenish Porites masses that live
under exactly the same conditions, as far as can be determined.
Even one colony may be differently coloured in different parts.
In Pocillopora there is a dimorphism of coloration, some growths
being pink and some pale brown: the pink is a very beautiful

1907. | AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS. 935

and striking colour, and yet the corals are identical when dead,
and the zooid in both cases is the same.

Montipores vary from yellow to olive-green and brown, and yet
the zooid is always of the same sulphur- “yellow, and the coral is
always identical in other respects.

The general coloration of the coral body cannot therefore be
regarded as specific, and the coloration of the zooids also shows a
strange inconstancy. Although as a rule the zooids of different
colonies of identical species—though the colonies may be very
different in appearance—are similar, yet in one colony the
individual zooids may be very variously coloured.

There is one very striking case, that is not uncommon in the
atoll, of an Astrea, where the zooids on the upper surface are a
fine "fluorescent green, at the sides of the growth brown, and
below white. And here it would appear—as also probably im
the deeper water forms—that light had some influence on the
production of the pigments. Despite this peculiar variation
of the colour of the zooids in one colony, it remains a fact
that the zooid is the true index of the species. In all the
strange growth-forms and abnormal coloration of Pocillopora the
zooid remains constantly brown; and in Montipora, constantly
pale sulphur-yellow. In Stylophora, whether the coral is the
thiniy branched and colourless deep form, or the thickly branched
and brownish shallow-water form, the zooid is always of the same
yellow colour.

In considering the vegetative forms of the corals of an atoll, it
must always be remembered that the environment 1s nob
constant one. Although the coral colony is absolutely debarred
from changing the site “O: its growth, still the physical conditions
of its surroundings are always altering. The terms rough water
and smooth water, deep or shallow, and sedimenting or non-
sedimenting, ave therefore only comparative ; for what to-day 1s a
habitat free from sediment, may in the course of a few weeks
become the site of a copious deposition of silt. The rise and fall
of the tide across the barrier must of necessity cause great changes
in the life surroundings of the corals in its passage; and so a
colony, found in a calm pool, may for a part of its life be exposed
to violent wave action. This must always be borne in mind, for
the results obtained by careful collecting will not be pure. Corals
may be found of different forms, growing in close proximity ; but
far from being evidence that they are hbent species, and not
mere varieties, they demonstrate the fact that the physical con-
ditions of their surroundings are inconstant, and that, for a cy cle

each form is, in its turn, the most suitable.

The very inconstaney of the environment is one factor in
showing the plasticity of the corals, for the partial death and
repair ¢ caused by changed conditions afford striking evidence of
the wonderful powers of varied building possessed by the zooids.

Experiment with constant physical surroundings must be the

536 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWTH-FORMS [June 18,

ultimate test of variability, and in this connection a very
interesting case may be quoted. In the lagoon, a large portion
of a tree-trunk was floated, and made fast to an anchor and chain ;
the wood was used to float a ship’s moorings, and remained just
two years in the water. When it was removed in 1906, several
colonies of Pocillopora had started growths upon it, and they
had taken up different positions around its circumference. The
colonies growing above were flattened bosses; those on the
sloping sides showed more tendency to branch ; ‘and those below
its convexity were delicate branched forms. (Pl. XX VILLI. fig. 3.

Now the environments of these colonies were very different,
and they were absolutely constant; at all states of the tide, waves
broke upon its upper surface, whilst the sides were in gently
moving unbroken water, and the bottom was in comparative calm.
The growths might be referred to many so-called species, and
they represent many types found in the atoll, and yet no one may
justly doubt that they are identical, and that thei vegetative
growth is entirely the outcome of their differing environment. I
believe that this natural eqpecument indicates the lines along
which the real understanding of the * ‘species ” of the corals is to be
arrived at.

So much for a case in which the constantly different environ-
ment caused the production of different types, that would be
incorrectly considered as different species; it is now best to
follow those cases in which altered environment produces varia-
tion in the colony, and causes repair growths to assume entirely
different forms to that of the original colony.

Although corals as adults do not have the power of independent
motion, but must live and die in the spot where they originally
settled down, still they have the characteristic that belongs
primitively to all protoplasm—they are capable of resenting
injury, and of moving their parts in response to stimuli. If,
when in the course of a walk on the barrier, a mass of coral be
found the zooids of which are actively extended, it is easily seen
that a very slight stimulus will cause them all slowly, but very
certainly to retract. A light brush of the surface or a gentle
touch will cause a slow response, and the zooids withdraw them-
selves over the definite area affected. Of the solitary corals Mungia
furnishes a good example of resentment of injury, for if a living
specimen be touched, the delicate tissues covering the rays of its
skeleton slowly shrink and become pale, and this condition spreads
as a slow and curious wave. The sensitive tissue of the creature
thins out over the exposed portions and retracts into the spaces
between the rays, so that, from being a delicately glandular and
prettily coloured mass of soft tissues, it becomes an almost
colourless piece of stone.

These movements of parts are the animal’s only means of

1907. ] AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS. 537

avoiding injury, and though they afford some protection to the
more delicate parts of the zooid, a danger that threatens the
whole mass of the coral is a danger that the coral cannot shield
itself from.

There is yet another factor in the question of the repair and
regeneration of corals, and it is the factor that is so intimately
bound up with the problem of the limitless liability of the corals
as a class to become modified and to vary. Whenaname is given
to this factor, and it is stated that the corals are a plastic group,
it 1s not quite easy to say what that name should rightly connote ;
but although the words when used in their more common sense
are not at allapt, J would say that the corals are an impressionable
and responsive class of animals. They are ready to comply with
the demands of their environment; they are, within narrow limits,
resourceful and capable of remarkable compromises between the
contending forces of inherent growth-form and _ alterations
demanded by changed surroundings.

Judged as we judge the higher animals, the corals are a class
of unstable individuals: we can say definitely that a young
elephant will grow up to be an elephant and no other beast; but
we cannot say that an embryo Millepore will grow to be a
branching J. alcicornis and not a plate-like IZ. complanata or
M. verrucosa; we cannot foretell that a young colony of Pocilli-
pora will certainly be P. brevicornis and not P. nobilis, for,
depending on the conditions of its surroundings, it might chance
to be either. ?

This very plasticity shows itself not only within the limits of
a certain species, but in the life of every actinozooid, for each
member of a colony, or each solitary coral, shows in its life, its
growth, and its repair, all those endless conformations to the
demands of its environment that tend to produce change through-
out the whole world of living things. An actinozoon, then, as an
individual, possesses a birthright that gives it a maximum power
of repair of damage, or regeneration of lost parts; and in the
colonial forms, which are of special importance in the economy of
the class, this power is greatly intensified.

In the group of solitary corals there is no very great interest
attached to the processes of repair. The individual animal is at
times damaged by injury, and the damage is repaired by the
laying down of new calcified material, causing an irregularity in
the symmetry of the animal. As a common feature of repair in
any living thing, it may be noticed that the new material laid
down tends to be excessive; and few large Fungi are to be found
in which some injury has not caused the development of a
quantity of irregular calcification, where the delicate tissues of
the animal have been split over the sharp edge of one of the rays.
Excessive injury leads to local death, and local death may affect
a very large area of a solitary coral without being necessarily fatal
to the whole animal. The individual has but little power of re-
pairing a large portion of its surface when once the area is

538 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWTH-FORMS [June 18,

definitely dead—very often for the reason that parasitic algee and
sponges attack the dead area.

Tt is not till the colonial forms are reached that the power of
repair possessed by the corals is properly seen. In a colony
composed of myriads of individuals each actively living, each
capable of growth and repair, the very best conditions for repair
are at hand, and this is further aided in many cases by the
peculiar mode of growth of the colony. There are some inherent
characteristics of the lowly animals amongst which the corals
rank zoologically that are very wonderful, and that are opposed
both to the order of things that prevails in the higher classes,
and also to the popular conception of the life-history of the reef-
building corals.

I think it is fair to say that the average belief with regard
to the building of corals and coral-reefs is that the zooids live
and grow, flourish and die, and that their dead bodies form
mausoleums on which their progeny found their colony, and thus
build islands. Now, in contradiction to this, is the biological fact
that the actinozooid is a living thing that knows no time of
youthful vigour, no waxing to a period of adult life, no waning
to senility—it knows no age—it practically knows no natural
death. There is no building on the dead bodies of ancestors, no
perpetual dying and new birth; and a colony of Madrepores will
contradict this popular fallacy at one glance, for, whatever the
age of the growth, the parent anthozooid flourishes till death or
accident overtakes the whole. It is a wonderful thing—and one
that is not, I think, generally considered—that the age of some of
these individualsin every colony must be excessive, even reckoned
as we reckon the age of higher animals. When we consider the
very slow rate of growth of some corals, and the great size of some
of the colonies to be seen every day on an atoll reef, and when we

rightly understand their mode of growth, and recognise that the
pioneer organism of the colony is still flourishing there, we cannot
help being struck by the excessive antiquity of that organism asa
living entity. That an apical zooid of a branching Madrepore
colony should be ten years old seems wonderful, but these indi-
viduals are mere juveniles when some of the component zooids of
massive growths are considered.

Throughout the prolonged life of these lowly animals the process
of repair is a possibility, and a strange paradox is presented in
some forms, for the most aged member of the colony shows the
greatest activity in all the processes of renewal and repair.

The coral colony increases in size by the budding-off of new
zooids and the deposition of new calcium carbonate in their tissues,
and just as this is the ordinary mode of growth, so it is the
ordinary mode of repair. The type of repair naturally tends
to follow the type of growth of the injured colony; and the
various genera of corals might be taken in order and the details
of the repair of injury noted for each genus. _ Butitis more likely
that some idea of the bionomics of the group will be gathered from

1907. | AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS, 539

the general study of the phenomena as they affect the life-history
of the coral, than from a survey of the manner in which the, by
no means satisfactory, classification of the types affects the
phenomena.

L. Among the colonial forms there is a sympathy of individuals,
so that each member of a colony takes its share in resenting
the injury to a part, and by an increased activity tends to
compensate for its loss, or to assist in its repair.

In connection with this sharing of each individual in the
fortunes of its fellows and of the entire colony, 1t may be remem-
bered that it was stated that the whole population of a colony
may suffer shock from an injury inflicted upon only a small
portion of it, and that even the zooids remote from the seat of
injury will frequently not re- -expand for forty-eight hours after
the injury was inflicted, and this is so even when the injury 1s
very trivial.

Now after the receipt of an injury, the effect produced by this
communal sympathy varies in different forms of coral, for in a
colony, as we have seen, all the members may be of equal import-
ance, or some may be of greater value than others as producers
and directors of growth.

(A.) In a coral such as the massive forms of Porites, where the
erowth-tendency is to form spherical masses, every living entity
in the whole vast crowd of active members bears an equal share
in building and in reproducing. It is this equality of all the
zooids in the community that produces the characteristic spherical
form of the young growth, and the equality of the zooids plus
the receipt of imjury produce the typical flat-topped circular
rocks into which the old colony generally shapes itself. When a
mass of Porites has attained some size as a sphere, the zooids that
lie below are necessarily stamped out of existence by the weight
of the accumulated mass. It is not often, of course, that the
environment is so ideal that anything like a perfect sphere i 1s ever
formed, but still, in sheltered pools, many forms of corals may be
obtained resting free on the bottom, with every portion of their
surfaces living. The original nucleus has been covered equally
upon all sides, and the weight of the colony is not sufficient to
cause the death of those zooids that happen to live on the under
side. But as this mass increases in size and weight, death of the
lowest zooids must inevitably occur, and the rest of the surface-
area carrying on the compensating building, will cause the growth
to become dome-shaped. Theoretically, the dome shape would be
the type of form of all the massive species that follow this method
of growth and division, but practically the dome shape is far less
common than the flat- -topped rock, and this is for the reason that
injury to the uppermost zcoids is usual in the life-history of a
colony.

540 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWTH-FORMS [June 18,

When the dome has become of some size, its upper surface
becomes large enough and flat enough to form a resting place for
sediment, and the uppermost zooids decline in activity, the com-
pensating growth carries the sides further out, and the colony
tends, by the increase of the rest of the surface, to become still
more flattened at the top. Injury caused by loosened fragments
sweeping over the surface of the rocks, and the further deposition
of sediment, finally cause the wholesale death of the zooids of
the flattened tops, and now their fellows round the margins form,
by thew active growth, swelling lips about the plateau, and make
cushion-like bosses that tend to enclose a central flat depression
in which sand accumulates, and on which other and differently
growing species of coral may lodge and flourish.

Text-fig. 157,

Young Porites mass grown equally round a central nucleus.

Text-fig. 158.

Older Porites colony in which the lower zooids are killed by pressure.

This process may be described as the normal accident of the
life-history of those species in which the equality of the zooids of
every portion of the colony is a life-condition ; and it furnishes a
good example of the rule of Nature’s utter disregard for the life
of the individual, for all those zooids on the upper surface must

1907. | AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS. 541

certainly be killed by sedimentation or by injury, when they have
succeeded in making their colony of sufficient size.

The same process “that leads to the normal shaping of massive
coral colonies may be seen on a small scale at myriad points upon
the surface of the growth. The actual amount of living tissue in
a large growing poulder is very small, for the depth to which the
living animal tissues of the zooid extend beneath the surface is
very slight, and yet the calcified portion that extends from the
living margin to the centre of the rock must in no way be re-
garded as the accumulated and dead remains of past generations ;
for it is in reality the skeletons of those zooids whose mouths are
now showing at the surface. It follows therefore, that since the
skeleton devoid of animal tissues is incapable of carrying out any
repairs, a superficial injury is most likely to lead to the death of
a definite area of zooids on the surface—this area representing the
base of a cone whose apex is at the centre of the colony (text-
fig. 145, p. 521). The zooids over this area, if definitely destroyed

Text-fig. 159.

Adult colony of Porites in which the upper zooids are killed by sediment.

in the extent of all their living animal tissues, are not regenerated,
but a sympathetic growth takes place round the edges of the area,
and new material is thrown out, new zooids are budded off, and
the dead area is finally invaded and covered from the active
zooids of the edge. It is due to this process of repair that
many of the boring molluscs become enclosed in corals, for when
the surface has been attacked and killed, the margins by their
sympathetic activity tend to bridge over the injured area and
enclose the mollusc, which finally comes to rest in a cavity beneath
the surface of the coral.

The rounded cysts found in the substance of most specimens
of the massive corals, and which contain an encysted molluse, are
therefore not to be regarded as entirely the work of the mollusc,
but are due to sympathetic activity of zooids in the coral colony.

Besides boring molluscs, several species of worms attack corals
and hollow out 4unnels this way and that through their living

542 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWTH-FORMS [June 18,

substance, and here too, the sympathetic reaction of the zooids is
shown. The tunnels destroy whole groups of zooids and replace
the solid skeleton of the coral by a series of tubes, and the strength
of the whole colony is greatly diminished ; around these tubes the
uninjured zooids divide and grow with increased activity, new
calcium carbonate is thrown out, and an attempt is made to com-
pensate for the destruction of tissue caused by the worm. Some
curious results are brought about in this way, and specimens in
which worm-boring has led to fantastic growth are always to be
found, for few corals escape their inroads. A tunnel running
superficially, or in the thickness of a plate-like growth, leads to
an increased activity of surface-growth of the zooids, and the
tunnel stands out boldly from the surface, covered and strengthened
by an ever advancing layer of coral. In this way a tunnel may
actually bridge a space from one plate to another, and its mouth
be carried out clear of the general surface of the coral, for where
the tunnel goes the surface-layer of coral ever keeps pace.

(B.) The question of the processes of repair becomes further
complicated in those corals, such as the Madrepores, in which all
the members of the colony are not of equal importance. We have
seen, in considering the mode of growth of such corals, that the
very first individual in a colony may continue to flourish and lead
the growth of the entire community as long as that community
lasts. The original zooid that, as an embryo, settled on the basis
that formed the site of growth may be the “directive” zooid of
the entire colony, and the apical zooid may represent the oldest
living animal matter in the community. But besides the
“directive apical zooid,” others arise at intervals by budding
from the sides, that are possessed of more inherent vitality than
their fellows, and from their first birth they tend to grow out as
new directive zooids and lead to lateral branch formation—and
besides, these more virile lateral zooids are the hosts of individuals
that in the normal condition of the growth reach no greater
dignity than a uniform projection of their corallites.

Now when injury or destruction aftects a portion of the colony,
it reacts on individuals whose functionating values in the economy
of the colony are not equal, and so we should expect that the result
of injury or destruction would vary according to the different
parts of the colony on which the maximum of damage falls. And
this is the case. The actual results of repair of various injuries
inflicted in experiment, or by Nature, will show more clearly the
relative values and functional activities of different portions of
such a colony, than will any amount of theorising or speculation.

1. If the injury be so inflicted that the branch of a Madrepore
colony is broken transversely, and the injury is limited to a mere
fracture of the cross section, then the repair takes place by the
activity of the “apical directive zooid.”

There is, as we have seen, no portion of a Madrepore colony
that normally dies, and the obliteration of animal tissues in the

1907. | AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS. 543

proximal portion of any zooid is a late change; and therefore, if
the fracture takes place not very far from the end of a branch,
the inherent vitality of the terminal zooid predominates, and it
starts the repair by continuing to grow out in the direction of
its original axis of growth, and by budding new zooids from
its sides.

In a measured specimen that was fractured cleanly across one
of the main branches without other injury to the colony, the
apical zooid had, at the end of a hundred days, grown out 1 centi-
metre and had budded from its sides forty lateral daughter zooids;
and the general surface of the fractured end showed seventy
newly-formed coralla of old and new zooids. During the same

Text-fig. 160.

Type of repair of Madrepores when the “dominant apical zooid” is not
destroyed. Process at the end of 100 days.

interval of time a branch of about the same diameter on the same
colony, that had received noinjury, had advanced by 1-5 centimetres
and had added about a hundred and twenty new lateral zooids ;
so that, judged as growth in these corals must be judged, the rate
of repair isa rapid one. In this case the dominant zooid is apical,
and its superior vitality enables it to regenerate and to continue
the growth along the lines of original branching; but if the
vitality of the “apical directive zooid” is definitely destroyed, a
very different state of affairs is brought about.

2. If the “apical directive zooid ” is destroyed, and especially if
the damage is extensive and affects a large area of a branch, the
predominant functions of the apical zooid are taken over by the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. XXXVI. 37

544 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWTH-FORMS [June 18,

more vigorous lateral zooids, so that there is a tendency towards
branch-formation below the site of injury.

This state of things, when put into terms of the life functions
of the colony, means that potentially almost any lateral bud
possesses the inherent vitality of the apical zooid, but it is only in
times of stress to the colony that this potential power becomes
actual. A stem of a Madrepore colony may shoot up straight for
the distance of a foot, and show nothing more worthy of the name
of a branch than the normal projections of dominant zooids
scattered irregularly over its surface ; but if sufficient damage be
done to it to destroy the apical zooid as well as a fair portion of
its entire length, then the remaining part will at once start

Text-fig. 161.

Type of repair of Madregores when the “dominant apical zooid ” is entirely
destroyed. Process at the end of 100 days.

budding with vigour. The best examples of this mode of repair
are seen in those cases in which a colony is attacked by filamentous
alge. The thin green threads of this parasite enmesh the branches,
and penetrating into their substance, lead rapidly and certainly to
the death of the part attacked. Artificially produced injuries
also provide good examples of this mode of repair. The first
stage is noticed when, in contrast to the dead terminal portion,
the living part swells out, its dominant zooids become more con-
spicuous, and their projections increase until they arrive at a
stage at which they themselves give off lateral buds. The number
of these enlarged lateral zooids may be very great, but not all of
them ever attain the dignity of actual branch formation.

¢

1907. | AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS. 545

By the end of a hundred days after the receipt of injury the
uninjured central end of a branch is roughened all over its surface
by the projections of lateral zooids, and those of them that will
form new branches have already begun to develop secondary buds
from their sides. This process cannot be spoken of with absolute
accuracy as an actual repair, for the part injured surely dies, and
its substance 1s never regenerated ; but it is a process by which
the sympathetic activity of the remaining zooids in the community
is called into action, and the potential power of branch formation
inherently lodged in the dominant lateral zooids is turned into a
real power. The value of this process in the life-saving of a
Species is obvious, for the growth tendency of a Madrepore colony
is to steadily develop upwards, and the limit of this upward
growth is either at the water-level, or at a level at which pro-
tection from rough water and moving fragments afforded by the
shelter of surrounding rocks, is lost. Now a colony that grows
up beyond its upward limit of safety will sooner or later have its
terminal ramifications killed by exposure, or broken by waves or
moving fragments ; and the injury that destroys the power of the
apical zooid causes the lateral buds to branch out at angles to the
parent stem, and spread fresh zooid-bearing surfaces far and wide
in the area of safety. It is this process that is the great deter-
mining cause of the general growth tendency of Madrepore
colonies, and the one that causes the deep-water and shallow-
water forms of the same species to vary in their vegetative forms
of growth.

3. If in a colony the injury is such that the apical zooid is
neither injured nor destroyed, but the damage is limited to the
surfaces of a branch, then the repair takes place as in colonies in
which every zooid is of equal value.

This repair is well seen after experimentally inflicted injuries,
and the process of carrying out the regeneration of the destroyed
area is very like that previously described as occurring in those
corals that grow like the massive forms of Porites.

The first step is the active marginal growth and the formation
of an excessive quantity of new material, which, in the form ex-
perimented on (Madrepora pulchra), is at first of a light-blue
colour, and is semi-transparent. Jn this new material the mouths
of corallites soon appear, and the edges become covered by a host of
uniform zooids, which soon spread over the entire area destroyed
by the injury, provided that the area is not too large, and that
no alga settles on it in the meanwhile. It may be stated here
that in experimental injury, many experiments fail for the reason
that the destroyed or injured area commonly becomes a focus
for the invasion of boring parasites, worms, molluscs, sponges,
and alge, and the pure results of injury and repair become
complicated.

Where no such complication existed, areas of 5 by 5 millimetres,
20 by 8 mm., 20 by 10 mm., and 25 by 12 mm., were completely
covered by new material with a multitude of new zooids in the

37*

546 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWTH-FORMS June 18
?

course of 100 days, whilst larger areas were commonly attacked
by sponges or alge before repair was completed. Very much the
same process is seen to occur when constricting metal bands are
placed round branches. The zooids, where the bands exert thei
pressure, are destroyed, and the general growth of the branch and
the sympathetic activity of the zooids at the margin of the injury
soon tend to cause the band to sink into the substance of the
coral, and to become completely embedded beneath the surface.
It was previously stated that the type of repair naturally tends
to follow the type of growth of the injured colony; and this is
generally true. Ifa coral has a particular mode of growth, and
if it be in such an environment that its mode of growth is the
one most suitable, then an injury is repaired or a part regenerated
on the same type of growth as that of the colony. But the par-
ticular form in which a colony may be growing may not be the
form best suited for successfully flourishing in that particular
environment ; and then, following an injury, a remarkable state of
things is brought about, which may be stated as follows :-—

Il. A coral may repair an injury by a new growth of a different
type to that of the colony, and in such cases the repair growth
is of a form better swited to the environment than is the form
of the parent colony.

It must be borne in mind that the physical conditions of the
atoll are not absolutely constant; seasonal changes in sets and
strength of currents are perpetually causing alterations at all
points of the island ring, and a habitat may alter greatly in its
physical conditions in the course of a few months. When a coral
embryo settles down upon a basis, and starts the founding of a
colony, the type of growth that will result will be what is best
fitted to the environment as the embryo finds it. But suppose
that, after the founding and growth of a colony, the physical
conditions of the environment change, rough water is admitted,
silt settles down, or the water becomes shallow and calm: then
the growth of the colony may not be the ideal one for flourishing
under these new conditions.

In many places where the conditions are prone to vary, the
habitat of the corals may alter in its physical nature in more or
less regular cycles. Where, as at the eastern extremity of Pulu
Tikus, a spit runs out, building sheltered pools and protecting
the shore for a considerable distance, and then later on, in the
periodical cyele of currents and eddies, is carried away; many
corals must be subjected to a great variation of environment.
In such circumstances no doubt many colonies die, for, as we
have seen, a sudden change of habitat cannot be resisted when a
form is well adapted for one definite kind of environment, and in
any case the colonies are liable to injury and partial death in
their changed surroundings.

When such injury falls on a coral not ideally situated, the

1907. ] AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS. 547

repairing growth exhibits a strange independence, and, forsaking
the growth-form of the colony, builds its repair in the form best
suited to the new conditions of the environment.

This is a strange zoological fact, that the inherent growth-form,
once stamped upon a well-established colony, continues to be the
type of growth, though it be but ill adapted to its habitat; and
yet, when the continuity is once broken and a new start is made,
the newly-budded zooids can throw off the stereotyped method,
and build anew to the altered conditions.

It is facts such as these that give some clue to the understanding
of the vast range of variation occurring within the limits of a
species, and make the establishing of a speciesa matter of extreme
doubt, until every possible variation that different surroundings
will stamp upon the type has been examined, We have seen, in
following the life-history of corals, that the colony shows great
adaptability, being able to mould its growth in response to the
demands of its environment, and in this repair process it possesses
a further power, for it can entirely alter the structure of an
established colony.

Numerous examples of this strange process may be seen. <A
branching Montipore, growing in a gap in the island ring, is
found to have ever "y colony dead or damaged in a greater or “Tess
extent of its whole growth. The damage is probably due to the
fact that currents have altered the physical conditions of the
habitat since the founding of the colonies, and that a greater
rush of water has brought more sand and moving particles in
contact with them, for the apical branches of all the colonies
within a definite area will be found broken. The repair of this
damage invariably takes the form of an amorphous encrusting
growth covering the débris of the dying colony, the regenerated
porti on keeping pace with the destruction, and thus keeping the
colony living —but living ag an entirely different type of its
species. (Pl. XXIX. fig. 1.)

Madrepore colonies show the same phenomena, and very strange
repair-torms of Pocillopora growing in rough water as encrusting
growths may be found.

When, after repair, a Madrepore colony assumes an encrusting
form, as 1t frequently does, the inherent tendency of its growth is
still evident, for rising at intervals from its flat surface are
numerous dominant zooids, which, were the opportunity afforded
them, would form upward-growing branches.

It is by no means uncommon, in this process of repair, not only
for the vegetative growth of the colony to be altered, but for
the actual type of the corallum to be changed. Whena Montipore
repairs its own ill-situated and dying colony by an encrusting
growth, the whole minute structure of the coral is changed. In-
stead of the smooth surface over which the fairly wide mouths of
the corallites are dotted, is a coral with an outward appearance
notable chiefly for its extreme roughness, due to the development
of numerous papille at the bases of which open the minute

548 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWTH-FORMS [June 18,

coraliites (Pl. XXIX. fig. 1). The characters of the original
growth and of the repair growth are so entirely different, that
they would certainly be regarded as two distinct species. Other
examples of this entire change are not uncommon, and some very
strange abnormalities may be found, which show that in repair,
as in adversity and in alteration of environment, there is practically
no limit to the developing of the different main types of growth
by any coral. It is common in repair of injury as it is in cases
of adversity, that the bounding walls of the newly-budded zooids
are never completed, and repair by a pseudo-meandrine form of
fission is often met with in many and widely-separated species of
coral (Pl. XXIX. fig. 2). It is common, too, to find that the
repair-zooids have raised coralla, when those of the parent colony
are flat, and in these cases it 1s probably silt that has caused the
original damage.

The study of the repair in corals is therefore one not devoid of
zoological interest, for it shows clearly that a type must never be
considered as a species, in the way in which we regard species
among the higher animals, until it has been seen in all its
variations, and until all the possible modifications that repair
produces have been studied.

That a type like the encrasting Montipore should be in
reality the same species as the branching form, would be con-
sidered as highly improbable, but when it is seen that the one
type repairs its damage by the development of a new growth of
the other type, there is no alternative but to regard them as
identical species.

That the numerous types of J/illepora and of Pocillopora should -
be but variants of a single species would seem at first sight to be
very unlikely, for there is littl enough likeness between the
extreme forms, and yet their processes of repair show them capable
of building to any of their diverse types, regardless of the nature
of the parent growth.

If the processes that have been described, and the conclusions
that have been drawn from them, be accepted, they can serve only
to make clearer the great fact: that morphology—the animal’s
type—is the outcome of necessity; and here the demands of
necessity bring about change, not in the lite-history of a species
only, but in the life of the individual.

Since these repair-forms are the outcome of the partial death
of the colony, and since the growth-forms of many colonies are
determined by the normal, or abnormal, death of portions of their
surface, it will be well to briefly review the processes by which
death overtakes a colony.

The subject of repair leads naturally to the consideration of the
death of the organism, for when the destructive processes outweigh
the resources of repair, then death must inevitably ensue.

There is one fact in the life-history of corals that the study of
their processes of repair clearly brings out, and it is this, that all

1907.] AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS. DAD

the methods of regeneration are more for the life saving of the
colony than of the individual. It is a rule with Nature that the
life of the individual is a thing of little moment: Nature has little
care for individuals, though she strives always to maintain the life
of the species. In a vast community of individuals, as is a coral
colony, each separate menber is but a part of the whole body, and
the preservation of the colony is a thing of more import than
the saving of a few individuals. A branching Madrepore grows
natur: ally | upwards into the danger zone, and the terminal branches
are Inevitably destroyed, with the sacrifice of a myriad of zooids ;
but the result is a stimulus to lateral branching within the area
of safety, and the colony continues to flourish.

In every massive growth starting to develop on all sides of a
nucleus, those zooids that are budded below can never hope to
live, and those on the upper surface will in all probability die. In
all the processes of repair that have been described, it is not the
individual that is mended, for an individual once badly damaged
is not repaired; but the loss is made good by the growth of new
zooids that take on the functions of those lost. Repair in colonial
forms does not save the individual from death, but it preserves
the life of the colony. Now loss by death in a colony is not
always repaired.

We have seen that the flat tops of the massive growths of
Porites remain devoid of living zooids, and in several types of
erowth, death of a portion of the colony is more or less usual;
among the branching Porites it is normal to find the lower
portions of the growth dead, and no attempt made at their
repair.

When it is said that the partial death of a colony is more or
less usual in some types of growth, it is not in any way meant
that the progress of coral formation is a building of the living
zooids upon the dead bodies of past generations, “for the partial
death is due, as a rule, to very definite outside causes.

In this atoll the greatest cause of coral death has been a quite
unusual one, but it has been a most instructive one, for it brings
out some very interesting facts in the life-history of corals. In
1876 all the living coral of the south-east portion of the lagoon
was entirely destroyed, by the pouring out of foul water from a
voleanic vent at the southern side of the atoll. The picture pre-
sented by these denuded areas was described by Dr. H. O. Forbes
in 1879, and by Dr. Guppy in 1888; and in 1906 there is still the
same tract of dead coral on which the efforts at re-colonisation
have been practically unavailing.

This remarkable failure of the corals to repopulate a large
portion of the lagoon, is probably due to the fact that during
the period immediately following the disaster, various alge such
as agar-agar and several other species, being of a faster and more
hardy growth, stepped in and took possession of the area before

the slow growing corals could obtain a proper footing. The
growth of alge is in itself hostile to the life of gorals, and,

530 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWTH-FORMS [June 18,

apart from that, the alge beds in the lagoon are the greatest
factors in catching silt, and piling up the shifting sand-banks the
presence of which is so fatal to coral-growth. These two factors,
aided perhaps by subsequent minor volcanic poisonings, have so
completely paralysed all coral activity, that to the south of Pulu
Selima there has been in many places no trace of new growth;
and the abnormal death that occurred thirty years ago has to this
day remained unrepaired.

Although such events as this are quite exceptional in the life-
history of corals, or of coral islands, still the after history of the
disaster shows on a large scale the influences of those factors that
in the normal life of corals tend to bring about their death. It
is the silt and seaweed that have prevented corals from flourishing
on their old site, and the silt and seaweed are to-day in the atoll
the two great causes of coral death.

The influence of matter suspended in the water is one of the
most far-reaching factors in the life-history of corals: it is to
resist its effects that many of the vegetative forms are evolved; it
is on account of the silt that many acres of the lagoon are devoid
of coral-growth ; and it is probably on account of the presence of
silt that wave action is so necessary to coral life, and that the
unstirred depths below about 20 fathoms are comparatively bare
of coral.

Silt, sand, or suspended matter may cause the actual death of
corals in two ways :—(a) It may fall upon them and choke
their zooids from above. (b) lt may overtake them from
below.

Of these two actions examples are always to be seen in (a) the
partial death of the tops of massive Porites colonies (text-fig. 159,
p- 541, & Pl. X XTX. fig. 2), and in (6) the stems and lower branches
of branching Madrepores which are normally lifeless. In these
cases the death is only partial, for the reason that the colony is one
capable of resisting as a whole the amount of suspended matter
normally present in the waters of its habitat; but if the amount
be suddenly increased, then the colony may be unable to resist it,
and general death ensues. Evidences of this mode of death are
seen in the gaps in the island ring where an alteration of current
brings more silt than is usual to the growing colonies, and very
interesting results may be produced experimentally. On December
13th, 1905, several healthy living colonies of rough-water forms
of Madrepora and Pocillopora were removed, without exposure or
injury, from their habitat of rough barrier water, and without any
delay were placed in marked sites in a sheltered sandy pool of the
barrier-flats. In the same pool, which is almost completely cut off
from the sea at low tides, and then contains about 2-3 feet of
water, and which is about 100 yards long by 20 wide, numerous
corals live and flourish, calm-water forms of Wadrepora and Pocillo-
pora, capable of resisting silt, being the most abundant. The

1907. | AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS. 551

conditions of life in these barrier pools are peculiar; the pools are
filled with sand, for the fragments which are triturated by their
journey to and fro over the barrier are deposited in them, they
contain the minute green filaments of the boring algz, and at
mid-day low tides they become heated by the sun to 93° Fahy.
and more. Their coral fauna is practically always the same,
Madrepora flourishes in its most highly branching forms, Pocillo-
pora always has a good foothold, and the other species are in
plenty, but hardly in a state of luxuriance. Béche-de-mer in
hundreds live in these pools, and crustacea, polycheetes, mollusca,
eels, and the myriad brilliant fish make up the conspicuous fauna.
Of the many rough-water colonies that were transplanted experi-
mentally into this environment, not one remained alive at the end
of 50 days, and most were dead within a month. The first sign
by which a colony shows that its environment is not suitable
is by becoming highly pigmented; both rough-water forms are,
when flourishing, very pale corals, being usually of a light buff
colour, but within a fortnight the transpianted colonies had
become of a dark yellow-brown, and in Madrepora there was a
more than usual tendency to lateral branch formation. In 20
days most colonies had some portion dead, and the dead parts
became rapidly the site of growing alge ; in 30 days nearly all the
numerous transplanted colonies were dead or dying, and by 50
days no portion of any colony remained alive. It was silt that
had determined the death of them all; the stunted, flattened
types of Madrepora and Pocillopora are both corals of a rough-
water habitat, they are used to clear water in which there is little
or no suspended matter, and not a single colony was able to with-
stand the slow but certain sedimentation of the barrier pool;
when the silt had once fairly determined their death, the fine
boring algee completed the ruin. If any colony of branching
coral be removed entire from the lagoon, it will be found that the
lower portion is invariably dead ; but this death is in most cases
not a natural one resulting from the senility of the zooids, but
merely an index of the amount of silting up of the lagoon that
has taken place since the establishing of the colony. Sand is ever
being washed into the lagoon through the numerous gaps in the
island ring, and most decidedly the tendency all over the lagoon
is a gradual filling up, by the deposition of finely triturated frag-
ments: the floor of the lagoon is fairly steadily rising, and those
colonies of corals growing in its bed are for ever being encroached
upon by the gradual rising of the sand level. The deposited sand
most certainly kills the zooids with which it comes in contact, and
the result is that the lower portion of every lagoon colony is
killed.

Silt then, in this atoll, is the most potent factor in causing coral
death, and next in importance to the silt comes the seaweed.

There is a green alga that, at some seasons of the year more
than at others, comes to the barrier pools in great quantities: it
is a growth of fine green threads and its effect on coral-growth

552 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWTH-FORMS [June 18,

is really wonderful. A pool in which numerous flourishing
colonies live, quite on a sudden may show the advent of this
alga, and every portion of every colony which may receive a
Giance i injury at once becomes the site of the growth of these fine
threads. I believe that it is always at the site of injury that the
attack of the alga starts, but its growth soon invades, and invari-
ably kills, the living healthy portions of the colony. <A colony
once fairly invaded by this parasite rapidly dies, and yet it never
succeeds in obliterating coral-growth, for as eutldenal as it came
to the barrier pools, 16 goes. Spri ing tides and hot weather seem
to promote its grow th, or perhaps lower the resistance of the
coral colonies, ton when the rock-pools are left long to swelter in
the sun, with but little depth of water in them, then the alga
seems to be most active. It is a great factor in causing the death
of the atoll corals, and ranks in Cocos far in advance of the boring
sponges, worms, or molluscs as a destructive agent.

The more obvious boring creatures do not cause damage to the
colony other than to eaten its structure, and lead to Ts more
ready destruction by the action of the waves or moving fragments ;
and beyond this, they cannot be rightly considered as effective
enemies of coral-growth. There seems to be indeed an almost
symbiotic relation between certain boring animals and the corals
that they have chosen as their hosts, for coral-erowth extends and
strengthens their tubes by sympathetic erowth, and the cavities
of the molluses in many cases expand the living area of the surface
of corals by causing irritation and repair. It is an extraordinary
thing to see the extent to which a colony of Millepora conplanata
may be riddled with the wide smooth-walled tubes, and yet not
be appreciably weakened, and the result of observation on such
colonies is that the borings are very little harmful to the colony.

Another cause of coral death to which much importance has
been attached is the exposure caused by the receding tide, for it
has been said that corals cannot survive even a temporary exposure
to the sun and air.

Since Darwin first claimed this as an axiom of coral bionomics,
a great deal has been taken for granted with regard to the effects
of exposure, and yet every fresh ‘investigator has attached less and
less importance to it. Now asa matter of fact there is no species
of coral in this atoll that is not able to withstand an exposure of
many hours to the mid-day sun, with from 6 inches to a foot of its
apical growth above the water: there is no barrier species that
does not normally suffer this at mid-day spring tides. There are
many isolated rocks that are ordinarily exposed for two feet at low
tide, on which living corals flourish luxuriantly. When season
and winds combine to cause tides abnormally low, it is possible to
go from island to island along the barrier-flats, and for the greater
part of the journey to walk in but a few inches of water; and if
such a walk be taken during a low tide at hot mid-day, then the
smell of the exposed coral is almost over powering and may be
noticed far out inthe lagoon. Coral has an odour that is peculiarly

1907. | AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS. 553

offensive when the growth is exposed to the air, and this strange
odour is no sign of death, for a stinking coral when replaced in
water or when re-covered by the rising tide, flourishes again. At
such a low tide the barrier-flats present a picture of bushes and
boulders of living coral all freely exposed to the sun, all dry, all
smelling very offensively, and yet the returning tide finds them
all living as actively as when it left them. A coral may be taken
from the bottom of the lagoon, may spend the best part of a hot
day, high and dry, in the bottom of a boat, and yet, when it
is replaced in the water, all its zooids will expand, and it will
resume all its vigour. Exposure to the sun and ais between tide
limits plays but little part as a causative factor in the question of
coral death. Of course no coral could grow beyond the normal
hign-tide level, but the remarkably level appearance of the barrier-
flats is not the result of the action of sun and air on the coral
colonies, so much as of the levelling effects of the waves, and the
moving fragments that they wash to and fro. It is the grinding
action of the surface waters at their level of maximum activity
that determines the limiting level of upward coral-growth, far
more than the death of the apices from the effects of sun and air.
The waves that sweep over the flats, and carry shorewards the
fragments that they have broken from the seaward margin of the
barrier, are for ever keeping the coral colonies within the limit
of upward growth ; but their action is not altogether detrimental
to the corals, for though, where island beaches are formed, many
fragments of living coral are cast ashore only to perish, still many
more, where no such dry land exists, are safely lodged in a new
resting place. Broken fragments are swept across the flats, they
lodge in pools, they become stranded under the lee of boulders, or
are washed into the lagoon; and each of these fragments, if not
too badly damaged, will form the nucleus of a new colony in a
suitable habitat. If a large colony of a Madrepore be broken up
in the rock-pool where it flourishes, the great majority of its
fragments will continue to grow and branch out into new colonies ;
and if some of these fragments are swept onwards by the waves,
they will form pioneers for the species when lodged in a suitable
environment.

Freshening of the water from the excessive tropical rains has
been said to cause wholesale death among the lagoon corals; and
in high islands were rivers flow into the sea, the fresh water is
well known to be a great cause of the absence of coral-growth.
Before Darwin’s visit to the atoll it is said that an abnormal
rainfall killed many corals, and again in 1866 the fresh water is
said by the Governor to have stood for a height of several inches
on the surface of the lagoon, so heavy and continuous was the
rain. Again, in May 1896, the rains were abnormal, and the
freshening of the water destroyed the lagoon alge and fish ; and
this in such quantities that when Mr. Arthur Keyser visited the
islands in July, the dead fish were still being cleared from the
lagoon. There is no doubt that the rain would have to be long

554 DR. F. W. JONES ON GROWTH-FORMS [June 18,

continued, for all those corals that live in rock-pools are immune
to the influence of the fresh water accumulated during a heavy
downpour at low tide. When the tide is low and the rainfall is
heavy, the rock-pools undergo a remarkable degree of freshening,
and so too does the lagoon if the weather is calm and the rainfall
is a sudden one.

In the lagoon the surface specific gravity may fall to 1021, but
I have never found it lower, and the perpetual churning of the
waves prevents any marked evidences of freshening being
observable near shore. Outside, in the ocean itself, there is such
complete mixing of the waters at the surf-beaten barrier edge,
that it is not likely that the influence of the rain could be
recognised.

On Feb. 13th, 1906, when -28 of an inch of rain fell in ten
minutes, the sp. gr. of the surface of the lagoon dropped from
1027 to 1021, and the temperature was 77° 5.

On Feb. 24th, after 5 of an inch of rain had fallen in half an
hour, the sp. gr. was 1023, and the temperature was 82°-7.

On Jan. 4th, after 7-4 inches had fallen in the passed 12 hours,
the sp. gr. was 1021, with a temperature of 78°.

The surface of the fish-pond, which is a pit about 15 feet
square, will show a reading as low as i015 three days after a
downfall of 5 inches in twelve hours, although its waters rise and
fall with the tides, and the outside ocean shows no change after
the downpour.

It is therefore mainly wave-action that obliterates the effects
of tropical showers in freshening the salt water, and the coinci-
dence of great rainfall and dead calm must be very complete, and
very lasting, before anything approaching a general destruction
of corals could result.

Many animals have been ranked amongst the enemies of corals,
and Darwin classed some fish and the myriad Holothuride as
causes of coral death. In this atoll Dr. H. O. Forbes has described
the “Scarus feeding in the surf on the living coral,” and has
asserted that the Kakatua and other lagoon fish actually eat the
living polyps. The observation has been several times doubted,
and, so far as this atoll is concerned, it is certainly an error.
There are no fish and no Holothurids in Cocos Keeling lagoon, or
on the barrier, that eat coral when it is living, though many
different classes of animals contain great quantities of dead coral
in their alimentary canals. The importance of the coral-haunting
fish and the Holothurids as factors in atoll formation is great, but
it is not as destroyers of living coral that they fulfil their réle,
for the coral that they took in at their mouths was already dead.

From the study of the life of the colony in different sur-
roundings, and from the repair of injury, and death, in unsuitable
habitats, | think it will be seen that the number of the true

1907. | AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CORALS. 559

species of corals is by no means so great as is at present
supposed.

There is no doubt that a great number of our museum-made
species are mere vegetative varieties, produced in response to the
demands of the environment; and I do not think it is possible
to determine from a fragment of growth—often with no sufficient
data—if it be a new species, or even a new genus, or if it bea
mere vegetative variety of some already well-known species.

There can be but little utility in the naming and describing,
with great minuteness, of all these variations ; for of this work there
can be no end, and persistent collecting, from even such a small
area as the Cocos-Keeling atoll, would yield such a variety of
fragments as would occupy a lifetime to describe.

i very many cases one single colony could be found to provide
several types of growth, that if presented as fragments, would be
deemed to merit individual description as species.

In such cases some factor in the physical condition of the
surroundings will show, when the colony is 7 sit, the cause of
these different modes of growth ; but when the colony is trans-
ported to a museum, 1t presents a very striking puzzle.

One side of a colony may be shaded from light, sheltered from
currents, or protected from silt; whilst the other side may be
exposed to all these influences: and then itis but natural that the
two sides should vary, and—knowing the wonderful plasticity of
the zooids—the great differences are not astonishing.

Besides the occurrence of colonies that exhibit two or three well-
marked types of growth, there are those that can only be called
“ undecided” forms, and these present growths that are inter-
mediate in character between two well-marked, and very diverse,
types. Such “undecided” forms are very common, but it is the
natural instinct of the collector to pick out well-marked and
well-grown forms as his specimens.

I have not included Jfillepora in these remarks, pus the genus
is well worthy of notice; and although the thr Millepora
alcicornis, M. comp leenieaten, and Mu. verrucosd—occur in great,
abundance in the atoll, and present very different appearances in
their extreme forms, I do not doubt that there is but one species
of Millepore, with three variations of vegetative growth, and an
infinity of gradations connecting them. I do not doubt either
that all the forms of Pocillopora that are found in the atoll are
in reality one species; and I strongly suspect that there is only
one species of Montipora in Cocos, although its varieties are
legion. The species of Madrepora in the islands are in reality
very few, many diverse forms are certainly identical species, but
experimental breeding must finally settle ‘how few these species
are.

It is the same throughout the whole series of the Cocos- Keeling
corals ; there is a very limited number of species; and I would
account for the origin of the many varieties, and the present con-
fusion of their nomenclature, by the alteration of environment

556 GROWTH-FORMS AND SUPPOSED SPECIES IN CoRALS. [June 18,

caused by atoll formation. I imagine that the origin of the atoll
from an original submerged bank will be unquestioned; and on
this submerged bank I would imagine that the corals represented
few species and few varieties.

The life-conditions all over the bank were faizvly uniform, and
there lived upon it Pocillopora, Montipora, and the other corals,
exhibiting probably one form of growth only, and one that is
represented by an intermediate type to-day.

With the origin of the heaped up débris that forms the island
ring, and with the formation of the barrier above the level of the
tides, a gradual change occurred, and in the place of one uniform
environment, an infinity of diverse habitats was produced.

The rough water of the barrier, the smooth water of the lagoon,
the silting water of the inlets, and the clear water of the ocean,
were marked off from one another; and the embryos of the
originally similar corals had to grow dissimilar to adapt their
vegetative types to the new formed habitats.

Tn this way the present infinity of types was brought about,
and wherever the environment is changing to-day new types are
developing to conform with its demands.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prate XXVIII.

The influence of environment on vegetative form of Corals.

Fig. 1. Three types of Montipora, growing respectively in (a) fairly smooth water,
(6) deep water, (c) rough water.

Fig. 2. Three types of Madrepora trom (a) fairly smooth water, (6) deep water,
(ec) rough water.

Fig. 3. Three types of Pocillopora from (a) fairly smooth water, () deep water,
(e) rough water.

In each case the figures are of extreme varieties, and the extremes are linked
together by every grade of intermediate variety.

PLatE XXVIII.
The influence of environment on vegetative form of Corals.
to)

Fig. 1. The under surface of a plate-like growth, to show the characters of the

corallites.

. The upper surface of the same plate, to show the great difference of

appearance of the two surfaces.

Fig. 3. Colonies of Pocillopora taken from a floating log. They are photographed
in the positions that they occupied on the surface of the log, and they
illustrate well the change of type of vegetative growth in response to
environment.

ie3|
ep
no

PuarEe XXIX.
Processes of repair and death in Corals.

Fig. 1. Specimen showing a branching Montipora which, when in adverse circum-
stances, repairs its dead areas by an encrusting growth. The new growth
has very different characteristics of corallite to those of the origmal
growth.

. Specimen showing death of zooids caused by deposition of sediment; and also
partial assumption of meandrine form of division caused by adversity.

E>)
cy
ie)

“ouro ay 4) § 1199 Ix) /e

AGO UIE OIL BA“ WOURSUOI/ AL, W/ ai SUELO”

1907. | ON THE IONIAN LIZARD. 557

On Lacerta ionica Lehrs, a Variety of Lacerta taurica

Pallas. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8.
[| Received May 23, 1907.]
(Plate XX X.* and Text-figures 162-165.)

Ina paper dealing with the inter-relations of the South Huy opean
Lizards of the genus Lacerta, published a few years ago t, Herr
Philip Lehrs has proposed the name Lacerta ionica for a form
inhabiting the Ionian Islands, which had been referred by pre-
vious authors to L. tawrica, L. muralis, or L. peloponnesiaca, and
which he regarded as a species allied to but quite distinct from
L. taurica.

I have at various times received examples of this Ionian Lizard
through Dr. F, Werner and Herr Lorenz Miiller, and I have
lately procured a number of living specimens from Corfu, two of
which are represented on the coloured plate appended to this
paper. I have availed myself of this material to institute a
careful comparison of Z. coniea with L. tawrica, and to put to the
test the characters adduced by Herr Lehrs for their separation,
with the result that I am unable to agree with this author’s
conclusions.

1 cannot find characters to justify a specific separation. The
dorsal scales are, as a rule, a little smaller (hence more numerous)
in the Ionian Lizard than in the typical LZ. taurica from the
Crimea,—a character which has not even been alluded to by
An. Lehrs ; but, as will be seen by the numbers of scales given
in the following table, this is not constant, and there is really no
correlation between tne sealing and the coloration. The difference
in coloration is not of a very Ponuaudiensaeraveal kind, and will be found
to be bridged over when a large series of specimens is available
for comparison. As to the structural characters adduced to
justify a specific separation, they do not stand the test of a
critical examination.

Taking them in the order in which they appear in Hr. Lehrs’
description, I note :—

1. LZ. ionica is stated to be larger than L. taurica. There is,
however, very little difference between the two. My largest male
L. taurica (from Roumania) measures 68 millim. from snout to
vent, and Kiritezcu = mentions another measuring 71 ; my largest
male LL wonica measures 80. Considering the “santo In size to
which all Lizards are subject, this character has no importance
bie:

The shape of the head is believed to be different, being more
en with a less ‘“‘ sheep-like” profile, in Z. ionica. The

* For explanation of the Plate, see p. 566.
+ Zool. Anz. 1902, p. 225.
{£ Bul. Soc. Sci. Bucarest, x. 1901, p. 314.

558 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [June 18,

figures here given, delineated from photographs, of male specimens
of the two forms (Roumania and Cephalonia), chosen as being
practically identical in form, will dispose of this supposed difference.
‘The most pointed head in the whole series at my disposal is to be
found in a female from Rutshuk, Bulgaria, typical in coloration.

Text-fig. 162.

Lacerta taurica.

Side views of heads of males: a. Roumania; b. Cephalonia.

Text-fig. 163.

Lacerta taurica.

Upper view of head of female, Rutshuk, Bulgaria.

3. The tail of the male ZL. ionzea, it is stated, is nearly twice or
even a little over twice the length of head and body, whilst that of
L. taurica does not exceed 1°7 times that length. Here are
measurements (in millimetres) of head and body and tail in a few
males of both forms with intact tails :—

L. wonica. | L. taurica.
1s 2. DA Gee ab taal ilh BE 6. doe:
67 67 63 63 71 62 62 55
TDA OARS TSAO SED) | 27 eS Rael races sal)

1, 2. Corfu; 3, 4. Cephalonia; 5. Roumania (after Kiritezeu) ;
6. Roumania; 7, 8. Hungary.

4A. Neck thick, not so constricted in Z. tonica. I cannot
appreciate this difference.

1907.] THE IONIAN LIZARD. 559

Frontal shield about as long as frontoparietals in LZ. ionica,
considerably longer in LZ. taurica. J cannot understand how such
a statement can have been made, and a few measurements will
suffice to refute it :—

L. tonica. L. taurica.
le Oe Bhim, Aoae Boe ORF puso Sete 9. als
TR ST ole Hee agit teh pA el 5 44 4 4 4
EG henna Ae) RA 2 Oe eS 4p 4° 3 4 3h

1-3. Roumania; 4-5, Hungary; 6-7. Corfu ;
8-10. Cephalonia.

6. Occipital shield as large as or a little larger than the inter-
parietal in Z. conica, smaller in LZ. tawrica. The reverse is some-
times the case, although, as a rule, the occipital is a little longer,
as compared to the interparietal, in the former than in the latter.

Dorsal scales feebly keeled in Z. conica, strongly in L. tawrica.
The degree of carination is variable in both forms, but I have
before me a female from Roumania (LZ. tawrica) in which the dorsal
scales are truly granular, and almost smooth.

8. The caudal scales are more pointed in ZL. taurica. These
scales are more or less pointed in both forms; there is no constant
difference between the two.

9. Collar more strongly serrated in ZL. tawrica. Again I find
no constant difference. Lehrs is wrong in saying that the collar
is never really serrated in these lizards, “ Hin wirklich gezdhneltes
Halsband (wie etwa ZL. viridis) hat eigentlich keine der erwahnten
Formen |Z. taurica, L. tonica, L. littoralis|.” I give further on
(text-fig. 164 a, p. 563) a figure of a ZL. tawrica from Sebastopol,
which shows that the collar may be as strongly serrated as in
LL. viridis.

And that is all, so far as structural characters are concerned.

As to the coloration, I confess the appearance of the beautiful
Corfu Lizard, when alive, is strikingly different from that of a
typical LZ. taurica, as may be seen by the figures on Plate XXX.
But the only real difference consists in a preponderance of the
green colour, which extends to or beyond the light dorso-lateral
lines which are usually at least indicated in the females and young
in Z. tawrica the green colour is usually restricted to a median
band on the back (text-fig. 165 a, p. 565), but this band may be
much broadened on the anterior part of the back, as shown
by some Roumanian specimens (text-fig. 165 c, p. 565), which
thus form a link between the two extr emes. The extent and
disposition of the black spots may be. the same in the two
forms. Some of the Ionian specimens have a vertebral series of
black spots, or may lack spots and streaks altogether, and thus
differ from the typical LZ. taurica; but such differences are not
outside the range of variation which we know in many other
species of Lizards, even within the limits of a race, e. g. J. muralis,
vars. littoralis and serpa.

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1907, No. XXX VIIL. 38

560 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [June 18,

I append a table showing the amount of variation in the
lepidosis in the adult specimens at my disposal.

|

| | |
| 1/)2.'3. 4./| 5.) 6. 7 8
| i {
es | a = (eee
| | | | |
| CIBTIERY Ges peseaelshen dane scdeenonnsae! 2 | CH || SL) @ | SO) @ || BS | Boa | wy
| Bakal, Crimea... o-ces| Q 154] 49) 6 | 32] 9/221 17 | a4
| Sebastopol ...... | 2) BD) | Gl B | BO O23} Ny || aA
oa ee ee eee On Ae eS) Gen hk O |. a0 Tey | as
| Roumania................::........-...| & | 68 | 52] 6 | 29 | 17 | 24 | 16-15 | 24
Dobrudja, Roumania .. =| 6 | 67 | 50) 6 |26) 9) 21) 8 27
- e | & | 62 | 48] 6 127 | 8 | 20) 19-18 | 26
¥ i | 2 EO sO) S| Be) Seo) 1S | a8
é 6 eee A levees | 8 ei) sal | os | pane) | a
Greci, Macm Distr., Roumania | fo | 48 | 48 8 | 26 | 11 | 20 | 19-18 | 24
| Rutshuk, bulgaria eee] Q | 54 | 51) 6 | 81 | 10 | 25 | 19-17 | 25
Berea Fle | OTS 100859 NG a|f200 it aloTe amc Roce!
| Bazias, Humgary................. | 6 | 59 | 65| 6 | 28 | 10/28) 17 | 96
_ i oe POU TRS dios ia | op | Thane | as
| Rakos, nr. Budapest ................ ¢ | 62 | 50 6 | 27 110} 21) 15 22
r J deter | QU N61 | 49 | 6" |'30"| 9") 29) | 15-16" |/e8
| Szabadka, Hungary.................| @ | 55 | 50} 6 | 26} 8 | 22 | 17-18 | 93 |
ne De Ae ee amon een Ei) Gkeo Opa’ 16! a
| Constantinople..................... | g@ 56 53) 8 | 27 | 10 | 24 | 20-19 | 95
| L. Stymphalos, Morea ........... @ | 64 50 6 | 26) 9 | 23° 21-20 | 26
z i | & | 58 | 55| 6 |26| 9 | 21 | 18-17 | 25 |
i acs) G2 0S Pal Sie meng | aa
| Nision, G. of Messenia, Morea...| g | 80 | 59' 6 28 11 | 25 | 20-21 | 29 |
| eee " an | 8 | 75 | 54! 6 | 27 | 9 | 22 | 19-90 | 97 |
fi s >» |g | 70 | 60) 6 | 28 | 11] 20| 20 | 26 |
. - » ool 2 168 | 87 | OC } al | Oi 9B) a0 | os |
S | 2 | 66 | 61! 6 | 31 | 9 | 23 | 20-21 | 95
Cephalonia 6 | 70 | 60!) 6 | 27 | 9 | 28 | 23-95 | 25 |
i | 6 | 63 | 58) 6 | 29 | 10] 21 | 24-95 | 24 |
‘@ | 63 | 59) 6 | 27 | 9 | 24 | B20!" | 36
2p | 27) 67 | 599) 6" |) 3) 111925") 93222 o8
mek | 2 66 55°) 6 | 32 | 10 | 22 | 22-93 | 99
i | @ | 56 | 60) 6 | 29 | 9 | 94 | 21-99] 97
| Corfu | 6 | 70 | 56) 6 | 28) 9 | 23 | 21-92 | 97
. -|\¢ | 67 | 59 | 8 | 28 | 10 | 22 | 21-19 | 28
i | 6 | 67 | 57) 6 | 28 9 | 21 | 19-18 | 25
5 ..| & | 67 | 638) 6 | 26] 11/21) 21 25
39 | & | 67 | 55) 6 | 26 9 | 23 | 20-19 24
op | 6 | 65 | 57) 6 | 28 9) 238) 21 25
oD .| 6 65 | 53) 6 | 26 | 10) 21) 18 25
hes ..| 6 | 63 | 52) 6 | 25 | 12 | 22 | 18-16 | 24
Ie gg ball EB | EO | ar I eR 26 |
y | d | 63 | 52| 6 | 26| 9 | 22] 19 .| 95)
2 . & 60) 60 6 | 25 | 10 | 22 | 19-20 26
5) ..| 2 | 57 | 56| 6 | 25 | 10 | 21 | 15-16 | 25
Z . 9 62 | 53! 6 | 29 | 10 | 20 17-18 26 |
: . 2 | 52) | 53) 6 |-28 | 10 | 22 | 17-15 | 25
|

1. Length (in millim.) from snout to vent. 2. Number of scales across middle
of body. 38. Longiturlinal series of ventral plates. 4. Transverse series of ventral
plates. 5. Number of plates in collar. 6. Number of scales and granules between
symphysis of chin-shields and median collar-plate. '7. Number of femoral pores (on
right and left sides, if differing). 8. Number of lamellar seales under fourth
toe.

1907. | THE IONIAN LIZARD. 561

Description of Lacerta tawrica and its variations.

Form and Proportions.

Intermediate between ZL. agilis and L. muralis, var. campestris.
Head rather small (4 to 44 times in length to vent in males,
47 to 42 times in females), as deep as broad or not much broader
than deep, once anda halt to once and two thirds as long as broad,
exceptionally once and three fourths* ; occipital region convex ;
snout obtusely pointed, with straight or slightly convex upper
profile, as long as the distance between the eye and the ear-opening ;
depth of the head, in the tympanic region, equal to or a little
greater than the distance between the anterior corner of the eye
and the anterior border of the tympanum. Neck as broad as the
head, or a little narrower or a little broader. Body moderately
depressed. Hind limb, in the males, reaching the axilla, the
shoulder, or the collar; in the females reaching the wrist or the
elbow of the adpressed fore limb ; foot as long as the head or a little
longer (not more than once and one fourth). Tail once and a half
to slightly over twice the length of head and body.

Palatal teeth.

A few small teeth are nearly always present on the pterygoid
bones *.

Scaling.

Rostral shield entering the nostril, often largely¢. Nasals
forming a short suture behind the rostral$; frontonasal much
broader than long|}; frontal as long as or shorter than its
distance from the end of the snout; parietals once and one fourth
to once and one third as long as broad, in contact with the upper
postocular ; occipital very variable in shape, usually shorter than
the interparietal, sometimes fused with, or separated from it by a
small shield 7. An incomplete series of granules between the
supraciliaries and the supraoculars, the first supraciliary being
constantly in contact with the second supraocular, the granules
sometimes minute or reduced to 2 to 5**, Postnasal single Tf.
Four upper labials anterior to the subocular tf. Scutellation of

* In a male from Nision, Greece.

y These teeth are very rarely present in the vars. campestris and serpa of
LL. muralis, and appear to be constantly absent in the typical form of that species.

{ I have observed only two exceptions (2 from Szabadka and 9 from Corfu), in
which the nostril is narrowly separated from the rostral.

§ Ina Q from Nision, Greece, the frontonasal forms a suture with the rostral; in
a ¢ from Cephalonia the nasal is in contact with the anterior loreal, above the
postnasal (see text-fig. 162 6, p. 658).

|| Broken up into four shields, forming a cross, in a 2 from Bazias.

“| As long as the interparietal in a few specimens from Greece and the Ionian
Islands.

** In specimens from Crimea, Bulgaria, Hungary, Cephalonia and Corfu, as in
some specimens of L. peloponnesiaca, in which species the granules are usually
entirely absent.

+7 ‘Iwo superposed postnasals in a ¢ from Nision.

tf Five on one side in a 2 from Szabadka and in another from Rutshuk; three
on each side in a @ trom Cephalonia.

a8*

‘AlBSUNFT ‘Soyey “PL ‘Ss
“eluvunoyy ‘elpnaqo(d’ ‘GT | ‘wmopeyday "TT “Z,
‘afdourjurysuoy *G "BaloN ‘SOpBYAuIAZG T "ST ‘QO

[June 18,

“BIUBULNOY “FP

PLO) “ST “G °E

WAOW “UOIIN “OT “GT

«99 | 06 | ae COL | 11 | Sot |] 86 | ZIT | ean | #84 | 4901 | O31 | vt | x001| o¢

Lf A BNE OL a fe nt We A GL | BL fA ea as) Fee

g Ls) Be) 08 | OS Pe | | eg ide es | is se is ai tei
. AL |) Ail |) Cl | Gh | BN OO a We | OS ee) Or | fs | is le
A 8 i a 8 L 8 6 6 6 6 OL | 6 Ol jf tie | iL
3 6 8 6 Caan 6 || #6 OE | OL | Of | mr | Ok } wij) We | en
< Th | PL) I at SI al ee Oe | Ok Ae Be Ie GO | Oe
m C2 Cane EC) | CCneGons| seichalli Comal (VG) || SSGan| 7G \\ueZan ||) (Caner cenley Colm mncc
- 8) | | | @ | ep | eo | ee | a) | eo | vo | 49 | ey Oh | eh | ws
a es

ASE eh ie tS lb a ell | EL 20T ‘6 ‘8 ‘Le | 28 a ae ees G ‘ll

ee (paonpoadod ) [LL
Be OP ae

eee: quuy PUly

ae {UU 810,
peay Jo ygdeq

(ese JO YIPLAL
aos pvey Jo yyoueT

CLUMIT a.tOF sf

qUdA OF JHOUS OLY

‘(SoqJOULIT]IU UT) SpvawaINsMoT Ly

562

1907. ] {HE IONIAN LIZARD. 563

the temple very variable, the two extremes (text-fig. 162, p. 558)
approaching LZ. agilis and L. muralis var. campestris respectively ,
masseteric and tympanic shields usually distinct, the former
sometimes very large and in contact with the supratemporals,
of which there are usually 2 or 3*. 19 to 28 scales and granules
in a straight line between the symphysis of the chin-shields and
the median collar-plate ; gular fold always well marked. Collar
formed of 8 to 12 plates (usually 9 to 11), the edge more or less
distinctly serrated; the extremes of serration are shown on the
following figures of two female specimens, one from Sebastopol,
the other from Cephalonia.

Text-fig. 164.

=

4

Cl

See

cs
Sasi

Cx
EER

eas
a=

Lacerta taurica.

Lower views of heads of females: a. Sebastopol; b. Cephalonia.

Scales on body juxtaposed, oval or oval-hexagonal, very small
and more or less diagonally keeled on the back, larger and smooth
or very feebly keeled towards the ventrals. Exceptionally the
scales on the back may be almost perfectly round granules, with
a feeble straight keel + or even almost without a trace of a keel £.
In a male from Rakos, Hungary, which has very strongly keeled
dorsal scales, and in a male from Corfu, the scales on the flanks,
right down to the ventral plates, show a feeble but yet distinct
keel. The number of scales across the body varies from 42 to
61§. On the flanks, 3 or alternately 2 and 3 series of scales
correspond to one ventral plate. 36 to 50 transverse series of
dorsal scales correspond to the length of the head.

* Only one ina ¢ from Szabadka.

+ 2 from Crimea and Szabadka, Hungary. { 2 from Rutshuk, Bulgaria.

§ 42 is exceptional and occurs only in one 2 from L. Stymphalos, Morea, two
males from the same locality having 50 and 55 respectively.

564 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON [June 18,

Ventral plates in 6 (exceptionally 8) longitudinal and 25 to 32
transverse series. :

Anal plate moderately large or rather small, with two or three
semicircles of small plates or scales, one or two of the median
plates of the inner semicircle sometimes considerably enlarged.

Scales on upper surface of leg usually smaller than the dorsals,
more or less distinctly keeled. 22 to 29 lamellar scales under the
fourth toe.

Femoral pores 15 to 25 on each side, 15 to 20 (usually 16 to 19)
in the typical form*, 15 to 25 (usually 18 to 21) in the Ionian
specimens.

Caudal scales more or less obtusely pointed behind, the upper
strongly keeled, the lower smooth or feebly keeled; the whorls
subequal in length; the fourth or fifth whorl behind the postanal
granules contains 30 to 37 scales.

Coloration.

In the typical form (text-fig. 165 @) the brown colour pre-
dominates on the upper parts, with the exception of a broad
vertebral stripe which is of a more or less bright green; a
light streak may extend from the outer border of the parietal
shield to the base of the tail and another from below the eye
to the groin; the sides of the body are more or less spotted or
marbled with black, except on the green vertebral band, and the
black spots may extend across or over the light dorso-lateral
streaks, which often entirely disappear, especially in males.
In some specimens (text-fig. 165 6) the black markings pre-
dominate over the ground-colour and enclose small whitish spots,
whilst in others they are large and few, forming a regular series
on each side of the back, or small and numerous, or confluent
into a wavy line bordering inwards the light dorso-lateral streak §.
The lower parts are white, yellow, or deep orange, without spots,
or with small black spots on the sides ; pale blue spots are present
on the outer ventral plates and just above them. The dark and
light spots on the tail combine to form a more or less distinct
striation.

In all the specimens from Greece and the Ionian Islands
examined by me, the green colour predominates (at least in the
spring) and the green and brown striation of the back is never.
shown by them. However, as noticed above, specimens from
Roumania (text-fig. 165 c) are intermediate between the two
types of coloration. In these Greek and Ionian specimens a
vertebral series of black spots is occasionally present. As observed
by Lehrs, a form without any spots or streaks, in either sex, occurs
on the Ionian Islands.

Living specimens from Corfu are of a beautiful grass-green

* 15 to 22 according to Kessler. + Males from Hungary.
t+ Females from Crimea, Roumania, and Bulgaria.
§ Male from Roumania.

1907.] THE IONIAN LIZARD. 565

above (head, neck, body, fore limbs, base of tail), shading to
greenish yellow on the lips and down the sides of the neck. The
black spots are usually small. A pale brown or golden colour
forms spots or a band on each side of the posterior part of the
body and on the base of the tail. Hind limbs and tail brownish
grey, with light spots. The ocellar marking above the shoulder,
alluded to by Lehrs, is absent, or imperfect, the centre green, not:
blue. A male is uniform green, with the sides of the sacral
region and of the base of the tail, the hind limbs, and the tail
reddish brown; in a female, the brown extends further forward
on the sides of the body. The belly is greenish or yellowish white,
or pale yellow, with pale blue spots on the outer ventral plates.
The iris varies from pale golden to copper-red *.

Text-fig. 165.

Lacerta taurica.

Head and anterior part of body:
a. 2. Roumania; 6. ¢. Hungary; c. g. Rowmania.

The female specimen here figured represents the ‘“ forma
olivacea” of Lehrs (p. 236). I have always objected to the
bestowal of latin names on such individual variations. In this
case, the ‘forma olivacea” is not even constant in the individual,
as since the lizard has been placed in spirit it has produced a
dark lateral band edged with whitish, thus resembling very
closely some of the typical specimens from Cephalonia mentioned
by Lehrs as devoid of dark spots.

In conclusion, I very much doubt whether LZ. tawrica and
L. ionica can be sufticiently well defined to be separated as distinct

* T have noticed the same variation in the typical form of Lacerta muralis.

566 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL (June 18,

varieties (or subspecies). Atany rate the difference between them
does not seem to me greater than that which separates the var.
bocagti from the typical form of LZ. muralis. ‘According to the
evidence furnished by the specimens at my disposal, the typical
form oceurs in the Crimea, in Roumania, Hungary, Bulgaria, and
Turkey in Kurope, the var. conica in Morea and the Ionian Islands.

As pointed out by Lehrs, his Z. ionica constitutes a very
interesting link between the true Z. tawrica and those forms of
L. muralis (vars. campestris and littoralis) which, contrary to the
opinion of L. von Méhely, I regard as the most primitive in
structure as well as in markings*.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX.

Lacerta taurica var. ionica.

Male (lower figure) and female (upper figure) from Corfu.

3. On Neotropical Lycenide, with Descriptions of New
Species. By Hamiitron H. Druce, F.Z.8., F.E.S.

[Received May 22, 1907. ]
(Plates XXXI-XXXVI.1)

The genus ‘“ Zhecla” as used in the present paper contains
most of the species placed in it by Westwood and by Hewitson,
and includes nearly all the Neotropical Lycenide. It is used in
the same sense as by Messrs. Godman & Salvin in the ‘ Biologia
Centrali-Americana,’ and the species are referred to as nearly as
possible as in that work.

Many genera have been proposed by Hiibner, by Scudder, and
lately by Mr. W. J. Kaye for various forms—some on account of
the “scent-glands” or “ brands” which are found in the male sex
of many species, some apparently on the shape of the wings, some
on slight differences in the position of the nervules. But the
fact remains that the venation of the wings is very much the
same in all the various species.

Some are tailless; others have one, two, or three tails to the
hind wing; and, as pointed out by Messrs. Godman & Salvin in
‘Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ in some species the brands on the
fore wing appear to influence the direction of the veins, in
others they do not. The terminal joints of the palpi in some
species 2re longer than in others, and the robust or slim
appearance of some is very apparent.

From a very careful examination of a considerable material,
Messrs. Godman & Salvin in Biol. Centr.-Amer. did not consider
generic division advisable (except in one case, 1. e. Z’heclopsis, in
which the tarsal joints of the front legs of the male have not

* See my remarks in Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. xx. p. 39.
+ For explanation of the Plates, see pp. 631-632.

: 12, psy. Ib OWA lett DOOM,

1

E.C. Knight ad nat.del.

8

IND a OURS

eA

LSA Ae INI

West, Newman chromo.

DAs .

1B) 4 Si, MOTE I2IG OO,

E.C. Knight ad nat.del.

NE OURO TGA lige Ag iN MDA:

West, Newman chromo

‘
A ha

PBs Se BOWE IPL, SOOM,

E.C, Knight ad nat.del. West, Newman chromo.

NOUR OP LAI. Mee ZN Np rAs

ee etl

E.C, Knight ad nat.del West, Newman chromo

NEVO ROPT CAT: LY CAVNIDZy .

5
no era

ul i, “ame

IEA SOMi le OO) VE

E.C.Knight ad nat.del. West,Newman chromo.

NHOTROPICAL LYCZAINIDA.

Ae ee Of ae SOO XOvay

West,Newman chromo.

E.C. Knight adnat del.

INGE CHMEGO) 12 iC YNIBy ME NaOr2aN AND Ace

ine) 0) a BUTTERFLIES OF 1THE FAMILY LYCHNID#. 567

become fused and support the claws as found in the female), but
at the same time they divided the genus into a number of sections.
Many of these sections can be denoted by authors’ existing names
if thought fit by entomologists. Various views regarding the im-
portance or otherwise of the brands continue to be put forward ;
and Dr. Hy. Skinner, Ent. News, April 1907, p. 131, in a
paper intending to prove that the N. American 7’. irws and
i. henrici ave one species, states that “the male is often with
or without the brand, which has no generic or specific value.”

Before any satisfactory division into genera can be undertaken,
it will be necessary to dissect and examine a large amount of
material which at present is not available, many of the types
being unique and large numbers of the species being represented
in collections by but two or three examples.

In the present paper I have been able to clear up many points
of synonymy, and have described and figured a large number of
new forms. It will be noticed that some few of Hewitson’s
species are placed as synonyms of species previously described by
him, and this can be accounted for by the fact that the types
were from other collections and were returned to their owners,
and that the insects seen by him later were not recognised as
being already described.

I have examined a large number of the types, many of which
are contained in the British Museum, and Mr. Godman has
placed the whole of his collection in my hands for examination.
This fine collection has been of the greatest help, in fact quite
essential, containing as it does many of Hewitson’s types, then
in Bates’s possession, in addition to the unrivalled series from
Central America.

Mr. Grose Smith, who now has some of Hewitson’s types
described from the Saunders collection, has kindly allowed me
to borrow the specimens for comparison.

Mr. Dukinfield Jones, who collected at Castro, Brazil, and
some of whose captures were described by Mr. W. Schaus, has
also kindly permitted me to examine these and has lent me
others for description.

It is a fact worth noting that out of the large number of
species described by Hewitson, only some 35 (nearly all the types
of which are in the British Museum) are not represented in the
various private collections I have examined.

The following species are included in the genus ‘“‘ Thecla” by
Mr. Kirby in his Catalogue, but their identity is obscure. The
numbers refer to his list :—

84a. Hesperia chiton Fab. Described as with three tails.
Donovan’s figure shows it with two and a lobe. In my
opinion without doubt = 7”. phaleros L., 2, highly
coloured. Dr. Butler, in his ‘Catalogue of Fabrician
Lepidoptera,’ p. 198, thinks not. The type appears to
be lost.

568 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

112. Hesperia dindus Fab. Type lost.

163. Hesperia agrippa Kab. There are two specimens in the
British Museum identified by Dr. Butler from Jones's
drawings. They are labelled “‘ Honduras.” They are
not referred to in the ‘ Biologia Centrali- Americana’
under that or any other name.

299. Papilio ixion Fab. In the British Museum there are two
specimens so identified by Dr. Butler, but I know not
on what authority. They are doubtfully distinct from
Thecla m-album Ba.

300. Papilio anacreon Fab. Type lost.

308. Hesperia romulus Fab. Type lost. Donovan's figure is
bad and might refer to almost any species with a green
under side.

392. Papilio thamyras Linn.

469. Papilio nigroflavus Goeze.

The following species figured by Cramer and Stoll are unknown
to me, and do not exist in any of the collections which I have
examined. They are mostly from Surinam and probably came
from the interior of the country, viz. :—

ethemon Cr. lycabas Cr.
arogeus Cr. ematheon Cr.
ismarus Cr. phalanthus Cr.
bitias Cr. cethegus Stoll.

The following species described by Godart I am unable to
make out with certainty, and unless the types can be found,
I fear they will never be satisfactorily identified. They were
described by Godart in the genus Polyommatus, viz. :—

sinnis. strophius.
bazochit. ergeus.
nebis. megarus.
gabelus.

T. bazochii has been identified as = 7. thius Hiibn., but the
description is much too vague to allow of any certainty on this
point.

The following species are known to me only from the descrip-
tions and figures, and are not contained in any of the collections
which I have examined. They are noted here in chronological
ordeR=

T. dion Schaller, Naturf. xxii. p. 49, t. 1. f.9,10. Figures too
bad for identification.

T. umbratus Hiibn. (possibly allied to 7’. parthenia Hew.
which, as figured in B. C.-A., has a much shorter tail than
Hewitson’s figure). Locality given by Westwood and
Hewitson in Gen. Diur. Lep. p. 485, is “ Yucatan.” Not
mentioned by Messrs. Godman & Salvin in B. C.-A.

1907. | BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCH/NID. 569

T. guacanagari Walleng. Puna Is., Ecuador. Type
Mus. Holm.

T. mesites Herr.-Schiff. | Cuba.

T. acaste Prittw. Brazil.

T.harsuta ,,

GU, GEOTTE 5 e

T. megamede Prittw. 5

T. antinous Feld. Bogota.

T. nana i Ms

T. dinus Hew. Described from types in

DE, CAO ep } Boisduval’s Collection.

T. gauna Boisd. Costa Rica. Not referred
to in Biol.Centr.-Amer.

T’. thargelia Burm. Argentina.

T. nanidion ,, -

T. phrynisca ,, a

T. peralta Mosch. Surinam.

T’.. heloisa i Ke

T’.. lorea 4, i?

T’. fessa s &

T. bianca Bh Be

T’. aprica 55 *

T’. devia - :

T. thenca a a

T. promissa,, Bs

T. tirrhea .,, Jamaica.

T. vulnerata Staud. -

T. adela x Amazon.

T. (Micandra) sapho Staud. Colombia.

T. alihoba Staud. Allied to 7’. aholiba Hew. (aritides

Schaus), but appears distinct.

T. oributa Weymer. Bolivia. Described as allied to
T. ovidia Hew. and 7’. arria Hew.

T. faga Dognin. Ecuador.

T’. joya 5 a

T. amatista ,, ts

T. wernicket Rober. Brazil.

T. sadiei Weeks. : Bolivia.

T. harrietta ,, a

IE, REGIS op Be

GE OMOIRUES op a

Of the species described by Lucas in Sagra’s ‘ History of Cuba ’
(1857), 7. celida is contained in the Hewitson Collection, but
T. aon, T. tollus, T’. paseo, and 7’. marius I have not seen.

Of the species described by Mr. W. Schaus in the * Proceed-
ings’ of the United States National Museum, vol. xxiv. (1902),
and in which Museum the types are placed, examples of the

570 . MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL | June 18,

following have been given by the author to the British Museum,
Viz. :—

T. taminella Schaus. } 7’. foyt Schaus.
T’. rana 5 LP tigoma \
(=T. argona Hew.). TL. gusanta ,,
1’. binangula Schaus. poland, ie
T., bolima Ms

The specimens of 7’. binangula and 7. bolima appear to be the
two sexes of one species and are both labelled Castro, Parana.
The type of 7’. binangulu is described from Peru, so possibly there
is some error here.

Examples of the following species are contained in Mr. Dukin-
field Jones’s Collection and were determined by Mr. Schaus,
V1Z. :—

7’. corema Schaus.
T. muattina ,,
TTS OLTMUNG (=dicewa Hew.).

T. chilica

Of the remaining species I am unable to make out with
certainty the following :—

9?

7’. giapor Schaus. T. conoveria Schaus.
7’. carla a T’. curtira -f
T.nugar ,, T’. tella -
T Girang 5, T. chaluma -
T.talama ,, T’. echinita _
T’. normahal ,, T’. guadala ss
T.. malta ee T’. illex &
T. vomiba__,, T. hostis a
T. vieca %) T’. fostera bs
T. rickmant ,, T’. lanckena 5
T. zurkouz ., T. humber i

T’.. epopeodes ,,

Amongst the collections before me are specimens which appear
from the descriptions to be referable to several of the above-named
species, notably 7. nugar, 7. gquadala, and 7’. hostis. These I have
refrained from describing, but it is quite possible that when they
are compared with the types they will prove to be distinct, and
I hope on some future occasion to be able to examine these

types.
THECLA.
THECLA SPLENDOR, sp. n. . (Plate XX XI. fig. 4.)

Female. Allied to 7’. tuneta Hew.*, which it closely resembles
on the upper side. On the under side it differs in possessing
a curved, black, ultramedian band on the fore wing, inwardly
edged with whitish, and in the median band on the hind wing

* T. tuneta Hew. Ill. D. Lep. p. 71, pl. 28. figs. 14, 15.

1907. | BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCENID. 571

being broader, placed further from the base, more concave,
and more sharply angled to the anal margin. There is also a
submarginal indistinct dark shade which is not present in
T. tuneta Hew.
Expanse 1,% inch.
Hab. Colombia.
1901

Type, Mus. Oxford, No. jig. Collected 1848-1857 by H.M.

Vice-Consul Edward W. Mark, and presented to the Museum in
1901 by Mr. F. W. Mark.

The type, which is the only specimen I have seen, is not in
very good condition, having lost its antenne and abdomen ; but
enough remains to show that it is a very distinct species, and
I believe unnamed.

THECLA GABRIELA.

Papilio gabriela Cr. Pap, Exot. i, pl. 6. figs. C, D (1775) (nec
Godart).

Mr. Godman’s collection contains examples of this species from
Ega. It is entirely without the patch of differently formed scales
on the upper side of the fore wing, and is so figured by Cramer.
It was so identified by Bates, and I believe quite correctly.
Godart described it as having a large silly spot, and was followed
by Hewitson in his determination.

THECLA SUMPTUOSA, sp. n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 3.)

Polyom. gabriela Godt. Ene. Méth. ix. p. 622, no. 18 (1823),

Thecla gabriela Hew. Il. D. Lep. p. 72, pl. 27. fig. 7 (1865).

Male. Allied to 7. gabriela Cr., but differs in possessing a
large silky patch of differently placed scales on the fore wing,
situated on the disc of the wing and extending below the median
nervule but not into the cell. On the under side of the hind
wing the dark band is outwardly bordered by a single white band
varying in width, whilst in 7. gabriela Cr. there are two distinct
white bands.

Expanse 2+ inches.

Hab, Espiritu Santo, Brazil (Mus. Druce); 8. Paulo, Amazons
(Mus. Godman), from Bates’s Collection.

Type, Mus. Druce.

The specimen in the British Museum which was figured by
Hewitson as 7’. gabriela Cramer is a representative of this
species.

THECLA CANDIDUS, Sp. n. (Plate XXXII. figs. 1 ¢, 2 9.)

Male, Allied to the preceding, 7’. swmptuosa, but differs in the
silky patch being produced along the lower wall of the cell
almost to the base. On the under side the black markings are
clear and distinct, and there is a good deal more black towards
the apex of fore wing.

Female. On the upper side the apex of the fore wing is broadly

a72 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,
black, and there is a large oval spot at the anal angle of the hind
wing. On the under side the anal angle of the hind wing is very
heavily marked with bright red, in the centre of which are two
blackish spots.

Expanse, ¢ 2,44, 2 33%, inches.

Hab. Rio Minero, Muzo, Colombia, 2500 feet (Wheeler).

Types, Mus. Godman.

The differently shaped silky patch on the fore wing of the male
serves to distinguish this insect from its allies.

THECLA ORNATRIX, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 5 3.)

Male. Allied to the preceding, 7’. candidus, rather less brilliant
and with the silky discal patch arranged much as in that species,
but with the addition of a large, elongate, separate patch occu-
pying the outer half of the cell. On the under side of the hind
wing the black band is divided by a sinuous whitish band from
the costa.

Female, On the upper surface the wings are dull brown, with
the discal areas suffused with dull blue, and on the under surface
the basal atlas only are green.

Expanse 2,1, mches.

Hab. Rio Demerara, British Guiana.

Types, Mus. Druce.

Also allied to 7. sponsy Mosch. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

xxvi. p. 298, pl. 3. fig. 2, but has many points of distinction.

THECLA FLORALIA, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 6.)

Male. Allied to 7. tagyra Hew.*, with the silky patch on the
fore wing not extending over the upper half of the cell of
the fore wing as in that species, but is distinctly bordered by its

walls and TAURUS along the median nervure halfway to its base.

Expanse 1,%, inch.

Hab. Merman (Belt).

Type, Mus. Godman.

Differs only from 7. tagyra in the position and extent of the
silky patch. Staudinger has figured this insect as 7’. tagyra in
his Exot. Schmett. (1888).

THECLA DORCAS, Sp. N.

Male. Allied to 7’. damo Druce, and, like that insect, with a
linear black margin only, but with the apical and outer marginal
areas much darker and richer blue.

Female. Differs from that sex of 7. damo in having narrower
brown margins to both wings on the upper side.

Expanse as 7’. damo.

Hab. Vina, N.W. Peru, 5500 feet (O. 7’. Baron).

Types, Mus. Godman.

This insect, which by some entomologists would be doubtless
considered as a subspecies of 7’. marsyas Linn., differs from

* Thecla tagyra Hew. Ill. D. Lep. p. 73, pl. 28. figs. 20, 21.

1907. | BULTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNIDE. 573
7. damo in the same way as 7’. cybele G. & 8.* differs from
typical 7. marsyas.

THECLA TROCHUS, sp. n. (Plate XX XT. fig. 7.)

Male. Allied to 7. eronos mihit. Upper side brilliant shining
green, with the apex and outer margin of fore wing black.
Under side: ground-colour paler than in 7’. eronos, with the
metallic greenish-blue suffusion confined more to the lower discal
areas in the fore wing; the ultramedian line much shorter on
the fore wing, and with a distinct dark red, black-pupilled, sub-
marginal lems between the lower median nervules on the hind
wing

Expanse 15% inch.

Hab. Rio Minero, Muzo, Colombia, 2500 feet (Wheeler).

Type, Mus. Godman.

Both 7’. eronos and 7’. trochus belong to a group which has not
been found in Central America, but in appearance are much like
T. heraclides Godman & Salvin, but have however no tails and no
trace of a brand. I have figured the type of 7. eronos on
IPG BOOST, ities. 8).

THECLA VIRESCO, sp. n.

Male. Allied to 7. lisws Stoll t, and, like that species, has no
brand, but the upper side is a dark brilliant green and the borders
are wider and less distinctly abrupt. On the under side the
markings are much the same, but the whole of the fore wing is
suffused with brilliant opalescent green excepting towards the
apex, and the ultramedian line is almost obsolete. The under
side of the abdomen is pale straw-colour.

Expanse 1,3)—12 inch.

Hab. Maranham.

Type, Mus. Godman.

I have compared this and the following species to 7’. lisus, but,
although the markings are much the same, they present a more
robust appearance.

THECLA PHOTEINOS, sp. n, (Plate XX XI. fig. 8.)

Male. Allied to 7. viresco mihi, but upper side brilliant shinmg
indigo-blue and fore wing below opalescent blue in place of green.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Quonga, British Guiana (/. Whitely).

Type, Mus. Godman.

THECLA CRINES, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. figs. 1 ¢,2 2.)

Male. Upper side: shining purple-blue, colour of 7’. paphlagon
Feld. Fore wing: apex and" cia nar owly black, a square brown
band occupying the further end of the cell. Hind wing: the

* Thecla cybele G. & S., P.Z.S. 1896, p. 516.

+ Thecla eronos H. H. Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. 1890, p. 151.
{ Papilio lisus Stoll, Supp. Cr. pl. 38. figs. 2, 2 6 (1790).

574 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

costal margin narrowly dark brown. The anal angle to the base
of the tail is rather broadly black, with a distinct bright green
anteciliary line and a green crescent-shaped spot on the inner
portion of the lobe. The under side is brownish black, darkest
on the hind wing and towards the centre of the fore wing; the
basal areas of both wings are broadly shining emerald-green, and
there are four narrow shining green ultramedian lines on the
hind wing, the anteciliary line being the most prominent.

Female. Upper side dull shining slaty blue, with apex and
outer margins brownish black ; Mind wing with the green anal
markings as in male. Under side paler ile in male, with the
green lines of the hind wing (excepting the anteciliary line which
is prominent as is also the green above the black lobe) almost
obsolete ; the basal areas of both wings are entirely without the
green.

Expanse, ¢ 11-14 inch, 9 13 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Rio Minero, Muzo, 2500 feet (Wheeler); Bogota
(Mus. Druce & B. Ul. ex coll. Crowley y).

Types, Mus. Godman.

Perhaps nearest to 7’. hemon Cr.*, but not very nearly allied.
The brand is smaller and more prominent.

THECLA NUMEN, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. figs. 4 g,5 2.)

Male. Upper side: fore wing and basal half of hind wing
opalescent greenish blue, deepest towards base. Fore wing with
the costa narrowly and the apex and outer margins more broadly
black. Hind wing with a dark mark at the apex and a dark
mark between the nervules near the anal angle, with its outer half
white and the dark stripes of the under side showing through
distinctly. Under side with prominent white and brown stripes

arranged as in 7’. phydela Hew.*, but more prominent and without
the short white band which commences on the costa near the base
on the hind wing; the yellow area at the anal angle is less,
being confined between the lower median nervules. Cilia of both
wings pure white on both surfaces. A linear dark brown glandular
patch on base of lower median nervule of fore wing occupying
about half its length from its origin to outer margin.

Female. Upper side pure white, with the costa, apex, and outer
margins broadly brownish black, as is also the outer margin of
hand! wing W hich, however, encloses a distinct white line just
within the black ‘anteciliary line. Under side as in male, but
inner margin of fore wing more broadly white on the ‘disc.
Cilia of both wings brownish on both surfaces, but whitish
towards anal angle of hind wing.

Expanse, 3 18, Q 14 inch.

Hab. Roraima, British Guiana (H. Whitely),

Types, Mus. Godman.

The type specimens are the only ones I have seen of this

* Papilio hemon Cr. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 20. figs. D, E (1775).
+ Thecla phydela Hew, Ill. D. Lep. p. 84, pl. 33. figs. 54-56.

1907. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYC@HNID&. 575:

beautiful species. They are in fine condition. It is a much
larger insect than 7. phydela, and in colour it resembles
T. gibberosa Hew.

THECLA AMPLITUDO, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig 6.)

Male. Differs only from 7. eg gides Feld. in the black borders
being about half as wide and in the blue being of a decided
violaceous hue.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Hab. St. Jago, Keuador (Buckley).

Type, Mus. Godman.

There are three males in Mr. Godman’s collection. It doubt-
less takes the place of the Colombian 7’, egides in Ecuador.

THECLA BARBA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 3.)

Male. Upper side: uniform brilliant shining blue, with the
costa, apex, and outer margins black. Under side rich chestnut-
brown, shading to pale greyish along the inner margin of fore
wing, A dissinet inwardly-black- Thora dered white line crosses the
fone. wing obliquely about the middle from the costa to the lower
median nervule. There is a similar line on the hind wing much
angled below the centre and then running to the anal mar ein ;
beyond this is a submarginal line composed of whitish lunules
outwardly bordered with black. At the anal angle there is a
small black spot above which are dusted grey eles: Cilia
reddish brown on both surfaces, whitish at anal angle where they
appear to be tipped with black.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Rio Minero, Muzo, Colombia, 2500 feet (Wheeler).

Type, Mus. Godman.

Perhaps allied to 7. eyda G.& S.*, but is quite different below.
It is without a brand.

THECLA PAUPERA.

Pseudolycena paupera Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. ii. joe ail.
ies Id,

Hab. Bogota, Colombia (Felder &: B.W.).

The British Museum Collection contains a pair (¢ 2) of this
rare species, which are the only examples I have seen.

The upper side of the male is a uniform dark shining green,
with narrow black margins and without any dark patch of ‘scales
or brand on the fore wing. On the under side the dark bands
are rather narrower and less distinct than in the female, which is
described and well figured by Felder.

THECLA HARRIETTA.

Thecla harrietta Weeks jun., ‘ Canadian Entomologist,’ xxxiii.
no. 11 (1901); Hl. Diur. Lep. p. 45, pl. 11. fig. 2 (1905).

Hab. Bolivia (Weeks).

* Thecla cyda G.& S., B. C.-A., Lep. Rhop., vol. ii. p. 28, pl. 53. figs. 15, 16 (1887).
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1907, No. XX XIX. 39

576 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL | June 18,

This insect appears to be very closely allied to 7’. paupera
Feld., and the markings of the under side seem to be much the
same, but on the upper side the wings are described as dark
lustrous blue with the basal area of the fore wing dusted with’
greenish blue.

It is known to me only by Mr. Weeks’s description and figures.

THECLA COMA, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. figs. 8 ¢,9 9.)

Male. Allied to 7. ion mihi*, from which it differs on the
upper side by having somewhat wider dark outer marginal borders,
and on the under side in the fore wing being entirely without
the large opalescent blue patch on the discs. The hind wing
differs from that of 7’. con in the third transverse pale blue line
(counting from the base) being without the thick blue dusting on
its outer border.

Female. Much the same as male above, but black margins are
broader and on the under side the ground-colour is paler and
redder.

Expanse 1,°, inch.

Hab. Rio Minero, Muzo, Colombia, 2500 feet (Wheeler).

Types ¢ 2, Mus. Godmar.

There is alsoa male in the Hewitson cabinet (where it is placed
with 7’. egides Feld.), but without locality.

Careful examination reveals a large elongate oval patch of
differently placed scales, situated over the outer half of the cell
and beyond, on the fore wing of the male of both this species and
of T.ion. TT’. egides is entirely without this patch.
the type of 7’. ton on Pl. XXXII. fig. 7.

T have figured
g

THECLA PLATYPTERA.

Pseudolycena platyptera Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. 1. p. 246,
pl. 28. figs. 6, 7 (1865).

Micandra platyptera Staud. Exot, Schmett. p. 288, pl. 97.

Recorded by Felder from Venezuela and Bogota. The type
from Venezuela is now in Mr. Godman’s collection and was
formerly in the Kaden Collection. As figured by Staudinger in
his Exot. Schmett. (from Peru), it is smaller, and the lines on the
hind wing below are somewhat different and no dusting of white
scales is shown. Schatz has made it the type of his genus
Micandra. A close examination of the tarsus of the fore leg
shows that the fusion of the joints is very complete and that there
is an entire absence of claws, whilst the lower surface supports a
double row of large spines set close together. The female is
unknown. J. (?) sapho Staud. id. p. 289, pl. 97, stated on the
plate to bea male and in the letterpress to be a female, is probably
not closely allied, if indeed it belongs to the same group of the

Lyceenidee. I have never seen a specimen. It was received from
the San Juan River, Colombia.

* Thecla ion H. H. Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. 1890, p. 151.

1907. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCANIDA. 577

THECLA CHLAMYDEM, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 10.)

Male. Allied to 7. auda Hew., but blue areas above are of an
indigo shade, and the costal margin of fore wing and apex, outer
margin, and anal angle of Lind wing are much more broadly
black. On the under side the arrangement of the linear trans-
verse markings is much the same, but the two outer whitish shades
are more prominent in both wings, and on the hind wing the
discal markings appear to be doubled or dusted inwardly with
whitish scales.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Pozuzo, Peru, 5000-6000 feet.
Type, Mus. Druce.

THECLA THARA.

Thecla thara Hew, Ill. Diur. Lep., Lycenide, p. 83, pl. 32.
figs. 45, 46, 3.

Thecla wwelia Gosse, Entomologist, vol. xii. p. 205, pl. 2.

ay De

Hab. Rio de Janeiro (Hew.) ; Paraguay ((osse).

There is no doubt that Gosse has described the female.
His type, which is now in the British Museum, is in bad
condition and stained, but enough of it remains to prove that 1t
is 7. thara Hew. The figure given in the ‘ Entomologist’ is a
bad one.

THECLA ANNA, sp.n. (Plate XXXITI. fig. 2.)

Male. Upper side brilliant shining light blue, with the costa
narrowly and the apex and outer margin of fore wing and the
apex and outer margin of hind wing broadly brownish black.
Underside—Fore wing pale opalescent blue, richest towards the
centre of the disc; the costa, apex, outer and inner margins
brownish grey ; the apex and outer margin dusted with whitish
seales. Hind wing: ground-colour brown, mottled irregularly
with dark brown and more especially towards the anal angle with
yellow blotches, the whole ground bemg dusted with whitish
scales; a paler blotch near the middle. Thorax ahove bluish,
covered with bluish hairs, as are the wings towards the ab-
dominal margin, below brown. Cilia on both surfaces reddish
brown. Abdomen reddish. Legs brown, white-spotted. Palpi
black, thickly clothed with hairs; the terminal joint very
small.

Expanse 15% inch.

Hab. Interior of Colombia (Wheeler).

Type, Mus. Godman.

This beautiful species is not nearly allied to any described and
belongs to a group by itself. It is without any brand or silky
patch. The type appears to be slightly torn towards the anal
angle of hind wing, so that the figure does not represent it in

quite its natural perfect state.
ag

578 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL (June 18,

THECLA CANDOR, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 1.)

Male. Allied to 7. lovurina Feld., and with the small black
brand on fore wing as in that species, but smaller, and on the
upper side with the blue areas darker and more extensive. On
the under side the basal half of the fore wing is plain greyish
brown, not dusted with red as in 7’. loxurina.

The shape of the hind wing is entirely different, the anal angle
being produced to form one short broad tail without any pro-
jecting lobe. The tail is dark reddish brown, and this brown
colour runs partially along the anal margin.

Expanse 1-15 inch.

Hab. Wuancabamba, N. Peru, 6000-10,000 feet.

Type, Mus. Druce.

We have several specimens agreeing with each other, and I
have found two in the Hewitson cabinet in the British Museum,
labelled Ecuador and placed with 7. atymna Hew., which 1s
another species with a distinct lobe-like appendix.

THECLA HYBLA, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 4.)

Male. Upper side uniform shining greenish blue, with the apex
and outer margin of fore wing broadly and costal margin to
cell-wall brownish black. Apex of hind wing brownish black,
gradually narrowing to anal angle. Under side—Fore wing
brownish grey with a darker ultramedian band and some
marginal shades; the lower discal area 1s shining olivaceous,
and from the base reaching to the junction of the median ner-
vules and partially into the cell is a streak of opalescent greenish
blue. The hind wing is ‘pale greyish with darker mottlings and
marbled with dark red towards the base and outer margin, and
with a central red zigzag line from the costa to the abdominal
margin. The palpi are clothed with long hairs and the terminal
joint is very small and completely covered by them. There is no
brand on the fore wing.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Ecuador.

Type, Hew. Coll. British Museum.

Allied to 7. arria Hew.*, but larger, bright blue above, and the
marbling on the hind wing below red, not brown, and differently
placed.

THECLA TYRRIUS, Sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 3.)

Male. Upper side uniform dull blackish brown with the basal
areas, more especially on the hind wing, pale shining blue. An
elongate, paler brand at the end of the cell in the fore wing.
Under side brownish grey ; hind wing dusted with dark red scales,
and with red linear markings arranged much as in 7. mirma
Hew.t; on the fore wing, which has an ultramedian and .a sub-
marginal lunular line, is a discal streak of pale opalescent blue,

* Thecla arria Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 218, pl. 85. figs. 729, 730.
+ Thecla mirma Hew. Il. Diur. Lep. p. 212, pl. 85. figs. 718-720.

1907. | BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNIDA. 579

clearest at the base and becoming obsolescent along the inner
margin,

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Keuador.

Type, Hew. Coll. British Museum.

Probably not very nearly allied to 7. mirma as that species 1s
without a brand.

This and the preceding 7’. hybla weve placed at the end of the
series of Thecla by Hewitson, and he would doubtless haye named
them had he been able to do so.

THECLA ALATUS, sp. 0.

Male. Upper side pale blue of pinkish-brown tinge, opalescent,
with costal, apical, and outer margins blackish brown. Cilia of
both wings uniformly reddish. A small pale brand at end of cel)
of fore wing. Under-side markings and colour much as in
T. culminicola Staud. Cilia uniformly reddish.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Hab. Cajamarca, N. Peru, 11,500 feet (O. 7’. Baron).

This may prove to be the same as 7’. (¢) culminicola Staud.
(Ivis, vii. pl. 2. fig. 6, 1894), but it is without the chequered
fringes and has an even dark border to the fore wing above.
One specimen before me is without the orange on the disc of the
fore wing below and the pale blotches of the hind wing are also
absent.

THECLA SPURIUS.

Pseudolycena spurius Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 250, pl. 31.
figs. 23, 24 (1865).

Thecla dolosa Staud. Exot. Schmett. p. 286, pl. 97 (as dolylas
Cr.) (1888).

Both described from Venezuela. Staudinger compares his
species with Cramer’s dolylas, but does not mention P. spurius
Feld. They are certainly the same species. Mr. Kirby in his
Catalogue (p. 385) considered 7. spwriws synonymous with
dolylas.

THECLA TALAYRA Hew., var. CASTITAS, Nov.

Male. Difters from typical 7’. talayra Hew.* in the blue upper
surface being duller in tone and in having broader black apical
margins. On the under side the ground-colour is pale grey in
place of pure white, and the anal angle of the hind wings is more
heavily marked with red.

Hab. Para (B. WM. Coll.); Espiritu Santo, Brazil (Hew. Coll.
15 WE,

This may prove to be a distinct species, as it has a very different
appearance below. The Hewitson Collection contains two speci-
mens which were placed with 7’. beera Hew., an insect which has
a large brand on the fore wing.

* Thecla talayra Hew. Desc. Lye. p. 1 (1868).

580 MR. H, H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 15,

THECLA EXIGUUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXII. fig. 5.)

Male. Differs from 7’. beera Hew.* in being without the brand
and in the outer margin of fore wing being straight. Upper side
shining indigo-blue, greenish on the hind wing. Fore wing:
apex and outer margin rather broadly black. Hind wing: costal
margin and apex black, narrowing towards anal angle; abdo-
minal fold pale grey. A minute red spot at anal angle. Under
side much as in 7’. beera ; markings more slender; linear band on
fore wing bent outwardly from costa.

Expanse 15), inch.

Hab. Surinam.

Type, Mus. Druce.

THECLA CASTIMONIA, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 6.)

Male. Upper side rich purple-blue, much lke 7’. beera Hew.,
but without any brand on the fore wing and with very narrow
black apex and linear black outer margins. A distinct red spot
at anal angle. On the under side the ground-colour is paler ; the
markings, which are arranged as in 7’, beera, are more slender and
the red areas are more restricted.

Expanse 15 inch.

Hab. Interior of Colombia (/. Carder).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Distinguished by the absence of a brand and the very narrow
black margins.

THECLA ATENA.

Thecla atena Hew. Ml. Diur. Lep. p. 92, pls. 37, 38. figs. 93, 101.

Mr. Godman’s collection contains a good series and we have
specimens from Espiritu Santo, Brazil. The variety referred to
by Hewitson is now in Mr. Godman’s collection and is quite an
ordinary form.

THECLA GEBA.

Thecla geba Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 198, pl. 79. figs. 641, 642
(UST), Se

This species, as stated, is very near to 7. atena Hew., the
principal difference being the more extensive band on the posterior
wing below. The type, which has been kindly lent to me by
Mr. Grose Smith, is, so far as [ am aware, unique, and its habitat
has not been recorded.

THECLA MELLEUS, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 7.)

Male. Allied to 7’. atena Hew., but the blue areas are much
less brilliant and less extensive, being confined to the basal half
on the fore wing; it hasalsoa broad black apex and outer margin
on the hind wing. The under side is marked asin 7’. atena. The

* Thecla beera Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 151, pl. 59. figs. 390, 391 (1874 .

1907. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCENIDE. 581

brand on the fore wing above is in the same position as in
T’. atena.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Rio Minero, Muzo, Colombia, 2500 feet (Wheeler).

Type, Mus. Godman.

Although the markings on the under side do not differ from

those of 7. atena, the upper side is so different that I venture to
separate 1b.

THECLA FLOREUS, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 8.)

Mule. Closely allied to the preceding, 7’. mellews, wish the blue
areas on the upper side slightly more extensive, but of a brilliant
shining hue, that of the hind wing being paler. On the under
side the markings are much the same, but the ground-colour
is darker and plumbeous, the outer margins of both wings are
distinctly cupreous, and the broken white linear band on the
hind wing is much less angled. Brand as in 7”. atena Hew.

Expanse 1,95 inch.

Hab. Tapajos, Amazons (Bates).

Type, Mus. Godman.

Doubtless considered by Bates as distinct, as it has one of his
labels attached but without a name.

THECLA GEMMA, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 9.)

Male. Allied to 7. nvinyia Hew.; brand in same position but
oval in shape. Upper side: the purple areas of about equal
extent, but deeper in tone. Under side: ground colour deeper
in colour with red basal blotches as in T. minyia, but without the
double white blotch on the costa of fore wing adjoining the red
basal blotch, and with an additional red Bioteh on the hind
wing situated at the base of the abdominal margin.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Rio Napo, Peru (Whitely).

Type, Mus. Godman.

Appears quite distinct from any described species.

THECLA PORTHURA, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 10.)

Male. Allied to the preceding, 7’. gemma, but with the brand
circular and the black apical area of fore wing above rather more
extensive. Under side: ground colour of hind wing is dark
straw-colour, in great contrast to the plumbeous brown of that
of the fore wing, which has the white oblique central band
inwardly edged with black; there is a short, broad, red costal
dash at the base of the fore wing and a similar but larger dash at
the base of the hind wing, adjoining which is an eye- like marking,
formed of a jet-black spot almost encircled by a white ring with
some bluish scales. The medial and anal markings are prominent,
and there is an extra small spot above the apex close to the
margin.

Expanse 13 inch.

582 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

Hab. Bogota, Colombia (Wheeler).
Type, Mus. Godman.
A very beautiful species with many points of distinction.

THECLA RAVUS, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 12.)

Male. Allied to 7. minyia Hew., with the brand circular and
smaller. Upper side with the blue areas paler, more saturated and
somewhat less extensive. Under side uniform russet-brown
shading to dark greyish towards the dise of the fore wing and
broadly pale grey along its inner margin. On the fore wing is
an oblique central whitish band, commencing on the costa (where
it is broadest) and ending about the centre of the disc. On the
hind wing, near the costa and towards the base, is a small,
distinct, white spot edged inwardly with black; an ultramedian
sinuous line also inwardly edged with black; a dark spot at the
extreme anal angle and above this patches of bluish and yellowish
dusted scales. Abdomen greyish above, pale below. Frons
russet-brown.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Amazons (Wallace).

Type, British Museum.

THECLA COLOR, sp. n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 11.)

Male. Form, size, and general appearance of 7’. athymbra Hew.,
but blue brighter and more clearly defined without any brands
as in that species, but on holding the insect before a strong light,
a large dark patch can be discerned occupying the outer half of
the cell of the fore wing. Under side much paler, the pinkish
basal areas scarcely discernible, and an additional ultramedian
linear band of lunules in the fore wing.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Hab. British Guiana (Whitely).

Type, Mus. Druce.

There are also two specimens in Mr. Godman’s collection
captured by Whitely at Aunai, on the Essequibo River, in the
same country.

This is an interesting species and, although it is without the
distinct double brand of 7’. athymbra, is probably allied to it.

THECLA AMPLUS, sp. n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 13.)

Male. Allied to 7. ophelia Hew.* Brand smaller, black, and
much less prominent. Upper side: blue areas more extensive, of
a more purple hue and less shining. Under side differs from that
of 7. ophelia in the red basal blotches being much reduced, so
that the margins of the wings only are red, in having a distinct
median costal spot on the hind wing outwardly edged with white,
and in the marginal spot between the submedian nervule and the
lower median nervule, which in 7’. ophelia is always black, beimg
thickly dusted with light bluish scales.

% Thecla ophelia Hew. 11. Diur. Lep. p. 110, pl. 46. figs. 209, 210.

1907. | BULTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNIDA. 583

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Cucuta, Venezuela.

Type, Mus. Druce.

Also allied to 7. hypsea G. & S.*, from which it differs in
several particulars.

THECLA AURORA, sp. n.

Male. Allied to 7. sista Hew.; blue areas of upper side lighter,
brighter, and extending on the fore wing well beyond the large
silky brown patch over the end of the cell. On the under side
the ground-colour is very pale and the markings are much as in
T’. sista.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Espiritu Santo and Rio Grande, Brazil.

Type, Mus. Druce.

Several specimens showing no variation.

THECLA ARMILLA, sp. Nn.

Male. Allied to 7. janthina Hew., but with the fore wing less
elongate and with the small silky patch situated on the median
nervure at the end of the cell rather more prominent. On the
under side the ground-colour is darker and the markings are
much as in 7’. ganthina.

Expanse 154, mch.

Hab. Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

Type, British Museum.

This insect in size and form is like 7”. sista Hew., but is without
the large indistinct brand of that species, whilst in coloration it
resembles 7’. janthina. There are two specimens in Mr. Godman’s
collection, which were formerly in the Kaden Collection. They
are without loeality.

THEcta cyponta. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 14.)

Thecla cydonia H. H. Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xxvi. p. 152 (1890).
Hab. Colombia, Mus. Druce. Santa Marta and Interior of

Colombia (Wheeler), Mus. Godman.
I have figured the type of this beautiful species.

THECLA FLOSCULUS, sp.n. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 15.)

Male. Allied to 7. armilla, but with the blue areas much
more extensive, of a dark purple hue and not so brilliant.
Under side: ground-colour greyer with the markings, which are
much as in 7’. sista, clearly defined.

Expanse 1,*; inch.

Hab. Espiritu Santo, Brazil.

Type, Mus. Druce.

On the upper side this insect has quite a different appearance

from any of its allies.

* Thecla hypsea G. & S., B. C.-A.. Rhop. vol. ii. p. 38, pl. 52. figs. 20, 21.

584 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

THECLA SELIKA.

Thecla selika Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 170, pl. 67. figs. 484, 485
(1874).

Hab. Theresopolis, Brazil (Bb. M.); Castro, Parana (Z#. D.
Jones).

Mr. EK. D. Jones has several specimens of this species, which is
rare in collections. It is doubtless allied to 7’. m-albwm * Boisd.,
but the blue areas on the upper side are much more extensive and
there are differences below.

THECLA sTIKTOS. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 1.)

Thecla stiktos H. H. Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xxvi. p. 151 (1890).
Hab. Colombia.
The figure is taken from the type.

THECLA sTIGMATOS. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 2.)

Thecla stigmatos H. H. Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xxvi. p. 152
(1890).

Fab, Colombia.

This and the preceding species were both captured by Mr. J.
Carder, when on an orchid collecting expedition in the interior of
the country, and so far as I can ascertain remain unique.

THECLA VIBIDIA.

Thecla vibidia Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 119, pl. 49. figs. 242, 243 ;
Godm. & Salv. B. C.-A., Rhop. ii. p. 44, pl. 53. figs. 13, 14.
Thecla socigena Hew. |. c. p. 205, pl. 82. figs. 681, 682.

After a careful examination of the type of 7’. socigena, kindly
lent me by Mr. Grose Smith, I find that there are no points
whereby it can be distinguished from the previously described
T. vibidia. In the figure of 7. socigena the brand appears to be
closer to the costal margin than in 7’. vibidia, but this is not so
in the specimen from which the figure was drawn.

THECLA CHLAMYS, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 3.)

Male. Allied to 7. lyde G. & S., but with a small red spot at
the anal angle above. Colour of 7. ligurina Hew. On the
under side it closely resembles 7’. dyde, but the ground-colour is
more pearly, the red spots on the hind wing are less prominent,
and the inner whitish line is less sinuous.

Female. Upper side brown, slightly greyish blue on the discs,
and a small red spot at the anal angle. Under side as in male but
is paler.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. 8. Paraguay (Perrens).

Types, Mus. Godman.

Distinguished at once from 7’. lyde by its colour.

* Thecla m-album Boisd. & Leconte, Lép. Amér. Sept. pl. 26.

1907. | BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNIDA, 585

THECLA BUCCINA, Sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 4.)

Male. Allied to 7. voltinia Hew.; brand more circular. Colour
approaches that of 7. ligurina Hew., but more steely; on the
under side the ground-colour is a warmer shade of brown, and
the inner white line on the hind wing appears to be nearer to the
outer margin.

Expanse 13-155 inch.

Hab. Chapada (H. H. Smith), Tapajos (Bates), Brazil.

Type, Mus. Godman.

This insect was separated by Bates from its allies, but it does
not appear to have been described.

THECLA NITOR, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 5.)

Male. Allied to 7. punctwm Herr.-Schiiff.*, which it resembles
on the upper side. On the under side the ground-colour is rich
plumbeous ; there are no markings on the fore wing, and on the
hind wing the inner white linear band is very prominent and less
inclined to break up into spots; the submarginal row of spots 1s
almost obsolete and the red patches are much reduced; the
extreme base of the hind wing also is red.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Kga, Amazons (Bates).

Type, Mus. Godman.

This may prove to be but an aberration of 7. pwnctum, but it
is So different in appearance on the under side that I venture to
name it.

THECLA MUREX, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 6.)

Male. Allied to 7. mycon G.& 8.7 On the upper side the brown
brand in the cell is much larger, the blue areas are much duller
and darker, and the apex and outer margin of fore wing are broadly
black. On the under side the ground-colour is lighter and the
linear band on the hind wing is less angulated.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Hab. Rio Grande, Brazil.

Type, Mus. Druce.

Doubtless the southern representative of 7’. mycon.

THECLA CANINIUS, sp. 0.

Male. Allied to 7. thyesta Hew. Upper side: fore wing dark
brown, with a black brand at the end of the cell followed by a
smaller, paler brand, the inner margin only pale opalescent blue ;
hind wing opalescent blue with the costal half dark brown.
Under side: ground-colour paler, marked much as in 7’ thyesta,
but the lmear markings fainter and apparently nearer to the outer
margins and without the whitish shading towards the anal angle.

Expanse | inch.

Hab. Venezuela.

* Thecla punctum Herr.-Schaff. Samml. aus. Schmett. figs. 57-58.
+ Thecla mycon G. & S., B. C.-A., Rhop. vol. ii. p. 46, pl. 53. figs. 20-22 (1887).

586 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

Type, Mus. Godman.

The type is the only specimen I have seen. It has a
MS. name “ caninius Moritz” attached to it and was formerly in
the Kaden Collection.

THECLA PHARUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 7.)

Male. Allied to 7. thyesta Hew.; more robust and with both
the brands larger. Dark opalescent bluish green, extending on
the fore wing along the inner margin and reaching up to the cell.
The hind wing has the costal margin, also the anal margin (except
its pale edge) broadly and the outer margin very narrowly black.
A small bright red spot at the anal angle. Under side: ground
colour much darker and the linear bands straighter.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Para, Amazons (Bates).

Type, Mus. Godman.

THECLA RADIATIO, sp. n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 8.)

Male. Allied to the preceding 7. pharus and with two brands
as in that species, but with the whole surface of both wings,
excepting the discal area of the hind wing which is dark purple
from the base to the outer margin, dark blackish brown. On the
under side the ground-colour is dark brown, the linear band on
the fore wing is almost invisible, whilst that on the hind wing
shows clearly. The red spot at the anal angle is replaced by
a black one, whilst that between the lower median nervules has
become very indistinct.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Para, Amazons (Bates).

Type, Mus. Godman.

THECLA MUNDITIA, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 10 g,11 2.)

Male. Appearance of 7’. thyesta Hew.; smaller, with the blue
areas of a slaty shade and in the fore wing confined to the inner
margin. There is a very small brand at the end of the cell, and
although the distinet black brand of 7’. thyesta appears to be
wanting, a dull black patch may be discerned in its place on
holding the insect up toa strong light. The lobe is small and
black, and the tail, which is situated on the lower median nervule,
appears to project at a right angle to the wing. The under side
is clear pearly dark grey and the markings, which are distinctly
defined, are much as in 7’. thyesta.

Female. Upper side uniform dark brown, with two black
marginal spots between the nervules at the anal angle and a
small black lobe. Under side as in male, but ground-colour paler.

Expanse ¢ 9 1 inch.

Hab. Bartica, British Guiana (77. S. Parish).

Types, Mus. Druce.

Not closely allied to 7. thyesta Hew., and probably belonging to
another group.

1907. | BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNIDA. 587

THECLA JACTATOR, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 9.)

Male. Upper side: fore wing black, a jet-black, large, circular
brand at the end of the cell, bright shining blue along the inner
margin for about two-thirds its length from the base, and extend-
ing upwards to the lower wall of the cell. Hind wing bright
shining blue, with the costal margin black. Under side pearly
grey, with linear markings as in 7’. thyesta, and two red spots on
hind wing as in that species.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Hab. Paraguay (Perrens).

Type, Mus. Druce.

I have compared this insect with 7’. thyesta Hew., but besides
having only one distinct brand the outer margin of the fore wing
is very concave, consequently the apex is less acute. It is pro-
bably not closely allied and should, I think, be placed in a group
by itself.

THECLA OCRISIA.

Thecla ocrisia Hew. Descr. of Thecla, p. 5 (1868); Ill. Diur.
Lep., Lyceenide, p. 122, pl. 48. figs. 236, 235 (1869).

Thecla peruviana Krsch. Trud. Russk. x. p. 57, pl. i. fig. 4
(1876).

Hab. Mexico to 8. Paraguay.

THECLA ELSA.

Thecla else Hew. Ul. Diur. Lep. p. 198, pl. 79. figs. 639, 640
(1877).

Hab. Chiriqui.

Described from Staudinger’s collection and not referred to by
Messrs. Godman & Salvin in B. C.-A., who, however, describe and
figure another 9 from Chiriqui, also from Staudinger’s collection,
under the name 7’. primno, vol. il. p. 47, pl. lil. figs. 25, 26 (1887).

I know these insects only from the descriptions and figures and
can detect no differences.

THECLA BESIDIA.
Thecla besidia Hew. Descr. of Thecla, p. 24, 2.

Male. Upper side: blue areas more extensive and shining and
richer in intensity. A rather large, dark, pear-shaped brand
situated at the end of and partly beyond the cell. Under side as
in female, but ground-colour darker and red bands narrower.

Hab. Chapada Campo, Brazil (H#. H. Smith). (3 ¢ Mus.
Godman.)

Hewitson’s type is also in Mr. Godman’s collection.

THECLA TORRIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 16.)

Male. Allied to 7. besidia Hew. Upper side: blue areas darker
and less clearly defined and steely in shade. Under side: ground-
colowr pale greyish brown without the purple shading of 7, besidia,

588 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

with broad whitish outer marginal shading to both wings and
with the transverse bands sepia-brown. ‘The red spot containing
the black dot between the lower median nervules on the hind
wing is wanting.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Hab. Rio Grande, Brazil.

Type, Mus. Druce.

THECLA OBELUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 12.)

Male. Allied to 7. bagrada Hew.*; brand at end of cell smaller
and circular and without the additional brand which in 7’. bagrada
vests on the base of the median nervules. Upper side dark shining
blue, very brilliant when held at an angle, with the apical half of
the fore wing and the costal margin of the hind wing dark brown.
On the under side the ground-colour is darker and the red trans-
verse bands are much as in 7’. bagrada, but that on the hind wing
is more sinuous and continuous.

Female. Upper side brown; under side, ground-colour paler
and red bands more inclined to break up into spots.

Expanse, ¢ 1,3, 9 144 inch.

Hab. Chapada Campo, Brazil (7. H. Smith).

Types, Mus. Godman.

Much like 7. bagrada on the under side, but very different

above.

THECLA LITERATUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 13 g, 14 9.)

Male. Upper side: fore wing uniform dark brown, slightly
dusted with greyish-blue scales along the inner margin towards
the base; a small, distinct, pale, oval brand at the end of the cell.
Hind wing brown, the anal half, from the base, shining opalescent
cerulean blue. The abdominal fold broadly whitish. An ante-
ciliary brown line, inwardly bordered with white towards the anal
angle. An orange spot in the lobe which is thickly covered with
whitish hairs. Cilia of fore wing brown, of hind wing whitish.
On the under side the transverse bands and markings are arranged
much as in 7. besidia Hew., but are very much narrower and are
outwardly bordered by clear white, whilst the ground-colour is
very much paler and without the plumbeous tinge.

Female. Paler than the male, with the anal area of the hind wing
on the upper side pale greyish blue, with scarcely any opalescence
and with indistinct brown marginal spots between the nervules.

Expanse, ¢ 2 1,), inch.

Hab. San José, Paraguay (Perrens).

Types, Mus. Druce.

This appears to be a common insect in Paraguay, Mr. Godman’s
collection containing a series of 15 specimens. We possess several
specimens, and there are specimens in the Crowley Collection in
the British Museum, probably derived from the same source.

*« Thecla bagrada Hew. Descr. of Thecla, p. 22.

1907. | BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNID. 589

IT have been unable to trace that it has been described, but it
seems to be near to Thecla nugar Schaus, P. U.S. N. M. vol. xxiv.
p- 408 (1902). Mr. Godman’s collection contains a single male from
Temax, N. Yucatan, which appears to agree with Mr. Schaus’s
description. 7". literatws is much more strongiy marked on the
under side and the transverse band on the fore wing is much
straighter. It is also a larger insect.

THECLA XOREMA.

Thecla «xorema Schaus, P. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xxiv. p. 408
(1902).

Male. Allied to 7. obelus, which it closely resembles on the
upper side and is branded in the same position. On the under
side the ground-colour is paler and the transverse bands are
dark brown, and on the hind wing broken up into irregular
spots, followed by a good deal of whitish shading. On the fore
wing this band is notched inwardly at the upper radial, and
beyond is a submarginal row of distinct derk lunules bordered
with whitish and extending from the apex to the outer angle.

Female. Dark brown above, strongly suffused with blue towards
the base of fore wing and over the disc of the hind wing. Under
side as In male.

Expanse, ¢ @ 1,j, inch.

Hab. Rio Grande, and Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Type 3, Mus. Druce.

Since the above description was written Mr. E. D. Jones has
lent me a specimen of 7’. xorema Schaus, which agrees with one
in our own collection from Rio Grande and which is a female.
The specimen I have described with a brand is exactly like it on
the under side, and there can be no doubt that Mr. Schaus was
mistaken in considering his type to be a male, unless, indeed, he
has omitted to mention the brand.

THECLA CAUTER, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 15 ¢.)

Male. Upper side much like 7’, obelus, blue areas more slaty,
outer margin of hind wing more broadly brown and red anal spot
large and “prominent, Under -side uniform clear brown. Fore
wing: an ultramedian central band composed of five confluent
red lunules, outwardly bordered with pure white, the two lower
lunules being detached and placed further inwards; beyond this
band is a euibiinene ginal row of bright re.l lunules faintly bordered
inwardly with inaelstehh. A dark? anteciliary line. Hind wing:
an ultramedian much-broken band, commencing on the costa and
reaching to the abdominal margin, consisting 3 large bright red
patches, bordered inwardly and outwardly with black and again
with clear white. A large red patch above the lobe which is
black, and a broad red marginal band, inwardly edged with black,
commencing at the apex and gradually widening to the lower
median nervule, where it contains a black dot on the margin.

590 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

A dark anteciliary line. Cilia of both wings brownish, paler at
the tips.

Female. Upper side dark brown, the lobe orange-red and
prominent. Under side asin ¢.

Expanse, ¢ 2 1+ inch.

Hab. Chapada Campo, Brazil (H. H. Smith), September—
November.

Types, Mus. Godman.

Mr. Smith obtained a good series. Mr. Godman’s collection
contains a worn female which certainly belongs to this species,
from Roraima, British Guiana (Whitely).

Mr. KE. D. Jones has examples captured by himself at Castro,
Parana.

THECLA TIASA.

Thecla tiasa Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep., Lyceen. p. 122, pl. 48. figs.
929, 230. c

Stated by Hewitson to be in his own collection, but is not now
there, neither is it referred to by Mr. Kirby in his Catalogue of
the Hewitson Collection. Mr. Godman’s collection contains a
single! 2 , formerly in the Kaden Collection, but without locality,
to which is affixed a label in Hewitson’s handwriting “ tiasa Hew..,”
probably this is the type. It agrees well with the figure. Mr.
Godman also possesses a ¢ which was formerly in Bates’ collection
labelled ‘“‘ ¢iasa,” which is referred to in B. C.-A. i. p. 52, in
describing Thecla ortalus.

THECLA ENDERA.

Thecla endera Hew. Ul. Diur. Lep., Lycen. p. 111, pl. 42. figs
L5G, UDI, e

Thecla thestia Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep., Lycen. p. 122, pl. 48.
figs. 231, 232, 9.

Hewitson described the d from the British Museum collection
and the 2 from his own collection, and an examination of the
two types convinces me that they are the two sexes of one species.

The orange anal spot on upper side of hind wing varies con-
siderably, some specimens of both sexes in Mr. Godman’s collection
being without it.

THECLA BURIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 18.)

Male. Much like 7. genena Hew.*, but with the shining
greenish-purple areas of that species replaced by bright green,
and with an additional small black brand placed within and at
the end of the cell, on the fore wing above. Under side as in
T’. genena.

Female. Upper side brown, with an orange spot on the lobe;
underside as in male but paler, and red areas on hind wing more

extensive.

* Thecla genena Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 111, pl. 44. figs. 185, 186.

1907. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNIDA. 091

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Ega, Amazons (Bates).

Types, Mus. Godman.

The additional brand on the fore wing serves to distinguish this
insect at once from 7’. genena; it also appears to be allied to
T. illee Schaus, P. U.S. N. M. vol. xxiv. p. 419 (1902), from
Colombia. Hewitson’s type is now in Mr. Godman’s collection.

THECLA CALTHA, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 19.)

Male. Upper side dark brown, the basal and discal areas thinly
suffused with shining purple-blue. An oblique ovular sac-like
brand occupying most of the cell of the fore wing, but not dis-
tinctly apparent, with a longitudinal opening and enclosing large
whitish scales. Under side much lke that of 7”. stagira Hew.*,
but the ultramedian line on the hind wing more sinuous and the
red anal areas more developed, especially over the lobe. The lobe
is very small and on its upper side contains a faint red spot.

Female. Upper side uniform dark brown, an orange spot at
anal angle; under side as in male, but paler.

Expanse, ¢ 1,3, 2 12 inch.

Hab. Santarem, Amazons.

Types, Mus. Druce.

Mr. Godman’s collection also contains a specimen (¢) for-
merly in Bates’s cabinet, but the locality is not specified.

The character of the brand is unusual and the cell of the fore
wing is very short and narrow, and probably when these insects
can be properly classified a new genus will have to be created
for them.

'THECLA LEUCOPH HAUS.

Bithys leucopheus Hibn. Zutr. Exot. Schmett. figs. 87, 88, 3.

Thecla halala Hew. Descr. of Lyceenide, p. 7 (1868); Ill. Diur.
Lep. p. 175, pl. 69. figs. 508, 509, @.

Siderus parvinotus Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 195.

Mr. Grose Smith has kindly lent me Hewitson’s type of
T. halala, which was formerly in the Saunders Collection, and I
have no doubt that it is the female of Hiibner’s insect. Hewitson
originally described it as a male, but when figuring it later (1874)
described it as a female.

I have found one other example in Mr. Godman’s collection
from Para, which is probably the specimen referred to by Hewitson
as being in Bates’s cabinet.

7. leucopheus Hiibn., male, is common, but the female appears
to be rare.

Mr. Kaye has kindly lent me his type from Trinidad, which
does not differ in any way from Venezuelan specimens from the

* Thecla stagira Hew. (=. spurina Hew.) Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 102, pl. 39. figs.
122,123. For synonymy of 7. spurina Hew., see Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7,
vol. xv. (1905) pp. 194, 195.

Proc. Zoou, Soc,—1907, No. XL. 40

592 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

Kaden Collection now in Mr. Godman’s possession. It is evident
from Mr. Kaye’s description of his species that he has wrongly
identified 7’. dindymus Cr., as he writes of the “ shape of the band ”
(=brand). The Papilio dindymus Cr. is an insect without any
brand and is well known.

THECLA Nora, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 17.)

Male. Allied to T. doryasa Hew.* and, like that species, with a
large black brand in the cell and a smaller pale brand beyond.
The under side differs in the ground-colour being pale straw-
colour, with the ultramedian linear bands narrow and faint and
in the hind wing less sinuous, in the absence of the marginal
shades on both wings, and in the almost entire disappearance of
the red blotches on the hind wing towards the anal angle.

Expanse | inch.

Hab. San Sebastian, Colombia (7. Stmois).

Type, Mus. Godman.

The type-specimen is somewhat rubbed on the upper side, but
on the under side it presents a very different appearance to that
of 7. doryasa.

THECLA PURPURA, sp.n. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 20.)

Male. Upper side: appearance of 7. lewcopheus Hitbn.; darker
and with broader black outer marginal borders. The double brand
smaller and inclined to separate. Anal fold dark grey. Under
side pearl-grey, without the white irroration which is conspicuous
in I’. leucopheus ; fore wing unmarked ; hind wing with the ultra-
median linear band narrower and more inclined to break up into
spots. Red spot at anal angle minute.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Espiritu Santo, Brazil.

Type, Mus. Druce.

Two specimens not showing any variation. It is also allied to
T. hostis Schaus, P. U.S. N. M. vol. xxiv. p. 420 (1902), which I
should consider more nearly allied to T. lewcopheus Hibn. than
to T. tephreus Hibn. The brand, however, is not in two distinct
divisions as in that species and is much smaller.

THECLA NIVEPUNCTATA, Sp.n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 1 3.)

Male. Upper side shining indigo-blue; apex rather broadly and
costa narrowly dark brown. A single, paler, pear-shaped brand
at the end of the cell. A few red scales on the lobe; anal fold
pale grey. Cilia of fore wing brown, of hind wing whitish
towards anal angle. Under side rich chocolate-brown ; fore wing
broadly pale grey along the inner margin; an ultramedian band,
commencing just below the costa and ending at the lower median
nervule, composed of pure white lunules, inwardly bordered with
dark brown, the two lower lunules being placed further out from

* Thecla doryasa Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 179, pl. 70. figs. 527, 528.

1907. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNID&. 593

the line; beyond is a submarginal row of dark lunules, inwardly
and outwardly bordered with pale brown. Hind wing: two
distinct white spots near the base, one placed near the costal
margin, the other below it towards the centre of the wing; beyond
these spots is a much-broken white macular band, broadest on the
costa and becoming linear on the anal margin. An irregular
series of pale Iunules and a darker brown apical patch. A fine
whitish marginal line from the apex to the anal angle, followed
by a black anteciliary line. A black red-crowned dot between
the lower median nervules placed some distance from the margin.
Lobe black, partially crowned with white. A patch of bluish-
grey scales on the margin between the lobe and the lower tail.
Abdomen bluish above; pale yellow below.

Female. Upper side as male, but duller; under side as in male.

Expanse, g 1745-157 ich, @ 3% inch.

Hab. British Guiana, Surinam.

Types, Mus. Druce.

This is a well-marked species on the under side, but I am
unable to trace that it has been described. It is not nearly allied
to any with which I am acquainted.

THECLA PORPHYRETICUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 2.)

Male. Upper side: brilliant shining ultramarine-blue ; costa,
apex and outer margins broadly and clearly black. A moderate-
sized oval brand at the end of the cell of fore wing. Under side
rich plumbeous brown, paler along inner margin of fore wing and
anal margin of hind wing. Fore wing without markings but
bright red at the extreme base of the costa. Hind wing with a
large oval white spot below the costal margin placed about half-
way between the base and a large white patch which is situated
on the margin above the apex. A discular band composed of
separated white spots and becoming linear and broader towards
the anal margin. Whitish scales dusted over the anal area.
Lobe black, small.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Rio Napo, Peru (Whitely).

Type, Mus. Godman.

A very distinct insect, not nearly allied to any described form.

'THECLA CIMELIUM.

Thecla cimeliwm Gosse, Entomologist, vol. xii. p. 203, pl. 2.
fig. 2 (1880).

Hab. Paraguay (Perrens); Rio de Janeiro (#1. H. Smith), Mus.
Godman. Castro, Parana (2. D. Jones).

As pointed out by Gosse in his description, this msect is very
different from 7’. syncellus Cr. on the under side, but no mention
is made of its close relationship (if indeed it is distinct) to
T. hebreus Hew.* On the upper side I can find no points of

* Thecla hebreus Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 104, pl. 43. figs. 165, 166.
40%

594 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

distinction from that species, but on the under side the markings
are less clearly defined and the whole surface is more clouded in
both sexes. Mr. Godman has male and female 7’. hebreus which
were formerly in the Kaden Collection, there is a male in the
British Museum, and we have a female from Espiritu Santo,
Brazil.

Mr. E. D. Jones has shown me two males captured by himself
which are referable to 7’. cimelium. Gosse’s types are in the
British Museum. Hewitson’s type was in Boisduyal’s collection.

THECLA PAPHLAGON.

Pseudolycena paphlagon Feld. Reise Nov., Lep. p. 249, pl. 31.
figs. 10, 11 (1865).

Male. Upper side bright shining blue of a greener shade than
T. ochus G. & S.* and with the black area of the fore wing reduced
to a small patch beyond the brand at the end of the cell. The
conspicuous black hairs along the submedian nervure of the hind
wing are also absent. Under side as in female but darker.

Hab. Cucuta, Venezuela. Mus. Druce.

As surmised by Messrs. Godman & Salvin in B. C.-A., there is
no doubt that Felder described the female as the male.

It is a rare insect, the male described above being the only
example of its sex that I have seen.

THECLA PANCH@A.

Thecla panchea Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 126, pl. 51. figs. 274,
275. |

Thecla scoteia Hew. Il. Diur. Lep. p. 206, pl. 82. figs. 683, 684.

Hab. Cucuta, Venezuela. Mus. Druce.

Mr. Grose Smith has kindly lent me his type of 7. scoteia, which
is without doubt the male of the previously described 7’. panchea.
They are identical on the under side.

T. pion, G. & S. B. C.-A., Lep. Rhop. vol. 1. p. 56, pl. 54.
figs. 28-30 (1887), is very close to this species, if indeed it is
distinct. It is perhaps rather less greenish in tint and the female
is darker.

THECLA COBLEBS.

T. celebs Herr.-Schiaff. Corresp.-Blatt. Regensb. xvi. p. 142
(1862); Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 156, pl. 62. figs. 416, 417 (1874).

T. fidena Hew. 1. ¢. pl. 44. figs. 183, 184 (1867).

An examination of Hewitson’s type of 7. fidena, which isa
male and was described from an unknown locality, has convinced
me that it is the male of Herrich-Schiffer’s species, of which we
have several examples from Cuba obtained by Parish. 7’. celebs
is allied to 7’. panchea Hew., 7. pion, G.& S., and 7’. piplea G. &
S., and like those insects has the tuft of hairs near the base of the

* Theela ochus G. & S., B.C.-A., Lep. Rhop. vol. 11. p. 55, pl. 54. figs. 24-27 (1887).

1907. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNIDA. 595

subcostal nervure on the upper side of hind wing. Mr. Godman
has two females from Haiti, which have lost the greenish tinge on
the ground-colour below, but this may be due to their being some-
what faded.

THECLA DELICI#, sp.n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 3.)

Male. Closely allied to 7. cyllarus Cr. *, from which it differs on
the under side in the entire absence of the narrow black zigzag
lines and shades. Both the red patches at the anal angle are
large and prominent and are connected by a narrow red line.
The patch of scales on the under side of the tore wing is large,
blackish, and prominent as in 7. cyllarus.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Hab. Maranham, N. Brazil.

Type, Mus. Godman.

This insect may prove to be an aberration of 7’. cyllarus Cr., but
amongst a large series of that species [ am unable to discover any-
thing approaching it. It has a very distinct appearance.

THECLA PORPHYRITIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 4.)

Male. Allied to 7’. cyllarus Cr., from which it differs on the
under side in the ground-colour being much darker and the white
markings more prominent and in the glandular patch on the fore
wing being quite small, nut-brown, and close to the base; the
inner margin being broadly pale and the discal portion of the wing
above the submedian nervure having a silky appearance.

Female. Both surfaces slightly paler than male, but the area of
blue on the upper surface is scarcely less.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Tapajos and Para, Brazil.

Types, Mus. Godman.

Mr. Godman’s collection contains male and female from Para
and male from Tapajos from Bates’s collection, which were un-
identified by him, and male from Para captured by H. H. Smith.

THECLA TYRIAM, sp.n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 5.)

Male. Allied to Thecla perola Hew.y, having the same broad
silky costal margin to hind wing above, but with the blue area
along the inner margin of the fore wing less extensive and not
reaching nearly to the outerangle. On the under side the ground-
colour is much paler, and the large black glandular patch on the
fore wing of 7’. perola is replaced by a smaller, pale straw-colour
patch, paler than the ground-colour of the wings.

Expanse 13—1,5 inch.

Hab. Para, Brazil (H. H. Smith).

Type, Mus. Godman.

* Papilio cyllarus Cr. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 27. C, D (1775).
+ Thecla perola Hew. Il. Diur. Lep.pl. 46. figs. 211, 212 (1867).

596. MR. H, H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

There are specimens in the British Museum from San Paulo,
Para, and Tapajos which were separated from 7’. cyllarus by
Dr. Butler, and I have found a male in the Hope Museum at
Oxford labelled ‘‘S. America, presented by G. C. Griffiths.”

Hewitson’s description and figure of the under side of 7. perola
are somewhat inadequate. He writes of the underside (p. 112)
“ Anterior wing dark brown where the wings meet.” In reality
there is a large black oval glandular patch which does not extend
more than half-way down from the median to the submedian
nervure.

The type male is now in Mr. Godman’s collection.

THECLA TREBONIA.

Thecla trebonia Hew. Kquat. Lep. p. 63 (1870); Ill. Diur. Lep.
p. 162, pl. 64. figs. 443, 444.

Mr. Grose Smith has several specimens from Ecuador in which
the blue is of a more purplish hue and more extensive on the
fore wing and surrounding, except along the costal side, the large
black patch of androconia which is placed beyond the end of the
cell, thereby giving the insect a different appearance. On the
under side of the fore wing the ultramedian band is more
irregular than in typical specimens.

THECLA UTERKUDANTE, sp.n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 9.)

Male. Allied to 7. trebonia Hew., from which it differs on the
upper side in being of a brilliant rich dark blue and in the absence
of the conspicuous paler patch at the end of the cell. On the
under side the glandular patch on the fore wing is straw-colour in
place of blackish, and the interior black and white band is rather
broader and commences near the costa in a large triangular white
spot.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Interior of Colombia (J. Carder).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Mr. Godman’s collection also contains a specimen from the Rio
Minero, Muzo, Colombia, 2500 feet, obtained by Wheeler.

THECLA OSTRINUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXYV. fig. 6.)

Male. Closely allied to 7. cyllarus Cr. Differs on the upper side
in the outer margin of the hind wing being very narrowly black, in
the lobe being very small and blue like the disc of the wing, and in
the anal fold being wholly blue. On the under side the ground-
colour has a decidedly greenish tinge and the large glandular patch,
which is so conspicuous in 7’. eyllarus, is entirely absent.

Expanse 54 inch.

Hab. Cayenne.

Type, Mus. Godman.

Easily distinguished by the absence of the glandular patch
below.

1907. | BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNID®. 597

THECLA PURPURANTES, Sp.n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 7.)

Male. Allied to 7. foyi Schaus*, from which it differs on the
upper side in the blue being of a greener shade and the lobe black,
not orange as in that species. On the under side the black and
white linear band on the hind wing is more angulated and more
distinct. On the fore wing the glandular patch is silky, opalescent,
straw-colour, darker towards its centre.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Peru!

Type, Mus. Druce.

There is also a specimen in the British Museum from the
Crowley Bequest.

Specimens of 7’. foyi have been placed in the British Museum
by Mr. Schaus, with which I have compared those now before me.

THECLA PHOSTER, sp.n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 8.)

Male. Allied to 7. ostrinus and 7’. eyllarus, from which latter it
is not distinguishable on the upper side, having the red spot in
the lobe. Onthe under side the ground-colour is much darker and
more shiny. The glandular patch is larger and of much the same
shade as the wings, whilst the silky scales surrounding it are much
rougher in appearance and are more extensive. On the hind wing
the submedian band is very prominent and more inclined to be
broken up into separate spots.

Expanse 1,5 inch.

Hab. Surinam.

Type, Mus. Druce.

THECLA PULCHRITUDO, sp.n. (Plate XXXYV. fig. 11.)

Male. Allied to J. ericeta Hew. t Upper side shining
violaceous blue, extending well beyond the cell in the fore wing.
Hind wing with the dark silky patch along the costal margin
much reduced. Under side: ground-colour uniform dark pearly
grey, inner margin of fore wing broadly paler. Fore wing: a
large darker glandular patch below the cell which is wholly pale
opalescent blue; an ultramedian whitish linear band, from near
the costa to the lower median nervule, and some submarginal
whitish shades which become more prominent towards the outer
angle. Hind wing with an ultramedian whitish linear band
commencing on the costal nervure much nearer to the apex than
in 7’. ericeta. The red anal spots are almost obsolete. Abdomen
blue above; pale below.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Amazons.

Type, Mus. Druce.

The position of the bands on the under side, together with the
opalescent blue cellular area to the fore wing serve to distinguish

* Thecla foyi Schaus, P. U.S. N. M. vol. xxiv. p. 417 (1902).
+ Thecla ericeta Hew. Ml. Diur. Lep. p. 104, pl. 44. figs. 177, 178.

598 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

this insect at once. The outer margins of both wings appear more
convex than in 7’. ericeta.

THECLA MULSUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXYV. fig. 10.)

Male. Allied to 7’. elana Hew.*, but differs in the upper side
being more purple in colour, and on the under side in the fore
wing being unmarked and the hind wing lacking the white spots
on the costal margin.

Female. Upper side pale crown ; inner margin of fore wing and
discal and basal areas of hind wing pale shining blue. Under side
as In male.

One long black tail in both sexes, tipped with white.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Tapajos, Amazons (Bates).

Types, Mus. Godman.

Also much like 7’. gadira Hew.7 on upper side, but has a tail.

THECLA LEVIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 14.)

Male. Upper side rich dark blue; costa of fore wing broadly
black at the base; apex and outer margins broadly black,
abdominal margin cream. <A small black brand at the end of the
cell. Under side: ground-colour rich cream, fore wing with basal
and discal area pale brown sharply defined at its outer edge. A
submarginal row of indistinct brownish lunules. Hind wing:, a
broad, median, irregular brown band, commencing on the costal
nervure, becoming broadest towards the centre of the disc, where
it 1s angulated and becomes linear to the middle of the anal
margin. A submarginal row of small distinct lunules. A bright
red spot at the anal angle and a smaller one between the lower
median nervules adjoining the brown lunule.

Abdomen black above; cream below. Hind wing without tails.

Expanse 1# inch.

Hab. Para, Amazons.

Type, British Museum.

Not closely allied to any species described, but may prove to
belong to the group which contains 7’. gadira Hew.7, although it
has a ‘smaller and circular brand.

THECLA CONCHYLIUM, sp.n. (Plate XXXYV. fig. 12.)

Male. Allied to T. norax G. & 8.£ Upper side: outer margins
more narrowly black, especially on the hind wing; brand on fore
wing much smaller, paler, and indistinct. On the under side the
red dot between the lower median nervules of the hind wing is
absent, whilst that at the anal angle is very minute.

Female. Upper side dark brown; inner margin of fore wing
and discal areas of hind wing shining blue. Under side as in male,
but with red marginal spot on hind wing as in 7’. gadira Hew. fT

* Thecla elana Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 170, pl. 67. figs. 482, 483.

t Thecla gadira Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 113. pl. 44. figs. 181, 182.
{ Thecla norax G. & S.,B. C.-A., Rhop. vol. ii. p. 59, pl. 55. fies. 17, 18 (1887).

1907. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNIDA. 1) BY)

Expanse It inch.

Hab. Rio’ Grande, Chapada Campo, Brazil (H. H. Smith).
Castro, Parana (#1. D. Jones). Paraguay (BZ).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Mr. Jones has shown me several specimens captured by himself.

It is also allied to 7. gadira Hew.

THECLA ATTALION.

Thecla attalion Godm. & Salv. B. C.-A., Lep. Rhop. i. p. 60,
pl. 55. figs. 19, 20 (1887).

This will probably prove to be the male of Hewitson’s
T. quaderna*, which again does not appear to differ from the
previously described vin leta; Edwards. Very few examples of
this group, for which the generic name Hora has been proposed
by Scudder, are to be found in collections, and before sinking any
of these names it is advisable to await the arrival of more
specimens.

THECLA SMARAGDUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 13.)

Male. Upper side: dull violaceous brown. Cilia brown,
outwardly whitish. Under side pale emerald-green; fore wing
with a fine white line from the costa to the lower median nervule ;
hind wing with a much broken fine white line from the costal to
inner margin, where it is inwardly bordered with a faint black
streak. A small red patch at the anal angle. Cilia of both wings
black outwar ely edged with white.

Expanse 5%, inch,

Hab. Chapada, Brazil (7. H. Smith). Castro, Parana
(ZH. D. Jones).

Type, Mus. Godman.

Allied to 7. bibia Hew. and 7. ares G. & S., but at once dis-
tinguished by the black cilia below.

Mr. E, Dukinfield Jones's collection contains a specimen of this
species.

'THECLA SESARA.

Thecla sesara Godm. & Salv. B. C.-A., Lep. Rhop. ii. p. 722,
joy MLLIL, ores, i (SOI).

Type, Mus. Schaus.

The name ‘“‘sesara” has been previously given to a species
belonging to another group of Thecla (B. C.-A. p. 90), but as both
may “eventually be placed in different genera, I refrain from
suggesting another name.

THECLA SELINA.
Thecla selina Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep., Lye. p. 118. pl. 50. fig. 255, 2 .
Hewitson separated this insect from 7’. pholews Cr. principally

* Thecla quaderna Hew. Descr. Lycen. p. 35 (1868).
+ Thecla leta Kdwards, P. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil 1862, p. 56.

600 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

owing to the different appearance of the female on the under side.
There is, however, in Mr. Godman’s collection a female from
Obydos, Amazons, which is identical with the form found in
Guiana and figured by Stoll.

I have examined a considerable number of males from Surinam
and Cayenne, and find that they always have three or four
separated blue spots on the hind wing belowas shown in Cramer's
figure, pl. 163. E. These spots are always absent in specimens
from Colombia, Brazil, and the Amazon regions.

There is a small race of males of both forms as regards the
under side, in which the blue of the upper surface has almost
entirely disappeared, leaving the wings brown like the female.
We have several such specimens from Surinam, whence there is
also one in the British Museum, whilst Mr. Godman has some from
Tapajos and Hga.

THECLA COLLUSTRA, sp. n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 15.)

Male. Upper side uniform dark grey with purple reflections.
Abdominal half of hind wing dull indigo-blue which, when held at
an angle, appears shining. Lobe small, with a central orange spot
almost surrounded by white. Cilia and abdominal fold pale grey.
Under side: ground-colour pale grey. Fore wing : an ultramedian
linear white band inwardly bordered with yellow and a submar-
ginal dark line. Hind wing: an ultramedian, linear, white line
commencing on the costa and reaching, much-angled, to the anal
margin, inwardly bordered with a black line and again with a
bright yellow line. A large orange marginal patch occupying
the space between the lower median nervules and beyond, paler
inwardly and supporting on its outer edge a small, distinct,
triangular black spot. Lobe black, crowned with white and again
by an elongate orange patch. Space between the lobe and tail
dusted with black and white scales. An anteciliary black line
inwardly bordered with white. Cilia of fore wing brownish, of
hind wing grey. ‘Tails black tipped with white. Abdomen dark
above, pale below.

Expanse 1| inch.

Hab. Caparo, W. Cent. Trinidad (#. Birch).

Type, Mus. Druce.

On the under side this insect is much like 7. lemuria Hew.*,
but on the upper side is quite different The outer margin of
the fore wing is somewhat convex, and I had thought that it
might be the female of that species, which is undescribed. But
a close examination has convinced me that I had before me the
male of another species which does not appear to be described.
The terminal joint of the palpi is comparatively short as is usual
in males.

Mr. Godman has two males of 7’. demwria, including the type.

* Thecla lemuria Hew. Descr. of Thecla, p. 10.

1907. | BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHINIDA. 601

THECLA PURPURITICUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 2.)

Male. Allied to 7’. empusa Hew.*, which it closely resembles on
the upper side. On the under side the ground-colowr is darker ;
the red crown to the black marginal spot between the lower
median nervules on the hind wing is entirely absent and the
orange area is much more extensive, the submarginal shades being
placed further in and close to the linear band.

Female. Ditters only from the male in the black area on the
upper side being slightly duller.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Interior of Colombia (J. Carder).

Types, Mus. Druce.

There is also a male in the British Museum from Bogota.

THECLA GENTIANA, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 1.)

Male. Much like 7. tarena Hew.v, but fore wing above with a
large, distinct, deep black oval patch, occupying the outer half of
the cell and inwardly bordered bya dark grey patch of differently
placed scales, the blue area being reduced to the extreme base.
Under side: ground-colour pale brown with sordid white linear
bands as in 7’. tarena, but straighter and less prominent, and the
red spot between the lower median nervules placed nearer to the
margin.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Bogota, Colombia.

Type, Mus. Druce.

Although this insect is much like 7’. tarena Hew. and 7”. em-
pusa Hew. at first sight, a closer examination shows it to be quite
distinct, and it may eventually prove to be not very nearly allied.

Messrs. Godman & Salvin have given the synonymy of 7. em-
pusa in B. C.-A., Rhop. il. p. 61.

THECLA PHILINNA.

Thecla philinna Hew. Deser. of Thecla, p. 19 (1868); Ill. Diur.
Lep. p. 138, pl. 55. figs. 334, 335 (1873).

Tmotus unilinea Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 192.

This isa variable species on the under side, some specimens
having the ground-colour almost pure white, whilst the spots on
some are rich dark brown and on others vary to golden yellow, in
some specimens very prominent and in others much reduced in
size and intensity. I have examined Mr. Kaye’s type in the
British Museum, and feel certain that it is only an extreme form.

Mr. Godman’s collection contains a good series from Mexico
(Atoyac, Vera Cruz, May, H. H. S.) to 8.E. Brazil, mcluding one
female from Panama (Calobre, Arcé) marked on the under side

like Mr. Kaye’s type.

* Thecla empusa Hew. Ill. Diur.fLep. p. 106, pl. 42. figs. 158, 159.
: Thecla tarena Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 176, pl. 69. fies, 515, 516.

602 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

No two specimens are identical, but the northern specimens
are usually, although not invariably, whitish on the under side.

This species is not included in the Biologia Centr.-Amer., as
Mr. Smith’s captures were doubtless received after the Zheclas
were completed, and the only example from Panama is a female.

THECLA VENUSTUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. figs. 3 g, 4 9.)

Male. Allied to 7. echion Linn. (crolus Cr.). Upper side shining
violaceous blue; costa and apical half of fore wing dark brown ;
a darker patch at the end of the cell. Hind wing: inner margin
narrowly brown, a fine anteciliary black line, inwardly bordered
by a white line towards the anal angle. Lobe black, with some
orange scales. Cilia of fore wing bright cupreous, of hind wing
brown at the apex, whitish towards the anal angle. Under side:
bands and spots arranged as in 7’. echion, but faintly outlined
with black although clearly bordered with white. The ultra-
median band on the fore wing is straighter and the ground-colour
is darker than usually obtains in 7’. echion.

Female. Upper side : fore wing pale brown, greyish at the base,
a large darker patch beyond end of the cell. Hind wing pale grey,
darker towards the base, slightly opalescent; inner margin broadly
pale brown. A marginal row of dark brown spots from the
apex to the anal angle where they become largest, placed between
the nervules. An anteciliary black line. Tails black, bordered
and tipped with white. Cilia of fore wing reddish brown, of
hind wing pale grey. Under side as in male, but ground-colour
paler.

Expanse, ¢ 11, 2 1,4 inch.

Hab. Chapada Campo, Brazil (H. H. Snuth).

Types, Mus. Godman.

Mr. Godman’s collection contains six specimens which show no
variation. The violaceous blue and the bright-coloured cilia
should easily distinguish this insect from its allies. The speci-
mens were captured in November and December.

THECLA LABES, sp. n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 6.)

Male. Upper side dull olivaceous brown ; a large black patch
occupying the whole of the cell of the fore wing; abdominal half
of hind wing suffused with greenish-blue scales when held at an
angle; abdominal margin brown. Cilia of fore wing brown, of
hind wing paler. Underside markings as in 7’. echion L.

Expanse 5%, inch.

Hab. Cunapo, Trinidad (f. birch).

Type, Mus. Druce.

At one time it appeared that this insect might be a diminutive
example of 7’. echion, which it closely resembles on the under side,
but the upper surface is so different that I think it requires a
name.

My. Birch captured it on 21st June.

1907. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNIDA. 603

THECLA LENITAS, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 5.)

Male. Upper side: fore wing uniform dull brown, paler towards
centre of disc, inner margin very narrowly dusted with blue.
Hind wing pale violaceous blue, with the costa, apex, and outer
margin rather broadly brown; abdominal fold paler brown. Cilia
of fore wing brownish, of hind wing white. Underside : ground-
colour uniform pale grey. Fore wing: a linear dark ultramedian
band, outwardly bordered with white, from the costa to the lower
median nervule, followed by a faint submarginal lunular line. <A
very fine anteciliary dark line. Cilia yellowish grey, darker at
the tips. Hind wing: a median linear band as on fore wing but
more sinuous, commencing on the costa and reaching to the
abdominal margin, followed by a submarginal faint lunular line
which becomes more distinct towards the anal angle. A black
anteciliary line from the apex to the anal angle broadest at the
base of the tails. Cilia pale grey. Tails blackish, tipped with
white.

Female. Upper side uniform dull brown. Under side as in male.

Expanse 5 Q 1-1} inch.

Hab. Chapada Campo, Brazil (H. 1. Smith); Paraguay (Perrens).
Mus. Druce.

Types, Mus. Godman.

A species with no brand or perceptible patch on the fore wing
and not allied to any with which I am acquainted, but perhaps
belonging to the group which contains 7’. dindymus Cv.

Mr. Smith’s specimens were captured in January and February.

THECLA STILBIA.
Thecla stilbia Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep., Lye. p. 107, pl. 39. fig. 127, 3.

This species is very near to 7’. dindymus Cr., but can be distin-
guished by the ultramedian linear band, which is common to both
wings on the under side, being composed of crescent-shaped
markings, and by possessing an extra dot on the costa placed
away towards the apex. We have several specimens from Espiritu
Santo, Brazil, agreeing with the type in the British Museum.
Mr. Godman also has a specimen from the same locality.
Hewitson does not state whence he received his type.

THECLA ORCYNTA.

Thecla orcynia Hew. Descr. Lye. p. 11; Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 121,
pl. 50. figs. 262-265.

Thecla anthracia Hew. Ml. ipitir. Lep. p. 166, pl. 65. figs. 461-3,
must be added to the synonymy of this species, the types from

Brazil not differmg in any important details from those from
Guatemala and (7. “‘aninw) from Venezuela.

THECLA AHOLA.

Thecla ahola Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 82, pl. 55. figs
(1867).

604 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

Thecla cordelia Hew. Kiquat. Lep. p. 64 (1870); Ill. Diur. Lep.
p. 165, pl. 65. figs. 453, 454, 2.

Hewitson described the male from Mexico and New Granada
and the female from Ecuador. Mr. Godman has two males from
Venezuela, whence we also have specimens, labelled Cucuta; we
have also a female from the interior of Colombia which is identical
with Hewitson’s type of 7’. cordelia. His figures of both sexes
are very indifferent.

THECLA MARMORIS, Sp. 0.

¢. Allied to 7’. ahola Hew.*, which it closely resembles on the
upper side, but differing on the under side in possessing a double
white bar at the end of the cell of the fore wing, and in the white
median line being strongly sinuous as on the hind wing, and the
submarginal grey band being composed of circular in place of
crescent-shaped lunules.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Colombia.

Type, British Museum.

THECLA GABATHA.

Thecla gabatha Hew. Equat. Lep. p. 62; Ll. Diur. Lep. p. 174,
pl. 68. figs. 504, 505.

Thecla balius Godm, & Salv. B. C.-A., Rhop. i. p. 65, pl. 56.
figs. 6, 7, 3 (1887).

An examination of the types of the two species described under
these names shows that they cannot be separated.

Tn addition to the localities already quoted for this insect I can
add Belize, British Honduras (Sir A. Moloney), Mus. Druce.

THECLA CANITUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 8.)

Male. Upper side: fore wing dark brown; inner margin dusted
with pale blue scales towards the base, a large black patch occu-
pying the outer half of the cell. Hind wing pale violaceous blue,
the costal half dark brown; a dark brown anteciliary line from
below the apex to the anal angle inwardly whitish. A dark
marginal spot between the lower median nervules followed by
another near the lobe, which is, however, absent in some specimens.
Lobe orange. Cilia of fore wing brownish, of hind wing white.

Under side: ground-colour pale brownish grey with whitish
marginal shades and rich brown spots and bands inwardly and
outwardly bordered with dark brown and again with white.
Fore wing: a mark at the end of the cell composed of two confluent
spots one above the other; beyond this, commencing on the costa
halfway to the apex and reaching to the lower median nervule, a
band composed of six confluent spots, the two lower spots being
placed further inwards. Hind wing: several basal spots, a double
linear streak at the end of the cell followed by a much broken
band from the costa to the abdominal margin; a triangular

* Thecla ahola Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 82, pl. 35. figs. 73, 74 (1867).

1907. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCENIDS. 605

black marginal spot crowned with orange, placed between the
lower median nervules. Lobe black, crowned with orange. A
dark anteciliary line common to both wings. Cilia of fore wing
brownish, of hind wing white.

Female. Upper side: fore wing uniform brown. Hind wing as
in male, blue area slightly less extensive basally and rather paler.
Under side as in male.

Expanse, ¢ 144, 2 14 inch.

Hab. Paraguay.

Types, Mus. Druce.

5 $6 g, 12, Mus. Druce; ¢ Q, British Museum (Crowley
Bequest).

Although a very much smaller insect, I believe it to be allied

to 7’. oreala Hew.*, to which it has many points of resemblance.

THECLA NISHE.

Thecla nisee Godm., & Salv. Biol. Cent.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 67,
pl. 56. figs. 8, 9.

The black apex on the upper side of the fore wing of this
species (which is spelt nicwe on the plate) varies a good deal in
extent, but this does not appear to be confined to any particular
locality, although those from N. Granada are perhaps breadest.

In addition to the localities given, Mr. Godman has a male
from Rio Juntas, Bolivia, 3000 feet.

T. galliena Hew., a closely allied species, is described from
Chontales, but is not included in B. C.-A.

THECLA AHOLIBA.

Thecla aholiba Hew. Ul. Diur. Lep. p. 82, pl. 35. figs. 76, 77
(1867).

Thecla critides Schaus, P.-U.8. Nat. Mus. vol. xxiv. p. 417
(1902).

Hab. Venezuela; New Granada.

I have examined the specimen in Mr. Godman’s collection
labelled ‘ aratas,” which is referred to by Mr. Schaus, and find it
is identical with Hewitson’s type of 7. aholiba. There is a
specimen in the British Museum from the Crowley Collection and
we also possess a male; both these are from Venezuela.

THECLA UPUPA, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 7.)

Male. Much like 7. epopea Hew.t Fore wing shorter, outer
margin more convex; hind wing less produced anally. Upper
side: blue areas brighter, not lutescent and less violaceous ; fore
wing, black costal and apical areas broader and more clearly
defined. Under side: ground-colour darker. Fore wing: inner
white line placed more obliquely and breaking into a separate
streak near the inner margin; outer white line more continuous
and commencing nearer to the apex. Hind wing: both lines

* Thecla oreala Hew. Descr. of Lycznide, p. 27 (1868).
+ Thecla epopea Hew. Equat. Lep. p. 61.

606 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

very irregular and broken into short streaks; a small white
spot situated at the junction of the lower median nervule ; red
anal areas much less prominent.

Female. Differs only from male in outer margin of hind wing
above being more broadly black.

Expanse 1,4, inch.

Hab. R. Susio, Costa Rica (HZ. Rogers).

Types, Mus. Godman.

The specimen here described, which I suppose to be the female,
appears to have the terminal joint of the palpi shorter than in the
male.

Also allied to 7’. epopeodes Schaus (P. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xxiv.
p. 412, 1902) from Mexico, which I know from the description

only.

THECLA PICUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 9.)

Female. Upper side: fore wing blackish brown, extreme base
of cell and inner margin for about three-fourths its length, and
extending up to the median nervure, pale shining blue. Hind
wing pale shining blue ; apex and outer margin narrowly brown ;
cilia towards anal angle white, tipped with brown. Lobe
brown. Under side: ground-colour greyish brown with white
bands and spots. Fore wing: a white inwardly dark-bordered
band beyond the end of the cell obliquely from the costa to
the iower median nervule (below which is a distinct median
white dash) followed by a sinuous, white, outwardly dark-
bordered band; patches of white scales below the apex and
above the submedian nervure towards the margin. Hind
wing: a median, white, inwardly dark-bordered, broken band,
inwardly curved on the costa, outwardly curved below and
angled to the anal margin. A white discal spot and another on
the anal margin, near the base. An ultramedian, much broken,
outwardly dark-bordered white line commencing on the costa,
joining the median band towards the centre of the wing and
again angled towards the anal margin below. A dark-red patch
crowning a minute black spot above the apex, and another more
distinct red patch and small black spot between the lower median
nervules placed some distance from the margin and adjoining the
ultramedian line. An anteciliary black lne towards the anal
angle inwardly bordered by a white line. Cilia long, grey, and
with a whitish central line. Lobe black, crowned with white and
with the area above it slightly cupreous. Tails black, with white
tips. Legs white-spotted.

Expanse | inch.

Hab. Roraima, British Guiana (H. Whitely).

Type, Mus. Godman.

On the under side this insect is marked somewhat like 7’. epopea
Hew., but without the male it is impossible to determine whether
it is allied to that species or not. The red patch above the apex
on hind wing below is a curious character.

1907.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHZNIDA. 607

THECLA CLEPSYDRA, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 10.)

Male. Upper side uniform violaceous blue; costa, apex, and
outer margins broadly dark brown ; a fine submarginal blue line
and some blue scales towards anal angle of hind wing. Cilia
concolorous with wings. An indistinct, slightly darker brown
patch, occupying the outer half of the cell of the fore wing and
apparently bordered on its costal edge by a linear brand-like mark
which is only visible in certain lights. On the under side this
insect resembles 7’. odinws Godm. & Salv.*, but the ground-colour
is darker and the pale linear marking at the end of the cell of the
fore wing is absent; the inner line on the hind wing is reduced
to a blue spot near the costa and the median line is sinuous, much
broken and less angulated, and the red anal patches are entirely
absent. The lobe is largely black, and there is a marginal patch
of blue scales between the lower median nervules.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Bogota, Colombia.

Type, British Museum ; received from the Crowley Bequest.

THECLA HESPERITIS.

Bithys hesperitis Butl. & Druce, Cist. Ent. i. p. 107 (1872);
Lep. Exot. p. 159, pl. 57. fig. 14 (1873).

Thecla lugubris Mésch. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxvi. p. 301,
tabb. 3, 4 (1876).

T. cabiria Hew. Ul. Diur. Lep. p. 195, pl. 77. figs. 623, 624
(1877).

ee perdistincta Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 194, pl. 18.
fig. 18.

Messrs. Godman and Salvin place 7’. dugubris Mosch. as a
synonym, and 7. cabiria Hew. must also be added, the types
being quite indistinguishable from many specimens before me from
Guiana, Colombia, and Santarem.

The species varies considerably in size.

Mr. Kaye has kindly lent me his type from Trinidad, which I
have no doubt is a female, and which does not differ in any way
from many specimens from Central America and from Venezuela
before me. Mr. Kaye compares it with 7. beon Cr., from which
it is of course quite distinct.

THECLA ARUMA.

Thecla arwma Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 192, pl. 75. figs. 609, 610
(1877).

Mr. Godman has specimens from Guiana (Roraima and Carimang
River) obtained by Whitely.

As pointed out by Hewitson, the red spots near anal angle of
hind wing below vary a good deal in colour and are sometimes
nearly obsolete.

* Thecla odinus G. &S., B. C.-A., Lep. Rhop. vol. ui. p. 70, pl. 56. figs. 20, 21
(1887).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. X LI. Al

608 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

THECLA PARTUNDA.

Thecla partunda Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 206, pl. 72. figs. 685,
686 (1877

Thecla origo Godman & Salvin, Biol. Cent.-Am., Lep. Rhop. i.
p. 73, pl. 56. figs. 32, 33 (1887).

Amongst Mr. Godman’s series of 7. origo are specimens
agreeing exactly with Hewitson’s type on both surfaces.

THEGLA VITRUVIA.

Thecla vitruvia Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 193, pl. 77. fig. 613
(1877).

Hab. Para, Brazil.

This insect so far as I know is unique, as I am unable to find
any specimens which agree exactly with the type in the British
Museum. The next four here described are closely allied and
may eventually prove to be forms of 7’. vitruvia, but for the
present it appears to me advisable to keep them distinct.

The shade of blue in all is much the same and the black outer
marginal border to the hind wing above is of equal width.

Tr fortuna is exactly like 7’. vitruvia on the upper side, but the
spot close to the line on the hind wing below is red, in place of
dark brown (almost black) in that species.

T. torqueor has a blue patch on the mner margin of the fore
wing above equally divided by the submedian nervure and is
without any blue scales in the cell. On the under side it resembles
T. fortuna.

T. indigo has the inner margin of the fore wing above blue only
below the submedian nervure. On the under side the anal spots
are brown.

T. anfracta is without the blue on the fore wing, and on the
under side resembles 7’. vitrwvia.

THECLA FORTUNA, Sp. 0.

Male. Resembles 7’. vitruvia Hew. on both surfaces, but the
spot close to the line on the hind wing below is red in place of
dark brown.

Expanse 11 inch.

Hab. Yurimaguas, Peru ; Tapajos, Amazons (Bates).

Types, Mus. Godman.

THECLA, TORQUEOR, sp. 0.

Male. Differs from 7. vitruvia Hew. in the blue on the upper
side being somewhat lighter in shade and on the fore wing
reduced to-a patch on the inner margin. Under side as in
T. fortuna.

Expanse 1,8; inch.

Hab. Carimang River, British Guiana (4. Whitely).

Type, Mus. Godman.

Whitely obtained a series of specimens which do not differ.

1907. | BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNIDA. 609

THECLA INDIGO, sp. n.

Male. Upper side differs from that of 7’. viéruvia Hew. in the
fore wing being marked bya narrow blue streak only on the
inner margin below the submedian nervure. On the under side
the anal spots are brown and the submarginal shades and lunules
on both wings are more clearly defined.

Expanse | inch.

Hab. Chapada Campo, Brazil (7. H. Smith).

Type, Mus. Godman.

This insect is a good deal smaller than its allies. Captured by
Mr. Smith in January.

THECLA ANFRACTA, Sp. n.

Male. Allied to 7. vitruvia Hew. Differs on upper side in
the fore wing being wholly greenish black. Under side as in
T. vitrurvia.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Chancamayo, Peru (H. Whitely).

Type, Mus. Godman.

THECLA THAMA.

Thecla thama Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 189, pl. 75. figs. 591,
592 (1877).

Hewitson’s type, although stated by him to be in Mr. Grose
Smith’s collection, cannot be found there, and is doubtless the
specimen labelled “tama” now in the Hewitson Collection in
the British Museum. The Museum Collection also contains a
specimen from Bogota.

THECLA ATROX.

Thecla atrox Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 140.

This insect probably belongs to the group which contains
T’. thama Hew.

Mr. Godman has specimens from the Carimang River, British
Guiana (IWhitely), and from Cayenne, also from Santarem and
Tapajos. We have it also from Cayenne and from Juhety,
Amazons. The female appears to differ only from the male in
being paler on both surfaces.

THECLA BEON.

Papilio beon Cr. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 319. figs. B, C.

Tmolus isobeon Butl. & Druce, Cist. Ent. i. p. 108.

Thecla bactra Hew. Ill. Diur: Lep. p. 194, pl. 77. figs. 619, 620.

Thecla caulonia Hew. ibid. p. 188, pl. 75. figs. 587, 588.

Thecla vibulena Hew. ibid. p. 190, pl. 76. figs. 599, 600, 601,
602, 603.

Thecla bellera Hew. ibid. p. 194, pl. 77. fig. 618.

Messrs. Godman and Salvin (Biol. Cent.-Am., Lep. Rhop. i.
p. 75) have pointed out that the first three names are synonymous,

41*

610 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

and after examining the types of the remaining three, I am of
the same opinion as regards them, 7’, bellera has the median
band on the under side narrow and browner, but I can distin-
euish no characteristic of sufficient importance to separate 1b.

Mr. W, J. Kaye writes (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 192) that he
has four large males taken at Verdant Vale (in Trinidad) which
scarcely have any blue on the fore wing except on the inner
margin; one male is the bactra of Hew., etc. My own opinion is
that. the male never has any trace of blue on the fore wing and
that all those specimens which have blue on the fore wing are
females.

This is the southern form of 7. cecrops Fab., and 1s evidently
regarded as the same species by Scudder in his work ‘The
Butterflies of the Eastern United States and Canada,’ vol. 111.
p- 1821 (1889), as he records it from Guatemala and Panama.

THECLA SANGALA.

Thecla sangala Hew. Deser. of Thecla, p. 35 (1868).

Thecla sangala Hew. Il. Diur. Lep., Ly cenide, p. 132, pl. 54.
figs. 314, 315 (1869).

Thecla autoclea Hew. ibid. p- 194, pl. 77. figs: 616, 617 (1877):

Thecla autoclea Godm. & Salv. B. Gan, Rhop. iis Js UO, [Oo Dif.
figs. 9, 10 (1887).

I can find no points of difference between the type of 7’. autoclea,
which is without doubt a female, and that of the previously
described 7’. sangala except in size. Venezuelan specimens of
both sexes appear to be rather larger than those from Central
America. Hewitson’s figures are rather different, but the figure
of the upper side of 7’. autoclea (617) is too highly coloured.

THECLA LORINA.

Thecla lorina Hew. Il. Diur. Lep. p. 181, pl. 71. figs. 539, 540.

The type and another in poor condition are now in Mr.
Godman’s collection and are the only specimens I have seen.
They were formerly in the Kaden Collection, and may have come
from Venezuela, but their origin is not recorded. Hewitson
states that he describes the male, but Iam of opinion that both
are females.

‘THECLA PERISUS, Sp. N.

Male. Upper side uniform dull Neen ; a small orange spot at
anal angle of hind wing. Under side: ground-colour pale brown
with linear white-edged bands and shades as in denarius
Butler & Druce*, but with the ultramedian band on the fore
wing parallel with the outer margin, not placed obliquely as in
that species.

Expanse 11 inch.

* Tmolus denarius Butl. & Druce, Cist. Ent. i. p. 109.

nO Oey BULTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCENIDA. 611

Hab. Venezuela.

Type, Mus. Godman.

The type was formerly in the Kaden Collection and has a M8.
label attached to it, “ perisws Moritz.” Allied to 7’. denarius,
but distinguished by the absence of the cupreous on the fore wing
above and the pale ground-colour below.

THECLA CALLAO, sp. n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 11.)

Male. Upper side—Fore wing dull cupreous, with the costa,
apex, and outer margin pale brown. Hind wing pale brown,
slightly cupreous over the abdominal and basal areas which
are thickly clothed with yellowish hairs. Cilia of both wings
long, pale brown and whitish towards anal angle of hind wing;
tail brown, tipped with white. Underside—Fore wing dark
brownish grey, a very faint double mark at the end of the cell;
a linear ultramedian russet-brown band, outwardly edged with
pale grey, reaching from the costa almost to the submedian
nervure. A submarginal row of minute pale grey crescent-shaped
lunules. <A fine antecilary dark line. Cilia dark grey. Hind
wing: a sinuous, median, russet-brown line outwardly edged with
pale grey, commencing on the costal margin and angled above the
lobe to the abdominal margin; the ground-colour within this
linear band is very dark, ain without it very pale, becoming
darker again towards the mar ein. A submarginal row of pale
lunules as in fore wing and a marginal row of dark shades. A small
black, red-crowned spot between the lower median nervules,
followed by a patch of bluish-grey and black scales. Lobe black,
crowned by a small red spot and a white dot. Abdomen dark
above, pale straw-colour below.

Female. Upper side pale brown. Fore wing slightly cupreous
over discal areas. Hind wing with faint indication of a red spot
on margin between lower median nervules. Under side as in
male but paler.

Expanse ¢ 9 1,4 imch.

Hab. Callao, Peru (Walker).

Types, Mus. Godman.

Several specimens were captured by Commander J. J. Walker,
and | am unable to trace that it has been described.

THECLA RUGATUS, Sp. n.

Male. Upper side uniform dull olivaceous brown; abdominal
areas of hind wing thickly clothed with cupreous hairs and a
small orange spot in the lebe. Cilia concolorous with wings but
whitish towards lobe. Under side: ground-colour uniform pale
olivaceous brown, with a common, nearly straight, distinct, rather
broad, linear dark orange band, outwardly bordered by a fine
black line and again by a clear white line and angled above the
lobe to the abdominal margin. A submarginal row of dark
shades to both wings. A large bright orange spot between the
lower median nervules on the hind wing surmounting a black

612 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

marginal spot. A patch of greyish scales beyond. Lobe black,
crowned by an orange streak and a minute white dot. Abdomen
brown above, white below.

Female. Upper side paler than in male; hind wing with orange
marginal spots between veins one and two and two and three.
Under side as in male, but ground-colour paler and orange band
broader.

Expanse, ¢ 1,),, 2 1 inch.

Hab. Vina, N.W. Peru, 5500 ft. (0. 7. Baron).

Types, Mus. Godman.

Allied to 7’. denxarius Butl. & Druce, and 7’. sethon G.& §., but
has many points of distinction.

THECLA NUBILUM, sp. n.

Male. Allied to 7. sethon G. & 8.* Upper side uniform dark
blackish brown with no cupreous on the discal areas, a minute
orange spot on lobe. Under side: ground-colour of a greyer
shade and the transverse bands much narrower, straighter in the
fore wing, and placed nearer to the outer margins. ‘Tails black,
tipped with white.

Expanse 1,%5 inch.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil (#7. D. Jones).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Mr. Jones obtained a series of this insect, which was considered
by Mr. Schaus to be 7. suada Hew., but that name was sunk by
Hewitson himself as a synonym of his 7’. ceromia, Ul. D. Lep.
p. 207, which belongs to another group.

THECLA CUPA, Sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 12.)

Male. Upper side much like 7. laconia Hew. ¢ 7, but blue
extending over cell of fere wing, and costal margin of hind wing
more broadly black. A small indistinct circular brand at the
end of the cell of fore wing, in place of the elongate oval brand of
T. laconia. Under side with markings and shades much as in
T. lacona ; ground-colour paler and the transverse bands on both
wings inwardly bordered with brown, that on the fore wing
having its lower half placed further out towards the margin.

Female. Upper side uniform dull brown; under side as in male.

Expanse, ¢ 155, 2 3% inch.

Hab. Rio Grande, Brazil.

Types, Mus. Druce.

It is also much like 7. ophia, Hew. = (the type of which to-
gether with that of 7’. laconia is now in Mr. Godman’s collection),
but that insect is without the brand on the fore wing. The
discal spot on the fore wing of 7’. ophia mentioned by Hewitson
is very difficult to see, but can be best observed by holding the
insect against a strong light.

* Thecla sethon G. &S., B.C.-A., Lep. Rhop. vol. ii. p. 77, pl. 57. figs. 14, 15 (1887).

+ Thecla laconia Hew. Deser. of Thecla, p. 10.
< Dhecla ophia, Hew. ibid. p. 6.

OTe BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNIDA. 613

THECLA ATRIUS.

Theela atrius * Herr.-Schiiff. Exot. Schmett. figs. 53-54.

Tmolus clitumnus Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 140, pl. 3.
fig. 6.

Dr. Butler’s type does not differ im any way from the well-
known 7’. afrius, and in the British Museum was latterly placed
by him under that name.

THECLA CALOR, Sp. 0.

Male. Closely allied to 7’. atrius Herr.-Schatf. Upper side :
fore wing dull dark greyish brown, not black as in that species ;
hind wing pale shining blue, costal margin narrowly whitish.
Anal margin whitish, cilia pale. Under side as in 7’. atrius, but
linear bands on both wings inwardly edged with vermilion and
proadest on hind wing. Abdomen pale on both surfaces.

Female. Upper side uniform dull brown ; inner marginal area
of hind wing bluish grey. A small red spot in the lobe. Under
side as in male, but ground-colour paler.

Expanse ¢ 1yty inch.

Hab. Brazil, Tapajos River ; Chapada Campo (4. H. Smith).
Mus. Godman.

Types, Mus. Druce.

Mr. Smith’s specimens were captured in November and
December.

THECLA PETAURISTER, Sp. 0.

Male. Upper side: differs from 7’. calor by inner margin of
fore wing being pale shining blue, extending upwards almost to
the lower median nervule. Under side as in 7’. aérius.

Expanse | inch.

Hab. Quonga, British Guiana (Whitely).

Type, Mus. Godman.

We have a specimen which was formerly in the Kaden
Collection which is identical with the type but is without
locality.

The last three forms and indeed the following may eventually
prove conspecific with 7. atrius.

THECLA Cos, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 13:2)

Male. Allied to 7. atrius H.-S. Upper side: fore wing black,
slightly olivaceous in tone; hind wing rich dark shining blue,
with the costal, outer and inner margins broadly black. A dull
red dot in the lobe. Under side as in 7. atrius.

Female like male, but blue area paler, less shining and more
restricted.

Expanse d Q 15 inch.

Hab. Bartica, British Guiana (4. S. Parish); British Guiana

* Misspelt “ atnius” by Hewitson and Kirby.

614 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

(Whitely), Mus. Druce; Tapajos River (Bates), Mus. Godman
& Brit. Mus.
Type, Mus. Druce.

THECLA CENTORIPA.

Thecla centoripa Hew. Deser. of Lyceenide, p. 23 (1868); Il.
Diur. Lep. p. 183, pl. 73. figs. 562-563 (1874).
Theela hahneli Stand. Exot. Schmett. p. 286, pl. 97 (1888).

The linear spot at the end of the cell, citiinome described by
Hewitson, is not shown in as figure. Staudinger’s figure shows
it distinctly.

THECLA OLERIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 14.)

Male. Upper side dull uniform brown, slightly olivaceous in
tone. Under side bright green, inner margin of fore wing
(which is without markings) greyish. Hind wing: a paler green
mark at the end of the cell and a faint linear ultramedian
tortuous line inwardly bordered with a faint black line, from the
costal margin just before the apex to the abdominal margin. A
minute black dot at the extreme anal angle faintly crowned with
yellowish. A minute green spot between the eyes. Palpi grey,
with black hairs; terminal joint black, clubbed, with white tips.
Thorax and Slboneia greyish.

Expanse 5, inch.

Hab. 8. Paraguay (Perrens).

Type, Mus. Godman.

This little insect is perhaps allied to 7’. gabina G. & 8.* and has

a short tail as in that species, but is without the blue areas on
the upper side and is different below. In 7. gabina the space
between the eyes is bright green, as are the palpi.

THECLA CHSPES, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 18.)

Female. Allied to 7’. lampetia G. & 8.7 Upper side dark
cerulean blue, with costa, apex, and outer margins of both wings
blackish grey. Head, collar, space between the eyes, tegule and
base of costal margin of fore wing bright shining bronze-green.
Extreme costal edge of fore wing cupreous brown. Cilia of fore
wing bright cupreous brown, algo of hind wing from apex to
lower median nervule, whence it becomes white Soin black tips
to anal angle. ‘Tail black tipped with white. Under side uniform
dull bronze-green, the green scales apparently overlying a pale
cupreous ground- _solem. Inner margin of fore wing broadly pale
cupreous. White linear bands are deep red spots much as in
T. lampetia, but red spot below median nervure absent. Abdomen
blackish above, cupreous below. Palpi emerald-green, terminal
joint short, black and pale-tipped. Legs distinctly black and
white spotted.

Expanse 15/5 inch.

* Thecla gabina G. & S., B.C.-A., Lep. Rhop. vol. 11. p. 82, pl. 57. figs. 20, 21 (1887).
+ Thecla lampetia G. & 8., 18, (Ch TAG, Lep. Rhop. vol. ii. p. 83 (188 7).

1907. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNIDA. 615

Hab. La Paz, Bolivia (Garlepp).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Distinguished at once from Thecla lampetia by the cupreous
cilia, that species having them concolorous with the wings. The
type of 7. lampetia is in bad condition, and it is not possible te
say whether the tegule and base of fore wing are bronze-green as
in the species above described, but I can discover no trace of it.

THECLA BADETA.

Thecla badeta Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 146, pl. 58. figs. 365—
366, & p. 202, pl. 80. figs. 657-658 (1873).

This is a puzzling species, and very little more is known about
it than in Hewitson’s time. More recent female specimens
contained in Mr. Godman’s collection from Colombia and from
Paraguay (Perrens) are all slightly tinted with blue on the upper
side, but do not appear to differ below. Messrs. Godman &
Salvin (B. C.-A. p. 83) consider that 7. badeta is a uniform
brown insect. Mr. Godman has two, ¢ 2, from Rincon, Guerrero,
Mexico, 2800 feet, captured in October by Mr. H. H. Smith:
both are exactly alike on the under side; the female has the
inner marginal half of the fore wing and the whole of the hind
wing dull blue. The upper side of the male is a dark shining
uniform purple-blue with the costa and apex of the fore wing
black, whilst the hind wing is without the tail, which is present on
the lower median nervule in all the females I have examined, and
the cilia appear to be quite perfect.

Thecla carla Schaus* from Colombia may be allied to this
species. The male only is described and as without tails, but the
reddish outer line on hind wing below seems to distinguish it.

THECLA THESPIA.

Thecla thespia Hew. Kquat. Lep. P- 65 (1870); Tl. Diur. Lep.
p. 165, pl. 65. figs. 455-456 (1874), ¢

Hanoi. Upper side pale shining i elt blue; costa, apex,
and outer margin of fore wing and apex of hind wing broadly
dark grey. Under side as in male, but ground-colour mmuch paler
and red patches towards anal angle more extensive and confluent.

Hab. Pebas, Upper Amazons. Mus. Godman.

THECLA PHOTISMOS, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 15.)

Male. Allied to 7. thespia Hew. Upper side brilliant, shining
cerulean blue; apex and outer margin of fore wing broadly, and
apex of hind wing narrowly, blackish brown. Under side greenish
grey with white bands as in 7’. thespia, but without the red spot
near the apex of the hind wing, and with one large red area near
the anal angle containing a deep black marginal spot between the
lower median nervules. Palpi white, terminal joint long and
slender, black.

* Thecla carla Schaus, P. U.S. N. M. vol. xxiv. p. 408 (1902).

616 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

Expanse 11 inch. °

Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley).

Type, Mus. Godman.

This species, like many others of the group, has distinct white
inner borders to the eyes.

Thecla bosora Hew. (Equat. Lep. p. 66; Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 166,
pl. 65. figs. 459-460, 1874) is perhaps allied to the two pre-
ceding species, but has a large dark discal spot on the upper
side of the fore wing, and a narrow white line closing the cell of
the same wing below which is not mentioned by Hewitson and is
not shown in his figure. Mr. Godman has three males from
Sarayacu, Ecuador, collected by Buckley.

THECLA TEGULA.

Thecla teqgula Hew. Descr. of Theela, p. 4; Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 129,
pl. 52. figs. 291, 292 (1869).

Female. Differs from the male in being without the long discal
brand of the fore wing and the bluish-grey scales near the anal
angle of the hind wing.

Hab. Amazons (Bates).

Mr. Godman’s collection now contains Hewitson’s type (male)
and the female here described.

THECLA MANTICA, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. figs. 16 g, 17 9.)

Male. Upper side—Fore wing dark brown; basal half of inner
margin pale greyish blue extending upwards to median nervure.
A large dull black oval brand occupying most of the cell and
surrounded by greyish silky scales. (In some specimens this
black brand becomes dark buff, which appears to be caused by the
black scales having dropped or been rubbed off.) Hind wing:
discal area pale greyish blue; costal, apical, and outer margins
broadly dark brown; bluish marginal scales and a black ante-
ciliary line from median rervure to submedian nervure. Lobe
and above it dark orange-red. Cilia of fore wing brown; of hind
wing brown to median nervure, whence it becomes whitish tipped
with brown to anal angle. Under side—ground-colour uniform
pale brown. Fore wing: an ultramedian linear band composed
of separated black markings outwardly bordered with white.
Hind wing: a rather broad outer marginal band composed of
dark red irregular patches and separated by the nervules, from
the apex to the anal angle. Within this band are several black
dots outwardly edged with pure white and irregularly placed,
whilst the apical end of the said band is bordered on both sides
by black and again by white. Cilia as on upper side. ‘Tails
black, tipped with white.

Female. Upper side uniform dark brown; basal areas of both
wings dusted with a few bluish scales. A submarginal grey line
on hind wing from upper median nervule to lobe. Lobe and the
two interspaces beyond with dark orange-red spots. (In some

1907. | BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCANIDH. 617

specimens the lobe only is red.) Cilia as in male. Abdomen
rown above, pale ae

Expanse ¢ @ 14-12 inch.

Hab, Chapada eos Brazil (2. H. Smith), September and
November.

Types, Mus. Godman.

Mr. H. H. Smith obtained a good series of this curious species,
but Mr. E. D. Jones, who collected in this district for some years,
informs me that he never met with it.

THECLA CHSARIES, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. £9.)

Male. Allied to 7. ledea Hew. *, but smaller. Upper side dark
indigo-blue, with apex and outer margins of both wings broadly
black. Uhadlere side: ground-colour steely grey, with fhe yellow
anal area as in 7’. ladleaa, but more extensive, and the ultramedian
line on both wings placed further in and in the hind wing touching
the white mark at the end of the cell.

Expanse 1% inch.

Hab. Bartica, British Guiana (H. S. Parish).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Mr. Godman has a female specimen labelled ‘Santa Martha”
which may belong to this species, but the ground-colour below is
a creamy shade and the brownish inner border to the linear bands
is wider, so that in the absence of the male it must remain doubt-
ful. The female of 7. ledwa is undescribed. 7. cesaries, like
T’. ledeea, is without any trace of a brand.

THECLA PALUMBES, Sp. 0.

Male. Allied to 7. cerata Hew.7, which it closely resembles on
the upper side. On the under side it is quite different, being
entirely without the distinct linear band common to both wings,
also the red spot within its angles towards the anal margin of
hind wing. The ground-colour is more creamy and less shining.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Cayenne, Guiana.

Type, Mus. Godman.

The type has a red spot in the lobe above, but this is not a
constant character in 7’. cerata.

THECLA PENNATUS, Sp. 0.

Male. Allied to 7. anthora Hew.£ Upper side uniform dark
brown, with inner margin of fore wing narrowly, and discal and
basal areas of hind wing shining opalescent indigo-blue. Under
side: ground-colour duller; the linear bands narrower, placed
further in from the margin and in the hind wing not inwardly
bordered with red. The upper red marginal spot with the black
pupil of 7. anthora is absent, and the large red spot contained

* Thecla ledea Hew. Descr. of Thecla, p. 8.

if Thecla cerata Hew. Il. Diur. Lep. p. 191, pl. 76. figs. 607, 608 (1877).
t Thecla anthora Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 191, pl. 76. fio. 604-606.

618 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

in the angle of the ultramedian band is replaced by a black,
smaller spot.

Female. Upper side uniform dull dark brown; under side as
in male.

Expanse, ¢ 11, 9 1,45 inch.

Hab. Amazons: Tapajos, Ega, Para (Bates).

Types, Mus. Godman,

This insect, which I believe to be quite distinct, was separated
by Bates, but does not appear to have received a name.

THECLA PISIDULA, Sp. 0.

Male. Allied to 7’. pisis, G.& S.* Upper side dark indigo-blue
with ill-defined narrow black margins. Under side much as in
T. pisis, but with ground-colour darker and more olivaceous and
the twin red patch on hind wings reduced to a single dul! red,
much reduced spot between the lower median nervules.

Female. Upper side: discal areas suffused with pale blue,
especially on hind wing and along inner margin of fore wing.
Under side: ground- colour paler than in male and mar ginal shades
in both wings more prominent.

Expanse, ¢ 11, 9 1,4, inch.

Hab. Rio Grande, Brazil.

Types, Mus. Druce.

Different on both surfaces from 7’, pisis.

THECLA INSTITA, Sp. 0.

Male. Upper side rich dark brown without purplish reflections.
Under side as in 7. pisidula, but ground-colour darker.

Expanse 1,), inch.

Hab, Chapada Campo, Brazil (7. H. Smith), January and
March.

Type, Mus. Godman.

Mr. Smith captured two specimens. On the upper side it
closely resembles 7’. puppius G. & 8.7, but 1s browner and is
different below.

THECLA MELEAGER, Sp. 1.

Male. Allied to 7. pisis G. & 8., which it closely resembles on
the upper side; but on the under side the ground-colour is dark
greenish grey, the red spots on the hind wing are less extensive
and darker, and the black spots larger and more prominent.

Female as male, slightly paler.

Expanse as 7’. pisis.

Hab. Surinam.

Types, Mus. Druce.

This is probably the southern form of 7. pists and should
perhaps be treated as a subspecies. We have a series of seven
specimens which do not vary.

* Thecla pisis G. & S., B. C.-A., Lep. Rhop. vol. ii. p. 84, pl. 57. figs. 24, 25 (1887).
+ Thecla puppius, G. & S., B. Cal\ Lep. Rhop. vol. ii. p. 84 (1887).

1907.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYC4NID&. 619

THECLA CELMUS.

Papilio celmus Cr. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 55. figs. G, H.

Tmolus pereza Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 140.

Dr. Butler's type in the British Museum does not differ in any
way from Cramer’s insect.

THECLA EMENDATUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 20.)

Male. Allied to 7. carnica Hew.* Upper side lighter and
brighter blue, apex of fore wing broadly and evenly black; costa
and apex of hind wing less broadly black than in T. carnica.
Under side as in 7. carnica, with the white marginal shades
somewhat more prominent.

Expanse 5%, inch.

Hab. Rio Juntas, Bolivia, 3000 feet (Garlepp).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Also in the British Museum from Bolivia (Crowley Bequest).
Distinguished at once by its broad black apex. It is also much
like 7’. seudiga Hew.7 on the under side, but differs above.

THECLA DICHA.

Thecla dicea Hew. Il. Diur. Lep. p. 179, pl. 70. figs. 531, 532
(1874).

Thecla farmina Schaus, P. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xxiv. p. 421
(1902).

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil (#. D. Jones).

Mr. Jones has lent me a co-type of Mr. Schaus’s insect, which
I quite fail to distinguish from Hewitson’s type in the British
Museum. Mr. Schaus describes a female; Hewitson a male. If
both are correct, there is no difference between the sexes.
Hewitson does not give a locality.

THECLA CALCHINIA.

Thecla calchinia Hew. Deser. of Thecla, p. 21 (1868); Tl. Diur.
Lep. p. 145, pl. 57. figs. 359, 360.

Male. Upper side uniform dull brown, with a dark marginal
spot on hind wing between lower median nervules crowned with
dull red.

Hab. Amazons, Ega and Para (Sates); British Guiana, Roraima
(Whately). Mus. Godman.

In the male specimen from British Guiana referred to above
the blue areas are rather less extensive and less violaceous.

THECLA DOLIUM, sp. 0.

Male. Much like 7. fabulla Hew.t Upper side: basal half of
fore wing and whole of hind wing (excepting costal margin which
is narrowly greyish brown) dull purplish blue, brilliant in some

Thecla carnica Hew. Ml. Diur. Lep. p. 148, pl. 57. fig. 352 (1873).
Thecla seudiga Hew. ibid. p. 152, pl. 60. figs. 397, 398 (1874).
Thecla fabulla Hew. Descr. of Thecla, p. 20 (1868).

t4+—-b

620 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

lights. The brand at the end of the cell is circular and simple,
not compound as in 7’. fabulla. Under side with markings much
like 7’. fabulla, but paler and more distimetly edged with white.
The transverse band of the fore wing is more irregular and
appears to be closer to the end of the cell, whilst that on the hind
wing appears to be less inclined to break up into spots. The
eround-colour is palerand the red patch at the extreme anal angle
is almost obsolete.

Expanse 1,5 inch.

Hab. Honduras.

Type, British Museum.

Distinguished from 7’. fabulla by the simple brand and the
different shade of blue.

THECLA VENA, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 21.)

Male. Closely allied to 7. cruenta Gosse *. Upper side differs
in cilia of fore wing being bright orange instead of dull brown.
Under-side markings much as in 7. cruenta, but ultramedian
band on fore wing straighter and cilia on same wing deep orange.
Head and space between the eyes deep red.

Female. Upper side differs from that sex of 7’. erwenta in hind
wing being entirely pale blue, with a large white patch on costal
margin near apex. Under side as in male. Cilia of fore wing
orange on both surfaces.

Expanse, ¢ 154, @ 3%5 inch.

Hab. Vina, N.W. Peru, 5500 feet (O. 7. Baron).

Types (2 d dg, 1 2), Mus. Godman.

THECLA MEGACLES,

Papilio megacles Cr. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 333. figs. H, F (1782).

Thecla adria Hew. Ml. Diur. Lep., Lycenide, p. 142, pl. 56.
figs. 345, 346 (1873).

Tab. Venezuela, Surinam, Amazons.

The female differs from the male on the upper side in the inner
marein of the fore wing being broadly white from the base almost
to the outer angle, slightly bluish near the base, and in the hind
wing being pure white, with the markings of the under side
showing through. There is a lear black margin just inside
the white fringe near the anal angle, also a minute dark spot
between the lower median nervules and another at the anal angle.

THECLA UNA.

Thecla una Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep., Lycenide, p. 140, pl. 56.
figs. 336, 337 (1873). .

Thecla lenis Capr. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xvi. p. 16, pl. 1. fig. 3
(1874).

Capronier’s figure is an excellent representation of a female
specimen.

* Thecla cruenta Gosse, ‘ Entomologist,’ xi. p. 203, pl. 2. fig. 4 (1880).

1907.) BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCENID. 621

THECLA FURCIFER, sp. n.

Male. Closely allied to 7. wna Hew.* Upper side much as in
that species, but white areas of hind wing suffused with pale
greyish blue. Under side pale grey, with sordid-white-edged
bands and spots, slightly darker than the ground-colour, arranged
asin 7’. una. The red crowns to the black dots on margin near
anal angle of hind wing are absent.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Espiritu Santo, Brazil.

Type, Mus. Druce. Also in the British Museum.

The female of 7’. wna has more extensive white areas, and in
some specimens whitish tips to the fore wings.

THEOLA CLEON.

Papilio cleon Fab. Syst. Ent. p. 522 (1775).

Tmolus cleon Butl. Cat. Fab. Diur. Lep. p. 188, pl. ii. figs. 4-6
(1870).

Thecla cleon Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 142, pl. 56. figs. 347-349
(1873).

7. ecbatana Hew. ibid. pl. 40. figs. 525, 526 (1874).

[ have examined the type in the Banksian cabinet, and although
it is in a very bad state of preservation there is enough of it
remaining for identification. JI have no doubt that it isa female,
and that the males only have the inner margin of the fore wings
blue. There are a number of specimens before me from the
Amazon regions, and we have recently received examples from
Trinidad (Birch).

On the under side the males appear to be always clouded,
especially towards the base, and in both sexes there is a mark
closing the cellin both wings.

THECLA PICENTIA.

Thecla picentia Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 138, pl. 55. figs. 328, 329.

Hab. Tapajos, Amazons.

The female only appears to be known, and the type is now in
Mr. Godman’s collection, which also contains another specimen
considered by Bates to represent the same species. It does not,
however, agree very well, as the ground-colour is darker and the
transverse bands are redder, and in the fore wing narrower and
in the hind wing wider. ‘The red spot on the hind wing between
the lower median nervules is also much larger.

The British Museum Collection contains a male which may
possibly prove to be 7’. picentia. On the upper side it is wholly
dark brown, with a darker patch at the end of the cell of the fore
wing, and on the under side the ground-colour is greyer and the
bands are narrower and more sinuous. It is labelled “‘ Bogota,”
and if it should prove distinct may be named Vhecla rubifer.
The head, the space between the eyes, and the base of the costa

* Thecla una Hew. I]. Diur. Lep. p. 140, pl. 56. figs. 336, 337 (1873).

622 MR. H. HU. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

=

arered. 7. picentia Hew. appears to be without marks closing
the cells on the under side of both wings.

THECLA VERBENACA, sp. nh. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 24.)

Male. Upper side: fore wing dark cerulean blue, with the
costa, apex to end of the cell, and outer margin black; a deeper
black patch beyond the end of the cell. Hind wing blue as in
fore wing, with the costa widely and outer margin narrowly dull
black. Lobe bright orange. Submedian nervure and anal fold,
which is greyish, thickly clothed with black hairs. Tails black tipped
with white. Under side: ground-colour greenish grey, slightly
shining. Fore wing with an ultramedian linear dark band, out-
wardly sordid white, running almost parallel with the outer margin,
and a very faint submarginal row of shades invisible at the apex
and outer angle. Hind wing with a similar more clearly-defined
linear band, commencing on the costa in a single spot, just before
the apex, and angled towards the abdominal margin, where it
becomes doubled and which it reaches about the middle. Within
the angles near the margin are some reddish scales. Without
this linear band the anal half of the wing is occupied by two
large confluent orange-red patches crowning a black lobe, and a
small black marginal spot between the lower median nervules ;
above these red patches and extending to the apex are two rows
of whitish submarginal shades. An anteciliary white line near
anal angle. Cilia of both wings dark grey. Antenne and legs
black and white spotted.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Hab. Brazil.

Type, British Museum.

Not closely allied to any with which I am acquainted, but
perhaps belonging to the group which contains Thecla mathewr
Hew. I have not seen the female.

THECLA CINNIANA.

Thecla cinniana Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 189, pl. 75. figs. 593,
594 (1877).

The male differs from the female in the costal half of the hind
wing above bemg dark brown. I was unable to find the type in
Mr. Grose Smith’s collection, but there is a specimen in the
Hewitson Collection at the British Museum which is probably it.

THECLA PLUMANS, Sp. Nn.

Male. Closely allied to 7. cinniana Hew. Upper side wholly
uniform dark brown, with a few pale blue scales on the inner
margin of the fore wing and over the anal margin of the hind
wing. Under side as in 7. cinmiana.

Expanse | inch.

Hab. Chapada Campo, Brazil (7. H. Smith).

Type, Mus. Godman.

Taken by Mr. Smith in December. This is perhaps a local race
of 7. cinniana, but seems distinct enough to require a name.

1907. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNID&. 623

THECLA AZIA.

Thecla azia Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep., Lyceenide, p. 144, pl. 57
figs. 357, 358 (1873).

Thecla nipona Hew. ibid. p. 204, pl. 81. figs. 673, 674, 675 (1877).

Mr. Grose Smith has kindly shown me his type of 7. nipona,
and I have no hesitation in sinking this name as a synonym.

Mr. Godman’s collection contains a large series from Mexico to
S. Paraguay, showing all intermediate forms together with typical
forms from various localities.

Hewitson states that his figure of 7. azia represents a male,
but I am inclined to think that the absence of the dark discal
spot on fore wing indicates a female.

THECLA VOLUMEN, sp. n.

Upper side uniform dull brown, a minute red spot in the lobe.
Tail black tipped with white. Under side: ground-colour and
markings much as in 7’. picentia Hew.

Expanse # inch.

Hab. Rio, 8. Brazil; Chapada Campo, Brazil (H. H. Smith).

Type, Mus. Druce.

This obscure insect, although much like 7. picentia Hew. on
the under side, has one tail only, and that on the lower median
nervule, as in 7’. azia Hew. The specimen from Chapada Campo
was captured in January and is in Mr. Godman’s possession. I
cannot satisfactorily determine the sex of the specimens described,
but I believe them to be males.

THECLA VIDULUS, Sp. n.

Male. Upper side: fore wing uniform dull black; hind wing
cerulean blue gradually blackening towards the base; costal
margin and extreme apex dull black. Under side: bands and
markings asin 7’. conniana Hew., but ground-colour darker and
red band on hind wing very much wider. Two parallel red lines
closing the cell of hind wing.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Beuador.

Type, British Museum (Hew. Coll.).

Apparently allied to 7”. cinniana, but a much larger insect. It
was placed by Hewitson in his cabinet without a name, and was
probably collected by Buckley.

THECLA RUFO-FUSCA.

Thecla rufo-fusca Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 96, pl. 78. figs. 627,
628 (1877).

Thecla lucaris Weeks, P. New Eng. Zool. Club, vol. 1. p. 102
(1900) i Dimeseep sp 42) pl NOr ties Ih (1 905):

Described by Hewitson from an unknown locality. Ranges
from Mexico to Brazil and the West Indies. Mr. Weeks’s figure
appears to be that of a male, and is an excellent representation of
the imsect described by Hewitson.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1907, No. XLII. 42

624 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

THECLA SYLLIS.

Thecla syllis Godm. & Salv. B. C.-A., Lep. Rhop. i. p. 92,
pl. 58. figs. 6, 7 (1887).

We possess a male from the interior of Colombia, and Mr.
Godman’s collection contains another from Tapajos obtained by
Bates.

'THECLA CEROMIA.

Thecla ceromia Hew. Til. Diur. Lep. p. 185, pl. 74. figs. 573, 574
(1877).

Thecla suada Hew. ibid. p. 207, pl. 82. figs. 691, 692 (1878).

T quite agree with Hewitson that both these names refer to the
same insect. The types are more alike than his figures.

THECLA BADACA.

Thecla badaca Hew. Descr. Lycenide, p. 12 (1868), ¢ ; Ul
Diur. Lep. p. 184, pl. 73. figs. 569, 570 (1877).

Thecla collucia Hew. ibid. p. 186, pl. 74. figs. 577, 578 (1877), 2 .

An examination of the types leaves no doubt that these names
refer to the sexes of the same species. The figures are rather
highly coloured, and in that of the female the orange crown to
the caudal spot 1s omitted.

THECLA OPACITAS, sp. n.

Male. Upper side closely allied to 7’. ceromia Hew., but discal
areas of both wings slightly cupreous. Under side much as in
T. ceromia ; black anal angular spots on hind wing prominent, and
ultramedian band on hind wing more orange and wider. The
extreme edge of the costa, as also the collar and the space between
the eyes, is cupreous. Palpi black, with a few whitish hairs ;
terminal joint black.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Mexico: Atoyac, Vera Cruz, in May (7. H. Smith).

Type, Mus. Godman.

This insect may prove to be a form of 7’. ceromia Hew., but at
present it appears sufficiently distinct to require a name.

THECLA CANUS, Sp. 0.

Male. Upper side : allied to 7. ceromia Hew., but discal areas of
both wings distinctly cupreous. Under side much asin 7’. ceromia,
but ground-colour paler and more olivaceous, and ultramedian
band on hind wing pale orange and wider and marginal red spot
more lunular and confined between lower median nervules. Palpi
pure white, upper side of terminal joint only black.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Hab. Mexico: Chilpancingo, Guerrero, 4600 feet, June (H. H.
Smith). Amazons: Santarem (Bates). Mus. Godman & Mus. Brit.

Type, Mus. Godman.

1907. | BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCENIDA. 625

The white palpi of this insect, which appears to have a wide
range, together with the cupreous areas on the upper side, seem
to distinguish it from its allies.

THECLA NUBES, Sp. n.

Male. Upper side blackish brown with discal areas of fore wing
cupreous. Basal areas of hind wing thickly clothed with cupreous
hairs. Lobe orange. Cilia concolorous with wings and _ sup-
porting long white hairs at the anal angle. Under side uniform
pale olivaceous brown with an ultramedian linear orange band
common to both wings, outwardly bordered by a fine black line
and again by a pure white line and showing more prominently
on the hind wing. A submarginal row of shades also common
to both wings, inwardly bordered with whitish shades. A dark
anteciliary line, black towards anal angle of hind wing, where it
is Inwardly bordered by a pure white line. Lobe black, crowned
by an orange dash. Marginal space between submedian and
lower median nervure black, thickly dusted with white scales. A
small black marginal spot between the lower median nervules
broadly crowned with orange. Legs white with black spots.
Palpi white, with the upper sile of the terminal joint only black.
Eyes surrounded with pure white scales. Head blackish brown
ih a central frontal cupreous line; collar and costal edge of
fore wing bright cupreous.

Female. Upper side uniform dull greyish brown ; cilia pale grey.
Lobe orange. Hind wing with an anteciliar y black line inwardly
bordered by a white line towards anal angle. Two dark marginal
patches placed between the nervules above the lobe. Under side
as in male but De and orange band on hind wing broader.

Expanse, g15, 2 1-1,4 cael,

Hab. ioe iL (Trinidad).

Types, Mus. Hope, Oxford.

Captured at Cocoa Wattie on April 7th, and at Scarborough on
April 4th, by Dr. G. B. Longstaff, and by him presented to the
Hope Museum. Two specimens Mus. Druce kindly presented by
the captor.

This little insect, which I cannot discover to have been
described, seems to be near the preceding 7’. canus, but it is
smaller, the ground-colour above is blacker, and on the under
side more olivaceous, and the ultramedian bands on both wings
appear to be nearer to the margins. The hind wing also appears
to be less produced anally.

THECLA POLITUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. figs. 22 g, 23 9.)

Male. Upper side uniform dull brown; lobe dark orange.
Under side much like that of 7’. sangala Hew. (autoclea Hew.),
but iarge red patch on hind wing between lower median nervules
placed closer to the margin.

Female. Upper side : “fore wing uniform duli brown, slightly

bluish along inner margin ; hind wing pale lavender- blue, with
42*

626 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

the costa, apex, and outer margin rather narrowly brown. Under
side as in male.

Expanse, ¢ 144, 2 144-1} inch.

Hab. Guatemala, San Geronimo (Champion), 3000 feet.
British Guiana, Exsequibo River (4. Whitely). Interior of
Colombia (Wheeler). Amazons; Tapajos, Santarem, and Hea
(Bates & H. H. Smith) (Mus. G. & 8.). Corumba, Brazil (H. H.
Smith), April. Caparo, Trinidad (Sirch) (Mus. Druce).

Types, Mus.Godman. The type specimens are from Santarem.

Of the twenty-four specimens before me only one is a male.

Some females appear to have the outer margin of the fore
wing straighter and the apex more pointed, which fact would
lead one +0 suppose that they were males, but a closer examina-
tion proves them to be females.

The female here described has been identified by Dr. Butler
in the British Museum Collection as 7’. beon Cr.; but the
original description and figure are not clear enough to confirm
this, and 7’. beon as now understood belongs to another section
of the genus.

In 7. politus the under side of the hind wing is always without
the red spot near the anal margin beyond the white band.

Bates identified the female as that of 7. swngala Hew., but did
not identify the male, as may be seen from his specimens now in
Mr. Godman’s collection. Both sexes of 7. sangala are brown
and are so described by Hewitson.

THECLA SERAPIO.

Thecla serapio Godm. & Saly., B. C.-A., Lep. Rhop. vol. i.
p- 93, pl. 58. figs. 8, 9 (1887).

This insect is very closely allied to the Brazilian 7’. azwba Hew.,
Ill. Diur. Lep. p. 154, pl. 71. figs. 408, 409 (1874), which it
closely resembles on the upper side, and differs only on the under
side in the discal band on the hind wing being less inclined to
break ito spots.

THECLA LEMNOS.

Thecla lemnos H. H. Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. xxvi. p. 152
(1890).

Hab. Unterior of Colombia (J. Carder).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Nearly allied to the preceding, but the blue area on the hind
wing spreads well over the cell, and on the under side the median
bands are much more irregular and more linear.

THECLA BASALIDES.

Tmolus basalides Hiibn. Exot. Schmett. figs. 977, 978 (1837).

Thecla basalides Hew. Ul. Diur. Lep., Lyceenidee, p. 156, pl. 61.
figs, 412-415.

Thecla basalides Godm. & Salv. B. C.-A., Lep. Rhop. vol. u.
fo 3} (WUEkS7)).

Thecla ziba Hew. |. ¢. p. 153, pl. 61. figs. 404, 405.

1907.} BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNIDE. 627

The male usually has a red spot between the tails of hind wing
above. Dr. Butler has identified this species as 7’. echion Linn.
On examining the type of 7’. ziba I can find nothing to distin-
guish it from 7’. basalides.

Hewitson records 7’. ziba from Guatemala, but Messrs. God-
man and Salvin do not mention it.

THECLA VETERATOR, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 25.)

Male. Upper side: fore wing dull black; basal half of inner
margin pale violaceous blue, extending upwards to the median
nervure. A large dull brand occupying the outer half of the cell,
and but slightly darker than the rest of the wing. Hind wing:
pale violaceous blue with the costal margin and apex broadly
dull black ; anal fold pale grey. A black marginal spot between
lower median nervules, and a pale yellow spot inthe lobe. Cilia of
anal half white with an anteciliary dark line, of apical half blackish.
Under side much like that of 7’. yojoa Reakt.* , but with the
white shades less prominent, and without the conspicuous white
mark closing the cell of the fore wing and the white shades
between the ultramedian band and the base in the hind wing.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Paraguay.

Type, Mus. Brit. (Crowley Bequest).

Although I have compared this species with 7’. yojoa, it is pos-
sibly not very nearly allied, as the appearance of the brand, which
in 7’. yojoa is more like a patch of darker scales, is quite different.
We also possess a worn specimen from the same locality in which
the brand has become much more prominent.

‘THECLA BUBASTUS,

Papilio bubastus Cr. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 332. figs. G, H.

Thecla salona Hew. Descr. Lycenide, p. 31 (1868) ; Ill. Diur.
Lep., Lye. p. 159, pl. 63. figs. 429, 430 (1874).

Hab. Guiana, Venezuela, Amazons, Brazil, Paraguay, St. Vin-
cent, Dominica, Grenada.

This is the tailless form of 7. ewrytulus.

I have no doubt, despite the fact that Cramer states his insect
is from the Cape of Good Hope, that his figure represents a
female of this common 8S. American Zhecla. T. salona Hew. 3
is described and figured without a tail, but of the four specimens
in his collection now placed under his name, two are females
without tails (1 Venezuela, 1 Brazil), whilst the two males are
tailed.

I have before me about 150 spectmens of the two forms, from
some localities a long series, but in no single instance can J find
any evidence of the two forms inhabiting the same locality.

Dr. Butler records bubastus Cr. from E. Central Africa
(P. Z. 8S. 1893, p. 660), but I can find no specimens so labelled
now in the British Museum. It is noteworthy that those

* Thecla yojoa Reakt. Proc. Ac. Phil. 1866, p. 339.

628 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

inhabiting the Greater Antilles are the tailed forms (7. ewry-
tulus), and those from the Lesser Antilles are the tailless form
(7. bubastus).

In Peru it appears to be replaced by the closely allied
T. sapota Hew., also tailless.

THECLA EURYTULUS.

Tmolus eurytulus Hiibn. Samml. Exot. Schmett. vol. 1. pl. 90
(1816-1841).

Thecla cybira Hew. Ml. Diur. Lep., Lyc. p. 161, pl. 73. figs. 435,
436 (1874).

Hab. Southern States of N. America. Mexico, Guatemala, Costa
Rica, Panama, Haiti, Cuba, Jamaica, Bahamas.

This species has a distinct tail arising from the lower median
nervwe on the hind wing.

It extends southwards to Costa Rica, but we have no record of
it from Colombia; and from Venezuela and Guiana, all through
the Amazon region and Brazil to Paraguay, it is replaced by a
tailless form, 7’. bubastws Cr.

American entomologists use the name columella Fab. for this
species, but the Fabrician type being lost, and the description
quite inadequate, I prefer to use Hiibner’s name. Further
synonyms will be found in Lists of North American Butterflies.

On examining Hewitson’s type of 7. cybira I can find no
points of distinction.

In a large series before me I find that the tails are least
developed in specimens from Texas, and longest in those from
the Bahamas.

This insect was taken by Grote as the type of his genus
Callicista, and in Seudder’s Butt. East. United States & Canada,
p. 1819, the possession of the tail is given as a generic
character.

THECLA ARGONA.

Thecla argona Hew. Ml. Diur. Lep., Lye. p. 162, pl. 63. figs. 441,
442 (1874).

Thecla rana Schaus, P. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xxiv. p. 414 (1902).

Hab. Uruguay (Hew.); Corrientes (Perrens) ; Cordova and
Buenos Ayres, Argentine Rep. (White & Reeve) (Mus. Godman &
Druce) ; Paraguay (JZus. Druce); Rio Grande and Castro, Parana,
Brazil (Mus. Druce).

Mr. Schaus has placed a specimen of 7’. rana in the British
Museum, and we have a series from the same locality collected by
Mr. E. D. Jones, but I can find no points which, in my opinion,
make it worthy of distinction.

The dark spot at the end of the cell of the fore wing, described
by Hewitson, often becomes more distinct in worn specimens, and
in some that are quite fresh is scarcely apparent. The orange
abdomen is also not a constant character, and in our series is to
be found of various shades from grey to yellow.

1907. | BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCH NIDA, 629

THECLA TUCUMANA, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 26.)

Allied to 7. americensis Blanch. *

Upper side differs in anal half of hind wing from base to
outer margin being pale violaceous blue, supporting three black
marginal spots between the nervules. Under side: spots and
markings much as in 7’. americensis, byt the whole of the hind
wing and the costal margin of the fore wing thickly mottled
with dark brown and grey scales, thus rendering the markings
very indistinct.

Expanse 15/5 inch.

Hab. Tacuman, Argentine Republic (W. Reeve).

Type, Mus. Druce.

IT cannot determine the sex of the specimen described, but I
believe it to be a female.

THECLA CYDIA.

Thecla cydia Hew. Il. Diur. Lep., Lye. p. 160, pl. 63. figs. 433,
434 (1874).

This insect is very close to 7’. cestri Reakt., and like it is tailless.
The male, however, differs from that sex of 7’. cestvi in the hind
wing above being blue, as in the female. It is also a much
stnaller insect. We possess several specimens from Paraguay,
and it is alsoin Mr. Godman’s collection from the same locality

(We Perrens).

THECLA ARCULA, sp.n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 27.)

Male. Upper side: fore wing purplish black, browner towards
outer margin; a large dark brand occupying the whole of the cell
excepting the extreme base. Hind wing: costal half dark
purplish brown, anal half from base to outer margin dark
violaceous blue, the blue running upwards along the margin to
the apex. Anal fold pale brown. Cilia of both wings dark
brown. Under side much like that of 7. sapota Hew.7, but
ground-colour dark purplish brown. Fore wing with a clearly
defined whitish mark closing the cell and with the ultramedian
band more linear and straighter. Hind wing with an orange
spot at the anal angle, and an orange lunule crowning the
marginal black spot between the jower median nervules.

Expanse 1,15 inch.

Hab. Tacuman, Argentine Republic (IV. Reeve); Paraguay
(BIL, Crowley Bequest).

Type, Mus. Druce.

Four males not showing any variation.

Like 7’. sapota in the total absence of tails, but the brand is
quite different, being in that species merely a small patch at the
end of the cell.

* Thecla americensis Blanch. Gay’s Fauna Chili. vil. p. 38.
+ Thecla sapota Hew. Ul. Diur. Lep. p. 203, pl. 71. figs. 668, 669 (1877).

- 630 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEOTROPICAL [June 18,

THECLA FAUNALIA.

Thecla founalia Hew. Desecr. of Lycenide, p. 31 (1868); Ill.
Diur. Lep., Lye. p. 161, pl. 63. figs. 437, 438 (1874).

Thecla deborrei Capr. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xvii. p. 17, pl. 1.
fig. 4 (1874).

Mr. Godman’s collection contains a female from Venta de
Zopilote, Guerrero, Mexico (2800 feet), captured in October by
H. H. Smith, which is certainly referable to this species, but is
larger than specimens from the Amazon regions and Venezuela.

Capronier has given an excellent figure (2) of this species
from a Brazilian specimen.

THECLA THIUS.

Thyreus thius Hiibn. Zutr. Ex. Schmett. figs. 743, 744 (1832).

Thecla agra Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep., Lye. p. 147, pl. 58. figs. 369,
370; Godin. & Salv. B. C.-A., Rhop. 11. p. 97 (1887).

Thecla infrequens Weeks, Ent. News Phil. xu. (1901); Il.
Diem cepa ps onenplenvetion aL 90n):

Hewitson apparently recognised, although he does not seem
to have published the fact, that his name agra was a synonym,
as the specimens in his collection stand under the name thius;
neither one of them being marked agra. No mention of 7. agra
is made by Mr. Kirby in his Catalogue of the Hewitson Collec-
tion. Hiibner’s figure is a good one, and the species should be
easily made out. Mr. Weeks’s excellent figure shows that he is
dealing with this well-known species. The sex is not stated, but
it appears to represent a female.

THECLA TEGA.

Thecla tegea Hew. Descr. of Thecla, p. 2; Ml. Diur. Lep., Lye.
p-. 131, pl. 54. figs. 308, 309 (1869).

Hab, British Guiana (Whitely) (Mus. Druce); Brazil, Chapada
Campo (4. H. Smith) (Mus. Godman).

Described by Hewitson from an unknown locality. The female
differs from the male only in the absence of the dark patch in
the cell of the fore wing, and in the marginal orange border on
the hind wing being narrower.

THECLA DUMENILII.

Polyommatus dumenilii Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 677 (1823).

Thecla argiwa Hew. Ill. Diur. Lep., Lye. p. 208, pl. 83.
figs. 700-702.

Thecla argiva, var. obscura Staud. Exot. Schmett. p. 286, pl. 97
(1888).

Mr. Godman has specimens from Colombia obtained by
Wheeler and F. Simons.

It is a variable species on the under side, some examples being
very faintly marked and lacking the black spot on the costa of
hind wing, and also that between the nervules near the anal angle.

1907. | BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCENID#, 631

'THECLOPSIS.

Theclopsis Godm. & Salv., B. C.-A., Lep. Rhop. vol. 11. p. 99
(1887).
Type, Thecla lebena Hew.

THECLOPSIS ERYX.

Papilio eryx Cv. Pap. Exot. vol. ii. pl. 143. fig. D (1779).

Bithys lydus Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 75 (1816).

Papilio inge Sepp, Surin. Viind. vol. i. pl. xvii. (1848).

Thecia lebena Hew. Descr. Lye. p. 9 (1868); Hl. Diur. Lep.,
Lye. p. 127, pl. 51. figs. 266, 267 (1869).

Cramer’s name for this insect appears to be the oldest, and
now that Messrs. Godman and Salvin have taken it as the type
of a new genus, lydws Hiibn. becomes unnecessary.

On examining a large series ranging from British Guiana to
Para, I can find no characters to distinguish inge and lebena
from eryx. Cramer’s figure is not a good one, but I think that
without doubt it represents the insect which has usually been
referred to as 7’. lebena. It is browner than the common type
from Surinam, but I have before me specimens from Para which
in this respect closely resemble it. The red areas near the anal
angle on under side of hind wing are more extensive in southern
specimens than in those from Guiana, although Sepp’s figures
show them very distinctly. This author evidently mistook the
sexes, as a reference to the plate will show. I have never seen
the female.

Mr. Godman has specimens from Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia,
and these have the blue on the upper side more extensive,
especially on the hind wing, which has but a narrow black
margin; but I can detect no other difference.

THECLOPSIS CHUS.

Theclopsis cwus Godm. & Salv. B. C.-A., Lep. Rhop. vol. 11.
p. 101, pl. 58. figs. 24, 25 (1887).

It is doubtful if this is distinct from 7’. demea Hew. (Ill. Diur.
Lep., Lye. p. 180, pl. 70. figs. 533, 534, 1874), as I find a number
of specimens from the interior of Colombia and from Venezuela
have the crescent-shaped brand, but are without the patch of
shining scales on the fore wing below. For the present, however,
I prefer to keep them apart.

T have seen no females of either form.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prate XXXI.

Fig. Fig.
1. Thecla candidus 8, nov., p. 571. 6. Thecla floralia 3, nov., p. 572.
2. 55 ‘ 2, nov., p. 571. We , trochus 8, nov., p. 573.
3. » sumptuosa 6, nov., p. 571. 8. » photeinos @, nov., p. 573.
4. » splendor &, nov., p. 570. | 98 , eronos 6, H. H. Druce,
5. » ornatrix 6, nov., p. 572. p. 573.

632 NEOTROPICAL BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCENID®. [June 18,

Pratt XXXII.

Fig.

6. Thecla amplitudo gd, nov., p. 575.

We » ton go, H. H. Druce, p. 576.
8. ~~ COME a nov., p. 576.

9. . ELON LOMO:

10. » chlamydem é, noy., p. 577.

Prate XXXIII.

Fig.
1. Thecla crines 6, nov., p. 573.
2. 4 9, nov., p. 574.
3. i barba 3g, nov., p. 575.
A, >» numen 6, nov., p. 574.
5. 35 » 5 NOV. p. 5/4.

Fig.
1. Thecla candor 8, nov., p. 578.
Oe >» anna 6, nov., p. 577.
Bho » tyrrius 6, nov., p. 578.
A,, » hybla g, nov., p. 578.
5. » eviguus 6, nov., p. 580.
6. » castimonia 8, nov., p. 580.
le » melleus go, nov., p. 580.
8. » floreus gO, nov., p. 581.

Fig.

9. Thecla gemma g, nov., p. 581.
10. » porthura 6, nov., p. 581.
iM, » color 6, nov., p. 582.

12. . raws 6, nov., p. 582.

Puate XXXIV.

13. » amplus 6, nov., p. 582.
14. » cydonia 8, H. H. Druce,
p- 583.
15. . flosculus 6, nov., p. 583.
His.
Thecla munditia g, nov., p. 586.

a bi © , nov., p. 586.
12. is obelus Bo WONos 19 588.
13. , literatus go, nov., p. 588.
a FS 9, noy., p. 588.
5. » cauter 3B, nov., p. 589.

16. , torris ¢, nov., p. 587.
Wife » nota 6, nov., p. 692.

18. , buris g.nov., p. 590.
19. » caltha g,nov., p. 591.
20. , purpura 6, nov., p. 592.

PuaTE XXXV.

Fig.
1. Thecla stiktos 6, H. H. Druce,
p- 584.
2. » stignatos g, H. H. Druce,
p- 584.
3. » chlamys 6, nov., p. 584.
4. » Obueccina 6, nov., p. 58d.
5) ,» nitor 6, nov., p. 585.
6. » murex 6, nov., p. 585.
ie » pharus 6, nov., p. 586.
8. » radiatio 8, nov., p. 586.
9. 4, jactator g, nov., p. 587.
Fig.

1. Thecla nivepunctata g, nov., p. 592.

2. » porphyreticus ,nov.,
p- 593.

Fig.
8. Thecla phoster 8, nov., p. 597.

oF ,» uterkudante 8, nov., p. 596.
10. > mulsus S, nov., p. 598.
11. » pulchritudo 8, nov., p. 597.
12. » econchylium g, nov., p. 598.
13. » smnaragdus 6, nov., p. 599.
14. » levis &, nov., p. 598.
ill » collustra 8, nov., p. 600.

PurateE XXXVI.

3. ,» delicie 8, nov., p. 59d.

4. + porphyritis 3, nov., p. 595.

5. » tyriam 6, nov., p. 595.

6. ,» ostrinus 6, Nov., p. 596.

To » purpurantes 8, nov., p. 597.
Fig.

1. Thecla gentiana g, nov., p. 601.

2. » purpuriticus g, nov.

p- 601.
» venustus g, nov., p. 602.
3 @, nov., p. 602.
. lenitas g, nov., p. 603.
labes 6, u0v., p. 602.
>» wpupa 3, nov., p. 605.
. canitus 6, nov., p. 604.
» picus 2, nov., p. $08.
10. , clepsydra 8, nov., p. 607.
5 callao &, nov., p. 611.
12. » eupa 6, nov., p. 612.

; cos @, nov., p. 613.

SOCIES! Ed) Chee CS)

Fig.

14, Thecla oleris 6, nov., p. 614.

15. » photismos 6, nov., p. 615.
16. . mantica 6, nov., p. 616.
Wee 55 55 @, nov., p. 616.

18. ., cespes 2, nov., p. 614.

19. » cesaries 8, nov., p. 617.
20. » emendatus 6, nov., p. 619.
21. » vena 6, nov., p. 620.

22. . politus 8, nov., p. 62d.
23. a a 2 , nov., p. 625.

24 . verbenaca 6, nov., p. 622.

veterator g, nov., p. 627.
26. ,» tucumana, nov., p. 629.
arcula 6, nov., p. 629.

1907. | ON FISHES OF THE GENUS VELIFER. 633

4. Descriptions of the Teleostean Fish Velifer hypselopterus
and of a new Species of the Genus Veliter. By C. TATE
Reean, M.A., F.Z.S.

[Received May 28, 1907. }

In the ‘ Fauna Japonica’ Schlegel described and figured a re-
markable Teleostean fish to which he gave the name Jelifer,
and tor which Bleeker subsequently proposed the specific appellation
hypselopterus.

There are three examples of this species in the British Museum
collection, measuring nearly 200 mm. in total length ; their
principal external characteristics are given in the following
description.

VELIFER HYPSELOPTERUS.

Veliter Schleg. Faun. Japon., Poiss. p. 312, Suppl. Pl. A
(1850).

Velifer hypselopterus Bleek. Verh. Ak. Amst. xviii. 1879,
“ Japan,” p. 16; Jord. & Snyd. Annot. Zool. Japon. ii. 1901,
p. 69.

Body ovate, strongly compressed, covered with rather
small, thin, not very adherent cycloid scales, of which there
are nearly 70 in a longitudinal series; lateral line complete,
nearly straight. Head scaly, except the snout; none of the bones
of the head serrated; mouth rather small, toothless, very pro-
tractile ; maxillary completely exposed ; two nostrils on each side ;
eye lateral, of moderate size, its diameter about # the length of
snout and 1 the length of head. Gill-membranes narrowly joined
to the isthmus; 6 branchiostegals; 4 gills, a slit behind the fourth;
pseudobranchiz large. Dorsal fin extending nearly the whole
length of the back, with 2 spines and 32 or 33 articulated rays,
of which the first 22 to 24 are simple, the last 8 to 10 branched ;
anal fin long, without spines, of 24 or 25 rays, 15 or 16 simple
and 8 to 10 branched; dorsal and anal fins greatly elevated
anteriorly, each depressible within a scaly sheath. Pectoral of
moderate length, with sub-horizontal base on the level of the sub-
operculum, asymmetricai, with 15 or 16 rays, the upper the
longest. Ventrals rather elongate, below the pectorals, close
together, of 8 articulated rays, the inner 7 branched; a well-
developed scaly axillary process. Caudal forked. Silvery, back
greenish ; fins dusky, the dorsal and anal with oblique stripes or
series of spots.

Hab. Japan.

A second species is represented in the British Museum, viz. :—

VELIFER MULTIRADIATUS, Sp. 0.

Dorsal fin of 41 rays, of which about the last 20 are branched.
Anal fin of 33 rays, of which about the last 16 are branched.

O34 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON TELEOSTEAN FISHES [June 18,

Ventral fins apparently 9-rayed. A dark spot on the back,
extending on to the base of the anterior branched rays of
the dorsal fin. In other respects apparently very similar to
V. hypselopterus.

Hab. North-west coast of Australia.

A single ratker badly preserved specimen, 55 mm. in total
length.

5. On the Anatomy, Classification, and Systematic Position
of the Teleostean Fishes of the Suborder Allotriognatht.
By C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.Z.S.

| Received May 21, 1907. |
(Text-figures 166-171.)

1. Descriptions of Skeletons.

The fishes of the families Lampridide, Veliferidee, Trachy-
pteride, and Lophotide have not usually been placed together
by systematists, but it is the object of the present communication
to show that they form a natural group and may be regarded as
comprising a suborder of the order Teleostei. The reasons for
this will be apparent when the skeletal anatomy of the various
types has been described.

Lampridide.

This family comprises a single species, Lampris luna, of which
I have examined a skeleton. This is not in very good condition,
and I am indebted to Messrs. W. and I. Sherrin for the opportunity
of ascertaining the exact limits of the supraoccipital and orbito-
sphenoid bones in a fresh specimen.

The cranium (text-tig. 161) does not differ very essentially from
that of the Berycoid fishes which have been described and figured
by Starks*, although the great development of the occipital crest,
which extends to the anterior extremity of the frontals, gives it a
different appearance. The parietals and epiotics are separated by
the supraoccipital, the exoccipitals bound the foramen magnum,
and the basisphenoid and orbitosphenoid are present. Cranial
features of importance are the absence of an opisthotic (present
and well-developed in all Berycoids), the extension forward of the
supratemporal (pterotic) to the frontal, so that the postfrontal
(sphenotic) does not appear on the upper surface, the position of
the mesethmoid, the anterior part of which is embraced by the
prefrontals but which extends backwards and meets the orbito-
sphenoid, and the structure of the vomer, which has a pair of
grooves separated by a median longitudinal keel on its antero-
superior surface.

The maxillary has an inner posterior process which underlies
the si milar process of the preemaxillary and slides backwards and

* Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvii. 1904, pp. 601-619.

1907. | OF THE SUBORDER ALLOTRIOGNATHI. 635

forwards in the groove at the side of the vomerine keel. This is
quite a different arrangement to that usually found in fishes with
protractile mouths. In the Berycoids the maxillary is articulated
proximally to the vomer and has a hgamentous attachment to an
anterior process of the palatine, so that only the distal end moves
forward when the premaxillaries are protruded. In Lampris,
however, it is the maxillaries which are protractile and which
earry the premaxillaries forward.

Text-fig. 166.

(Ss
Cranium of Lampris luna.

v., vomer; f., frontal; p., parietal; so., supraoccipital ; epo., epiotic; ste., supra-
temporal (pterotic); eo., exoccipital; bo., basioccipital; ps., parasphenoid ;
pro., prootic; péf, postfrontal (sphenotic); as., alisphenoid; os., forbito-
sphenoid; eth., ethmoid; prf., prefrontal. ;

There is no supramaxillary bone. Except for the absence of a
maxillary process of the palatine, the bones of the hyo-palatine
and opercular series exhibit no departure from the normal type.
The suborbitals do not form a subocular shelf. The branchiostegal
rays are Six in number.

There are 46 vertebra, 21 precaudals and 25 caudals. The
centra are solid and co-ossified with the arches. The first centrum
is convex anteriorly, fitting the concavity formed by the basi- and
ex-occipitals. There are no parapophyses and the long ribs are
sessile. The pectoral arch has been figured by Boulenger *; the
forked post-temporal is attached to the epiotic above and to the
exoccipital below; the coracoids are greatly expanded; the rays of

* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) x. 1902, pp. 147-153, fie.

636 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON TELEOSTEAN FISHES [June 18,

the pectoral fin are attached to the scapula and to three pterygials,
two of which are inserted on the scapula and one on the coracoid ;
the post-clavicle is long and slender and consists of a single piece.

The pelvis comprises a pair of erect subtriangular bony plates
which are attached to the coracoids, each having a groove on the
anterior part of its outer surface for the reception of the posterior
edge of the coracoid.

Veliferide.

I have prepared the skeleton of an example of Velifer hypselo-
pterus.

As will be seen from the accompanying figures (text-figs. 166,
167) the cranium bears a striking resemblance to that of Lampris
in general form, and it comprises the same bones which have very
nearly the same relation to each other. The important differences
are the following :—

There is a considerable amount of cartilage in the orbital and
ethmoidal regions, and there is a large anterior cavity the floor of

Text-fig. 167.

Cranium of Velifer hypselopterus.

Lettering as in text-fig. 166.

which is formed by cartilage and by the orbitosphenoid, meseth-
moid, and prefrontal bones, and the sides and roof by the pre-
frontals and frontals.

1907. | OF THE SUBORDER ALLOTRIOGNATHI. 637

The mesethmoid is entirely posterior to the prefrontals. In
front of the mesethmoid the cartilaginous floor of the anterior
cranial chamber bears a median keel, “corresponding to the keel of
the vomer in Lampris. In Velifer, however, the vomer does not
ossify through, but only sends up a pair of wings which flank the
preethmoid cartilage.

The mouth (text- fig. 170, p. 640) is more protractile than in
Lampris, but the premaxillaries and maxillaries are arranged on
the same plan. The hyo-palatine, orbital, and opercular bones
are as in Lampris.

The vertebral column comprises 33 vertebre, 16 preecaudals and
17 caudals; the ribs are attached to downwardly directed para-
pophyses ; the first centrum is short and is convex anteriorly.

The pectoral arch differs from that of Zampris in that the
coracoid is normal and the pterygials are 4 in number, the last
in contact with the coracoid. As in Lampris the post-clavicle is
simple and elongate.

The pelvic bones are a pair of erect subtriangular plates, with
their apices imbedded in the ligamentous tissue between the
coracoids.

Trachypteride.

The skeleton of 7rachypterus tenia is feebly ossified, and the
bones are very thin and light, almost papery. There is no
occipital crest, and the epiotics meet behind the supraoccipital,
but in all other essentials the cranium (text-fig. 168) agrees with
that of Velifer.

Text-fig. 168.

SO:

Cranium of Trachypterus tenia.

Lettering as in text-fig. 166. 4s., basisphenoid.

Of the orbital bones only the preorbital is ossified. The
maxillary and premaxillary (text-fig. 169, p. 639) are on the
same plan as in Velifer, but the former bone has the outer blade
expanded and closely attached to the premaxillary

638 MR, C. TATE REGAN ON TELEOSTEAN FisHES [June 18,

The vertebral column comprises 90 vertebrie ; the precaudals
have downwardly directed parapophyses ; ribs appear to be absent.
The pectoral arch differs from that of Velifer in that the post-
temporal is simple and that the pectoral pterygials are 3 in
number, two of which are inserted on the coracoid.

The pelvic bones resemble those of Velifer in structure and
attachment, but have the posterior angle produced and embraced
by the extremities of the post- -clavieles.

The skeleton of Regalecws has been described by Parker * and
Dunbar7y. I have examined the large skeleton described by
Parker, which is essentially similar to that of Zrachypterus,
differing in the absence of a basisphenoid and in the presence
of some feeble ribs.

The post-frontal and pro-otic bones in Regalecus are situated as
shown in the accompanying figure of Zrachypterus (text-fig. 168,
p. 637).

The descriptions of both Parker and Dunbar, who have deter-
mined the greater part of the pro-otic bone as opisthotic, are
erroneous.

The pelvic bones in Megalecus are considerably larger than in
Trachypterus and their anterior edges lie between the clavicles.

Lophotide.

I have examined a spirit specimen of L ophotes cepedianus. The
moderately protractile mouth is similar in structure to that of
Trachypterus; by depressing the large eye of one side I have
been able to ‘ascertain that an orhitosphenoid bone is present
and that it is in contact with the mesethmoid, which is entirely
posterior to the preefrontals; dissection of the base of the pectoral
fin on one side shows that the relations of scapula, coracoid, and
pterygials are as in Trachypterus.

For Lophotes fiskii Gthr. I propose the new generic name
Eumecichthys=. The mouth is non-protractile, the posterior
processes of the preemaxillaries having their extremities attached
to the anterior face of the vomer, instead of sliding backwards
and forwards on each side of a median longitudinal keel, as in

Lophotes.

Definition and Classification of the Suborder Allotriognathi.
Suborder ALLOTRIOGNATHI.

Supraoccipital well-developed, separating the parietals; no
opisthotic ; an orbitosphenoid, anteriorly in contact with the
mesethmoid, which is wholly or in part posterior to the pre-
frontals. Mouth typically protractile; maxillary with an outer

* Trans. Zool. Soc. xii. 1886, pp. 5-33, pls. u.—vi.
it Proc. Zool. Soc. 1906, BP. 547-566, pls. xxxvili. & xxxix.

{~ Boulenger (Mar. Inv. Afr. i. 1902, p. 13) writes: ‘‘ Lophotes jiskii differs
very widely ‘from the ee form of the genus; its extremely elongate, ribbon-like
form and the probable absence of an anal fin, to say nothing of the frontal crest and
the absence of ventral fins, indicates, in my opinion, a distinct genus.”

1907. ] OF THE SUBORDER ALLOTRIOGNATHI. 639)

blade and with an inner posterior process which is connected
with its fellow below the premaxillary spines; maxillary processes
typically shding backwards and forwards on each side of a median
keel on the vomer or on the preethmoid cartilage *; no supra-
maxillary ; lower jaw composed of dentary, articulare and angulare.
Palatine without an anterior process for attachment of the
maxillary. Vertebral column of solid centra which are co-ossified
with the arches. Gills pectinate. Pectoral arch attached to the
cranium ; no mesocoracoid ; post-clavicle elongate, of a single piece.
Air-bladder without pneumatic duct. Vertical fins without true

Text-fig. 169.

Premaxillaries (pmar.) and maxillaries (mw«.) of Trachypterus tenia (a.) and
Velifer hypselopterus (b.), seen from below and from the side.

spines (except sometimes the first one or two rays of the dorsal);
pectoral fin with horizontal or sub-horizontal base; ventral fins,
if present, below or a little behind the pectorals, without spines ;
pelvis comprising a pair of erect subtriangular bony plates, inserted
in the ligament between the coracoids and sometimes directly
articulated with them.

In addition to the characters given in the diagnosis we may
note that all the Allotriognathi have the head without spines or
serrations, 6 branchiostegals, 4 gills, and well-developed pseudo-

* In the most specialised member of the group, the Lophotid Humecichthys, the
mouth is not protractile, and the posterior ends of the premaxillary processes are
attached to the anterior face of the vomer.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1907, No. XLITI. 43

640 MR. C, TATE REGAN ON TELEOSTEAN FisHEs [J une 18,

branchiz. Teeth are usually feeble or absent, never strong, and
the scales, if present, are thin and deciduous or reduced to
scattered tubercles.

Text-fig. 170.

Head of Velifer hypselopterus with the mouth closed (a) and protruded (6).

Division 1. Selenichtayes (Boulenger).

Body deep, compressed ; skeleton well-ossified ; cranium without
cartilage. No anterior cranial chamber , frontals normal, in con-
tact below with the mesethmoid and orbitosphenoid ; mesethmoid
partly between and partly posterior to the prefrontals; epiotics
separated by the supraoccipital. Vertebrze in moderate number
(46); no parapophyses; ribs strong, sessile. Post-temporal forked ;
pectoral fin-rays inserted on the scapula and on 3 pterygials, one
of which is in contact with the coracoid; pelvic bones articulated
to the greatly expanded coracoids. Fins without spines, composed
entirely of articulated rays; dorsal and anal fins long; ventral

fins of 15 to 17 rays.

Family Lampripipa. A single genus, Lampris Retzius.

Division 2. Histichthyes.

Body deep, strongly compressed ; skeleton well-ossified, but the
cranium with a considerable amount of cartilage. A large anterior
cranial chamber, the walls of which are mainly formed by the
frontals, the floor by cartilage containing the mesethmoid and
orbitosphenoid ossifications ; mesethmoid entirely posterior to the
prefrontals ; epiotics separated by the supraoccipital. Vertebre
in moderate number (33); ribs strong, attached to well-developed
downwardly directed parapophyses. Post-temporalforked; pectoral
fin-rays inserted on the scapula and on 4 pterygials, one of which
is in contact with the coracoid, which is not expanded; pelvic

OOrey OF THE SUBORDER ALLOTRIOGNATHI. 641

bones not articulated to the coracoids. Fins composed of articu-
lated rays, except the first two rays of the dorsal, which are
spinous ; dorsal and anai fins long ; ventral fins of 8 or 9 rays.

Family Veuirerip®. <A single genus, Velifer Schleg.

Division 3, Tzniosomi (Gill).

Body elongate, strongly compressed; skeleton feebly ossified,
the bones thin; cranium with a considerable amount of cartilage.
An anterior cranial chamber or groove, the walls ef which are
mainly formed by the frontals, the floor by cartilage containing
the mesethmoid and orbitosphenoid ossifications ; mesethmoid
entirely posterior to the prefrontals; epiotics meeting behind
the supraoccipital. Vertebree numerous (90 to 93); preecaudals
with downwardly directed parapophyses; ribs feeble or absent, if
present attached to the parapophyses. Post-temporal simple ;

ectoral fin-rays inserted on the scapula and on 3 pterygials, two
or all of which are in contact with the coracoid; pelvic bones not
articulated to the coracoid, but inserted in the ligamentous tissue
between them. Fins composed of flexible, non-articulated rays
(the first ray of the dorsal sometimes spinous); dorsal fin very
long; anal short or absent; ventral fins, if present, of 1 to 9 rays.

Family 1. TRACHYPTERID.

Ventral fins present, close together, of 1 to 9 rays; no anal fin;
vent about in the middle of the length of the fish.
Two genera, Trachypterus Gouan, and Regalecus Brinn.

Family 2. LopHorips.

Ventral fins, if present, small, of 5 or 6 rays, widely separated,
inserted a little below and behind the pectorals; a short anal fin;
vent posterior, just in front of the anal.

Two genera, Lophotes Giorna, and Humecichthys Regan.

3. Systematic Position of the Allotriognathi.

The Allotriognathi and the Beryciformes are the only fishes
which combine the presence of an orbitosphenoid with the absence
of a mesocoracoid. The two groups agree also in having the
ventral fins placed more or less anteriorly and often composed of
a large number of rays (up to 17 in the Allotriognathi, up to 14
in the Beryciformes), and in being physoclistic (with the exception
of Beryx and Holocentrum).

Tn cranial structure the Beryciformes differ from Lampris (which
has the most generalised cranium of the Allotriognathi) only in
being less specialised ; 7. e., the opisthotic is well-developed, the
maxillary carries 1 or 2 supramaxillaries, is normally articulated
to the vomer and is attached to a process of the palatine. The
pectoral arch of Velifer is identical with that of the Beryciformes.

Taking the Beryciformes in the most restricted sense, they

43*

642 TELEOSTEAN FISHES OF THE SUBORDER ALLOTRIOGNATHI. [June 18,

include fishes without spines in the ventral fins and with the
pelvic bones free from the pectoral arch (i. e., Polymiwia), but all
the living members of the group (if we omit Stephanoberyx, of
which the anatomy is unknown) have the dorsal and anal fins
preceded by spines. Except for this they are exactly fitted for
giving rise to the Allotriognathi, and there can be little doubt
that the latter had a Berycoid origin.

The origin of the Berycoid fishes themselves is another question.
Smith Woodward and Boulenger place them at the base of the
Acanthopterygian series, and adduce the persistence of the pneu-
matic duct (in Holocentrum and Beryx), the large number of rays
in the ventral fins, aud the abundance of the group in Cretaceous
times as evidence of their generalisation. More recently Starks
has shown that an orbitosphenoid bone is present in most Mala-
copterygii, all Ostariophysi and the Beryciformes, but not in the
Haplomi or other higher groups.

I find that in most species of Myripristis (text-fig. 171 a) the
maxillary is toothed and enters the gape when the mouth is widely
opened, and that in the Polymixiide, Berycidee, and Holocentridee
there are two supramaxillaries, which evidently correspond to
those of the Clupeoid Fishes.

Text-fig. 171.

a. Anterior part of head of Myripristis murdjan.
b. Upper jaw of Ctenothrissa radians (after Smith Woodward).

pme., premaxillary ; me., maxillary; sma., supramaxillaries.

All these facts taken together lead me to believe that the
Beryciformes may have evolved directly from Malacopterygii
such as the Cretaceous Ctenothrissa (text-fig. 171 6) and Pseudo-
beryx, to which they bear a considerable resemblance.

A number of fishes have at times been associated with one or
other of the families of Allotriognathi, and some of these must
be discussed.

leeks Ht |

M P.Parker hth. ; Parker & West. imp.
LIMNOCNIDA TANGANICAS.

1907.] ON MEDUS2 FROM AFRICAN LAKES. 643

The Lampridide, Veliferidee, and Lophotide have at one time
or another been supposed to be related to the Scombriform
Acanthopterygians, but these are a much more specialised group,
without an orbitosphenoid and typically with a spinous dorsal fin,
the anal preceded by spines, the ventrals composed of a spine and
5 soft rays, and the pelvic bones directly attached to the clavicles.

Boulenger has placed Zampris near the Gastrosteide, on the
ground of an interpretation of the elements of the pectoral arch
which has not received acceptance, but these differ widely from it
in their anatomy and seem probably to have originated from the
Haplomi near the Cyprinodontidze and Scombresocidee.

Jordan has stated that the Hocene Semiophorus is related to
Lampris. Dr. Smith Woodward very kindly looked at the speci-
mens of the extinct genus in the British Museum with me, and it
seems on the whole probable that Semiophorus is not related to
Lampris and Velifer, but to Platax, near which genus Dr. Smith
Woodward has placed it.

In Semiophorus the vertebre are 24 in number, the dorsal fin
is covered with small scales, the anal fin is preceded by 3 spines,
and the outer ray of the ventral fin is a short spine. It is probable
that the soft rays of the ventral fin are 5 im number and much
branched, and not so numerous as would appear from the current
representation of this fish.

The Tzeniosomi were regarded by Dr. Gill as possibly derived
from the same stock as the Pleuronectide ; whilst Boulenger, on
the ground of the large number of rays in the ventral fins, con-
sidered them as probably related to the Beryciformes.

The remarkable Stylophorus has usually been placed with or
near the Trachypteride. The single known specimen is not in
good enough condition for me to offer any suggestion as to its
relationships.

6. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition,
conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904—1905.—
Report on Limnocnda tanganice ; with a Note on
the Subspecies from the Victoria Nyanza. By R. T.
Gtnrnpr, M.A., F.R.G.S., Fellow of Magdalen College,
Oxford *.

[Received May 22, 1907. ]
(Plate XX XVII. + & Text-figures 172-174.)

The collection of the jelly-fish of Lake Tanganyika made by
Dr. Cunnington in 1904 and 1905 is the best which has yet
been brought to this country. 78 individuals, some in several
hitherto undescribed stages of development, were obtained from
three localities at four different dates from September to February,

* Communicated by the SECRETARY.
+ For explanation of the Plate, see p. 656.

644 MR. R. T. GUNTHER ON [June 18,

and therefore from the close of the dry season until well on into the
season of the greatrains. The excellent state of preservation of the
material is greatly to the credit of the collector, and has facilitated
my investigation of some of the problems presented by this
enigmatical creature. Some specimens were exhibited at the
Meeting of the Society on March 6, 1906, a notice of the exhibit
appearing in the P. Z.8. 1906, p. 179.

It has been known for some time that at certain seasons of the
year, three types of individuals—males, females, and those which
reproduce asexually by budding—occur in the lake at the same
time. Mr. Moir’s collection, the first to reach Europe, showed
that all coexisted during April, May, and June. As one of the
results of his first expedition in 1897, Mr. J. E. S. Moore found
that early in March a few large specimens were reproducing by
budding, and that this process was so rapid that in a few weeks
the bays and open waters became filled with immense shoals which
in June and July extended for miles and miles. At the same
time, sexually mature individuals appeared. In his account of
a second expedition in 1900, Moore asserts that in September
and October, only sexual forms which showed no tendency to
produce buds were to be captured in the lake. On this evidence
Moore believed that he had discovered the relation of the life-
eycle of Limnocnida to the wet and dry seasons—viz., reproduction
by budding during the dry months, and sexual reproduction only
during the wet winter months.

Dr. Cunnington’s collections made during the wet season show
that this theory cannot be upheld, for all contain asexual in-
dividuals exhibiting active bud-formation on their manubria, and
these asexual individuals even outnumber the individuals with
smooth manubria.

The collections are, moreover, characterised by the entire absence
of any mature females; a fact which seems all the more remark-
able, because in a small collection of Zimnoenida from Victoria
Nyanza which had been formed in August, and had been submitted
to me for examination (p. 650) all the individuals were female.

Stated in a tabular form the present state of our knowledge
regarding the seasonal distribution of Limnocnida is as follows :—

( March. Few large budding meduse (Moore, 1897).
| April. : :
ise 36, 2 and budding meduse coexist

(Moir, 1893).
Dry Season.< puge
y “\ June. | do, 2 and budding meduse in shoals
July. { (Moore, 1897).

August. A and budding medusze

| September. (Cunnington, 1904).
( December. ¢ and budding meduse. Many very
Season of | young individuals. No @ indi-
Great < viduals.
Rains. | February. Oldand young ¢ and budding medusze

e (Cunnington, 1904).

1907. | MEDUS& FROM AFRICAN LAKES. 645

We are therefore compelled to the view that the asexual method
of reproduction is the most usual one in Lake Tanganyika through-
out the year, and that the sexual method may be confined to a
definite season; the earliest date at which it has been observed
is in the month of May, and we have as yet no evidence for
its continuance beyond the month of July.

It is much to be regretted that no light has hitherto been shed
upon the process of development from the egg. "We have no
sufficient reason for believing that the organisms described by
Moore as the planule or larve of the Limnocnida really were
such, and the existence of any free hydroid stage is as doubtful as
ever. However, one fact of importance has been confirmed by all
observers, namely,-that the medusa may suddenly appear on the
surface in countless numbers, in shoals many miles in length, and as
suddenly disappear so that none are to be seen for a month or more.

The excellent state of preservation of Dr. Cunnington’s material
has enabled me to realise the natural appearance of a living
Limnocnida when swimming, more perfectly than when I received
Mr. Moir’s first consignment of preserved material. The longer
and older tentacles are carried somewhat stifily above the exum-
bral surface of the medusa (Pl. XXX VII.), while the smaller and
younger series of somewhat clubbed ‘‘ velar” tentacles, as they are
sometimes called, curve round the umbral rim. ‘Tentacles of
intermediate length occupy intermediate positions, and so the
living animal can erect over its back a very efficient chevaux de
frise armed with nematocysts for offence and defence. This
fashion of carrying the tentacles is like that adopted by Limno-
codiuwm and Olindioides, in which latter form the tentacles adhere
to the exumbrella along a more considerable proportion of their
length than in Limnocnida, an adhesion which affords greater
stability to the system.

Another point on which Dr. Cunnington’s collection throws
welcome light, is that of the succession and development of the
tentacles. While still attached to the parent, the young medusa-
buds develop the first two orders of tentacles in the per- and inter-
radii (Pl. XX XVII. fig. 7). The youngest free-swimming stages
in the collection, 2 millimetres in diameter, have the tentacles of
the fifth order just commencing to sprout (text-fig. 172). Between
these young stages and the oldest with tentacles of the eighth
order and 22 millims. in diameter, the intermediate stages are
fairly completely represented.

The peculiar sense-organs first become conspicuous in young
meduse in which tentacles of the fifth order are appearing, but
they are not invariably present at this stage. In the youngest
animals in which they were detected, there were four (text-fig. 172)
in each quadrant, or 16 in all, although minor irregularities may
occur, as in the specimen shown in text-fig. 172, in which only
15 sense-organs were present, and thenceforth they imcrease in
number, until they are so numerous and crowded as to be almost
touching one another all round the circumference of the medusa

(text-fig. 174, 8.0.).

646 MR. R. T. GUNTHER ON [June 18,

Text-fig. 172.

Young Limnocnida, 2 millimetres in diameter.

The numerals indicate the orders of the tentacles.

Endodermal Organ and Nutrition—Among other problems
which yet remain to be solved is that of the function of the
remarkable accumulation of roundish cells in the circular
canal. These cells have several nuclei apiece and many have
one or two vacuoles. In the original description, an excretory
function was suggested on the assumption that these cells were
derived from the endoderm of the animal itself. On reexamining
this so-called endodermal organ in better preserved material, I
have found ameeboid cells among the others (Pl. XXXVII.
fig. 3), but feel more than ever in the dark with respect to their
function, although probably it is im some way connected with
the metabolism of the medusa. We hope that some naturalist
having the opportunity may thoroughly investigate the method of
nutrition of the living animal, bearing in mind the possibility
of the growth of a parasitic or symbiotic fungus or alga in such a
position. The wonderfully large mouth which the short manu-
brium seems inadequate to close, leads one to suspect some
such peculiarity in the nutrition of Limnocnida.

1907. | MEDUS FROM AFRICAN LAKES, 647

Text-fig. 173,

Young Limnocnida, 6 millimetres in diameter, with five radial canais.

Text-fig. 174.

8.0.

Portion of periphery of Limnocnida, 22 millimetres in diameter.

648 MR. R. T. GUNTHER ON [June 18,

Radial Canals and Radial Symmetry.—tn all large collections
of Limnocnida, several individuals oceur which exhibit numerical
variation in the radial canals. (Cf. tables on pp. 648-650). Among
70 individuals of all ages brought home by Mr. Cunnington in
which the radial canals could be counted, 54 showed the typical
number of radial canals (4), 9 had 5 radial canals, 6 had 6, and 1
had 7 radial canals, so that as large a proportion as 24 per cent.
have 5 or more radial canals, In this connection it is interesting
to note that the numerical variation of the tentaculocysts of
Aurelia aurita was found by Browne (Biometrika, vol. i.) to
affect nearly as large a percentage (20°9-22°8 per cent.) of the
individuals showing the normal number.

In many medusz in which “ supernumerary ” radial canals occur,
the additional canals are clearly seen to be due to the bifurcation,
near the gastric cavity, of one or more of the normal number of
radial canals. In no specimen of Limnocnida, and sixteen were
examined, was this seen to be the case: all the radial canals pro-
ceeded independently from the gastric cavity to the circular canal ;
the confluence shown in text-fig. 173 being quite exceptional.

As might be expected, the order of the appearance of tentacles
and the number of sense- organs tend to become more irregular
in the case of individuals with 5 or more radial canals. #.g., in
the case of three individuals of different ages, and 14, 7 and
4-5 mm. in diameter, the numbers of the sense-organs in each
fifth of the periphery were

IIIa. 404+ 35+ 484 40+ 41 = 204.
f. 19+ 214 214 22418 = 101.
%~@ 104+ 64+ 6+ 6+ 8 = 36.
And so too, in the case of individuals with the normal number of
tentacles, tentacles of a particular order are often fully formed in
one quadrant before there is any sign of them in another.

Such variations may be expected to be frequent in the case of
meduse in which a numerically high grade of radial symmetry is
reached.

Detailed Report on the individual specimens of Limnocnida
collected by Dr. Cunnington.
I. Date: August 31, 1904. eealsny : Niamkolo Bay.

| |
Diam. in millims. No. of

Radial | ane of | Order of Char. of
Canals. pee nse Org. | Tentacles. | Manubrium.
|
|
|

|
Umbrella. | Manubrium.|

[Raters 18 12 4, BB S<4h | WAUOL Smooth.
(ales dee 15 } 8 5 %. | WIIT.? | Smooth.
Chr. ! 14 | OS A | WWIII. | Buds (8 tent.).
aise 14 9 4, 75x4 | VIII. | Buds (8 tent.).
Cleese: 14 8 4 | WIII.? | Sm. (ribbed).
oan 13 7 | 5 VII. | Sm. (ribbed).
Gans: 10 | aT 4, VII. | Buds,

1907.]

II. Date: September 9, 1904.

MEDUS@ FROM AFRICAN LAKES.

649

Locality: Niamkolo Bay.

Diam. in millims. Nowot

rian oa Lue

Umbrella.|Manubrium,| C&22ls-
| Cheers 22 15 4
eee 22 15 4
Lor es Siaall aie,
da) etn al a
Coane 21 14 4
Wefeceeny. 20 14 A
i@isoseee 20 14 Ai
| Decree 18°5 14, A

No. of | Order of | Char.of |
| Sense Org.| Tentacles. Manubrium. |
| | |

106x4 | VIII. | Sm. (ribbed).

(appearing)|

do. Young buds.

| do. Buds (8 tent.) |
| ca do. Smooth.
| | do. Buds.
| |
| do. Buds.
| | do. | Smooth.
| | do. Buds.

III. Date: December 20, 1904.

Locality : Kibwesi.

Diam. in millims. iINOwOG
| Radial
| Umbrella. Manubrium. Canals.

(pecan 14 8 &
isan tns 13 | 8 6
Chios 13 8 4,
dine: 13 i
Cssxee 10 45 oe
aie a | 3°5 5
Go 6 25 5
Tsar 6 25 6
Cie ers 45 2 5
Hi £08 | 4 925 4
[Bbeoosa| 4 15 5
| Caccose 4 15 4
mM... 4, 1°5 | 4
Weare sae 4, 15 4.
One 3°75 2 hi aileaere
DP vicstes 35 | 15 esentact
Ufsaeues 35 | 1 ene
Pane 3 | L5 A
SEaea 275 | 15
eae 2°75 1:25
Chonan | 25 1:25 5
|
\Raetaseeaer 2°5 1:25 A
ODsvoses 2°5 1°25 A,
x. 9°5 i 4
YR | 2°25 1 4
Zeta | 2 1 |g
|
Gee | SEs | a
[Giateade | 2 75 | A

No. of | Order of |
Sense Org. | Tentacles.

Char. of

Manubrium.

Smooth ,

le We (ap-
| pearing).
[ee elev ieeeligs ame
[SoemeeVign ee |
/V. (not all
round). |
| V. (not all
| round). |

LV. (just
| appearing).

650 MR. R. T. GUNTHER ON [June 18,

IV. Date: February 21, 1905. Locality : Menza.
| | {
Diam. in millims. No. of |
— : Radial | No. of Order of | — Char. of
Ganbrellall Mannircurne Canals. Sense Org. Tentacles. | Manubrium. |
| |
|
| @ 17 | 12:5 4 very VIII. Buds.
| | numerous. |
Biever 16 | 9 4 | very Vill. Young buds. |
/ numerous. |
c 15 10 Ava me WIT, Rr
| Naas 145 9 4 | "36x«4 Vil. Buds.
e 14°5 9 AY Hialivay lee fs =
Pic: 145 8 A TX app. Smooth.
Gu: | 14 9 4 ie Vil. Small buds.
yet | 13 | 6 4, 26x 4 ae Smooth.
eee al Laas Ze ees VILL. a
Wejeerec 9 | 45 a ee VII. a |
[Rigemene 8 | 4°75 6 297 VII. app. Smooth. |
ede eS |) OS 4 |21(-18)«4 VI ah |
Woon) CPUs 3°25 4. 18x4 VIl.app.| Smooth. |
Te leas | 4°25 7 rae VI. app. | ee
| @aoo'ces 75 | 4 4, is VIII. app. me
|p... 75 | 4 4 26x4 | VII. app. | Smooth.
NG fase dcx a 4 A Bs | V. |
lear: af 3 6 VI-V
igeieetaee 625 | 2°75 4. VII. app. ae
lets 55 2°25 a VII. app. is |
Ieeeiet 5 2°75 4 VI.
w.. 5 2°5 5 a VI. app.
Doos cos 5 2 4 |16(-15)x4 VI. app. |
ee 5 175 4 | 18x4 VI. app.
| PMoaesvo 5 117/55 4 me VI. app. | |
| 2. 4:25 2°25 6 76 we te |
ater 4°25 2 <3 eS Wits | 5
[Bc 4°25 2 6 | a NV: =e
epee 35 1°75 mt Osa V. -
Ore 35 | 1:25 4 oe V. app. See |
Cees 3:5 | 1:25 4, a V. app. ao |
aa 3:25 1-25 4 | 8x4 Niel |
pemasee ; 8 1 4 | 8-9)x4 V. small. |
Chale | 2 75 4, | 8x4 V.app. |
| |

For the sake of comparison a similar table is appended for

Limnocnida tanganice var. victorie obtained by Sir Charles Eliot.

Date: August 31, 1903. Locality : Kisumu, Victoria Nyanza.

Diam. in millims. No. of | |
Radial | No.of | Orderof| 4 |
Weuieneclian IMautenaen Canals. | Sense Orzg.| Tentacles. |
ns eS ee eee
| |
Tesesee elo 8 4 cire. 830X 4 | VII. mature 2.
} | | |
Die 13 75 4, “s VES Secoatore sor:
¢. 12'5 8 | eA, | “ | VII. — mature 9.

USE MEDUSH FROM AFRICAN LAKES. 651

LIMNOCNIDA TANGANICH * var. VICTORIA.

On comparing some shrunken and rather battered specimens
of Limnocnida obtained by Sir Charles Eliot, K.C.M.G., from the
Victoria Nyanza, with the Tanganyika material, I considered
that I could detect differences in the specimens from the Victoria
Nyanza which may be regarded as sub-specific in importance :
the proximal ends of the older tentacles are more deeply sunk in
the jelly of the ex-umbrella than is the case in Limnoenida tan-
ganice and the jelly-mass is more deeply grooved in consequence
(Pl. XX XVII. figs. 4 & 5).

About one third of the length of the older tentacles is smooth
and free from nematocyst warts, which are confined to the distal
two-thirds. The proximal ends of the tentacles which are adherent
to the exumbrella are specially supported by the development of
grooved lumps or ridges of jelly in which they lie. I have never
seen these so strongly developed in any Limnocnida from Lake
Tanganyika, ‘The sense-organs were numerous, and very pro-
minent on the margin of the umbrella.

The specimens examined were all females of about the same age,
with mature ova on the manubrium, and with tentacles of the
VIIth order.

This collection was referred to by Prof. Sir Ray Lankester, at
a meeting of the Zoological Society on December Ist, 1903. The
medusx were captured by Mr. Hobley at Kisumu on August 31,
1903, and had been preserved in a 5 °/, solution of formalin.

The extremely interesting fact of the occurrence of a form
apparently identical with ZL. tanganice in the delta of the river
Niger about 102 geographical miles from the sea, proves that
Limnocnida must no longer be regarded as peculiar to the deep-
water lake Tanganyika, but that it has a wide distribution in the
fresh waters of tropical Africa. And as a consequence the
halolimnic theory, according to which Tanganyika is a persistent
Jurassic sea, in so far as it has been based upon the belief of
the exclusive occurrence of Limnocnida in that lake, falls to the
ground.

With regard to the details of the change from a marine to a
fresh-water environment, we have yet much to learn from a more
searching study of Central African geology. Of all the theories
which have yet been proposed, we find ourselves most in agreement
with that outlined by Mr. Boulenger for the benefit of the
British Association in South Africa (1905), but the details of this
theory of a wide-spread Hocene Sea still require working out.

More recently an original speculation has been published by
Prof. Sollas. Of Limnoenida my imaginative friend writes (‘ Age
of the Harth, p. 209)—“ If while in the hydroid stage, it grew

* This would seem an appropriate occasion for advocating a more reasonable
uniformity in the spelling of this specific name ; and although in my original paper
I had followed Bohm’s spelling tanganyice in accordance with the laws of priority,
in the present communication the more usual and shorter form tanganice is

adopted. I have noted tanganyice, tanganicanus, tanganicensis, tanganyike,
tanganyicensis, tanganike, and in Sollas’s ‘ Age of Earth,’ p. 209, tanganyicoea (!)

652 MR. R. T. GUNTHER ON June 18
?

attached to the outer skeleton of some actively locomotive animal,
such for instance as one of the reptiles which abounded in
Mesozoic times, and even at a later date, then, on the further
supposition that its host sometimes made excursions from the sea
into fresh-water, we should have a means by which the hydroid
might be introduced.”

Unfortunately for this theory, there is no evidence of any
fixed hydroid stage in Limnocnida, indeed the evidence is all
against the existence of one: dwrelia aurita, Crambessa tagi,
and Mcotias have all left the sea without the aid of a marine
reptile: Halmonises lacustris was probably helped into fresh-water
by tidal agencies alone, and, as Sir Ray Lankester has suggested,
Limnocodium may not pass through a fixed hydroid stage at all!

The Systematic Position of Limnocnida.

The position of Zimnocnida in the Haeckelian System is
still a matter under discussion. Judged by the chief diagnostic
characters of endodermal sense-organs and manubrial gonads,
Limnocnida should be one of the Narcomeduse ; but, on the other
hand, Narcomeduse are distinguished by characters so peculiarly
their own, that Limnocnida cannot be considered as being at all
closely related to them. Moreover, I know of no Anthomedusan
which at all resembles it, except in the position of the gonads
on the manubrium.

On the other hand, the grade of development which Limnocnida
has reached is very closely paralleled by that of the other fresh-
water medusa Limnocodiwm, more especially in regard to the
tentacles and sense-organs, as I have already pointed out in an
earlier communication. More recently (1903) Seitaro Goto has
published illustrations of the sense-organs of the marine Olindvoides
clearly showing them to be of the same type. This distinguished
Japanese naturalist has associated Olindioides, Halicalyx, and
Gonionema with the Olindiade, which he regards as a subfamily
of EKucopidee (we believe wrongly) and near which he believes that
both Limnocodium and Limnocnida may be most naturally placed.

The Olindiade are defined as Eucopide (see below) with two
sets of tentacles, velar and exumbrellar, the former springing
close to the base of the velum, and the latter at variable distances
from it, but always from the exumbrella and connected with the
circular canal by endodermal roots: marginal vesicles numerous,
two on either side of the bases of the exumbrellar tentacles :
manubrium well developed and quadrate, with distinct lips:
radial canals four or six: gonads primarily continuous folds of
the walls of the radial canals: with an adhesive disc on each
exumbrellar tentacle.

The greater part of this definition applies quite well to the fresh-
water Lamnocodium sowerbyi, with the exception that this species,
not being a creeping form, has tentacles without adhesive discs,
and has also sac-like gonads.

1907.] MEDUS.E FROM AFRICAN LAKES. 653

Limnocnida too, shows a similar type of structure excepting that
the gonads are situated on the manubriun in a zone in which bud-
formation normally occurs, and would consequently belong to the
Anthomeduse or to a division of meduse with manubrial gonads
which, according to the System of Haeckel, are absolutely distinct
from the Olindiade, Limnocodium, or any other meduse with
radial gonads. We have therefore an indication that the time has
arrived for a reconsideration of the value of the characters upon
which this System is founded. May they not tend to an artificial
rather than to a natural classification of medusee ?

On the whole we incline to the opinion that the hard and fast
division of meduse into those with radial and those with manubrial
gonads must be abandoned in the case of these fresh-water forms.
We cannot imagine that the detailed resemblances which exist
between Limnocodium, Limnocnida, and the Olindiade are the
result of convergent evolution. A simpler hypothesis is that these
forms are descended from a common ancestor, but that the place
of development of the germ-cells has changed.

Arguing from known facts about the migratory proclivities
of germ-cells in Hydroids in general, and from the history of the

_germ-cells of Obelia in particular, in which Leptomedusan the
germ-cells, although maturing in pouches of the radial canals,
originate in the wall of the manubrium itself, there is good
ground for the view that Limmnocnida in respect of its manubrial
gonads preserves an early stage in the phylogenetic history of
Limnocodium. Just as Odontornithes are none the less birds
because they have teeth, so Limnocnida would be a Tracho-
medusan in spite of its manubrial gonads.

One other taxonomic problem has still to be dealt with. In
Haeckel’s system the Olindiade are regarded as a subfamily of
the Trachomedusan Petaside, which have blind centripetal canals
between the radial canals, and are thereby distinguished from the
Petachnide. Goto, however, does not consider the presence of
such canals to be of any systematic moment, since they may be
present or absent in closely related genera. It is to beremembered
that such centripetal canals, as well as the marginal ring of
nematocysts, are well marked Trachomedusan features.

The Olindiade have usually been regarded as Trachomeduse,
until four years ago when Seitaro Goto made an examination of
young stages of the sense-organs of Olindioides formosa and of
Gonionema depressum. He found that the first rudiment con-
sisted of a small segregation of ectodermal cells hardly distin-
guishable from the rest, closely applied to the endoderm of the
circular canal at the poimt where the two kinds of cells meet
(pl. u. fig. 15), and he goes on to add that ‘“‘there cannot be any
reasonable doubt that the rudiment consists exclusively of ectoderm
cells, since the boundary line between the two cell-layers is always
distinguishable with a good objective.”

In consequence Goto removed the Olindiade from the Tracho-
meduse and ranged them with the Leptomeduse, considering

654 MR. R. T. GUNTHER ON [June 18,

them as a subfamily of Eucopidee. With this conclusion my own
observations are at variance, and we do not consider that Seitaro
Goto’s own drawing (pl. ii. fig. 15) makes his statement evident.

With the aid of Dr. Cunnington’s material I have again been able
to confirm my original observation that the axial cells of the
sense-organs of Limnocnida are derived from the endoderm of the
circular canal. I have repeated the same observation in the case
of Olindias miilleri while at Naples, and in the latter observation
T believe I have the support of Sir Ray Lankester.

In both cases I have not been able to distinguish any boundary
line between ectoderm and endoderm in the youngest stages of
the sense-organs, although a distinct mesogleeal lamina appears
between the two layers when the sense-organ approaches full
growth. A further indication of the endodermal nature of these
cells is afforded by an observation of Seitaro Goto himself, who
admits that the central cells of the organ ‘“ stain the same colour
as the endoderm, while the lining epithelium and the investing
cells stain like the ectoderm.”

Tn conclusion then, Zimnocnida is to be regarded as a Tracho-
medusa related to the Olindiade and to Limnocodium, both of
which it closely resembles in important respects, but it differs
from all other known Trachomedusz in that the gonads develop
upon the walls of the manubrium. Olindioides and Gonionema
differ from Limnocnida in the presence of centripetal canals and
in the fact that their tentacles are provided with adhesive discs
for use in creeping. In Limnocodiwm the vesicles enclosing the
sensory bodies are elongated and extend into the velum, in
Limnocnida they do not. Limnocnida too is characterised by its
power of reproduction by budding from the manubrium.

The consequential changes in the scheme of classification cannot
be regarded as more than tentative, for the details of the struc-
ture of many of the Haeckelian genera are still unknown. A
most important character for taxonomic purposes is undoubtedly
that of the structure of the sense-organs—whether they project
freely beyond the margin of the umbrella as sensory clubs, or
whether they are sunk and enclosed in vesicles. On these lines,
Browne has divided the Petasidee into the subfamilies Petachnide
(with sensory clubs) and the Olindiade (with sensory vesicles).
It is to the division of Olindiade without adhesive discs on the
tentacles that I would provisionally refer Limnocodiwm and

Limnocnida.

TRACHOMEDUS.

Sense-organs with endodermal axis; gonads usually radial;
development without a fixed hydroid stage.

[The radial position of the gonads is believed to have been
derived froma manubrial position. Limnoenida is believed to have
‘thrown back” to the older condition. Limnocodiwm has never
been proved to pass through a fixed hydroid stage. |

1907. | MEDUS® FROM AFRICAN LAKES. 655

Family PETASIDAL.
Radial canals 4 (or 6).in number ; stomach without a peduncle.

Subfamily 1. Petachnide.
Sense-organs, projecting clubs.
Petasus, Petasata, Dipetasus, Petachnum.

Subfamily 2. Olindiade.
Sense-organs, enclosed in vesicles.
Group A. Tentacles without adhesive discs.
Marine forms.
Aglauropsis (@ including Meotias).
Gossea.
Olindias (¢ including Halicalyzx).
Freshwater forms.
Limnocodium. Gonads radial, sac-like. Vesicles of
sense-organs elongated and continued into
velum. j
Limnoenida. Gonads manubrial. Vesicles of
sense-organs spherical or ellipsoidal. Asexual
reproduction by budding.
Group B. Tentacles with adhesive discs.
Gonionemus, Gonionemoides, Vallentinia, Olindioides.

REFERENCES.

1893. Ginrner, R. T.—‘“ Preliminary Account of the Freshwater
Medusa of Lake Tanganyika (Limnocnida tanganice).”
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, x1. pp. 269-275, pls. xin. & xiv.

1894. Ginruer, R. T.—‘ A further Contribution to the Anatomy
of Limnocnida tanganice.” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxxvi.
pp. 271-293, pls. 18-19.

1894. GuERNE, JULES DE.—‘‘Ona Medusa observed by Dr. Tautain
in the River Niger at Bamakou (French Soudan).” Ann.
Mag.-Nat. Hist. ser. 6, xiv. pp. 29-34.

1903. Gravier, C.—‘“‘Sur la Meéduse du Victoria Nyanza.”
Comptes rendus Acad. Sci. exxxvil. pp. 867-869.

1903. Goro, Srrraro.—The Craspedote Medusa Glindias and some
of its natural allies. Mark Anniversary Volume, pp. 1-22,
pls. 1.-11.

1904. Moors, J. KE. S.—The Tanganyika Problem.

1904. Brownn, Epw. T.—‘“* Hydromeduse.” Fauna and Geogr.
Maldive Archipelago, vol. 11., Cambridge.

1906. Cunnineron, W. A.—“‘ Third Tanganyika Expedition.”
‘Nature,’ lxxi. p. 310, 1906.

1906. Browne, Epw. T.—‘‘Onthe Freshwater Medusa Limnocnida
tanganice and its Occurrence in the River Niger.” Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, xvii. pp. 304-306.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. XLIV. 44

656 MR. R, I. POCOCK ON SOME AFRICAN CATS [June 18,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVII.

Fig. 1. Limnocnida tanganice. From a specimen in which the tentacles of the
seventh order have appeared.

2. Transverse section of tentacle—end. Endodermal lining of tentacle. gl.

Mesoglcea of exumbrella.

3. Transverse section of radial canal (R.C.). end. Endoderm of radial canal.

end. 1. Kndoderm lamella. c. Problematical corpuscles in radial canal.

4, Surface view of the periphery of the umbrella of a specimen of L. tanganice
var. victorie from which the tentacles have become detached.—r. ‘The
grooved ridges in which the tentacles of orders 1 to 6 were partly imbedded.

Ditto, in transverse section.

Portion of bud-bearmg manubrium of L. tanganice. One part has become
detached as described by Mr. J. Moore.

Ditto, with older medusa-buds having tentacles of the first and second orders
developed.

DN

7

Notes upon some African Species of the Genus Felis,
based upon specimens recently exhibited in the Society’s
Gardens. By R.I. Pocoox, F.L.S., Superintendent of
the Gardens.

[Received May 28, 1907. ]

(Plate XXX VIII.* and Text-figures 175-178.)

On FELis aurAtTA Temminck.
The synonymy of this species is as follows :—

Felis awrata Temminck, Mon. Mamm. i. p. 120 (1827).

celidogaster 1d. op. cit. p. 140.

chrysothrix id. op. cit. p. 25).

chalybeata H. Smith, Griff. An. King. 11. p. 474 (1827),
nec Herm.

,, neglecta Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. i. p. 27 (1838).

rutila Waterh., P. Z. 8. 1842, p. 130.

chrysothrix cottoni Lydd., P. Z. §. 1906, p. 992.

Although chrysothrix has been more commonly employed for
this species than either aurata or celidogaster, aurata appears by
right of page priority to be its oldest available title. The name
chrysothriz was proposed by Temminck to replace awrata, appar-
ently because he had learnt from Desmarest’s work that Rafinesque
had applied the name aureus to a North American species of
Lynx. Aureus, however, does not exclude aurata from use in the
same genus; and even if Rafinesque had written awratus, a good case
could be made out for the retention of aurata Temm., on the grounds
of generic distinction between the species so named and the Lynx
described by Rafinesque. But if aurata be set on one side, as
has been commonly done, celidogaster should be preferred to
chrysothri« by those who, like Dr. Elliot, Pousargues, and
Mr. Lydekker, believe the two names to belong to the same
species.

* For explanation of the Plate, see p. 677.

a LOY Pr OOnviiie

London Stereoscopic Co. imp.

SKINS OF SERVALS AND SERVALINE CATS.

1907. ] RECENTLY IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 657

By a curious chain of circumstances /, celidogaster and F’. chaly-
beata had the same type specimen, and are therefore in the strictest
possible sense synonyms. Smith gave the name chalybeaia toa
skin in Bullock’s Museum, which he believed went afterwards to
Germany. Temminck, as he himself says, bought the skin from
that Museum, without knowing apparently that Smith had
already compiled a description of it.

Although the name employed by Smith was published in the
same year as the three names employed by Temminck, it has never
met with acceptance, probably because of its previous use in a
(different sense in the genus Felis by Hermann.

The specimen named /’. neglecta by Gray is not distinguishable
from /. celidogaster as described by Temminck, as Dr. Elliot has
shown ; and the description of 1. rutila Waterh. might, from its
wording, have been taken from the type of /. awrata.

Thus of the six names published between 1827 and 1842 two
only have to be considered as connoting distinguishable forms,
namely aurata (chrysothriz) and celidogaster. The former was
given to a “red” and the latter to a “grey” West African
Tiger-Cat.

Up to the present time there has been considerable divergence
of opinion as to the value to be assigned to these two “ forms.”
Dr. Elliot * and Pousargues? regarded them merely as colour-
phases without geographical significance. Dr. Matschie , on the
other hand, gave them full specific value. The latest writer on
the subject, Mr. Lydekker §, adopted a third course. While
agreeing with Dr. Elliot and Pousargues that only one species is
concerned, he believed, with Dr. Matschie, that the above-mentioned
‘‘forms” occur in definite localities, He gave them, however,
subspecific rank, resuscitated “ rutila” as a third subspecies and
added a fourth, cotéoni, which was described as new.

His conclusions may be briefly summarised as follows :—

. F. chrysothriz rutila. Red form. Gambia and Cameroons.
. FL. ¢. typica||. Brown form. Lower Guinea.

. Fc. celidogaster. Grey form. Upper Guinea; (?) Gambia.
. Fc. cottont. Dusky form. Ituri forest.

Hw Go DO

It can, however, I think be shown that the conclusion respecting
the local distribution of the colour-types is untenable.

This opinion is supported by the following facts. Although
the locality of the type ot 7. aurata (=chrysothrix) was unrecorded,
the type of /, rutila came from the Mandingo country inland of
Sierra Leone. The locality of the type of F. celidogaster was also
unknown, but Temminck subsequently obtained a skin he
identified as /. celidogaster from Ashanti ; and under the name

* Mon. Felide, pl. xxv. (1883). + Ann. Sci. Nat. (8) iii. p. 322 (1896).

{ Mitth. deutsch. Schutz. vi. pt. 3, p. 10 (1893); SB. Ges. Nat. Fr. Berlin, 1895.
a 5 P. Z.S. 1906, pp. 992-995. These authors use the name chrysothria.

|| Temminck, however, described this as “ rouv-bai trés vif.”

§ Esquisse Zool. Guiné, pp. 86-88 (1853). ,
44*

658 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SOME AFRICAN CATS [June 18,

F. neglecta, Gray vedescribed 1. celidogaster from Sierra Leone.
Thus, since neglecta and rutila are respectively synonyms of celido-
gaster and aurata, it appears that both the “ grey ” and the “ red ”
forms occur in the neighbourhood of Sierra Leone.

Karsch records 7. aurata (chrysothriz) from Bismarckburg in
Togoland * ; Pousargues examined skins of the grey-brown type
obtained from natives in the French Congo’; and Sir Harry
Johnston declares that the “red” and the “ grey ” types live side
by side in Liberia =.

Thus the published localities can scarcely be said to support,
though they do not wholly discredit, the belief that the ‘red ”
and the “ grey” forms represent geographical races.

A study of the skins available for examination still further
refutes the idea.

In the British Museum there arein all seven skins of this species.
Their characters and other particulars regarding them are as
follows :—

1. Cameroons (G4. L. Bates).—Bay-red ; dorsal area not spotted,
sides faintly marked with small close-set spots ; outer side of limbs
faintly spotted; tail with decided median black stripe, not
barred ; ventral surface yellowish (? discoloured), marked with
large dark brown spots. This belongs to the 1. aurata-type.

2. Cameroons (G@. Z. Bates).—Differs from the last in being a
dirty greyish-brown washed with yellow on the sides and rather
more clearly spotted. Dirty white below. This comes nearest to
the /. celidogaster-type.

3. Cameroons (G4. L. Bates).—Like no. 2 in colour but with less
yellow on the sides and with the median area of the back darker
and more sharply contrasted with the sides in tint. This also is
nearest to the /. celidogaster-type.

4. Benito River, Congo, 25 miles from coast (G. LZ. Bates).—
Like no. 1 in markings and general tint, but not quite so bright
a red.

5, Senegal § (Winwood Reade).—Practically like nos. 1 and 4.

6. Sierra Leone (type of neglecta Gray).—Grey, greyer than
nos. 2 and 3 and spotted all over, the spots in the middle area of
the back forming abbreviated longitudinal streaks. As already
stated, this belongs to the /’. celidogaster-type.

7. Ashanti; obtained from dealer.—Spotted all over, the spots
forming comparatively large blotches darker and more rufous
than the ground-colour, which on the sides of the body is greyish,
but is decidedly more rufous on the head, neck, the dorsal area, the
tail, and the legs. The tail has a median dorsal line and distinct
lateral bars.

* Mitth. deutsch. Schutz. vi. pt. 3, p. 10 (1893).

+ Ann. Sci. Nat. (8) ii. p. 322 (1896).

+ ‘Liberia,’ u1. p. 702 (1906).

§ The locality of Winwood Reade’s collection is doubtful, Mr. Thomas tells me.

1907.] RECENTLY IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 659

In the size, distinctness, and the suggestion ef the rosette-shape
in the spots, this specimen resembles more closely than any that
1 have seen the example from near Cape Coast Castle, that
formerly lived in the Gardens, and was figured by Dr. Sclater on
pl. xxvul. in the ‘ Proceedings’ for 1873.

Tn the collection of the Zoological Society there are three com-
plete skins :—

1. W. Africa; obtained from a dealer and therefore without
trustworthy locality.—General coloration rufous, greyer on the
sides than on the back, neck, head, and tail. Marked all over
with reddish-brown spots, forming indistinct lines on the back,
neck, and head; tail with median line and indistinct bars.
This must be regarded as a rufous form of F’. celidog ygaster. It is
somewhat like no. 7 of the above-given B. M. series; and also
like the example from Cape Coast Castle figured by Dr. Sclater,
but is less distinctly spotted than either.

Accra.—Differs principally from the last in being of a grey
or slightly brownish-grey colour all over, the spots being dark
brown instead of rufous-brown. The crown of the head is very
distinctly striped and the postocular stripe is well defined. This
appears to be typical 7. celidogaster.

3. Sierra Leone.—This specimen is by far the most interesting of
the three. It agrees almost exactly with the skin Mr. Lydekker
made the type of /. ¢. cottoni, remarking that its dark hue is
evidently an adaptation to its habitat in the Ituri forest. Our spe-
cimen, however, came from Sierra Leone, considerably over 2000
miles from the Ituri forest. Noris thisall. When first imported
and presented to the Society by Mr. Hudson on June 21st, 1906,
the live specimen was unspotted, except beneath, and of a rufous-
brown colour exactly recalling the tint of a rich dark-hued Puma
(f. concolor). Butin four months’ time the colour entirely changed
from rufous to grey. This was effected by the fading of the pale
band in the distal half of each individual hair from red to nearly
white, the white with the terminal black portion combining to
produce the grey tint. Unfortunately, the animal died in
November, so that no further observations could be made; but
happily he lived long enough to prove that the rufous and the
erveyish phases may succeed one another in a comparatively short
space of time in the life-history of a single individual of this
species*. That such a change might occur was suspected by
Dr. Elliot, who noticed that in the type of /. celidogaster Temm.
the end of the tail was red like that of the type of 1. chrysothria,
‘‘as though the animal had been changing its coat from one
colour to the other.” This gave him the idea that the change
might be seasonal. The truth of the suspicion as to the

** What is true of this species may also be true of others. Several species of Cats
are known to be dimorphic in colour, like,-for example, F. jaguarondi. But no
actual change of the one colour ito the other such as is described above, has as yet
been recorded.

660 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SOME AFRICAN CATS [June 18,

occurrence of the change is fully confirmed; but whether it is
seasonal or not still remains unknown. It is, however, possible
that the new coat is always red, and fades to grey before being
replaced at the end of the year.

The above mentioned facts prove conclusively that the “colour”
cannot be used as a basis for splitting Welis aurata into two or
more local races ; since the red and the grey phases may succeed
one another in the life of the individual; and red and grey
individuals occur side by side in the same localities. On the other
hand, the material available for examination seems to justify the
provisional recognition of two subspecific forms distinguishable by
“ pattern,” that is, by the size and distribution of their spots.
These may be defined as follows :—

a. F. aurata celidogaster ( =chalybeata+ neglecta).

Primitive form; red or grey in colour, but spotted or
striped on the crown of the head, the neck, and the median
area of the back ; the spots on the sides of the body distinct,
of comparatively large size and comparatively few in number.
Tail distinctly or indistinctly banded.—Sierra Leone, Liberia,
Ashanti, Cape Coast Castle, Accra.

b. Ff. aurata aurata (=chysothrix+rutila + cotton).

Derivative form ; red or grey in colour, with the pattern
evanescent on the head, neck, and dorsal area of the body,
but generally retained on the sides as small, numerous,
close-set spots; tail not or only indistinctly banded.—Sierra
Leone, Mandingo Country, ? Liberia, “hinterland von
Bismarckburg ” *, Cameroons, Benito River; and the French
Congo 7 eastwards to the Ituri forest.

It must be freely conceded, however, that the arguments in
favour of the subspecific distinctness of F’. a. aurata and F. a. celido-
gaster on the characters I have indicated are somewhat weakened
by the recorded occurrence of both forms in Sierra Leone and
possibly in Liberia.

Of the specimens of this Cat obtained by Sir Harry Johnston
in Liberia (‘ Liberia,’ vol. 11. 1906), those represented on the plate
and by the right-hand photograph on p. 703, evidently belong to
the large-spotted or 7. a. celidogaster-form. Regarding the other
I am a little in doubt. But it appears to belong rather to the
f. a. aurata-torm. The two flat skins, obviously native-prepared,
are said to have come from the same locality. Sir Harry Johnston
repeats Matschie’s statement that the grey form is larger than the
red. [can find no evidence of any value bearing upon this point.
Indeed, of the two skins photographed in Sir Harry Johnston’s
book, the one of the red type is longer than the other measured
from the root of the tail to the fore part of the shoulder.

* Karsch, Mitth. deutsch. Schutz. vi. pt. 3, p. 10 (1893).

+ Pousargues describes two skins of this type obtained from natives of the Sanga
and of the country of the Eschiras (Ann. Sci. Nat. [8] ili. p. 322, 1896).

1907. | RECENTLY IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 661

There are two more interesting features to be noted in con-
nection with this species. I have not seen it stated in any
description that the hair on the upper side of the neck, from a

Text-fig. 175.

Why

i
< ‘A
“aes a |
es,

Skull of Felis awrata, } nat. size.
(Specimen no. Z of Zoological Society’s series.

Lateral and ventral views.

662 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SOME AFRICAN CATS [June 18,

point between the shoulders to a transverse line in front of the
anterior rim of the ears on the crown of the head, grows forwards.
This area is defined on each side by a crest, and is marked
posteriorly by a single or double whorl on the shoulders. This is
a most noticeable character in all the skins I have examined. It
serves to distinguish the skins of /. awrata at a glance from those
of all the small or medium-sized African and Oriental species of
Felis. Tt is, however, paralleled in some South-American species
like F. pardalis and F. tigrina, in which its systematic value does
not appear to have been thoroughly worked out *.

The second character is the shape of the mesopterygoid fossa
of the skull (text-fig. 175, p. 661), which is narrow and ellipti-
cally rounded in front, and thus differs from this fossa in all
other African species of Melis and approaches that of some of the
Oriental and South-American species. Indeed, I do not doubt
that 7’. aurata is to be classified in a group of which /’. pardalis
is one of the South-American, and /. temmincki one of the
Oriental representatives, and not with the groups exemplified in
Africa respectively by F. serval, F'. caracal, and F’. ocreata.

As a working hypothesis, it may be held that this group to
which F. aurata belongs originated in the Europo-Asiatic
continent and migrated thence in a south-easterly direction as
far as Borneo. From the Oriental Region it passed into tropical
West Africa. Into America it made its way probably by the Alaskan
reute and spread southwards through the continent as far as Chili
and Patagonia. There is as yet no reason to think that Melis
entered Africa at a sufficiently early date to pass direct to
America by the transatlantic bridge, which is believed to have
joined these two continents together formerly.

At the present time the distribution of this group is discon-
tinuous; but there are many known instances of aftinity between
the faunas of the Congo basin in Africa and of the Indo-
Malayan area of the Oriental Region; and also between the
faunas of the latter area and of the Neotropical Region. Hence
there is nothing extravagant in the claim that Felis aurata is
nearly related to species now inhabiting those areas, despite its
distributional isolation.

On FELIS SERVALINA Ogilby. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 3, 4.)

Felis servalina Ogilby, P. Z. 8S. 1839, p. 4; Sclater, P. Z. S.
1874, p. 495, pl. Ixiii.; Thomas, P. Z.S. 1888, p. 5; Lydekker,
Cats ete., Lloyd’s Nat. Hist. pp. 135-136 (1896).

Felis serval Elliot, Mon. Felidze, pl. xxvi., 1883 (in part).

Trouessart (Cat. Mamm. 1906, p. 274), misled apparently by
Gray (P. Z.S. 1867, p. 272), cites /. servalina Ogilby as a synonym
of F. chrysothrix. This isan error. The type of /. servalina is

* See O. Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii. pp. 235-237, 1903. This peculiarity

is very well shown in the figure of an example of F. tigrina which Schreber printed
as an illustration of Felis onca Linn. (Saug. iii. pl. cii.).

1907. RECENTLY IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS, 663

in the British Museum, and proves the correctness of Dr. Sclater’s
determination of the species as a Cat related to /. serval but
closely speckled (P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 495, pl. lxi.). Dr. Elliot
indeed, and following him Mr. Lydekker, gives /. servalina as a
synonym of J, serval*.

T cannot ascertain with certainty where this form, even if it be
regarded merely as a subspecies, is placed in Trouessart’s Catalogue
of Mammalia. | can only surmise that it is dismissed as a synonym
of Felis galeopardus of Desmarest, with which, presumably on
Matschie’s authority, /'. senegalensis Lesson is identified. If this
be so a double error is involved, for F’. servalina Ogilby is not
identical either with F. galeopardus ov with F’. senegalensis, and
F. senegalensis, judging from the figure, is difterent from
FP, galeopardus.

The descriptions and figures both of /. galeopardus and
FF’. senegalensis leave no doubt that these two resemble the typical
Serval in that the pattern on the neck, and at least the fore part
of the back, consists of definite and tolerably widely separated
longitudinal stripes. This is not the case in F. servalina.
F’. galeopardus and F. senegalensis ave further discussed (p. 667)
under the heading /’. serval.

The exact systematic status of /. servalina is a question about
which the opinions of authors are divided and undecided. In
every particular but pattern, that is to say in general form, length
and slenderness of limb, length of tail, size of ears, and form of
skull, it resembles 7. serval. Even in pattern the difference is
rather one of degree than of kind. It is quite easy to imagine
the transition from /, serval to F. servaling by the breaking up
of the cervical, scapular, and spinal stripes and of the larger spots
on the body in /. serval into a countless multitude of small close-
set spots showing obscure indication of serial arrangement usually
only on the spinal and cervical areas.. The differences might well
be regarded merely as of subspecific importance or perhaps as
indicative of variation comparable, as Sir H. Johnston has
remarked 7, to that of the speckled leopard-skins recorded by
Dr. Giinther from Grahamstown in 8. Africa (see infra, p. 676).

The available evidence, however, seems to me to be in favour of
regarding /. servalina as a valid species. In the first place, there
are, so far as I am aware, no skins showing a complete series of
gradations between this form and the typical Servalt. This
is opposed to the conclusion that the two are geographical
races of the same species. In the second place, the distribution of

* Tt seems singular that Mivart when preparing his monograph of the Cats did
not take the trouble to look up the type of servalina to settle the status of this form,
but, after comparing the species with ‘ neglecta, dismissed it with the words “the
type is said to be in the British Museum.” (The Cat, p. 408, 1881.)

+ ‘The Uganda Protectorate,’ i. p. 367, 1902.

{ Sir H. Johnston (‘ Uganda Protectorate,’ i, p. 366) says: “It is not very uncommon
to see skins which are intermediate in markings between the extremely small and
numerous spots of the Servaline and the bold black patches and stripes of the common
Serval.” The meaning of the term ‘intermediate’ is sufficiently lacking in precision

664 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SOME AFRICAN CATS [June 18,

F. servalina appears to coincide very closely with that of many
West African animals like the Chimpanzee, Velis awrata and
others. In the British Museum there are skins from Senegal
(Winwood Reade*), Sierra Leone (the type), Monbuttu (Emin
Pasha), and Entebbe. In 1874 Dr. Sclater recorded it from
Kinsembo on the borders of Angola and the Congo. Bocage
saw skins from the interior of Angola and from Caconda 7;
and Sir Harry Johnston remarks that it is found in the
Kingdom of Uganda and in the western province of the Pro-
tectorate. These localities suggest that /. servalina occurs on
the fringe of the West African forest-region. How far it extends
into the heart of that area is a matter for conjecture. The
omission of the species from Pousargues’s Catalogue of the Mam-
malian fauna of the French Congo must be cited as evidence
adverse to the conclusion that it is found throughout the Congoese
district. At the same time the omission may be attributed merely
to the scarcity of the animal.

That F. serval and F. servalina have been recorded from the same
country is indisputable; but, so far as I am aware, there is as yet
no convincing evidence that the two forms are found side by side
on the same spot. Skins of both, for example, have been sent to
Europe labelled ‘Sierra Leone,’ ‘Uganda,’ and ‘Angola.’ Such
labels, however, are no proof that the two are found together.
On the other hand, Mr. Spencer Shield (quoted by Dr. Sclater)
speaks of the Serval as common in Angola and Loango. Bocage
received the Serval from several places in Angola (Ambacca,
Quillengues, and Huilla). Both these authors give different
localities in Angola for /. servalina, and neither expresses a
doubt as to the distinctness of the two forms. Finally Sir Harry
Johnston states that the Serval is abundant in the Uganda
Protectorate up to the verge of the Congo forest, though not
within the forest; and he speaks in different terms of the
distribution of the Servaline Cat within that country. This is
clearly a question about which more evidence is required before a
correct opinion can with certainty be arrived at; but asa working
hypothesis it may be assumed that /. servalina inhabits the
triangular area, or at all events the fringe of that area, whose
angles are situated, broadly speaking, at Sierra Leone, Angola,
and Uganda; and that the Serval is distributed in the countries
lying to the north, east, and south of that area. Here and there
it appears that the two ‘forms’ mutually encroach on each other’s
territories, without, however, actually meeting in the same places,
each probably being addicted to a particular kind of country.

to prevent this statement and the one I have made from being necessarily
contradictory. Some examples of F’. serval senegalensis are, in a sense, intermediate
in pattern between boldly blotched examples of typical or subtypical Servals and of
F. servalina ; but there is no doubt whatever as to which of the two forms they
belong.

* The localities of this collector’s material are, I understand, open to doubt.

+ J. Sci. Lisboa (2) 1. p. 176, 1890.

1907. ] RECENTLY IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 665

Tf in the future it be shown that the two live side by side in the
same locality, the fact might be cited as evidence either of their
specific distinctness or of their dimorphic nature. It will be opposed
to the view that they are subspecific forms. The best evidence for
the latter will be the discovery of truly intermediate types; and
the best evidence for their dimorphism will perhaps be the
occurrence of the two types in the same litter of kittens known to
be the progeny of parents resembling each other in pattern.

The skins I have had an opportunity of examining seem to show
that F’. servalina is itself represented by geographical races. Of
these I recognise four, namely, the typical race from Sierra Leone,
a second from Monbuttu, a third from Uganda (Entebbe), and a
fourth from Mombasa.

These inay be diagnosed as follows :—

Subspecies SERVALINA Ogilby.

Ground-colour clive-yellow; fore part of shoulders, top and
sides of neck unspotted. Behind the unspotted area the spots are
at first faint but become gradually more and more distinct
posteriorly along the back.

Loc. Sierra Leone. (Type, B. M. no. 55.12.29.412.)

The type is a native-prepared skin without the head. The two
native-made skins, also headless, brought back by Winwood Reade
and labelled Senegambia are much like the type, but one or them
shows markings on the neck.

Subspecies panrasticta, nov. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 3.)

Differs from the typical 2’. s. servalina in having the neck (and
also the head) distinctly streaked longitudinally and the shoulders
as thickly and as distinctly spotted as the back and sides. More-
over, the ground-colour is of a richer yellow hue.

Loc. Uganda: Entebbe. (Type, B. M. no. 6.3.10.1, #. A.
Minchin.)

A very beautifully marked example of this race, labelled
“ Uganda,” was presented. to the Society on June 4th, 1898, by
Mr. F. G. Hall, and lived eight years in the Gardens.

This example is somewhat more richly coloured than the type
from Entebbe, possibly because the latter is slightly more faded.
The difference in tint between these Uganda specimens and the
earlier procured examples referred to the typical subspecies may
also be due to fading of the latter. On the other hand, examples
of the true Serval from Uganda appear to be more richly tinted
than those from Senegal; and the same may be the case with the
Servaline Cats.

Subspecies POLIOTRICHA, nov.

fF. servalina Thos. P. Z.8. 1888, p. 5.

Dorsal area olive-grey ; sides of the body and thighs markedly
greyish, the pale distal portion of the hairs being almost white
instead of yellow as in the other subspecies; front of the fore and

666 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SOME AFRICAN CATS [June 18,

hind legs also less yellow ; and on the sides of the body the stripes
run more definitely into wavy longitudinal streaks, their arrange-
ment being more regular than in the others. Head and neck
distinctly streaked and shoulders spotted as in /. s. pantasticta.
Loc. Monbuttu. (Type, B. M. no, 87.12.1.5, Hmin Pasha.)

Subspecies Liposticra, nov. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 4.)

Distinguishable at once from the typical and other subspecies
of I. servalina by the evanescence of the spots on the dorsal area
of the body, at least the median third of the flat skin being
practically self-coloured almost like that of /. chaus. Low down
on the sides and on the white of the belly there are a few rather
indistinct dusky spots. On the thighs and shoulders the spots
appear at a somewhat higher level than on the body, and gradually
increase in size and blackness towards the elbow and hock. The
neck is at most very faintly lined, but there are practically no
spots on the forehead or cheeks. The tail is confusedly spotted
above proximally and marked with narrow bars distally. The
general colour is a tawny yellow with an ashy tinge.

Loe. Mombasa. :

A single young temale specinen was presented to the Society by
the Rev. Ernest Millar on June 23rd, 1897 and died on the 14th
of July of the same year. The flat skin from the ears to the roots
of the tail measures 23 English inches. The skull shows that the
animal was just changing its teeth. The permanent canines and
carnassials of the upper jaw are half through, the molars are
fully formed; the milk carnassials are stillin place. In the lower
jaw the carnassials (molars) are in place, and the two milk
premolars still present on one side, though on the left the anterior
is gone : the canines.are both half up. In both upper and lower
jaws the permanent incisors appear to be fully formed. The length
of the lower permanent carnassial is 10 mm., of the upper 13.

It is possible that this specimen was not actually caught at
Mombasa. Since Mombasa, however, was the port of shipment,
it is probable that the Cat came from British East Africa,
perhaps from some place on the Mombasa to Uganda Railway.

The characters of the four subspecies may be tabulated as
follows :—

a. Back from behind shoulders to root of tail without distinct
SPOUSIOF: SULIDCS: 4 oe SneneeMeEr 5... cc acceler eae ees liposticta.

a’. Back thickly and distinctly spotted, with a narrow median
spinal stripe usually traceable.

b. Fore part of shoulders, sides and upper surface of neck

practically unspotted and unstriped ............ servalina.

b'. Fore part of shoulders as thickly spotted as the back ;

upper side of neck longitudinally streaked.
c. Sides of the body and thighs with ground-colour a rich
tawny yellow? likens. 0. cote. Cesena pantasticta.
Sides of the body and thighs with ground-colour decidedly
TOW Fes a een, AITO, EEE EAS POM poliotricha.

1907. | RECENTLY IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 667

On FELIS SERVAL Schreb. (Plate XX XVIII. figs. 1, 2.)

Subsp. SENEGALENSIS Lesson. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 1.)
Felis senegalensis Lesson, Mag. Zool. 1839, pl. x.

Matschie cites /’,. senegalensis asa synonym of the earlier described
F, galeopardus of Desmarest (Mammalogie, pp. 227—228, 1820).
Judging from the figures of the types of the two forms, I should
say this opinion is untenable. In both there are very definite
tolerably widely spaced cervical and dorsal stripes, but whereas in
F. senegalensis the sides of the body are covered with numerous
small rather close-set spots, in 4’. galeopardus the spots are larger
and much less closely set. This difference, coupled with the fact
that the locality of the type of /”. galeopardus is unknown, makes
the acceptance of Matschie’s opinion impossible without some
evidence to support it. For the type of /. galeopardus I select the
specimen represented by the figure in F. Cuvier’s Hist. Nat. Mamm.
i. 1818. This figure and the accompanying text were published
two years before the issue of Desmarest’s volume, and Desmarest
not only quotes them but inserts Cuvier’s name as his authority,
at the end of the description of F. galeopardus. A reduced copy
of Cuvier’s figure is published in Jardine’s Nat. Libr., Feline,
pl. xxiv., 1857, and in Mr, Lydekker’s volume on Cats in Lloyd’s
Nat. Hist. pl. xiv., 1896.

Of F. serval senegalensis there is a good photograph in Sir
Harry Johnston’s ‘ Liberia,’ u. p. 701, 1906. The numerous
round and close-set spots forming 8 or 9 rows from belly to back on
each side are very clearly shown. This example came from the
Liberian border, presumably the northern border; and judging
from the photograph the animal must have resembled very closely
a specimen from Sierra Leone, now living in the Gardens, which
was presented by Mr. Hudson with the example of elis aurata
above described (p. 659). It is important to record that this speci-
men lived in the Gardens about a year. It grew a great deal, but
did not appreciably alter in colour or pattern.

Fs. senegalensis may be said to have about 17 or 19 rows of
spots across the body dorsally from belly to belly, including the
median spinal and the two dorso-lateral stripes. The rows,
however, are extremely difficult to count, and it is easy to decrease
or increase the total by one or two on each or either side.
Nevertheless in the main it is true that this subspecies has
smaller and considerably more spots than Servals occurring in
certain other parts of Africa. In some of the latter the spots are
much more elongate and their serial arrangement much more
evident than in Fis. senegalensis (Plate OXON. fig, 2).

The mal ei of rows also is less on the whole, amounting to
only about 15*, regarding the spinal stripe, which is sometimes
doubled, as one. Now Matschie’s alleged species /”. togoensis 1s
said to have 20-24 rows of spots, those on the back being

* Matschie says 12-16 (SB. Ges. Nat. Fr. Berlin, 1895, p. 11¢).

668 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SOME AFRICAN CATS [June 18,

arranged in 5 or 7 narrow longitudinal stripes. Thus, so far as
the numbers of rows are concerned, /’.s. senegalensis 1s intermediate
between /’. fogoensis and the typicalform. ‘The definite formation
of as many as five dorsal rows is very unusual. Three is the typical
number. But the figure of the type of Fs. senegalensis shows
on the left side two stripes below the spinal stripe and above the
irregularly arranged spots. Inferentially therefore, this specimen
resembled at least one of those described as /. togoensis in having
a total of five dorsal stripes.

F’. togoensis is also said to be darker coloured than /. s. senegal-
ensis and F. s. serval. In Jan. 1905, a Serval kitten from Upper
Nigeria was presented to the Society by Capt. B. A. Rice. The
skin of this specimen is decidedly darker and richer in hue
than the typical and Senegalese Servals I have seen. In other
respects it seems to resemble the example of /. s. senegalensis
figured by Sir H. Johnston, the spots being small, numerous, close-
set and irregularly disposed, there being only three definite dorsal
stripes,and perhaps about eight rows of spots in addition on the
sides and belly. These facts show that there is a complete gradation
between /’. togoensis and other true Servals in all the characters
mentioned by Matschie as distinctive of his species. /. togoensis,
therefore, can at most be given only subspecific rank.

On FELIS OCREATA Gmelin.

Felis ocreata Gmelin, Anh. Bruce Reisen (trans. by E. W.
Cubn), ii. p. 27 (1791); H. Schwann, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7)
xiil, p. 421 (1904).

Felis lybica de Winton in Anderson’s Zoology of Egypt,
Mammalia, p. 117 (1902).

Subsp. uGAND# Schwann.
Tom. cit. p. 424.

There is a single specimen of /. ocreata now living in the
Gardens, which is no doubt referable to this local race. It was
taken asa kitten at Neari, north of Fort Hall, in Uganda, and is the
property of Miss Winifred Edwardes.

The general colour is a stone-grey. The stripes on the body are
scarcely defined but show up in certain lights as very pale yellowish-
brown bands. On the legs they are much more distinct, the two
internal brachial stripes being black and conspicuous. The distal
portion of the tail is also striped with black.

Subsp. cGAFRA Desm.
Pp

Felis cafra Desmarest, Encycl. Méthod., Mamm. Suppl. 1822,
p. 540 (and of subsequent authors).

Early in the present year the Society received from Mr. A, W.
Guthrie, C.M.Z.S8., of Port Elizabeth, a young example of this race,
which unfortunately died a few weeks after arrival.

I am compelled to agree with Mr. Schwann that the name

UOT RECENTLY IN {THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 669

obscura Desm.,admitted by Dr. Elliot to be the earliest name for this
Cat and adopted for it by Mr. de Winton (Anderson’s ‘ Mammals of
Egypt, p. 175), should not supersede ca/ra. It was probably based
upon a melanistic specimen of the domestic cat described as
fF. torquata, or upon a mongrel between that breed and /’. ocreata
cafra. Myr. Schwann’s reasons for rejecting M1. de Winton’s view
are not, however,in my opinion convincing, He lays stress upon
the fact that the cat was compared to a domestic cat in size and
was too numerously and conspicuously striped for /’. 0. cafra. The
first reason may be met by saying that the animal was young; and
the second by the statement that Cuvier’s figure of the type does
not bear out the belief in the numerical excess of the stripes over
those of /. 0. cafra*.

It seems to me that the type of /. obscura might have been a
young, somewhat unusually well-striped melanistic specimen of
F. cafra, 1 which the stripes would naturally show up as black
bars, were 1t not that Cuvier’s figure proves that the tail was
strongly banded to the base. This is a character in which
domestic eats of the torquata- and catus-breeds often, though not
invariably, differ markedly from examples of /. ocreata and
F. sylvestris, in which the caudal stripes are usually only well deve-
loped at the distal end of the tail. Another feature of /. obscura
upon which Cuvier laid stress, remarking that he had never seen
it in the Red-eared African Cats (/’. ocreata), is the presence of
two distinct stripes on the cheek. When the stripes are retained
in domestic cats, these cheek-stripes are always visible. But
since they are also present in examples of F’. 0. cafra, no great
importance can be attached to them in this connection.

The colour of the coat, the banding of the tail, and Cuvier’s
remarks about the tameness of the Cat when at liberty, are the
principal reasons which make the substitution of obscura for cafra
hardly defensible.

On FELIS NIGRIPES Burchell.

Felis nigripes Burchell, Travels, etc. 11. p. 592 (1824); Matschie,
SB. Nat. Fr. Berlin, 1894, p. 258; W. L. Sclater, Fauna of
S. Africa: Mammalia, p. 40, fig. 11 (1900).

Two examples of this interesting little Cat, the smallest of all
the species of Felis, were presented to the Society in May 1906 by
Mr. A. W. Guthrie, C.M.Z.S.,of Port Elizabeth. They were pro-
cured from a dealer who declared they came from the Zambesi. It
would be unsafe to place any great reliance upon this statement.

Apart from colour and pattern (text-figs. 177 & 178, pp. 672
& 673) the living animal is remarkably like a diminutive
domestic cat, especially about the head and face. The legs,
however, are relatively shorter, and the paws exceptionally
small and dainty. The iris of the eyes is yellowish green

* The early literature of F. obscura is as follows :—“ Ue chat noir du Cap,”

F. Cuvier, Dict. des Sci. Nat. viii. p. 222 (1817); F. obscura Desmarest, Encyclop.
Méthod., Mamm. p. 230 (1820); F. Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Mamm. ii. pl. 128 (1826).

670 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SOME AFRICAN CATS [June 18,
and the pupil contracts to a vertical slit under strong light.

Except in colour, and to a less extent in pattern, this Cat bears no
resemblance to the Serval as has been stated by Mr. W. L. Sclater.

Text-fig. 176.

Skull of Felis nigripes.

Lateral, dorsal, and ventral views.

Broadly speaking, the skull (text-fig. 176) is like that of /. sy/-
vestris and F’, ocreata. When resting on the tips of the canines and
on the bulle,its highest point is on the anterior portion of the
parietals. From that point the top of the cranium descends some-
what abruptly posteriorly, while anteriorly the frontals form a more
gradual descent towards the muzzle. The nasal bones and facial
portion make an abrupt descent from the forehead, the plane of
the nasals being nearly parallel to the line of the anterior border
of the orbit. The postorbital processes are short but broad and
laminate. The posterior portion of the nasals is strongly com-
pressed. The zygomatic arches are widely expanded in their
anterior or orbital moiety. The under side of the skull is remark-
able for the great size of the auditory bulle; the greatest length
of a bulla is equal to the distance between its anterior edge and

1907.| RECENTLY IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 671

the palatal rim of the posterior nares ; also to the width across the
occipital condyles and to the distance between the posterior edge
of the canine and the posterior edge of the last cheek-tooth (im) of
the maxilla. The auditory meatus also is correspondingly large.

So far as dentition is concerned, the skull presents a marked
difference from those of /”. ocreata and F’, sylvestris in the reduction
of the inner cusp of the maxillary carnassial to a small rounded lobe.

The following measurements will show some other differences
between the skulls of examples of F’. nigripes, F. ocreata, and
F. sylvestris.

| | |
| F. niaripes, | 2 0crenta | F. sylvestris |
| » MIMPES- | (Suakim). | (Scotland).

as
J
cS

LS

| basallenothite nem: aes ee enna 60 81 | 82
| Breadth of cranium... 39 |
| 5 behind postorbital pr ocesses - 30 36 34
# across zygomata above poste- |
rior cusp of upper carnassial.! 48 | 61 61
| s across occipital condyles ...... 19 | 24. 24
| Length and breadth of auditory bulla.. Weis Ws) USB ley IRS} 1s}
| Length of palate ..... 25 | 35 36
Length and height of auditory meatus . 85; 6 93 6 Pi Al
| Length of 2nd and 8rd maxillary pre- : |
| molars......) 14 18 17 |
ices of 3rd maxillary premolar(upper,
carnassial)...... | 975 12 | 12

53 of Ist mandibular molar (lower’ |

| carnassial)...... 65 85 | 8

The chief differences between the skulls of /. nigripes and
*

F. ocreata may be tabulated as follows * :-—

Inner cusp of maxillary carnassial large; length of auditory
bulla much less than the length of the space between its
anterior border and that of the mesopterygoid fossa and about
equal to the length of the 2nd and 3rd maxillary premolars,
less than the width across the occipital condyles... ocreata.

a’. Inner cusp of maxillary carnassial reduced to a small lobe ;
length of auditory bulla about equal to the length of the
space between its anterior border and that of “the meso-
pterygoid fossa and to the distance between the socket of
the canine and the posterior border of the 2nd premolar
of the maxilla and to the width across the occipital
COMM YMES rye eee eres oh. Sacre miseries oe ss ene soe 4 nigripes.

The diminutiveness of /’. nigripes suggests that it is a dwarfed
species ; and its resemblance to /, ocreata further suggests that it

* Mr. W. L. Sclater says that the skulls of F. nigripes and F. ocreata cafra
resemble each other except in the matter of size. It seems hardly likely that the skull
and teeth of F'. nigripes vary to the extent necessary for the reconciliation of this
statement and that made above embodying the ditierences. Hence it must be
supposed that Mr. Sclater never saw the skull of this species, but was merely quoting
Dr. Matschie’s remarks.

Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1907, No. XLV. AD

672 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SOME AFRICAN CAWS

isa dwarfed and otherwise modified Cat of the last-mentioned type.
Tt is not therefore a matter for surprise that in many of the
characters in which the skull differs from that of /. ocveata, it shows
an approximation to features presented by the young of that
species. This is especially shown in the relatively larger brain-
case and auditory bulle. The skull of a kitten of EF. ocreata
resembling that of /”. nigripes in size differs most markedly from
the skull of 7 nigripes in that the plane of the nasals is m almost
the same line as that of the anterior portion of the frontals, the fall
of the face beginning only a little in front of the fronto-parietal
suture.
Text-fig. 177.

Felis nigripes.

Photograph of the living animal in summer coat with markings well-defined.

It may further be noted asan interesting fact that the auditory
bulle and auditory orifice in J’. nigripes are actually nearly as
large as in an adult of /’. ocreata. The explanation of this is to
be sought, I suspect, in the relative defencelessness of /. nigripes,
which requires an acuter auditory sense than 7. ocreata, for the
purpose of evading enemies.

The following description of this species is taken from the skins in
the British Museum and from the two specimens in the Society’s
collection.

General colour creamy or greyish fawn on the neck, sides and

1907. | RECENTLY IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 673

dorsal surface of the body, the median dorsal area darker than the
sides, the hair on the back longer and forming a sort of short

Text-fig. 178.

Felis nigrvipes.

Flat skin from specimen in winter coat with obscure markings.

spinal mane especially upon the lumbo-sacral area as in 1’, ocreata
45*

674 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON SOME AFRICAN CATS [June 18,

and F.chaus. Head “rabbit” grey, indistinctly or distinctly striped
or spotted on the crown, rarely so on the forehead, where the
stripes are evanescent. Ears short, of about the same size as in
the domestic cat, coloured like the head; not apically pencilled.

Stripes on the occiput black; on the nape often broken up and
fading to rusty brown ; those on the sides of the neck especially
tending to assume a rusty hue. In front of the shoulder, short

stripes extend obliquely downwards and forwards on to the neck,
two of them, better marked than the rest, forming collars. A
third collar crosses the interramal area, and there are at least two
well-marked stripes on the cheeks. The pattern on the body
consists for the most part of spots sometimes black, sometimes
suffused with brown. On the dorsal area the arrangement of the
spots is sometimes more or less longitudinally linear; and on the
sides of the thorax two or three oblique stripes are sometimes
formed. The tail has a median dark blackish-brown stripe and
at its distal end about three transverse black stripes, incomplete
below, and a black tip. ‘The ventral surface from the chin to the
anus, and the insides of the limbs and under side of the tail are
white or whitish. The spots on the belly are large and black ; also
on the shoulder and thighs they are blacker as a rule than on the
body. The outer side of the legs is creamy fawn; the fore leg is
encircled at the base with two very broad black stripes; the sole of
the foot up to the wrist is black; the paw is speckled above with
black; there is an incomplete stripe above the wrist in front.

The hind leg has two strong black stripes above the hock and is
black behind from the pads up to the hock. The under-fur is
almost sooty-black on the dorsal area, but a paler more slate-grey
on the sides.

Loc. Bamanguato (7. C. Selous); Deelfontein (Claud Grant) ;
Vredefort Roa Orange River Colony (Barrett Hamilton).
Previously recorded from Bechuanaland and the Kalahari Desert.

The skins from different localities mentioned above differ
somewhat from each other; but there is not as yet sufficient
material, in my opinion, to warrant the naming of local races.

The following measurements in mm. have been taken from
animals in the flesh, with exception of no. 4.

| |
| Total |Headand| ,.., | Hind cop
length. body. | Toe | feot. Locality.
Ne rec ane 528 358 170 92 Deelfontein (B.M.)
Dee 525 368 157 85 yi :
By 506 337 169 81 (? Zambesi. Zool. Soc.)
eee | 650 | 500 150 | 80 | (loc. S. Afr. Mus.)
| | |

* These measurements are recorded by My. Sclater, presumably in inches, and are
here reduced to millimetres. They were taken from a mounted specimen. Stretching
of the skin probably accounts for the marked disproportion in length between the
tail and the head and body.

1907. | RECENTLY IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 675

On FELIS CARACAL Guld.

At the present time there are four Caracals living in the
Gardens, an adult pair from South Africa presented by Col. Slog-
gett, D.S.0., R.A.M.C., a young female from Jebba in Nigeria
presented by Mr. EK. Lort Phillips, and a young male presented
by Sir George Denton from Senegal. The South African animals.
have shorter tails and are rather darker and greyer in tint than
those from North-western Africa; but the latter difference may
be merely a question of age. A young specimen brought by
Capt. Rice from Lake Chad was also more richly tinted than those
presented by Col. Sloggett. But the Society’s material does not
justify the classification of African examples of this species.
into more than one subspecies.

The example brought by Capt. Rice was extraordinarily tame,
although about half-grown, and played about the office with a piece-
of string exactly like a kitten and allowed itself to be handled
without attempting to scratch or bite. The specimen sent by Sir
George Denton, on the contrary, was, Dr. Hopkinson, D.S O.,
tells me, absolutely savage from its soyliesi days, although it wais
taken when about a month old and always kept on a chain. The
interest of these facts hes in the conclusion they enforce that
fierceness in animals of this kind is a matter of individual
temperament, and not a specific characteristic.

Dr. Hopkinson also tells me that Caracals appear not to be
known actually in the Gambia. The species is at least unknown
to the natives, and there is no name for it in any of the
native languages.

On Feuis pARDUS Linn.

Subsp. LEOPARDUS Schreb.

Felis leopardus Schreber, Siug. ii. p. 387, pl. ci. (Mamed on
plate), 1777; Erxleben, Syst. Regni Anim. p. 509, 1777.

Both by Schreber al Erxleben the name leopardus was applied
to West-African Leopards. Schreber gave the distribution as
from Gambia to the Cape; but Erxleben restricted the locality to
Guinea and the adjoining countries of Africa. Moreover his words
“ corpore fusco maculis subcoadunatis vigris” and “ maculis maxime
approximatis” forcibly suggest that he was acquainted with skins
or living examples of the form he was describing. The so-called
East-African Leopard cannot therefore be regarded as typical of
“ Teopardus” as My. Lydekker maintained *

%* *Great and Small Game of India,’ p. 297, 1900. The synonymy of some of the
larger species of Felid is still somewhat confused. For instance, Dr. Neumann
speaks ot the Leopard of the Atlas as ‘panthera’ (Zool. Jahrb., Syst. xiil. p. 552, 1900).
Dr. Trouessart, on the contrary, applies the name ‘panthera’ Erxl. to a Leopard
inhabiting Persia, India and Ceylon (Cat. Mamm. Suppl. p. 268, 1904); and
Mr. Lydekker used it for the Persian race which was subsequently named tulliana.
It appears to me, on the contrary, to be evident that Erxleben gave the name panthera
to the species that Schreber described as wncia (see Fischer, ‘Syn. Mamm., Add. ete.
p. 567 = (867) 1830). Atall events there are just as good, or as had, reasons for holding
that panthera was applied to the species we call the Snow Leopard or Ounce, and
which Ehrenberg not unjustifiably named F. ibis, as for holding that wncia was

applied to that species. The name panthera of Schreber must on Schreber’s own
citation be regarded as a synonym of pardus Linn.

676 AFRICAN CATS RECENTLY IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. | June 18,

Within the last few years the Society has received several
examples both young and adult of this race—namely, two cubs of
about a month old from Sierra Leone, presented by Major Pearce,
R.A.M.C., F.Z.8., one half-grown specimen from Ashanti pre-
sented by Mr. R. Higham, and one full-grown animal from
Jaman (Ashanti) presented by Mr. F.C. Fuller. All aie very
uniformly coloured, and are of a peculiar dusky shade which
differs markedly from the golden tawny hue of most Indian
specimens. This dusky effect is produced by a combination of
two causes, namely by the greyer hue of the interspaces or
eround-colour and by the closeness of the spots, the imterspaces
being narrower than the spots and forming what might be
described as a relativ ely narrow reticulated pattern. Quite distinet
in appearance from these West African Leopards is one now
living in the Gardens, which was brought by Mr. F. H. Melland
from the Luangwe Valley in N.K. Rhodesia (north of the
Zambesi). This is of the yellow type, lke typical Indian
Leopards, but the pattern is less definite than in any of the
Oriental and West African specimens now possessed by the Society,
that is to say the component elements of the so-called rosettes are
less consolidated. In this respect the specimen shows an approxi-
mation to the type of pattern observed in the Grahamstown
Leopards recorded by Dr. Giinther in the paper above referred
o* (P. ZS. 1885, p. 243, pl. xvi.; id. op. cit. 1886, p. 203, fig.).

f do not think it is possible to find any one character for dis-
tinguishing the skins of African Leopards from those of Asiatic
Leopar ds as a whole, unless it be that African Leopards are more
closely spotted, expecially upon the nape of the neck. It is not
true, as has been stated, that they may be distinguished by the
presence of rosette-spots upon the shoulders and neck in Asiatic
animals, and of solid spots on those areas in African animals.
Small rosette-spots are observable upon the neck of the Leopards
from Jebba and Ashanti already mentioned; whereas in two
examples from Ceylon and the Central Provinces of India, that
were recently living in the Gardens, the spots on the neck were all
solid.

African Leopards never apparently exhibit the large rosettes
seen In some Asiatic animals, especially in the Chinese Felis
pardus fontaneri. Some Asiatic Leopards indeed are almost,
perhaps quite, intermediate in pattern between some African
Leopards and Jaguars. On geographical grounds one would
expect this to be the case; for the Jaguar is beyond all doubt in
my opinion an American Leopard, in the sense that the Leopard
and the Jaguar are much more nearly related to one another than

* IT do not know by what racial title this Leopard from N.E. Rhodesia should
be known. Neumann has given the subspecitic name suahelica to what he calls the
large spotted 4. African Leopard of which he saw skins from North Ugogo, Uganda,
and elsewhere. This description does not, however, apply to Mr. Melland’s specimen.
Nor do the characters of the latter animal agree with those of F. pardus nimr
Ehrenb., which according to Neumann is a grey form inhabiting the coast of the Red
Sea, and resembling the Persian F. pardus tu/liana in tint (Zool. Jahrb., Syst.
xill. p. 552, 1900).

I ZS) MOT, Pl MOMS

H. Goodchild del. et lith. Huth imp,
SPECIES OF CEICOPLITHE CUS.

2 re ey
Wes Bey
ea
Day nen

ZS) UOT, IP IaL, .

i
inv}

Se oy

H Goodchild del et lith Huth tmp.

Sew Cus OF CEIRC OPM hls CUS

ay
a

PAD}
# Bin

i
‘i

DP), ZS. WOT, IPLDSAuM,

5). Gr

H Goodchild del.et lith. Parker & West imp.
SPwWCusS OF CH ICORIIT nls CUS.

2), ZS. WO, LSU,

©

Parker & West imp

H.Goodchild del.et ith.

CIS IES OULU Ie Cui Ss.

Cie Sy Oe

Sle la

1907.] A REVISION OF MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 677

either is to the Puma (JZ. concolor), Lion (£’. leo) or Tiger(L. tigris).*
This opinion, obviously suggested by the pattern of the skin, is
confirmed by the similarity in voice between the two species.
The roar, which is quite unlike that of a Lion or Tiger, may be
described as a series of hoarse barking coughs, an interval of about
one second separating each expiratory effort. It very much re-
sembles the sound produced by sawing a piece of thin wood with
a coarse-toothed saw. Ina female Jaguar now in the Gardens
the roar is less deep-toned, and its repetition is more rapid than
in a female Nepalese Leopard, but whether these differences obtain
throughout the species or ave merely individual, | do not know.
In any case there is no mistaking the fundamental resemblance
between the sounds. And I do not think there can be any doubt
that the existing Leopards and Jaguars ave descended from a
common stock which in comparatively recent times ranged sufti-
ciently far to the north to pass from Asia to North America or vice
versa.

This explanation is i» keeping with the greater resemblance
above referred to, that obtains in pattern between Jaguars and
North Asiatic Leopards than between Jaguars and African
Leopards. And it may be noted that the Leopard which is the
least like the Jaguar in pattern is the one that is furthest
removed from it geographically, that is to say the form from
Grahamstown named Felis pardus melanotica by Dr. Giinther.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVIII.

Fig. 1. Felis serval senegalensis Less. Skin of aspecimen from Sierra Leone, p. 667.

Fig. 2. Felis serval Schreb. Skin of large spotted form from Uganda, p. 667.

Fig. 3. Felis servalina pantasticta, subsp. nov. Skin of specimen trom Uganda,
p- 665.

ig. 4. Felis servalina liposticta, subsp. nov. Skin of type labeiled “ Mombasa,”
p-. 666.

8. A Monographie Revision of the Monkeys of the Genus
Cercopithecus. By R.1. Pocock, I’.L.S., Superintendent

of the Gardens.
[Received May 28, 1907.)

(Plates XXXIX.-XLIT.7, and Text-figures 179-193.)

INTRODUCTION.

The name Cercopithecus was tist used in a binominal sense by
Erxleben in 1777 for all the long-tailed Monkeys of the Old World
known up to that time, Subsequent elimination of some of the
species contained in it to form the genera Colobus, Cercocebus,
Macacus, and others in the middle and early half of the last
century gradually gave to the genus its present significance, and
reduced the species referred 0 it by Erxleben to the following
nine :—diana, mona, sabea, patas, nictitans, petaurista, talapouwn,
cephus, and roloway.

* T refrain from putting the Ounce (Ff. wncia) in this category, having had very

few opportunities of studying this species either alive or dead.
+ For explanation of the Plates, see pp. 745-746.

678 MR. R. I. POCOCK——-A REVISION OF | June 18,

Of these talapoin was made the type of a separate genus, JJio-
pithecus, by Is. Geoffroy St. H.(C.R. Acad. Sci. xy. p. 720, 1842), and
this author legitimately selected as the type of Cercopithecus the
species named callitrichus, which is the same as sabeus of Erxleben
(Cat. Méthod. Mamm., Primates, p. 18, 1851).

Since that date the genus Cercopithecus has been broken up
into a considerable number of named minor groups, notably by
Reichenbach and Trouessart. No type species were intention-
ally indicated by the authors who named these groups or sub-
genera. One only, namely Cynocebus, was based upon a single
species. Its type therefore was fixed from the beginning. More-
over, in three others, namely Mona, Petawrista, and Diana, the
type was, 7pso facto, indicated to start with by the adoption for
the subgenus of the name of one of the species comprised in it.
Of the majority, embracing more than one species, the types have
up to the present remained unsettled ; and since it is now con-
sidered expedient to fix the type species of all genera and subgenera
in Zoology, I have attempted to revise the subgenera of Cerco-
pithecus for that purpose and have selected a type species for each
out of the residuum of species remaining from the process of
elimination practised by authors who have preceded me.

The results arrived at are briefly expressed in the following
list. :-—

CaLuiruRix Reich.', 1863 (preoccupied). Type by selection
C. callitrichus (=sabeus Linn.).

CercopitHecus Erxl., 1777. Type by selection C. callitrichus
(=sabeus Linn.).

CuLoroceBus Gray ~, 1870. Type by selection C. sabeus Linn.

Cynocresus Gray *, 1870. Type ab initio C. eynoswrus Scop.

Diapem1A Reich.’, 1863. Type by elimination and selection
C. leucampyx Fisch.

Drana Trouess.”, 1897. Type by tautonymy C. diana Linn.

Eryturocesus Trouess.’, 1897. Type by selection C. patas
Schreb.

Miorrruecus Geoffr., 1842. Type ab initio C. talapoin Schreb.

Mona Reich.*, 1863. Type by tautonymy C. mona Linn.

OropirHEcus Trouess.”, 1897. Type by selection C. pogonias

Benn.
Prraurista Reich.’, 1863. Type by tautonymy C. petawrista
Schreb.

Poconocesus Trouess.*, 1906. Type C. diana Linn., by sub-
stitution of Pogonocebus tor Diana Reich., preoccupied.
Ruinostictus Trouess.*, 1897. Type C. petaurista Schreb.,

by substitution of Rhinostictus for Petaurista Reich.,
preoccupied.
1 Reichenbach, Die volls. Nat. Affen, pp. 105-122 (1863).
Gray, Cat. Monkeys B.M. (1870).

® Trouessart, Cat. Mamm. i. pp. 16-22 (1897).
Trouessart, Cat. Mamm. Suppl. pp. 10-15 (1906).

i

>

1907.] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 679

The selection by Is. Geoffroy St. H. of callitrichus(=sabaus)as the
type of Cercopithecus rendered abortive Gray’s action in assigning
the name Cercopithecus to other species unrelated to sabeus.
Similarly W. L. Sclater’s* selection of mona as the type of that
genus cannot be entertained, both for the above-given reason and
also because mona had been eliminated by Reichenbach as the
type of his section Jona.

Although TI have thus endeavoured to show to what sections
of the genus Cercopithecus the various extant subgeneric names
must be applied, I have done so, not because I think the sections
have generic or subgeneric value, but simply because the names
have been proposed by earlier authors. The application of sub-
generic names to these sections is at present, I think, premature,
because they rest almost wholly upon colowr-characters ; and if
the system be adopted with consistency, it will be necessary to
introduce additional names to emphasize the isolation of certain
other species, such as C. neglectus, C. Uhoesti, and possibly
C. nigroviridis.

The groups, moreover, ave of unequal value. The differences,
for example, between C. petaurista and C’. ascanius or C. signatus,
are, I think. of as much importance as those that separate any of
the species referred to the three sections combined, named after
nictitans, leucampyx, and albogularis—perhaps, indeed, of more
importance.

One group, however, stands out from the rest and might
perhaps with advantage be given full generic status. This is the
group name Mrythrocebus, typified by patas. The living animals
differ markedly from other species, not only in colour, but in
form. They are slender Monkeys standing high on the legs, the
fore legs being particularly long as compared with those of other
species, Which are heavily built and low on the fore legs. A
comparison between them forcibly suggests the differences im
aspect between a Chitah and the larger species of Felis of about
the same size, such asa Puma or a Leopard; and I suspect that
C. patas is more terrestrial and less arboreal than the other
members of the genus Cercopithecus.

T regret that lack of proper material has prevented me making
use of skull-characters. To work the genus from the craniological
standpoint requires a series of skulls of both sexes at various ages
of development of each species, so that the extent of the variation
in individuals of the same age and of different ages may be
ascertained. The material for this is inadequate; and since the
measurement and description of such skulls as I have seen would
have doubled my work and inordinately added to the length of this
paper, without yielding commensurate taxonomic results, I have
been compelled to abandon, at all events for the present, all
consideration of cranial characters.

One great systematic difficulty that I have had to face, and in

* “Fauna of S. Africa’: Mammals, i. p. 5 (1900). Sce also Palmer, ‘Catalogue
of the Genera of Mammalia’ (1904).

680 MR. R. I. POCOCK—A REVISION OF [June 18,

many cases to leave unsatisfactorily settled, is the decision as to the
status, whether specific or subspecitic, that should be given to
certain forms. ‘This is an extremely difficult point, and one about
which probably no two authors willagree. I suspect that most of
my present day colleagues will think that I have been too lavish
with subspecies, and will consider that the higher rank should
have been assigned to them in most cases. Personally, I doubt if
im all instances I’ have gone quite far enough in reducing species
to (sulngueeute level. These, however, are relatively unimportant
points which future investigation alone can settle.

An interesting phenomenon connected with the coloration of
the species of this genus is the frequency of the interchange of the
thiaee colours white, red, and black. For example, in O. erythro-
gaster the nose is said to change from black to white during
growth. In C. patas I have reason to think that the lips, and in
some cases the nose, turn from black to white and the limbs from
red to white as age advances. In C. sclateri the nose-spot is white;
in C. erythrotis it is ved. In C. burnetti the belly is white; but
in the closely related C. grayi it is yellowish red. In C. petaurista
also it 1s white, but in C. erythrogaster it is red. In OC. kandti
the underside is red ; in CO. leucampyx it is black. In C. diana
the thighs are rusty-red inside; in C. roloway they are white or
yellow. In C. cephus the tail may be ved or coloured like the back.
Similar phenomena may be observed in the colour of the hairs on
the ear i closely related species; and the brow-band similarly
may be black, white, or red.

The material I have had at my disposal has been the skins in
the collection of the Society and the examples living in the Gardens
during the past four years, most of which were deposited for
scientific work of this kind by the Hon. Walter Rothschild. J
cannot overestimate the help these specimens have been to me;
and my thanks are due to Mx. Rothschild for allowing me to make
full use of them. I am also greatly indebted to Sir Ray Lankester
and Mr. Oldfield Thomas for lending me the invaluable collection
of skins m the British Museum, and especially to Mr. Thomas for
giving me the freest possible access at all times to the collection
under his charge. Without this privilege and help my under-
taking would have been ten times more difficuit, perhaps indeed
quite impossible.

The two most recent monographs of this genus were those
by Dr. P. L. Sclater in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1893,
pp. 248-258, and by Dr. H. O. Forbes in Allen’s Nat. Libr.,
Monkeys, 11. pp. 41-83, 1894. Since that date a considerable
number of species have been added, principally by Dr, Matschie,
Dr. Neumann, and Mr. Oldfield Thomas. References to the
literature relating to these will be found incorporated in the text
that follows.

USO Ga] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 681

Analytical Ney to the Groups of Species.

a. Prevailing colour nearly brick-red ; limbs below elbow and knee white in

adult; skin of face and of ears pale flesh-coloured. P4vas-group (p. 742).

a. Colour not brick-red; limbs below elbow and knee not white; face
and ears never wholly pallid.

6. Long snow-white uprunning whiskers associated with a blackish or
dark red belly.

c. A white brow-band; markedly white chest and inside of fore limbs;

a tuft of hair on the chin and a white stripe on outside of thigh.
Drana-group (p. 682).
ce’. No white brow-band ; chest not wholly white and inside of fore limbs

not white; no tuft on chin and no stripe on thigh.

d. Belly blackish and the same colour as the limbs; top of head
blackish, finely speckled, not encircled ... L’Housti-group (p. 714).

d’. Belly and chest red, differing from the limbs in colour; top of
head encircled with black and mostly golden green.

ERYTHROGASTER-group (p. 715).
b’. Whiskers variously coloured, when white and uprunning associated

with a white or whitish under side.

e. A white cordate nasal spot accompanied by a white or greyish-white
under side and inside of limbs; under side of tail white and strongly
contrasted in tint with the upper side, at least proximally.

PETAURISTA-group (p. 717).

e’. Nasal spot, when present and subcordate not accompanied by white
on the under side of the body and tail and inside of the limbs.

f. A very distinct patch of yellow or greyish-yellow hair on the cheek
defined by a black stripe above and below. Crpnus-group (p. 721).

f’. On the cheek no distinct patch of yellow hair defined above and
below by a black stripe rising respectively from the brow and
upper lip.

g. Upper and lower lips pink and contrasted with the slate-blue
hue of the rest of the face; white, yellow, or red colour of the
under side sharply contrasted, especiaily on the fore limbs,
with the black or speckled upper and external areas; (arms
almost always black) ......................... Mona-group (p. 708).

g’. Face not so coloured ; colour of underside and of inner side of

limbs not so sharply contrasted.

h. External surface of arms black or darker than back; under
side dusky or black.

i. Summit of head with large red brow-band followed by a
jet-black transverse stripe ; a white beard, whitish thigh-
stripe; two inches at base of tail sharply contrasted with
the rest, which is black ............ NEGLECTUS-group (p. 684).

i’. Summit of head not so coloured; no-white beard or thigh-
stripe; no sharp contrast im colour at base of tail.

J. A very conspicuous white patch on the nose.

Nictrirans-group (p. 695).

J’. No conspicuous or isolated white nose-spot.
k. Black prevailing on head, nape, shoulder, belly, and
thighs ; when the head is strongly speckled the belly
and thighs are black, when the belly and thighs are
speckled the head is black, except for the brow-band ;
(belly rarely red) ................ Lpucampyx-group (p. 687).
k’. Black absent or at least not dominant on the above-
mentioned areas; back usually reddish or yellowish.
ALBOGULARIS-group (p. 699).
i’, External surface of arms not black, sometimes the same
colour as the body, usually rather paler and greyer.
7. Face almost always black, rarely mottled or freckled with
pigment; whiskers usually growing upwards and back-
wards over the ear..................... AJTHIOPS-group (p. 725).
i’. Face particoloured, pallid, with black nose and lips.
TALAPOIN-group (p. 740).

682 MR. R. I. POCOCK—A REVISION OF [June 18,

Toe DIANA-GRovP.

Pogonocebus 'Trouess., 1906.

Face black, clothed with black hairs, which spread on to the
cheeks, brows, and chin; a narrow white brow-band (diadem) on
the forehead behind the superciliary black streak. A longer or
shorter tuft of white hairs, forming a beard, on the point of the
chin. <A black band running from the corner of the eye to
the ear. Ears black, scantily clothed with white hairs. Summit
of head generally blacker than the body ; nape of neck, shoulders,
and sides of body dark iron-grey, speckled, the exposed portion of
the hair being black with two or three whitish annuli. A rich
brownish or blackish-red unspeckled band, broad and posteriorly
expanding, extending from behind the shoulder to the root of the
tail and sharply demareated from the surrounding iron-grey tint.
The posterior part of the jaw and of the cheek, the sides of the
neck and throat, the chest as far back as the mamme, and
the whole of the front of the fore leg halfway between the elbow
and the wrist white; the white everywhere, except on the lower
arm, sharply defined from the surrounding black or grey. The
white hair on the cheek forming uprunning whiskers which
partially overlap the ear, The fore leg, except for the white
strip above mentioned, black or nearly so both outside and
inside. Area of chest behind mamme and belly jet-black. Outer
side of thigh greyish in front, white, yellow, or rufous behind up
to the root of the tail; the rest, like the lower leg and foot, black.
The black area on the thigh separated from the anterior grey
area and from the red of the sacral area by a curving white
stripe, which extends forwards and downwards from the upper
rim of the ischial callosity. Inner surface of thigh and the
whole of the pubic and anal areas white, yellow, or rusty brown.
Tail black, with some reddish or grey hairs quite at the base.

Distr. W. Africa: Liberia to Nigeria.

The two known species belonging to this group may be
distinguished as follows :—

a. Beard short, not more than an inch long, its basal portion covered

to a great extent by black hairs; inner surface and back of thigh
up to “root of tail bright rusty brown. 4 . diana.
. Beard from about two to three inches long, with scarcely any black

hairs at the base; inner surtace and back of thighs white, lemon-
OP GHADEIAVCWIOY rio sop 306 vss eeeonn posed sac ondoapenyAss ous soAcagsancnnccasceuns FROUBOBED):

I have adopted Dr. Jentink’s determination of these two species.

CERCOPITHECUS DIANA Linn. (Plate XLT. fig. 1.)

Simia diana Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 12,1. p. 38, 1766; Schreber,
Siiug. 1. p. 94, pl. xiv., 1774.

Cercopithecus diana Jentink, Notes Leyden Museum, xx.
p- 237, 1898 (nec auct. plurim.).

Cer Eas diana var. ignita Gray, Cat. Monkeys Brit. Mus.
p- 22, 1870.

Loc. Liberia.

1907 | MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 683

CERCOPITHECUS ROLOWAY Schreber. (Text-fig. 179.)

Le Roloway ou la Palatine, Buffon, Hist. Nat. Suppl. vil. p. 77
and pl. xx., 1789.

Simia roloway Schreber, Siiug. i. p. 109, named on p. 187 and
pl. xxv., 1774.

Cercopithecus roloway Erxl. Syst. Regn. Anim. p. 42, 1777;
Jentink, Notes Leyden Mus. xx. p. 237, 1898.

Cercopithecus palatinus Wagner, in Schreb. Siug. Suppl. v.
p- 47, 1855.

Cercopithecus diana, auct. plurim., nec Linn.

Loc. Gold Coast and Guinea.

The British Museum has an aduit male and female from Fantee
(75.4.30.1-2). No exact locality is known for any of the
Society's specimens.

Text-fig. 179.

Cercopithecus roloway Schreber.

(From a specimen living im the Society’s Gardens.)

‘There is a possibility, though m my opinion it 1s remote, that
the name roloway is here used in a wrong sense. In the original
diagnosis and figure of this species the belly was described and

684 MR, R, I. ROCOCK—A REVISION OF [June 18,

represented as white. Both were taken by Buffon from a living
specimen. But since Buffon’s time no white-bellied Monkey of
this group appears to have come to hand, although a very large
number of examples have been brought to HKurope from Guinea,
the country whence the type of C. roloway came. The explanation
of Bufton’s assumed mistake is probably due, I think, to the fact
that when one cf these Monkeys 1s seated the white of the inside
of the thighs 1s sometimes continuous with that of the chest and
conceals the black of the belly, so that at a casual glance the
whole of the under side appears to be white.

If in the future Buffon is proved to have observed correctly in
the matter of the whiteness of the belly, the species which here
passes as C.. roloway will require a new name.

It may be added that young examples of C. roloway ave usually
coloured like the adults. Perhaps, however, the thighs get
darker with age; or possibly specimens with white, lemon, or
reddish thighs represent distinct local races. I have not seen
sufficient localised material to determine this point. One young
example, now living in the Gardens, had no trace of red on the
back when first received, but subsequently acquired it, and differs
in no respect now from typical specimens.

Tut NEGULECTUS-crove.

Cercopithect barbati Sclater (in part.); Pogonocebus Trouess.
(in part.).

Prevailing colour of head, cheeks, neck, dorsal surface, and
sides of body yellowish grey, speckled with black. Upper part of
face blackish, lower part (including tip of nose, upper and lower
lips, and chin) clothed with white hair, the skin blue. A mesially
interrupted black brow-band. Behind this a large fiery-red
diadem broad in the middle and tapering laterally. Behind this
a sharply defined jet-black transverse band, narrowest in the
middle and expanding at the sides, where it extends backwards
to the ears. On the throat a patch of white hairs ending in a
point behind on the fore part of the chest and continuous with
the white of the chin in front. The hair of this area mesially
long, forming a white beard, which is not restricted to the point
of the chin. Hairs of the chest short, directed backwards and
downwards. Fore leg black externally, at least below the elbow,
its radial aspect and area above elbow olive-green, speckled ;
a black stripe set off by a paler one running obliquely down the
upper portion from the shoulder to the radial side of the elbow
and continuous with the radial edge of the black of the lower
arm. Tail with its basal two inches the same colour as the back ;
the rest jet-black. Area of rump below the callosities white and
continuous with the white of the inner side of thighs and of the
pubic area. On the outer side of the thigh a crescentically
curved pale stripe runs from the white beneath the callosities and

1907. | MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 685

descends to the knee. Apart from this pale stripe the outer side
of the thigh and lower leg is greyish or olive, darker above and
over the knee, where the pigmented area is strongly contrasted
with the white of the inner side of the thigh; foot and ankle
black. Ventral surface from the chest to the pubic area sooty
olive-grey.
Distr. Region of Lake Rudolf to the Cameroons and Congo.

Text-fic. 180.

CBM |
if
Wh
My tf

q

Head of Cercopithecus neglectus Schlegel.

(From P. L. Sclater, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 255.)

C. neglectus lias hitherto been associated with C. diana on account
of the presence of a white beard and of a white stripe on the
external aspect of the thigh arismg from a point near the ischial
callosity. The importance of these characters as evidence of
affinity is, however, lessened by the fact that C. mona has a white
patch close to the callosity; that in C. neglectus the white stripe
in question starts at a point on a level with the lower margin of
the callosity, whereas in (’. diana it arises at its upper margin ;
that in C. neglectus the beard is not an isolated tuft depending
from the point of the chin, as in C. diana and C. roloway, but is
formed by the elongation of the hairs covering the inferior edge
of the lower jaw and of the throat; and that in C. diana the
beard is scarcely developed. These differences, taken in con-
junction with the dissimilarities in colour, in the direction of the
growth of the hairs on the cheek, destroy confidence in the
conclusion that they are to be regarded as criteria of kinship
close enough to warrant the association of the two species in one
section of the genus Cercopithecus.

Tt appears to me that the characters of the one known species
point to its being an aberrant type of the Leucampyx-group.
From these it differs principally in the red colour of the brow-band ;

686 MR. R. I. POCOCK—A REVISION OF [June 18,

the presence of the black stripe behind it on the head; the
backward extension of the throat-patch to form a point on the
chest; the length of the hairs on the chin; the presence of
the white stripe on the thigh; and the sharp line of demar-
cation between the speckled base of the tail and the black distal
portion.

Text-fig. 181.

Cercopithecus neglectus Schlegel.

(From a young specimen from the Cameroons, now living in the
Society’s Gardens.)

To this section belongs the single species presenting the
characters of the section. Its synonymy is as follows :—

CERCOPITHECUS NEGLECTUS Schlegel. (Text-figs. 180, 181.)

Cercopithecus leucocampyx (errore for lewcampyx Fisch.) Gray,
Cat. Monkeys Brit. Mus. p. 22, 1870 (nec lewcampyx Fischer).

Cercopithecus neglectus Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, vu. p. 70,
1876; and of recent authors.

Cercopithecus brazze M.-Hdwards, Rey. Sci. (3) xi. 1886;
P. L. Sclater, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 255, and p. 443, pl. xxxi.*

Loc. Region of the White Nile and Lake Rudolf to the Congo
and Cameroons.

The examples of this species that I have seen appear to be

* In this figure the limbs are much too long, the beard is yellow instead of white,
and the stripe on the thigh is omitted.

1907. | MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 687

referable to two distinct kinds, which are regarded as subspecies
and may be distinguished as follows :—

a. Outer side of hind legs down to ankle pale greyish green,

speckled, only a little darker than the area above the thigh-
stripe and sharply defined from the black of the foot and
ankle; a little darker over knee... .... Subsp. brazziformis.
_ Outer side of legs blackish olive, much darker than area above
thigh-stripe and not so strongly contrasted with the black
of the ankle and foot; a considerable See of black over
(HESIOD nibeeae daliey bene eneenene Reeser Woe eee SUDSps weglectas.

The type of C. neglectus braz ae mis 18 the skin of the Monkey
identified by Dr. Selater as Cercopithecus brazze (P.Z. 8. 1896,
p. 780), which was said to have come from the French Congo.
{ can find no evidence for this locality. The animal was purchased
by the Society from the Gardens in Antwerp, and may there-
fore have come from Belgian rather than from French territory
in W. Africa.

Of what may be regarded as the typical form, the British
Museum possesses the imperfect skin obtained by Petherick
on the White Nile and referred by Gray with some insight to
C, leucampyx; a specimen shot by Donaldson Smith on the Omo
River, north of Lake Rudolf ; a third from the Charada forest in
Kaffa, 6000 ft., procured by Mr. W. N. Macmillan. From these
T cannot distinguish subspecifically a series sent home by Mr.
G. L. Bates from the Ja River, Cameroons, and taken near the
bank of the river at an altitude of 2000 ft.

The measurements Mr. Bates gives of his specimens are as
follows :—

3. Head and body 580 mm., tail 680 mm.
” ” 470 ” ”? 490 ”
bs Meo a5 OO
” 2) 500 9 29 470

One of Mr. Bates’s specimens differs markedly from the others
and from the eastern forms. The dirty white colour of the chest
extends past the mamme and spreads on to the inner side of the
arm, even below the elbow; most of the hairs on the black band
on the head, especially in the middle, have a reddish subapical
band; the tail is not jet-black, but tinged with rufous, the pale
basal area and the dark portion being much less sharply demarcated.

According to Mr, Bates the native name for this Monkey in
the Cameroons is ‘‘ Avut” or “ Fum.”

THe LEUCAMPYX-crovp.

Diademia Reich.

Skin of face slate-blue; upper and lower lips and often the
nose clothed with short greyish-white hairs. No pink area on
upper and lower lips. Fringe of hair on ears almost always
white. No black stripe on brow, temple, or cheek; but fre-
quently a speckled or whitish brow-band when the summit of the

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1907, No. XLVI, 46

92

+0 +0 +O

99

6388 MR. R. I. POCOCK—-A REVISION OF [June 18,

head is black. Cheek-hairs usually speckled grey and black,
rarely black, and contrasted with the darker often jet-black
colour of the top of the head and nape. Forearm jet-black
outside, dark inside, the two surfaces gradually blending in tint;
the black of the upper arm frequently continued from shoulder
to shoulder. Upper surface and sides of body almost always
uniformly speckled greyish yellow and black, the pale annuli in
the hairs rarely with a rufous tinge. Tail the same colour above
as below, speckled proximally, dar ker, usually quite black distally.
Hind legs black externally or weakly speckled; dark grey in-
ternally. Chin and throat grey or white, paler than the chest
and belly, which are black or dark grey and almost always darker
than the sides of the body. Rarely the whole ventral area red.

Distr. Basin of the Congo; 8. Abyssinia; Lake Mweru.

The species of this section differ from those of the Albogularis-
section in the absence of the red or yellow tint from the fur of
the dorsal area, the predominance of the black pigment in the
hairs of the head, shoulders, hind legs, and belly. In C. stwhl-
manni the belly is scarcely darker than in some of the forms of
the Albogularis-section, and the hairs of the hind legs, though
nearly black, are annulated. The head and shoulders, however,
are jet-black. In C. opisthostictus, on the contrary, the head and
nape much resemble those of C. moloneyi, but the belly and
hind legs-are black.

This group is also unmistakably nearly allied to the Nictitans-
group, through such a form as C. lewcampya boutourlinii; and
also, L believe, though less closely, to the Neglectus-group.

The material of ‘this group that [ have seen is insufficient to
establish with certainty the rank that should be assigned to the
various forms below recognised. Provisionally I refer them to
three species, namely C. lewcampyx, C'. opisthostictus, and C.
handti ; and divide C. leuwcampyx into a considerable number of
subspecies. Some of the latter may, however, prove to be worthy

of specific status, or to be merely based upon individual variations
dependent perhaps on age; while, on the contrary, forms inter-
mediate between C. opisthostictus and C. leucampyax or between
C. kandti and C. leuwcampyx may prove that C. opisthostictus and
C. kandti ave but subspecies of the earliest described species of the
group.

The characters of the three above-mentioned forms, regarded
as species, may be tabulated as follows :—

a. Lower surface, inside of hind legs, and of fore legs at base
red; some red close to and upon the base of the tail ......... kandti.
a’. Above-mentioned areas not red.
bd. Summit of head and nape of neck thickly speckled with
erey and much less markedly darker than the sides of
the neck and cheeks ; black and pale annuli in the hairs
on the body subequal i in width 2... . opisthostictus.
b’. Summit of head and nape not thickly speckled with erey
and therefore much darker than the sides of the neck
and cheeks, when the latter are speckled ; pale annuli on
hairs of body much narrower than the black ............... lewcampye.

1907. | MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 689

CERCOPITHECUS LEUCAMPYX Fischer.
Key to the subspecies here recognised :—

a. Hairs clothing sides of neck and of cheeks, except close to the
face, jet-black, like the top of the head and the shoulders ;
a sharply defined, mostly white brow-band . ... Subsp. nigrigenis.
. Hairs clothing sides of neck and of cheeks ‘speckled black and
yellowish grey.
6. A brow-band of speckled or whitish hairs sharply defined from
the black of the summit of the head ; colour of thighs and of
sacral area usually gradually blending,
c. Median area of back greenish, turning to a ruddy tinge on
the root of the tail; sides of body noticeably paler and
greyer than back; tail not distally black ............ Subsp. doggetti.
c’. Back, sides of body, and root of tail nearly uniformly grey,
speckled ; tail black distally.
d. Area between shoulders covered with nearly jet-black
hairs forming with the hairs of the fore legs, nape, and
head a continuous black area; hairs on belly distinctly
annulated ; some grey or white ‘in brow-band.
e. Thighs much darker than sacral area and sharply defined

therefrom (este Cuvier) tones. eee ee Subsp. leucampyx.
. Thighs not sharply defined in colour from the sacral
area ...... .... Subsp. stuhlmanni.

. Area between shoulders erizaled like the rest of the back,
but a little darker; belly-hairs duskier, less annulated ;
brow-band speckled like cheeks ...................... Subsp. carruthersi.
. Brow-band much less defined, the summit of the head and
the nape of the neck decidedly speckled, though blackish ;
thighs black and sharply defined from sacral area.
f. A conspicuous black patch on ewe in front of ear; brow-

band largely white.. ate sete cee "Subsp. pluto.
f’. No conspicuous black patch | on ‘temple i in front of ear; no
TATU Tay WPRONTLOPIIG! ont shone sownne sanudesn4 ccopsonbknsn nes Subsp. boutourlinii.

Subsp. LEUCAMPYX Fisch.

Cercopithecus diana (Le Diane, femelle), F. Cuvier, Hist. Nat.
Mamm. 1. pl. xvi., 1824.

Cercopithecus leucamp yx Fischer, Syn. Mamm. p. 20, 1829
(type C. diana 2 of F. Cuvier).

Cercopithecus diadematus Is. Geoftr. St. H. in Bélang. Voy.,
Zool. p. 51, 1834 (type C. diana 2, F. Cuv.).

Head, oe shoulders, arms, legs, and tail black, belly and chest
not so dark as the rest. Thighs sharply marked off by colour
from the sacral region of body, which, like the entire region behind
the shoulders, is grey, ticked black and white. Brow-band con-
spicuous, white with a tinge of yellow. The whole of the cheek
below a line joining the eye and the inferior edge of the ear
covered with grey, speckled hairs; the sides of the neck similarly
coloured. Lips, chin, and nose covered with short white hairs.

Loc. W. Africa.

I have seen no specimen quite agreeing with Cuvier’s deserip-
tion and figure of this species. In drawing up the above-given
diagnosis and in placing the subspecies in the analytical key,
I have been dependent upon the characters furnished by that

author.
46*

690 MR. R. I. POCOCK—A REVISION OF (June 18,

Subsp. stUHLMANNI Matschie. (Plate XX XIX. fig. 2.

Cercopithecus stuhlmannt Matschie, SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin,
1893, p. 225.

Cercopithecus otoleucus P. Li. Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1902, vol. i. p. 237,
TOL Rex,

Said to resemble C. leucampyx in the blackness of the head,
the neck, and the anterior limbs, the greyish tint of the upper
side, the white frontal band, white lips and chin, and the grey
annulated hairs on the whiskers; and to differ from that species
in having the greater part of the tail, the inner side of the legs,
and the belly coloured like the back, and the outer side of the
hind limbs also coloured like the back but darker, and the throat
as well as the chin snow-white, and with some longer yellowish-
white hairs on the border of the ear.

Length of body 660 mm., of tail 945 mm.

Loc. K. Africa: north of Kinjawanga, a little to the west of
Ituri, between Lakes Albert Edward and Albert, 29° 35’ K. lat.,
0° 25’ N. long.; also Kwidjvi Island in Lake Kivu.

Tn the type of Cercopithecus otolewcus now living in the Gardens,
the head, nape, area between the shoulders, shoulders, and fore
legs are jet-black. The brow-band is grey-white, not snow-white,
the hairs of its anterior portion being greyish and speckled like
those of the cheek. The hairs of the ears are not white, but
faintly tinged with pinkish red. The skin of the face is deep
slate, with short whitish hairs on the lips. The throat and chin
are white, and there is a dusky patch crossing the fore part of
the chest behind the white of the throat. The whole body above
is speckled grey and black. The belly also is speckled like the
back, but not so thickly, and the thighs externally are speckled
and not sharply marked off in coloar from the sacral area, the
tints of the two gradually blending. The tail is black at its
distal end, speckled with grey proximally.

The specimen came from Latuka Mountain in North Uganda
(Delmé Radcliffe).

Dr. Matschie appears to think that the type of C. otoleucus may
be distinguished from that of C’. stuhlmanni by having no white on
the chin, and the hind legs and tail black. ‘This is not the case,
as the above-given diagnosis shows, and it is highly probable that
the two are subspecifically identical.

Dr. Matschie has recently described, under the name C. new-
manni, some specimens from Kwa Kitoto in North Kavirondo
(SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1905, p. 266, pl. x.). This so-called
species is said to differ from C. stuhlmanni in that the hairs of
the brow-band are not grey-white but narrowly banded with
dusky grey, and the hairs on the ears grey and not white; the
hind legs also are darker and only slightly speckled, and the belly
mouse-grey and speckled instead of olive-grey and speckled.

In the British Museum (Reg. no. 1.8.9.17) there is a skin of
-a specimen procured by Sir H. H. Johnston at an altitude of
4000 feet in the Mpanga Forest, which appears to differ from
the type of C’. otolewcus only in the absence of greyish-white hairs

1907. | MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 691

in the brow-band. In the continuity and completeness of the jet-
black hue of the head, nape, and shoulders it resembles the types
of C.1. otoleucus and inigrigenis, and, I presume, also of C. 1. stuhl-
manni and of typical C. leucampyx. It leads from the foregoing,
which have at least some white in the brow-band, to the two
following subspecies, in which no white is therein traceable.
Additional specimens may prove this example to be worthy of
recognition as a distinct subspecies. The head and body of the
Mpanga Forest specimen measure 574 mm. (=23 inches) and the
tail 900 mm. (= 36 inches).

It should be stated that, in the diagnosis of C. stuhlmanni,
Matschie does not mention the presence of a black bar across the
chest, which is present in the example from the Mpanga Forest
and also in other specimens of this group of Cercopithecus, where
the belly and chest are of a greyish hue.

Subsp. CARRUTHERSI, nov.

Closely related to C. 1. stuhlmanni, but distinguishable by the
absence of white in the brow-band and the less amount of blackness
of the area between the shoulders, which is ticked with grey,
being only a little darker than the back and decidedly lighter
than the head. The belly also is less speckled with grey, and
hence darker.

Loc. Ruwenzori, east side, 10,000 ft. (D. Carruthers). Type in
Brit. Mus.

There is also a native-prepared skin, apparently of the same
subspecies, in the British Museum, ticketed ‘‘ Uganda (G. F’. Scoté
Litiot).” Possibly it also came from Ruwenzori.

Subsp. DOGGETTI, noy. .

Summit of head, including area round ears, and nape of neck
to area between shoulders, where speckling commences, jet-black.
Whiskers and brow-band olive-grey ticked with black. Median
area of back greenish grey, speckled; sacral region with reddish-
brown tinge, but speckled. Sides of body speckled, but greyer than
dorsal area. ‘Tail nearly black at the distal end, the rest greyish
above and below, speckled only at the base. Fore leg and hands
jet-black externally ; hind leg from hip blackish grey, speckled;
foot quite black. Belly and inside of limbs ashy grey; a dark
band crossing the region of the collar-bones. Middle line of
throat white, the white narrower than in the type of C. omensis.
Head and body 487 mm., tail 655 mm. (? imperfect).

Loc. 8.W. Ankole, between Lakes Victoria and Albert Edward
(W. Doggett).

A single female specimen in the collection of the British
Museum.

This subspecies is characterised by the rufous speckling at the
base of the tail, the extension of the speckling, although indis-
tinct, to the tip of that organ, the yellower hue of the back as
compared with the sides, and the greyness of the sides of the body
and of the belly.

692, MR. R. I. POCOCK—-A REVISION OF [June 18,

Subsp. NIGRIGENIS, nov. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 1.)

Cercopithecus leucampya P. L. Sclater, P.Z. 8. 1893, p. 253 (nec
(. leucampyx Fischer).

Brow-band broad in the middle, narrowed laterally, mostly
white, its anterior hairs long, annulated, pigmented almost to the
base and continuous laterally with the similarly pigmented and
annulated hairs of the anterior part of the cheek adjacent to the
naked or nearly naked skin of the face. The whole of the summit
and back of the head, the nape and sides of the neck, and the
shoulders both above and laterally, as well as the area in front of
and below the ears and on the greater part of the cheek, jet-black,
the black hair on the cheek gradually blending in front with the
speckled hair on the anterior part of the cheek adjacent to the
face and inferiorly with the greyish-white hair clothing the inter-
ramal area and the throat. Upper and lateral portions of body
behind shoulders speckled greyish yellow, a little yellower dorsally
than laterally; the speckling scarcely extending on to the tail,
which, for the greater part of its length above and _ below, is
black. The posterior part of the throat, the chest, and belly
black. Limbs, outside and inside, and hands and feet black;
back of the thighs and, in the female, the pubic region greyish
and obscurely speckled.

Loc. W. Africa.

The type and only known representative of this subspecies
is a single female specimen, ticketed “W. Africa,” in the
Society’s collection. This was identified as O. lewcampyx by
Dr. Sclater, who followed Schlegel in thinking C. pluto of Gray a
synonym of ©. lewcampyx. 'This specimen differs, however, from
the type of C. leuwcampyx, as it does from all the other repre-
sentatives of this group, in having the sides of the neck and
almost the entire cheek jet-black. It further differs from the
type of C. pluto in having the brow-band sharply defined.

Subsp. pLuro Gray.

Cercopithecus pluto Gray, P. Z. 8. 1848, p. 56 (text-fig., p. 57),
pl. i.

Brow-band not sharply defined behind from the colour of the
rest of the head, consisting for the most part of white hairs
apically annulated. Summit and back of head black, speckled
with grey. A black patch on the temple in front of the ear,
but the rest of the hairs on the cheek, both close to the face,
beneath the ear, and on the sides of the neck, speckled grey and
black. Nape of neck and shoulders black, but speckled with
grey. Dorsal surface and sides of body paler than shoulders,
speckled grey and black. ‘Tail speckled in its basal portion, the
greater part of it black. Fore limb jet-black. Hind limb black,
slightly speckled but sharply defined by its colour from the sacral
area. Belly and chest sooty grey, not speckled.

Loc. Angola.

The type of this species is in the British Museum: No, 50.7.9.2.
It formerly lived in the Society’s Gardens. There is also in the

1907. | MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 693

British Museum a younger specimen of the same subspecies, not
differing in any very striking characters from the type.

By common consent C. pluto Gray has of late years been
regarded as strictly synonymous with C. lencampyx Fischer. The
type of C. pluto, however, at least differs from that of C. lencampyx
in having the summit of the head, the nape of the neck, and the
shoulders distinctly speckled with grey. Hence the brow-band
lacks the definition seen in typical C. lewcampyx and in C. lew-
campyx nigrigenis, and approaches the condition observable in
C. 1. boutourlinit.

Subsp. BourourLINiIt Gig]. (Text-fig. 182.)
Cercopithecus boutourlinit Giglioli, Zool. Anz. x. p. 510, 1887 ;

P. L. Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 441; Forbes, Monkeys, 1. p. 69,
1894.

Cercopithecus leucampyx boutourlinit Giglioli.
(From P. L. Sclater, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 442.)

Cercopithecus albigularis Gig]. Ann. Mus. Genov. ()) Wile J95 Sp
1888 (nec Sykes).
Cercopithecus omensis Thos. P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 801.

694 MR. R. I. POCOCK——A REVISION OF [June 18,

Brow-band not sharply differentiatéd from summit of head,
which, like the nape, although blackish, is speckled with yellowish
erey. Anterior hairs of brow-band darker than in C. 0. stuhlmanni ;
no black patch of hair in front of the ear. Shoulders black but
speckled with grey, at least in the middle Jine. Dorsal and lateral
areas of body speckled greyish yellow, uniformly tinted; tail
speckled only at the base, the rest black, Fore legs jet-black ;
hind legs also jet-black, and sharply defined from the sacral

region. Belly jet-black, not speckled. Throat, lips, and chin
white, a smudge of black defining the white of the lips. Head
and body 600 mm., tail 700 mm.

Loc. Southern Abyssinia to Lake Rudolf.

The above-given description is taken from an adult specimen
in the British Museum obtained in the Charada Forest, Kaffa
(600 ft. alt.), by Mr. W. N. Macmillan. Giglioli’s type also came
from Kafta. Sclater records another specimen in the Florence
Museum from Abugifar in Grimma, province of Gojam. The type
of C. omensis, a young animal, was from the Omo River, which
flows southwards into the northern extremity of Lake Rudolf.

This form, species or subspecies, is obviously more nearly
related to C’. lewcampyx than to C. albogularis, with which Gigliol,
Sclater, and Forbes compared it. This mistake as to its affinities
may have misled Thomas into describing the type of C. omensis
as a new species.

CERCOPITHECUS OPISTHOSTICTUS Sclater.
Cercopithecus opisthostictus P. L. Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 725.

Skin of face dark, upper lip scantily clothed with white hairs;
lower lip, chin, and throat white. Upper surface of the head and
nape greyish black, the black predominating, the two pale annuli
on the hairs much narrower than the intervening black spaces ;
on the anterior part of the forehead, however, the grey pre-
dominates, as also on the cheeks and sides of the neck, which are
decidedly paler than the crown and uape. Area between shoulders
blackish, the grey annuli being very narrow. Shoulders and arms
black. Thoracic, lumbar, and sacral regions of body and root of tail
speckled, the hairs with four or five grey annuli, which for the
most part exceed the black spaces in width. Ventral surface
jet-black from the anterior extremity of the chest to the pubic
region. Legs black externally from the hip to the foot, grey, but
not so grey as the back, internally. Tail greyish in its basal
third, becoming gradually blacker, almost its distal two-thirds
jet- black, Sometimes, but not alw ays, there is a reddish-brown
patch on each side near the root of the tail.

Length from crown of head to reot of tail 525 mm., of tail
700 mm.

Loc. Region of Lake Mweru.

I have seen four specimens of this species. The two flat

1907. | MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCCPITHECUS, 695

imperfect skins sent to Dr. Sclater by Vice-Consul (now Sir Alfred)
Sharpe from Lake Mweru; a third, sent by the same collector,
to the British Museum (No. 92.2.6.2), and ticketed ‘“ Nyasaland.”
The fourth and best of the series is also in the British Museum
(No. 95.7.12.1); it was sent to that institution by Mr. F. 8.
Arnot, who procured it in the Kundilungo Mountains, west of
Lake Mweru.

The black belly, limbs, and shoulders, the predominance of
black on the head, the white chin and throat, and the absence of
red from the dorsal area, enforce the inclusion of this species in
the Leucampyx-group of the genus.

CERCOPITHECUS KANDTI Matschie.

Cercopithecus kandti Matschie, SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1905,
p. 264.

Summit of head and nape jet-black; summit of shoulders
blackish but speckled. Brow-band and whiskers on cheeks
greyish green, speckled. Back from behind shoulders to sacral
region speckled greyish green, with reddish-yellow bases to the
hairs. A quantity of rusty- red hair on the buttocks both above,
below, and at the sides of the tail. Tail rusty red at the base, the
red gradually fading posteriorly, the distal portion black and
more or less speckled. Fore legs jet-black ; hind legs blackish
but speckled. Ventral surface, inside of fore legs at the base and
of the hind legs rusty red.

Loc. Near Lake Kivu (Powell Cotton); north of Lake Kivu
(Matschie).

The above-given description is taken from two flat native-
prepared skins in n the British Museum presented by Major Powell
Cotton.

This species differs from other members of the Leucampyx-
group by the rufous tint of the underside and of the area
round the base of the tail. It might almost be deseribed as an
erythristic form of C. leuwcampyx stuhlmanni.

Tse NICTITANS-crovpr.

Rhinostictus 'Trouess. (in part.).

Closely resembling the Leucampyx-group in general coloration,
but with the hairs on the nose forming a well-defined large white
or yellowish spot, sharply differentiated from the darker-coloured
upper and lower lips, and with strongly convex upper border.
Distinguished from the Petaurista-group by the absence of the
black brow-band and of a black stripe crossing the temple from
the eye to the ear. No black stripe on the cheeks, which are
uniformly speckled greenish black. Head and nape darker than
the back, which is blackish speckled with grey, but scarcely
yellowish. Tail the same colour above as below, black throughout
the greater part of its length. Fore legs black. Belly greyish
black and grizzled ; throat and sometimes the chest whitish.

696 MR. R. I. POCOCK——A REVISION OF [June 18,

Owing to the presence of the nose-spot, the species of this
section have been hitherto associated with C. petawrista and its
allies. It is possible that the two groups are connected through
such a form as C. signatus, which differs from typical members
of the Petaurista-group in the coloration of the cheeks; but
C’. nictitans appears to me to be much more nearly related to the
Leucampyx-group, especially to C. 1. bowtowrlinii, from which it
differs essentially only in the greater definition of the hairs forming
the patch upon the nose and their distinctness from those of the
upper lip.

As bearing on the views here expressed as to the aflinity
between (. nictitans and CO. leweampyz, it is significant that Cuvier
called attention to the similarity between his Diane femelle, the
type of C. leucampyx, and the Hocheur (C. nictitans).

Distr. Liberia through Nigeria to the Congo and Gaboon.

The two species referred to this group may he briefly dis-
tinguished as follows :—

a. Breast, belly, and base of fore legs on the inner side blackish ; no

red Onmaschio-pubic area 10... 06 d.ce. ccd sc ses cee eenn dcseneou estes nsene me @UCCUULCIS.
a’. Breast and inner side of arms at base whitish; some red hairs on
ischio-pubic region and on base of tail, at least in adult ............ martini.

The differences between these two species are not very marked.
IT have not, however, seen any intermediates to justify me in
regarding them merely as subspecific forms. Of the two,
C. nictitans is much more commonly imported, and may usually
be seen in menageries.

CERcoPITHEcus Nictrrans Linn. (Text-fig. 183.)

Subsp. Nrcrrrans (Linn.).

Simia nictitans Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 40, 1766.

Cercopithecus nictitans Erxl. Syst. Regn. Anim. p. 35, 1777,
and of subsequent authors.

Entire dorsal area from forehead to root of tail thickly speckled
with yellowish grey; hairs blacker in front of and behind ears
and sometimes slightly soon nape. Arms and shoulders black ;
legs blackish but speckled. Tail mostly black, speckled at base,
without red hairs beneath. Hairs on throat and chin greyish,
a black band across collar-bones; chest and belly dark grey to
blackish, but more or less speckled. No red on ischio-pubie area.
Hairs on body with narrow grey annull.

Loc. From the Cameroons to Cette Cama.

Pousargues records this species from various localities in the
French Congo—namely, San Benito, Alima River, Magumba,
Banqui, and Cette Cama.

Since the exact locality of C. wictitans is unknown, I propose to
regard as typical of this species a form represented in the British
Museum by examples from the Benito River, in the Congo,
collected by Mr. G. L. Bates. They were taken at sea-level from

1907.] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 697

fifteen to twenty miles from the mouth of the viver. These
specimens gave the following measurements in the flesh :—

1. 6. Head and body 515 mm., tail 805 mm.

©) dl MMM RSG ONL A inal Gini
DEO MEINE’ oh 18 9) SESE nN Gt) eee
hd ala aM ALUM YS dh ge tet 1)

According to Mr. Bates, the Fang name for this Monkey,
known to dealers as the “* Hocheur,” is ‘ Aven.”

Cercopithecus nictitans Linn.

(From a specimen living in the Society’s Gardens.)

Mr. Bates also obtained examples from Efulen in the Bulu
Country, Cameroons, 1500 ft. alt. These differ from the Benito
River examples in having the hairs on the fore part of the throat
and on the posterior part of the abdomen washed with brown.
I do not know whether this difference in tint has any systematic
value, or whether it is due to artificial staining of the hair during
the preparation of the skins. The measurements of two are as
follows :—

1. 9. Head and body 530 mm., tail 800 mm.
Dy bthanh sania iey' 540 50

? ey)

698 MR. R. I. POCOCK—A REVISION OF [June 18,

Subsp. LAGLAIZEI, nov.

Like the Benito River form, which I regard as typical, but
much greyer dorsally, owing to the greater length of the grey as
compar red with the black annuli on the hairs. In a back hair of
C. nietitans laglaizei, picked haphazard, measuring 80 mm., the
ultimate pale annulus measures 4 mm., the penultimate 5 mm.,
and the intervening area about 8 mm.; whereas in a hair of
C. nictitans nictitans, measuring 65 mm., the ultimate pale
annulus is 1°5 mm., the penultimate 2 mm., and the intervening
area about 8mm. These differences are fairly constant. In no
case do the pale annuli of the typical form nearly reach half the
width of the intervening dark annulus.

Loc. Gaboon (Laglaize coll.). In B.M., Reg, no. 80.6.7.1.

CERCOPITHECUS MARTINI Waterh. (Plate XX XIX. fig. 5.)

Cercopithecus martini Waterhouse, P. Z. 8. 1838, p. 58; 1841,
Dparale

Cercopithecus ludio Gray, P. Z. S. 1849, p. 8, pl. ix. fig. 2

Cercopithecus stampflii Jentink, Notes Leyden Museum, x.
p- 10, 1888.

? Cercopithecus temmincki Ogilby, Is. Geoff. St. H. Dict. Hist.
Nat. 11. p. 303, 1845.

Skin of face (dried) black; lips clothed with short whitish
hairs; nose-spot large, white; hairs on cheek and sides of neck
speckled black and yellowish. Head speckled black and yellow
on forehead, the yellow speckling more pronounced than on
cheeks; on the crown of the head, the nape of the neck, i
front and behind the ears the yellow speckling much less con-
spicuous, the black largely predominating owing to the disappear-
ance of the distal yellow annuli. Back from inal the shoulder
to the root of the tail densely speckled with yellowish grey, which
predominates over the black. Arms black externally. Legs darker
than back but speckled; hands and feet black. ‘Throat and chest
dirty greyish white ; the pale area of the throat separated from
that of the chest by a faint blackish band; the pale area of the
chest extending in a point backwards to the end of the sternum,
and spreading on to the base of the arms on the inner side.
Belly dark smoky grey, faintly speckled, the colour becoming
paler posteriorly and upon the inner side of the thighs. A con-
siderable quantity of rusty-red hair upon the ischio-pubie region.
Tail with its basal fourth like the sacral area; some reddish
hairs by the anus beneath ; the distal three-fourths black.

Loc. Liberia to the Cameroons.

Cercopithecus martini was based upon a native-prepared and
imperfect skin, with the face and other parts cut away. It is in
the British Museum, and is labelled ‘“‘ Fernando Po.” It does not
appear to be specifically or subspecifically separable from the
form named C. ludio by Gray. Cercopithecus stampflii was de-
scribed as distinguishable from C. wictitans by having white-
coloured underparts, but in the description only the chin, breast,

1907.] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 699

fore part of the belly, and the upper part of the inside of the fore
limbs are said to be white. Examination of a large number of
skins may show that Liberian and Nigerian examples are sub-
specifically distinct ; but as yet there is no evidence of this, so far
as I am aware.
The above-given description is taken from the skin of an adult
-female in the British Museum labelled ‘+ Neighbourhood of
Cameroon Mountains, 71.7.8.2; purchased of Mr. Cutler.” There
is also a eae Bae in the British Museum from Jebba, on
the Niger (@. #. Abadie: no. 0.3.29.1), which has the belly paler
and the tail more speckled and no red on its base beneath and
no red hairs on ischio-pubic region; also three specimens ( @ )
in the moiety collection labelled “ W. Africa,” and numbered
11.7.96 to 21.4.1901, 6.3.1900 to 24.1.1901, 3.4. 1900 to 15.8. 1900,
the numbers indice: ating the date of arrival and death. ‘These
have more green in the hair than the wild-killed examples,
and the white of the chest extends down the middle line of the
belly about as far as the umbilical region, and in neither is there
so much red upon the anal area as in the adults.
Recently the Society received as a donation from Captain
Rudkin a very young example from Asaba, on the Niger.
There is also in the British Museum a specimen labelled
“ Delta of the Niger; Dr. Baikie’s Coll.; no. 62.7.17.3,” which
differs from the other examples I have seen in haying the nose-
spot pale lemon-yellow instead of white and the pale areas of the
frontal hairs much redder, the red being particularly noticeable
in those just above the eyebrows. The speckling of the belly and
back is also less distinct.
Additional examples from this same area may prove these
characters to have subspecific value.

THe ALBOGULARIS-cRovp.

Nearly allied to the Leucampyx-group, but with much less black
pigment in the coat. The head, nape, shoulders, and cheeks very
uniformly coloured, as a rule speckled yellowish-grey and black ;
the head sometimes a little darker, rarely with a red tinge or
patches of red. The lumbar and sacral regions of the back more
brightly coloured than the shoulders and head, owing to the
presence of yellow or red annuli in the hairs, the red or yellow
sometimes restricted to the dorsal area, sometimes spread over the
sides of the body.

a. Proximal third of under side of tail nearly white and sharply
defined from the iron-grey upper side; dorsal area of body
dark iron-grey with scarcely a tinge of yellow seeeay ia .. labiatus.
a. Upper and under sides of tail uniformly coloured, or approxi-
mately so; some yellow or red in the hair, at ‘least ot the
lumbo-sacral area of the body.
6. Some almost wholly red hairs on the head, forming at least
a rufous patch above and in front of the ears.
e. Cheeks strongly suffused with rusty red and markedly
contrasted with the blackish-grey tint of the shoulder
adjacent to the neck ....... .. rufotinctus.
. Cheeks without any red, approximately ‘of the same
speckled yellowish-grey tint as the shoulders ............ stairsi.

700 MR. R. I. POCOCK—A REVISION OF [June 18,

. No red on the head.
Oy A conspicuous white collar extending over the sides of the
neck on to its dorsal area, its two extremities only
separated by a narrow area of iron-grey speckled hair... kolbz.
d'. Collar less conspicuous ; when present, not reaching the
dorsal area of the neck.
e. Dorsal area of lumbo-sacral region speckled chestnut-
red, and sharply contrasted with the speckled stone-
erey tint of the sides; summit of head noticeably
darker than the shoulders and cheek ..................... moloneyi.
e'. Coloured hairs on the body either extending all over
the sides, or when restricted to the dorsal surface
set off laterally and on the shoulder by very dark
speckled hairs; head not darker than shoulders or
cheeks.
f. Hairs on ear mostly black ; black hairs on nose and
upper hp; coloured area of back speckled dark
rusty brown ; prevailing colour smoky grey ......... preussi.
Jf’. Hairs on ear whitish or red ; coloured area of back
yellower ; no black hairs on nose or lip.
g. Hairs on ear decidedly red ; coloured area of body

restricted to dorsal region . ie . francesce.
g'. Hairs on ear whitish ; ‘coloured area a extending all
OHIO SIMON pas acgesseosconssescesovood scasunesadevcabaedsassce — CUDOMUGHIS,

CERCOPITHECUS ALBOGULARIS he

Semnopithecus ? albogularis Sykes, P.Z.S. 1851, p. 106.

Cerccpithecus albigularis Sykes, 1D Vi, 1832, p. 18.

Cercopithecus erythrarchus eter s, Reise Mossamb., Siiugeth. p. 1,
ole hy IMSS

S 2 adult.—Head, cheeks, and dorsal area between shoulders
speckled black and grey, the head only a little darker than the
cheeks. Behind the shoulders the grey in the hairs is gradually
replaced by yellow, the entire lumbar and sacral regions bemg
uniformly washed with that colour, which spreads also on to the
sides of the body and the root of the tail. Arms not wholly black,
speckled close to shoulder and along the radial side of forearm.
Legs dark ashy grey, thickly speckled ; hands and feet quite black.
Chin, throat, inner side of upper arms and of legs dirty greyish
white. The rest of the ventral surface, which is of a darker grey,
practically unspeckled in the female. In the male the under
side is densely speckled, the inner side of the thighs and pubic
area and the throat remaining unspeckled. ‘Tail mostly black,
speckled with yellow at base, then for a short distance with erey,
the rest black. Root of tail and ischio- pubic region in male
without red hairs. In the female the root of the tail and ‘the
sides of the callosities rusty red. The young of both sexes
resembles the female in this respect, and also in having the whole
of the under side greyish white and unspeckled, but differs from
the adults of both sexes in having some almost wholly red hairs
upon and close to the root of the tail above and the backs of
the thighs faintly tinged with red. In these respects they recall
C. stairsi.

Loc. Southern Nyasaland: Zomba (4. Sharpe); Blantyre (B. L.

1907. | MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 701

Selater); Chiradzula (4. Whyte); Milanji Plateau, 3500 ft., and
Fort Lister, Milanji, 6000 ft.; Manzi, on the E. shore of Lake
Shirwa (4. Sharpe).

The skins from the above-mentioned localities are in the British
Museum and in the Society’s Collection.

This form has also been recorded from Cape Corrientes (Peters)
and from Quilimane and the Lower Zambesi (Peters & Kirk).

The adult male and female from which the description has
been taken came respectively from Fort Lister, Milanji, and from
Chiradzula. I have also seen young females from Milanji and
Chiradzula, and a young male from Manzi.

The name albogularis or albiqularis has been applied to Monkeys
both from East and West Africa. The type of C.albogularis, how-
ever, was said to have come from Madagascar. ‘This information
fixes with practical certainty some part of Hast Africa as its origin.
In the original description, Sykes speaks of the coloured area of
the back as “ yellowish ochre” ; and since the Kast-African speci-
mens known to me which best fit this description are those

veferable to the form named C. erythrarchus by Peters, I regard
erythrarchus aS a synonym of ina es In this I follow
Dr. Forbes, who, however, altered the wording of Sykes’s
description, and described the coloured area of the back as
“brownish yellow”: from which it may be inferred that the
specimens he had before him at the time were not true C. albo-
gularis, but were possibly racially identical with the examples
deseribed below from the Rufiji River.

Subsp. BEIRENSIS, nov.

Closely allied to the Nyasaland form C. albogularis albogularis,
the back and sides being speckled with pale yellow. A slight
rufous tinge in the hairs on the sacral region; but at the root of
the tail above and below, as well as on the adjacent area of the
rump, a quantity of bright red hair. The whole of the under side
of the body and the inside of the hind legs to the ankle whitish ;
the back of the thighs whitish tinged with rufous.

Loc. Beira.

Two adult male examples in the British Museum belonging to
the Rudd Collection, and shot by Mr. Claud Grant. Measure- .
ments in mm. of larger specimen: head and body 561 mm., tail
601; of smaller: head and body 501, tail 658.

These animals, although adult, resemble the young of the
Nyasaland form in the paleness of the under side and the presence
of the rufous tinge on the rump and the root of the tail. In
these respects they differ from the adult of the Nyasaland form
C. a. albogularis.

The type of this subspecies is remarkably like that of C. stairsi
mossambicus, practically the only difference between them being
the absence of red on the head of C. a. beirensis.

702 MR. R. I. POCOCK—A REVISION OF [June 18,

Subsp. RUFILATUS, nov.

2 Cercopithecus monoides Is. Geoffr. St. H. Arch. Mus. u,
oes xexacie SA

Closely resembling the Nyasaland form, but with the back and
sides behind the shoulders speckled a rich reddish orange-yellow.
Head and neck somewhat thickly speckled with black. No
distinct whitish half-collar. Belly smoky grey, darker than in
the Nyasaland subspecies. Thighs dark grey, speckled and
sharply defined from the lumbo-sacral area and the flanks.

Loc. Rufiji River, $8. of Zanzibar.

Two specimens in the British Museum, presented by Capt.
Wharton, Nos. 78.12.26.1-2. Also a specimen ticketed “‘ Kima,
from the coast up to 9000 ft.” (Carlisle Fraser, 97.2.14.4); anda
third ticketed ‘Zanzibar Island (J. 7. Last, 06.6.5.6),” which is
not so richly coloured as the Rufiji and Kima examples.

Subsp. ALBoToRQUATUS Pous. (Plate XX XIX. fig. 4.)

Cercopithecus albotorquatus Pousargues, Bull. Mus. Paris, i.
p. 56, 1896; O. Neumann, P. Z. 8. 1902, vol. i. p. 144 (wrongly
assigned to Thomas).

Head, nape, shoulders, and cheeks almost down to corners
of mouth practically uniformly speckled with yellowish grey and
black, the cheeks a little greyer than the head. Throat, sides of
neck, and anterior part of chest a little beyond the mamme snow-
white and sharply contrasted with the grey of the cheek and the
blackish grey of the shoulders. The white on the sides of the
neck forms a more definite half-collar than in typical C. albogularis,
but it does not extend on to the nape or summit of the neck as in
O. kolbi. Avea from behind shoulders to root of tail speckled
with yellow, which spreads over the sides of the body. Tail
yellow-speckled at the base above for about two inches, becoming
gradually rufous laterally and inferiorly ; the rest of the tail dark,
indistinctly speckled, the grey speckling gradually dying away
posteriorly ; the end black. Inside of fore leg at base ashy grey,
becoming sooty grey towards the wrist. Outer side of thighs smoky
grey, speckled; inside of thighs much paler grey, whiter at base,

- where they join the pubic region ; back of thighs greyish white
tinged with pale reddish; a considerable quantity of rusty-red
hair on the area at the root of the tail above and outside the
callosities.. Ventral surface from behind the mamme ashy grey,
unspeckled ; hairs of pubic region white.

Loc. *W. Africa.

The above-given description is taken from a single female
specimen that formerly lived in the Society's Gardens. It was
identified by Mr. Sclater as C. albogularis.

Tn nearly all respects it agrees with the description of C. albo-
torquatus published by Pousargues, especially with respect to the
colour at the root of the tail, on the back of the thighs, and the
collar on the sides of the neck. Jt must be noticed, however, that

1907. ] MONK®YS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 703

Pousargues says “genis albis” (cheeks white); but since there is
no member of the Albogularis-group which has the cheeks, in the
English acceptation of that term, white, one must conclude that
Pousargues was referring to the area of the jaw behind the corner
of the mouth. He could not have failed to notice so striking a
difference between C’. albotorquatus and (. albogularis, had the area
of the face below a line from the corner of the eye to the ear been
white in the type that received the former name.

CERCOPITHECUS KOLBI Neum.
Subsp. KoLBI Neum.
Cercopithecus kolbi O. Neumann, P. Z.S. 1902, vol. i1. p. 144.

Closely related to C. albogularis, of which it may prove to be a
subspecies, but distinguishable by the greater distinctness of the
white collar and its extension over each side of the neck on to the
nape, so that a space of about two inches or less of speckled hair
in the middle line separates the two ends. The colour of the dorsal
side much resembles that of C. albogularis rufilatus. Hairs on
the ears long and whitish or greyish.

Loc. Kedong escarpment (C. S. Betton, type no. 0.1.3.1 in
B.M.).

oe British Museum also has examples from Mt. Kenia, 8000-
9000 ft. (4. H. Newmann), Roromo (Lord Delamere), and the
Nairobi Forest (C. S. Mackinder); and there is one in the
Society’s collection ticketed ‘“‘ Uganda,” which belongs to the
typical or to a nearly related form.

According to O. Neumann, C. kolbi differs from C. albotorquatus
Pous. by its longerfur, owing probably to its being a mountain form,
by the presence of the white fringe on the ears, by the absence of red
on the anal region and base of tail, and of the reddish tinge on the
hind legs, and finally by the less sharp definition between the dark
and white areas on the neck.

Mr. Neumann does not state whether he has seen the type of
C. albotorquatus, or whether he differentiated C. kolbi by the
description only. The specimens of C. kolbi examined by Neumann
show considerable variation in the distinctness of the white collar.
Again, although the skin of the pubic region is cut away, there is
a considerable quantity of brownish-red hair at the sides of the
ischial callosities, both in the specimen collected by Mr. Betton on
the Kedong escarpment and in the one from Roromo. In the
examples from Nairobi, which are altogether less well-coloured, the
red hair on the anal region is not so conspicuous. Perhaps more
than one subspecies is here involved.

Subsp. HINDEI, nov. (Plate XX XIX. fig. 3.)

Differs from typical C. kolbt in the following particulars :—
Nose and upper lip clothed with a more distinct short coating
of greyish hairs. Hairs on cheeks and head with a very decided
reddish-yellow not greyish-yellow tinge. Ear-tufts not uniformly
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. XLVIL. 47

704 MR. R. I. POCOCK

A REVISION OF | June 18,

yellowish white, but distinctly yellowish and banded. Collar
neither so white nor so sharply defined, on the chest blending
gradually with the tint of that area. Coat long and thick ; lumbar
and sacral regions with a very decided brownish-red or rusty-red
tinge, which extends also on to the root of the tail above and below,
and thence round the ischial callosities. Sides of body speckled
with yellow, not with grey. Ventral surface a fairly uniform
ashy grey, very indistinctly speckled. Outside of legs not so dark,
less speckled, the speckling with a yellowish tinge.

Loc. Vutha, in the Kenia district, 8000 ft. alt.

A single male example, collected by Dr. 5. lL. Hinde in Dee.
1902 (B.M., Reg. no. 3.5.25.1).

CERCOPITHECUS MOLONEY! Sclater.

Cercopithecus moloneyi P. L. Selater, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 252,
pl. xvi.

Summit of head blackish, speckled with yellow, much darker
than the cheeks, which are speckled with greyish yellow ; a con-
siderable amount of white in the hairs above the brow. Area
between shoulders speckled with greyish yellow. Posterior portion
of back and lumbo-sacral region a rich ruddy chestnut-brown,
which is somewhat sharply contrasted with the speckled grey tint
of the sides of the body and the thighs. Arms wholly black,
except the inner side of the upper arm, which is greyish and
sometimes speckled ; black of wpper arm extending upasa narrow
stripe in front of shoulder. Legs grey, speckled. Hands and feet
black. Throat and chin dirty greyish white. Ventral surface
dark grey, more or less speckled. Tail mostly black, speckled
towards base, with some reddish hairs above on theroot. Nored
on underside of root of tail nor on ischial area in male; a con-
siderable amount in the female in these places.

Loc. North Nyasaland : between Lakes Tanganyika and Nyasa
(Sir J. A. Moloney); Nyasa-Tanganyika plateau (J. B. Yule).
Top of Masuku plateau (4. Whyte).

CERCOPITHECUS STAIRS! Sclater.

Cercopithecus stairsi P. Li. Sclater, P.Z.S. 1893, pp. 252 & 443,
algo 1902, p. 580, pl. xl.; Forbes, Monkeys, 11. p. 73, 1894 (in
part., ©).

Subsp. srarrsi Sclater.

3 (subadult).—Face blackish, lips scantily clothed with white
hairs; summit of head speckled yellowish green in front and
mesially, reddish at the sides ; above and in front of the ears there
is a ferruginous patch extending down as far as the corner of the
orbit and composed of hairs that have lost their black annuli; pos-
teriorly the reddish tint covers the occipital area as far down as
the level of the lobe of theear. Hairs on brow-ridge longer, with
three yellowish annuli. Cheeks speckled yellowish green. Sides

1907. | MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 705

and nape of neck much the same colour as the cheeks. Shoulders
rather greyer than neck. Area between shoulders speckled yellow
and black, with faint reddish tinge. Posteriorly in the middle
line the reddish tinge on the hairs increases in intensity and
extent, and on the sacral region the black annuli have entirely
faded away. Sides of body yellower than dorsal area, with some
red hairs behind root of arm. Arms blackish and speckled with
grey externally, greyish white internally. Legs pale red ex-
ternally, the hairs not annulated; greyish white faintly tinged
with red internally ; feet grey above. Throat, lower side of neck,
chest, and belly greyish white, with a faint tinge of red on the
belly. Hairs round callosities on back of thighs reddish. Tail
red like sacral region for three or four inches of its length above
and for a shorter distance below ; posteriorly the red gradually
dies away, and is replaced distally by greyish black and black.

The above-given description is taken from the skin of a male
from the Lower Zambesi that lived in the Society’s Gardens
from Dee. 14th, 1900, until Dee. 3rd, 1901.

There is also a second male specimen, younger than the latter
but exactly like it in colouring. Both agree very closely with the
typical female example from Chindi described and figured by
Dr. Sclater and now preserved in the British Museum.

Subsp. MOSSAMBICUS, Nov.

Cercopithecus stairst P. L. Sclater, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 612 ; Forbes,
Monkeys, i. p. 73, 1894 (in part., 3).

Distinguishable from the typical form by the red on the head
being restricted to a relatively small rufous patch above and in
front of the ear, scarcely any red being traceable behind the ears
or on the occipital area. The dorsal area is very faintly tinged
with red and the sides are grizzled like the nape of the neck,
without any of the rich orange-yellow noticeable in the typical
form. Only close to the root of the tail above and later: ally are
the hairs quite red and devoid of annuli. Lastly, the outsides of
the thighs are speckled with grey and black, like the sides of the
body, and without any tinge of red ; the backs of the thighs, how-
ever, are pale reddish and unspeckled. Only about three inches
of the root of the tail are red, and the transition from the red to
the greyish black is much more abrupt than in C. stairsi stairsi.

Loc. Mozambique.

A single male specimen received from Mr. Hintz by the Society
on June 7th, 1893. There is no evidence, let alone proof, that
the differences in colour between this specimen and the typical
form are attributable to age or individual variation. The two
may be distinguished as follows :—

a. Red on head extending behind ears and on to occipital area ;

sides of the body washed with yellowish red, outer surface

of posterior limbs reddish, unspeckled ..................... Subsp. stairs.
a'. Red on head practically limited to a pair of ‘patches i in front

of the ears; sides of body and external surface of posterior
hmbs speckled LCV ee renee arp SUS Ds LORS ATECTD

706 MR. R. I. POCOCK—-A REVISION OF [June 18,

CERCOPITHECUS RUFOTINCTUS, sp. n.

Cercopithecus stairsi P. L. Sclater, P. Z.S. 1896, p. 609.

2. Distinguishable from C. séairsi by having a reddish tint
generally diffused over the upper portion of the head, without
distinct definition of the preaural patches; also in having the
cheeks and the long hairs which grow backwards over the sides of
the neck beneath the ears decidedly washed with red—in fact,
differing but little from the top of the head but very strongly from
the shoulders in colour. The dorsal area and the sides of the body
are much redder than in the type of C. stairsi mossambicus. In
this respect the specimen approaches the male of C. stairsi stairst
but the hairs are distinctly annulated down to the root of the tail.
The shoulders and arms are blacker than in the other specimens,
and the outer sides of the legs are grizzly black, as in C. stairsi
mossambicus, but darker, and not reddish yellow as in C. statist
stairs.

Loc. British Kast Africa (? Mombasa).

A single female specimen was presented to the Society by
Mr. J. W. W. Pigott on Sept. 20th, 1895.

This form should perhaps take rank only as a subspecies of
C. stairst. The type, however, differs more from the types of the
two subspecies of C. stairsi than they do from each other.

CERCOPITHECUS FRANCESC Thos.

Cercopithecus francesce Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) x.
p. 243, 1902.

Coat long and thick. Prevailing colour of head, shoulders, and
sides of body blackish, speckled with grey, the black predominating.
Over a definite area of the back from well behind the shoulders to
the root of the tail, the speckling is distinctly yellow, but the
yellow does not spread on to the sides of the body nor on to the
thighs, the blackish colour of which passes gradually into the
more distinctly speckled tint of the sides of the body. Ven-
tral surface, inside of thighs, and chest sooty or smoke-grey.
Throat and sides of neck up to the level of the lower edge of the
ear whitish. Hair on ears with a more decided reddish tinge
than is seen in any species of this section.

Loc. Near the Mount Waller plateau, Lake Nyasa. Reg. no.
in B.M. 2.7.24.1.

A much smaller Monkey than C. albogularis, with reddish
hair on the ears and the yellow speckling in the fur confined to
the dorsal area of the posterior half of the body.

CERCOPITHECUS PREUSSI Matschie.

Cercopithecus preussi Matschie, SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1898,
p. 76.

Cercopithecus crossi Forbes, Nature, vol. Ixxi. p. 630, 1905.

Head, neck, shoulders, and sides of body blackish, speckled with
grey, no yellow in the hair of the whiskers or head. The dorsal

1907.] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 107

area of the body between the shoulders and the root of the tail
black, speckled with reddish brown, the reddish annuli im the
hair much narrower than the black. Tail speckled reddish at
the root, the terminal half black, the intervening area dark but
speckled with grey. External surface of thighs blackish, speckled,
passing gradually into the darker hue of the sides of the body,
the hairs of which, at all events inferiorly, have no red in the grey
speckling. Ventral surface dark smoke-grey, sometimes with in-
distinct speckling. Throatand sides of neck up to the level of the
lower border of the ear whitish grey. Between the eyes a line of
black hair which expands on the nose into a triangular black patch
and extends thence inferiorly over the upper lip. The whisker-hairs
adjacent to the face greyish at the base. Hair on ears mostly black.

Loc. Cameroons (Matschie and Forbes); also Fernando Po, in
B.M. reg. nos. 4.7.1.5-7.

A young specimen in the British Museum gives the following
measurements :—Head and body 262 mm., tail 315 mm.

A much darker form than C. albogularis, with the rufous
speckling of the back not extending so far inferiorly, and with
black hair on the nose, lips, and ears.

CERCOPITHECUS LABIATUS Geofir.

Cercopithecus labiatus Is. Geoftr. St. H., C. R. xv. p. 1038, 1842;
id. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat. iii. p. 302, 1849; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas,
vii. p. 79, 1876: Matschie, SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1893, p. 214;
Forbes, Monkeys, 1. p. 72, 1894.

Cercopithecus samango Sundev. fv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1.
De LOOM MISAA Pe Wamsclater ses) Ze Ss. 1893.) pueaale: W. L.
Sclater, Fauna 8. Afr., Mamm. i. p. 9, fig. 2, 1900.

Coat long and thick, dark-coloured, black, speckled with yellowish
grey, the back and sides of the body not more brightly coloured
than the fore part, the black bands in the hair much wider than
the pale. Top of head blacker than nape of head and cheeks.
No half-collar on sides of neck. Tail with its basal third almost
white below and laterally, the pale area much exceeding in width
the pigmented area, which is confined to the dorsal surface ;
median portion of tail dark grey above and below, terminal
portion black. Fore leg jet-black from above the elbow. Hind
leg smoky grey, speckled with yellow, not sharply defined from the
tint of the sides of the body ; the hair external to the callosities
grey tinged faintly with reddish, a little of that tint extending
on to the root of the tail. Ventral surface from the chin to the
pubic area whitish ashy grey, unspeckled, the same pale hue
spreading over the inside of the thighs.

Loc. 8. Africa: King Williamstown and Pondoland (W. ZL.
Sclater). Also said to occur in Natal, Zululand, and Angola.

- The description given above is taken from a specimen ticketed
S. Africa, and presented to the Society in 1888. A second
specimen received in 1906 resembled it in all important
particulars. The pale colour of the under side of the proximal

708 MR. R. I. POCOCK—A REVISION OF [June 18,

end of the tail of this species distinguishes it at once from the
rest of the species of the Albogularis-section. The uniformity
in the tint of the speckling of the dorsal surface from the head to
the root of the tail is another distinctive feature.

Toe MON A-cRovpP.

Mona Reich.; Mona + Otopithecus Trouess.

Pale colour of inner side of arms sharply contrasted, especially
along the radial aspect, with the black or dark grey tint of the
outer side. A black temple-band extending from eye to ear and
sharply separating the colour of the cheek from that of the
summit of the head. A well-defined pale brow-band, which some-
times extends over a large part of the summit of the head. Face
slate-blue, but median area of lips flesh-coloured. Shoulder and
anterior portion of back redder or greyer than the posterior area,
which tends to turn black.

Distr. From Sierra Leone through the Gold Coast, Nigeria,
and the Congo to the Ituri Forest.

Key to the Species and Subspecies.

a. Ventral surface at least laterally and at least the margins of
the limbs suffused with rusty yellow; hairs on ears rusty
yellow.
6. Outer side of hind limb from hip to ankle rusty, the colours
of the thigh and sacral area sharply defined; throat and
chest white ; red on the belly and on the inner side of the
limbs pronounced only where the white passes into the
coloured outer or lateral surface ........ . wolfi.
b’. Outer side of hind limb usually greyish, sometimes suffused
with yellow, but the colours of the thigh and sacral areas
not sharply defined from each other; the entire ventral
surface (at least in the adult) yellowish or rusty red.
ce. Arms externally speckled, not black ; ajet-black band con-
siderably more than twice as long as broad and sharply
defined laterally from the greyish lateral surface extend-
ing from behind the shoulders to the rump; no distinct
double or U-shaped pale mark on the head .................. pogonias.
c’. Arms black; a black patch on lumbo-sacral area, if
present, not sharply defined Jaterally and not twice as
long as broad ; a decided U-shaped pale patch on the head. grayi.

d. Lumbo-sacral area of dorsal surface jet-black ............ Subsp. nigripes.
d’, Lumbo-sacral area usually reddish, speckled; sacral
area sometimes jet-black.. aha .. Subsp. grayi.

. Ventral surface, throat, and Fmeide) of fens mitite ath all
ages; hairs on ears usually speckled.
ec A conspicuous white patch on each side near the root
of the tail .. ari ei ctias Ae lore een ceed EERE MERITICO ILCs
ce’. No white patch n near root of tail.
f. Outer surface of hind legs and more or less of the lumbo-
sacral area black or dark grey and scarcely speckled,
contrasting with the fore part of the dorsal surface.
g. Brow-patch white and cheeks and side of neck pale
greyish, gradually passing into the white of the throat,
as in C. mona ; hairs on ear speckled... .. campbelli.
. Brow-patch yellow usually. ill- defined, but spreading
backwards over forehead ; cheeks and side of neck dark
dusky greyish green, sharply defined {rom white of
throat ; hairs on ear ‘yellowish ... ‘ . burnett.
fi. Outer surface of hind legs and the Jumbo- sacral | area
much the same colour as the fore part of the dorsal
surface—that is to say, speckled red and black ............ denti.

1907.) MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 709

By Sclater and Forbes the two species C. mona and C. campbelli
were placed in a group containing C. albogularis, C. leucampyx, and
the rest of the black-armed species without a nose-spot. Neither
of these authors appears to have detected either the close similarity
between these two species, or the obvious affinity they exhibit
towards C. wolf, C. pogonias, and C. grayi; and im spite of
Pousargues’s remarks upon this point (Ann. Sci. Nat. (8) 11.
p- 215, 1896), Trouessart (Cat. Mamm. Suppl. pp. 13, 14, 1904)
adheres to the views implicitly expressed by the earlier writers.

CERCOPITHECUS MONA Schreb. (‘Text-fig. 184.)
Simia mona Schreber, Siug. i. p. 97, pl. xv., 1774.
Cercopithecus mona Erxleben, and of subsequent authors.
Brow-band whitish, broader laterally than mesially, but not
extending to the ear. Head and nape speckled yellowish green ;
whiskers greyish, apically annulated with yellow and black. Ear-
tufts long, thick, of the same colour as the hairs of the nape.

Text-fig. 184.

Cercopithecus mona Schreber.

(From a specimen living in the Society’s Gardens.)

Back, shoulders, and sides of body speckled, rusty red; lumbo-
sacral area darker, sometimes almost black. Arms black externally :
legs blackish, sparsely and weakly speckled externally ; hands
and feet black. An elongate patch of snow-white hair extending
forwards from the ischial callosity on to the hip. Tail nearly
black, greyish on under side in proximal half. Chin, throat,
chest, belly, inside of arms and legs white.

Loc. Nigeria and Cameroons. The British Museum has
examples of this species from Jebba on the Niger (@. 7. Abadie,
0.3.29.2); Bakana, Southern Nigeria (W. J. Ansorge, 2.11.2.2-3.).

710 MR. R, I. POCOCK——A REVISION OF [June 18,

Of the large number of skins of this species—one of the
commonest of African Monkeys in captivity—possessed by the
Society, not one has a definite locality.

CERCOPITHECUS CAMPBELLI Waterhouse. (Plate XL. fig. 1.)

Cercopithecus campodelli Waterhouse, P. Z. 8. 1838, p. 61; not
of subsequent authors, or, at least, only in part.

Closely allied to C. mona. Forehead with a large white or
silver-grey brow-band extending laterally further towards the
ears than in the middle, where it is partially divided. Cheeks
greyish, tinged with yellow and faintly speckled with black, the
hair gradually losing this tint inferiorly and on the neck, where
the colour fades imperceptibly away into the uniform eveyish-
white colour of the throat. Hairs on ear like those on head,
speckled yellow and black. Head and shoulders speckled yellow
and black, the head rather yellower than in C’. mona, and the
shoulders less rusty brown. Behind the shoulders and on the
arm the speckling gradually dies out of the hairs, which, at least
on the lumbo-sacral area, are of almost a uniform greyish
black, as also are the outsides of the thighs. Tail at base
blackish above and below, and the same colour as the sacral area ;
following the black basal portion it is speckled above, grey below ;
its distal end is black.

Loc. Sierra Leone.

The type of this species came from Sierra Leone. In the
British Museum there are three flat native-prepared skins: one
labelled Sierra Leone (W/r. Fraser, £5.9.6.1); a second ticketed
Buyabuya, Little Scarcies River inland of Sierra Leone (G4. /.
Scott Elliot, 92.6.7.2); and a third without locality (Zool. Soc.
55.12.24.408). I have also seen the skin of a young female
specimen which formerly lived in the Gardens. It has no exact
locality.

C. campbelli is in some respects intermediate between C. mona
and C. burnetti. It is evidently a Monkey which is rarely cap-
tured or killed by Kuropeans.

CERCOPITHECUS BURNETTI Gray. (Plate XL. fig. 2.)

Cercopithecus burnetti Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. x. p. 256,
1842.

Cercopithecus campbelli Sclater, Forbes (nee Gray).

This species differs from C. campbelli in having the forehead
yellowish in front and the patch not so sharply defined; the
cheeks and sides of the neck as far back as the black of the
shoulders are olive-grey. speckled and strongly contrasted with the
relatively narrower white area of the throat; the ear-fringe is
reddish yellow and stands out against the colour of the back of
the head without blending with it; the posterior region of the
body is blacker and not a dark slate-grey.

Loc. Gold Coast to the Cameroons.

1907. | MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. (1s!

The British Museum hasa skin of this species, a young example,
ticketed Cameroons (Capt. Burton, 82.6.12-1). Two specimens
that lived recently in the Gardens came respectively from
Ashanti and Accra.

In the collection of the Society there are a large number
of skins of various ages, labelled W. Africa, most of which were
identified by Dr. Sclater as C. campbelli. living examples
are far more commonly procured than are those of the veritable
C. campbelli. One ov more may usually be seen in the Society’s
Gardens.

C. burnetti Gray, alleged to be from Fernando Po, is added to
the synonymy of C. campbelli by both Sclater and Forbes, who
described the present species under that name. The description
of C. burnetti runs as follows :—‘“ Greyish black ; head, neck, and
upper part of back yellow dotted ; throat, cheek, abdomen, inner
side of fore legs and thighs greyish white; face black; hair of
cheek and forehead yellow, with a small tuft of black hair over
each eye; fur very thick; hairs long, rather rigid, pale at the
base, then greyish black ; those of the head, neck, and upper part
of the back and base of the tail with two or three broad yellow-
brown subterminal bands. Length of body and head 19 inches.”

This description cannot be said to fit accurately the species
here identified as C. hurnetti, but I think it may he regarded as
probable that Gray had a specimen of that species in his hands
when he described OC. burnetti.

CERCOPITHEGUS DENTI Thos.

Cercopithecus denti Thos. P. Z. 8. 1907, p. 2, pl. 1.

Brow-band not very well defined, consisting of hairs white at
the base and banded apically. Ears with white hairs. Summit
of head to shoulders grizzled greenish; sides of head and neck
greener than head and nape. Back and upper part of sides
brownish, the hairs banded with black and red. ‘Tail pale beneath,
greyish above, black at the distal end. Fore leg externally grizzled
greenish to elbow, black from elbow to hand. Hind leg from the
hip to the ankle speckled, yellower than lumbo-sacral area ; distal
half of foot black. Under side and inside of limbs white, the white
of the belly passing halfway up the sides, and everywhere, both on
the limbs and body, very sharply defined from the pigmented
areas.

Loc. Ituri Forest.

CERCOPITHECUS WOLFI Meyer.

Cercopithecus wolfi Meyer, Notes Leyden Mus. xii. pp. 63-64,
1890; P. L. Sclater, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 258; Meyer, P. Z.S. 1894,
p- 83, pl. vii.; Forbes, Monkeys, i. p. 79, 1894.

Loc. Congo.

Meyer's description of this species is so full and exact that no
repetition of it is necessary. The characters are also well shown

712 MR. R. I. POCOCK—A REVISION OF [June 18,

in the plate in the ‘Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for
1894.

The exact locality of the type was not known; but in August,
1904, a beautiful example of the species, obtained by Mr. J. D.
Hamlyn in Brazzaville, on the Congo, whither it was brought by
natives, was deposited in the Zoological Gardens by the Hon.
Walter Rothschild.

Dr. Forbes quite correctly placed this species in the same category
as C. grayi. In this he has been followed by Trouessart.

The most distinctive characteristics of the species are :—the
extension of the white brow-band laterally as far as the ears; the
reddish-brown colour of the hind legs from the hip to the ankle,
the hairs of this limb, however, are distinctly speckled with black ;
the presence of an ill-defined dorsal blackish band and of a con-
siderable quantity of yellow in the hairs on the sides of the body
and on the belly, and bordering the white of the inner side of the
limbs.

CERCOPITHECUS GRAYI Fraser.

Subsp. GRAy1 Fraser..

Cercopithecus grayi Fraser, Cat. Knows]. Coll. p. 8, 1850;
Matschie, SB..Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1893, p. 214 ; Forbes, Monkeys,
ii. p. 77, pl. xxili., 1894 (bibliography).

Cercopithecus eralebent Dahlb. & Puch. Rev. Mag. Zool. 1856,
p. 96.

Brow-band greatly developed and extending backwards on to
summit of head as a pair of whitish patches, separated mesially by
a narrow area of blacker hair. A broad black band across the
temple. Cheeks speckled with greenish yellow and black. Har-
fringes long, yellowish red, standing boldly out against the back-
ground of the head and neck. Dorsal surface uniformly rusty
red nearly all over, jet-black on sacral region, yellower on nape of
neck; the sides sometimes greyer (in the male); arms black
externally ; legs greyish, speckled down to ankles ; hands and feet
black. Tail mostly black, reddish in its basal half below. Under
side from chin to pubic region and inside of limbs rufous yellow.

Loc. The British Museum has specimens from the following
localities :—Efulen in the Cameroons (G. LZ. Bates, 96.3.20.1);
Benito River, Congo (G@. L. Bates, 0.2.5.4-6) ; Gaboon (Laglaize,
80.6.7.2).

Pousargues, who, perhaps rightly, regarded C. pogonias, C.
eralebent, and C’. nigripes as synonyms, and at most as representing
local races, records specimens from various places in the French
Congo, namely from Ogoué, Mayumbe, Bangui, and Ouadda, Upper
Oubangui. With the exception of the specimen from Mayumbe,
none of these showed traces of black on the back.

Pousargues and Trouessart reject the name grayi for this
species, alleging that no description accompanied its first publi-
cation. This is an error. Fraser gave a good though brief
diagnosis of the species in the work cited above.

1907.] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 713

Three adult specimens from the Benito River taken at sea-level,
20 miles from the coast, gave the following measurements in the
flesh :—

6. Head and body 525 mm., tail 750 mm.
d. ” ” D47 ” ” 870 ”?
2 3 99 3) 440) 3) 2) 785 22

According to Bates the Fang name is “ Shume.”

Judging from some skins, without definite locality, in the col-
lection of the Zoological Society, the under side and inner surface
of the limbs are much whiter, in some cases, indeed, almost
untinged witb yellow in immature forms.

Subsp. Nicgripes Du Chaillu.

Cercopithecus nigripes Du Chaillu, P. Bost. N. H. Soe. vu.
p. 360, 1860.

Loe. Gaboon (Du Chaillu, 61.7.29.16 in B.M.).

The single skin of this form that the British Museum possesses
is only distinguishable from typical representatives of C. gray, as
exemplified by the specimens from the Benito River, by the
greater amount of black over the lumbo-sacral area, In this pai-
ticular C. nigripes is nearly imtermediate between the typical
C. grayt and C’. pogonias ; but in the latter the black shield 1s
sharply defined along its edges and relatively much longer as
compared with its width.

CERCOPITHECUS POGONIAS Bennett.

Cercopithecus pogonias Bennett, P. Z. 8. 1833, p. 67; and of
most subsequent authors.

Allied to C. grayi. No lateral white or yellowish-white stripe
on the head above the temple-stripe. Head, neck, shoulders, fore
legs, and sides of body speckled yellow and black, with more grey
in the hair on the sides of the body than on the shoulders. The
entire dorsal area behind the shoulders covered with a broad band
of jet-black hair, imperceptibly blending with the speckled hai: of
the shoulders in front, but very sharply defined from the greyish-
speckled hue of the sides of the body. Outer side of thighs
greyish, tinged with yellowish red. ‘The entire under surface and
the inside of the limbs are rusty red. The basal half of the tail
is red beneath, black above, and the terminal half is wholly bleick.

Loc. Exact locality unknown. Said to be Fernando Po.

The above-given description is taken from two flat native-
prepared skins in the British Museum. They appear to agree
with the example described by Bennett, a very young thick- coated
specimen mounted in the British Museum, except in the definition
of the dorsal black area. In Bennett’s specimen the shield is
smaller and only sharply defined on the sacral area.

Pousargues records a specimen referable either to typical
C. pogonias or to C. grayi nigripes from Cette Cama,

714 MR. R. I. POCOCK—A REVISION OF {June 18,

Tue LY HOESTI-crovp.

This section, containing the single species C’. ?hoesti, resembles
(. opisthostictus of the Leucampyx-section in the blackness of the
legs, shoulders, and belly, and in a lesser degree of the head. The
rufous dorsal area, on the other hand, recalls the Albogularis-group.
From the latter, however, as well as from all the species of the
Leucampyx-section, it differs entirely and resembles the typical
C. ethiops of the Aithiops-section in the upward direction and
snow-white colour of the longish cheek-hairs. ‘The white throat
and whiskers, as well as the direction of growth of the latter, and
the thickish clothing of black hair on the nose suggest affinity
with C. erythrogaster.

CERCOPITHECUS L’HOESTI Sclater.
Subsp. L’HoEstr Sclater. (Plate X LI. fig. 2.)

Cercopithecus Uhoesti P. Li. Sclater, P. Z. S. 1898, p. 586,
pl. xlviii.; Matschie, SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1905, pt. 10,
pp. 262-264.

Face (dry skin) black; nose thickly, lips more sparsely clothed
with black hairs ; area of face below the eye clothed with a mixture
of short black and white hairs, which posteriorly become longer
and run up over the whiskers. The latter white, long, and
directed upwards and backwards to form a thick fringe between
the face and the ear, partially concealing that organ and continued
on to the sides of the neck behind it. The throat and posterior
half of the interramal area white like the cheeks, the white con-
tinued posteriorly in a narrow point as far back as the mamme.
Summit of head black, but the whole of its median area, like that
of the nape of the neck and the sides of the area between the
shoulders and the sides of the body above the belly, speckled with
greyish white. On the middle of the area between the shoulders
begins a band of hairs speckled black and orange-red, which
gradually expands posteriorly over the costal and lumbar regions
and dies away upon the hip and towards the root of the tail, the
orange-red in the hairs being in these places replaced by grey.
Tail for the most part grey speckled with black, its distal third
blacker, quite black at the end; also about four inches of the
under side at the base black. The shoulder and fore limb, the hip
and the hind limb jet-black outside and inside. The entire ventral
surface black with a tinge of brown from the clavicular region to
the anus, with exception of the above-mentioned white median
angular area on the fore part of the chest.

Loc. Chepo or Tschepo in Congoland.

A single adult @ (type) from the above-mentioned locality,
which lived in the Society’s Collection from July 1898 to March
1902.

Unless the specimen changed considerably in colour during
captivity, which is not impossible, the original description 1s inexact.

1907. ] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 715

Dr. Sclater, for example, applied the term ‘“cinereous” to the
belly, limbs, and tail, the tail beimg said to be blackish below.
The tail is, as a matter of fact, heavily speckled with grey
throughout the greater part of its length, being greyer below than
above, except at the base and apex, and the limbs and belly show
no trace of grey speckling to account for the epithet ‘ cinereous.”

According to Matschie there is a specimen of this Monkey from
Tschepo in the Tervueren Museum.

Subsp. rHomast Matschie.

Cercopithecus thomasi Matschie, SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1905,
p. 262.

So far as I can determine from the description, this form, to
which Matschie gives full specific rank, differs from the typical
form in being chestnut-red above, in having a much more distinct
band of greyish-white hair below the eyes, and in the extension
of the white on the chest to about the middle of the sternal area.

Loc. Kast shore of Lake Kivu between Lakes Tanganyika and
Albert Edward.

THe ERYTHROGASTER-crovp.

CERCOPITHEUUS ERYTHROGASTER Gray. (Plate XLI. fig. 4.
Text-fig. 185, p. 716.)

Cercopithecus erythrogaster Gray, P. Z.8. 1866, p. 169, pl. xvi.;
id. Cat. Monkeys Brit. Mus. p. 128, 1870; Murie, P. Z. 8. 1866,
p- 380; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, vii. p. 69, 1876; P. L. Sclater,
P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 252; Matschie, SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1893,
p. 226; Pousargues, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. vu. p. 71, 1894; Sclater,
P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 1; Forbes, Monkeys, vol. u. p. 46, 189A
Pousargues, Bull. Mus. Paris, iil. p. 52, 1897.

Skin of face round eyes bluish grey, lips and chin pinkish grey,
Nose clothed with black hairs, which, at least in some cases, appa-
rently turn white in the adult. Crown of the head speckled
golden green and encircled with a continuous black brow, temple,
and parieto-occipital stripe. Below the temple-stripe a conspicuous
greyish-speckled patch close to the face, and beneath the latter a
smaller black patch near the corner of the mouth, which is con-
tinued backwards and upwards in the direction of the ear. The
area of the cheek below this and the throat covered with a thick
mass of longish white whiskers. The entire dorsal surface uni-
formly coloured blackish speckled with yellow, darker than the
head. Outer side of fore limbs with evanescent speckling, nearly
black ; hands blacker; of hind limbs blackish grey but speckled ;
feet black. Upper side of tail like the back; under side greyish
white; chest and belly rusty brown; inside of fore legs blackish
grey ; of hind legs greyish white.

Loc. Lagos (sec. Pousargues).

This species was based upon a young specimen showing no trace
of the white nasal patch characteristic, as was afterwards shown,

716 _ MR. R, I. POCOCK—-A REVISION OF [June 18,

of some adults. In 1895 Sclater, to whom only the young was
known, classified the species in his ‘‘ melanochivine” section ; but
in the same year Matschie pointed out its affinity to the “ spot-
nosed” group. This observation was corroborated in 1894 and
again in 1897 by Pousargues, who added to our knowledge of the
species the fact that the nasal field is completely naked in the
young individual and covered with white hairs in some adult
examples. In the type specimen, as asserted by Sclater, the area

Text-fig. 185.

Cercopithecus erythrogaster Gray.

(rom a specimen living in the Society’s Gardens.)

in question is clothed with black haus with whitish bases. Hence
it seems probable that the condition of this specimen represents a
stage intermediate between that of the naked-nosed young and of
the white-nosed adult observed by Pousargues. There is, how-
ever, an example (text-figure 185) now living in the Gardens which
appears to be almost or quite adult and the nose is jet-black.
Pousargues placed this species in close proximity to C. petawrista,

1907. | MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 717

which is probably its nearest ally, as is shown principally by
the arched inferior cheek-stripe and the extension of the white
of the chin and throat up to the ear forming white whiskers.
The. differences between the species are, however, very marked,
especially in the redness of the belly, the very conspicuous grey
patch on the cheek adjacent to the face, the blackness of the nose
until maturity or old age is reached, and the marked difference in
colour between the under side of the body and the inside of the
limbs in C. erythrogaster.

THe PETAURISTA-crovp.

Rhinostictus Trouess.

Skin of face round the eyes slate-blue or blackish ; of lips pale
bluish grey. Usually, probably always in the adult, a distinct
black brow-band continuous with a black band extending across
the temple on each side backwards to the ear. Area between the
eyes with a strip of black hair, which expands on the nose and is
confluent with a large cordate white patch narrowing below
between the nostrils and transverse, convex, or mesially emarginate
above. Dorsal surface from occiput to tail almost uniformly
coloured, black speckled with greyish or reddish yellow. Ventral
surface from chin to pubic region white or greyish white, paler
on inner than on outer side of limbs; pale area on inner side of
upper arm sharply contrasted with the darker tint of the outer
side. Lower surface of tail pale, at least in its proximal portion,
and sharply defined in colour from the upper surface.

Distr. From Liberia and Angola eastwards up the Congo
Valley to Uganda.

Key to the Species and Subspecies.

a. White of the throat extending upwards on to the cheek
almost to the level of the top of the ear, the hairs growing
upwards and backwards, and bordered by an upwardly-
arched black stripe running from the upper lip beneath the
ear ; arms speckled to the wrist Wea

6. A black band, more or less developed, crossing the back of
the head; no distinct patch of greyish-yellow hair on the
cheek below the eye ................0:0 cere Ree

b'. No black band crossing the back of the head; a distinct
patch of greyish-yellow hair on the cheek below the eye . Subsp. buttikoferi.

a’. White of the throat not extending up on to the cheek; the
hairs, at least of the lower portion of the cheek, growing
downwards and backwards; arms black to the wrist.

c. Hairs of the cheek yellowish or whitish and marked off
from those of the throat by a more or less well-defined
black stripe running straight backwards from the upper
lipabeneabhy thereat eer seer acter . ascanius.

d. Black stripe crossing the lower portion of the cheek
broad and expanding on the face adjacent to the upper
lipiyalainstombeansere din Boao sacee sos aoc osseccem ee eee

d', Black stripe crossing lower portion of cheek narrow and
fading away towards the corner of the mouth ; hairs on
GENES VNU 1.55 cohnahad was) En pe aon aaaueneedbeeeaanahbascaueonmncsce wvlvisy pa KYA LmOdeli.,

c'. Hairs on the cheeks speckled like those on the top of the
head; no inferior stripe on the cheek........................... signatus.

petaurista.

Subsp. petawrista.

Subsp. ascanius.

718 MR. R. I. POCOCK-—A REVISION OF | June 18,

CERCOPITHECUS PETAURISTA Schreber.

Subsp. PETAURISTA Schreb.

Simia petaurista Schreber, Siug. i. p. 103, pl. xix. B, 1775.

Cercopithecus petwurista Krxleben, and of subsequent authors.

Cercopithecus fantiensis Matschie, SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin,
1893, p. 64.

Brow-band and temple-band well developed, the latter extending
round the back of the head as a parieto-occipital stripe. The
anterior part of the cheek and the adjacent area of the face down
to the corner of the mouth continuously clothed with jet-black
hairs. Some little distance behind the corner of the eye on the
temple there is a whitish stripe, which rans obliquely backwards
and downwards beneath the ear; and underlying this there is a
conspicuous black stripe, which passes downwards and backwards
from the black anterior portion of the cheek on to the side of the
neck. The white of the throat runs up on the cheek considerably
above the corner of the mouth as high as a point on a level with
the bottom of the ear, the hairs being directed obliquely upwards
and backwards. The black hairs of the cheek just in front of
this uprunning white area are also directed upwards and back-
wards. The top of the head, the neck, shoulders, back, and
limbs speckled, the head, neck, and limbs being yellower or greener
and distinctly less red than the back. The tail speckled through-
out above ; greyish white below.

Loc. Gold Coast: Sekondi (in Zool. Soc., Dr. Carew); Rio
Bontag, Cape Coast (type of fantiensis).

Subsp. BUTTIKOFERI Jent. (Plate XL. fig. 6.)

Cercopithecus buttikofert Jentink, Notes Leyden Mus. - vii.
p. 96, 1886.

Distinguishable from the typical form C. p. petaurista by the
characters indicated in the key, namely by the absence of the
parieto-occipital black band and the presence of a patch of
greenish speckled hairs on the cheek adjacent to the face just
below the eye. But since some examples I refer to (. p. petaurisia
have indications of this last-mentioned patch, and since the black
parieto-occipital band varies greatly in the degree of its develop-
ment, these two features must be regarded, I think, as of sub-
specific value. It may be added that Dr. Jentink does not
mention the presence of the pale facial patch in his description of
CO. buttikoferi*. It is, however, present in all the examples that
I refer to this form, and was, I presume, overlooked as a distinctive
feature when the original diagnosis was compiled.

Loc. Liberia.

* Sir H. H. Johnston possibly detected this difference, for he says that
C. buttikoferi differs most markedly from C. petaurista in havimg a long white
mark over the ridge of the eyebrows, stretching from the bridge of the nose right
across the face to below the ear (‘ Liberia,’ ii. p. 679). This description, however,
does not fit examples of this Monkey I have seen.

1907.) MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. TS

CERCOPITHECUS ASCANIUS Aud.
Subsp. ascanius Aud. (Plate XI. fig.5. Text-fig. 186.)

Simia ascanius Audebert, Hist. Nat. Singes, fam. IV. sect. 11.
joll, sani IS

Cercopithecus melanogenys Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi.
p: 212) 1845; id. BP. Z. S. 1849, p.. 7, pl ix. fie. 2.

Cercopithecus histrio Reichenbach, Affen, p. 106, pl. xvi.
figs. 256-257, 1863.

Cercopithecus picturatus Santos, Jorn. Sci. Lisboa, xi. p. 98,
1886.

Text-fig. 186.

Cercopithecus as canius Aud.

(From a young specimen living in the Society’s Gardens.)

At once distinguishable from (C. petaurista petaurista and
C. p. buttikofert by the colour and arrangement of the hair on the
cheek. There is typicallya black brow-band extending across the
forehead and backwards to the ear, but not over the back of the
head. Beneath this, in front of the ear upon the cheek, there is
a large patch of yellowish-white hair arranged radially in a whorl,
and below this whorl a large black stripe extends from beneath
the ear, where it is thinnest and palest, forwards on to the sides

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No, XLVITI. 48

720 MR. R. I. POCOCK—A REVISION OF June 18,

of the face between the corner of the mouth and the eye. Hairs
on the ear pale red. Fore leg blackish, only sparsely and famtly
speckled. Hind leg also blacker than in C. petawrista. Tail ved
above and below in the distal three-fourths of its length, whitish-
grey below at the base, and for a couple of inches above at the
base the same colour as the back.

Loc. The Congo; Oubangui and Adima (Pousargues) to Angola ;
Encége, south of Bemba* ; Quimpampala (Santos).

T have seen several young examples referable to this species,
but for none of them was a definite locality known. All were
imported by dealers and deposited in the Gardens by the Hon.
Walter Rothschild. They exhibited considerable variability in
the width of the black stripe on the cheek, and also in the stripe
crossing the brow andtemple. In typical C. melanogenys the whole
area of the cheek between the eye and the corner of the mouth is
black, and the brow and temple-bands are well defined. In the
Zoological Society’s Collection there is a skin, dated 14.8.1900 to
21.7.1901, which very nearly agrees with this; but in a small
example now living in the Gardens the black area below the eye is
interrupted bya conspicuous patch of yellow-speckled hair, reducing
the extent of the black area, and the temple-band is hardly
developed. In another that died about eighteen months ago the
black band was still further reduced both in length and width, the
temporal and brow bands were practically absent, and the nose-
spot was tinted with yellow. These facts indicate the probability
of the existence of two or more unnamed subspecies ; and since
the specimens are intermediate between typical examples of C. as-
canius and of CO. schmidti, they have influenced me in concluding
that the latter form is an East African subspecies of the former.
Were it not for the presence of red instead of white hairs upon
the ears, I should have been in doubt to which of the two forms
to refer the above-mentioned specimens.

Subsp. scumiptr Matschie. (Plate XL. fig. 4.)

Cercopithecus schmidti Matschie, Zool. Anz. 1892, p. 161;
P. L. Selater, P. Z. 8S. 1893, p. 245, pl. xvi.; Johnston, Uganda,
i. pp. 363, 364, and p. 421, coloured plate facing p. 364.

Differs from the typical form of C. ascanius in having a fringe
of long white hair on the ears, and in that the hairs on the cheek
adjacent to the face beneath the black temporal stripe and back-
wards beneath the ear are greyish yellow and weakly annulated
apically ; they are directed downwards and forwards or backwards
(in dried skins), and form a thick crest with the hairs of the area
below, which grow obliquely upwards and backwards from the
corner of the mouth and, being thickly annulated with black, form
a dark stripe extending beneath the ear to the neck. None of the
examples that I have examined have, on the cheek, the distinct
radiating whorl of yellowish hair noticeable in typical C. ascanius.

* Monteiro, P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 112.

1907.] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 721

In the British Museum there are specimens of this local race
from the following localities:—Uganda (7. J. Jackson, 99.8.4.1 ;
Capt. H. J. Nadorhy, 98.10.10.1); Port Alice (H. H. Johnston,
1.8.9.16) ; Manyema (Beche Coll., 93.1.1.1); Bumba, Upper
Congo (Capt. Weyns, 1.5.4.1).

CERCOPITHECUS sianatus Jentink. (Plate XL. fig. 3.)

Cercopithecus martini P. L. Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 176,
pl. xiv.; 1893, p. 245 (mec Waterh.).

Cercopithecus signatus Jentink, Notes Leyden Mus. viii. p. 55,
1886 ; Pousargues, Ann. Sci. Nat. (8) ii. p. 206, 1896.

A well-marked species of this group and most nearly allied to
C. ascanius schmidti, but distinguishable at once by the colour
and direction of growth of the hairs on the cheek. The black
brow- and temple-bands are well developed. The area of the
cheek beneath the latter, down toa line on a level with the corner
of the mouth, is covered with hairs speckled greenish yellow and
black and of the same colour as those on the top of the head, and
directed obliquely downwards and backwards. Low down on the
cheek they gradually blend with the white of the throat. On the
anterior part of the cheek adjacent to the upper lip there is a
single rather conspicuous black patch. Hairs on ear white. The
top of the head and the neck are uniformly speckled yellow and
black ; on the back, and especially on the lumbo-saeral area, the
colour is more rufous than anteriorly. Lastly the tail is not
red, but coloured like that of C. petauwrista.

Loc. W. Africa (exact locality doubtful).

In the collection of the Society there is a single skin I refer to
this species. It is ticketed Fernando Po, and belonged to a
female that lived about ten years in the Gardens, since it bears
the dates 19.2.84 to 6.4.94. This is the example that Dr. Sclater
described and figured as Cercopithecus martini Waterhouse. An
examination of a co-type of the latter in the British Museum
proves this identification to be erroneous, as Pousargues supposed.
If Pousargues, however, had seen a specimen of C. signatus
and had been acquainted with C. buttikoferi, he would probably
have given a different classification of the “Rhinosticti” from that
which is printed in his excellent essay on the Monkeys of the
French Congo.

THE CEPHUS-eRoce.

Rhinostictus Trouess. (in part.).

Resembling the typical species of the Petaurista-group in the
practically uniformly speckled colouring of the head, dorsal area,
and sides of the body, and usually in the presence of a black brow-
band extending backwards to the ears, and of a second black
stripe separated from the former bya patch of yellowish hair, and
running from the region of the upper lip for a varying distance

48*

722 MR. &. I. POCOCK—A REVISION OF [June 18,

backwards towards the lower edge of the ear; but having the
throat, chest, belly, and the inside of the limbs, at least proximally,
dark ashy grey and not white or greyish white. Nose-spot,
when present, subquadrate or diamond-shaped.

Distr. W. Africa: Benin, Cameroons, and Congo.

Key to the Species.

a. Upper lip with a moustache of short biack hairs underlying a clear
pale blue transverse stripe; chin black; nose naked or clothed
with pale pubescence ; no black brow-band ..............0.......2....... cephus.
. Upper lip with black hairs only towards the corner of the mouth ;
no blue stripe; chin pale (? flesh-coloured) ; nose with distinct
patch of red or white hairs; a distinct black brow-band.
6. Nose-patch red; ear-fringe red; no occipital stripe; some black
below elbow; legs ereyih black, darker than back; tail red,
except above at base ....... Hee iacis os lcuat Ris alee oe Oe RM TAY OUT OCIS
. Nose-patch almost wholly w vhite ; ‘ear-fringe white; an occipital
stripe; arms and legs grey, speckled, paler than dorsal surface ;
tail red in its proximal INBGE LXEOEAMON aoa cnsonsacocusnovveo ves ocaecsenn ~ OMGMEP As

CERCOPITHECUS CEPHUS Linn. (Plate XLI. fig. 3.
Text-fig. 187, p. 723.)

Simia cephus Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 39, 1766.

Cercopithecus cephus of most subsequent authors.

Face bluish slate-grey, with a brilliant whitish-blue stripe on
the upper lip beneath the nostril extending obliquely outwards
from the middle line. Beneath this a moustache of black hairs
borders the lips, and expanding externally merges with the black
hairs clothing the lower part of the cheek close to theface. Some
black or blackish hairs also on the chin. Nose naked or clothed
with pubescence, which never forms a very definite patch. Hairs
on the cheek directed obliquely downwards and _ backwards ;
those just beneath the temple-stripe clear yellow, except close to
the ear, where they are annulated. Beneath this patch the hairs
are strongly annulated black and yellow, the black predominating
near the face. Hairs on ear yellowish white. On the upper side
of the head the paleannuli on the hairsare greener than those on
the body, which are almost rusty red. On the outside of the
limbs, too, the hairs are speckled, but the dark element is
dominant, making them darker than the body; hands and feet
black. Tail variable in colour, mostly coppery red or coloured
much like the back above and grey below.

Loc. Congo and Gaboon.

The specimens of C. cephus that I have seen may be referred to
two categories characterised by the colour of the tail, which is red
in the one and the same colour as the body in the other. I do
not certainly know what value in escueUy this feature possesses.
It was well known to Pousargues*, who pointed out that of the
series of ten specimens in the Paris’ Museum all have red tails
except three,which came r espectively from Doumé-Ogowé (? Doumé
on the Ogou é) and Mayumba, near the ocean (2; sea-level), all

* Ann. Sci. Nat. (8) ii. p. 211, 1896.

ISO MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. |. ; 723

being adult females. The others were an adult male from
Samkitta-Ogowé(? Samkitta on the Ogoué); avery young specimen
of doubtful sex, a semi-adult male, and an adult female from San
Benito; an adult male from Ogoué ; and two adult males from the
Forest of Mayumba. That the difference is not attributable
either to age or sex, is proved by the fact that all the specimens
known from the Benito River and San Benito in the British and
Paris Museums, whether old or young, male or female, have the
tail red. Moreover, Pousargues lays stress upon the fact that all

Text-fig. 187.

i

i
ts
i
|

<

eee

Cercopithecus cepnrus Lins.

(From a young specimen living in the Society’s Gardens.)

the specimens known to him with tails coloured like the body
were females. But in the British Museum there is a male
specimen, just adult, as shown by its teeth, in which the tail is also
coloured in that way. This example is ticketed “ Gaboon (Laglaize
Goll., 80.6.7.3).” {nv addition to this, there are two skins in the
collection of the Society, ticketed W. Africa, which resemble
the above-mentioned Gaboon specimen in the similarity in colour
between the tail and the body. They also resemble it, and differ

724 MR. R. 1. POCOCK— A REVISION OF [June 18,

from the examples of C. cephus from the Benito River, in having
a thick fringe of yellowish-white hair upon the ears, and in
having a greater quantity of black in the hairs on the crown of
the head.

Pousargues did not admit that any systematic importance was
to be attributed to the absence of red in the tail. But his series
of skins does not establish the fact that the two forms occur
together in the same locality. If that were the case, I think one
would be compelled to assume, from the available evidence, that
C. cephus is dimorphic with respect to the colour of the tail. It
may be so; but, pending the establishment of this conclusion,
and in consideration of the possibility of the character being
correlated with a difference of distribution or habitat, I think it
should be nominally emphasized, and the two forms be known by
distinct names until their identity has been fully established.

That the name cephus must be assigned to the red-tailed form
is proved by the original diagnosis of Linnzus, which says :—
“ecaude medietas ultima ex ruffo flavescens ... . cauda apice
JSerruginea.”

The two may be contrasted as follows :—

a. The tail, at least 1m its distal portion, coppery red above and below;
hairs on the ear white ........0.............08oececesss. Subsp. cephus.
a’. Basal portion of tail the same colour as the sacrum above and
greyish below, becoming gradually darker distally; a thick fringe of
yellowish hairs on the ear............00 sees... Subsp. cephodes.

I regard as typical C. cephus some examples in the British
Museum, two males and two females from the Benito River,
Congo, and one female from Como River, Gaboon, collected by
Mr. G. L. Bates. All are adult, and although taken practically
at sea-level, they have remarkably long and thick coats. Two
females, shot in June and July, are more richly coloured than one
shot in December, and are perhaps a little longer in the coat.
A male killed in October is long-coated and coloured like a female
killed in June.

The Benito River specimens give the following measure-
ments :—

do. Head and body 580 mm., tail 780 mm.

On = i AD es ng OO
fo a ch DO. von ge CAO
cE ” ” 495 ” ” $90

8)
om)

9

The type of C’. c. cephodes is the above-mentioned specimen, a
subadult male, in the British Museum, ticketed “ Gaboon (Laglaize
Coll., 80.6.7.3).” The total length of the head and body of the
dried and twice made-up skin is 413 mm., and of the tail
575 mm. I have seen other examples of this subspecies living in
the Gardens. One was brought by Mr. Hamlyn from the forest
between Loange and the Gaboon. In addition to these there
are two skins in the collection of the Society. One of these

1907. | MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 725
belonged to the animal that lived in the Gardens from August
1887 to January 1893. It must therefore have been at least
about six years old. It differs from the type in being less
yellowish red on the back, and in having the fore and hind limbs
and tail much greyer. The second resembles the first, but is
smaller and less vividly tinted. In both these menagerie-
specimens the nose and interocular area are quite naked. In the
type, on the contrary, the nose is covered with greyish pubescence.
Similar pubescence, moreover, is observable in varying quantity
upon the noses of the British Museum examples of C. cephus
cephus. It has been stated by Pucheran (Rev. Mag. Zool. 1857,
p- 195) and by Pousargues (Bull. Mus. Paris, i. p. 52, 1897)
that in the young of CO. cephus the nose is covered with a diamond-
shaped patch of hairs. This statement is not borne out by all the
young examples that I have seen.

CERCOPITHECUS ERYTHROTIS Waterh. (Plate XLI. fig. 5.)

Cercopithecus erythrotis Waterh. P. Z. S. 1838, p. 59, and 1841,
p. 71 (and of subsequent authors).

The essential characters of this species are stated in the above-
given key (p. (22).

Loc. W. Africa: Fernando Po and Cameroons.

Pousargues classified this species with his Ascanius-section of
the Rhinosticti; but I think there is no doubt that its affinities.
lie with @. cephus, which that author excluded from the Rhino-
sticti.

CERCOPITHECUS SCLATERI Poc.

Cercopithecus sclateri Poc. P. Z. 8. 1904, pp. 433-436, fig. 87
(in text).

The characters of this species are described and its aftinities
discussed at length in the paper cited above.

Loc. W. Africa: Benin.

THe AATHIOPS-cRove.
Cercopithecus Eirxl. (s. s.)+ Chlorocebus+ Cynocebus Gray.

Face and ears black, very rarely pale and mottled with dark
pigment, sometimes with white hairs on the lips. Head and
upper side of body fairly uniformly speckled black and grey,
yellow, or very rarely red. Outside of both fore and hind limbs
also speckled and never darker, very generally lighter than the
body. Tail mostly the same colour as the body, the end some-
times black or yellow. Whiskers, except in C. nigroviridis,
directed upwards. Under side and inside of limbs pale.

Distr. From Sierra Leone to Abyssinia, thence southwards to
Cape Colony.

726 MR. R. I, POCOCK-—A REVISION OF [June 18,

Key to the Species.

a. Whiskers dusky olive, almost the same colour as the top of the
head, though less yellow, directed backwards, with scarcely a
braceiot upward trewd! icon sce dics ee en REC Eee

a’. Whiskers, at least on the lower half of the cheeks, white or
yellowish, and quite differently coloured from the top of the
head, with marked backward and upward trend.

6. No distinct white brow-band ; yellow whiskers witha parting
or whorl in front of the ear, half running up in front of
that organ and half backwards beneath it, the ear being
whollyéxposed’ 254 OUD R TORU A) Sel eens ee iMren brews"

6’. A white brow-band ; no parting in whiskers, the long hairs
ot which run backwards and upwards, so as to conceal the
ears 1f long enough.

e. Tail shorter tham body... ..........2)..00..ccecereeec cee ceeeeseeesss, WGamdjamensis.
c’. Tail longer than body.
d. Prevailing colour of dorsal surface chestnut-red, speckled
IIRC ese can ccsecae ten season: cee Oe Cee eker EN MEET CUESCILGIS
d’, Prevailing colour of dorsal surface yellowish, greenish,
or grey, speckled black.
e. A considerable but varying quantity of silky-white
hairs on the lips and chin; scrotum slate-blue.
f. Whiskers long and white, sharply defined in colour
from the top of the head; a tuft of hairs at root
OF Caillat Aree ee Ee Bee Pe renee i alice silos
f'. Whiskers short and grizzled above, where they
blend in colour with the top of the head ; no tuft
EL TROOYS OLE WEIL ges cools soveud dss nsscuneaonodseasecouscangscue! COMIOSUUPUIR,
e'. Face sooty black, no silky-white hairs on lips or chin.
g. Whiskers rather sharply defined in colour from
the top of the head; a tuft of hairs at the root
ot the tail on each side; no red at root of tail;
scrotum slate-blue; hands and feet grey, end of
NILA WAN i emeee ge gic decerdee auehoe qian uence ate aareee
g'. Whiskers blending in colour with the top of the
head; no tuft on each side of the root of the
tail, which is red below; scrotum turquoise-
green ; hands, feet, and end of tail black or dusky
in adult fh SUE

nigroviridis.

tantalus.

pygerythrus.

On account of the brevity of the descriptions of C. matschiei
and C. djamdjamensis, 1 have been compelled to place them
in the above-given key in such a manner that no clue to their
true affinity is supplied. They are probably offshoots either of
C. ethiops or C. pygerythrus. It would perhaps have better
expressed the affinities of the last four species if C. tantalus and
C. ethiops had been put under one heading, and C. eynoswrus and
C. pygerythrus under another.

CERCOPITHECUS SABZUS Linn. (Plate XLII. fig. 1.)
Simia sabea Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, i. p. 38, 1766; Schreber,
Saug. i. p. 100, pl. xviii., 1774; Audebert, Hist. Nat. Singes,
fam. IV. sect. i1., 1799 (in part. ; nec fig. iv.).
Cercopithecus sabea Erxleben, Syst. Regni Anim. p. 33, 1777.
Le Callitriche, F. Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Mamm. i. pl. iv., 1819
(Cercopithecus sabeus in the Tabl. Gén. et Méthod. p. 1, 1824).

1907. | MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 727

Cercopithecus sabeus Wagner, Martin, Matschie, and other
authors,

Chlorocebus sabeus Gray, Cat. Monkeys Brit. Mus. p. 25,
1870.

Cercopithecus werneri Is. Geoffr. St. H., C.R. Acad. Sci. xxi.

874, 1850; id. Cat. Méthod. Mamm., Primates, p. 23, 1851 ;
id. Arch. Mus. v. p. 539, pl. xxvu., 1851.

C ETE T Us callitrichus Is Geottr. St. H., Cat. Méthod. Mamm.,
Primates, p. 23, 1851; and ot Reichenbach. Sclater, Forbes, aint
most recent authors.

Face and lips black, scantily clothed with black hairs. No white
brow-band except sometimes an indistinct one formed by the
greyish basal portion of the hairs. Whisker-hairs yellow and
strongly contrasted in colour with the hairs of the top of the head:
their mode of growth characteristic; they run vertically upwards
in front of the ear and horizontally backwards beneath it, so that
the ear and a varying amount of the cheek in front of it are
left uncovered. Colour of dorsal area of head and body greenish,
resulting from the yellow and black annulation of the individual
hairs, the varying width of the yellow annuli—of which there is
frequently only one ing a corresponding variation in the
greenness of the pelage. Limbs greyer than the back; hands
and feet grey, not black or brown. Tail darker than the back
above, bright yellow at its distal end; the root of the tail
beneath, tlic scrotal area in the male, and the pubic area in the
female with intenser, sometimes almost rufous-yellow hairs.
Throat, chest, and belly greyish or yellowish white. Scrotum
slate- blue.

Loc. Senegambia, Sierra Leone, and Northern Liberia. Also
introduced into some of the Cape Verde and West Indian Islands,
and still abundant at least in Barbados.

This is one of the commonest Monkeys in European menageries.

Although of recent years this species has been universally cited
as C.. callitrichus, I can find no valid reason for setting aside the
conclusion of earlier authors that sabeus is its earliest specific title.
Even if it be established that Linnzus confused more than one
species under that name, one of those species was certainly the
Monkey that was subsequently described as C. callitrichus.
Hence Schreber and Erxleben, who followed Linneus, were
acting within their rights in assigning the name sabeus to that
species.

Even if sabeus be rejected, the well-known name callitrichus
cannot, in my opinion, be retained, because it is antedated by
werneri, which, judging from Geoffroy’s figure and description of
the type, was given to a redder form at most only subspecifically
distinct from the type of C. callitrichus.

128 MR. R. 1. POCOCK——A REVISION OF (June 18,

CERCOPITHECUS £2THIOPS Linn.

Subsp. 2rHiops Linn. (Plate XLII. fig. 2. Text-fig. 188.)

Simia ethiops Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 10,1. p. 28, 1758; de Win-
ton, in Anderson’s Zool. Egypt, Mamm. p. 15, 1902.

Cercopithecus griseo-viridis Desm. Mamm. p. 61, 1820.

Le Grivet, F. Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Mamm. i. pl. vii., 1819.

Simia subviridis F. Cuv. Dict. Sci. Nat. 1821, p. 17.

Cercopithecus griseus ¥. Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm., Tabl. Gén.
et Method. p. 1, 1824.

Text-fig. 188.

Cercopithecus ethiops ethiops Linn.

(From a young specimen from Khartoum living in the Society’s Gardens.)

Cercopithecus sabeus Is. Geoftr. St. H., C.R. Acad. Sci. xxi.
p. 874, 1850; id. Cat. Method. Mamm., Primates, p. 22, 1851 (nec
Linn.).

Face black with some short silvery-white hairs invading the
upper and lower lips from the cheeks and chin. Whisker-hairs
on cheeks wholly white, very long, growing upwards and _ back-
wards over the ears. A distinct white brow-band passing

1907. | MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 729

laterally into the white of the cheeks. The top of the head
and the cheeks strongly contrasted from each other in colour.
The head, neck, upper parts of the body, and outside of the limbs
speckled greyish yellow and black, the general effect of the
combination of speckling being greyish green; the outside of
the limbs greyer than the body and head; the hands and feet
also grey or becoming gradually and lightly infuscate. Tail
greyish speckled above, white beneath throughout, sometimes
(¢ always when the tail is complete) with longer white hairs at
the end; at the base on each side a tuft of white hairs and white
beneath at the root. The whole of the under side of the body
and the inside of the limbs white; no red or yellow hairs on the
pubic or anal areas.

Loc. Upper Nile: Abyssinia, Senaar, Kordofan.

During recent years the name e@thiops Linn. has by almost
common consent been applied to one of the species of Cercocebus.
I can find no reason, however, for doubting the correctness of
Mr. de Winton’s verdict that it was given in the first instance
to the species of Cercopithecus of the Upper Nile which is usually
cited as sabwus or griseo-ciridis.

At the present time there are living in the Gardens three
subadult examples that I regard as typical C. ethiops, one from
Khartoum and two from the White Nile. Apparently referable
to the same form are three examples in the British Museum,
namely, one from Senaar (Parreyes coll., 46.6.15.53), one from
Renk in the Sudan (2. MW. Hawker, 1.8.8.1), and one from
Metola Shoa, 11,000 ft. alt. (IV. WV. Maemillan, 6.11.1.3). In the
last the head and body measure 510 mm. and the tail 600 mm.
IT do not know whether examples of the typical subspecies ever
have any red colouring in the hair at the base of the tail
below.

Subsp. ELLENBECKL Neumann.

Cercopithecus ellenbecki Neumann, SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin,
nO: 3, pa d0, L902.

Intermediate between C. @. hilgerti and C’. @. wthiops from the
White Nile. Most like the latter, but the upper side deeper olive-
yellow. Feet and hands somewhat darker. Under side of tail
clear grey, only the extreme tip white.

Loc. Zuai Lake (Suksuk and Maki Rivers).

Two examples in the British Museum perhaps belong to this
local race. One is a specimen identified by Gray * as C. engy-
thittia Herm., and the other belonged to the East India Company
and is labelled “* Ashkowa (44.9.30.15).” Both are much greener
in colour than those mentioned above, which came from Renk
and Senaar. It is possible also that the two specimens in the

* Chlorocebus enguthittia Hermann, Gray, Cat. Monkeys Brit. Mus. p. 26, 1870.

730 MR. R. I. POCOCK—A REVISION OF [June 18,

collection of the Society, mentioned below under the name
CO. ethiops hilgerti, should be reterred here.

Subsp. HILGERTI Neumann.

Cercopithecus hilgerti Neumann, SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin,
no. 3, p. 90, 1902.

Reddish olive. Fore limb grey; hind limb grey from knee;
hands and feet blackish, but the black not sharply defined from
the grey. Tail blackish grey mixed with olive above, grey
beneath, with white tip. Whisker-hairs long, white; face black
with narrow frontal band. Upper side of head mixed with black ;
a rusty-red spot at base of tail below. White below and on inner
side of arms.

Loe. Webbi Schebeli (Gallaland).

In the young there is no rusty spot at root of tail and the feet
and hands are grey.

In the collection of the Society there is the skin of an adult
male specimen ticketed “N.E. Africa, 17.6.71 to A Oaienee
which in most points agrees very well with the description of
O. hilgerti, except that the upper side is thickly speckled black
and yellow without any tinge of red. As in typical C. ethiops,
there is a conspicuous white tuft at the root of the tail on each
side and the upper and lower lips are clothed with many short
white hairs, features which are not mentioned by Neumann ; and
a young example now living in the Gardens, received from
Mrs. W. N. MacMillan from Southern Abyssinia, belongs appa-
rently to the same subspecies. There is no red at the root of the
tail, however. This may perhaps be due to the immaturity of
the specimen.

CERCOPITHECUS MATSCHIEL Neumann.

Cercopithecus matschiei Neumann, P.Z.S. 1902, uu. p. 143;
id. SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, no. 3, p. 51, 1902.

Colour chestnut-red, mixed with black. Limbs pale olive-
yellow, grey beneath; hands and feet blackish. ail olive-yellow
mixed with black, pale beneath, with greyish-white tip. Whaisker-
hairs long and white. Under side white; a rusty-red spot on the
base of the tail.

Loc. Omo and Sobat Rivers.

This form would be regarded by myself, I suspect, as a subspecies
of C. ethiops. It certainly differs, however, from that species, as
well as from all the species of the group known to me, in its
chestnut-red coloration.

CERCOPITHECUS DJAMDJAMENSIS Neumann.

Cercopithecus djamdjamensis Neumann, P. Z.8. 1902, ii. p. 143;
id. SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, no. 3, p. 51, 1902.

Colour as in C. matschiei, but paler and yellower red; hind

1907. |] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. (ail

leg from the knee ash-grey. Under side silver-grey. Tail blackish
grey, tinged with olive above at the base, black distally ; paler
beneath. Whisker- hairs short. Coat thick, forming a kind of
mane on the shoulders and fringes on the belly and hind legs.
Tail extremely short, much shorter than the head and body
(55 : 90).

Loc. Mountains east of Abaje Lake (10,000-12,000 ft.).

This mountain form differs, as Neumann points out, from all
other species of Cercopithecus of this group in the extreme
shortness of the tail. Unfortunately the description of other
characters is too brief to supply information as to the affinities of
the species.

CERCOPITHECUS TANTALUS Ogilby.

Subsp. TANTALUS Ogilby. (Text-fig. 189, p. 732.)

Cercopithecus tantalus Ogilby, P. Z.S. 1841, p. 35; Matschie,
SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1893, p. 216.

? Cercopithecus chrysurus Blyth, J. A.S. Bengal, xi. p. 477,
1844.

? Cercopithecus sabeus Reichenbach, Affen, p. 114, 1863
(in part.).

¢ Cercopithecus callitrichus Forbes, in Allen’s Nat. Libr.,
Monkeys, u. p. 62, 1894 (at least in part).

? Cercopithecus sabeus Pousargues, Ann. Sci. Nat. (8) iil.
p- 224, 1896.

Face as black as in C. sabwus and C. pygerythrus; no white
hairs on upper lip and chin. W lifilieoms long, growing upwards
and backwards and concealing or partially concealing the ears,
the summit of the whiskers yellow, the ends of the uppermost
hairs lightly infuscated and speckled. A distinet white brow-
band, marked off from the whiskers laterally both by colour and
by a narrow black streak extending backwards behind the corner
of the eye. Whiskers sharply defined by then: colour from the
top of the head. Colour of head, dorsal surface, and of limbs
very much the same as in (C. cynosurus. Tail longer than head
and body, becoming paler at its posterior end, where in the adult
it is as yellow as in C. sabeus; a tuft of usually white hairs on
each side at its base; no red hairs beneath at the base. Hairs
round the callosities alle white; but beneath them in adult and
immature examples of both sexes there is a patch of orange or
rusty-yellow hairs. Scrotum in male slate-blue ; prepuce scarlet.

3. Head and body 500 mm., tail Gmperfect) 750 mm.

Loc. Nigeria (Lakoja, Dahomey, Upper Benué River) up to
Lake Chad.

A large number of specimens of this species have been exhibited
in the Society’s Gardens. For most of these, as for Ogilby’s
unknown type, no locality was recorded. Recently, however,

732 MR. R. I. POCOUK—A REVISION OF [June 18,

specimens have been sent to the Society from the above-mentioned
places.

Although C. tantalus has never, I believe, been previously
identified with certainty, I do not think there is any reason to
doubt the correctness of my determination. At all events the
description of C’. tantalus apples more closely to the form to
which I have given the name than to any other known to me;

Text-fig. 189.

Cercopithecus tantalus tantalus Ogilby.

(From a specimen living in the Society’s Gardens.)

and I find it impossible to believe that so common a Monkey in
menageries has escaped naming down to the present time. For
many years there has been a stuffed example in the British
Museum labelled “ C. callitrichus” ; and it was probably this
specimen that caused Dr. Forbes to describe C. callitrichus
(= sabeus) as having a white brow-band. C. tantalus, as here
identified, may be at once distinguished from C’. sabeus by the

1907. | MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 733

direction of growth of the whiskers as well as by the frontal band.
The tuft at the root of the tail and the sharp differentiation in
colour of the whiskers from the crown of the head point to
affinity with C. wthiops; but the absence of white hairs on the
lips, the yellower whiskers, the yellow end of the tail, and
the rusty pubic patch separate C. tantalus from that species.
The alleged blackness of the face and the presence of orange-
yellow hairs round the scrotum in the examples, identified as
C’. sabeus by Pousargues, from the Grande Brousse and the
Kemo Rivers in the French Congo, suggest the possibility of
these Monkeys belonging to C. tantalus rather than to C. sabeus.
And I think there cannot be much doubt that certain Nigerian
Monkeys referred to C. sabeus by Audebert and Reichenbach
belonged to this species.

In the British Museum there is a specimen of this species
ticketed Jebba (@. #. Abadie, 0.2.18.1), resembling that described
above in almost every respect, except that it may be regarded as
aged or decolorised. There is scarcely any trace of yellow in the
whiskers, and the hairs of the dorsal area of the head and body
are almost brownish yellow without the rich colouring charac-
teristic of those in the Society’s collection. I am disposed
to attribute this difference to the fact that menagerie-kept
examples are protected from those influences of weather to
which wild animals are subjected. I have noticed similar
differences between menagerie and wild-caught specimens
of other species of this genus. It is, in my opinion, not impro-
bable that C. ethiops and C. tantalus, as here recognised, will be
found to intergrade. Up to the present time, however, I have
not seen any specimen that could not with certainty be assigned
either to one or the other of these forms.

Subsp. BUDGETTI, nov.

Differing from the typical Nigerian form in having the long
whisker-hairs much more decidedly speckled and annulated,
some black hans on the hands and feet near the base of the
fingers and toes, and the hairs below the knee and elbow on the
inner side of the limbs distinctly speckled. There is a very large
patch of almost fiery-red hairs on the pubic area.

Loc. Uganda: Bathyaba, on the east shore of Lake Albert
(J. S. Budgett, no. 3.2.12.1 in B.M.).

The extension of C. ¢tantalus into Western Uganda is a fact of
some interest. C. tantalus budgetti differs from C. pygerythrus
centralis Neum., its most nearly related geographical ally, in the
pale colour of the hands, feet, and extremity of the tail, its darker,
less green dorsal colouring, its dirtier yellow and longer whiskers,
the presence of a black streak behind the corner of the orbit,
limiting the brow-band, the speckling of the under side of the
limbs distally, and in the size and brilliance of the rufous patch

of pubic hairs.

734 MR. R. I. POCOCK—A REVISION OF [June 18,

CERCOPITHECUS CYNOSURUS Scop. (Plate XLII. fig. 3.
Text-fig. 190.)

Simia cynosurus Scopoli, Delic. Flor. Faun, Insubr. 1. p. 44,
pl. xix., 1786.

Le Malbrouck, F. Cuvier, Hist. Nat. Mamm. i. pl. u., 1819
(named C. eynoswrus on p. 1 of Tabl. Gen. et Meéthod., 1824).

Cercopithecus cynosurus Desmarest, Mamm, p. 60, 1820, and
apparently of most subsequent authors.

Cercopithecus tephrops Bennett, P. Z. 8. 1833, p. 109.

Face usually, at all events, much less heavily pigmented than
in other species of the group, being pallid, greyish, and to a

Text-fig. 190.

Cercopithecus cynosurus Scop.

(From a specimen living in the Society’s Gardens.)

varying degree patched or clouded with black, darker on the nose
than laterally, and with many short white hairs on the upper and
lower lips and chin. Whiskers short, growing upwards but not
concealing the ears, speckled down to the level of the edge of the
ear, and much the same tint as the top of the head, those on the
lower half of the cheek white. A white brow-band ; but neither
the brow-band nor the top of the head sharply differentiated from
the cheeks in colour. The head and body uniformly speckled
yellow and black, the tint of the yellow sometimes rich, some-
times dull and greyish. Limbs externally below the shoulder and
hip becoming gradually greyer; upper surface of hands, fingers,
feet, and toes grey. ‘Tail longer than head and body; scarcely

1907. ] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 735

yellow, even at the base, speckled grey and black, the black pre-
dominating ; no lateral tuft of hair at its base, and no red hair
at its base beneath ; grey throughout on the under side. Under
side and inside of limbs greyish white, the middle line of the
belly sometimes tinged with yellow ; hairs round scrotum in male
and on pubic area in female yellowish grey. No coloured hair round
the callosities, which are pink. Scrotum in male slate-blue, as in
C. ethiops and C. tantalus.

Loc. W. Africa: south of the Congo, Brazzaville (Pousargues).

Numerous examples of this species have from time to time been
exhibited in the Society’s Gardens, but in no case has the exact
locality been known. The above-given description has been taken
from the skins of an adult male and female. Pousargues says the
hair round the scrotum and vulva is of the same colour as that of
the belly. This, however, is not the case in the skins of two
males and two females that I have examined. He also says that
the hairs on the face are black. This also is not so in those
that I have seen. It can hardly be claimed as definitely estab-
lished that the species here described as C. cynosurus is the same
as the one to which Scopoli gave that name. Tradition, however,
seems to have fixed the name cynoswrus on to the present species,
and there appear to be no valid reasons for setting aside the
identification.

CERCOPITHECUS PYGERYTHRUS Cuvier.

Subsp. pyeerytHrus Cuv. (Plate XLII. fig. 4. Text-fig. 191,
p. 736.)

Cercopithecus pygerythra ¥, Cuv. Hist. Nat. Mamm. iii. pl. 24,
1821.

Cercopithecus pygerithreus Desmarest, Mamm. pt. 2, Suppl.
p. 534, 1822.

Cercopithecus pygerythrus Lesson, Is. Geoffr. St. H., and of
subsequent authors.

Simia erythropyga Cuvier, Régn. Anim. nouv. ed. p. 92, 1829;
Fischer, Syn. Mamm., Addenda, p. 336, 1830.

Cercopithecus pusillus Desmoulins, Dict. Class. vil. p. 568,
1825.

Cercopithecus lalandiw Is. Geoffr. St. H. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. 111.
p. 305, 1843.

Face black, clothed with black hairs; a very distinct white
brow-band continuous laterally with the white hair clothing the
anterior portion of the cheeks, so that the face usually appears to
be encircled with a continuous ring of white. Whiskers long,
more or less concealing the ears, the ends of the hairs greyish and
speckled with black, so that there is no sharp line of demarcation
in colour between the whiskers and the top of the head. Head,

Proc, Zoot, Soc.—1907, No. XLIX. 49

736 MR. R. I, POCOCK—A REVISION OF [June 18,

neck, body, and outer surface of arms and legs greyish, speckled
uniformly'black and washed-out yellow, sometimes with a pale
wash of yellow, the limbs greyer than the body; the hands and
the feet in the adult black, blackish, or at all events darker grey
than the arms and legs, the hands darker than the feet. Hairs on
the back of the thighs up to the callosities whitish, those round
scrotum in male and on pubic area in female white (perhaps not

Text-fig. 191.

Cercopithecus pygerythrus Cuvier.

(From a specimen living in the Society’s Gardens.)

always true, at all events of the female). Tail coloured like the
back, but greyer, its distal end black, a very conspicuous patch
of rusty-brown red at its base beneath and above the callosities,
Scrotum turquoise-blue; prepuce scarlet.

Loc. 8. Africa.

The types of C. pygerythrus, C. pusillus, and C. lalandii were
recorded from the Cape. Hence these names may be regarded as
synonyms. The British Museum has a series of these Monkeys

od

1907. | MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 137

belonging to the Rudd Collection, and shot by Mr. Claud
Grant :—

@. Head and body 403 mm., tail614 mm. Unmfolosi, Zululand.
3. oe) ” 309 ” ” 457 ” Ds) 9

3 . ” ”? 462 9 9 ipa ” 7 ”
i Me ARSON ee Lun hae

99 99
He phe PA ee sy pate Legogot, Barberton.
On i a LOO a 35 OWI 55 Hlavisa, Zululand.

») pai Ad LG LER OR Ma Knysna, C. Colony.
f Sone Ae

99 bP)

The above-given measurements were taken in the flesh.

Cercopithecus pygerythrus with its subspecies, as here recog-
nised, ranges from Uganda to Cape Colony. Broadly speaking,
East-African examples differ from South-African examples in
being yellower in colour and in the marked evanescence of the
black speckles from the hair on the sides of the body, which are
thus more uniformly tinted yellow, sometimes with a tinge of
red. South-African examples are, as a rule at all events, more
uniformly speckled all over and much greyer in colour. I have
selected for description as subspecies some examples in the British
Museum which seem to represent distinguishable local races.

Subsp. RuFoviripIs is. Geoftr.

Cercopithecus rufoviridis Is. Geoftr. St. H., C.R. Acad. Sci. xv.
p. 1038, 1842; id. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. i. p. 307, 1843; id. Arch.
Mus. u., 1843.

Cercopithecus flavidus Peters, Reise Mossamb., Siiug., p. 265,
pl. 1.6, 1852 ; Matschie, SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1893, p. 213.

To this subspecies I refer a young male specimen in the British
Museum from Angoniland, Brit. Centr. Africa (Sir A. Sharpe,
0.11.19.1). The coat is long and yellowish green, speckled with
black on the head and dorsal area of the body. The sides of the
body are strongly tinged with pale rusty red,a tint which is
strongly in evidence when the hair is parted to show the under-fur.
The whiskers are short, greyish ticked with black. The end of
the tail is black, but the hands and the feet are scarcely
darker than the rest of the limbs. This is possibly due to the
immaturity of the specimen. The hairs round the serotum are
red.

The red tinge of the hairs on the sides of the body and round
the scrotum distinguish this form from the typical 8.-African
C. p. pygerythrus.

The exact locality of the type of C. rufoviridis was unknown,
but since Matschie declares that this Monkey was redescribed as
C. flavidus by Peters, I regard the Mozambique form as typical of
C. p. rufoviridis.

* Query error for 571?

738 MR. R. I. POCOCK—A REVISION OF [June 18,

Subsp. WHYTEI.

Upperside greenish ticked with black, very much the same
colour as in C. pygerythrus centralis, but differing from that form
in the colour of the under-fur, which, instead of being sooty, is of
a pinkish grey, in the greater length of the coat, especially over
the shoulders, and in the length and colour of the whiskers, which
are long, completely concealing the ears, and very conspicuously
banded.

Loc. Mt. Chiradgula, Nyasaland (A. Whyte, 95.12.7.7).

A single specimen in the British Museum.

Subsp. JOHNSLONI, nov.

Face jet-black ; a distinct greyish-white or tawny-white brow-
band, broadly continuous at the sides with the paler hair on the
cheek, which it resembles in colour. Long cheek-hairs in front
of and overlying the ears banded and gradually passing in tint
dorsally into those of the upper side of the head. Coat long;
general colour of the dorsal surface a washed-out tawny grey,
not so distinctly speckled as in most other forms, and without
any marked greenish-yellow tint, the predominance of the tawny
hue and indistinctness of the speckled appearance being due to
the relatively great length of the distal pale band on the indi-
vidual hairs, which on the fore part of the body considerably
exceeds that of the black areas adjacent to it (in a hair of 60 mm.
in length, taken from the shoulders, this band measures 13, the
proximal black area being 10, and the terminal 8). On the
posterior portion of the body the areas are more equal in length,
but laterally where the dark speckling dies away the predominance
of the pale bands is still more marked. Arms greyer than body ;
hands and wrists black above and rather sharply defined from the
forearm. Legs also greyer than body, thighs sometimes washed
with yellow ; feet blackish, but not so black as hands. Under
side dirty white. Tail greyish above, scarcely washed with
yellow, becoming quite black at the tip, under side with a large
rusty-red basal patch, the rest greyish or greyish rufous to the
tip. Some greyish-rufous hairs on the pubic area.

Measurements of dried skin :—Head and body about 430 mm.,
tail about 600.

Loc. Moshi: south side of Kilima Njaro, 5000 ft. alt. (Sa H.
H. Johnston).

Two specimens in British Museum. Reg. nos. 85.1.17.1 and
85.1.17.2 (type). There is also a young female specimen in the
collection of the Society which was received 17.9.91, and died
in the Gardens 24.11.92. This specimen, ticketed ‘“ Kilima
Njaro,” is much richer and more yellowish green in colour than
those collected by Sir H. H. Johnston, which is possibly due to
want of exposure to rain and sun. The coat, however, is thick

1907.| MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 739

and long, and the hairs show the same predominance of the pale
band. ‘There is also an example in the British Museum labelled
Fort Hill, Mt. Kenia (S. Z. Hinde, Reg. no. 2.7.6.1), representing
the same or a closely allied form.

Subsp. CENTRALIS Neumann.

Cercopithecus centralis Neumann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. xii. p. 533,
1900.

General colour fairly uniformly greenish, speckled with black.
Whisker-hairs short, not concealing ears, the ends of the long
hairs indistinctly banded. ‘Tail grey, yellowish at root above ;
black at end. The rusty-red ham on the root of the tail and
above the callosities small in quantity (perhaps owing to imma-
turity of specimens). Forearm below elbow and hind leg below
knee ashy grey, speckled; wrist and hand black ; ankle grey, foot
blackish. Under-fur sooty grey on back, pale grey at sides. In
the male the hairs round the scrotum, and in the female those on
the pubic area, are tinged with red as in C. tantalus (this would
probably increase in quantity with age).

3. Head and body 530 mim., tail 445 mm.
2 2 2) ”? 614 PP) 7) 525 oP)

Loc. Dakota and Ssesse Island (Weumani).

The above-given description is taken from two examples in the
British Museum, from Barumba, in Ankole, 5000 ft., collected
by the late Mr. W. Doggett. Mr. Thomas tells me they were
identified by Dr. Neumann, whose original description of this
Monkey is too brief to be of any value.

In the British Museum there is the skin of a specimen from
the Juba River, S. Somaliland, which only differs in minor points
from the specimens above referred to C. p. centralis. Neumann
also records, but refrains from naming, examples also from the
Juba River, setting them aside as allied to C. rufoviridis.

CERCOPITHECUS NIGROVIRIDIS, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 5.)

Skin of face black, pale on the cheek; hairs on upper lip and
adjacent to face black. A very narrow black superciliary band,
also a narrow black stripe continued laterally from the corner of the
eye towards the ear. Hairs on cheeks directed straight backwards,
blackish grey near the face, and with an obscure golden subapical
band towards the ear, where they are of much the same tint as
those on the summit of the head. Hair on summit of head, neck,
back, shoulders, and sides of body black with two narrow rich
golden-yellow bands, which are much narrower than the black
area between them or than the apical area. Hence the black is

740 MR. R. I. POCOCK—A REVISION OF [June 18,

the dominant colour. Frequently, however, the proximal of the
two yellow bands is not, or scarcely, differentiated from the
greyish-brown colour of the basal portion of the hair. Arms
externally much like the back, but the yellow is paler and less
rich ; hands blackish above. Legs externally yellower than the
back, owing to the greater width of the yellow band; foot and
ankle less yellow than thigh. Chin, throat, sides of neck, chest,
belly, and inside of limbs greyish or yellowish white. On a level
with the shoulders the dark hairs encroach on each side across the
chest, partially separating the pale hue of the throat from that
of the chest and belly. Tail almost the same colour as the back
above, but darker, especially distally ; yellower on the under side,
quite yellow at base. Pubic area below the callosities rusty red.

Length of body and head 290 mm., tail defective.

Loc. Upper Congo.

The type of this species is the skin of a female specimen that
lived in the Society’s Gardens from Noy. 29th, 1892 to May 15th,
1894. It is ticketed “Congo.” Subsequently, however, there
was a specimen living in the Gardens, belonging to the Hon.
Walter Rothschild, which was brought by Mr. J. D. Hamlyn from
Brazzaville (Stanley Pool), 700 miles up the Congo, in Belgian ter-
ritory. Mr. Hamlyn tells me it was brought with other Monkeys
to Brazzaville from further inland. Hence we are still ignorant
of the exact locality of the species.

This species, which has remarkably soft and silky hair, is about
the size of OC. talapoin. In this particular, as well as in the colour
of the cheek-hairs, it differs from the rest of the Authiops-group.
The direction of the hair on the cheeks at once differentiates
it from C’. talapoin.

Toe TALAPOIN-crovp.
Miopithecus Is. Geoftr. St. H.

In addition to the characters for this group mentioned in the
analytical key (p. 681), is may be mentioned that the single
known species is the smallest of the members of this group of
Monkeys. It is frequently the case in Mammalia that a species
composed of small individuals presents characters which are met
with in the young of allied species composed of larger individuals.
The adult Hippopotamus liberiensis, for example, resembles in
many features the young of its larger ally HZ. amphibius. So, too,
with C. talapoin. The small face and large cranium of the adult
recall those of the young of other species of this genus, so much
so that any one acquainted with the aspect of full-grown
specimens of other species would suppose upon a cursory exami-
nation that an adult C. talapoin was an immature animal.

1907.] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 7Al

CERCOPITHECUS TALAPOIN Schreber.

Subsp. TALAPOIN Schreb. (Plate XLII. fig. 6.)

Simia talapoin Schreber, Siiug. i. pl. xvii., 1774.

Cercopithecus talapoin KErxl. Syst. Regni Anim. p. 36, 1777;
and of recent authors.

Miopithecus talapoin Is. Geoffr, St. H., C.R. Acad. Sci. xv.
p. 720, 1842; id. Dict. Hist. Nat. iii. p. 309, 1845.

Simia melarhina F. Cuv. Regn. Anim. nouv. ed. p. 92, 1829.

Skin of face pallid; nose, upper and lower lips clothed with
black hair; no superciliary pale band on head. Hairs on cheeks
mostly golden yellow, many of them apically infuscate; a black
streak running backwards from the corner of the eye halfway
towards the ear; the hairs on the anterior half of the area between
the eye and ear directed backwards, those on the posterior half
radiating from a point near the middle of the ear upwards, for-’
wards, and downwards, forming a well-defined semicircular tract.
Hair on lower portion of cheek longish, and directed straight
backwards. Ears flesh-coloured or black, with some blackish hairs
or black and yellow hairs on them. Summit of head, nape of neck,
and back uniform dark olive-yellow, the hairs greyish on the
basal two-thirds, black distally and marked with one golden-
yellow band, which is narrower than the black terminal portion :
hence black preponderates on these areas. On the shoulder and
hips the yellow begins to increase in extent at the expense of the
black. This is still more emphasized on the arms and legs, which
are externally golden yellow; hands and feet also golden yellow
above. Chin, throat, chest, belly, and inside of limbs greyish
white, the limbs_becoming yellower distally. Tail with its dorsal
surface the same colour as the back, becoming blacker distally ;
lower surface golden yellow at base, then greyer, and becoming
blackish distally. Hairs round anus and on pubic and scrotal
regions and back of thighs golden yellow.

Measurements :—

@. Head and body 340 mm., tail 380 mm.
Or - fe GIO) oe ie i7f)

9?

Loc. Cameroons and Congo.

The above-given description is taken from two specimens in the
British Museum collected by Mr. G. L. Bates. The male was
taken 30 miles from the mouth of the Benito River, at an altitude
of 200-300 feet; the female from the Como River, 70 miles from
the Gaboon, where it was caught in a swamp almost on the sea-
level.

The female is decidedly less richly coloured than the male,

742 MR. R. I. POCOCK—A REVISION OF [June 18,

Subsp. ANSORGEI, noy.

Larger than the form from the Benito River which I select as
typical for the species, and further differing in having much less
black upon the cheeks, the forwardly directed hairs in front of
the ear for the most part white instead of yellow and black, and
the hairs on the cheek adjacent to the face yellow with slightly
darkened tips, instead of yellow with pronounced infuscation of
the distal end. The whole dorsal area paler and greener, owing
to the fact that the yellow area on the hairs is much longer,
practically equalling, in fact, the black terminal portion, instead of
being only about half its length as in C. talapoin talapoin. The
ventral area a clean instead of a dirty white.

Head and body ? (wrongly labelled 900 mm., which is probably
a misprint for 400), tail 525 mm.

Loc. Cambaca, in Angola (Dr. WV. J. Ansorge, no. 4.4.9.1 in
B.M. register).

A single typical specimen.

I do not know whether the species described by Geoffroy as
Miopithecus capillatus (C.R. Acad. Sci. xv. p. 720, 1842; Dict.
Hist. Nat. ili. p. 809, 1845) is related to (. talapoin or not. The
description indicates a distinct species at all events. The locality
was unknown.

Tue PATAS-cRovpP.

Hrythrocebus 'Trouess.

Large Monkeys, differing from the members of the foregoing
groups in standing high upon their long slender limbs, in the pallid
whitish hue of the skin of the face and ears, and in the preponder-
ance of red in the hairs of the body and head and of white on the
lower limbs.

Distr. Sierra Leone to the Upper Nile.

CERCOPITHECUS PATAS Schreber.

Subsp. pavas Schreb. (Plate XLI. fig. 6. Text-fig. 192, p. 743.)

Simia patas Schreber, Siiug. i. p. 98, pl. xvi., 1774.

Cercopithecus patas Krxl. Syst. Regni Anim. p. 34, 1777, and
of most recent authors.

Simia rubra Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. p. 34, 1788.

Cercopithecus ruber Geoftr. Ann. Mus. xix. p. 96, 1812, and of
many authors.

Hair on nose black and extending upwards to join the black
superciliary band, which generally hasa few white hairs and which
extends laterally to the ears with a slight dorsal angulation above
the temple; hairsonlips and chin white in adult. Whiskers directed
downwards and backwards; black close to the face, mostly greyish
white, but becoming gradually yellower and annulated with black

1907. ] MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 743

beneath the ear. Hair on summit of head short and rich coppery
or orange-red in front, becoming speckled posteriorly, the coppery-
red patch gradually blending with the hair of the rest of the head.
On the occiput, nape, shoulders, and anterior portion of the back
the hairs are red to the base, with the tip black and a pale
yellowish subapical annulus. On the lumbar and sacral regions
and above the root of the tail and on the upper portion of the
thighs the hairs are uniformly red. On the shoulders the hairs

Text-fig. 192.

Cercopithecus patas patas Schreber.

(From specimens living in the Society’s Gardens.)

are long and blackish, with a broad pale subapical annulus, giving
an iron-grey appearance to this area, On the sides of the neck
the hairs are washed with yellow; on the sides of the body they
are longer than on the back and redder. Tail dark rich red
above, greyish or yellowish below, and paler apically. Chin, chest,
belly, inner side of limbs and outer side up to shoulders, and
ischial callosities white or greyish white.
Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. L, 50

(As MR. R. I. POCOCK—A REVISION OF [June 18,

Young. In young examples referred by me to this species the
hairs clothing the upper and lower lips are black and not white
as in the adult; and the outer sides of the legs and arms are pale
yellowish red. I have very strong reasons for suspecting, although
no actual proof of the fact is supplied by observation of the process
in an individual, that the hairs of the lips turn from black to white

and those of the appendages from yellowish to white during
growth.

Text-fig. 193.

Cercopithecus patas pyrrhonotus Hempr. & Ehrenb.

(From a specimen from Uganda in the Society’s Gardens.)

Subsp. pyrrHonotus Hempr.& Ehrenb, (Text-fig. 193.)

T also suspect that the nose of the white-nosed eastern form of
this species, for which the oldest name appears to be pyrrhonotus,
is black in the young. The Society possesses skins that
I refer to this form, at all events provisionally, from Uganda

(C, R. Hall) and Gondokoro (Col, Bruce). They may be dis-

1907.| _ MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. 745

tinguished from the West-African specimens I have seen by the
following characters :—
a. Nose black in adult, some black hairs adjacent to the face on the

cheeks; red patch on the crown of the head not very sharply
defined’; shoulders iron-orey, .2........0.2000- dp coon eames Subsp. patas.

a’. Nose white in the adult; hairs on cheeks adjacent to face also white ;
red patch on crown of head sharply differentiated and bordered
antero-laterally by a short black band extending upwards from the
superciliary band above the external angle of the eye; shoulders less
MO ICCAD YyAINON-CTey? |e Pees eee nese eee eee tea eee aS Danouien ZOI0UUS.

Although the Society almost always has examples of this
species on exhibition, and there are a number of skins of old
and young individuals in the collection, they are mostly labelled
merely W. Africa. The British Museum possesses practically no
material. Hence lack of properly localised skins makes it
impossible for me to contribute anything to our knowledge of
the geographical races of the species.

Broadly speaking, C. patas with its subspecies is distributed
from Senegambia across N. Africa to the Upper Nile. It is, I
believe, an open country and not a forest form.

For further information regarding this species and its local
forms, reference may be made to the recent paper by Dr. Matschie
which is cited in the appended list of names :—

patas (=ruber). References as above. Senegal.

rufa Schreber, Siiug. Suppl. pl. xvi.p, 1801. Loe. ?

circumcinctus Reichenbach, Affen, p. 125, 1863. Loc. @
Probably W. Africa.

sannio Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvu. p. 173, Feb.
1906. Go, Lake Chad.

zechi Matschie, SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1905, pt. 10, p. 274.
Togoland.

kerstingi, id. toc. cit. Sokode and Fasan (Nigeria).

langheldi, id. op. cit. p. 275. Upper Benue, Cameroons.

pyrrhonotus Hempr. & Ehrenb. Verh. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1.
p. 407, 1829 ; iid. Symb. Phys. pl. x. Le Nisnas, F. Cuv.
Hist. Nat. Mamm. i. pl. 27, 1830. Kordofan.

poliopheus Reich, Affen, p. 122, 1863 (=poliolophus Heuglin,
Reise Nord-Afr. ii. p..5,1877). Fazoglo, Darfur.

baumstarki Matschie, op. cit. p. 273. Ikoma.

Dr. Matschie regards ali these forms, with exception of C. p.

sannio, as species of the genus Hrythrocebus.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE XXXIX.

Fig. 1. Head of Cercopithecus leucampyx nigrigenis, subsp. noy. (p. 692). From

the skin of type specimen.

2. Head of C. leucampya stuhlmanni Matschie (p. 690). From the type
specimen of C. otolewcus Scl., now living in the Society’s Gardens.

3. Head of C. kolbi hindei, subsp. nov. (p. 703.) From the skin of the type
specimen.

4, Head of specimen identified as C. albogularis albotorquatus Pous. (p. 702)
in the collection of the Society.

5. Head of C. martini Waterh.(p.698). From askin in the collection of the Society.

746

Fic.

co bo

> OVE We bo

ON MONKEYS OF THE GENUS CERCOPITHECUS. [June 18,

Prate XL.

. Head of C. campbelli Waterh. (p. 710). From a skin in the collection of the

Society.

. Head of CG. Gurnetti Gray (p. 710). Ditto.
. Head of C. signatus Jent. (p. 721). Ditto.
. Head of C. ascanius schmidti Matschie (p. 720). From a skin, not quite

typical, in the collection of the Society.

. Head of OC. ascanius ascanius Audeb. (p.719). From a skin in the collection

of the Society.

. Head of C. petaurista buttikoferi Jent. (p. 718). Ditto.

PratE XLI.

. Head of C. diana Linn. (p. 682). From a skin in the Society’s collection.
. Head of C. Vhoesti Scl. (p. 714). From the type specimen ditto.
. Head of C. cephus cephus Linn. (p.722). From a specimen now living in the

Society’s Gardens.
Head of C. erythrogaster Gray (p. 715). Ditto.
Head of C. exythrotis Waterh. (p. 725). Froma skin in the Society’s collection.

. Head of C. patas patas Schreber (p. 742). Ditto.

Prate XLII.

Head of C. sabeus Linn. (p. 726). From specimen living in the Society’s
Gardens.

. Head of C. ethiops ethiops Linn. (p. 728). Ditto.

Head of C. cynoswrus Scop. (p. 7384). Ditto.
Head of C. pygerythrus pygerythrus Cuv. (p. 735). Ditto.

. Head of C. nigroviridis, sp. n. (p. 739). From the skin of the type specimen.
. Head of C. talapoin talapoin Schreber (p. 741). From specimens now living

in the Society’s Gardens.

No. 45.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*

May 7th, 1907.

G. A. BouLeNGcER, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

Mr. H. B. Fanraam, B.Sc., F.Z.S., exhibited original drawings
of Spirocheta anodonte from the crystalline style and intestine
of Anodonta cygnea. This was the first record of the occurrence
of this parasite in the British Pond-Mussel, though Keysselitz
recorded probably the same organism from Anodonta mutabilis
about a year ago, without giving its dimensions. The organism
was found to be about 40 long and about 0:7 » broad, with
pointed ends and an undulating membrane. Its motion was
most rapid, but seemed to be both spiral and vibratory.

The Secrerary exhibited photographs of a young male African
Elephant now living in the Bronx Zoological Park, New York,
and probably the type of Hlephas africanus pwmilio Noack, from
the French Congo. The photographs had been given him by
Mr. W.T. Hornaday, C.M.Z.8. He remarked on the distinctness
of the race, and pointed out the existence in the specimen of an
undescribed peculiarity in the trunk.

Dr. Witt1AM KE. Hoy1e read a paper, illustrated by lantern-
slides, on the Cephalopoda of Zanzibar and East Africa collected
by Mr. Cyril Crossland in 1901-1902. He stated that the
collection was not extensive either in point of individuals or
species, and that a large proportion were young individuals to
which it was impossible to affix definite names in the present
state of our knowledge.

Five were identical with forms contained in a collection

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 83 Hanover Square, London,
W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will
be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,
along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication
at the price of Sixpence, or. if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Six
Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

28

recently made by Professor Herdman near Ceylon, whilst others
occurred also in the Red Sea, thus showing a marked similarity
in the Cephalopod-fauna of the whole of this region.

Advantage had been taken by the presence of several specimens
of Sepioteuthis loliginiformis to give a full description of that
species.

Some Octopod embryos showed epidermal structures very
similar to, if not identical with, those described by Chun as
constituting a bristle coat in young Octopods, and an account of
these, as full as the material allowed, was given.

Mr. OuprieLD Tuomas, F.R.S., contributed the fifth of the
series of papers on the Mammals collected by Mr. M. P. Anderson
during the Duke of Bedford’s Exploration of Eastern Asia. The
present paper gave an account of a collection from Central Korea,
just north and south of Seoul, the eapital. 73 specimens were
dealt with, belonging to 13 species, of which several were new,
additional to those already discovered by Mr. Anderson during
a previous visit to the southern part of the peninsula.

Mr. Ausyn Trevor-Bartryr, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., read a paper
on some new buildings in Continental Zoological Gardens, based
upon recent visits to those of Stellingen, Hamburg, Berlin,
Dresden, Breslau, Vienna, Budapest, Frankfort-am-Main, Amster-
dam, Diisseldorf, Rotterdam, and Antwerp. By the kindness of
their Directors he was able to show the plans of the new Rodents’
House, Berlin, and of the Monkey House, Departmental, Storage,
Isolation, and Infirmary Buildings, Rotterdam. He also showed
diagrams of important erections in Breslau, Cologne, and elsewhere.
He called attention to the greater use of glass abroad than with
us, to the tendency to get rid, as far as possible, of iron bars, to
improved methods of heating, lighting, and ventilation, and to
the increased recognition of the fact that great warmth was
usually a mistake (excepting in the case of Reptilia), since many
animals from warm countries would thrive out-of-doors in the
cold, provided they had plenty of food and means of exercise.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will
be held on Tuesday, the 28th May, 1907, at half-past Hight
o’clock p.m., when the following communications will be made :—

1. Dr. G. Exuior Surre.—On the Form of the Brain in the
Extinct Lemurs of Madagascar, with some Remarks on the
Affinities of the Indrisine. (Appendix to Mr. H. F. Standing’s
paper ‘On recently Discovered Subfossil Prosimize from
Madagascar.”)

2. Mrs. O. A. Merrirr Hawkes.—On the Abdominal Viscera
and a Vestigial Seventh Branchial Arch in Chlamydoselachus.

29

3. Mr. G. A. Bounencrer, F.R.S.—Second Report on the Ba-
trachians and Reptiles collected in South Africa by Mr. C. H. B.
Grant, and presented to the British Museum by Mr. C. D. Rudd.

The following Paper has been received :—

Mr. James Rircuis, M.A.—Some Collections of the Cape
Verde Islands Marine Fauna, made by Cyril Crossland, July to
September 1904.—Hydroids.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the
ZOOLOGICAL Society or Lonpon should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.

3 HANOVER Square, Lonpon, W
May \Ath, 1907.

Be,

om

a

No. 46.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON*

May 28th, 1907.

Dr. J. Rose Braprorp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read a report on the additions that had been
made to the Society's Menagerie during the month of April
1907.

The Secretary exhibited a specimen of the patent Falconnier
Glass Bricks, which had been referred to by Mr. Trevor-Battye
at the last scientific meeting of the Society, as specially suitable
for the construction of menagerie buildings.

The Secretary also exhibited a frontlet bearing a fine pair of
horns of the Takin (Budorcas taxicolor Hodgson). The specimen
had been given to Mr. A. St. Clair B. Carnegy by Mr. Charles
T. Forbes, of Badipar, Assam, who had cbtained it fromthe Rajah
of the Kampti Country.

Dr. H. Hammond Sirsa exhibited and made remarks upon a
collection of the grits from the gizzards of the Game-birds of
England, Scotland, and Wales.

Dr. C. W. Anprews, F.R.S8., communicated a paper, illustrated
by lantern-slides, by Dr. G. Elliot Smith, of the School of Medicine,
Cairo, on the form of the Brain in the Extinct Lemurs of
Madagascar, with some remarks on the affinities of the Jndrisine.
It formed a supplement to the paper on recently-discovered sub-
fossil Prosimiz from Madagascar, read before the Society by

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 8 Hanover Square, London,
W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will
be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,
along with the ‘ Proceedings’; but it may be obtained on the day of publication
at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Six
Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

32

Mr. H. F. Standing on March 19th. From an examination of
cranial casts of an extinct species of Lemur and of J/esopro-
pithecus and Palewopropithecus, and of brain-casts of Vesopithecus
and Megaladapis, in conjunction with information derived from
the study of recent Lemurs, the Author had arrived at the con-
clusion that Propithecus, Avahis, Indris, Mesopropithecus, Neso-
pithecus, Paleopropithecus, Chiromys, and Megaladapis must be
regarded as the diversely specialised members of one family, all
of which exhibited in greater or less degree distinet evidence of
vetrogressive changes froma more primitive and also more pithecoid
type.

Some Notes on the Abdominal Viscera of Chlamydoselachus,
contributed by Mrs. O. A. Merrirr Hawkes, M.Sc., comprised
observations on the alimentary canal, including the associated
glands, the dentition, and the spiral valve of this Fish. The
results were compared with the accounts of these organs previ-
ously given by Garman and Giinther, and attention was directed
to any discrepancies which had been noted. The female repro-
ductive organs were also examined, and evidence was cited
supporting the conclusion that Chlamydoselachus was viviparous.
The interesting discovery was recorded that a vestigial seventh
branchial arch was present.

Mr. G, A. Boutencrr, F.R.S., read a second Report on the
Batrachians and Reptiles collected i in South Africa by Mr. C. H.
B. Grant, and presented to the British Museum by Mr. C. D.
Rudd, The Report dealt with 58 species—19 Batrachia and 39
Reptilia—of which two were described as new.

Mr. James Rircuie, M.A., B.Sc., of the University of Aberdeen,
communicated a paper on the Hydroids of the Cape Verde Island
Marine Fauna collected by Mr. Cyril Crossland, F.Z.S. The col-
lection contained 27 species, and added considerably to our rather
meagre knowledge of the Hydroid fauna of the northerly portions
of the West Coast of Africa. The majority of the specimens
hitherto desertbed from Cape Verde Island had been obtained
in comparatively deep water, but the present collection was a
littoral one, and contained examples of only one species before
recorded from the locality, viz. Sertularia versluysi Nutting. Of
the 27 species represented in the collection 18 were already
known, while the remaining 9 were described as new to science.
Of the new forms the most interesting was a Gymnoblast, the
peculiar branching and simple gonophore of which separated it so
widely from known genera that a new genus had been established
for it.

33

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will
be held on Tuesday, the 18th June, 1907, at half-past Hight
o’clock P.m., when the following communications will be made :—

1. Dr. F. W. Jonzs, F.Z.S.—On Growth-forms and supposed
Species in Corals. (Illustrated by lantern-slides.)

2. Mr. R. T. GinrHer, M.A.—Notes on Limnoenida from
Lakes Tanganyika and Victoria Nyanza.

3. Mr. G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.—On Lacerta ionica Lehrs, 2
Variety of Lacerta tawrica Pallas.

4. Mr. Hamitron H. Droce, F.Z.S.—On Neotropical Lycenide,
with Descriptions of new Species.

5. Mr. C. Tare Recan, F.Z.S.—Descriptions of Velifer hypse-
lopterus and a new Fish of the Genus Velifer.

6. Mr. C. Tare Reeay, F.Z.S.—On the Anatomy, Classification,
and Systematic Position of the Teleostean Fishes of the Sub-order
Halotriognathi.

7. Mr. R. I. Pococs, F.L.8., F.Z.S.—A Monographie Revision
of the Monkeys of the Genus Cercopithecus.

8. Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.L.S8., F.Z.5.—Notes upon some African
Species of the Genus felis recently exhibited in the Zoological
Gardens.

The following Paper has been received :-—

Mr. Martin Jacosy, F.E.S.—Descriptions of new Species of
South-American Cryptocephalini.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the
ZooLoGICAL Society oF Lonpon should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, Lonpox, W.
June 4th, 1907.

No. 47.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*
June 18th, 1907.

G. A. Boutencer, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Sucrerary read a Report on the additions that had been
made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of May
1907.

Mr. H. O. Bax-Ironsrpzr, H.B.M. Minister to Venezuela,
exhibited a series of eighteen models of Venezuelan animals.
The models had been made from living specimens by a native
Indian, the material employed being Ballata gum.

Mr. C. J. Gawan exhibited the female of a luminous Beetle of
a species of Phengodes from Manaos, Brazil.

Mr. C. L. Boutencer exhibited and made remarks on a new
Hydromedusan of which examples of both polyp and medusa
stages were obtamed by Dr. Cunnington and himself during their
recent exploration of the lake Birket Gurun in the Fayum.

The medusa, for which Mr. Boulenger proposed the name
Moerisia lyonsi, g. & sp. n.. was an Anthomedusan which
appeared closely related to Sarsia.

The hydroid was gymnoblastic and resembled Cordylophora,
differing, however, from that genus in possessing a more complex
mode of branching, and in the situation of the gonophores, which
were on the polyps themselves.

Mr. R. I. Pocock exhibited two young examples of the Common
Squirrel which had undergone a peculiar change in colour.

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,
W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will
be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,
along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be oltained on the day of publication
at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Six
Shillings per annum, payable in advance,

36

Dr. F. W. Jonus, F.Z.S., read a paper entitled “On the
Growth-forms and supposed Species in Corals,” in which he
showed that the growth-form of the colony was the outcome
of the conditions of the environment, and was not a specific
character. The growth-form was largely the result of the
method of division of the zooids of the colony, and different
external conditions produced different methods of division, so
that almost any coral could show almost any method of division.
Every coral had three innate tendencies of growth, viz.: (1) to
grow on the lines of an inherited growth-form, (2) to grow
upwards, and (3) to oppose its maximum area to the line of
currents. The conditions of the environment modified these
tendencies, ¢. g.:—(1) Rough water caused: (a) building dense
skeleton, (6) the corallites to be flush with the general surface,
(c) the whole growth to be rounded or flattened. (2) Deep water
caused: (a) building of light porous skeleton, (6) the loss of pig-
mentation, (c) the production of long attenuated branches.
(3) Sediment in the water caused : (a) the raising and narrowing
of the corallites, (6) the sculpturing of the intermediate spaces,
(c) the production of stunted and amorphous forms. Coloration
was no criterion of a species. The question of injury was a most
important one in the production of growth-forms, and an injured
colony might repair itself by a forma of growth different from its
original type. The various conditions of the environment pro-
duced an endless series of variations, but these were mere
modifications of a few “species”; and in many cases a large
colony might be broken up and its various fragments referred
to many different named “species.” The study of the zooid, the
study of the development of identical embryos exposed to different
environments, and the noting of the range of variation in situ,
were the only methods by which the determining of the limits of
a “species ” among the corals could be arrived at.

Mr. G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., read a paper on the Lizard of
the Ionian Islands which had been named Lacerta ionica by
Herr Philip Lehrs. He stated his opinion that this Lizard was
not entitled to specific rank and that it was merely a variety of
Lacerta taurica Pallas.

Mr. Hamitton H. Druce, F.Z4.8., communicated a paper on
*‘ Neotropical Lyceenide,” in which a large number of new forms
were described and the synonymy of many others discussed.

Six cabinet drawers containing a representative series of the
group were exhibited.

A communication from Mr. C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.Z.S.,
contained descriptions of Velifer hypselopterus and of a new fish
of the genus Velifer.

37

A second communication from Mr. Ree, entitled “‘On the
Anatomy, Classification, and Systematic Position of the Teleostean
Fishes of the Sub-order Halotriognathi,” showed that the Lampri-
didee, Veliferide, Trachypteride, and Lophotide formed a natural
group closely related to the Beryciformes, from which they
differed especially in the structure of the mouth. The maxillaries
were protractile and had well-developed inner posteriorly directed
processes, which moved backwards and forwards in a pair of
grooves on each side of a median keel on the antero-superior face
of the vomer; whereas in the Beryciformes the maxillaries were
articulated to the vomer, and each had a ligamentous attachment
to a process of the palatine, which prevented any movement other
than the rotation forward of the distal extremity. The Halo-
triognathi were divided into Selenichthyes (Lampris), Histich-
thyes (Velifer), and Tzeniosomi (Trachypteride and Lophotide).
Reasons were given for believing that the Beryciformes were
directly derived from Clupeoid Malacopterygians.

Mr. R. I. Pocock gave a brief abstract of a monograph of the

Monkeys of the genus Cercopithecus and pointed out that all the

. known forms of this genus might be arranged into groups typified

by the following species:—patas, ethiops, petaurista, cephus,

nictitans, leucampyx, albigularis, mona, neglectus, Vhoesti, and
diana.

Mr. R. I. Pocock also read a paper upon some African species
of Felis, based upon specimens exhibited in the Society’s Gardens.
He drew special attention to some interesting points connected
with F. nigripes, F. serval and servalia, and . aurata (=chryso-
thrix). A specimen of the last-named species from Sierra Leone
changed from red to dusky grey while living in the Gardens, thus
proving that the differences in colour between individuals of this
species were not of specific or subspecific value.

Mr. R. T. Ginruer contributed a paper on the Jelly-fish of the
genus Limnocnida collected during the Third Tanganyika Expe-
dition. The material had been obtained on four distinct dates in
September, November, and February, by Dr.W. A. Cunnington, and
therefore during the season of the great rains. The greater number
of specimens in all the collections showed a vigorous growth of
young medusa-buds on the manubrium, and that therefore the
theory that asexual reproduction occurred during the dry season
only, which was propounded by Mr. Moore, must be abandoned.

Dr. Cunnington’s material threw new light upon the order and
succession in which the tentacles developed, and had enabled the
author to record all the stages of tentacle development as exhibited
by individuals ranging from 2 mm. to 22 mm.

Certain variations in the arrangement of radial canals and of
sense-organs were discussed. As large a percentage as 24 °/, were

38

found to possess 5 or more radial canals, the greatest number being
7 instead of the normal 4.

The Victoria Nyanza form of Limmnoenida collected by Sir C.
Eliot, ¥.Z.S., which was also dealt with in the paper, was believed
to be a variety, which differed from the Tanganyika form in that
the tentacles were more deeply imbedded in ridges of jelly of the
exumbrella than in the Tanganyika form. All the individuals in
a collection from the Victoria Nyanza were females.

The result of a reinvestigation of both Limnocnida and Limno-
codiwm had led the author to the conclusion that both genera
were to be referred to the Trachomedusse, in spite of the fact that
no other known Trachomedusan had gonads on the manubrium.
Reasons for this view were given as also for the association of
both freshwater medusze with the Olindiade. It was considered
exceedingly doubtful whether either Limnocodiwm or Linunocnida
ever passed through a hydroid stage at all.

This Meeting closes the Session 1906-1907. . The next Session
(1907-1908) will commence in November next.

The following Papers are in hand :—

1. Mr. Martin Jacosy, F.E.S.—Descriptions of new Species
of South-American Cryptocephalini.

2. Mr. Knup Anprersen.—A Monograph of the Chiropteran
Genera Uroderma, Hnchisthenes, and Artibeus.

3. Mr. E. S. Russeryt, M.A.—Environmental Studies on the
Limpet.

Communications intendel for the Scientific Meetings of the
ZOOLOGICAL Sociery oF Lonvon should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, Lonpon, W.
June 25th, 1907.

ConTENTS (continued).

June 18, 1907.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of

VIR LONNIE <r ya hc tac « «isla save BOP Ce a RE Roe RUPEE CaN (atc tag 6 gp eal orgicers
Mr. @. J. Gahan on a Luminous Beetle from Brazil

eooecer tee tear ee eoer ress seston esease

Mr. H. O. Bax-Ironside, F.Z.S., H.M. Minister to Venezuela, on models of Venezuelan
PATIMINALS Sao. v care Aare ee Sc IG OE oo on Oe Scars Gr pe eet ec ch costa. vara. 22

Mr. C. L. Boulenger. Description of a new Hydromedusan ...-.....s cess sence eees

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.L.S., Superintendent of the Gardens, on abnormally coloured Common
Squirrels 6... eee eee ee eee eee tee cet ee ee ee neces eee teen eee cn ee eeannes

1. On the Growth-forms and supposed Species in Corals. By Frepzrtc Woop Joyus,
NBL. B AS: + CP tates RCV LEK, ) oe cae ween we foals momieie sce ace Sacchi

2. On Lacerta ionica Lebrs, a Variety of Lacerta taurioa Pallas. By G. A. BouLencer,
BAe See eee (EL late MMR) one ste)s aie vinleh asl s a miata siete mer ving eenletee aliepelbln =) nts el am ial

3. On Neotropical Lycenide, with Descriptions of New Species. By Hamiiton H. Deuce,
PAS PES. (Plates XXXE-MAKVI.Y oo. sage oes sa ewicervies a sieieees sielsmeeine «vB

4. Descriptions of the Teleostean Fish Velifer hypselopterus and of a new Species of the
Genus Velifer. By C. Tate Ruaan, M.A., F.ZS. oe. ee ee eee ee cece cence eens

Or

. On the Anatomy, Classification, and Systematic Position of the Teleostean F ishes of
the Suborder Allotriognathi. By C. Tate Ruaan, M.A., F.ZS. ee. ee eee ee ee eee

6. Zoological Results of the Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A.
Cunnington, 1904-1905.—Report on Limnocnida tanganice; with a Note on the
Subspecies from the Victoria Nyanza. By R. T. Giyruer, M.A., F.R.G.S., Fellow of
Magdalen College, Oxford. (Plate XXXVII.)......0+..:eeeeeeeeee Ja Tauah scoot, anna ae

. Notes upon some African Species of the Genus Fe/is, based upon specimens recently
exhibited in the Society's Gardens. By R. I. Pocock, F.LS., Superintendent of the
Gardensi, (Plate XOX Vin UN) air sen wie! oisiaves oyse i= a sis aela’sca/cha: Sala tene tenn ar Aotolepetets Bana re

cen Monographie Revision of the Monkeys of the Genus Cercopithecus, By R.I. Pocock,
F.L.S., Superintendent of the Gardens. (Plates XXXIX,-XLIL.) ........

516

516

516

518

566

653

634

643°

656

LIST: OF) alas,

1907, pp. 447-746.

Plate Page
XX. Cephalopoda from Zanzibar -......6.. cee cece ee sseeee 450
XXL. Bisa Meguiars eter iat nepeeaials meee oAale slab ele ies) ose an
XXIL 1. Rana ruddi. 2-5. Phrynobatrachus natalensis........ \ .
XXIII.
ee Hydroids from Cape Verde Islands ,.........++.2+.05 488
XXVI.
XXVIT. ) “
XXVIILJ Influence of Environment on Corals ........++.-.0s08: lave
XXIX. Repair and Death in Corals .............. eee ences J
DRUNOKA GS LICCEN LA CAOUTUCH VAN LOILICM cal on cle easseas imenel se seneien eee ES eae ie T1557)
XXXI. )
XXXII. |
XSERIES Nae avery se
XXXIV. Neotropical Toyerenides ys cen skeen st rechan eeyeite eens 566
XXXV. |
XXXVI. /
XXXVII. Limmnocnida tanganice ..... Haphlecces chee cena eps ne Oe
XXXVIII. Skins of Servals and Ser inte Canes ciate eco Sea aeen aoee 656.
XXXITX.
ee \ Species of Cercopithecus ve .cccsessse seer eeseeevevens 677
XLII.

ai cs
NOTICE.

The ‘Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, paged consecutively,
so that the complete reference is now P. Z. 8. 1907, p... . The Distribution
is as follows:—

Papers read in January and February, issued in June.

i » March and April, » >», August.
«3 » May and June, 2)! hea Octoners
x » November and Decemher,,, ,, April.

—— ——————

‘ Proceedings,’ 1907, pp. 287-446, were published on August Ist, 1907.

NOTICE TO BINDER.—A cancel page is issued with this Part
to replace 1907, p. 398, on which the block was reversed.

The Abstracts of the papers read at the Scientific Meetings in
May and June are contained in this Part.

[42
EY
+

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.

1907,

Piens (472k.
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

NOVEMBER ann DECEMBER.

MAY 1908.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
. LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,
PATERNOSTER ROW,

[Price Twelve Shillings.] ee ccna

LIST OF CONTEN Is.
1907, pp. 747-1121.

November 12, 1907.

Page

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of
June, July, August, September, and October, 1907 ........ els elelels chateseclaeytcrofalaiere moe. Bel

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, photographs of a hybrid
between a male European and a female African Wild Cat et Oe EA ECc 5 Leg ate a ais heh aL

The Hon. Walter Rothschild, M.P., F.Z.S. Exhibition of the skins and horns of a male
and female Takin ............- SA Sodod ae Bite felotevenates cana erie. ais cteletecs ocoee rch, eau aera 749

1. On the Scales of Fish, Living and Extinct, and their importance in Classification.
By Eowin 8. Goopricu, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Fellow of Merton College, Oxford. (Plates
EXISTE XEN) oucttte s sinoeie ola iats sactcleelsaetat ais te ovals ia epocatete aroha lone eiete terete terrae - 751

2. The Rudd Exploration of South Africa.— VIII. List of Mammals obtained by Mr. Grant
at Beira. By Ouprietp Tuomas, F.R.S., F.Z,8., and R. C. Wroveuton, F.Z.S8. .... 774

3. Notes on Two African Mammals. By R. Lyprexxmr, F.RB.S., F.Z8. ..00-....000e Boos (Sr

4, On the Feeding of Reptiles in Captivity. With Observations on the Fear of Snakes by
other Vertebrates. By P. Cuatmurs Mircuett, D.Se., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z8., Secretary
of the Society, and R. I. Pocock, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Superintendent of the Gardens .... 785

5. Descriptions of new Loricariid Fishes from South America. By C. Tare Rrean, M.A.,
TRAE QR ei ec SOL UE. OUIE- Os Winn soe Booch uo uaombpndeboaso soon ctcsor se tO

6. Notes on Mayer's Pigeon (Nesenas mayeri). By Lieut.-Colonel N. Manpmrs, F.Z.8... 801

7. On some Points in the Structure of Galidictis striata. By Frank EH. Brpparp, M.A., pice
E.RB.S., F.Z.S., Prosector to the Society ...... etoalateetee tenors rade lulavelatiits leieielatarsns tethers 803

November 26, 1907.

The Secretary. Exhibition of an oil-painting of a young female Gorilla ..........+... 817

1. On some New and Little-known Araneidea. By the Rey. O. Prckarp-Camsripgr, M.A.,
E.R.S., C.M.Z.S., &e. (Plate L.) ......- ONS OMICS aierrensid estrelazervate mips Ialotave Saooce » sill7/

2, Descriptions of new Species of South-American Beetles of the Cryptocephaline Division
of the Family Chrysomelide. By the late Martin Jacosy, FHS, ................ 829

Contents continued on page 3 af Wrapper.

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tuts Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sramrorp Rarrres,

Mr. J. Sasine, Mr. N. A. Viegors, and other eminent Naturalists,

for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the

introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom,

and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.

COUNCIL.

HIS GRACE THH DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.G., President.

Grorez A. Boutenerr, Ese.,
F.R.S., Vice-President.

Pror. Jonn Rost Braprorp,
M.D., D.Sc., F.RS., Vece-
President. ij

AtFrreD H. Cocks, Hse.

Tue Rr. Hon. Hart or Cromer,
P.C., G.C.B.

CHartes DrumMonp,
Treasurer.

Ksa.,

Sir Epwarp Dovranp, Br., C.B.

Freperick Ginterr, Kse., Vice-
President.

FE. DuCanz Gopman, Ksa.,
D.C.L., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Tuer Marquis or Hamitron, M.P.

E. G. B. Mzapvz-Watpo, Esa.

| Pror, E>warp ALFRED MincHIN
M.A., Vice-President.
-P. Carers Mircwet, Esa
M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S.
| NSeeretary.
| Tue Lorp Newron.
|W. R. Oeitvie-Grant, Ese.
ALBERT Pam, Esa.
Tue Hon. Coaries Roruscuirp,
M.A.
Davin Seru-Suira, Ese.
OtpFIeELD THomas, Ese., F.R.S.
AvByn Treyor-Barryg, Esa.
M.A.
Henry Woopwarp, Kse., LL.D.
F.R.S., Vice-President.

2

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the By-Laws. It
carries out the objects of its foundation by means of the collection
of living animals at Regent’s Park, by its Library at 5, Hanover
Square, W., and by its scientific publications.

The Office of the Society (3, Hanover Square), where all
communications should be sent, addressed to “The Secretary,” 1s

open from Ten till Five, except on Saturdays, when it closes at
Two P.M,

The Library, under the superintendence of Mr. F. H. Waterhouse,
is open daily at the above hours, except in September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every
month of the year, except in September and Octeber, at Four p.m.

The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice

a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and
October, at half-past Hight o’cleck p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th. April, or the
nearest convenient day, at Four p.m.

The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open daily from Nine o’clock
until Sunset. Mr. R. I. Pocock is the resident Superintendent.
The Prosectorium for Anatomical and Pathological work at the
Gardens is under the charge of Mr. Frank E. Beddard, M.A., F.R.S.,

Prosector, assisted by Mr. H. G. Phimmer, M.R.C.8., Pathologist to
the Society.

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.

Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the Ist. of January, and payable in advance,
or a Composition of £45 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £50.

No person can become a Frtiow until the Admission Fee and
First Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments
have been compounded for.

Fxrtiows elected after the 31st. of August are not liable for the
Subscription for the year in which they are elected.

3
PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Fettows haye Personal Admission to the Gardens with ‘we
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the
entrance gate.

The Wire or Hussanp of a Fectow can exercise these privileges
in the absence of the Fellow.

Every Fetiow is entitled to receive annually 60 undated Green
Cards, and, when no specific instructions are received, the supply
will be sent in this form. If preferred, however, 20 Green Cards
may be exchanged for a book containing 2 Orders for each
Saturday * throughout the year. A similar book of Sunday Orders
may also be obtained in leu of 20 Green Cards. A Green Card
may also be exchanged for 2 Buff Cards for the use of Children
under 12 years of age.

It is particularly requested that Fellows will sign every Ticket
before it goes out of their possession. Unsigned Tickets are not
available.

Green and Buff Tickets may be used on any day and in any year,
but in no case can two Children be admitted with one Adult
Ticket, or an Adult admitted with two Children’s Tickets.

The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each FeLtow on the
lst. of January in every year, upon filling up and returning the form
of Standing Order supplied to Fellows.

Fettows are-not allowed to pass in friends on their written
Order or on presentation of their Visiting Cards.

FetLows are exempt from payment of the fee for Painting,
Sketching, and Photographing in the Society’s Gardens.

Fettows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s ordinary
Publications issued during the year upon payment of the additional
Subscription of One Guinea. This Subscription is due upon the
Ist. of January, and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary
Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. FxEttows are likewise
entitled to purchase these Publications at 25 per cent. less than
the price charged to the public. A further reduction of 25 per
cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued prior
to 1881, if above the value of Five Pounds.

Fettows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
Volume of ‘ The Zoological Record, which gives a list of the Works
and Publications relating to Zoology in each year, for the sum of

* The Saturday Orders are not available if the Fellow introduces friends
personally on that day.

4

One Pound Ten Shillings. Separate divisions of volumes 39 to
42 can also be supplied. Full particulars of these publications can
be had on application to the Secretary.

Frertows may obtain a TransreraBie Tyory Ticknr admitting
two persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,
on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.

Any Frtiow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
during the space of one year or more, may, upon giving to the —
Secretary notice in writing, have his or her name placed upon the
“dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of
the annual contribution during such absence.

Any Frtnow, haying paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty
to withdraw his or her name upon giving notice in writing to the
Secretary.

Ladies or Gentlemen wishing to become Fellows of the Society
are requested to communicate with the undersigned.

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S.,

Secretary.
8 Hanover Square, London, W.,
May, 1908.
MEETINGS

OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

FOR

S CieON aE Cs SB U San seiSiss
(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)

1908.

Turspay, May .... 12 and 26 | Turspay, NovemBer 3 and 17

i JUMP sca0 LG 35 DrcemBer 15

The Chaar will be taken at half-past Bight o'clock in the Evening
precisely.

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGIGAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

‘THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London
are of two kinds—* Proceedings,” published in an octavo
form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the ‘‘ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings ”’ by
the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured
plates and engravings are issued in the volumes of the
“ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-
able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such
illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a
living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings”’ for each year are issued in four parts,
on the first of the months of June, August, October, and
April, the part published in April completing the volume
_ for the last half of the preceding year. From January 1901
they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes.

The ‘‘ Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account-of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
They are issued at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the
Society’s Pablications for the year. They are likewise
entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per
cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A
further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of
Publications issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of
five pounds.

Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the
Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of 30s.
(which includes cost of delivery), payable on the Ist July
in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the
subscription be paid before the 1st of December following.

The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued.

[May, 1908.]

TRANSACTIONS* OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Price to Price to the
4to. 16 vols. and Index. ane eee

Vol. _L., containing 59 Plates.... (1888-35) .... £818 6 .... £418 Of
lie iiieen (LGR). 4

6
* ws aries Q @.
ee eels a Bry coo (HERES) 125, @ 8 Sg AL ib Oar
age Se * (Ue oan CUSDI-C2) 5505 OG A O 3 3 2 Gi
A Wes % 67. 45 oe ae aL S62 260) er aerren Op scree 619 0
here V1.5 3 OO. i) le wi GUSCO=69) are nelln ec, 15 0 O
eV als, sa (Saree ons (CESS E/2) 5 a53 WO 2 Oe 133 112) (0)
alll: 5 S24 mp ove CISPR so50 2 8 Bs 12 sO)
jt elle a GD gg o0i0 (USB=711)) cave WP 1. Gag 1G 2 @
i xe. Be SO een SIRO gage, Om Oo as 13 7 @
iadters, WOM, IS s covcdodesousy CUSS=1)) cose © 7 @ 010 O
Vol) XI, contaiming/97 Plates. (@s80-35) = IZ 0. L2G eo
a OG, m OD pr oo (USED) noo. © 8 O% 7 A ©
x, UO py G2 gy so (ISDIEDD) coe O- S 8. 8 il ©
py CAVE 5 ey aes CUSED) coos 5. 8. O°. 7 © @
PAD GV » OF» oo CEOS). . 515 6. 714 0
Bet ONE Hy ise) pj oe CRUISIN) go DO . eae)
OL a) ge (CISOEISOS) ) 18 6 , ZS @
oy ow IUDs Weite Ibg, 9 bo (AU IO) oo OS ©, il @ @
op OS WOU oy 2g 18), 6 (Many 180s) .. L1® ©. 7 © ©

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only). Frtice te get
Pars I, IeBO=sIl, Il wol S¥Qs coscocoaogeone AS) Cdn) ce 1OSat
iit, ee» gel! # Ee eee gan oy As 6a ek ees

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only) and Index. (First Series.)

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
Part 1. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s.6d. .. Gs; | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
oy Oa - AOC EOS: si X. 1842. 5, 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
wp JUL, Werstay 96 4s, Gd. .. 6s. Pe XL. 1843. 50 As. 6d... Osi
Pe UV S36: 9 ais, Oe, 29 (Ss » , XID 1844. 3 4s, 6d. .. 6s.
~ . Me IEBds “5 4b, Gitls g 9 (OS | COLL Ie, es 4s. Gd. .. Os:
my Wala Ite ise 7 ASNOG ine US: yy MV. 1846. Ap ABB ae (OB.5;
» WII. 1889. AMS. Gh, on OBS » &V. 1847. n 4s. Gd. .. 63.
, VIII. 1840. 55 4s, 6d. .. 6s.f | Index 1880-1847. i. 4s, 6d. .. 6s.

8vo. 138 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)

Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
Part SOWIE WSEAS. I woll Svo, 4S, Gb ae OS gascvods oh Oe ts oa ek 7 GR
Be Xcyln S40) te ee Grlo |. 6s, mee OS. 17 &
ee TOXGVATIT VSO pein ies WOO yk, 1) Gd. 4 tA pees Tuc Seve 118 Of
ANS iy EO. (an. fr:08-? comeyee 015 9 1 1 Of
i SOR I a! dis Ge Ges 015 9 1 1 Of
. XXI. 1853. 9p AGMOG OE Crk e1OS. | Ghee 018 0 LAS OF
eee ROMO SS AN 1 850) POA OM LAC5s <5 Nea 019 6 1 6 Of
9p XXIII. 1855. of Alsi Gals has be OS2 8) esse o pases lL @& © LSS Ore
ie EXT SHO afoot. OU WaMOn |<!) 5. csee LO '® 1 7 6
ORV SD (on ys nce Maes. ct one 1 0n 8 1 7 6
Le ORI eee geo Eis. CMBmaonb esc igitinnG 2 2 OF
» SXVIL 1859. x A's: (OG oem Osi. Ral astacen Hill © yy 2 OF
| SOOMMUL ICO. 9 9 2EC 1. Ch Sbasacs: Lin @ 2 2 OF
Index 1848-1860. 9 As. 6d. 6s.

+t Out of print.
* In consequence of a re-arrangement of the stock of the ‘Transactions,’ the Society is
now able to offer for sale, at the reduced price of £30, sets from Vol. v.—xvi. inclusive, and
separate papers at about one-fourth their published price.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 40 vols. and 4 Indices.

Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Publie. Fellows. Public.
SG ie A See Gate a waOSh, ose cian 9s. a LS ena ie see SB Ci cobs ZYSSEr
NGG 6 eG GR ake, Sa aides 9s. OEE Dee NS ee Sct Oar, ter eos:
1865 ALSO Us tense OSt es Onencuescire 9s. I eal eerie oh are SHG, OV ode 4insar
1864 A. (BWh 6130 Go oo dor 9s. IS tain 3350 Oden ae Osal
1865 AS. Gh oso GS 9s. pepe Lee settle SB Bi, sco, 45S
1866 Ae. (8th 6000 GToooeoe 9s. alt Shite yr Ss, Be, aca, 45S
TSEC arene cents ary eed cn ar ene Qs. OSes B85, Oth soon 458
MS OB ie as veva cates seeueccas et eteneibalaalene Qs DRS rere ees Ss, Di, coon 4iiS
IS GO ey) ere a He erat eho ene 9s TGS aNieae cee BB Si, ooo. 4S
BS i Ole ee pepee a fe vickad sp taietancttans 9s. eee Mel) Seno eater Bo Oh soco 4S
Timvolese, ISIS 0) SooneHuc0o0dd AN, (Gh coo Ooh
A Si(Mlaneiec waters chen ien a Mamet ereeiter fees 9s. De oh ats tll WAS Fe ees SOS OCS
MSO eseearn eee ae ia Gite re OToneiors 9s sre ell ASE oe tari S89, Oe, sooo OST
TRC), Sport tant ates. aicaceroimicentts 9s EAS Giese OO Ob coco “aS
AUS (Arpanet an ctesn trou seers, csieaetareheaes 9s Malena. 36s 48s.+
NS Omee eral aiare Saco enyaunats 9s RW shapes aren 36s 48s
TSUN oer stat Sen on Marae cee tan aera 9s AS ae 36s 48s
IE ses erases Secrerore bo Morar orn een 9s CeO Ste nae ee 36s 48s
TGVAG Ne raeict Grroioinl lc Cero MaciokcotokeaeaanG 9s LD Sie id a 36s 48s
ISAS) Neen ts evan ane Fin GAS Aner te 9s. Apert Sas De As aay 36s. seoo Gtk
I SSOMe re ae clcaee umietncencel as as 9s, ese Mm Dose seer 36s. eos:
Iimolase, Iislaleis))” Séblocodocson Alo Bh onos 6s.
SSM ea dayetererRoe ak chs ae nishara ane ohn 9s. pe pen OO SEM Me ueyens 36s. sooo 4e5:
MS SOC Wren e canine a estan eer erss 9s aL) Sha auet Saran 36s sooo 4kSs
HGXSES 5 6 creneasion hole ESE OMIEP CES naar sais 9s 5 1s. 36s 48s
I SAN en Neri Metste hy austin. 9s se Seana Ses 36s 48s
IUCTSTS) is. aces SUE cyclo ceuemaceC ume eC NC ee Qs UE Ss Lee he 36s 48s
SS Gece ect es oor aaa a tea chane ats 9s > 2s. 36s 48s
MSS ero Cen ero aya rcrenseeee rer sovstesitts 9s el Dg ahaa: 36s 48s.F
USS Bikers cya ke ane ceikeste se se as 9s MOM Serene a 36s 48s
MOS erred eh ie Madea tra chara sre dens bise Qs. Se led PASS a se 36s. sooo kee
TRCTSTO) x ae tee Ra Ne Rete tain eects Qs. Ae, LUG 36s. sooe GSS,
Index, 1881-1890 ............ Ase OOS OS
Hite Reape Bet vie tren eet area re a asrercnUr anual ekeltaneseurceisbetten shh eis ustalie oie 36s. sooo | 4hek
MES OD iret cee rears aes a tater clan rs Bases etropedinuet rior alc suatissed ak spter'ahs 36s. sooo 49
SO Spica nse usaeenrne nta unten Ve, cnoeccy ancy, secast aeatisustielioa eects sional aa '6h 36s. 48s
TVA et coe Ie Aine Pedy UBB UaGe GAL ried c) Sc -0 CcitG er cRORO nae CORO 36s 48s
HES) prareecaeAMrariates paces a enOd Nh i oglitne a oN aU strate oat iuilehiei econ) ekiestenorr sl epce(ce 36s 48s
FS OG te eee aN eer uae IP acetone cttanten et aweenfel Sea aeiveres ial eliolel 36s 48s
TS Oa ran tee ates Reb he eee atu Shar ure Stall ayo @hetterwiieit a) Wireyehel gers 36s 48s
ASO Serene ttn fa eee nme ee cccya ls ho S tire ianth hy iajtetelvavery aie apioratte 36s. 48s
POO Qi rerw meena ree tersimecherls cu tiatete: seis. c) etsl aha fo wilalvortevahtey Sileliewafuceseite 36s. eos
IO Oc eset ener rae retin iaiaiaieht sone ssuspausieeriayey sre teieeiiess 36s. Dee 488)
lingless, ESI ENGOO) se ceccsoones As 80h goon GS

* No perfect copies in stock. + Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or tor GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC
BUSINESS or tat ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 14 vols.

Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
[QO ole en wopmnmos io boco ot oun ben sonac bo a6 06 Gols Sse ee paw 24s,
iy oi | PMC romo ono c ood. ho Goon wowace 6 US Stee 2As.
NCCP peat AR nemo oo ano docs o nC OdanbEoOmoAS Ssh eee DAs,
- sie: U ee ena een rE eta oraercioloty eb isin tha Dia Sco'0,0. Sith 6 oh he Sen DAs
IC OS RRA Panna Attys Anish Semana OG sb ao.o ache diy ado SS: Le ee 2As.
‘5 Bot Ula ssiis: a erie mustaine mpetagu SiOay elena ear open eae eae ISOs 6d aoe 1S:
= ICO: ae ro oon hie cue ad ages et Opn ook US Sytner DAS)
a Sea shadegaas eee eecueee eae or SeeRtcis clot osta bes Petters eh tats lic baiieaees 8 24s.
OO, Sig alia cn coprenrcecte apc ek oreatieen eS EPe” ACLS eene mate eae Soo ads 228:
A iS MDS aed tag ance teri elaveeea el oe leew AER Stee eve B Sy oe 24s,
MG OG iis tds ae erceeror s eeset Gea os esas ton ara Rename tet ance ean aaa d Bok Da hea QAs.
Ba tame alle seauetens is er cheers, oes tekst, oe Oe MR et Sree St Hels ah hehe Gow ea ees,
VS) are ine arr ait 0h Mares ea PRUREMER Si FeNEe, ae Beer ty uarteda 35.0 BSR mane ne 2As.
pat Maar emir ag. Betas igs itis este thane dons never flcuclptae Caneaha scence arent USK fate 8 24s.

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) 8vo,
1883. Cloth, 4s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vo.
1896. Cloth, 6s.; Paper, 5s.

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.
(Fifth Edition.) 8vo. 1902. Cloth, 6s.; Paper, 5s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s OFFIcE
(3, Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,
E.C.), or through any bookseller.

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

——c-059¢00——_.

']‘HE object of the Zootocrcan Recorp is to give, by means of an

annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications
relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during
the year preceding the issue of the Volume, together with full
information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a
manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all
parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory that will retain its
value for the Student in future years.

All Members of the Zoological Society of London have the
privilege of receiving the ‘ Record’ at a subscription price of 30s.
per annum, including the cost of delivery. This Subscription is
due on the Ist of July in every year, and the privilege of Sub-
scription is forfeited unless the amount be paid before the Ist of
December following.

The Zoological Society is able to supply complete sets of the
‘ Zoological Record.’ The first thirty-seven Volumes (1864-1900),
and the Index-Volume (1880-1900) in addition, will be supplied
for £15 net (or without the Index-Volume, for £14 10s. net).
Volumes of any single year (exclusive of the last five volumes and
Vols. 4 and 6) can likewise be supplied at 10s. per volume net.

Inpex Zoonoetcus. An alphabetical list of names of genera
and subgenera proposed for use in Zoology, as recorded in the
‘Zoological Record, 1880-1900; together with other names not
included in the ‘ Nomenclator Zoologicus’ of S. H. Scudder. Com-
piled (for the Zoological Society of London) by Cuaritus Owen
WarerHouse and edited by Davin Suarp, Kditor of the ‘ Zoological
Record.’ London, 1902. Price to Fellows, 18s.; price to the
public, 20s.

: Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the ‘ Record ’
are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned
when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate
the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also
supplied to those who prefer that mode of payment. ‘This order,
when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for
registration ; it will then be sent to the Agents named therein.

[2 a, Oe

SEPARATE DIVISIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

Divisions of the ‘ Zoological Record,’ Vols. 39-42, containing
the literature of the years 1902-1905, may be obtained separately

as follows :—

Si nid.

List of abbreviations of journals, ete. 2 O net
Special Records, viz. :—

I. General Subjects .. 286 3
II. Mammalia 2 Oe.
III. Aves eh Police 6u ROR
IV. Reptilia and Batrachia . . maa Oe ee
V. Pisces 2 ates
VI. Tunicata dle (Opes
VII. Mollusca A Oa 3
VIII. Brachiopoda .. AY NO ae
IX. Bryozoa LO ay
X. Crustacea ye loa |

XI. Arachnida By {Y)
XII. Myriopoda ‘he OMist 8
XIII. Insecta . NAT AO bees
XIV. Echinoderma BUS Sy.
XV. Vermes... Ser
XVI. Coelenterata . iG s
XVII. Spongie Sere) Ta
XVIII. Protozoa a) ee
Index of new names of genera and subgenera. 2 es

Divisions from Vol. 43 onwards are now supplied by Messrs.
Harrison & Sons, 46 St. Martin’s Lane, London, W.C.

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
May, 1908.

ZooLogicau Society or Lonpon,
3 Hanover Squarz, W.

1907.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 147

November 12, 1907.

F. Du Cang Gopman, Esq., D.C.L., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

Keport on Additions to the Menagerie during June to
October 1907.

JUNE.

The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the
month of June were 210 in number. Of these 60 were acquired
by presentation and 33 by purchase, 89 were received on deposit,
3 by exchange, and 25 were born in the Gardens. The total
number of departures during the same period, by death and
removals, was 222.

Amongst the additions special attention may be called to the
following :—

A male Musk-Deer (MJoschus moschiferus) from Chamba,
presented by Major Rodon, F.Z.8., on June 16th.

A male Red Bird of Paradise (Paradisea rubra) from Waigiou,
a male Twelve-wired Bird of Paradise (Selewcides nigricans) from
Salwatti, and two pairs of King Birds of Paradise (Oicinnurus
regius) from Aru Island, purchased on June 8th.

An Abyssinian Fruit-Pigeon (Vinago waalia), two Buff-breasted
Partridges (Péilopachys fuscus), a Black-billed Hornbill (Lopho-
ceros nasutus), and two Black-backed Plovers (Pluvianus egyptius)
from Nigeria, presented by Miss Jardine on June 15th.

JULY.

The additions to the Society's Menagerie during the month
of July were 364 in number. Of these 114 were acquired by
presentation and 20 by purchase, 38 were received on deposit,
145 by exchange, and 47 were born in the Gardens. The total
number of departures during the same period, by death and
removals, was 273.

Amongst the additions special attention may be called to the
following :—

A South-African Fennec (Vulpes chama) from 8. Africa, pur-
chased on July 3rd.

A Three-striped Phalanger (Dactylopsila trivirgata) from Sal-
watti, New Guinea, presented by Walter Goodfellow, Hsq., F.Z.S.,
on July 26th.

A Collection of 139 Birds, principally from North America,
including two White-headed Sea-Hagles (Haliaétus lewcocephalus),

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1907, No. LI. 51

748 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. { Nov. 12,

two Turkey Vultures (Cathartes aura), four Sulphur-breasted
Toucans (Rhamphastos carinatus), as well as a large number of
Thrushes, Finches, and other Passerine birds, representing many
species new to the Collection: received in exchange from the
Bronx Zoological Park, New York, on July 10th.

AUGUST.

The additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of
August were 185 in number. Of these 51 were acquired by
presentation and 6 by purchase, 81 were received on deposit,
9 by exchange, and 38 were born in the Gardens. The total
number of departures during the same period, by death and
removals, was 152.

Amongst the additions special attention may be called to the
following :—

A Simpai Langur (Semnopithecus melalophus), being the second
example of this rare Monkey exhibited in the Gardens, deposited
August 17th.

A Phillips’s Dik- Dik (Madoqua phillipst), new to the Collection,
presented by Capt. M. J. Quirke, I.M.S., August 27th.

A female Mountain Zebra (Hqwus zebra), presented by A. W.
Guthrie, Esq., F.Z.8., August 14th. The Society have now a pair
of these Zebras.

A young Lammergeier (Gypaétus barbatus), presented by
F, Burgoyne, Esq., F.Z.S., August 28th.

SEPTEMBER.

The additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of
September were 149 in number. Of these 68 were acquired
by presentation, 2 by purchase, 65 were received on deposit,
4 by exchange, and 10 were born in the Gardens. The total
number of departures during the same period, by death and
removals, was 158.

Amongst the additions special attention may be called to the
following :—

One female Giraffe (Giraffa camelopardalis antiquorum), born in
the Menagerie on Sept. 20th.

One male Gayal (Bibos frontalis), born in the Menagerie on
Sept. 6th.

Three Harnessed Antelopes (7ragelaphus scriptus), one Nagor
Antelope (Cervicapra redunca),and two Side-striped Jackals (Canis
lateralis), from Gambia, presented by Sir George Denton, K.C.M.G.,
F.Z.S., on Sept. 28th.

One Cayenne Kite-Falcon (Leptodon cayennensis), deposited
on Sept. 30th.

‘ll 907.] MR. R. I. POCOCK ON A HYBRID WILD CAT. (49

OCTOBER.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of October were 214 in number. Of these 107 were
acquired by presentation, 3 by purchase, 92 were received on
deposit, 10 by exchange, and 2 were born in the Gardens. The
total number of departures during the same period, by death and
removals, was 140.

Amongst the additions special attention may be called to the
following :—

Two Chinchillas (Chinchilla lanigera), presented by the Countess
de Grey on Oct. 4th.

Five Viscachas (Lagostomus trichodactylus), three presented by
the Countess de Grey on Oct. 4th, and two deposited on Oct. 26th.

A Spotted Cuscus (Phalanger maculatus), new to the Collection,
purchased on Oct. 4th.

A Naked-throated Bell-bird (Chasmorhynchus nudicollis), de-
posited on Oct. 16th.

A Ground Hornbill (ucorvus abyssinicus), deposited on
Oct. 3rd.

Two Arizona Heloderms (Heloderma suspectunr), deposited on
Oct. 10th.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.L.8., the Superintendent of the Gardens,
exhibited two photographs of a kitten bred in the Gardens
between a male European Wild Cat (Felis sylvestris) and a female
African Wild Cat (Felis ocreata ugande), and made the following
remarks :—

The kitten was one of a litter of three born on August 14th.
Two were eaten by the mother soon after birth, but the third
was safely reared by a foster-cat. The three kittens were alike in
pattern and resembled in all respects fairly typical domestic cats
of the striped-tabby breed, as was shown by the photographs
taken on Sept. 4th and Oct. 22nd, when the survivor was
respectively about three and nine weeks old (text-figs. 194, 195,
p- 750). This experiment in cross-breeding, although throwing
no light upon the origin of the Blotched-tabby Domestic Cat, con-
firmed Mr. Pocock’s opinion * that the Striped-tabby Domestic Cat
of Europe was descended from the European and African Wild

fats (Felis sylvestris and Felis ocreata).

Mr. R. Lydekker, F.R.S., F.Z.8., exhibited, on behalf of the
Hon. Walter Rothschild, the skins and horns of a male and female
Takin from Bhutan, differing from the typical Mishmi form by
its much smaller horns.

* P.%. 8, 1907, pp. 143-166.
51*

[Nov. 12,

750 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON A HYBRID WILD CA’

Text-fig. 194.

Bese
oe

Hybrid between a male European Wild Cat (Felis sylvestris) and a female African
Wild Cat (Felis ocreata ugande) st nine weeks old (text-fig. 194) and at three
weeks old (text-fig. 195).

—iae

1 AS WSO IML, SOLAN,

SCALES OF FISH. E. Wilson, Cambridge.

E.S.G. del.

sie ASKO/ Tell LIN.

pin Laing ie —*

Recap ees SU

E.S.G. del. SCALES OF FISH. E.Wilson, Cambridge.

ABS, UO IPL IIL.

.G. Wi , bridge.
E.S.G. del. SCALES OF FISH. E.Wilson, Cambridge

PZ S19 07a Daas

-Glv

te

nnn tinea a cP nn ee ech OT

alo
Fe ener ET

\
' :
1
Va ,
ere | AN
See

E.Wilson , Cambridge.
SCALES OF FISH.

E.S.G. del.

1907. ] ON THE SCALES OF FISH. 751

The following papers were read :-—

1. On the Seales of Fish, Living and Extinct, and their
importance in Classification. By Hpwix 8. GoopRIcH,
F.R.S., F.Z.8., Fellow of Merton College, Oxford.

[Received November 12, 1907.]
(Plates XLIII.-XLVI.* and Text-figures 196-204.)

Inarecently published paper on the Dermal Fin-rays of Fish (8),
I remarked that the importance of the scales in classification
seemed not to have received the attention it deserved. A careful
study of the structure of the scales of living and extinct fish having
confirmed this opinion, an account is here given of the results of
my researches. Incomplete as these are, partly owing to the lack
of material, they will be sufticient, I think, to show that the
subject is full of interest, and well worthy of further study.

For the material used in the investigations I am to a great
extent indebted to the generosity of various friends, among whom
may be mentioned Dr. Traquair, Prof. Sollas, and Mr. Boulenger ;
but especially do I wish to express my thanks to Dr. A. Smith
Woodward for help constantly rendered during my frequent visits
to the British Museum.

Agassiz, in his classical memoirs on fossil fish (1), laid the
foundation of the modern work on fish-scales, and it is well-known
that he based his classification chiefly on their structure. But
less generally known is it that more than half a century ago
Williamson (26 & 27) published two most important papers on
the scales of fish, of which he gave a very detailed and beautiful
account. Not only was he able in many ways to complete and
correct previous observations, to give the first accurate description
of the minute structure of the scales of living and extinct Selachii,
‘Ganoidii, and Teleostei, but he also explained them mode of
growth, and brought forward a theory of the origin of the various
types of scales, and of their derivation from the primitive denticles
of the Elasmobranch. Indeed Williamson’s theory is in many
respects superior to those modifications of it which have since been
published by Hertwig (7), Klaatsch (10), and others. It may be
added that in these remarkable papers Williamson clearly dis-
tinguished calcification of cartilage in the Elasmobranch from the
various processes of the formation of true bone he described in other
fish. His theories will be discussed later on (pp. 759-760); but
it may here be mentioned that he considered that the superficial
layer of the scale of Megalichthys is formed by the combination of
a layer of “ cosmine,” derived from denticles homologous with those
of Elasmobranchs, with deeper layers of bone of independent
origin. He believed the cosmine layer to be formed by the
conerescence of ‘dermal teeth.” He further showed that the outer

* Wor explanation of the Plates, see p. 774.

752 MR. E. 8. GOODRICH ON [ Nov. 12,

layers of a ganoid scale are not formed of true enamel, but are
continuations of the lower layers which overlap on to the upper:
surface, the scale growing by the deposition of complete con-
centric lamelle. The Teleostean scale he described as growing in
the same way, and as derived from the Ganoid.

At the time Williamson made these interesting observations, the:
classification of fossil fish was in a very unsatisfactory state.
Allied forms were frequently widely separated, or distantly
related forms closely grouped together. It is not surprising, then,
that the systematic importance of his work should have escaped’
the notice of ichthyologists as well as of the author himself.
Now that the classification is so much better understood, we cannot
help being struck by the value of the evidence afforded by his.
researches ; and it 1s mainly for the purpose of calling attention.
to them that this paper has been written.

TYPES OF SCALE.

The Placoid Scale.— Little need be said concerning the denticles:
of Elasmobranch fish; attention must, however, be drawn to a
few important points. True denticles are universally present in
the living Elasmobranchs and their extinct allies. In structure
they are remarkably constant, always consisting of a cap of dentine
enclosing a pulp-cavity from which radiate numerous canaliculi
(text-fig. 196). The cavity often becomes subdivided into branching
canals uniting at the base, and giving off the dentinal tubules.
The base is pierced by one or more openings through which the
pulp can communicate with the surrounding mesoblastic tissues of
the dermis. The dentine cap is covered on its outer surface with
a layer of hard transparent enamel-like substance, the exact nature
of which has given rise to considerable controversy. It is either
true enamel deposited by the epidermis, or merely an outer
specialised layer of dentine (Rose, 21), or a combination of both
(Tomes, 22). For our present purpose we may call it enamel,
allowing that Tomes’ view is probably correct.

The important thing to notice is that from its earliest appearance
in development onwards the dentine cap is in direct continuity
with the basement membrane lying below the epidermis. Unlike
bone, the dentine grows on one surface only, and that is the
surface limiting the pulp- cavity. The placoid scale, then, always
remains next to the epidermis, and never as a whole sinks dow.
into the dermis (text-fig. 196). As it grows older it may, and
generally does, acquire a well-marked basal plate of fixation
(text-fig.196,8). This plate is merely an extension inwards of the
original cone, and it soon comes into connection with the deep
fibrous layer of the cutis. As described by Hertwig (6), the
connective-tissue fibres penetrate into the plate. Like the rest
of the denticle, the basal plate is never composed of true bone,
never contains bone-cells : it may be formed either of dentine, or
of some less dense substance especially in its deeper parts. When
the base is very large, as in the spines of Skates, the dentine may
gradually change toa softer tissue composed of numerous trabeculz

1907. | THE SCALES OF FISH. 753

surrounding irregular spaces. Since scleroblastic cells are free to
pass on both sides of the ingrowing base, it can increase in size in
all directions.

One may summarise the chief points thus:—The placoid scale,
or denticle, begins as a cone of dentine deposited by mesoblastic
scleroblastic cells below the epidermis, in continuity with the
basement membrane; a basal plate may be present in the form of
a direct extension inwards of the cone, never as a separate
element which becomes fused on to it secondarily; both the cone
and the plate are composed of dentine or some allied substance,
never of true bone; the cone may pierce the epidermis, when fully
grown.

Text-fig. 196.

(From Lankester’s ‘ Treatise on Zoology,’ by permission of Messrs. A. & C. Black.)

Diagrams of the structure and development of the dermal skeleton of A, an early
stage, and B, later stages of Elasmobranchs; C, Thelodus; D, Psammosteus ;
E, Pteraspis, all in section at right angles to the surface ; the dentine is black.
F_I. Enlarged views of the outer surface of the dermal skeleton of KF, Thelodus
head, G, Thelodus wail, H, Psammosteus shield, and I, Péeraspis shield. 6f.,
expanded basal plate; bm., basement membrane; ct., connective tissue; dc.,
dentine cap; ep., epidermis; /., bony lamellie ; p., pulp-cavity; r., surface
ridge; ¢r., bony trabecule of vascular layer.

Such denticles are found in the Selachii and Holocephali, which.
are devoid of other forms of scaling. Probably they also occur in
the Pleuropterygii (Cladoselachii) and Ichthyotomi (Pleuracan-
thodii); though details concerning the histological structure of the
scales of these fish are still lacking. Rarely the denticles seem to.
fuse together, as for instance in Hybodus (28). The circumorbital

754 . MR. E. 8, GOODRICH ON [ Nov. 12,

plates of Cladoselache, and the dermal plates of certain Holo-
cephali (29) may also be of this nature, since they appear to be
formed of dentine-like substance.

The Scales and Plates of the Heterostract.—The important
researches of Traquair (23 & 24) have disclosed a most interesting
series of Paleozoic fish in which it appears to be possible to trace
clearly the evolution of the bony carapace of the Pteraspids from the
simple placoid scales of Zhelodus. The latter (text-fig. 196, c & F) are
broad and flattened denticles closely set ina mosaic on the head and
trunk, and fitting together by their crenulated edges. In the tail
region they lose the crenulations, are set farther apart, and are more
spine-like in shape (text-fig. 196, a). Rohon (18) and Rose (21) have
described their finer structure. The pulp-cavity is simple, and there
is no distinctly marked basal plate. The whole scale is formed of
typical dentine. Psammosteus is almost entirely covered with large
plates (Traquair, 23). Superficially these are studded with small
denticles in every way similar to those of Thelodus (text-fig. 196, H).
They have a rounded or pointed top, a wider base, and more or
less closely-fitting crenulated edges. Below these denticles is a
thick plate of bone-like tissue, which, however, is devoid of bone-
cells. Since the structure of these plates has not been described in
detail I give some figures of sections (Pl. XIII. fig. 4, & text-
fig. 196, p). An outer spongy layer, pierced in all directions by
a network of vascular canals, occupies the greater thickness of
the plate. It is indistinctly subdivided into two by a layer of
lamellee parallel with the surface. The inner side of the plate is
strengthened with a thick lamellated layer. These skeletal
structures have been deposited in successive laminz, as is evl-
denced by the striation seen in sections (Pl. XLIITI. fig. 4). The
plate grows in thickness by the addition of new layers on its
lower surface.

The denticles are of quite different structure, are composed of
true dentine very like that of ZVhelodus (Pl. XLII. fig. 4), and
contain a pulp-cavity. They rest on the underlying plate, to which
they become fixed, being fused to it here and there at their base.
But they are suthciently separate to be frequently broken off in
specimens. These denticles grow, of course, by the addition of
new matter below; and so the pulp-cavity becomes very shallow,
and is not exposed even when the cone is much worn down.

It is but a step from Psammosteus to Pteraspis, whose exo-
skeleton has been well described by Huxley (9) and Lankester
(11). Here the denticles already elongated in some regions of
Thelodus have been converted into long narrow, closely fitting
ridges (text-fig. 196, 1). Pander figures a fragment of a plate,
probably of Psammosieus, which shows most beautifully inter-
mediate stages in the elongation of the denticles (14). Each ridge
of the Pteraspis shield shows in transverse section the structure of
a typical placoid scale, with numerous tubules radiating from the
elongated pulp-cayity into the dentine. Very narrow deep valleys

1907. | THE SCALES OF FISH. 755

separate the dentine ridges, which may sometimes meet below.
Traces of the crenulations may still be seen.

The underlying plate consists of an outer layer with very
large vascular spaces, and a lamellated inner layer. The skeletal
substance of which these are composed is quite similar to that of
the Psammosteus plate.

Thus it appears that the shields of the Heterostraci, and also
the scales and dermal fin-rays, have all been evolved by the
combination of a covering of separate isolated denticles and an
underlying plate, and the theory of Williamson is confirmed in a
most remarkable manner by Traquair. But, and this is an
unportant point, the superficial tubercles and the plate should not
be compared to the pointed tip and expanded basal plate of an
ordinary Selachian placoid scale. Throughout these changes the
denticles remain essentially unaltered; the inner and continuous
plate is evidently a quite distinct structure of separate origin—a
new skeletal support doubtless developed in the cutis, and with
which the denticles only came into secondary connection. In the
most specialised forms (Péeraspis) the latter almost entirely lose
their individuality, and acquire the deceptive appearace of being
merely the ornamental surface of a scale or plate; yet they neither
lose their characteristic tooth-like histological structure, nor do
they really take part in the formation of the underlying plate.

The true Scales.—Coming now to the fish with true scales, we
first of all study those scales which have hitherto been grouped
under the name “ ganoid.” Of these there are three types which
can be clearly distinguished.

The Cosmoid Scale.— Asan example of the first type, which may
be called the “cosmoid ” scale, we may take that of Megalichthys.
It has been so well described by Williamson (28), that little need
be said concerning its structure, which is shown in text-figs. 197
& 200. As usual, a basal layer is present composed of parallel bony
lamin of “isopedine,” over which is a zone with large vascular
spaces. Near the surface these canals combine to a more regular
horizontal system forming a network passing round vertical canals,
which reach the outer surface of the scale. It is the openings of
these canals which give the pitted appearance to the shiny scales of
the ‘* Crossopterygian” fish. Below the surface the canals expand
into conical chambers, between which pass upwards another set of
vertical canals ending above in pulp-cavities. From these radiate
a multitude of canaliculi.

A section parallel to the surface and just below it shows the
conical chambers surrounded by a hexagonal pattern, formed by
the cut ends of the dentine tubules (text-fig. 197). A section further
down displays the pulp-cavities surrounded by the canals joining
the chambers. This layer of vascular chambers and pulp-cavities
disposed with such beautiful regularity may be considered as the
highest development of “‘cosmine.” Williamson gave this name

756 MR. E. 8. GOODRICH ON [ Nov. 12,

to the peculiar dentine-like substance he discovered in “ ganoid”
scales. Unfortunately he also applied it to a very different bony
tissue found in Lepidotus (p. 758). But in this paper the name
cosmine will be restricted to a tissue with canaliculi like those of
dentine, and the name “‘cosmoid ” will be applied only to scales
with an outer layer like that of MWegalichthys.

The cosmine is restricted to that part of the outer surface of the
seale which is exposed. Those regions which are overlapped by
their neighbours in front have no cosmine, and are formed entirely
of the two lower bony layers, the vascular and the isopedine (text-
fig. 197, c). In both these are distributed numerous bone-cells.
No such cells are found in the cosmine layer. The passage from
the one to the other is gradual. Overlying the whole cosmine-
covered surface is a thin layer of transparent glassy appearance:
and of homogeneous texture (text-fig. 197, a, & Pl. XLIIT. fig. 5).

Text-fig. 197.

(From Lankester’s ‘ Treatise on Zoology,’ by permission of Messrs. A. & C. Black.)7

Scale of Megalichthys hibberti Ag.; Carboniferous, England. A. Piece of a thick
transverse section, much enlarged. B. Section through the hind edge, en-
larged. C. Outer view of a scale. ac., anterior region covered by next scale;
c., large vascular cavity; ch., chamber of cosmine layer; dé., canaliculi of
cosmine; g., thin outermost shiny layer; h., irregular vascular canals ; 7., bony
inner layer or isopedine; 0., opening of chamber on surface; pe., pulp-cavity
from which canaliculi radiate ; v.c., vertical canal.

Now, such a cosmoid scale grows at its edge and lower surface.
New cavities may be excavated in the vascular layer, or old ones
filled up; but the increase in bulk of the scale as it grows older
can only take place by the addition of new lameile of isopedine
below, and by the deposition of substance, enclosing new chambers

1907. | THE SCALES OF FISH. 157

and pulp-cavities at the periphery (text-fig. 197, 8). The cosmine
layer with its thin enamel-like covering, is formed once and for all
when it is first laid down. As far as one can judge from the
examination of sections it does not materially alter with age. No
new layers are deposited above it; such changes as take place are
unimportant, and chiefly due to the filling up of the various
spaces. The stratification of the isopedine indicates the lines of
growth. Faint signs of lamine are also visible in the walls of the
vascular spaces.

We may summarise the characters of the cosmoid scale as
follows :—It has an outer layer of dentine-like ‘substance with
pulp-cavities and vascular chambers arranged in regular manner ;
a middle bony layer with vascular spaces; and an inner layer of
bony lamine, probably ossified fibrous tissue of the cutis. The
cosmoid scale grows in thickness only by the addition of new
lamelle below ; its outer surface is covered with a thin shiny layer,
the nature and origin of which is uncertain.

The Ganoid Scale.—It is proposed to restrict the name “ganoid”
to a type of scale found in all the Actinopterygii except the modern
Teleostei. In its full development this type is represented by the
rhombic scales of Palwoniscus and Lepidosteus. It difters radically
from the cosmoid scale described above in that it grows in
thickness by the addition of new layers not only below, but also
on its upper surface. In fact concentric layers of new substance
are continually being deposited over the whole surface ; the oldest
part of the scale is’ therefore at the centre. These layers,
however, are not the same throughout; the lower being bony or
fibrous, the upper of much denser homogeneous, enamel-like
substance called ganoine by Williamson (text-fig. 198, c).

There are two distinct varieties of ‘“‘ganoid” scale, differing in
constant and important characters :—

The Paleoniscoid Scale—Gonatodus or Kurynotus yields good
examples of this type. The exposed surface of the scale is covered
with a shiny layer of ganoine, pierced here and there by small
vascular canals leading downwards into a horizontal network of
canals (Pl. XLV. fig. 15, & text-fig. 198). From this again a few
vertical canals pass downwards to open on the lower surface. The
bulk of the scale, below the network of vascular spaces, is made up
of the usual horizontal laminz of bone, arranged in parallel layers.
At the periphery these layers are bent upwards and, so to speak,
turned over to form the lamin of ganoine covering the outside of
the scale. The two are continuous; but at their junction, just
above the vascular spaces, is a cosmine-like layer penetrated by
bunches of minute branching canaliculi passing upwards (fig. 15).
Bone-cells are abundant below the vascular network, but none
are found above it. Thus, in the Paleoniscoid scale, a layer of
cosmine is interposed between the lower bony and the upper ganoine
layers.

758 MR. E. 8. GOODRICH ON [ Nov. 12,

Text-fig. 198.

(From Lankester’s ‘ Treatise on Zoology,’ by permission of Messrs. A. & C. Black.)

Burynotus crenatus Ag.; Lower Carboniferous. A. Diagrammatic and much
enlarged view of a piece of the scale. B. Enlarged outer view of a scale.
C. Transverse section of a scale, enlarged. a., anterior covered region; ap.,
articulating process; c., fine canaliculi of cosmine layer; g., ganoine layer;
h., system of horizontal canals; 7., isopedine layer; 0., opening on outer surface
of vertical canals; p., posterior exposed shiny surface; s., outer surface;
ve., vertical canal.

During growth the three kinds of tissue are laid down simul-
taneously and in continuity; but the articulating peg and the
flange which is overlapped by the neighbouring scales are formed
of bone only.

The Lepidosteoid Scale-—While resembling the Paloniscoid
scale in its general appearance and mode of growth, the scale of
Lepidosteus differs from it in two important particulars (text-
figs. 199 & 200). In the first place there is no horizontal network of
vascular canals giving off canaliculi—there is therefore no regular
zone of cosmine. In the second place, the scale is pierced by a
multitude of slender unbranched tubules passing inwards from the
surface at right angles to the lines of growth (Pl. XLVI. fig. 20).
These tubules converge therefore towards the central or oldest
region of the scale, and many of them penetrate to quite near the
ganoine. As has been well shown by Hertwig (7) and Nickerson (13),
each tubule belongs to one cell, which lies on the surface of the
scale and sends a long process down the tubule. At their inner
extremities the tubules break up into minute branching twigs.
In some cases, as for instance in Lepidotus, these fine branches
pass upwards at the edges with some regularity, where the bony
lamellee merge into the ganoine. Williamson speaks of this region

1907. | THE SCALES OF FISH. 759

as cosmine; but the resemblance to the typical cosmine of Megal-
ichthys, or even to the cosmine of Paleeoniscids, is not at all close,
and the two structures are probably not homologous. Since in
the lepidosteoid scale there are neither pulp-cavities, nor vascular
networks giving rise to canaliculi, it seems advisable not to apply
to them the name cosmine at all. The tubules, with their inner
branching ends, may very well merely represent modified bone-
cells, which, instead of being buried in the matrix they produce,
get carried outwards further and further from their first position
as the scale grows older. They do not all start from the same
region. Only tbe oldest tubules reach the central parts; younger
ones start at various points among the later formed lamine.
Occasionally the tubules seem to traverse the ganoine in its outer
and thinner region; but as a rule they either do not run upwards
to the exposed surface or they get cut off by the newly deposited
layers of ganoine, each of which of course extends a little further
than the last (text-fig. 199).

Text-fig. 199.

(From Lankester’s ‘ Treatise on Zoology,’ by permission of Messrs. A. & C. Black.)

Much enlarged view of a piece of the scale of Lepidosteus osseus L. d., superficial
denticles ; g., ganoine layer; 7., inner bony layers, or isopedine ; ¢., tubules with
branching inner ends; vc., vascular canal.

We have seen what are the three chief kinds of scales commonly
called ganoid : to the first it is proposed to give the name cosmoid,
while the second and third are varieties of the true ganoid scale.
Other and less important varieties exist and will be dealt with
later on (p. 765).

Origin of the Cosmoid and Ganoid Seales.

According to Williamson’s theory, which has already been
mentioned, the cosmoid scale arose by the fusion of a large number
of denticles, and their combination with a bony plate developed
below. In fact the theory which we have just found to apply so
admirably to the explanation of the plates of the Heterostraci,

760 MR. E. 8. GOODRICH ON [ Nov. 12,

was put forward by Williamson to account for the structure of the
scales and dermal plates of Megalichthys (26). Each pulp-cavity
of the cosmine layer is supposed to indicate a single denticle. As
representing an intermediate stage in the formation of cosmine,
he pointed to the dermal bones of the Celacanth dMacropoma.
Here the denticles are clearly seen, either standing up as sharp
teeth on the scales, or as more or less blunt protuberances on
the cranial bones. The denticles in JJacropoma retain their
histological character and pulp-cavity, although they become fused
to the underlying bone, and so deeply sunk in it, that they may
be mistaken for a mere superficial ornamentation. Cosmine,
says Williamson, is formed by “the confluent aggregation and
superficial depression of a number of placoid teeth, surmounting
a highly developed scale.”

While cosmine grows from within, ganoine is deposited from
without. The scale here called Paleoniscoid, Williamson believed
to be formed by the overlapping of the bony laminz at the edges,
and their spreading out over the outer surface of the cosmine as an
enamel-like layer. The ganoid scale, then, would be described as
a cosmoid scale the edges of which have been turned over on to
the outer surface.

These fascinating theories meet with many difficulties in the way
of their adoption ; difficulties which are probably not insuperable,
but must be disposed of before Williamson’s views can be con-
sidered as established.

First of all, it is a far cry from the scattered denticles of
Macropoma to the complex cosmine of the Osteolepids. Most of
Williamson’s observations on Jlacropoma I can fully confirm.
But I have looked in vain for any intermediate forms bridging
over the gap between the two types of scale. The dentine-lke
substance of Megalichthys forms a continuous layer, without sign of
subdivision externally ; and the appearance of a series of crowded
denticles seen in a section is chiefly due to the pulp-cavities and
conical chambers being cut through alternately. Although so
extraordinarily like the shield of Péeraspis in section, the two are
really very different in structure. In the paleoniscoid scale the
cosmine may be said to have lost any trace of the subdivision into
separate denticles which it may once have possessed; and in the
lepidosteoid scale no true cosmine occurs at all, according to my
observations.

Pander, it is true, has given beautiful figures of sections of the
dermal bones of Glyptolepis, showing how the superficial teeth
may become fixed to the bone, and converted into cosmine-like
tubercles (15) ; but I have failed to find anything quite like this
in the material at my disposal. On the scales of Glyptolepis
there appear to be no regularly disposed denticles, though
here and there are tubercles which resemble rather the last
remnants of disappearing cosmine than the incipient stages in its
formation. Rohon, however, agrees with Pander, and supports

761

THE SCALES OF FISH.

‘saspit puu sourds peroyaodns “ds f srumoprde “do fue] Atoy,
TOUTE “Sy FAULCEBE OULU ToJNO “vF fs1yMo Jo ONssIy ATPOUMOD “Z9° 4H UL podofoAop you pur ‘5 UT 4SO] SE 41 ‘Soporyuop UWo.Ly
poartop oAvp aucutsoo “oo fay ‘spRund aeponoser Lq poosord *g Oyepd uoq Surdpropun we oj uo p ‘soporyuop | todns JO WOLEXY.
OT} GULMOYS soseys [worjoypoday “Cp “ep Sw “Cp pave gq to ‘eg oSeys YSno.wyy V worrpuood opduus 2 “Ky apvos ., prooysoprdoy ,,
UowpRd,, olf} {) o[vos FUOpOZLYAT oy “GP O[ROS ., PLoUIs09,, Of} JO ULFIO ofqIssod oy SUIMOTS SULRLERIC,

ce
(PRL “OY “V ‘Sasso, Jo vorssiuawod Aq “AFopOoy uo ostpwoay, , $ojsoyuery wo.)
'S7 bd

4

S
exes

pO Emre
rtd foky
a,
SGELLILLLIE ELC,
MLE pane GAC :

(= Z

2)

SX

008 “Sy-4xoy,

762 MR. E. S. GOODRICH ON [Nov. 12,

the view that the tubercles in ‘‘ Dendrodus” are denticles which
have become fused on (19). This is an important point which
requires further investigation.

With regard to the ganoid scale new difficulties arise. ‘The
cosmine layer in these is supposed to represent the thoroughly
fused denticles. Williamson is not explicit on this point, and
does not trace in detail the origin of the scale of Pale@oniscus from
that of Megalichthys. 'The denticles, we may suppose, have sunk
away from the epidermis, and have become surrounded by
concentric layers secreted by the mesodermal pocket in which the
seale is now enclosed (text-fig. 200, & F). But how on such a
view can we account for the new formation of cosmine in each
successive layer? In the case of the cosmoid scale, the outer
layer, we might suggest, remaimed immediately below the
epidermis, new denticles being continually added at the cireum-
ference. Such a ring of growth may be compared to a dental
groove. These denticles might develop in the ordinary way from
“oerms” at the edge, and become fixed on during growth (text-
fig. 200, p). The thin sheet of transparent substance covering
the cosmoid scale would then represent the enamel. But, it.
may be urged, in the paleoniscoid scale the cosmine would soon
become cut off from the epidermis, and it is difficult to see how
new “germs” could be produced, and more especially how the
newly formed denticles could come to occupy the position of the
cosmine in the middle of each lamella at the junction between the
ganoine and the bone. This objection is not fatal, for 1t must. be
remembered that the inner secreting surface of the pocket probably
represents the original upper surface of the dermis as far as the
edge of the scale, and therefore might well retain the power of
producing new denticle “ germs” at the periphery. In the series
of diagrams (text-fig. 200, p. 761) I have endeavoured to illustrate
this extension of Williamson’s theory in accordance with more
recently acquired evidence concerning the development of these
various structures.

Of the development of a typical paleeoniscoid scale we know
nothing; but Nickerson (13) has given us a most excellent
account of the development of the scale of Lepidostews, which
entirely bears out Williamson’s view as to its mode of growth by
concentric layers, and I have myself made observations on the
development of the scales of Polypterus which lead me to the
same conclusion.

Let us now examine a third difficulty which suggests itself.
It isthis: if the denticles are already represented in the cosmine,
how comes it that the scales of Polypterus, which contain a cosmine
layer (p. 770), have denticles set on their outer surface? This
question brings us to the consideration of Hertwig’s theory of the
origin of scales and dermal bones.

Agassiz and Williamson described the denticles which are
movably articulated to the surface of the dermal bones of
certain Siluroid fish (Zypostoma, ete.); and Reissner (17) found

UO THE SCALES OF FISH. 763

similar small denticles fused to the surface of the scales of
Lepidosieus. O. Hertwig, in a series of valuable papers on the
dermal covering of fish, contributed a number of interesting
observations on its structure and development. But, neglecting
the work of Williamson, the importance of whose researches he
failed to appreciate, Hertwig does not appear to have understood
the growth of the ganoid scale, and moreover revived the old and
fundamental error of calling the outer layer true enamel. Tracing
the origin of all the scales and dermal bones of Lepidosteus
to the fusion of small plates bearing a denticle, homologous
with the placoid scale of the Elasmobranch, Hertwig concluded
that originally these fish were provided with a general covering
of denticles, that by concrescence their basal plates gave rise to
scales, that enamel was deposited where such plates reached
the surface, and that subsequently the denticles tended to
disappear. Klaatsch, in his important paper on fish-scales (10),
supports Hertwig’s general theory ; but considers that each scale
of the higher fish represents a single denticle of which the basal
plate has become much enlarged. ‘“ Die Ganoidschuppe ist der
Placoidschuppe homolog, in so fern sie die alte Einheit fortfiihrt.
Sie entspricht in der Hauptmasse der Basalplatte, und zwar den
tieferen Theilen derselben. Der Spitzentheil der Placoidschuppe
ist rudimentiir geworden. Die Ganoinschicht der Lepidosteus-
schuppe entspricht den oberflichlichen Theil der Basalplatte.
Den Zihnechen der Lepidosteusschuppe kommt keine morpholog-
ische Bedeutung zu.” (p. 155.)

Nickerson also compares the ganoid scale to the placoid denticle
on the supposition that the basal plate of the latter has given rise
to the scale. The separate development of the dentine cone and
of the plate in Lepidosteus, he would interpret as due to secondary
modification (18).

The denticles on the scales of Lepidostews and Polypterus are
generally spoken of as degenerate vestigial structures usually
absent in the adult, except in certain restricted regions. But
there is reason to believe that the denticles are much more
abundant and regularly distributed than is commonly supposed.
They are to be found in adult specimens of both genera on the
scales of the trunk where these have been protected from rough
usage. Their absence in many specimens is due toa great extent,
if not entirely, to their having been rubbed off. As Nickerson
(13) has well shown in Lepidostews, the denticles develop just
like those of Elasmobranchs, on the surface of the mesoblastic
tissue, and afterwards become fused on to the scale, in the
formation of which they take no real part, except in so far as they
may occasionally get buried in it. The same is the case in
Polypterus, aS my observations show.

The comparison of the denticle and ganoid scale with the conical
apex and basal plate of the placoid denticle seems, therefore, to
be fundamentally wrong. As already insisted upon, the basal
plate is merely an extension of the denticle cone; there is no

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. LIT. 52

764 MR, E. S. GOODRICH ON [Nov. 12,.

reason to think that it can ever develop separately. Nor is there
any evidence that denticles do ever really contribute to form
dermal bones. Even in the case of the palatal bones of fish and
amphibians, the teeth do not actually combine to build up the
supporting bone, but become fused sooner or later to bony
substance independently developed at their base.

The history of the paleoniscoid variety of ganoid scale would
seem be this (text-fig. 200, p. 761). It first arose asa dermal plate-
of bone to which became attached a number of denticles, eventually
forming an outer layer of cosmine—the cosmoid stage. It then
sank deeper into the dermis, which grew over the outer face, and
so enclosed it ina mesoblastic pocket secreting complete concentric
layers, The outer dermis continued to give rise to denticles,
which thus came to be situated on the top of the sunken scale,
and subsequently became attached to its surface. Whether the
cosmoid scale ever was provided with such denticles is unknown..
None have been described in extinct forms; and I have looked
for them so far in vain. Possibly the cosmoid scale always
remained close under the epidermis, and so there would have been
no room for their development. At all events such denticles.
are only known to occur in Lepidosteus, Polypterus, and some
Siluroids, and the extinct Ceelacanths (which have no true cosmoid
or ganoid scales).

This hypothetical history of the cosmoid and _paleoniscoid
scales is illustrated in the diagrams (text-fig. 200, A to @).

Whether the lepidosteoid variety can be considered as a modi-
fication of the paleoniscoid type seems to me extremely doubtful.
Tt is true that the scale of “ Dapidius granulosus,” as described by
Williamson, might be taken as intermediate, but my own obser-
vations on this species do not confirm his description of cosmine
tubules. Indeed this scale appears hardly to differ from the
typical lepidosteoid form. Future research on fossil forms may
perhaps enable us to determine what has been the history of the:
lepidosteoid scale—whether it has ever passed through a cosmoid
stage.

So far we have merely developed, in a more modern form,
Williamson’s theory of the origin of the scales of the Teleostom1.
Tt is obvious, however, that another view might be held. The
alternative theory which can be put forward is simply this: that
the outer layer of the cosmoid scale is merely a special region of
the bony plate, which has come to acquire a dentine-like struc-
ture, and not a product of superficial denticles. This theory
would differ from the first only in its account of the origin of the
cosmine; the paleeoniscoid scale would still be derived from the
cosmoid as explained above. One of the chief difficulties to be
met by this view, is that the more primitive and ancient fish
(early Dipnoi, and Osteolepidoti (Crossopterygii)) have the most
perfectly developed cosmine. On the whole Williamson’s theory
seems the best, though it cannot be considered as fully established

1907. ] THE SCALES OF FISH. 765

until stages intermediate between the cosmine and the denticle
have been discovered.

We have determined what are the three chief kinds of scale ;
let us now see of what importance they are in classification.

The Systematic Importance of the Scales in the
¥y /p
Drpnot and TELEOSTOMI.

The Cosmo type and its derivatives.—That type of scale
which we have called cosmoid occurs only in the extinct Osteo-
lepidoti (Crossopterygii) and in the Dipteride. In the thick
rhombic scales of the Osteolepidee it is most perfectly shown. The
scale of Megalichthys has been fully dealt with above (p. 755).
That of Osteolepis is quite similar, as may be seen in Pander’s
excellent figures (15). A section of the edge of the scale
of Osteolepis is here figured, showing the outer layer of typical
cosmine and the absence of stratified ganoine (Pl. XIII. fig. 5),
Diplopterus differs scarcely from Megalichthys (Williamson).

Now it is extremely interesting to find that the scale of Dipterus
has exactly the same structure, for it has long been recognised
that the Dipteride approach the Osteolepidoti (Crossopterygii)
more closely than any other group of fish. The importance of this
fact is enhanced by the knowledge that the cosmoid type occurs
in no other Order. Pander’s figures leave no doubt about the
resemblance of the scale of Dipterus to that of Osteolepis.
Unfortunately I have not had material favourable for sections ;
but the fragments I have examined confirm his descriptions.
This cosmine layer is of such peculiar, elaborate and complex
structure, that we cannot suppose it to have been independently
developed in the two cases. There seems no escape from the
conclusion that the common ancestor of the Osteolepide and
Dipnoi had scales of this cosmoid type.

The evidence with regard to the other families of the Osteo-
lepidoti (Crossopterygii) is not so clear. Various forms of scale
occur among them; some of which are probably degenerate
cosmoid scales, while others perhaps belong to some different
though related type.

In the Holoptychiide the scales are usually rounded, and
ornamented with tubercles and ridges. Williamson (see his
fig. 24, plate 42) figures a section through the scale of Holoptychius
showing an outer layer which is undoubtedly a stage either in the
formation or in the degeneration of the typical cosmine structure.
According to Rohon’s careful account, the scale of Holoptychius
(probably another species) is very like that of the Osteolepide,
excepting for the outer layer. Instead of being built in the
uniform and beautifully regular manner of typical cosmine, it is
in the form of the irregular tubercles and ridges already
mentioned; and these are composed of dentine-like tissue,
resembling the cosmine layer of the paleoniscoid scale. There is
no alternating system of pulp-cavities and chambers, but merely

os

766 MR. E. 8. GOODRICH ON [Nov. 12,

a vascular network from which arise branching dentinal tubules.
Rohon considers that the tubercles represent denticles fused
on to the surface ; they appear to me rather to represent stages
iu the degeneration of cosmine, than in its formation. The same
may be said of Glyptolepis (p. 760); here the middle vascular layer
is to a great extent exposed, forming ridges on the upper face
quite similar to those found on the scales of the Rhizodonts.

The scales of the Rhizodontide I have been able to examine,
such as Rhizodus, Strepsodus, and Husthenopteron, are rounded,
relatively thin, and with a superficial ornamentation of ridges and
tubercles (Pl. XLV. fig. 14). The bulk of the scale is made up of
the usual parallel bony laminz of isopedine, which merge above
into the vascular layer. The ornamentations have no resemblance
to cosmine in structure, and are directly continuous with the bony
trabecule of the vascular layer, being formed of the same sub-
stance (Pl. XLIV. figs.6&8). Where the tubercles are very large,
they appear to be formed to a great extent by the upturning of
the isopedine lamellz at the growing edge of the scale (fig. 7). In
some regions of the scale of Zhizodus this overturning of the laminz
is very pronounced ; yet it never results in the deposition of a con-
tinuous covering, and only occurs at the edge. Nevertheless, in
Husthenopteron and Rhizodus the ornamentation seems to have
grown, to some extent, by the addition of new bony layers on the
outer surface; and we may suppose that, the cosmine having dis-
appeared, the bone-forming cells of the middle layer emerged on the
outer face and continued to secrete there. But when once formed,
the middle layer itself does not appear to have grown appreciably
in thickness, though new laminz were always being added to the
lower strata. The ridges are often very numerous and regular,
with an elaborate network of canals below opening by many
apertures on the surface at the bottom of the valleys. This
structure is also seen in Glyptolepis; 11 which, however, here
and there the tubercles have the appearance of cosmine (p. 760)*.
ryroptychius, alone among the Rhizodonts, has preserved a thick
shiny scale; and here can be seen an outer layer of true cosmine
as in Osteolepis.

With regard to the Ceelacanthide our knowledge is still very
incomplete. It has been clearly established by Williamson (26)
that some genera such as Macropoma have typical denticles, with
dentine cone and pulp-cavity, fused on to the outer surface of
their scales and dermal bones (p. 760). His account I can fully
confirm. The scale consists of an inner layer of isopedine,
an intermediate layer with vascular canals, and lastly of the
denticles on that hinder region which is not overlapped by neigh-
bouring scales. In Celacanthus are found the first two layers;
but instead of superficial denticles, there are elongated tubercles
or shiny ridges which in section appear merely as hollow arches

* Weshall await with the greatest interest a description of the scale of Tarrasius ;
doubtless it will throw much light on the problem of the systematic position of this
very imperfectly known but important genus.

1907. ] THE SCALES OF FISH. 767

on the top of the scale (Pl. XLIV. fig. 12). Whether these tubercles
represent modified denticles remains to be proved. A careful
study of better preserved material, and of other genera, might
settle this point.

Turning now to the Dipnoi, we find that Dipterws has typical
cosmoid scales (p. 765). All the living genera have scales of very
uniform structure (Wiedersheim 25, Giinther 5, Klaatsch 10); con-
sisting of a basal layer of isopedine lamelle, little if at all calcified,
and an outer calcified layer. The latter closely resembles the outer
vascular and ornamental layers of the scale of the Rhizodontide.
A horizontal network of canals and space runs through the base
of the calcified region, and opens by numerous pores between
more or less well-defined ridges. A multitude of very small
spines projects from the whole surface of the scale. The ridges
and partitions separating the vascular spaces grow by the addition

Text-fig. 201.

(From Lankester’s ‘ Treatise on Zoology,’ by permission of Messrs. A. & C. Black.)

Enlarged view of a small portion of the scale of Phaneropleuron curtum Wht. ;
Upper Devonian, Canada. 7., ner bony layer; sp., surface spinelet ; vc., vascular
space.

of new laminz of bony substance without cells; and the spines
are merely processes of the calcified layer developed in just the
same manner. They are obviously analogous to the tubercles on
the scale of the Rhizodonts, and like them are found all over the
posterior covered as well as generally over the anterior exposed
region. These spines have nothing to do with denticles, with
which they have been compared by Wiedersheim (25); and
differ from them radically both in structure and development.
Wiedersheim’s theory has already been disposed of by Klaatsch
(10). Now it is very interesting to find that this peculiar
‘“¢ Dipnoan ” type of scale is already perfectly differentiated in the

768 MR. E. 8S. GOODRICH ON [ Nov. 12,

Devonian genera, Phaneropleuron and Scawmenacia (Pl. XLIV.
figs. 10 & 11, and text-fig. 201). These fish have thin scales, with-
out cosmine or ganoine, but studded all over with the same
characteristic spines. This Dipnoan type of scale would seem to
be a degenerate form derived from the cosmoid type of Dipterus,
after the loss of the cosmine layer. We may expect to find inter-
mediate scales among the other extinct Dipnoi.

THE GANOID ScaALEs.—Ganoid scales, whether of the paleoniscoid
or of the lepidosteoid type, are found only in the Actinopterygii
(and Polypterini).
gg All the Paleoniscidee and Platysomide I have been able to
examine, have scales belonging to the Paleoniscoid type, differing

Text-fig. 202.

(From Lankester’s ‘ Treatise on Zoology,’ by permission of Messrs. A. & C. Black.)

Cheirolepis sp., L. Devonian. A. Transverse section of scale. B. Outer view of
scales enlarged. C. Much enlarged view of a piece of a scale cut transversely.
D. A fragment of the inner bony layer, magnified. dé., canaliculi of cosmine
layer; f, vertical blind canals (pulp-cavities) ; g., ganoine layer; h., system of
horizontal vascular canals; 7., immer bony layer, isopedine; s., shiny outer
surface; ve., vertical canal.

only in unimportant details (Palwoniscus elegans; Hurynotus
crenatus, text-fig. 198 ; Hlonichthys, Gonatodus, Pl. XLV. fig. 15).
They can be recognised at once in sections by the presence of a
network of canals and a layer of cosmine underlying the lamine
of ganoine,

The scale of Chetrolepis, the structure of which is shown in
Pl. XLV. fig. 13 and text-fig. 202, has all these characters well
developed in spite of its small size and peculiar shape.

1907.] THE SCALES OF FISH. GS

The remainder of the Actinopterygii, except the Teleostei, all
appear to have the Lepidosteoid type of scale, with the peculiar
tubules described above (p. 758).

The Protospondyliitthh the family Semionotide, I have
examined Semionotus kappfi, Lepidotus mantelli, and Dapedius
sp.; in the Pycnodontide, J/icrodon sp.; in the Kugnathide,
Eugnathus formosus (Pl. XLVI. fig. 20); in the Pachycormide,
Pachycormus heterurus; and Ophiopsis in the Macrosemiide.
These genera display a remarkably uniform type of lepidosteoid
scale. The scales of the Amiide (A mia and the extinct Megalurus)
are so thin that little can be made out in sections beyond the fact
that they are formed of laminz and contain bone-cells, except in
the topmost layer. However, a section of a cranial dermal bone
of Amia shows the lepidosteoid tubules developed in the most
perfect manner (Pl. XLVI. fig. 18). This observation is of some
practical importance, as it may help us to determine the affinity
of those fish in which the scales are degenerate or absent, but of
which cranial plates can often be obtained *.

The Utheospondyli.—Both the Aspidorhynchide and the
Lepidosteidee show the same characteristic structure; the genera
examined being Lepidosteus (Pl. XLVI. fig. 16, and text-fig. 199),
and Aspidorhynchus (fig. 19), already described by Williamson.

It is interesting to find that the scale of Pholidophorus also
belongs to the Lepidosteoid type.

Summary.—From what has been said in the foregoing pages,
it will be gathered that the scales of the Dipnoi and Teleostomi
present very few distinct types of structure. That in fact only
three distinct types exist : the cosmoid, the paleoniscoid, and the
lepidosteoid. Certain other varieties are found, such as the
Rhizodont and Dipnoan, which are probably to be derived from
the cosmoid. The position of the Ceelacanth scale is at present
difficult. to determine: it may be a primitive form in which the
denticles have not yet fused to a cosmine layer, as Williamson
supposed ; or it may be simply a degenerate cosmoid scale to the
surface of which denticles have become attached.

Further, it appears that the structure of the scales is very
uniform within the families, and that closely allied families
usually have very similar scales. The cosmoid scale occurs in the
extinct Ostcolepidoti (Crossopterygii) and Dipnoi; but im no
other group of fish. Similarly the ganoid scale occurs in the
Teleostomi and never elsewhere. The paleoniscoid type is
restricted to the Paleoniscide and their immediate allies ; while
the lepidosteoid type is universal among the Protospondyh, the
AXtheospondyli, and the Pholidophoride, and not found in any
other group as far as is known.

These different kinds of scales, then, are of great systematic
value, and the position of a fish in any of the large divisions can

* Stewart has described similar bone in Fistularia (Cat. Coll. Surgeons).

770 MR. E. 8S. GOODRICH ON [ Nov. 12,

at once be determined by an examination of its scale. Doubtless.
all the types have been evolved from some common ancestral
scale, and numerous intermediate forms will be found, whose
position will be difficult to assign; but so far the chief types
remain remarkably distinct from each other. *

The Scale of Potyprnrus.—Let us now apply our test to the
scale of Polypterus. The Polypterini have always been placed
among the so-called Crossopterygii ever since Huxley wrote his
famous paper on the classification of Devonian fishes (8). I
have elsewhere discussed in greater detail the affinities of Poly-
pterus (4); and shail only mention here that, in a paper published
some years ago (4a), my opinion has already been expressed
that its relationship is rather with the Actinopterygii than with
extinct “‘ Crossopterygii.”

The scale of Polypterus has been described by Agassiz (1),
Leydig (12), and Hertwig (7).. The last author especially

Text-fig. 203.

(From Lankester’s ‘ Treatise on Zoology, by permission of Messrs. A. & C. Black.)

Portion of a thick transverse section of the scale of Polypterus bichir Geoflr., much
enlarged. 6., inner bony or isopedine layer ; ¢., canaliculi of the cosmine layer ;.
d., superficial denticle; g., ganoine layer; h., system of horizontal vascular

canals; 0., opening of vertical canal on outer surface ;’ vc., vertical canal.

has contributed much information concerning the histological
structure of the scale itself, and the denticles which become
attached to its surface (p. 763).

A glance at text-fig. 203 will show at once that the scale of

* Since this was written I have found a paper, which unfortunately escaped my
notice, by Dr. H. Scupin (“ Zur Histologie der Ganoidschuppen,” Arch. f. Naturg..
vol. xii. 1896), in which the microscopic structure of fish-scales is dealt with.

1907. | HE SCALES OF FISH. (71

Polypterus is of the ganoid type; and, moreover, that it belongs
to the paleoniscoid variety. For in it can be seen not only the
concentric layers of bone below and ganoine above, but also the
intermediate horizontal network of vascular canals, and the
cosmine-like layer supplied by narrow canals from which spring
numberless dentinal tubules. No scale of this kind is known
outside the Actinopterygii. The evidence is quite clear and
definite : the scale is of the true ganoid type, and approaches that
of the Paleoniscoid more closely than any other. Not for a
moment is it asserted that Polypterus is a living Paleoniscid ;
but it is probably in the neighbourhood of this family that it will
eventually find its place in the system of classification.

The AcantHoptut.—The scales of the Acanthodii are of very
uniform structure, usually in the form of a mosaic ef very small
closely fitting, thick, rhomboidal plates, set in oblique rows like
the ganoid scales of a Teleostome.

They have always been compared to those of the Elasmobranchs,
and are generally spoken of as modified denticles, in which the

pulp-cavity has become reduced. Rohon (18), Reis (16), and

Text-fig. 204.

(From Lankester’s ‘ Treatise on Zoology,’ by permission of Messrs. A. & C. Black.)

Transverse section of the scale of Acanthodes sp.; L. Carboniferous, Edinburgh.
dt., branching canaliculi; g., outer shiny layer ; 7., inner more opaque layer.

Fritsch (2) have given descriptions of the scales of various
Acanthodians.

The chief features of the structure of the scale of Acunthodes
are shown in the semi-diagrammatic text-figure 204, and in fig. 21
(Pl. XLVI), which represents a section taken parallel to the upper
surface. It is at once clear that it differs radically from the placoid
denticle in its mode of growth, which is by the addition of complete

772 MR. E. 8S. GOODRICH ON [ Nov. 12,

concentric layers, just as in a ganoid scale. Neither in this
nor in any other species that I have examined, from Devonian,
Carboniferous or Permian rocks, can IJ find the slightest trace of
the small pulp-cavity the presence of which is asserted by Rohon,
but denied by Reis. Nor does the structure of the scale seem to
me to afford any evidence whatever of such a cavity having been
present. Reis and others have already described dentinal tubules
passing inwards from the periphery. These run in towards the
centre, at right angles to the lines of growth, from all the cir-
cumference except the top; and are specially numerous about
half way up the scale, where a slight constriction separates the
upper from the lower region. Only a few tubules reach the
middle, most of them stop short at varying distances from the edge.

The outer or upper region of the scale appears more dense than
the lower ; it is not pierced by tubules from above, but some of
them penetrate far into the superficial laminz from the sides
No bone-cells are present.

The Acanthodian scale, with its concentric lamine and upper
ganoine-like layers, bears a striking resemblance to the ganoid scale
of the Teleostome. Moreover, the distribution of the branching
dentinal tubules is quite like that of the similar tubules of the lepid-
osteoid type of scale, excepting for their more extensive spreading
on to the upper surface. There are no vascular canals, a fact
which may be correlated with the small size of the scale.

Whatever may be the origin of the Acanthodian scale, there
can be no doubt that it is built on a quite different plan from
that of the placoid, and that it approaches most nearly to the
lepidosteoid type. Fritsch (2) figures scales of Zraquairia and
Protacanthodes with a tooth-like process on the hinder edge ;
unfortunately he gives no information as to the histological
structure of these scales, so that it cannot be determined whether
the process represents a pointed extremity or a denticle
fused on.

At present we know too little concerning the scales of the
Acanthodii, to draw any conclusion from their structure as to
the phylogeny of the group. But these scales should no longer
be vaguely called modified denticles, and used as evidence of
affinity with the Elasmobranchs.

List oF REFERENCES.

1. Acass1z, L.—Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. Neuchatel,
1833-44.

2. Frirscu, A.—Fauna der Gaskohle. Prague, 1879-94.

3. Goopricu, E. S8.—‘ On the Dermal Fin-Rays of Fishes.”
Quart. Jour. Micros. Sci. vol. xlvu., 1904. »

4. Goopricu, E.8.—‘<‘ On the Systematic Position of Polypterus.”
Brit. Assoc. Report, 1907.

4a. Goopricu, E. S.—“‘ On the Pelvic Girdle and Fin of Zu-
sthenopteron.” Quart. Jour. Micros. Sci. vol. xlv., 1901.

1907.] THE SCALES OF FISH. 773

28.
29.

. GuntHEeR, A.—‘ Description of Ceratodus.” Phil. Trans.
Olle eons TksyAle

. Hertwie, O.—‘“ Ueber Bau u. Entwicklung der Placoid-
schuppen.” Jena. Zeitschr. vol. vii., 1874.

. Hertwie, O.—‘‘ Ueber das Hautskelet der Fische.” Morph.
Jahrb. vol. 11., 1876; vol. v., 1879; vol. vii., 1881.

. Huxtey, T.—“ The Systematic Arrangement of the Fishes of
the Devonian Epoch.” Mem. Geol. Sury., Dec. 10, 1861.

. Huxtey, T.—*‘ On Cephalaspis and Pteraspis.” Quart. Jour.

Geol. Soc. vol. xiv., 1858.

. KuaatscH, H.—*‘ Zur Morphologie der Fischschuppen.”

Morph. Jahrb. vol. xvi., 1891.

. Lanxester, E. R.—‘ The Cephalaspide.” Mon. Palzont.

Soc., 1868-70.

. Leypie, Fr. * Histologische Bemerkungen iiber den Poly-

pterus bichir.” Zeit. f. wiss. Zool. vol. v., 1853.

NICKERSON, W. 8.—‘ Development of the Scales of Lepid-

osteus.” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. xxiv., 1893.

. Panper, C. H.—Die Placodermen des Devonischen Systems.

St. Petersburg, 1857.

. Panper, C. H.—Ueber die Ctenodipterinen d. Devonischen

Systems. St. Petersburg, 1858.

. Rets, O.—“ Acanthodes bronni.” Morph. Arbeiten, vol. vi.
. Retssner, E.—*‘ Ueber die Schuppen v. Polypterus u. Lepid-

osteus.” Arch. f. Anat. u. Phys., 1859.

. Ronon, J. V.—‘‘ Ueber fossile Fische v. oberen J enissei,” etc.

Mem. Acad. St. Pétersb. vol. xxxvi., 1889, & vol. xl.., 1893.

. Ronon, J. V.—‘‘ Die Dendrodonten.” Ibid.
. Ronon, J. V.—Holoptychius-Schuppen.” Bull. Acad. St.

Petersb. vol. u., 1890.

. Rose, C.—*‘ Ueber d. v. Abiinderungen der Hartgewebe.”

Anat. Anz. vol. xiv., 1898.

. Tomes, OC. S.—‘‘The Enamel of Elasmobranch Fishes.”

Phils transs Be vol exe: 89s.

. Traquair, R. H.—‘ Report on Fossil Fishes.” Trans, Roy.

Soc. Edinb. vol. xxxix., 1899.

. Traquatr, R. H.—‘On Thelodus pagei, Powrie.” Ibid.

vol. xxxix., 1898.

. WIEDERSHEIM.—‘“‘ Dipnoerschuppen.” Arch. f. mikr. Anat.

vol. xviu., 1880.

. Witiiamson, W. C.—‘‘ On the Microscopic Structure of the

Scales &e.” Phil. Trans. vol. exl., 1849.

. Wrutramson, W. C.—‘ Investigations into the Structure and

Development of the Scales and Bones of Fishes.” Phil.
Trans. vol. exli., 1850.

Woopwarp, A. SMire. —Brit. Mus. Cat. Fossil Fishes, vol. i.,
1889.

Woopwarp, A. Smira.— ‘On a new Specimen of me
Chimeroid Fish, Wyriacanthus paradoxus.” Quart. Jour.
Geol. Soe. vol. Ixii., 1906.

774 MESSRS. 0, THOMAS AND R, C. WROUGHTON ON [ Nov. 12,

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XLIII-XLVI.

SCALES OF EISH.
REFERENCE LETTERS.

be, bone-cell; 6¢, branching canaliculus; cc, branching cosmine canaliculus};
d, denticle; e, enamel-like layer; ed, growing edge of scale; g, line marking growing
edge at an earlier time; gw, ganoine; hv, horizontal vascular canal ; 7, immer bony
lamine of isopedine; ir, inner and older region ; 72, inner laminated layer ; 0, outer
ornament of ridges and spimes; oc, outer cavity ; ; ol, outermost or newest layer ;
pe, pulp-cavity ; 7, ridge; sp, spinelet on surface; ¢, tubercle; tw, tubule w ith
branching inner end ; 3 UC, vascular cavity ; uch, vascular chamber ; wl, vascular layer ;
ute, vertical vascular canal.

Puare XLITII.

Fig. 1. Enlarged outer view of scales on the head of Thelodus.
2. Sumilar view of scales on the tail of Thelodus.
3. Fragment of a plate of Psammosteus paradoxus Ag. Enlarged.
4, Vertical section of a plate of Psammosteus arenatus Ag. Enlarged, cam.
5. Section through the edge of a scale of Osteolepis macr olepidotus Ag.
Enlarged, cam.
Pratt XLIV.
Fig. 6. Section of a scale of Husthenopteron foordi Wh. Enlarged, cam.

_ Similar section of a scale of Rhizodus ornatus Traq. Enlarged, cam.
Oblique view of surface of cleithrum of Polypterus bichir G. Enlarged. °
Figs. 10 & 11. Phaneropleuron curtum Wh.; sections of scale. Enlarged. cam. ~
Fig. 12. Section of gular plate of Celacanthus sp. The outer cavities, oc, ‘are-
covered over with a thin shiny layer. Enlarged, cam.

.6

7. Section through the broken edge of a scale of Rhizodus sp. Hnlarged, cam.
8

OF

Prats XLV.

Fig. 13. Horizontal section, nearly parallel with the outer surface, of a scale of
Cheirolepis sp. Enlarged, cam.
14. Suvtace views of the scale of Rhizodus ornatus Traq. A, Anterior edge of
scale; B, posterior exposed region. Enlarged.
15. Outer region of sections of scale of Gonatodus sp. A, oblique; ganoine not
shown. B & C, vertical to surface; B, towards centre of scale; C, at
edge. Enlarged.

Pratt XLVI.

Fig. 16. Fragment of bony layers of scale of Lepidosteus osseus L. Enlarged.

17. Central portion of vertical section of scale of Heterolepidotus latus Kg.
Enlarged, cam.

1S. Section through a cranial plate of Amia calva. Enlarged, cam.

19. Section through a scale of Aspidorhynchus sp. Enlarged, cam.

20. Section through the edge of a scale of Hugnathus sp. Enlarged, cam.

21. Section nearly parallel with the surface of a scale of Acanthodes sp.
Enlarged, cam.

2. The Rudd Exploration of South Africa—VIII. List of
Mammals obtained by Mr. Grant at Beira. By OLpFIELD
THomas, F'.R.S., and R. C. Wrovucuton, F.Z.S.

[Received July 18, 1907.]

_ Long as the region of Beira and the Pungwe River has been
known as a paradise for sportsmen, no scientific collection of
mammals appears ever to have been made there, and certainly
our own National Museum has never received any specimens.
from the district. Consequently the present collection, obtained

1907.] MAMMALS FROM BEIRA. 775

by Mr. Grant for the Rudd Exploration, is of very great value as
filling in the geographical gap between Inhambane, whence came
the magnificent series enumerated in our previous paper, and the
better known regions of the Zambezi and Nyasaland.

The results, from the point of view of geographical distribution,
are In many cases most curious and interesting, and show the
necessity for such systematic explorations as this of Mr. Rudd’s
before we can consider our knowledge on the subject to be at all
complete. For example, in the case of Petrodromus one would
have supposed that the same form would occur as at Inhambane
further southwards, since a closely allied one is found on the
coast further north in Hast Africa. But instead a member of
quite another group—P. tetradactylus, an inhabitant of the higher
inland region from Nyasa to 8. Rhodesia—here reaches the Hast
coast area, and isolates the Inhambane species from its northern
ally.

Then, again, the Georychus is much more closely allied to the
Bechuanaland G. lugardi than to G. darlingi of Mashonaland,
intermediate in geographical position.

There are evidently therefore very many interesting problems
still to be determined about the geographical distribution of the
species, and about the faunal areas into which the country should
be divided.

Twenty-nine species are included in the present collection,
represented by 129 specimens, all, as before, added to the National
Museum by the generosity of Mr. C. D. Rudd.

The collection was made in two localities, the one just outside
Beira, and the other, Masembeti, on the Railway 23 miles from
that place.

Mr. Grant’s report on the region is as follows :—

“The Beira District may briefly be described as low iying, flat
country, with patches and stretches of forest alternating with
open plains dotted with palmetto, bamboo brakes and ant-heaps,
and with vleis and lakes in the lowest parts.

“Tn the wet season the whole country, except the higher
forested portions, is one vast swamp and the vegetation is both
thick and high.

‘“‘ Natives are few and scattered, as there is little habitable
veldt on which crops can be grown.

“The climate during the wet season is by no means healthy,
and although the thermometer may not always record high
temperature, it is generally sultry and muggy. Collecting work
is difficult and the damp heat is most enervating.

“Throughout the trip the weather was warm, average temper-
ature 86° in the shade. There was plenty of rain, especially
during the latter half, which was undoubtedly bad for trapping
work ; this combined with the scarcity of mammals in the district,
‘and the ravages of ants which completely destroyed numbers of
trapped specimens, prevented the collection made from being
larger.

776 MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND R. C. WROUGHTON ON [Nov. 12,

“The scarcity of mammals, especially the smaller ones, is probably
due to the annual flooding of the country, as numbers must be
drowned out and killed during the rainy season.”

1. CERCOPITHECUS PYGERYTHRUS Cuv.

3. 1743, 1746, 1794. 9. 1744, 1745, 1793. Beira.

It is worthy of record that no. 1746, a mere baby in arms, the
son of no. 1744 (teste the Collector) has, above the usual white
brow-streak, a sandy-coloured streak separated from the former
by an indefinite black one ; this effect is produced by the fact that
the hairs immediately above the white face-streak are black with
yellow tips.

‘‘ Native name, ‘ Shoku.’

‘“‘Wairly common in all the forest and seen in troops of from
six to perhaps a dozen or fifteen.

“Extremely wary and at the least sign of danger hiding in the
tops of the trees and on the upper sides of the larger branches,
where it is impossible to detect them; they can sometimes be
secured by lying in wait where a troop has been seen to thus
disappear.

“¢ Diurnal only, and living on the wild fruits and berries.”

2. CERCOPITHECUS ALBOGULARIS BEIRENSIS Poe.
IP. A, Se UDO%s jon (OL.
Gs WG, WAS, Ieenee,
A new form described by Mr. R.I. Pocock on these specimens,
and therefore to be credited as one of the discoveries of the Rudd
Expedition. No. 1761 is the type.

3. Gataco Granti Thos. & Wrought.

©. 1695, 1696. Beira.

Both specimens are quite young.

‘“‘ Native name, ‘ Sfenge.’

“¢ Apparently not common.

“‘Frequenting the forests and breeding and sleeping in the
hollow trees.”

4. EroMoPHoRUS CRYPTURUS Pet.
6. 1685, 1686. 2. 1687. Masembeti.

These specimens undoubtedly represent the H. crypturus of
Peters, the type locality of which was Tette. Whether this name
is a synonym of #, gambianus as stated by Dobson, may be left
to be decided when the genus is again thoroughly overhauled,

““ Native name, ‘ Igoshe.’

‘Observed only in the bed of the Masembeti R., where these
specimens were disturbed from the overhanging trees, and shot.

“¢ According to the natives it is common, and is constantly seen,
by them when the ‘ cachou’ trees are in fruit.”

1907.] MAMMALS FROM BEIRA. 7717

5. GLAUCONYCTERIS PAPILIO Thos.

@. 1777. Beira.

The present specimen in its white head and belly recalls very
strongly the colour pattern of G. variegatus; it is, however,
immature, and we think it safer at present to rank it, as we did
the specimens from Inhambane (P. Z. 8. 1907), with G. papilio.

‘“‘ Native name, ‘ Sinyegetongi.’

“‘The specimen was the only one observed.”

6. ScoropHILusS NiGRiTA Schreb.

a, UT. ©, Led, IviO; ~ Wenn,

3 specimens in al.

The specimens are all immature ; they possibly represent
Peters’s Vycticejus planirostris, and are apparently identical with
the smaller form received from Inhambane.

“‘ Native name, ‘ Sinygetongi.’

‘This species was observed only on two or three occasions and
is apparently rare near Beira.”

7. PETRODROMUS TETRADACTYLUS Pet.
Ba WTO, WEOS "2.5 iO, Das, | exer,

Peters’s recorded localities were “‘Tette, Sena, Boror,” and iden-
tical or very closely allied forms are found in Mashonaland,
N. Rhodesia and Nyasaland. It is curious that the species at
Tnhambane, on the coast to the south of Beira, is a totally distinct
species allied to P. sultan trom Mombasa.

‘¢ Native name, ‘ Wierare.’

“¢ Decidedly uncommon in the district.

‘‘Tnhabits the forests, especially the thicker parts where it has
regular runs, in which these specimens were trapped.

“ Both nocturnal and diurnal.”

8. CROCIDURA sp.
6. 1694, 1725, 1729, 1747. Beira.

Though much darker and slightly larger, these probably
represent Peters’s C. hirta from Tette.

‘“¢ Native name, ‘ Majaje.’

‘Apparently uncommon ; inhabiting thick vegetation both in
the forest and on the borders of vleis, lakes and streams.”

9, FELIS SERVAL Schreb.
go. 1749. Beira.

‘“¢ Native name, ‘ Nsonsi.’

‘Not uncommon; the spoor is often observed along the
native footpaths.

‘Tt is a rather wary animal and not easy to trap.

“Strictly nocturnal and often visiting the kraals at night for
the chickens, &c.”

778 MESSRS. 0, THOMAS AND R. C. WROUGHTON oN [Noy. 12,

10. GENETTA sp.

©. 1758. Beira.

Belongs to the group with a well marked internal cusp on p’.
May be G. zambesiana of Matschie, the type locality of which is
given as ‘‘ Boror, Nyassa.”

‘“* Native name, ‘ Mulimba.’

‘“ Spoor of this species was seldom seen, showing that it cannot
be plentiful.

“Found principally along the valleys of the streams and near
vleis; also within the forest.

‘* Nocturnal in habits.”

11. Muneos Gatera Erxleb.
COD ne OP i80ee sBeira:

“‘ Native name, ‘Slangane’ or ‘ Ivugo,’

‘““Not uncommon in the low-lying parts, such as the vleis and
the borders of lakes and streams.

“ Nocturnal only.”

12. CrossarcHus FASCIATUS Desm.

3. 1683, 1684. Masembeti.

‘““ Native name, ‘ Madenbo.’

‘“ Fairly common, especially at the River Masembeti; observed
in parties of a dozen or more.

“Tt inhabits the forest where it is not easy to secure, more
often being heard than seen, scampering away to the thick
undergrowth.

“Diurnal only, living principally on coleopterous insects.”

13. FoNniIsctuRUS MUTABILIS Pet.

dg. 1754, 1756, 1764, 1774, 1782. ©. 1716, 1748, 1750,
1791. Beira.

&. 1679, 1680. Masembeti.

““ Native name, ‘Shindi,’

“Quite one of the commonest animals near Beira, and
frequenting all the forests, especially the dead trees left in the
native clearings, in the holes of which they apparently sleep
and breed.

“Generally observed in pairs and sometimes family parties,
very active and somewhat shy, hiding by laying itself along the
upper side of a branch, where it is very difficult to detect them.

“The alarm note is a bird-like chatter, and their food
apparently consists of the fruit and berries of the forest trees.

“Strictly diurnal.”

14. Funisciurvus sponsus Thos. & Wrought.

©. 1789. Beira.
Quite similar to specimens from the type locality.
“Native name, ‘ Shindi.’

1907. | MAMMALS FROM BEIRA. 779

“This species is decidedly rare on the Beira side of the
Pungwe and was only observed on two occasions, both times in
the same small stretch of forest.

“Only four were observed altogether, three when the specimen
sent was secured and one on another occasion.

“Tt was excessively wild, and in the thick forest difficult to
observe or shoot.” ae

15. TATERA LOBENGULE de Wint.

6. 1697, 1699, 1783. ©. 1701, 1707, 1784. Beira.

These specimens are of the long-tailed type characteristic of
Africa south of the Zambezi... Peters’s Meriones leucogaster, which
comes from the coast immediately north of the Zambezi, has a
short tail. It is interesting to note that the Beira form is
practically identical with that of Mashonaland, and _ totally
distinct from that from the very much nearer Quillimane District,
although the climatic conditions of the latter are practically the
same as those of Beira.

“‘ Native name, ‘ Banye.’

“¢ Not common, inhabiting principally clearings and native lands,
where in habits it is similar to its congeners in other parts of
South Africa.”

16. PELomys FALLAX Pet.

6. 1693, 1776. Beira.

3. 1688. Masembeti.

These specimens show clearly that the length of the tail in
proportion to the head and body varies considerably in this
species ; in all three cases, however, it is longer than the head and
body combined. Peters records a length considerably shorter
than the head and body and at thesame time shorter than in any
of these individuals; his figure, however, does not support the text,
for in it the tail is almost though not quite equal to the head and
body. In all other respects these specimens answer to the
description of P. fallax, the type locality of which was Boror.

‘Native name, ‘ Ibusi.’

““Notcommon. In habits it exactly resembles Otomys trroratus,
like that species inhabiting the vleis, the banks of rivers and
lakes and all damp places, also sometimes the long grass on the
outskirts of the forest.

‘“‘No signs of nest or hole were, however, observed.

“Strictly diurnal and a vegetarian.”

17. ARVICANTHIS DORSALIS Sm.

Go WOO, Oo Urs, WWil, Wybs Neerrey

‘“ Native name, ‘ Ntanu.’

“‘ Fairly common both in the forest and in the open country.

“‘ Exactly similar in habits to its congener in Inhambane and
elsewhere.”

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1907, No. LIIT. 53

780 MESSRS. 0. THOMAS AND R. C. WROUGHTON ON [Nov. 12,

18. Mus curysopuHitus de Wint.
3g. 1704, 1730, 1742, 1752. 9. 1719, 1734. Beira.
‘‘ Native name, ‘ Banye.’

‘“¢ Not common: in habits similar toits congeners in other parts
of South Africa.”

19. Mus sp. (multimammate).

2. 120) E160, Wile (SS.p. Cn enO2 seis bein.

‘“‘ Native name, ‘ Shikwi.’

“Common everywhere, especially near native lands and
kraals. |

“‘ Habits similar to those of the species in other parts of South
Africa.”

20. CRICETOMYS GAMBIANUS ADVENTOR Thos. & Wrought,

6.1791. Beira.

A young individual.

“‘ Native name, ‘ Wipe.’

“‘ Apparently scarce, as the specimen sent was the only one seen
and I was unable to find any of their burrows.”

21. Acomys sELousi de Wint.

@. 1678. Masembeti.

3g. 1710, 1728, 1737, 1759, 1768,1785. 9. 1706, 1740, 1741,
1766. Beira.

Three in al. Beira.

“Native name, ‘ Mdondaundo.’

“Very common everywhere both in the forest, the cane-brake,
and the long grass in the vleis.”

92. SACCOSTOMUS CAMPESTRIS Pet.

¢. 1727, 1786. Beira.

‘‘ Native name, ‘ Iwite.’

‘¢ Not uncommon in and around old or eultivated lands.
‘“* Nocturnal and a vegetarian.”

23. SaccosToMUS MASHON# de Wint.

So unaig) Os Wen lkeneg.

24, LEGGADA MINUTOIDES A. Sm.

Soe Oe ial SiS o ee beira.

These specimens almost certainly represent the Mus minimus
of Peters from Tette, Buio, &e.

25, GEORYCHUS BEIRA, sp. n.

es WROD, eas Wesley, WN ie Ne lel ival.

A Georychus about the size of G. lugardi, with a white frontal
spot.

1907. } MAMMALS FROM BEIRA. 781

Size only very slightly smaller than G. lugardi.

Fur short (4-5 mm.) and soft.

General colour above between “ecru drab” and “ drab-grey ” ;
the hairs “ slate-grey ” at their bases with fawn-coloured tips. A
white mark on vertex about half an inch in diameter, varying in
shape individually, but generally an irregular pentagon; not
produced backwards on to the neck. Colour below the same as
above, but the fawn tips of the hairs less conspicuous.

Skull but shghtly smaller than that of G. lugardi at the same
age, but slighter; premaxillaries at the base of incisors distinctly
narrower ; nasals somewhat longer; posterior premaxillary process
not meeting or even nearly meeting behind the nasals as in
G. lugardi.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 155 mm.; tail 14; hind-foot 25; ear 5.

Skull—egreatest length 40; basilar length 33; greatest breadth
28; breadth across postorbital processes 12; across base of
incisors 7:5; upper molar row 6:5; diastema 12:5.

Hab. Beira, Portuguese East Africa.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 7.6.2.98. Original number 1713.
Collected by C. H. B. Grant, 28th Nov., 1906.

Mr. Grant obtained a fine series of this species (seven specimens).
It is at once distinguishable from G. darlingi, which it resembles
in colour pattern, by its much larger size; from G. lugardi (with
which it agrees in size and general colour pattern) it may be
separated by its frontal white patch, which is sharply limited to
the crown, while in that species it tends to stretch backwards as
a median white line on to the neck and shoulders. Besides the
skull characters noted above, it may be added that the lambdoid
crest makes a reentering angle where it meets the sagittal, while
in G@. lugardi it is a straight line at right angles to the long axis
of the skull.

“ Native name, ‘ Fungi.’

“Common and forming regular runs and mounds.

“Tn captivity they show curious J/us-like propensities in their
method of feeding, sitting up on their haunches and holding the
food in the fore paws as do the rats and mice.

‘On the surface of the ground their movements are slow and
undecided.

““ Apparently strictly vegetarian.”

926. THRYONOMYS SWINDERENIANUS Temm.
Go WSs

“ Native name, ‘ Tishengi.’

“Common in all thick vegetation bordering the vleis and lakes
in the open lands, and edges of forest and lands.

““ Very difficult, however, to secure specimens, especially during
the wet season when the vegetation is rank and high.

“ A vegetarian and probably chiefly nocturnal.”
53*

782 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON AN [Nov. 12,

97. CERVICAPRA ARUNDINUM. Bodd.
3. 1691, 1692. Masembeti.

“ Native name, Isawy.’

““ Not by any means common.

“‘ Tnhabits the open plains, especially the long grass bordering
the lakes and vleis.

‘Here the Reed-Buck is unusually wild and difficult of
approach.”

28. CEPHALOPHUS GRIMMI L.

3. 1778, 1787. Masembeti.

‘‘ Native name, ‘ Nkwenkwi.’

“‘ Decidedly scarce in the district, only some half-dozen were
seen during the trip.

“The natives say that this country is too damp for it, and it is
quite possible this is one of the causes of its scarcity.

‘ Also, according to them, all the Duikers near Beira are of the —
same remarkable fawn coloration as the two specimens secured.

‘Tt lies up in the forest, feeding in the open plains at night.”

29. CEPHALOPHUS HECKI Matsch.

6.1779. Masembeti.

This is a pale-coloured animal with a dark median dorsal area,
very different from the more southern C’. monticola. It seems to
possess all the characters attributed by Prof. Matschie to his
C. hecki.

‘“‘Native name, ‘ Ngudo’ or ‘Sikwi.’

“Scarce near Beira, slightly more common at the Masembeti
River.

‘Found exclusively in the forest; in habits is apparently
similar to its congener in Zululand and the Knysna.”

3. Notes on Two African Mammals. By R. LypEKKER.
[Received October 20, 1907. |
(Text-figure 205.)

THe Cameruns ELEPHANT.

Since my paper on the ears of African Elephants * was published,
T have learnt that the young living elephant from the hinterland
of the South Cameruns upon which Dr. Matschie founded Hlephas
africanus cyclotis is figured in a work by Dr. L. Heck entitled
‘Lebende Bilder aus dem Reiche der Tiere, and published in
Berlin m 1899. The ear is well shown in Dr. Heck’s plate
(No. 146), which is reproduced from a photograph, and appears
to have a more regularly curved margin than the ear from Congo

* Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1907, pp. 380 et seq.

°

1907.] AFRICAN ELEPHANT AND A LEOPARD, 783

territory shown in fig. 111 of my paper, and provisionally referred
to the same race as the Cameruns Elephant. Now that I have seen
the photograph (to say nothing of the original) of the latter, I
have little doubt that the Congo Elephant is distinct—an opinion
shared by Dr. Matschie. Unless, then, it be identical with
E. a. albertensis, the name L. a. cottoni, already suggested in my
original paper, may be adopted for the Congo Elephant, although
I am unable to define its characteristics.

I may also refer to another point which has been brought to
my notice since the publication of the Elephant paper, namely
that the head represented in fig. 112 was obtained only a few
miles away from the spot where the type of LZ. a. selowst, fig. 108,
was killed. The Duke of Westminster’s Elephant must therefore
belong to the last-named race. The mistake is largely due to the
fact that when first writing the paper I was misinformed as to the
locality of the type of H. a. selousi. Jt follows that the alleged
inflection of the lappet of the ear in the latter is a feature of no
importance ; its presence or absence depending apparently upon
the way in which the ear is mounted.

Tur UGANDA LEOPARD.

The skin now exhibited (text-fig. 205), which was sent home
from Uganda by Mr. Stanley C. Tomkins, is quite different in
pattern from any other African leopard-skin that has hitherto
come under my notice, and is certainly racially distinct from the
ordinary small- spotted Leopard, of which, according to Mr. R. I.
Pocock (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1907, pp. 675, 676), the West African Felis
pardus leopardus is the typical representative. In addition to its
colour-pattern, the Uganda skin is remarkable for the relative
shortness of the limbs and tail; the length of the latter falling
considerably short of half that of the head and body. Mr. Tomkins
assures me that the tail is entire.

As regards pattern, the spots on the head are small and solid,
and there is also the usual patch of larger solid spots on the
withers, but with these exceptions and the occurrence of a double
row of large oblong spots near the root of the tail, which seems
quite peculiar to this form, the whole of the markings on the
upper-parts take the form of large rosettes. These are frequently
more or less completely closed, and often show one or two small solid
spots in the enclosed area, which is darker than the general
ground-colour. The latter gradually lightens from pale rufous
fawn on the middle line of the back, to white on the under-parts,
where, as on the limbs, the spots are very large and more or less
completely solid. The point of resemblance to the ordinary small-
spotted African leopards is the narrowness of the network of
light lines.

A large-spotted Leopard, Felis leopardus suahelicus, has been
described by Dr.O. Neumann (Zool. Jahrb., Syst. vol. xii. p. 551,
1900), of which Uganda is one of the localities. No mention is,

784 ON AN AFRICAN ELEPHANT AND A LEOPARD. [Nov. 12,

Text-fig. 205.

A Leopard-skin from Uganda.

1907.] ON SERPENTS IN CAPTIVITY. 785

indeed, made in the description of /. pardus suahelica, as this
large-spotted race should be called, of the occurrence of spots
within the rosettes, which form such a marked feature in the skin
sent by Mr. Tomkins. This I take to be a jaguar-like feature,
although, except as regards their relative large size and complete-
ness, the rosettes are not specially jaguar-like. Mr. Pocock (op.
cit.) has already directed attention to jaguar-like Asiatic Leopards;
and if Iam right in my interpretation of the markings of the
present specimen, we have now evidence of a resemblance to the
American species in an African Leopard.

In addition to the above, a Leopard from Mount Ruwenzori has
been recently described by Prof. L. Camerano* as Felis pardus
ruwenzort. This also seems to be a large-spotted form; and it is
difficult to see how it can be separated from /’. p. swahelica, at
all events till we have a fuller description of the type specimen of
the latter. The ground-colour, judging from the description,
appears, however, to be darker than in the specimen now
exhibited.

I certainly cannot affirm that the skin sent home by
Mr. Tomkins is not referable to F. p. suahelica. If, however,
the Leopard from German East Africa shown in plate 180 of
Dr. Heck’s above-cited work be the type of suahelica, then the
specimen before us may possibly be distinct.

The locality where the Leopard-skin was obtained is Gomba.
The specimen, I am pleased to be able to add, has been presented
by Mr. Stanley Tomkins to the British Museum.

4. On the Feeding of Reptiles in Captivity. With Obser-
vations on the Fear of Snakes by other Vertebrates.
By P. CHatmers Mircnetyt, D.Sc, LL.D., F.RS.,
Secretary of the Society, and R. [. Pocock, F.L.S.,
Superintendent of the Gardens,

[Received November 12, 1907. |

For a number of years it has been the practice in the Society’s
Gardens to feed snakes in captivity on dead animals wherever
possible. The feeding has taken place weekly on Fridays after
the Reptile House has been closed to visitors, and has been part
of the duty of our extremely competent keeper of the reptiles,
J. Tyrrell, who has great experience and an unusual facility
in handling reptiles and interpreting their wants. One or other
of us has from time to time been present at the feeding, but we
desired to make observations over a continuous period, and
accordingly one or both of us have been present on all occasions
when the snakes have been fed between the beginning of May

* Boll, Mus, Zool. Torino, xxi, 1906, No, 243, p. 1.

786 DR, P. CHALMERS MITCHELL AND MR. R. I. Pocock [ Nov. 12,

and the end of October 1907. We chose the summer months,
as even in a House artificially heated all snakes feed less readily
and some of them not at all during the winter months.

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS.

Al) our remarks under this heading relate to animals which
have been killed before being offered to the snakes. Movements
of the prey are movements that we have caused by various means,
by throwing the animals in suddenly, by wriggling them with
wonden forceps or attached twine, and so forth. We have not
noticed any difference in the readiness of the snakes to take food
if the animals were freshly killed, warm, or bleeding, or if they
had been dead for some time ; and it is to be noticed that.in many
cases the prey was not actually taken until night, long after it
had been introduced; this was particularly the case when Pythons
took large animals such as goats.

For the present purpose snakes may be divided into four
groups :—Pythons; Non-poisonous Colubrines; Poisonous Colu-
brines; Vipers.

Pythons.—Pythons and Anacondas generally show their readi-
ness to feed by special restlessness and activity; they move about
restlessly, Pythons often leaving their tanks completely and
Anacondas stretching part of the body out of the water; they
become specially alert when they hear movements in the passage
behind their cages, or when the back-doors are moved; in the
words of the keeper, ‘‘ they are asking for food.” But this is not
invariable; sometimes a Python will take no notice when the
prey is thrown in or when it is moved in front of it or dangled
over it, and yet later on it will take it. If the snake is eager, it
makes a sudden dart at the prey, striking at no special part of
the body and seizing and retaining hold with a violent; bite. An
Anaconda taking hold of a duck in this way almost at the same
moment surrounds it with one or two tight coils and takes it
under water. A Python without letting go throws a coil over
it, holding it down; if the prey is of small size and motionless
there is no attempt to wind the body round it, but if it is bulky
or moves more coils are pressed over or round it. ‘There appears,
however, to be no special attempt to crush the prey, to suffocate
it, or to break its bones. The amount of pressure or constriction
exerted is, so to speak, a reflex action directly proportioned to
the strugg gles or size of the prey. After some time, during which
an originally living prey would have been suffocated, or in the
case of the Anaconda drowned, the snake usually lets go its hold.
It then passes its head all round the prey, playing over it with
its forked tongue, and by some means other than that of sight, as
the choice is made equally in the dark, perhaps by the sense of
touch in the muzzle or lips, selects the head of the carcase to
begin the process of swallowing. A snake that comes across a
dead body behaves in the same way. We have never seen a snake

1907. | ON SERPENTS IN CAPTIVITY. 787

of the Python group make a mistake in its selection of the head
and snout to begin on, and it is plain that the lie of hairs, or
feathers, the position of horns and the general shape of the body
of vertebrates, justify the snake in itschoice. Occasionally in the
process of swallowing, a coil of the snake appears to push against
the posterior end of the prey, but this appears to be simply a
means of holding the prey steadily. The mechanical process is
one in which the snake pushes itself outside the carcase; it gives
a huge gulp and fixes its teeth as far back over the body as is
possible, and then slowly, in big wrinkles, pushes a portion of its
mouth and gullet forwards; then with another gulp gets its teeth
fixed still a little further on to the prey and repeats the forward
bringing up of the body, the general appearance of the motion
being similar to that of the progression of an earthworm.
Frequently, when the prey is large, the process of ingestion is
not straightforwards, the jaws being moved first to one side and
then to the other, alternately. Whilst swallowing is taking place
there is a certain amount of salivation, but the discharge is not
so copious as in poisonous snakes, and no saliva is shed on the
prey before the swallowing begins. A carcase wetted all over is
one that has been swallowed and afterwards disgorged.

So far as the quantity of food taken by Pythons in the course
of the year is concerned, our experience differs considerably from
that of Mr. H. N. Ridley, who, writing of the specimens in the
Botanical Gardens, Singapore*, says :—‘‘Small-sized Pythons
usually feed once amonth. The large ones over 20 feet long usually
once in from six to nine months. One which was about 22 feet
long, not long after it was brought in, passed the remains of a deer.
It fed again some time later on three chickens, and remained
without food for six months, when it passed the remains of the
fowls and then ate a good-sized pariah dog, which lasted it for
nine months.”

Non-poisonous Colubrine Snakes.—Such snakes, e.g. Boodon
lineatus, Spilotes corais, behave very much like pythons in
feeding. They seize the prey with a straightforward dart of
the head and then, if it is of large size or moving, either lie upon
it or partially twist round it to hold it steady. They then select
the anterior end and begin to swallow it. If, however, the prey
is of small size and easily swallowed, they take it straight away in
the fashion of Cobras and Viperine snakes.

Poisonous Colubrine Snakes.—Our snakes in this category
(Cobras) very seldom strike at dead food that is thrown to them.
‘When the door of the cage is opened, they fix their attention on
the keeper, and, if lively, stand up with the hood raised, watching
him. They take dead food readily, swallowing it in the fashion
of Viperine snakes, never being seen to lie partially over it or to
coil round it as is done by non-poisonous Colubrines occasionally,
and Pythons habitually.

* Journ. Straits Branch R. A. Soc. no. 46, p. 189 (1906).

788 DR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL AND MR. R. I. PococK [Nov. 12,

Poisonous Viperine Snakes.—Puff-adders, Copperheads, and
species of Lachesis very often strike dead food when it is thrown
to them, or when it is dangled in front of them or otherwise
made to simulate life. They strike and let go their hold in a
moment, the strike and disengagement being equally rapid.
If the prey is very small they occasionally swallow it at once.
When swallowing dead food. that they have struck and released,
or, as frequently happened, that they had never attempted to
strike, they are not infrequently indifferent to the direction of the
hair, but begin to swallow from the anterior or posterior end of the
prey with equal readiness. Salivation appeared to us to be much
more copious than in the case of the Pythons.

It is possible that the rapid disengagement of the fangs after
striking may be a protective instinct by which the snake avoids
being bitten or clawed by its prey before the poison has taken
effect.

DETAILED RECORD.

In all these cases the prey was killed before being offered to the
reptile.

Reticutatep Pyruon (Python reticulatus).
(East Indies.) *

a. A large specimen, judged to be 24 feet in length, deposited
in Aug. 1898. This Python was thin and lethargic in the early
part of the summer and could not be induced to feed until August.
But having once made a start, he continued to feed till November
while the warm weather lasted, and took in all six goats and six
ducks. He never showed keenness, however; and was never seen
to seize his prey with the swift head-drive characteristic of speci-
mens c and d, even when it was made to move. He always
approached it slowly and took it in a leisurely and deliberate
manner, after searching for the head in the way described above.
Quite commonly he refused to touch it before nightfall.

6. Of two large specimens deposited in April 1907, one did not
feed before being returned to the depositor in September. The
other refused all food through June and July but began to feed
in August. He rapidly picked up in condition and on October
25th took one duck, one rabbit, one guinea-pig, and two pigeons ;
and on November 1st swallowed a small goat,

c. Presented in Oct. 1898. Always lively and vicious, this
snake fed with great regularity all through June, July, and
August, only refusing food on one or two occasions when sick for
shedding. Rabbits were usually given; but he took a kid one
day, although not: with eagerness.

* Brackets indicate that the exact locality of the particular specimen is unknown.

1907.] ON SERPENTS IN CAPTIVITY. 789

d. Presented in Sept. 1890. Although not so active and eager
as the last, this Python usually took one rabbit a week, from
June to September. A kid offered to him on one occasion was
rejected ; but a rabbit was instantly seized.

e. This specimen, presented in 1894 and kept in the same cage
as the last, was in poor condition at the beginning of the summer
and was a bad feeder all the season, only now and again taking
rabbits after they had been left some little time in the cage.
The second time of feeding, he swallowed two rabbits within a few
minutes of each other. For five days he lay as if dead, and then
disgorged them, the swelling caused by the two rabbits showing
no signs of lessening during that period.

Dramonp Pytuon (Python spilotes).
(Australia.)

Although no experiments were made upon a representative of
this species, it is worth recording that an example deposited for
a short time in the Gardens early in the year had been trained,
we were told, to take dead rats from its owner’s hand.

Common Boa (Boa constrictor).
(S. America.)

A specimen about six feet long, deposited during the month of
August, took rats with avidity, swallowing five one after the
other at the first trial. This snake had previously been fed upon
living rats, as was ascertained from its owner, who, influenced
by the popular belief, had never considered it worth while to
offer it dead animals.

ANACONDA (Hunectes murinus).
Para.

Presented in Aug. 1902. This snake began to feed at the end
of June and continued to take ducks at irregular intervals until
the end of August, being very uncertain in his appetite. He
always fed in the water. Sometimes he required a good deal of
persuasion in the way of moving the duck at the surface. At
other times he would seize it from the keeper’s hand the moment
it appeared over the edge of the tank.

Cooke's TrEE-Boa (Corallus cookit).
(Tropical America.)

Some newly imported specimens, deposited in the Gardens in
the summer in very poor condition, would not take the food, and
died after a few weeks without slowing any signs at any time of
recovering health.

790 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL AND MR. R. I. PococK [ Nov. 12,

Common Grass SNAKE (Z'ropidonotus natriz).
(England.)
The three specimens of this species in the Society’s collection
fed at irregular intervals upon young gudgeon and dace. They
appeared to find the fish by scent.

VIPERINE SNAKE (Tropidonotus viperinus).
(North Africa.)

Like the specimens of 7. natriz, one example of 7’. viperinus
fed upon small fish.

Mocassin SNAKE (Z'ropidonotus fasciatus).
(North America.)

One specimen. Fed readily upon gudgeon, taking them without
hesitation from the keeper’s hand.

Corals SNAKE (Spilotes corais).
(S. America.)

Of two specimens of a black variety identified as variety coupert
and presented in Oct. 1906, one or the other fed upon young
rats nearly every week, the number taken at a meal varying from
one to four. Another specimen, perhaps belonging to the variety
melanura, which was deposited in September of this year, also
took rats and sparrows as well; the keeper tells us that a
specimen formerly exhibited in the house would eat pieces of raw
meat off a plate. Sometimes these snakes made use of a loop of
the body to hold their food to the ground; but usually they
swallowed it without that aid after the manner of Vipérine
Snakes. They were never seen to coil round it.

LinEatED Boopon (Boodon lineatus).
(S. Africa.)
A specimen of this species fed, but by no means regularly
every week, upon small rats and mice. Upon one occasion he
was seen to coil once round the carcase like a Pythen.

Corn SNAKE (Coluber guttatus).
(N. America.)
ANNULATED SNAKE (Leptedira annulata).
(S. America.)
AKSCULAPIAN SNAKE (Coluber longissimus).
(Europe.)
RUuFESCENT SNAKE (Leptodira hotambeia).
(S. Africa.)
The specimens of these four species took fish. TheAsculapian

Snake would also eat mice; but the Annulated Snake on one
occasion took a gudgeon after refusing a dead mouse.

1907.] ON SERPENTS IN CAPTIVITY. 791

Inp1an Copra (Vaia tripudians).
(India.)
Although suffering from a tumour behind the head, from which
it died in September, this snake took a rat on one occasion.

YELLOw Cosra (Vaia flava).
(S. Africa.)
This snake took one or two young rats nearly regularly every
week,

Buack-AND- WHITE Cosra (aia melanoleuca).
(W. Africa.)
Like the Yellow Cobra, this snake, deposited in Aug. 1905,
fed nearly every week, except when quiescent before shedding
his skin. He took from one to four rats at a meal.

Purr Apprr (itis arietans).
(S. Africa.)

Of this species the Society possesses a very Jarge number of
specimens, mostly presented during the course of the present year
by Mr. A. W. Guthrie, C.M.Z.S., of Port Elizabeth. Owing to
the necessity of keeping a number together in one cage, it is quite
impossible for us to state that all of them took dead rats. Some
five or six rats, however, were placed in each cage every
week, and were for the most part eaten, sometimes at once,
sometimes in the course of the night. A large specimen, deposited
in May 1906, and kept in a cage by himself, took small rabbits,
guinea-pigs or rats fairly regularly throughout the summer.

Copper Heap (Ancistrodon contortrix).
(N. America).

Three specimens of this species, received in 1900 and 1901,
have fed regularly on rats throughout the summer and autumn.

An example of an allied species, the Water-Viper (Ancistrodon
piscivorus), that was formerly exhibited in the Zoological Gardens
at Clifton, was fed upon pieces of raw meat, which it took just as
readily as the Society’s specimens take rats or mice.

Frr-pE- Lance (Lachesis lanceolata).
(S. America.)

The three snakes of this species possessed by the Society are
the survivors of a brood of about twenty purchased in Dec. 1905.
They were fed at first upon small fish. They now take mice and
small rats, and are the best feeding snakes in the collection.
They have scarcely refused food once through the summer and
autumn, and raise their heads in expectation as soon as they
hear the doors of the adjoining cages being opened.

(92 DR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL AND MR. R. I. Pocock [Nov. 12,

Some additional specimens deposited in September of this year
refused all food for the first five weeks. A large one, however,
took a half-grown rabbit at the beginning of November.

Crossep ViPER (Lachesis alternata).
(S. America.)

Three specimens, deposited in August 1905, have fed almost
as regularly through the season as the specimens of Fer-de-Lance.
When frightened by the opening of the door of the cage, they
sometimes make a rustling sound, quite audible through the
glass, by rapidly vibrating the end of the tail against the sides of
the cage. In their natural haunts no doubt the same sound
would be produced by the shaking of the tail in the herbage.

We also found that Glass Snakes (Ophisaurus upus), one of the
Lacertilia, Hatteria and some of the larger Frogs, such as the
Bull-Frog, readily took dead mice and small rats. The frogs
invariably hopped into the water with their prey immediately after
seizing it, as if with the object of drowning a living animal
as quickly as possible,

SUMMARY OF RECORD.

It will be noticed that throughout the many months over which
our observations extended, our snakes fed with great regularity
and at much shorter intervals than is generally reported, espe-
cially in the case of the Pythons. It is also noteworthy that we ©
found no species of snake, poisonous or non-poisonous, that would
not take dead food, and that it was unnecessary to give live food
to any individual snake. In these respects, however, other
observers of at least equal experimental enthusiasm, have had a
smaller measure of success in inducing serpents to take dead prey.
Private persons who have kept snakes and Directors of Zoological
Gardens in Europe and America have spoken to us of getting
only one snake in four to take dead food, of poisonous snakes that
will never take dead food, and so forth. We set it down, there-
fore, not as a matter of scientific fact that all snakes can be per-
suaded to this non-natural form of diet, but as one of some interest
that with the large collection in the Society’s Gardens, we have
been and hope to continue to be more uniformly successful in this
mode of feeding reptiles than have been the owners of any other
public or private collections with the exact details of which we are
acquainted.

EMmorionAL ATTITUDE OF OTHER ANIMALS TO SNAKES.

In the course of our own observations and experiments at the
Society’s Gardens and elsewhere, we have satisfied ourselves as to

1907.] ON SERPENTS IN CAPTIVITY. 793

certain facts regarding the psychical effect of snakes on other
animals, facts partly known to those who have had an opportunity
of observing them, but not yet matters of common knowledge.
In the first place, there is no such thing as a power of fascination
possessed by snakes. In the vast majority of cases there is not
even a pretext for imagining the existence of such a power. A
good many animals, however, are inquisitive, and this in the case
of many small and feeble creatures, such as the smaller birds and
mammals, is associated with the power of attention. If a move-
ment is sudden or noisy, they may start off at once; if it is slow,
silent, and stealthy, they remain motionless but intensely watchful.
If a snake is quick enough, it may secure its prey in that brief
moment of motionless watchfulness, but a human hand slowly
and carefully advanced has just as much power of fascination.
The second point on which we have been able to satisfy ourselves
is that, except in the case of one group, animals have no specific
fear of serpents. The vast majority of animals, including of course
frogs, rats and mice, guinea-pigs, rabbits, ruminants, and birds,
are totally indifferent to their presence, and even when a snake
approaches them directly avoid it, just as they would avoid a stick
thrust at them. In the case of such animals, the problem involved
in giving them alive to snakes is no more than whether they are
killed more painlessly by snakes or by human beings. In their
recognition and fear of snakes, however, the Primates are in
marked contrast to all other animals. Many naturalists have
recorded that monkeys display an instinctive fear of snakes, and
we have made a number of experiments on this point, displaying
live and active snakes, such as the brightly coloured Corn Snake,
a Tree-Boa, and a small Reticulated Python, to the Monkeys in the
Society’s Collection. We assumed that it was unnecessary to
select poisonous snakes, as probably monkeys, like most savages
and many civilised persons, would make no distinction between
poisonous and harmless snakes. We wish first to record the
extremely interesting fact that Lemurs differ markedly from true
Primates, inasmuch as they exhibit no fear of snakes whatever.
It was most curious to notice how, when we approached adjoining
cages, the one with lemurs the other with monkeys, carrying with
us writhing snakes, how the monkeys at once fled back shrieking,
whilst the lemurs crowded to the front of the cage, displaying the
greatest interest and not the smallest perturbation when a snake
was brought so close to them that its tongue almost touched their
faces. We got the impression that had the lemurs been given
the opportunity, they would at once have seized and tried to
devour the snake. The South American monkeys showed fear in
irregular and sometimes slightly marked form. Spider-monkeys
(Ateles) were quite as excited and alarmed as any Old World
monkey. Some of the larger Cebide did not retreat, but un-
covered their canines and looked as if they were ready to show
fight. Some small specimens retreated but showed no special

794 ON SERPENTS IN CAPTIVITY. [ Nov. 12,

alarm, others were nearly indifferent. The Old World monkeys
of all the genera in the Society's Collection recognised the snakes
instantly and bolted panic-stricken, chattering loudly and retreat-
ing to their boxes or as high up as possible in the larger cages.
Our large Baboons, including the huge Mandrill, were even more
panic-stricken, Jumping back in the greatest excitement, climbing
as far out of reach as possible and barking. Of the Anthropoids,
the Gibbons were least timid; one small agile Gibbon (/apale
agilis) showed no fear and very little curiosity ; a larger one of the
same species and a Hoolock receded but without showing panic.
It is possible that the very markedly arboreal habits of the
Gibbons have brought them so much less in contact with snakes
that their fear of snakes is partly obliterated. The Chimpanzees,
except one baby which was indifferent, recognised the snakes
at once and fled backwards, uttering a low note sounding like
“huh, huh.” They soon got more excited and began to scream,
getting high up on the branches or on the wire-work of their
cages, but all keeping their eyes fixed on the snakes. Apparently
they took a certain amount of courage from one another's
presence, and they began slowly to draw nearer chattering loudly,
but soon fled again screaming. The panic, however, at the pre-
sence of snakes was most sudden and best marked in the case of
Orangs. The Society has at present two examples—a young
female which came two years ago as a very small baby, and a
large, probably adult male. Both of these are usually extremely
slow and deliberate in their movemeut, but as soon as they got
sight of a snake and long before it was near them, they fled silently
but with the utmost rapidity, climbing as far out of reach as
possible with a ludicrous celerity. It is well known that Anthro-
poid Apes are timid animals, readily alarmed at any strange
creatures however small or harmless these may appear to be.
One of our Chimpanzees was infested with large nematodes, and
living examples of these that were passed with the feces terrified
the others. Earthworms similarly alarmed them, but nematodes
and earthworms may have been mistaken by them for snakes.
But mice, cockroaches, and guinea-pigs sometimes also terrify
them extremely at first. We cannot doubt, however, that apart
from this general timidity, monkeys (excluding lemurs) have a
specific fear of snakes. It is probable that human beings have
inherited this specific fear of snakes from their anthropoid an-
cestors, and that our inclination to attribute a similar fear of
snakes to other animals is due not merely to erroneous observation
but to an “anthropoidomorphic” prepossession.

YHAILTEVOEVN dé¢ ‘“IONIMAHI SAWOLSOOR Td 1

“dure weurmany 7s9,

UAT 1212p PAEMPOOM THI 4)

WOME? Thal LOGIE (S°%, “ea

TAIN Cae Seley 6 Saleem Les = Ss MIO Ss Om nstiel

‘dwt weurmeny ‘ise “UPL I T2Pp PxeMpoon WD
I N AYA

IMM Ia AO6) S 4a

WNLOGO GHEE HEL Sales G (Silla OINIMELO IY SUN OulS OO Eel 1

‘duit Ueurme fy “IsaA\ “UIIL 12[ap PAeMpoon, WO

IIDC Wel AOS Ss) 7A et

1907. | ON NEW LORICARIID FISHES. 795

5. Descriptions of new Loricariid Fishes from South
America. By C. Tate Ragan, McA, F.Z.8.

[Received October 4, 1907.]

(Plates XLVIT.-_XLIX., and Text-figures 206-208.)

The fishes here described are a new Otocinclus, five new
species of Plecostomus, and two new species of Arges. Since the
publication of my monograph of the Loricariide (Trans. Zool.
Soe. xvil. 1904) I have written a note* calling attention to the
specific distinctness of Plecostonus horridus Kner and P. tenuicauda
Stdr. from P. emarginatus C. & V., with which they had been
united; whilst Dr. R. von Ihermgy has described four new
species, P. tretensis, P. regant, P. paulinus, and P. hermanni, from
San Paulo, Brazil. Including the five new species described below,
four of which have been sent to me by Dr. von Ihering, the
known species of the subgenus Plecostomwus (i.e., with an adipose
fin and without opercular bristles) now number 32, instead of
the 21 described in my monograph.

PLECOSTOMUS IHERINGH, sp.n. (Plate XLVII. fig. 1.)
Depth of body 43 in the length, length of head 31. Depth of

head 12 in its length, breadth of head 1,15, length of snout 14,
diameter of eye 64, interorbital width 21. About 40 teeth on
each side in both jaws; Jength of mandibular ramus 2 in the
interorbital width. Barbel nearly as long as the eye. Snout
obtuse, narrowed anteriorly ; supraorbital ridges slightly raised;
supraoccipital somewhat elevated posteriorly, but without median
ridge, bordered posteriorly by a single scute; occipital process
short ; temporal plates, nuchal scutes and anterior scutes of the
second series weakly keeled. Scutes spinulose, 26 in a longi-
tudinal series, 6 between dorsal and adipose fin, 13 between anal
and caudal. Lower surface of head naked except fora granular
patch in front of each gill-opening ; abdomen in great part naked,
covered with granular scales laterally and posteriorly ; a trans-
verse strip of granular scales between the pectorals. Dorsal I 7,
the first ray a little shorter than the head, when laid back
extending to the third scute behind the last ray, which is 2 as
long as the first; length of base of dorsal equal to its distance
from the posterior part of spine of adipose fin. AnalI 4. Pee-
toral spine extending to anterior 7 of ventral fin. Caudal
emarginate, the middle rays less than 2 as long as the longest.
Caudal peduncle 22 as long as deep. Posterior part of head with.
transverse stripes; fins dusky, the dorsal with the posterior half
of each interradial membrane darker than the rest.

* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. 1906, p. 94.
y Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xv. 1905, pp. 558-561.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1907, No. LIV. 54

796 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON | Nov. 12,

Hab. Rio Piracicaba, San Paulo, Brazil.
A single specimen, 150 mm. in total length, received from
Dr. R. von Ihering.

PLECOSTOMUS MARGARITIFER, sp. n. (Plate XLVII. fig. 2.)

Depth of body 42 in the length, length of head 33. Depth of
head 12 in its length, breadth of head 13, length of snout 13,
diameter of eye 6, interorbital width 22. Length of mandibular
ramus 14 in the interorbital width; 18 to 20 teeth on each side
in the upper jaw, 15 to 17 in the lower. Barbel 3 the diameter
of eye. Snout obtuse, narrowed anteriorly ; supraorbital edges
slightly raised ; temporal plates not keeled ; supraoccipital slightly
convex, bordered posteriorly by a single scute; occipital process
short. Scutes spinulose, not carinate, 27 in a longitudinal series,
7 between dorsal and adipose fin, 13 between anal and caudal.
Lower surface of head and abdomen naked, except for some small
scattered granules. Dorsal I 7; first ray a little longer than the
head, when laid back extending to the sixth scute behind the
last ray, which is less than } as long as the first. Length of base
of dorsal equal to its distance from tip of spine of adipose fin.
Anal I 4. Pectoral spine extending to anterior } of ventral fin.
Caudal emarginate, the middle rays a little more than # as long
as the longest. Caudal peduncle 22 as long as deep. Scattered
rounded pale spots on head and body; fins dusky, the dorsal with
the posterior half of each interradial membrane blackish.

Hab. Rio Piracicaba, San Paulo, Brazil. ;

A single specimen, 160 mm. in total length, received from
Dr. R. von Ihering.

PLECOSTOMUS STRIGATICEPS, sp.n. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 1.)

Depth of body 5 in the length, length of head 35 to 32.
Depth of head 12 in its length, breadth of head 1 to 14, length of
snout 12 to 12, diameter of eye 5 to 54, interorbital width 22.
Length of mandibular ramus 12 in the interorhital width ; about
60 teeth on each side in both jaws. Barbel + to 2 the diameter
of eye. Snout broad, rounded ; supraorbital edges not or scarcely
raised ; temporal plates not keeled ; supraoccipital slightly convex,
without median ridge, bordered posteriorly by 1 or 2 scutes;
occipital process short. Scutes spinulose, not carinate, 26 in
a longitudinal series, 6 or 7 between dorsal and adipose fin,
12 between anal and caudal. Lower surface of head naked except
for a granular patch in front of each gill-opening; abdomen
nearly completely covered with granular scales except for a naked
area in front of each ventral fin. Dorsal I 7, the first ray a little
shorter than the head, when laid back extending to the second
or third scute behind the last ray, which is 3 as long as the first.
Length of base of dorsal equal to its distance from the middle of
the spine of adipose fin. Anal I 4. Pectoral spine extending

1907. ] NEW LORICARIID FISHES. 797

to anterior 3 of ventral fin. Caudal emarginate, the middle rays
less than 2 as long as the longest. Caudal peduncle 2? as long
asdeep. Posterior part of head with undulating stripes ; dorsal fin
with the posterior part of each interradial membrane dusky.

Hab. Rio Piracicaba, San Paulo, Brazil.

Two specimens, 150 and 200 mm. in total length, received from
Dr. R. von Ihering.

PLECOSTOMUS ALBOPUNCTATUS, sp. n. (Plate XLIX. fig. 1.)

Depth of body 53 to 6 in the length, length of head 3 to 34.
Depth of head 2 in its length, breadth of head 1,4,, length of
snout 12 to 12, diameter of eye 9 to 10, interorbital width 3 to
34. Length of mandibular ramus 13 to 1? in the interorbital
width ; 26 to 32 teeth on each side in the upper jaw, 22 to 26 in
the lower. Barbel very short. Snout broad, rounded ; supra-
orbital edges not or scarcely raised; temporal plates not keeled ;
supraoccipital slightly convex, without median ridge, bordered
posteriorly by a single scute; occipital process short. Scutes
spinulose, not carinate, 26 in a longitudinal series, 6 or 7 between

Text-fig. 206.

Plecostomus albopunctatus.

Head seen from above (a) and below (6).

dorsal and adipose fin, 12 between anal and caudal. Lower
surface of head and abdomen almost completely covered with small
granular scales. Dorsal I 7, the first ray 2 to more than % the
length of head, when laid back extending just beyond the base
of the last ray, which is 2 as long as the first. Length of
base of dorsal equal to its distance from the posterior part of
spine of adipose fin. Anal I 4. Pectoral spine extending to
base of ventral fin. Caudal slightly emarginate, the median rays
2 as long as the longest. Caudal peduncle 23 as long as deep.
Small rounded whitish spots on head and body and on the rays of
54%

798 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON [ Nov. 12,

the fins; fins dusky, the posterior haif of each interradial mem-
brane of the dorsal darker than the rest.

Hab. Rio Piracicaba, San Paulo, Brazil.

Two specimens, 170 and 220 mm. in total length, received
from Dr. R. von Ihering.

PLECOSTOMUS GOYAZENSIS, Sp. Nn.

Plecostomus latirostris (part.) Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. xvii.
1904, p. 213.

Depth of body 5 in the length, length of head 34. Depth of head
12 in its length, breadth of head 1, length of snout 14, diameter of
eye 7, interorbital width 23. Length of mandibular ramus 14 in
the interorbital width ; 28 teeth on each side in both jaws ; barbel
3 the diameter of eye. Snout broad, rounded ; supraorbital edges
slightly raised ; supraoccipital with median ridge, bordered pos-
teriorly by a single scute; temporal plates not distinctly keeled.
Scutes spinulose, the upper and anterior ones very weakly keeled,
27 in a longitudinal series, 6 between dorsal and adipose fin, 13
between anal and caudal. Lower surface of head and abdomen
nearly completely covered with small granular scales. Dorsal [7 ;
length of base equal to the distance from tip of spine of adipose
fin. AnalI 4. Pectoral spine extending to anterior 3 of ventral.
Caudal emarginate. Caudal peduncle 3 times as long as deep.
Uniformly brownish (in spirit).

Hab. Goyaz.

Text-fig. 207.

Plecostomus goyazensis.

Head seen from above (a) and below (0).

A single specimen, 260 mm. in total length, received in 1889
from the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.,
U.S.A.

P. latirostris is distinguished by the more slender and more
numerous teeth and by the shorter caudal peduncle.

1907. ] NEW LORICARIID FISHES. 799

OTOCINCLUS PAULINUS, sp. n.

Depth of body 5 in the length, length of head 24. Diameter
of eye iB in the length of head, interorbital width 2 2, length of
snout 22. Occipital region evenly convex, without crests. Scutes
eee not carinate, 22 ina longitudinal series. Lower surface
of head with a naked area in one of the clavicles; abdomen
posteriorly with numerous small plates, anteriorly naked except.

Text-fig. 208.

Otocinclus paulinus (X 2).

for a series of plates on each side. Dorsal I 7; origin above the
base of ventral ; no adiposefin. AnalI 4. Pectoral spine extend-
ing beyond middle of ventral. Caudal emarginate. Caudal
peduncle 3 times as long as deep. Caudal blackish, except the
posterior half of the upper lobe, which is pale with dark spots ;.
other fins pale with series of dark spots.

Hab. Rio Piracicaba, San Paulo, Brazil.

A single specimen, 35 mm. in total length, received from
Dr. R. von Ihering.

ARGES HETERODON, sp.n. (Plate X LIX. fig. 2.)

Length of head 4 in the length of the fish. Nasal flap pro-
duced into ashort barbel. Interocular width equal to the distance
from eye to posterior nostril-and 3 in the length of head. Width
of mouth 4 the length of head ; outer series of teeth in the pre-
maxillaries unicuspid, more or less compressed, expanded and
truncated; mandibulary teeth acutely bicuspid; barbel just
reaching the gill-opening. Dorsal I 6; first ray produced, longer
than the head ; adipose fin elongate, strongly developed, without
trace of a spine. Pectoral spine probably produced and extending
beyond the middle of ventral (broken off on each side); ventrals
longer than the head, originating a little in advance of the origin
of dorsal, extending nearly to the vent, which is situated at more
than # of the distance from the base of the ventrals to the origin
of the anal. AnalI6. Distance from tip of snout to origin of
dorsal 23 in the length of the fish, from base of last anal ray to
that of the caudal 54. Greyish, spotted and marbled with blackish ;
vertical fins with ores of blackish spots.

Hab. Jimenez, Western Colombia.

800 ON NEW LORICARIID FISHES. [ Nov. 12,

A single specimen, 110 mm. in total length, collected by
Mr. Palmer.

This species is allied to A. longifilis Stdr., from Peru, which is
known to me only from Steindachner’s description and figures,
but which is separated at least by the smaller mouth, longer
caudal peduncle, and different coloration. The teeth in the upper

jaw in A. heterodon approximate in form to the incisor-like teeth
of Arges peruanus and A. sumonsw.

ARGES RETROPINNA, sp.n. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 2.)

Length of head 34 to 33 in the length of the fish. Interocular
width less than the distance from eye to posterior nostril,
nearly 4 in the length of head. Width of mouth a little more
than 4 the length of head; outer series of teeth of the preemaxil-
laries unicuspid, acute; mandibulary teeth bicuspid; barbel
extending not more than 2 of the distance from its base to the
gill-opening. Dorsal I 6; first ray not produced, 3 or a little
more than 3 the length of head; adipose fin with a well-
developed movable spine, which is inserted at a distance from the
caudal equal to 3 the length of the middle rays of the latter.
Pectoral spine not produced, but extending to middle of ventral ;
ventrals originating well in advance of the dorsal, not reaching
the vent, which is situated at + of the distance from base of
ventral to origin of anal. Anal 16. Distance from tip of snout
to origin of dorsal 24 to 22 in the length of the fish, from base of
last ray of anal to that of the caudal 74. Greyish, clouded with
darker and with some small pale spots ; dorsal, anal, and pectoral
with a series of dark spots; pectoral dark at the base; caudal
blackish at the base and also posteriorly.

Hab. Jimenez, Western Colombia.

Two specimens (2), 55 and 65 mm. in total length, collected
by Mr. Palmer.

This species is allied to A. homodon Rgn. and A. boulengert Ren.,
but is easily distinguished by the smaller and more posteriorly
placed dorsal fin, shorter barbels, shorter caudal peduncle, &c.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Pratt XLVITL.

Fig. 1. Plecostomus iheringit.
2. Plecostomus margaritifer.
Prats XLVIII.

. Plecostomus strigaticeps.
. Arges retropinna. 2a. Head seen from above. 26. Head
seen from below. 2c. Teeth.

ho) 1

Pratt XLIX.

. Plecostomus albopunctatus.
. Arges heterodon. 2a. Head seen from below. 26. Teeth.

Fig.

bore

1907.] LT.-COL. N. MANDERS ON MAYER’S PIGEON. 801

6. Notes on Mayer’s Pigeon (Nesenas mayer).
By Lieut.-Colonel N. Manpmrs, F.Z.S.
[Received August 8, 1907. ]

This bird is now so nearly approaching extinction, that it is
perhaps advisable to put on record all available information
regarding its distribution and habits, and I have therefore com-
piled a few notes embodying all I know and have ascertained
from other persons about this bird, which may be interesting: to
ornithologists and naturalists generally.

Before the indigenous forests were largely destroyed it was
probably abundant all over the island of Mauritius, but its range
has become gradually more and more circumscribed, until at the
present day it is entirely confined to a small range of forest-clad
hills in the south-western corner of the island known as the
Savanne district, comprising a country some eight miles from east
to west and from two to three from north to south. The hills
rise abruptly from the sea-coast to an elevation varying from a
thousand to nearly two thousand feet, thence extending to a
plateau covered now with light scrub jungle which stretches north-
wards at a gradually decreasing elevation to the central plain,
which is now entirely under cultivation. I have never observed
the bird in this scrub jungle, and it only visits it at a certain
period of the year, under conditions te which I shall subsequently
allude.

For administrative purposes this range of hills is divided up
into the following forest districts, all nearly continuous and in all
of which the bird is found:—Les Mares, and Grand Bassin, where
it is most common; Calbot, Kanaka, Coutanceau and Dayot; a
few at Charmarel; and I have once seen it at Morne Brabant in
the extreme south-western corner of the island.

The character of these forests is much the same; they are very
thick and almost impenetrable owing to the multitude of seedlings
and young trees, which are allowed by an inefficient Forest
Department to grow up and choke each other by their tangled
growth. There is a singular absence of large trees, one of three
feet in diameter is rare, and these usually show signs of incipient
decay. For six months in the year the rainfall is very heavy,
sometimes it rains continuously for days, making the woods almost
one vast swamp. Under these circumstances it is frequently
difficult to get near the birds to observe their habits; it requires
patience and a disregard for one’s personal comfort.

In the early morning shortly after sunrise they come out and
sun themselves, and their “‘ whoo” “ whoo” may be heard at a
considerable distance. My friend M. Georges Antelme, who has
probably a more extensive acquaintance with it than any other
naturalist, gives it as his opinion that the number of birds still
existing does not exceed one hundred and fifty pairs, and from my
own frequent rambles through these forests in the last two and a

802 LT.-COL, N. MANDERS ON MAYER’S PIGEON. __[ Nov. 12,

half years, I should say this is an outside estimate. It is somewhat
difficult at first sight to account for their diminution, when we
consider that they are not destroyed by Huropeans, and that
possessing a character for being unwholesome to eat they are not
trapped. It may fairly be said that in this instance at any rate
man is not directly responsible for its extinction. I say directly,
but indirectly he undoubtedly is. The Portuguese, who had
a penchant for monkey-flesh, introduced an Indian species of
monkey into the island shortly after they first discovered it in the
middle of the sixteenth century. Until the last few years, these
animals confined their depredations to the jungle-covered hills
surrounding Port Louis and the adjoining cane-fields. Now, by
some unfortunate mischance, but probably by a necessary emigra-
tion owing to their increasing numbers, they have spread to
all parts of the island, and the Savanne forests are overwhelmed
by their numbers. Not only do they do incredible damage by
destroying the fruits of valuable forest trees, but they destroy also
the seedlings and tender shoots of trees of larger growth ; and large
numbers of natives are constantly employed to keep them oft the
cane-fields, where they do enormous mischief in the shortest possible
time. The Pigeons are totally unable to resist this invasion of their
last refuge as their nests, eggs, and young are ruthlessly destroyed;

and the forest keepers inform me that in consequence the birds
have almost ceased to breed. It was in the Savanne forest that
the last specimen of the Dutch Pigeon (Alectrenas nitidissima),
now in the Port Louis Museum, was shot in the year 1826. It
seems strange that one species should survive the other for
close on a hundred years, and were it not for the pestilent monkey
would probably do so for another hundred. I venture to give the
following explanation of the phenomenon.

Heemskerk, who visited the island in 1601, mentions that the
sailors knocked down with their sticks a large number of pigeons
with “red tails,” which on being eaten proved so disconcerting to
the Dutchmen’s stomachs, making them violently sick, that they
subsequently left them severely alone, and they probably passed on
an account of their unpleasant experiences to others of their
countrymen. This evil reputation has happily survived to the
present day and with it the pigeon; whereas the Dutch Pigeon
being a toothsome and withal a wholesome diet, has suecumbed.
Asa matter of fact Mayer’s Pigeon is not unwholesome, though
this fact is carefully hidden away in the bosoms of local naturalists.
The Curator of the Port Louis Museum, who skinned one, had
sufficient courage to tackle the flesh, and found it uncommonly
tough but nothing more. Ata certain season of the year the birds,
as I have said, leave the forest and come out into the adjoming
scrub to feed on the berries of the “Tomdamane” (Aphloia thei-
JFormis), of which they are inordinately fond, and on which they
gorge themselves to repletion. It appears that these berries have
some intoxicating properties, as they render the birds so helpless
that they can be readily snared by a noose at the end of a stick.

1907. ] ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE MAMMAL GALIDICTIS. . 803

It is quite possible that when in this condition the flesh becomes
unwholesome for the time being. It is to be noted that Heemskerk
specially mentions the red tails of the pigeons, from which I
conclude he means “ Mayer’s Pigeon,” as this is very conspicuous
especially when in flight.

It nests twice in the year, in October and again in January.
The nest is similar to that of the common Wood- Pigeon and merely
consists of a few sticks laid together in the branches of a tree a
few feet from the ground. The eggs are pure white, similar to but
decidedly larger than those of the wood-pigeon. J am inclined to
think that the young birds for some time are of an uniform rusty
red much like the tail of the adult bird, and that it is only sub-
sequently that they assume the adult plumage. In confinement
they lose to a great extent their extreme delicacy of colouring, the
bill loses a gr eat deal of its brilliant crimson, and the plumage on
the neck and breast assumes a dull pinkish slate-colour rather than
a beautiful rosy pink. In characteristics generally it is much more
a dove than a pigeon. In confinement at any rate they are
extremely pugnacious, and being essentiaily bullies the bird w hich
gains the upper hand certainly does its best to hunt the other to
death.

It is interesting to note that its mental development is at the
same level as when the island was first discovered. It exhibits
not the slightest fear of man, and at the present day it would be
as easy to knock them over with a walking-stick as it was three
hundred years ago. The climate of these Mauritian forests is of
sub-tropical character, and I have no doubt that with very sight
protection it would do well in England. So far it has not bred in
confinement, but I am inclined to think that the conditions under
which they were kept were not favourable. I should much like
to see a successful attempt in England, the more so as the time is
fast approaching when Mayer’s Pigeon will be a thing of the
past.

7. On some Points in the Structure of Galidictis striata.
By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the
Society.

[Received October 17, 1907. ]
(Text-figures 209-216.)

In continuation of a series of communications* to the Society
upon the anatomy of the smaller Carnivora, I beg leave to offer
the followimg notes upon the little-known Madagascar Viverrine,
Galidictis siiatin, which has not, so far as I am aware, been

* “On the Visceral and Muscular Anatomy of Cryptoprocta,” P. Z. 8. 1895,

p. 430. “On certain points in the Anatomy of the Cunning Bassarisc, Bassariscus
astutus,” ib. 1898, p. 129. “On the Anatomy of Bassaricyon alleni,” ib. 1900,
p. 661. “‘Some notes upon the Anatomy of the Ferret Badger, Helictis personata,”

ib. 1905, p. 21.

804 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE | Nov. 12,

dissected. The specimen which I dissected is a female, and 1
have preserved the skin for future reference. It died on
September 18th last, apparently from congested lungs. The
viscera were in an excellent state for anatomical investigation,
save for the fact that the body was rather fat. This, however,
has not interfered with the possibility of recording certain facts
of importance in the systematic placing of this Adluroid.

The principal external and osteological characters have been
given by the late Dr. Mivart *, who has referred to previous
literature upon the genus and upon its immediate alles, Galidia
and Hemigalidia (a genus founded by Dr. Mivart in that paper).
He distinguishes Hemigalidia from Galidia and from Galidictis
by the fact that the former possesses the first premolar, which is
alleged to be missing in both Galidia and Galidictis. This generic
distinction cannot, however, be enforced. In a specimen of
Galidia elegans, formerly living in the Society’s Gardens (it was
acquired in 1886), and which is hardly likely to have been
wrongly named, the skull shows most distinctly and on both sides
the first premolar, a small tooth with only one root. There is
obviously, however, no such tooth in Galidictis, where indeed
there is no diastema between the canine and premolar 2. It is
therefore Galidictis which is to be contrasted with Galidia and
Hemigalidia (if, indeed, the generic distinction is to be retained),
and not the latter genus with the two former in this particular.
As to the large size of the canines in Galidictis, I confirm
Dr. Mivart’s statements.

The only external character to which I wish to direct attention,
is the condition of the glands in the neighbourhood of the anus
and of the vulva. Dr. Mivart has figured these parts in a female
Genetta tigrinat, where he indicates clearly the folds of the
scent-gland lying behind the vulva and forming externally with
the vulva one common region of the integument. In a later part
of the same paper +, Dr. Mivart distinguishes the Viverrinze (of
which Genetta is a genus) from the Herpestinz, Galidictine, and
some others by the existence in the first-named and the absence
in the two latter of the “ prescrotal glands.” With regard to
Galidictis, this assertion is only based upon its likeness to Herpestes
&e.; for Dr. Mivart writes § with respect to that genus :—‘“‘I can
find no record of the condition of the anus, or of the number of
anal glands, neither any note as to prescrotal glands; I, however,
anticipate that the latter are wanting, that there is but a single
pair of anal glands, and that the anus opens onto the surface of
the body, and not intoa pouch.” It is perhapsa little remarkable
that Dr. Mivart should have postulated the absence of a pouch
into which the anus opens in Galidictis, in view of his opinion
that the subfamily Galidictine lies between the Viverrine and’
Herpestine groups, ‘though more nearly allied to the latter than

* “On the Classification and Distribution of the Aluroidea,” P. Z. 8. 1882,

p. 135. + P. Z. S. 1882, p. 156, fig. 5.
+ Id. ibid. p. 205. § Ib. p. 187.

1907. } SPRUCTURE OF THE MAMMAL GALIDICTIS. 805
to the former”; forin the genus (and I am able to confirm this
by my examination of Herpestes fulvescens) Herpestes there is
certainly present this pouch into which the anus opens. Dr.
Mivart is, however, quite correct in his prophecy as the accom-
panying illustration (text-fig. 209) will show. The anus, which
is rather large, appears to open directly on the surface of the
body, and there are two large anal glands. On the other hand,
as the same figure shows, the ‘“ prescrotal ” or scent-glands are as

Anus, Vulva, and Scent-Gland of Galidictis striata.

A. Vulva. B. Scent-gland (“prescrotal gland”). C. Anal glands, represented
as visible through the skin. D. Anus.

undoubtedly present. Theactual glands, as visible on the opposite
side of the piece of skin, are smallish (smaller than the anal
glands) oval glands. In regard to these external structures,
Galidictisis therefore more like the Viverrinz than the Herpestine.
For the former sometimes have, while the Herpestinz have not,
the scent-gland; and the anus in them (the Viverrinz) does
not open into a pouch, which it frequently does among the
Herpestines.

§ Alimentary Canal.

In the consideration of the viscera belonging to this system as
well as to others, Dr. Mivart’s memoir upon the anatomy of the
catlike Carnivora * has been largely consulted as a storehouse of
information ipon the anatomy of these animals. He includes in

* “Notes on some Points in the Anatomy of the Aluroidea,” P. Z. 8S. 1882,
p. 459.

806 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 12,

that paper a few notes upon the Madagascar Galidia, which is
the nearest ally of the present genus Galidictis. I have myself
particularly compared Galidictis with Genetta vulgaris, of which a
specimen happened to fall into my hands at the time that I was
studying the former. With regard to a number of the facts
which I describe in the present communication, there is nothing
recorded which allows of a careful comparison with other genera
of Herpestids.

The Zongue shows a character found in certain Viverride in
that towards the free tip there is a patch of specially enlarged
conical papille. This patch does not reach the edge of the tongue
anywhere.

As far as I can gather from Mivart’s descriptions, this is
much like what is found in Galidia and certain Herpestines.
Dr. Mivart remarks that in the Genet there are no enlarged
papillee forming a patch upon the dorsum of the tongue. In Genetia
vulgaris the entire tongue is covered with papiile which are
quite as large as those forming the patch of enlarged papille in
Galidictis. In the figure (text-fig. 210) illustrating the tongue an
isolated spine considerably magnified is shown. It will be seen
that there is a tendency towerds bifidity at the tip.

Text-fig. 210.

Sy
X Sy
ANS
SSS
Ssh
= SS >
=e

Zz: LSS
ISN

A. Fore part of Tongue of Galidictis striata. 3B. A single papilla from the
anteriorly situated patch of papille in the same.

The Stomach of Galidictis is, as it would appear, much like that
of Galidia ; for it is large and globular, with but a slightly pro-
jecting pyloric region. It contrasts with Genetia and Arctictis,
which in these particulars are at the opposite extreme of the
series, with comparatively narrow stomachs and well developed,

1907 .| STRUCTURE OF THE MAMMAL GALIDICTIS. 807

long, narrow pyloric portion. It also contrasts in other particulars
with the stomach of the also Madagascar genera Hupleres * and
the archaic type of existing Viverrid (as some think it) Vandinia
binotata +. In both of these latter the stomach approximates
very closely in its characters to that of Arctictis, as described by
the late Prof. Garrod.

The Intestines of Galidictis have in their convolutions the
simple character of those of other members of this group, as is
shown in the figures of Dr. Mitchell =. It is noteworthy that
the duodenal loop of Galidictis approaches more to a square with
rounded angles than in Genetta vulgaris, where the first section
of the duodenum forms a more slight and C-shaped curve ; that
is to say, in the latter type the lower end of the duodenal loop
does not run so parallel with, and so exactly in the opposite
direction to, the upper limb of the loop as it does in Galidictis.
Both these types, however, show one difference from the intestine
in Genetta pardina and Arctictis binturong. In the two latter
the whole of the intestine forms a simple coil with no secondary
mesenteric connections between its coils. The whole canal forms
a simple though convoluted tube supported throughout by a
continuous mesentery. In Galidictis and Genetta vulgaris the
lower end of the duodenum, where it bends over to the left side
of the body, is attached by a mesentery to the mesocolon. It is
perhaps remarkable to find a difference in this matter between
two species of the same genus. But it will be recollected that
while Genetta vulgaris is Palearctic, G. pardina is Aithiopian.

The proportion between the large and small intestines are in
Galidictis as they are in other Viverrines; 7. ¢.. the large intestine
is very short, both actually and relatively. ‘There is, however, a
difference between Galidictis and Genetta vulgaris. For in the
latter, which is a larger animal, the large intestine is 4? inches in
length and is actually, and therefore much more so relatively,
shorter than it is in Galidictis where it measures 53 inches. In
Genetta in fact the whole of the short large intestine is perfectly
straight ; there is no bend from its origin totheanus. In Galidictis,
on the other hand, the upper extremity of the large intestine is bent
round to the right, thus forming a rudimentary transverse colon.
Indeed, it could not lie straight; for if artificially so placed it
reaches the diaphragm. ‘The attachment of the duodenum where
it bends to the left of the mesocolon is by no means a character-
istic of the Alluroidea as opposed to the Arctoidea. For of the
Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus) Owen wrote$ :—‘‘ The duo-
denum made a large semicircular sweep downwards, backwards,
and to the left, being loosely connected by a wide duplicature of
peritoneum for the greater part of its course; it was also

* Carlsson, Zool. Jahrh., Abth. f. Syst. xvi. p. 217.

+ Id. ibid. xiii. p. 509.

+ “The Intestinal Coils in Mammals,” Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xvii. p. 494 &e.
s. 33 &.

§ P. ZS. 1835, p. 119.

808 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 12,

connected with the colon by a fold of peritoneum continued from
it.” This is obviously the same that I have described above in
validictis. I may also observe that I am able to confirm from
my own dissections Owen’s account of Cercoleptes so far as
concerns the course of the intestine, and in some other facts to.
which I may have occasion to refer hereafter. It is important
to notice that in this, as in other anatomical features, there is no
strict line of demarcation between the Arctoid and Aluroid
Carnivora.

The Cecwm of Galdictis seems to resemble very closely that
of its near ally Galidia—to judge from the figure of the cecum
of the latter given by Dr. St. George Mivart in his memoir
already referred to. It is long (for an Herpestid) and pointed
and thinner at the free end. There is a matter concerning the
cecum in these animals that has not been, I believe, referred to.
This concerns the mesentery attaching the cecum to the small
intestine. In Galidictis an anangious fold of membrane binds
the proximal half of the cecum to the small intestine. In
Herpestes fulvescens (see text-fig. 211) this membrane is more

Text-fig. 211.

LSAAEAL EK ay

Rl
pee
hie

Cxea of Galidictis striata (left-hand figure) and Herpestes
fulvescens (right-hand figure).

A. Median frenum. B. One of the lateral mesenteries. C. Caecum.

extensive and nearly reaches the tip. A more careful examination
reveals also the presence of a much less developed fold on either
side of the median frenum which bears the blood-vessels supplying
that region of the gut. These lateral membranes are of im-
portance in that they are better developed in some other animals.
T have myself referred to them in Lemurs*. Even in the more
rudimentary cecum of Geneita vulgaris the same three membranes

* “ Additional Notes upon Hapalemur griseus,” P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 451.

LOOT] STRUCTURE OF THE MAMMAL GALIDICTIS. 809

are easily to be recognised. Another fact in reference to the
eexcum of Galidictis is the existence of a lymphatic gland just
at its junction with the intestine. I found the same state of
affairs exactly repeated in Genetta vulgaris. The fact would
therefore appear to be of some importance.

The Liver of Galidictis is represented from the abdominal side
in the accompanying figure (text-fig. 212), The diaphragmatic
view of this viscus shows that the gall- bladder is just visible on
that surface through the cleft right central lobe. The principal
features relating to the shapes and relative sizes of the different
lobes are plainly shown, and obviate the necessity of a full
description of the same. m1 would call attention to the large size
of the caudate lobe and to its bifid free extremity. The Spigelian
lobe is also larger than in some animals.

Text-fig. 212.

ww

\X

Uy pgs llsS\ de sas \y
Sw vuilliitif g

YZ Re es
fi Sy AS) ff
anit ; ~~ =F
aS ZY]
SRS = Sp.L.

Cal.

Abdominal surface of Liver of Galidictis striata.

Ca.L. Caudate lobe. G.B. Gall-bladder. L.C.U. Left central lobe. L.L.L. Left
lateral lobe. R.C.L. Right central lobe. R.L.L. Right lateral lobe. Sp.Z.
Spigelian lobe,

The Spleen has the usual elongate form that it shows in the
Carnivora, the duodenal end being rather broader than the
opposite extremity.

Pancreas.—This gland is not dealt with by Mivart in his
account of the abdominal viscera of the Adluroidea, In Galidictis

810 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 12,

it is very large and differs in its form from that of some other
genera of Viverrines. In Suricata tetradactyla Sir Richard Owen
remarked * that “the pancreas has a singular form. A thick
transverse portion extends from the spleen behind the stomach
to the pylorus ; 1t then divides and forms a circle, which lies in
the concavity of the great curve of the dwodenwm; sending off
one or two processes in the mesoduodenum.” This peculiar
pancreas was later figured by Owen’. A pancreas of this form,
is, however, neither universal among the Viverrines nor confined
to that group. Dr. Mivart’s figures of the stomach and pancreas
of Genetta tigrinat prove the former statement, and my own
figures of Helictis and Galictis § prove the latter. With regard to
Genetta tigrina, 1 may remark that G. vulgaris has quite the same
form of pancreas, 7. e. not forming a figure 6 as in the Suricate.
The pancreas of Genetta vulgaris gives off a small lobe running
towards the liver by the side of the bile-duct, and on the other
side of the bile-duct—the left—is a completely detached lobe of
pancreas whose connection with the rest of the pancreas I found
it impossible to detect. I may take this opportunity of remarking
that in Arectictis bintwrong the pancreas, which was not described
by the late Prof. Garrod || in his account of the anatomy of that
animal, is on the whole like that of the Genet; that is to say, it
is a straight or rather chevron-shaped gland forming no circle
round the duodenal loop. In Galidictis striata the appearance of
this gland is quite different. For it runs round the loop of the
duodenum as in the Suricate ; but it does not, as is the case with
that animal, rejoin itself in the region of the pylorus. There is
also a small process of the pancreas running up alongside the
bile-duct as in Genetta, but no detached lobe. An anangious
fold of membrane attaches the gastric region of the pancreas to
the median mesentery as in other Carnivora 4]. It is very much
as I have figured it in Helictis personata, but runs up to very
nearly the end of the pancreas.

§ The Postcaval Vein and its branches.

Information upon the venous system of these Carnivora is so
scanty, that no apology is needed for giving a description of such
facts as I have observed in Galidictis str Heaton itn Genetta vulgaris,
with which I have been able to compare it. The accompanying
drawings (text-figs. 213, 214) show the veins in question in the two
Viverrines. In both of them the branches on the two sides of
the body are asymmetrical; but the asymmetry differs in the
two animals. In Galidictis (text-fig. 213) the veins are arranged

* P. Z. 8. 1830-31, p. 40.

+ Comp. Anat. vol. iii. 1868, p. 444, fig. 351.

t P. Z_S. 1882, p. 505, fig. 6

§ P. Z. 8. 1905, p. 25, fig. 9 & p. 26, fig. 10.

I Satine Anatomy of the Binturong,” P.Z.S. 1873, p. 196.
4 Beddard, “On Helictis personata,” P. Z.S. 1905, p. 24.

1907.] STRUCTURE OF THE MAMMAL GALIDICTIS. 811

as follows :—On the left side, shortly behind the liver, an important
vein enters the postcaval. This is composed by the union of three
principal trunks; the most anterior of these is mainly fed by the
body-wall, but it receives also the left suprarenal vein. The second
affluent is the renal vein; the third and last is the ovarian vein,
which also receives a small supplementary renal vein anda branch
from the parietes, On the right side of the body these veins are
all separate and enter the postcaval as separate veins. They are
thus grouped: the most anterior vein is a lumbar,vein receiving
a suprarenal branch. This enters the postcaval symmetrically
with the large compound vein of the left side.

Text-fig. 213.

=——
= V.C
— ae i ———t
= =p Step.
2 S Fe an s
v4 VY = Y Ele >.
/ \ = (pr wW
] | — Q) “~~.
1K Yo h i .
i coat XY \
{ uD Whew enawnnss H Ss
\ WA H S04 K :
j a, f
Se ‘ = ‘ad i
—_—_ 1
= 1
=) \ ‘ 4
= ‘ ol
=i >=
=
= %
= \

5
|

TU

Gi

((

dy
Ss

Z
S

The principal branches of the Postcaval Vein of Galidictis striata.

L. Lumbar veins. ov. Ovarian vein. Swp. Suprarenal bodies.
V.C. Postcaval vein.

K. Kidneys.
Below this is the renal vein, and below this again a supple-
mentary renal vein which also receives branches from the parietes.
Much further down the postcaval vein is the entrance of the
right ovarian vein. The only remaining veins before the bifur-
cation of the postcaval posteriorly are the right and left lumbar

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. LV. 55

312 | MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 12,

veins, of which the left opens into the postcaval a little below
that of the right. These veins, however, are curiously symme-
trical in the details of their branching. At the opening into
the posteaval each isa single trunk. ‘This immediately divides,
and the anterior branch gives off two twigs running in the
direction of the kidney ; the two branches then reunite to form
a single vein. In the case of Genetta vulgaris (text-fig. 214), the
first vein which enters the postcaval behind the liver is a branch

Text-fig, 214,

The corresponding veins of Genetta vulgaris.

Lettering as in text-fig. 213.

on the right which is the first lumbar and suprarenal vein ; the
corresponding vein of the left side lies a little lower down. The
renal veins are also asymmetrical, the right lying higher up than
the left. There is no accessory renal vein entering the postcaval.
The right renal vein gives off the spermatic. That vein cf the
opposite side of the body enters the postcaval considerably behind
the left renal. The two posterior lumbar veins are symmetrical
and are undivided trunks.

eS Oey) STRUCTURE OF THE MAMMAL GALIDICTIS. 813

§ Organs of Reproduction.

The specimen of Galidictis striata which I dissected was a female.
~The organs (text-fig. 215) showed at least one remarkable pecu-
harity. That is, the uterus was completely double. As will be
seen from the annexed drawing, the cornua of the uterus come
together in the middle line posteriorly ; but instead of being
blended into one tube their distinctness is quite obvious, and is
marked by a median depression. This is also emphasised by the
distribution of the blood-vessels which supply each uterus sepa-
rately, as well as giving off a median trunk which-lies in the

Text-fig. 215.

Sarees
eis

Ovaries, Uteri, and Vagina of Gialidictis striata.

The right-hand figure represents more highly magnified the opening of the
uteri into the vagina.

A. Uterus. a. Orifices of uteri. B. Region where the two uteri are enclosed in
a common sheath. C. Projection of ores uteri into vagina. D. Vagina.

furrow between the two uteri. A dissection confirms this view of

the structure of the oviducal tube. At the junction with the vagina

there were two distinct and quite separate ores uferi. They were

borne, however, upon the same projection, and, as the figure shows,

lay on each side of this projecting mass. It was of course easy to

pass a probe into each uterus, and their non-eommunication was
55*

814 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 12,

thus rendered evident. In the Carnivora generally there are two.
prolonged cornua uteri and a median corpus uteri, part of which
is divided by an internal septum. In Herpestes fulvescens, for
example, and Cercoleptes caudivolvulus this is the case—which
species I have dissected for the purposes of a comparison with
Galidictis. It will be noticed that the remains of an interuterine
mesentery is to be seen at the point where the two uteri diverge.
The accompanying illustration shows also the comparative short-
ness of the divergent region of the uteri. In Herpestes fulvescens
the cornua are much longer in proportion.

The ovaries of Galidictis are not enclosed in capsules as they
are in many, if not all, of the Arctoidea. In this Galidictis agrees
with other Ailuroidea, e.g. Herpestes fulvescens.

S$ Brain.

I have bad the brain of this Carnivore figured in two aspects,
which are reproduced in the accompanying figures (text-fig. 216).

Text-fig. 216.
A

ED) Ps.
fi wy 2 Cc
B ( S \y > Tye

Woes

i
(ives

“11 JX

eS Ey )
Sy
=A DY

Dorsal (left-hand figure) and Lateral (right-hand figure) views of Brain of
Galidictis striata.

A. Crucial suleus. B. Lateral sulcus. C. Suprasylvian sulcus.
D. Sylvian. E. Postsylvian.

Viewed from above, the brain is seen to contrast with that’ of’
Viwerra civetta* by reason of the large size of its crucial sulcus
and the total absence of any precrucial sulcus, present in the
Civet and forming in that Carnivore an “ Ursine lozenge,” * which
also exists, according to Dr. Elliot Smith, in other A‘luroids, e.g.
Felis leo~. There is certainly no trace of this in Galidictis. In

** Cat. Mus. Roy. Coll. Surgeons, vol. ii. ed. 2, 1902, p. 249, fic, 122.

+ Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xix. 1886.
~ Cat. Mus. Roy. Coll. Surgeons, p. 247, fig. 119.

OO STRUCTURE OF THE MAMMAL GALIDICTIS. 815

this it agrees with Herpestes and Suricata &c. It is interesting
to note the classificatory value of these facts, which appear to
characterise the Viverrine and the Herpestine, and which
therefore show that in this brain character at any rate Galidictis is
Herpestine rather than Viverrine. It is furthermore to be observed
that the two crucial sulci are asymmetrical, that of the right side
reaching the median line at a point further back than the junc-
tion with the left crucial sulcus. The lateral sulcus differs in
some respects from that of allied Carnivora. It is apparently
very long and curves outwards anteriorly, reaching to a point
on a level with the end of the crucial suleus. I take it therefore
that in this brain as in that of Viverra civetta and Nandinia
binotata* the fissure is reaily a conjoined coronary and lateral.
If so, it contrasts with Herpestes where the two fissures are
separate. This combined fissure gives off in G'alidictis an inwardly
and forwardly directed fissure, which I presume to be the ansate
suleus; that of the right half of the brain is situated further
forward than the other of the left side. ‘This ansate sulcus does
not occur in a good many species among the Viverride. But it
is figured by Elliot Smith in Herpestes (though lying much
further back than in Galidictis), and it occurs in Hyena in a
situation corresponding to that which it occupies in Galidictis.
As bearing upon the systematic position of Galidictis, it is to be
noted that this suleus seems to be absent in Viverra.

The Sylvian fissure or, as Dr. Elliot Smith proposes to call the
sulcus in these animals, the ‘feline sylvian fissure” is long.
Dr. Elliot Smith has gone fully into his viewst of the several
fissures which exist in this region. I have only to point out
to what forms G'alidictis appears to show resemblances. The
Sylvian fissure (as it has been termed by many) is much longer
than in either Herpestes or Viverra. It is long, as in the Hyena
and Proteles, as well as in Cryptoproctat and Hupleres §. Behind
it lies a well-marked postsylvian as in Herpestes. In front of this
latter—but upon the left hemisphere only—is a small forwardly
directed branch of it which I presume to be one of the ectosylvian
fissures of Herpestes and other allied Carnivora. The suprasylvian
fissure is well developed, and bends rather downwards posteriorly
as in Viverra and Hyena, instead of being straight and bent rather
upward as in Herpestes pulverulentus. Dr. Elliot Smith com-
ments upon the small orbital fissure of the Ichneumon just
mentioned, which is so concealed owing to its forward position
by the olfactory that it has been actually asserted to be absent.
In Galidictis the fissure in question is quite like that of Viverra;
for it is quite large and thus conspicuous as well as being lateral

* Carlsson, “Ueber die systematische Stellung der Nandinia binotata,” Zool.
Jahrb. xiii. 1900, pl. 36. fig. 7.

+ Loc. cit. p. 245, &e.

+ Beddard, “ On the Visceral and Muscular Anatomy of Cryptoprocta,’ P.Z.S.
1895, p. 434, woodcut fig. 5.

§ Carlsson, “ Ueber die systematische Stellung von Hupleres goudoti,” Zool.
Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst. vol. xvi. 1902, p. 230, pl. 10, fig. 11s.

816 ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE MAMMAL GALrDicTIs. [ Nov. 12,

in position. There is no ‘‘ fissure anterior” (anterior ectosylvian),
such as occurs in Vandinia.

The foregoing description of anatomical facts relating to Gali-
dictis may be summarised for the purpose of shortly presenting
its characters and of comparing them with other Viverrid Car-

nivora; they are as follows :—

(1) Prescrotal (2. e. postvulvar) glands ave present.

(2) The anus opens directly on to the surface of the body and
not into a superficial cutaneous depression. There are a
pair of anal glands.

(3) The stomach is not particularly elongated; it is more
globular in form.

(4) The ceecum is long (for a Viverrid) and pointed at the apex.

(5) The convolutions of the brain are partly Herpestine and
partly Viverrine in their characters.

(6) The uterus is completely double.

(7) The tongue has an anterior patch of conical papille.

These characters collectively distinguish Galidictis from all
other genera of Viverridee the anatomy of which is known, and I
believe that the last but one mentioned character—the completely
double uterus—is new to the Carnivora. ‘The specimen may of
course be abnormal, it being the only one that has been dissected,
though the probabilities are against this.

The division of the Viverride by Mivart into a number of
subfamilies, viz.: Viverrine, Herpestine, Cryptoproctine, Hu-
plerine, and Galidictine, is not used by every one. For example,
in the most recent ‘ List of Vertebrate Animals,’ * published by
the Zoological Society, there is no such division adopted. If,.
however, this division is finally allowed, I should confirm from.
may Own experience the justice of separating G'alidictis in a sub-
family apart from some others. But whether it will be found
to agree with G'alidia is a matter which cannot as yet be decided.
For “the latter genus has not been thoroughly examined. It is.
clear, however, that the form of the cecum is more alike in the
two genera than is that of either of them to that of other forms..
But I rather gather from Mivart’s classificatory scheme that
Galidia has not the scent-glands of Galidictis. In this the former
genus resembles Hupleres, as it does by the possession of four
instead of three (Galidictis) premolars.

The relationship in fact which G'alidictis bears to other Viver-
ride is quite analogous to that which Hupleres bears to other
Viverridee. Carlsson has justly commented, after describing the
principal facts in the anatomy of that form, upon the deduction
that Huplerest seems to be a more ancient type of Viverrine
than the other genera, excepting only Vandinia, which the same

* 9th ed. 1896. Carlsson (Zool. Jahrb. xvi. Syst. Theil, p. 217) only allows
Herpestine and Viverrine.
+ Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst. xvi.

7S. 1907, Pile

\
a

Ss stonatctcneet
ma Se

=

0. Pickard-¢ ambridge, delt

NEW

M‘Parlane & Erskine, Lith, Edin?

AND LITTLE KNOWN ARANEIDEA.

1907.] ON NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SPIDERS. 817

writer* agrees with Winge in relegating to the otherwise extinct
family of Amphictine. But while Hupleres leans more to the
Viverrine than to the Herpestine type, it appears to me that
Galidictis has on the whole more the characters of the Herpestine.
But both genera combine the characters of both of the main
subdivisions of the Viverride. This does not however mean that
the two are closely allied, and that one subfamily alone is neces-
sary for the reception of both Hupleres and Galidictis. The
important differences between them are too obvious to need
recapitulation here. Nevertheless, Mivart is of opinion that “ of
all other Viverridee, Hupleres comes nearest to the genus Hemi-
galidia.” Hitherto it has been impossible to say whether Gali-
dictis was or was not a specialised and modern type of Herpestid.
I think, however, that the facts brought forward in the present
pages are conclusive against the view that Galidictis is a further
development of either the Herpestine or Viverrine branch of the
Viverride. In the combination of characters which it shows
Galidictis would seem to be, like Hupleres and possibly Orypto-
procta, an ancient type of Viverrid. Like those two other
Madagascar genera, G'alidictis is an example of the retention of
archaic characters so much shown in the Mascarene fauna.

November 26, 1907.

G. A. Boutenesr, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Secretary exhibited an oil-painting by Mr. W. Walls,
R.S.A., of a young female Gorilla recently living in the Society’s
Gardens.

The following papers were read :—

1. On some New and Little-known Araneidea. By the
Rev. O. Pickarp-Camprincs, M.A., F.R.S., C.M.Z.8.,

- &e.
[Received November 27, 1907.]

(Plate L.)

Eleven species of Araneidea are noted, or described and figured,
in the following paper: one from Lagos, Portugal; three from
Cape Colony, 8. Africa; one from Mashonaland, EK. Africa; five
from the Canary Islands; and one from Old Calabar. Of the

* Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst. xiii.

818 THE REY. 0, PICKARD*CAMBRIDGE ON [ Nov. 26,

foregoing, seven appear to me to be new to science; while of the
remaining four, three seem to be very little known.

A point of considerable interest with respect to some of the
above Spiders is that five of them were imported to England in
packages of bananas (from the Canary Islands). Importations of
this kind are becoming more and more frequent, and it is easy to
see how perfect a material bananas furnish as a vehicle for soft-
bodied creatures like Spiders.

Fam. THERAPHOSIDA.

Subfam. CTENIZIN»®.
Genus PacHyLomMERuS Ausserer.

PACHYLOMERUS EHDIFICATORIUS Westwood. (Plate L. figs. 1-6.)

Pachylomerus edificatorius Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. vol. i.
pp. 7-15, pl. x. (1840); E. Simon, Actes de la Soc. Linn. de
Bordeaux, xlv. (1888).

Through the kindness of Mr. George Nicholson (late of the
Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew) I have received from his nephew,
Lieut. J. B. Nicholson, H.M.S. ‘ Arrogant,’ female examples of this
Spider and its tubular nest from Lagos, Portugal. From a com-
parison with Professor Westwood’s description and a recollection
of the type specimen (a dry one in the Oxford University Museum)
I had doubts about the specific identity of the Lagos examples
with that specimen. I have, however, since obtained Mons. Simon’s
kind examination and opinion upon the Lagos Spiders, and he
feels no doubt whatever but that they are identical with P. edifi-
catorius Westw. Prof. Westwood’s type came from Barbary ;
it appears to be abundant in West Algeria; and M. Simon tells
me it has occurred at Carthagena, in Spain.

From what Lieut. Nicholson says it would appear to be not at all
rare at Lagos. M. Simon believes that a species described from
Spain by the late Dr. Thorell (Ummidea picea Vhor.) is the male
of this species. The difficulty of deciding on the relationship of
isolated examples of the sexes in this group is well known.
Naturalists and collectors who may have the chance of being
able to work out this point in respect to the present species at
Lagos have an opportunity to deserve well of their Arachnological
brethren.

I have given (Pl. L, figs. 1-6) some details of the Lagos
examples, which I conclude to be herdly adult. There is a point
of much interest in respect to the nests sent to me by Lieut.
Nicholson ; these tubular nests not only have a hinged lid at the
upper end (as described and figured by Westwood), but another,
of a thinner texture and distinctly hinged, at the lower end also.
‘The use and purpose of this arrangement, which is hitherto with-
out parallel, | believe, in the known history of any described
Trapdoor Spider, were not easy to be conceived, especially as I

1907. ] NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SPIDERS. 819

had at first no opportunity to ascertain whether this lower trap-
door led to any other tube or cavity. In reply, however, to
auestions I have since asked Lieut. Nicholson, I understand that
there is a more or less distinct kind of empty chamber, but with-
out any silk lining, at the bottom of the tube. Mons. Simon
(J. c. swpra) does not mention the lower lid. There is here
again a chance for a local collector to ascertain with care
and patience (such as that shown by the late Mr. Moggridge in
his careful study of the Trapdoor Spiders of Southern France)
what is the extent of the development and the use of the lower
door in the nest of the Lagos Spider. Lieut. Nicholson and a
brother officer, Lieut. Walter Stokes, who assisted him, appear
to have satisfied themselves that the bottom chamber was not
used as a “storehouse.” I may add that, in company with the
nests of Pachylomerus, Lieut. Nicholson found nests (with examples
of the Spider) of another Trapdoor species (Vemesia simonit
Cambridge). These appear to occur on the same spots and to be
much mixed up with those of the other Spider. Considerable
care therefore would be necessary im conducting the operations
and observations necessary to elucidate the respective economy of
the two.

Fam. DRASSID &.
Subfam. HemicL@w 2.

Genus PLatyorpEes Cambr.

PLATYOIDES SEPARATA, sp. n. (Plate L. figs. 7-12.)

Adult female, length 4? lines.

Cephalothorax and abdomen uniformly flattened ; the former
is of a dark rather bright yellow-brown colour ; the latter on the
upper side is of a mouse-coloured black above and on the sides,
the underside being of a dull greyish white. The clypeus is
almost obsolete. The legs, 4, 2, 1, 3, are not very, strong, the
three basal joints pale yellow, the rest more or less suffused with
yellowish brown; and there is a thin scopula of racquet-shaped
hairs on the tarsi and part of the metatarsi of the first pair. The
coxal and genual joints of the fourth pair are of moderate
length, nearly equal together to that of the femoral joint. The
cephalothorax is a little broader than long, and broadest behind,
truncated before and somewhat truncate behind.

Hyes small, not greatly unequal ; the hind-central pair smallest;
placed in two transverse rows occupying the greater part of the
width of the caput; the anterior row is straight, the posterior
longest and has the convexity of its very slight curve directed
backwards. The interval between the two central eyes of each
row is less than that which separates them from the laterals.

Falces strong, tumid in form, divergent and porrected, Fang
long, not very strong, regularly curved and tapering. Colour
sunilar to that of the cephalothorax.

820 THE REY. O, PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON [ Noy. 26,

Mawille long, enlarged at their base, strongly constricted at
the middle, enlarged again at their extremity, where they are
obliquely truncated on the inner side; colour yellow-brown.

Labiwm nearly as broad as high, with a transverse suture below
the middle; the apex rounded ; colour of a darker hue than the
maxillee.

Sternum of a nearly regular roundish oval; colour yellow
tinged with orange.

Spinners small, short, and compact. Genital aperture of very
distinct and characteristic form.

A single adult female was included among a few other Spiders
kindly obtained for me from East London, Cape Colony, 8. Africa,
by Mr. Richard Hancock, of Hadleigh, Stechford.

PLATYOIDES SIMONII, sp. n. (Plate L. figs. 13-17.)

Adult male, length 2 lines.

Though resembling it in general form and other essential
characters, the small comparative size of this Spider will dis-
tinguish it at once from P. separata. The eyes also are more
closely grouped together and rather larger.

The cephalothorax is pale dull yellow-brown, the normal grooves
and indentations indicated by darker lines. The legs are pale
dull yellowish, the femora, tibiz, and metatarsi suffused with
brownish.

The abdomen, of a short oval form and dark yellowish-brown
hue, has a broad central longitudinal band or area of a pale
colour, bearing a longitudinal dark central tapering stripe, with
some indistinct lateral sloping or oblique dark lines on each side
of its hinder extremity, and representing the normal angular
bars or chevrons.

The palpi are short ; the radial shorter than the cubital joint,
with a short obliquely truncated apophysis at its extremity on
the inner side. The digital joint is of moderate size and short
oval form ; the palpal organs well developed and complex, with
spiny processes.

Hab. Cape Colony, 8. Africa; kindly communicated to me
through Mr. R. Hancock.

Fam. ZoROPSID A.
Subfam. ZoRoPsIn az.

Genus Zoropsis Sim.
? Zoropsis RUFIPES Lucas. (Plate L. figs. 18-21.)

Olios rufipes Lucas (ad partem).

Adult female, length 6 lines.

Cephalothorax rather longer than broad, moderately and unt-
formly convex above, and broadly truncate in front; lateral
marginal impressions at caput scarcely perceptible; colour pale
yellow-brown, margins palest, with dark brown marginal line.

1907. | NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SPIDERS. 821

On each side is a broad longitudinal brown band, rather tapering
forwards, and irregularly dentate along both its margins, which
are darker than the rest of the band; the space between these
bands is marked with several longitudinal, curved, and straight
brown markings. The cephalothorax is clothed thinly with short
fine dark hairs.

Eyes in two transverse rows; the posterior row considerably
longer, curved, the convexity of the curve directed forwards; the
anterior row very nearly straight. They are small and do not
differ very greatly in size; the fore-laterals are largest, the fore-
centrals smallest ; the interval between the hind-centrals is up-
wards of double that between each and the adjacent hind-lateral
eye; and the interval between the fore-centrals is, if anything,
rather greater than that between each and the adjacent fore-
lateral. The clypeus is low, its height little, if anything, greater
than the diameter of the fore-central eyes. The four central
eyes form very nearly a square whose anterior side is shortest.

Legs long, 4, 1, 2, 3, apparently laterigrade (though this
is partly if not entirely from the distortion of the specimen),
tolerably strong, furnished with numerous spines of different
lengths and strength, those of the first and second pairs mainly in
two parallel rows underneath, five pairs of spines (sessile) beneath
the tibiz and four pairs, more prominent and some stronger,
beneath the metatarsi. A scopula beneath the tarsi and metatarsi
of the Ist, 2nd, and 3rd pairs; all end with a small but compact
claw-tuft. All the tarsi are short, but of uniform length. The
calamistrum is very indistinctly indicated on the metatarsi of the
Ath pair. The colour of the legs is similar to that of the cephalo-
thorax, and they are marked rather irregularly with spots and
other dark brown markings, those on the femora having a tendency
to obscure annulation.

The palpi are similar in colour and markings to the legs.

Falces strong, straight, a little indistinct backwards, towards:
the sternum, and of a yellow-brown colour.

Maxille and labiwm. These were too much concealed by a
contraction over them of the adjacent parts to allow of their
special form to be ascertained.

The sternwm is small, apparently oval, and of pale dull yellowish-
brown hue.

Abdomen vouch shrunken, but appeared to be oval; very similar
in colour to the cephalothorax, marked with dark brown markings,
and forming a pattern of which the following might be traced :
a longitudinal short dark central broken band on the fore part,
indicated by some pale marginal hairs, some oblique lateral lines
on each side, and on the hinder half of the upper side two con-
verging rows of dark spots representing the extremities of some
obscure angular lines or chevrons. The under side is similar in
general colour to the upper, and is slightly marked with dark
brown. The genital aperture is of a very distinct and characteristic
form, though much obscured by long hairs; spinners short,

822 THE REV. O. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON [ Nov. 26,

compact, and of ordinary form. Ovibellum transverse, linear,
subdivided, very narrow and indistinct.

An adult female was found among bananas imported from the
Canary Islands and kindly sent to me by Mr. H. Speyer of Reigate.
Unfortunately it had been allowed to get dry and much shrunken
before it reached me, and this has rendered its minute description
to be to some extent imperfect. Mons. Simon, however, suggests
that it is of the species to which 1 have here relegated it.

ZOROPSIS MACULOSA, Sp. n. (Plate L. figs. 22-24.)

? Adult female, length 43 lines; an immature male nearly
54 lines.

Cephalothorax longer than broad, truncate before; the lateral
margins at the caput moderate. The profile runs in a nearly even
and rather descending line from the beginning of the hinder
slope (which is rather abrupt) to the ocular area. The height of
the clypeus is scarcely more than equal to the diameter of the
fore-central eyes. Colour dull yellowish, with two longitudinal
indistinct yellow-brown bands, one on each side, leaving a broad
central one between them. These bands are chiefly indicated by
lines or narrow stripes of yellow-brown converging to the thoracic
indentation; there is also a short deep brown or black line on the
margins of the thorax opposite to the basal joint of each leg.

Eyes in normal position, those of the hinder row largest, the
row is strongly curved, the convexity of the curve directed for-
wards, and the hind-central pair are nearer to each other than
each is to the adjacent hind-lateral eye; the hind-laterals are
largest; the anterior row is shortest, and curved in a similar
direction to the hinder row, but very much less curved. The
fore-central eyes are very small, and rather nearer together than
to the fore-laterals.

Legs ynoderate in length and strength, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4 and 1 being
very nearly of equal length. They are of a similar colour to the
cephalothorax, more or less speckled with small dark and lighter
spots, from which on their upper sides spring short fine spines ;
beneath the metatarsi and tibie of the first two pairs are two
parallel rows of long sessile spines; five pairs of spines beneath the
tibiee and four pairs beneath the metatarsi. I could see no trace
of the “calamistrum.” 'Tarsi short and ending with a small com-
pact claw-tuft.

Falces rather long, strong, straight, tapering; colour yellow-
brown.

Macxille and labiuwm similar in colour to the falces.

Sternwm oval, pointed behind; pale yellow in colour.

Abdomen pale yellow-brown, thinly clothed with short fine
hairs, minutely speckled with dark brown or blackish, and with
some short black linear markings forming two longitudinal parallel
rows in the middle of the fore half of the upper side, and six
forming two converging lines on the hinder half to the spmners ;
each of these linear black spots has a small tuft of pale hairs

1907 A NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SPIDERS. 823:

outside it, and the minute black specklings form oblique lines on
each side, where also are traces of oblique pale lines. Spinners
short, compact, inferior pair strongest. Cribellwm transverse,
subdivided, linear, but very indistinct.

It was not quite apparent whether this female was adult, but
if so the genital aperture is very simple; if not that would
account for the rather larger size of the immature male which
accompanied it.

The two examples above referred to were imported from the
Canary Islands in packages of bananas, and kindly sent to me by
Mr. H. Speyer. I am unable to detect the calamistrum in either
of the two specimens above mentioned, and the cribellum is very
slightly indicated. Both the calamistrum and cribellum are far
less developed in some other species of this genus than in other
families, and very possibly one or both may, in some instances,
be almost if not quite obsolete in some species of the genus.

Fam. THERIDIIDA.
Genus TEUTANA Sim.

TEUTANA NoBILIs Thor. (Plate L. figs. 25-28.)

Lethyphantes nobilis Thor. Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akad.
Handl. 1875, Bandet 13, no. 5, p. 338.

Adult female, length 52 lines.

Cephalothorax dark reddish brown. Caput in some examples
much darker, with a narrow dull pale marginal line or border.
The height of the clypeus considerably exceeds half that of the
facial space.

Hyes subequal, in two transverse lines, forming three well-
separated groups. Those of each lateral group, or pair, contiguous
and seated on a strongish tubercle. The four central eyes form
a square whose posterior side is shortest.

Legs moderate in length and strength, 1, 4, 2, 3, of an orange-
yellow colour. The fore extremities of the tibize are a little
suffused with reddish brown, and furnished pretty thickly and
uniformly with short fine hairs.

Palpi similar to the legs in colour.

falces strong, straight, vertical, conical, and of a deep rich
red-brown colour, like that of the cephalothorax.

Maxille, labium, and sternwm rather lighter coloured than the
cephalothorax ; the sternwm longer than broad, rather triangular
heart-shaped; covered with numerous minute granulations and
short fine dark hairs.

Abdomen large, oval, very convex above, of a dull pale yellowish
white, the white being occasioned by a more or less dense sprinkling
of oficite cretaceous mottling ; on each side of the upper side is a
broad longitudinal deep brown or blackish band, the two con-
verging at both the fore and hinder extremities, and each divided
transversely into somewhat quadrate: but irregular patches; in

824 THE REY. 0. PIUKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON [ Nov. 26,

some examples these patches run together. The broad pale band
between those at the sides is marked more or less with some dark
lines and markings. The sides of the abdomen are also marked
on the hinder half with dark brown spots, forming more or less
distinct oblique lines. ‘The under side of the abdomen has near
the middle two short, parallel, broken, dark brown lines. The
spinners are normal, short, compact, and of a dull brownish colour.
The genital aperture small, but of characteristic form.

Several examples of the female of this fine species were con-
tained among other Spiders imported in packages of bananas from
the Canary Isiands, and kindly sent to me by Mr. H. Speyer.
Steatoda clarkit Cambr., found many years ago in Devonshire by
the late Mr. Hamlet Clark, is of this species (cf Proc. Dorset
F. Club, xx. p. 6, sub Leutana nobilis Thor.).

Tevrana Grossa C. L. Koch.

Theridion versutum Bl., ‘Spiders of Great Britain and Treland,’
p. 193.

Adult females of this Spider were included among those
imported in the packages of bananas from the Canary Islands
before referred to. The species has been long known to have
occurred in England, and would very probably be met with more
frequently on the Devon and Cornwall coasts. It does not appear
to be rare in the island of Guernsey, whence I have recently
received adult males of it.

Fam. GASTERACANTHIDA.
Genus PAstLoBus Sim.

PasILoBus INSIGNIS, sp. n. (Plate L. figs. 29-31.)

Adult female, length 15°5 mm. (74 lines); length of abdomen
11 mm., width 24 mm.

Oephalothorax short, broad; lateral indentations at the caput
very strong. Caput broadly truncate before, with strong promi-
nences bearing the central and lateral groups of eyes; height of
clypeus equals half that of the facial space; a strongish conical
eminence just at the hinder part of the occiput. Surface rather
rugose, colour dark yellowish brown.

Hyes small, in three widely separated groups, the central four,
nearly of equal size, form a rectangle a little longer than broad ;
those of each lateral pair are very small, contiguous, and not easy
to discern.

Legs short, moderately strong, not differing greatly in length,
1, 2, 4, 3, furnished with hairs only; the tibize of the first and
second pairs with a few small prominences, giving them a slightly
rugose appearance ; colour yellow-brown, very similar to that of
the cephalothorax.

Falces short, powerful, conical, roundly prominent near their
base in front. Similar to the legs in colour.

1907. | NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SPIDERS. 825

Abdomen rather more than twice as broad as long, of a some-
what transverse oblong form ; its fore margin strongly emarginate ;
its upper margin 1s surrounded with ‘avhieperelan conical or sub-
conical prominences of different sizes, all, excepting those on the
hinder margin, more or less confluent, the largest ave on the
lateral margins; the upper surface also has other similar promi-
nences symmetrically disposed. There are also on the upper side
numerous orange-red round sigille, each with a dark blackish or
deep red-brown pupil; these sigillze form a submarginal border
and asymmetrical pattern in the middle; a smal! symmetrical
pattern of minute roundish cream-yellow spots of different sizes
and margined narrowly with black cecupies the centre of all. The
whole upper surface is dull yellowish, with a large very irregular
jet-black patch on each side of the hinder part, which does not,
however, obscure the orange-red sigille. The under side is dark
yellow- “prown on the hinder half, the anterior portion being black
covered with small yellow irreg ular spots and scratch-like mar kin gs.
The genital aperture is of simple but characteristic form. Spinners
short, compact, situated within a circular slightly raised rim.

Sternum shield-shaped, longer than broad, with eminences
opposite to the insertion of the legs. Colour dark reddish yellow-
brown.

Received from Old Calabar, whence it was kindly sent to me
by Mr. Holland, of the Botanic Gardens, Old Calabar.

Fam. THOMISID&.
Genus THomisus Walck. (ad partem).

THOMISUS MALEVOLUS, sp. n. (Plate L. figs. 32-34.)

Adult female, length 9-05 mm.

General colour pale yellow with white markings and mottlings.

The cephalothorax has on each side a broad longitudinal band
throughout its length of yellow- brown ; the caput, which has the
usual horned shape above, is rather symmetrically streaked with
lines of white ovanulosities and suffused with white at the occiput
behind the eyes; and the ocular area is white, margined with a
strong black line, forming a large triangle, whose apex (in front)
Formish an acute angle almost touching the lower margin of the
clypeus. This triage le is subdivided “by two short curved black
lines, running through the fore-central eyes and uniting at the
middle of the hinder side of the triangle, which runs to the
extremity of each horn. The height of the clypeus equals half
that of the facial space.

The eyes are small, widely spread, occupying the whole width of
the black triangle above described. Those of the fore-central
pair are nearer together than to the fore-laterals, while those of
the hind-central pair are rather further apart than from the hind-
laterals; these last are placed beneath the tips of the horns of the
caput, and are not easy to be seen.

826 THE REV. 0. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON [ Nov. 26,.

Legs strong, 1, 2,4, 3, pale yellow, mottled more or less in front
with white; each of the femora of the first pair has in front a
conspicuous black spot, margined with white, and two other
similar spots (of which one is large and oval) on the front of the
tibie. The tibiz also of the second pair are similarly marked.
Beneath the metatarsi of the first and second pairs is a double
(parallel) row of short spines in 6 or 7 pairs. The fore extremity
of the tarsi and metatarsi of the two pairs is suffused with yellow-_
brown.

Falces pale yellow, much suffused with white in front.

Abdomen much broader behind, where on each side is an
obtuse subconical prominence ; colour whitish, a little suffused
with pale yellow-brown at the middle of the upper side in front,
and on the sides in front are numerous minute granulosities. A
short yellow-brown streak runs from the summit of each abdo-
minal prominence inwards, and the hinder part of the abdomen
is strongly and transversely rugulose. The genital aperture is of
simple form, but characteristic.

This Spider is closely allied to Thomisus anthobius Pocock,
but appears to differ from it in the position of the triangle on the
ocular area, the markings of the cephalothorax and abdomen, the
spotted legs of the first two pairs, and the form of the genital
aperture. It is also much smaller than 7’. anthobius.

Hab. Cape Colony; received through Mr. T. Hancock.

Genus PuitopRomus Walck.

PHILODROMUS PUNCTIGERUS, sp. n. (Plate L. figs. 35-37.)

Adult female, length 33 lines.

Cephalothorax moderately convex above, though of a flattened
form, pale yellow-brown, with a broad submarginal darker band
on each side; margins white. Ocular area marked with white, of
which colour some fine streaks run backwards just between and
behind the hind-central eyes; behind this at the hinder part of
the caput and just in front of the thoracic indentation is a some-
what crescent-shaped white marking, whose convexity is directed
backwards (in the male this marking is of a subangular form).
The height of the clypeus is a little less than half that of the
facial space.

The eyes are small, normal; those of the hind-central pair are
further from each other than from the hind-laterals; those of the
anterior row also show the same relative position.

The legs are long, slender, second pair longest; all furnished
with fine black spines and short fine hairs; they are pale yellow,
minutely speckled with dark brownish.

Falces, maxille, and labiwm pale yellow-brown.

Sternum pale yellow.

Abdomen broader behind, where it is pointed, than before, where
it is truncate; it is somewhat rugulose longitudinally ; its colour

t=)
is pale brownish, ringed with white and thickly covered with

1907.) NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SPIDERS. 827

minute dark specks. The middle of the upper side shows the
ordinary four impressed spots in a quadrangle longer than broad,
and whose fore side is shorter than the hinder side. Between
these spots and the spinners are several slender, broken, angular
lines or chevrons, formed by some of the dark specks mentioned
above. In an immature female there appeared something of a
more or less regular whitish pattern along the middle of the
upper side, with yellow-brown lateral spots and markings.
Probably this pattern would become more definite im a series of
examples. The underside is of a pale, dull whitish hue. The
genital aperture is small, but characteristic.

An adult male measured a little over 2 lines in length. The
cephalothorax of this sex is flatter and the abdomen is more
rugulose, but in general colours, markings, and other respects it
closely resembles the female; its legs; however, are much longer.

Palpi similar to the legs in colour. Cubital and radial joints
equal in length; the latter has a very small pointed apophysis at
its fore extremity outside ; the digital joint is very narrow, scarcely
broader than the radial. The palpal organs very simple and
inconspicuous.

An adult male and female and an immature female were found
among bananas imported from the Canary Islands, and kindly
sent to me by Mr. H. Speyer.

Fam. PIsavuRIDA.

Genus EuprostHenors Pocock,

(This generic name was substituted in 1897 by Pocock for
Podophthalma De Brito Capello, preoce., 1866.)

KUPROSTHENOPS PROSPICIENS, sp. n. (Plate L. figs. 38-40.)

Adult male, length 7 lines.

Vephalothorax longer than broad; lateral marginal impressions
at caput strong, lower corners of caput produced into two strongish
obtuse prominences, each bearing an eye. Cephalothorax rather
flattened, the eaput and thorax being on the same level; the fore
part of the caput sloping forwards to the prominent corners ; the
normal grooves and indentationsare strong ; colour yellow-brown,
narrowly margined with black, and with a broad dark yellow-brown
longitudinal band on each side of the median line, and a narrower
lateral band between it and each lateral margin, more or less
densely clothed with short adpressed white hairs, which also run
more or less through to the corner prominences; these last are
strongly margined with deep reddish brown on their inner sides.

Kyes intwo groups: four behind form a large quadrangle, the
anterior side of which is much the shortest, and four in front (of
which the two anterior ones are very wide apart at the extre-
mities of the corner prominences) of the caput, and the posterior
ones near together in front of the fore eyes of the hinder group,

Proc. Zoot, Soc,— 1907, No. LVi. 56

828 ON NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SPIDERS. | Nov. DOs

All are small, those forming the hinder side of the front quad-
rangle smallest.

The legs were too much damaged (in fact, only one of the first
pair was intact) to admit of any proper description ; their relative
length apparently 1, 2, 4, 3. They are long and slender, of a
dark yellow-brown colour, and showed signs of having been
furnished with long fine spines.

Palpi moderately long, dark yellow-brown, furnished on some
or all of the joints with short white hairs or pubescence; but this
had been much rubbed off. Cubital and radial joints short, the
latter alittle the longer, and witha short, tapering, slightly curved
apophysis at its extremity on the outer side; the digital joint
large, oval, with its fore extremity produced in a long, pointed,
finger-like form, its whole length equal to that of the humeral
joint ; palpal organs simple, consisting of several corneous lobes,
with a small, rather curved, pointed, black spine at their extremity
in front.

Falces strong, straight, vertical, yellow-brown, with a broad,
dark, longitudinal stripe on each side in front.

Maxille and labiwm black-brown, with pale, dull, yellowish
extremities.

Sternum somewhat ovato-quadrate, its hinder extremity ending
ina small abrupt point. Colour yellow-brown, with an obscure,
central, longitudinal, blackish diffused stripe.

Abdomen long, narrow, rather tapering to spinners; yellow-
brown, with a pointed spear-shaped, longitudinal, blackish central
marking at its fore extremity on the upper side, edged with a pale
yellowish line; sides dark black-brown, and on the under side is a
longitudinal tapering band from the fore end to the spinners,
edged with a fine pale line. Spinners short, convergent, the
inferior pair much the strongest.

It is very probable that other parts of this Spider, as well as
those noted above, were furnished with white hairs or hairy
pubescence ; but the bad condition of the specimen described did
not permit of any exact description.

A single example was kindly sent to me by Mr. W. Falconer, of
Slaithwaite near Huddersfield, having been received by him from
Mashonaland, South Africa. It is nearly allied to—but quite, I
think, distinct from—Z. edliottic Cambr. (from East Central India).
It is also distinct from the type species described by De Brito
Capello (7. bayoneanus) as well as from £. australis Sim. (Ann.
Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii. p. 12 (1898), S.E. Africa).

List of Species above noted and described.

Pachylomerus cedificatorius Westwood, p. 818, Pl. L. figs. 1-6.
Lagos, Portugal.

Platyoides separata, sp. n., p. 819, Pl. L. figs. 7-12. Cape
Colony.

Platyoides simonit, sp. n., p. 820, Pl. L. figs. 18-17. Cape Colony,

1907.| ON NEW SPECIES OF CRYPTOCEPHALINE BEETLES. 829

Zoropsis rufipes Lucas, p. 820, Pl. L. figs. 18-21. Canary Islands.

Zorcpsis maculosa, sp. n., p. 822, Pl. L. figs. 22-24. Canary
Islands.

Teutana nobilis Thor., p. 823, Pl. L. figs. 25-28. Canary Islands.

Teutana grossa ©. L. Koch, p. 824. Canary Islands.

Pasilobus insignis, sp.n., p. 824, Pl. L. figs. 29-31. Old Calabar.

Thomisus malevolus, sp. n., p. 825, Pl. L. figs. 32-84. Cape
Colony.

Philodromus punctigerus, sp. n., p. 826, Pl. L. figs. 35-37. Canary
Islands.

Euprosthenops prospiciens, sp. n., p. 827, Pl. L. figs. 38-40.
Mashonaland, 8. Afriea.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Pachylomerus edificatorius Westw., °, enlarged, without legs or palpi.
2. Profile. 3. Eyes from above and behind. 4. Extremity of tarsus of
fourth pair of legs, on outer side. 5. Spinners. 6. Tibia of third pair of
legs.

Vig. 7. Platyoides separata, sp.n., 2, outline, enlarged, without legs or palpi.
8. Eyes from above and behind. 9. Maxille and labium. 10. Genital
aperture. 11. Profile outline. 12. Sternum.

Fig. 18. Platyoides simonii, sp.n., 6, eyes and falees from above anil behind.
14. Maxille and labium. 15. Left palpus on outer side. 16. Cubital and
radial joints of ditto from inner side. 17. Upper side of Spider without legs
or palpi; enlarged.

Fig. 18. Zoropsis rufipes Lucas, 9, Spider, upper side enlarged. 19. Eyes from
above and behind. 20. Genital aperture. 21. Leg of second pair.

Fig. 22. Zoropsis maculosa, sp. n., 2, full fig., upper side. 23. Eyes from in

front. 24. Genital aperture.

Fig. 25. Teutana nobilis Thorell, 2, full fig., upper side. 26. Profile. 27. Hyes
from above and behind. 28. Genital aperture.

Fig. 29. Pasilobus insignis, sp. n., 2, full fig., upper side. 30. Eyes and caput
from above and behind. 31. Genital aperture.

Fig. 32. Thomisus malevolus, sp.n., 2, upper side, without legs. 33. Eyes and
ocular area from in front. 34. Genital aperture.

Fig. 35. Philodromus punctigerus, sp.n., 6, full fig., upper side. 36. Eyes from
above and behind. 87. Genital aperture, 2.

Fig. 38. Huprosthenops prospiciens, sp. u., 6, upper side, without legs. 39. Eyes
from in front. 40. Left palpus, outer side.

2. Descriptions of new Species of South-American Beetles
of the Cryptocephaline Division of the Family Chryso-
melide. By the late Martin Jacosy, F.H.S.

Received May 17, 1907. |

Since Suffrian’s valuable monograph of South-A merican Crypto-
cephalint (Linn. Entom. 1863) only single descriptions of some of
these immensely numerous insects have appeared. The present
paper deals with those species contained in my collection which
seem to be undescribed. The genera MJetallactus and Griburius
are so difficult to define, however, and show so little stability in
their structural characters, that it matters little in which of these
genera the species now incorporated are placed.

o6*

830 THE LATE MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Nov. 26,

At all events the present descriptions add considerably to those
forms already known from the regions in question.
A few species from some West Indian islands have been added.

MoNACHUS PICIPES, sp. n.

Black and shining; basal joint of antenne, labrum, and tibie
and tarsi more or less piceous or fulvous; thorax impunctate ;
elytra strongly punctate-striate.

Length 2-23 millim.

Head deeply inserted in the thorax, black, impunctate, minutely
eranulate; antenne with the lower four joints fulvous, rest
black, strongly widened, extending to the base of the thorax.
The latter twice as broad as long, strongly narrowed in front,
subcylindrical, the sides nearly straight, the surface minutely
granulate but not perceptibly punctured, shining. Elytra with
a slight purplish gloss strongly punctate-striate at the base, each
row beginning with a small fovea, apical portion nearly im-
punctate. Base of the femora and the tibie more or less fulvous
or piceous. Prosternum strongly transverse, sometimes fulvous.

Hab. Peru; Colombia.

Differs from MM. nigritula Boh. in the black, shining, not blue
opaque colour of the upper surface and the want of the thoracic
depression. MV. tenebricosus Suff. is of nearly double the size and
has also thoracic depressions.

MOoNACHUS MEXICANUS, Sp. ND.

Black; basal joints of the antenne fulvous; thorax opaque,
impunctate; elytra deeply punctate-striate, bluish black with a
transverse oblique fulvous band at middle.

Length 23 millim.

Of oblong-ovate shape, distinctly narrowed at apex; the head
impunctate, very narrow between the eyes, emargination of the
latter short but deep; lower four joints of antenne fulvous, the
rest wanting, third and fourth joints very short. Thorax pro-
portionately long, strongly narrowed anteriorly; sides feebly
rounded; basal margin simple; entire surface dull black, finely
granulate, without trace of punctures. Scutellum elongate,
pointed and narrow. EHlytra narrowed at apex and convex, deeply
and regularly punctate-striate, the punctures distinct to apex;
the interstices costate at sides and slightly raised at inner disc;
the surface of a more bluish colour than that of thorax and rather
shining ; the fulvous band broad, commencing below the shoulders,
and extending obliquely to suture, which remains, however, of the
ground-colour to a very small extent ; upper margin of the band
concave near the suture, but convex at the same place at lower
edge. Body below and legs bluish black. Prosternum slightly
broader than long, impunctate, its lower edge feebly emarginate.

Hab. Yantepec in Mexico.

In coloration this species agrees entirely with J/. biplaqgiatus
Boh., but differs in the strong elytral puncturation and raised

1907. ] SPECIES OF CRYPTOCEPHALINE BEETLES, 8351

interstices, in the shape of the prosternum and that of the general
outline ; there is also a difference in the shape of the elytral band.

MOoNACHUS PERUANUS, Sp. n. -

Black; anterior legs and thorax flavous, the latter with two
black spots, impunctate ; elytra finely punctate-striate, each with
a small fulvous spot near apex.

Length 2 millim.

Head impunctate, flavous, sometimes obscure fuscous; antenne
extending to base of thorax, black, basal joint flavous. Thorax
twice as wide as long; sides straight, narrowed anteriorly ;
surface entirely impunctate, opaque, flavous, with two elongate
short black stripes at middle, widely separated ; posterior margin
with a row of fine punctures. Scutellum elongate and pointed,
smooth, black. Hlytra extremely minutely punctured, black,
the punctures commencing more deeply impressed at the base;
each elytron with a transverse flavous spot near apex. Prosternum,
mesosternum, and the anterior and intermediate legs flavous ;
rest of the under side and legs black, shining, and nearly
impunctate.

Hab. Peru.

Somewhat similar to MW. bicolor Fab. and allied species, but
quite distinct in the markings of the elytra, which are the same in
the two specimens contained in my collection.

MOoNACHUS NIGRITARSIS, Sp. n.

Dark metallic blue; labrum fulvous; abdomen and tarsi black ;
thorax impunctate; elytra distinctly punctate-striate, the punc-
tures visible to apex.

Length 27 millim.

Head impunctate, finely granulate, opaque ; eyes rather closely
approached at top; antenne black, second and third joints small,
the following ones widened, scarcely longer than broad. Thorax
strongly transverse and narrowed in front; surface entirely
impunctate, with a narrow short groove at the base each side
near the scutellum, impressed with a few fine punctures.
Scutellum elongate, pointed. Elytra twice as long as the thorax,
the basal margin strongly raised, behind which each stria
commences with a deep puncture; rest of the gurface finely
punctured, distinct to the apex. Prosternum much broader than
long. Legs bluish, tarsi black.

Hab. Peru.

Differs from J. nigritulus Boh. in the elytral puncturation,
(which is not obliterated behind), in the black tarsi, and want of
row of punctures at base of thorax.

MOoNACHUS ORNATIPENNIS, sp. n.

Black; basal joints of antenne fulvous; thorax impunctate ;
elytra very finely punctate-striate, each with an oblique longi-
tudinal red band from shoulders towards suture.

832 THE LATE MR. M, JACOBY ON NEW [ Nov. 26.

Length 2 mallim.

Head entirely impunctate, bluish black; antenne with the
lower five joints, fulvous, rest black, second and following joints
very small, terminal joints wanting, sixth and seventh thickened
Thorax subcylindrical, rather long, strongly widened at middle ;
surface smooth and shining, black; a narrow transverse groove in
front of scutellum, finely punctured. Scutellum elongate and
pointed, black, impunctate. Elytra about one-half longer than
broad, the puncturation only visible under a very strong lens ;
shoulders and humeral lobes but feebly marked, the black colour
interrupted by a broad oblique red band extending from the
basal margin to below the middle and inwards as far as the first
row of punctures. Prosternum twice as broad as long, fulvous as
well as the mesosternum and the tibie and tarsi, these latter
more obscurely so.

Hab. Prov. Tucuman, Argentine Republic.

Smaller than M. pustulipennis St., the thorax without lateral
depressions, the elytral puncturation much finer, the red band
extending to the base and much nearer towards the suture.

MoNACHUS TERMINATUS, Sp. 0.

Fulvous; terminal joints of antenne, sides of breast, legs, and
apex of elytra black; thorax impunctate ; elytra finely punctate-
striate.

Length 23 muillim.

Head with the middle portion fulvous; eyes occupying the
entire sides; antenne extending to base of thorax, black; lower
two joints fulvous, second and following joints short, terminal
ones considerably thickened. Thorax twice as broad; anterior
margin half the width of posterior one; surface entirely im-
punctate, opaque, fulvous. Scutellum elongate, triangularly
pointed. Elytra slightly narrowed posteriorly, with finely
punctured rows, each row beginning with a deep puncture at
base ;. basal margin narrowly black; rest of surface fulvous, the
apex in shape of a transverse band black : sides of breast, abdomen
and legs black. Prosternum fulvous, transverse, widened at
posterior portion ; the angles pointed.

Hab. Peru.

MoNACHUS MERIDAENSIS, Sp. 0.

Below black; thorax fulvous, with two black spots anteriorly,
impunctate ; elytra bluish black, strongly punctate-striate.

Length 2 millim.

Rather broad and short; the head impunetate, blackish,
opaque, lower portion more ae less fulvous; antennze very short,
black, basal joint fulvous, terminal ones strongly thickened.
Thorax scarcely twice as broad as long, strongly narrowed
anteriorly ; surface opaque, impunctate, with two small, elongate,
black spots before middle anteriorly. Scutellum much longer
than broad. Elytra broad at base, slightly narrower posteriorly ;

1907.] SPECIES OF CRYPTOCEPHALINE BEETLES. $33

basal margin narrowly raised ;. puncturation rather strong and
distinct to apex; surface of greenish or bluish-black coloration.
Prosternum fulvous, transverse. Legs black or partly fulvous.

Hab. Merida, Venezuela,

Very closely allied to MW. obscurellus Suff., with which I cannot
identify the species; the thorax has no puncturation at all and
the dark spot is not placed at the middle, nor does it extend to
anterior or posterior margin as Suffrian describes his species; the
elytra are not finely, but comparatively strongly, punctured.

MONACHUS DIVISUS, sp. 0.

Black; basal joint of antenne fulvous; thorax extremely
minutely punctured at sides; elytra finely punctate-striate, a
broad transverse band at base, not quite extending to suture,
bright red.

Length 24 millim.

Head black, entirely impunctate; antenne black, the basal
joint fulvous, very elongate, terminal ones strongly thickened.
Thorax rather long, strongly subcylindrical and narrowed in
front, black with szneous gloss; the sides with some minute
punctures ; the disc impunctate; the base with a narrow trans-
verse sulcus in front of the scutellum; the latter broad and
triangular. LElytra about twice the length of the thorax, rather
strongly punctate-striate, each stria commencing with a deep
puncture at the base; the interstices very finely punctured ; the
entire anterior half occupied by a transverse red patch or band,
which at its inner lower angle is obliquely rounded and does not
quite extend to the suture. Under side and legs black; femora
very strongly thickened. Prosternum twice as broad as long,
finely punctured.

Hab. Jalahy, Prov. Goyaz, Brazil.

Not unlike MW. babioides Suff., but the thorax with a distinct
zeneous gloss, the basal joint of the antenne very elongate, and
the elytra without apical red spot. The eneous gloss of the
thorax and its fine puncturation at the sides, and the much larger
elytral red patch which extends to the base and nearly to the
suture, separate the species from J. pustulipennis Stal.

STEGNOCEPHALA NIGRITARSIS, sp. Nn.

Dark fulvous; the antennz (the basal joint excepted), apex of
tibiz, and the tarsi black; extreme basal margin of the elytra
black.

Length 35-4 millim.

Oblong. Head impunctate; eyes nearly touching at base ;
labrum and mandibles black. Antenne extending to the base of
the thorax, black; basal joint fulvous, elongate, second very
short, third and fourth nearly equal, elongate, the following joints
widened, but little longer than broad. Thorax strongly narrowed
anteriorly, sides nearly straight, narrowly margined; surface
entirely impunctate, very shining, with a short oblique depression

834 THE LATE MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Nov. 26,

in front of scutellum at each side. Scutellum trigonate, foveolate
at base, the latter narrowly black. Hlytra with strongly produced
humeral lobes, extremely finely punctured in shallow grooves ;
the interstices flat and impunetate. Prosternum transverse,
strongly produced in front ; pygidium closely and rather strongly
punctured, pale fulvous.

fab. Brazil.

This species differs from Crypt. pasticus Suff., to which it seems
closely allied, in the black antenne, the short thoracic depression
(which does not extend to the sides), and in the black apex of the
tibie and the similarly coloured tarsi.

STEGNOCEPHALA BASALIS, Sp. Nh.

Fulvous; terminal joints of the antenne and the breast black ;
thorax impunctate ; elytra very finely punctate-striate, fulvous,
the basal margin black.

Length 3- 34 millim.

Short and ovate ; the head impunctate ; eyes nearly contiguous
in the male, more separated in the female, broadly subquadrately
emarginate. Antennz slender, extending to the base of the thorax ;
lower three or four joints flavous, rest black; third and fourth
joints elongate, equal, following ones slightly thicker and shorter.
Thorax nearly twice as wide at the base as anteriorly, strongly
widened at the middle, lateral margins nearly straight posterior
angles acutely produced ; median lobe scarcely marked ; surface
entirely impunctate, the anterior portion slightly darkened,
obscure, basal portion paler fulvous. Scutellum broadly trigonate,
obscure fulvous, impunctate. Elytra slightly narrowed posteriorly,
extremely finely punctured except near the basal margin, where
the rows commence with a deep impression; interstices flat,
impunctate, the last outer one slightly convex; the base narrowly
black, in shape of a transverse band extending across the shoulders
sie downwards along the margins toa slight extent. Breast more

- less black ; prosternum broader than long, anterior margin
concave.

Hab. Amazons.

Of nearly similar coloration as the variety of S. discoidalis Baly,
but distinguished by the entirely impunctate thorax and the
finely punctured elytra, even when seen under the strongest lens.
Five similar specimens are contained in my collection.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS PERUANUS, Sp. 0.

Black ; thorax impunctate ; elytra finely punctate-striate.

length 3 millim.

Oblong, shightly narrowed poster iorly ; the head finely granulate-
punctate, opaque; eyes triangularly emarginate; antenne rather
short, black, basal joint fulvous below, long and slender, third and
fourth equal, the following joints slightly triangularly widened.
Thorax rather long, about one half broader‘than long, sides feebly

1907.1 SPECIES OF CRYPTOCEPHALINE BEETLES. 830

rounded and narrowed in front; hind angles acute but not pro-
duced; surface entirely impunctate. Scutellum rather long and
pointed. Elytra with the basal margin carinate, the punctures
stronger at base than posteriorly, ene row commencing with a
deep foveolate puncture. Legs elongate; anterior femora thickened,
their tibize widened at the apex.

Hab. Peru.

Of somewhat Monachus-like shape and well distinguished by
the entirely black coloration, finely granulate head, &c. The
prosternum is subquadrate, with the poster lor margin truncate.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS OLIVACEUS, Sp. Nn.

Olive-green; basal joints of antenne, under side, and legs
flavous ; thorax impunctate ; elytra finely punctate-striate.

Length 5-6 millim.

Subcylindrical and parallel. Head pale green, the vertex with
a deep depression and a few fine punctures only ; clypeus distinctly
separated from the face, more distinctly punctured, margined
with obscure flavous ; eyes broadly and subquadrately emarginate ;
mandibles black; antenne extending to middle of elytra, black,
lower three joints flavous, third and fourth equal, fifth and following
joints much longer. Thorax subconical, strongly narrowed in
front ; sides nearly straight, posterior margin oblique at each side,
median lobe strongly produced ; surface entirely impunctate, olive-
green, extreme basal margin pale piceous. Scutellum obscure
flavous. Elytra finely punctate- striate, with a very feeble depression
below the base, interstices slightly un led anteriorly ; extreme
sutural margins piceous. Below and the legs as well as the
pygidium flavous; prosternum broad, sparingly punctured, pos-
terior margin subtriangular.

Hab. Jalahy, Prov. Goyaz, Brazil.

Much distinguished by its green and flavous coloration, rare
amongst the numerous members of this group, but evidently allied
to C. alliaceus Kirsch, from Peru, in coloration, but im that species
the head is flavous and the elytra are banded.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS FOVEICOLLIS, sp. n.

Fulvous ; antenne and legs (base of femora excepted) black ;
thorax impunctate, sides with a foveolate sulcus; elytra strongly
and closely punctate-striate.

Length 4 millim.

Elongate and narrow; sides and upper portion of the head
entirely occupied by the eyes, which meet at the vertex ; clypeus
separated from the face by a deep semicircular groove, sparingly
punctured as well as the intraocular space; antenne slender,
black, lower two joints fulvous, third and fourth joints equal,
much shorter than the following ones, these scarcely thicker.
Thorax about one half broader than long, much narrowed in front,
lateral margins oblique and straight; surface impunctate, the
anterior portion strongly convex, the posterior with a curved

836 THE LATE MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Nov. 26,

suleus, which commences at the middle of the lateral margin and
ends in a deep fovea in front of the posterior angles, these acute
and produced, another more shallow depression is placed at each
side near the scutellum ; extreme edge of posterior margin black.
Scutellum narrowly elongate and pointed, fulvous, base with a
small fovea. Hlytra parallel and elongate, with a very shallow
depression below the base, very closely punctate-striate ; the punc-
tures transverse, much finer near the apex ; the interstice at the
shoulders costiform; epipleural lobes rather strongly produced.
Under side paler; legs elongate, black, the base of the femora
fulvous, claws appendiculate. Prosternum longer than broad, with
shallow lateral grooves, posterior margin straight.

Hab. Bahia.

A very aberrant species and agreeing almost with the genus
Mastacanthus Sutt., but the prosternum of different shape.
Having only a single specimen for comparison, I have included
it at present in Cryptocephalus.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS EMARGINATUS, Sp. 0.

Fulvous; antenne and sides of breast black; thorax impune-
tate ; elytra finely punctate-striate, fulvous, the extreme basal
margin black, outer interstices costate.

Tieneeh 3 millim.

Broadly ovate; head impunctate, sides and vertex entirely
occupied by the eyes, which are only separated by a very narrow
space ; antenne extending to middle of elytra, black, basal two
joints fulvous, third and fourth joints elongate, equal, following
joints shorter and thicker. Thorax strongly narrowed anteriorly,
twice as wide at the base than in front, the sides straight ; surface
shining and impunctate, the basal portion paler than the anterior
one. Scutellum triangular, fulvous, base black. Elytra with
fine rows of punctures distinct to the apex, the fifth and sixth
rows shortened and joined at the apex, third and ninth rows
similarly connected ; the extreme basal margin black, this colour
also extending to the epipleure of the humeral lobes, the
extreme sutural and apical margins likewise black; interstices
impunctate, the outer two longitudinally convex. Breast more or
less black. Prosternum broadly subquadrate, with some irregular
depressions.

Hab. Amazons.

Of short and broad shape, the puncturation of the elytra very
fine, the latter with the basal margin and epipleure black. I
have two exactly similar specimens before me. ‘The species bears
the above specific name in the Brit. Mus. collection, but I can
find no species so described.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS BAHIAENSIS, Sp. n.

Reddish-fulvous, shining; head, underside and legs flavous ;
antenne with apical joints black; thorax impunctate ; elytra
finely punctate-striate.

1907. | SPECIES OF CRYPIOCEPHALINE BEETLES. 837

Length 3 millim.

Rather short and broad; the head impunctate ; eyes subtri-
angularly notched, nearly touching at vertex; antenne slender,
lower four joints testaceous, rest black, third and fourth equal,
elongate, terminal joints slightly widened. Thorax about one
half broader than long, basal margin about twice as wide as
anterior one, sides nearly straight; surface entirely impunctate,
reddish-fulvous, anterior margin slightly flavous. Scutellum
trigonate, basal margin black. Elytra slightly narrowed towards
apex, without depression, finely and regularly punctate-striate,
the punctures slightly larger at anterior portion ; last two or three
interstices feebly convex ; colour similar to that of thorax, extreme
basal margin black. Under side and legs flavous. Prosternum
subquadrate, the lateral margins raised, base truncate.

Hab. Bahia.

Not unlike C. bisulcatus Suff. in coloration, but with entirely
flavous legs and finely, not coarsely punctured elytra, interstices
smooth.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS TUCUMANENSIS, sp. 0.

Flavous ; thorax nearly impunctate, pale brownish, sides, a
central longitudinal band, and two obscure spots at base flavous ;
elytra very finely punctate- striate, flavous, an elongate sub-
quadrate band across suture extending below middle obscure
dark brownish.

Length 12 millim.

Very narrowly elongate, subcylindrical, subopaque. Head
flavous with a brownish central band, impunctate; eyes feebly
emarginate, widely separated at vertex (9%); lower three joints
of antenne flavous, rest wanting. ‘Thorax scarcely twice as broad
as long; sides nearly straight, but little narrowed anteriorly ;
surface microscopically punctured and granulate, flavous ; a broad
pale brown band each side near middle includes a small spot of
the ground-colour at the base. Scutellum narrowly elongate,
nearly black. Hlytra twice as long as the thorax, very finely
punctate-striate, with a few extra punctures below the shoulders ;
interstices flat, minutely granulate, the last one widened ; the
ground-colour pale yellow ; the humeral callus and an elongate
sutural band from base to below middle pale piceous. Below and
the legs entirely flavous. Prosternum longer than broad, feebly
emarginate at posterior margin.

Hab. Tucuman, Argent. Rep.

This extremely small species seems more nearly allied to C. mi-
serabilis Suff. than others, but is of different coloration and well
distinguished (as far as the single specimen before me admits) by
the sutural piceous elongate band, also by the almost invisible
puncturation of the thorax.

In the La Plata Museum and that of my own. The following
species from the same locality may possibly be a variety of this
one or represent the other sex.

838 THE LATE MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW | Nov. 26,

CRYPTOCEPHALUS ACUMINATUS, Sp. 0.

Flavous; terminal joints of antennee and the breast black;
thorax finely granulate, an obscure broad Crp-shaped mark at
middle pale brownish ; elytra finely punctate-striate, the punc-
tures piceous.

Length 13 millim.

Larger and more robust than the preceding; the head as in
that species; last six joints of the antennz thickened, only extending
to base of elytra. Thorax with straight lateral margins, the
posterior angles strongly produced and pointed ; surface minutely
granulate, with a broad and obscure brownish @--shaped mark
so frequently met with in the group; this design includes three
flavous spots at the base and another one near anterior margin
at middle. Hlytra cylindrical, distinctly punctate-striate ; all the
punctures piceous and distinct to apex, the seventh row only in-
dicated at base, entirely wanting below the shoulders, the corre-
sponding interstice on this account much wider than the others and
as wide as the last two. Breast black; abdomen piceous at base.

Hab. Tacuman, Argent. Rep

There seem to be sufficient differences to separate this species
from the preceding, the more so as another similar specimen is
contained in the La Plata Museum.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS BIVITTICOLLIS, Sp. Nn.

Flavous; base of head, antenne, and tarsi black; thorax
remotely punctured, with two black bands; elytra closely punce-
tate-striate anteriorly, each elytron with a subsutural and lateral
narrow band and suture black.

Length 43 millim.

Head with a few punctures at vertex, the latter in shape of a
narrow transverse band, black, another small black spot in front
of each eye; middle of head with a deep short groove which
extends to clypeus, the latter very strongly and closely punctured ;
antenne with second and third joints flavous below, rest black,
third joint half the length of fourth, following four elongate, rest
wanting. ‘Thorax strongly subcylindrical, long, scarcely one half
broader than long; sides rounded, rather suddenly constricted in
front; surface strongly and remotely placed at sides and near
anterior margin, flavous, each side with a straight, black, narrow
band near middle, from base to apex, basal margin strongly
thickened. Scutellum black, broad, truncate at apex. EHlytra
rather short and broad, rather finely punctured in semiregular,
not very closely placed rows from base to middle; puncturation
very obsolete near apex; the suture narrowly and two broader
bands from base nearly to apex black, the first band commences
from middle of base and the second is placed close to lateral
margins. Below flavous, a spot at outer side of femora, extreme
apex of tibie, and the tarsi black. Prosternum broad, rugosely
punctured, pubescent, basal margin straight.

Hab. Argentine Rep.

1907.] SPECIES OF CRYPTOCEPHALINE BEETLES. 839

Somewhat allied in coloration to C. 4-vittatus Jac. from
Central America, but distinguished from that and some other
species by the proportionately long thorax and its two black
bands.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS FLOHRI, sp. n.

Above yellowish white; the head with two, the thorax with four
longitudinal brown bands; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the
alternate interstices pale brownish.

Length 33 millim.

Head nearly white, with a central brown stripe which divides
anteriorly into two branches, this portion distinctly punctured,
rest impunctate; eyes very broadly but not deeply notched ;
clypeus transverse, deeply triangularly emarginate, the base with
a narrow transverse brown stripe; antennz extending just below
the base of the elytra, black, the lower four joints fulvous, third
and fourth equal, each shorter than the fifth joint. Thorax twice
as broad as long, the lateral margins nearly straight, anterior one
about half the width of the posterior; surface sparingly and
extremely finely punctured, coloured like the head, with four
slightly curved ferruginous bands from base to apex, of nearly
equal width and distance, the two middle ones nearly touching
at the base and not quite extending to the anterior margin, the
lateral bands with a very narrow short stripe at middle branching
off at right angles outwards. Scutellum yellow, margined with
black. Elytra narrow and parallel, strongly and regularly punc-
tate-striate, the seventh row interrupted below the shoulders and
closely approached to the eighth row, second row united with the
ninth at the apex; the interior of all the punctures dark brown ;
the third, fifth, and seventh interstices pale fulvous; humeral
callus likewise dark brown, extreme sutural margins nearly black.
Breast and abdomen dark brown, strongly rugose-punctate ; femora
and tibie likewise brown; a spot at the apex of the femora,
anterior coxee, upper portion of the breast, a subquadrate spot at
the metasternum, and the pygidium yellowish white, the latter
strongly punctured.

Hab. Guanajuato, Mexico.

A very prettily marked species, of which I received a specimen
from the late Mr. Flohr, too late for description in the ‘ Biologia
Centr.-Americana.’

CRYPTOCEPHALUS APICIPES, Sp. n.

Pale fulvous; the antenne, apex of the tibie, and the tarsi
black; thorax with a deep semicircular groove at the posterior
angles, impunctate ; elytra finely punctate-striate.

Length 4 millim.

Head slightly rugose or uneven; the large eyes deeply sub-
quadrately emarginate, the emargination placed at the middle;
clypeus wedge-shaped, broad, impunctate; antenne black, the
basal joint fulvous, robust, fourth and following joints gradually

840 THE LATE MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [| Nov. 26,

and strongly widened, elongate, the terminal joint nearly extending
to the apex of the elytra. Thorax about one half broader than
long, strongly narrowed in front; sides rounded ; dise very convex,
bounded at the sides by a deep, nearly semicircular groove, which
surrounds the anterior angles, but is continued at the base to the
scutellum ; surface entirely impunctate; extreme basal margin
black. Scutellum narrowly elongate ; its apex truncate, impune-
tate. Elytra with strongly pronounced epipleural lobes, slightly
narrowed posteriorly; the shoulders tubereuliform; the surface
finely punctate-striate, the punctures at the sides rather stronger;
interstices flat and impnnetate. Under side slightly paler ; legs
robust ; tarsi very broad. Prosternum widened posteriorly ; the
margin slightly emarginate or concave.

Hab. Jalahy, Prov. Goyaz, Brazil.

This is a very aberrant species, and recalls an Australian
representative of Mie genus rather than a New World form; I
know no similarly structured species from that region. I received
a specimen from M. Donckier at Paris, and I have no reason
to doubt the correctness of the locality. The strong thoracic
sulcus, dilated antenne, and structure of the eyes characterize
the species most decidedly.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS SEMIOPACUS, Sp. Nn.

Head, antenne, thorax, and legs fulvous, elytra dark blue;
thorax finely rugosely punctured; elytra strongly punctate-striate,
the interstices finely transversely wrinkled; breast and abdomen
black.

Length 4 millim.

Elongate and parallel; the head very deeply, subconfiuently
punctured, fulvous; eyes very broadly, subquadrately emarginate ;
clypeus impunctate, transverse, well separated, its anterior edge,
as well as the labrum, piceous ; antennz extending to the middle
of the elytra, flavous, terminal joints fulvous. third and fourth
equal, fifth longer, the following gradually shortened. Thorax
twice as ‘oeondl as long, distinctly narrowed anteriorly ; sides
feebly rounded; surface fulvous; the posterior angles flavous,
strongly produced ; entire disc finely rugosely punctured. Scu-
tellum black, short. Elytra elongate, finely punctate-striate near
the suture, the first three or four rows regular and well separated,
the outer rows much more closely approached and irregular, the
last two rows with deeper punctures at the basal portion ; all the
interstices extremely finely transversely wrinkled, of silky
appearance. Pygidium black, closely punctured; legs fulvous,
rather slender; under side black. Prosternum fulvous, elongate,
narrowed at middie; posterior margin with strongly produced
angles.

Hab. Mexico.

This is a well marked and distinguished species, of which I know
a single specimen only, received from M. Donckier at Paris, The
coloration and characteristic sculpturing of the elytra differ from

1907 sl SPECIES OF CRYPTOCEPHALINE BEETLES. 841

any other Central-American Cryptocephalus with which IT am
acquainted.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS GUIANAENSIS, Sp. n.

Pale flavous; antennz: (the basal joints excepted) black ; head
coarsely punctured ; thorax with a very deep, foveolate suleus at
each side, impunctate ; elytra deeply and closely punctured, with
rugose and costate interstices.

Length 5 millim.

Elongate and parallel, the head with a row of punctures near
the eyes, rest impunctate ; eyes deeply subquadrately emarginate
at middle, rather closely approached at the vertex ; antenne:

extending beyond the middle of the elytra, black, the lower three

joints flavous, third and fourth joints equal, fifth as long as the
preceding two together, the following nearly equally long and
thickened. Thorax quite twice as broad as long; the sides less
strongly deflexed than in most species ; lateral mar gins nearly
straight, moderately strongly narrowed in front; orice | Impune-
tate nd shining, flavous ; econ the middle of ane lateral margins
runs a deep, sinuate sulcus to the base in front of the scutellam,
at the middle this sulcus is widened into a fovea, the space w high
lies behind is strongly raised, especially so near the posterior
angles; in front of the scutellum this sulcus ends in another
fovea. Scutellum narrow and elongate, almost subeylindrical.
Elytra convex, very slightly narrowed posteriorly, with rows of
deep, foveolate punctures, extremely closely placed and almost
confluent, the interstices transversely rugose and longitudinally
costate, the punctures near the apex finer and more separated.
Legs elongate, flavous. Prosternum broadly subquadrate, strongly
produced i in front, base feebly emar ginate.

Hab. British Guiana.

J know no other South-American Cryptocephalus with an
equally deeply sulcate thorax or similar elytral sculpture.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS GUNDLACHI, sp. n.

Q. Purplish blue ; thorax finely punctured with wrinkled
interstices; elytra strongly punctate-striate, a transverse band at
base ; the sides below the shoulders and the apex flavous.

Length 5 millim.

Of broad and somewhat flattened shape; the head strongly and
rather closely punctured, purplish blue; labrum and mandibles
black; antennz purplish, lower three joints more or less fulvous
below, fifth and following joints very elongate, longer than fourth.
Thorax more than twice as broad as long, not much narrowed
anteriorly, the sides rounded, posterior angles produced ; the entire
surface finely wrinkled, sparingly and very finely punctured ;
median lobe very short, scarcely produced. Scutellum black,
oblong, impunctate. LElytra strongly punctate-striate anteriorly,
finely so towards the apex, the rows widely separated ; the inter-
stices very finely wrinkled, with a transverse smooth raised space

842 THE LATE MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW ° | Nov. 26,

at the sides below the shoulders, the punctures in front of this
space interrupted; the base in shape of a transverse band ex-
tending downwards at the sides to below the middle and the apex,
pale fulvous, rest of the dise purplish blue. Below and legs of
the latter colour. Prosternum strongly produced in front, deeply
bilobed posteriorly.

Hab. Havana.

Whether this is the female of C. grossulws Oliv., the male of
which was described at length by Suftrian, ldo not know, but the
coloration is entirely different. The thorax has no yellow margins,
nor have the elytra a flavous band at middle; they may be
described as fulvous with the entire disc purplish blue, this colour
assumes the shape of a broad band which is strongly emarginate
at the sides; the colour of the body below and that of the legs
also differs from Olivier’s species.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS CUBAENSIS, Sp. n.

Body below dark brown, above metallic dark blue; thorax im-
punctate; elytra very deeply and closely punctured, a transverse
spot at the base and a narrow band at the middle flavous.

Length 4 millim.

@. Hlongate, the head nearly impunctate, metallic blue;
clypeus fulvous ; eyes subtriangularly notched ; antenne long and
slender, lower five joints fulvous, rest dark, fifth and following
joints longer than fourth. Thorax scarcely more than one-half
broader than long, narrowed anteriorly, sides rounded, median
lobe scarcely produced ; surface entirely impunctate, blue. Scutel-
lum elongate and narrow. LElytra with very deep and closely ap-
proached rows of punctures, which only slightly diminish in size
towards the apex; the last two interstices costate, the others
slightly wrinkled near the shoulders; the blue ground-colour
interrupted by a transverse flavous spot near the scutellum at
the base and by another oblique narrow band at the middle near
the suture, not extending to the sides. Body below and legs dark
fulvous. Prosternum longer than broad, posterior margin feebly
concave.

Hab. Cuba.

Differs in coloration from any other species from the same
locality.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS SEMIFASCIATUS, sp. nh.

Black; thorax fulvous, minutely punctured; elytra ferru-
ginous, deeply and closely punctured, a spot below the base,
another near the apex, and an interrupted transverse band across
suture below middle, black.

Length 4 millim.

Subcylindrical and parallel ; head black, closely punctured and
finely pubescent ; labrum fulvous; eyes broadly emarginate at
middle; antenne long and slender, black, basal four joints ful-
yous, first piceons above, third and fourth equal, fifth longer,

1907. ] SPECIES OF CRYPTOCEPHALINE BEETLES. 843

Thorax subglobular, not much narrowed in front, posterior margin
about one-half wider than anterior one, sides rather rounded;
surface extremely closely and finely punctured, dark fulvous,
extreme posterior edge black; posterior angles acute, but not
produced. Scutellum black, not longer than broad, impunctate.
Klytra parallel-sided, more yellowish in colour than the thorax,
without basal depression, very deeply and closely punctate-
striate, punctures scarcely finer at apex ; interstices more or less
transversely rugose, the outer ones and those near the suture and
apex costate; subsutural short row of punctures extending to
middle, first row below the latter, second row neariy joined to
ninth at apex, third and fourth similarly connected, the following
two rows abbreviated near apex. Body below and the legs black,
finely pubescent ; a small black spot below base near suture on
the third row of punctures; a transverse, slightly oblique, biack
band, not extending to the margins, but across suture below
middle, and a larger black spot between the fourth and eighth rows
of punctures at their apex.

Hab. Mexico.

I only know a single specimen of this species (¢), well dis-
tinguished by the black head and body, the deep and close
punctures of the elytra and their design.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS SUBANESCENS, Sp. n.

Fulvous; thorax with eneous gloss; elytra dark metallic
greenish, very finely punctured ; breast and abdomen black.

Length 13 millim.

Narrowly elongate, the head impunctate, fulvous ; eyes slightly
sinuate only ; antennz pale fulvous, terminal three joints slightly
darkened, third and following joints gradually widened. Thorax
subglobular, about one-half broader than long, sides rounded at
middle; surface extremely minutely punctured, obscure fulvous
with greenish zneous gloss. Scutellum triangular. Elytra sub-
cylindrical and parallel, of a brassy-green colour, very finely
punctate-striate; interstices flat and impunctate; the lateral
margins deflexed, bounded above by a longitudinal ridge. Legs
robust, fulvous. Prosternum narrowly elongate, carinate at the
sides, fulvous; rest of under side black, nearly impunctate.

Hab. 'Tucuman, Argentine Rep. Coll. La Plata Mus. and
my own.

From C. auratus Fab. and allied species the present one may be
known by the fulvous, not zneous or green thorax, this part
having only a slight zneous lustre, and by the black under side.
In the male the elytral puncturation is scarcely perceptible except
under a strong lens.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS HAITIENSIS, Sp. n.

Metallic purplish blue ; abdomen and tarsi black; thorax finely
punctured; elytra strongly punctate-striate.

Length 23 millim.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. LVIT. ate

844 THE LATE MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Nov. 26,

Of broadly subquadrate shape, entirely purplish ; the head with a
few punctures and some sulci at the vertex, the latter very narrow
on account of the rather closely approached eyes, these triangularly
emarginate; clypeus well separated from the face, broader than
long, sparingly punctured; antenne purplish, slender, rather
short, the terminal three or four joints slightly thickened.
Thorax not more than one-half broader than long, convex, sides
feebly rounded, but little narrowed anteriorly, posterior angles
rather strongly produced; surface somewhat uneven, finely and
not very closely punctured, the punctures shallow. Scutellum
narrow, longer than broad, black. Elytra scarcely more than
double the length of the thorax, rather strongly punctate-striate,
with a shallow fovea immediately below the shoulders. Body
below dark blue, shining. Prosternum subquadrate, posterior
margin feebly rounded.

Hab. Port-au-Prince, Haiti.

Smaller than C. rufitarsus Suff. and C. tristiculus Weise from
Porto Rico, entirely metallic, the elytral punctures straight, the
interstices impunctate.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS ARGENTINUS, Sp. 0.

Bluish black ; basal joints of the antenne, lower portion of face
and legs flavous; thorax finely granulate; elytra very finely
punctate-striate.

Length 14 millim.

Head impunctate, black at the vertex, lower portion flavous ;
eyes but feebly notched ; antennz black, basal joint flavous, third
and fourth joints small, equal, terminal joints strongly thickened.
Thorax scarcely twice as broad as long, strongly narrowed
anteriorly, the anterior margin preceded by a narrow transverse
sulcus; surface not perceptibly punctured, median lobe of basal
margin truncate; disc black and shining. Scutellum elongate and
pointed, longer than broad. Elytra finely punctate-striate,
slightly greenish black; the punctures rather widely separated,
distinct to apex; last interstice slightly convex, shoulders tubereuli-
form. Legs fulvous, knees and tarsi piceous. Prosternum sub-
quadrate, posterior margin emarginate.

Hab. Buenos Ayres, Argentine Rep.

A very small species, of subquadrate shape and with antenne
much like a Monachus, but with differently shaped prosternum ;
the entirely flavous lower portion of the face and the similarly
coloured legs distinguish well this species, received from the La
Plata Museum.

GRIBURIUS BOLIVIANUS, Sp. Nn.

Black ; thorax finely and closely punctured, with deep depression
at sides; elytra finely punctate-striate, a subquadrate patch at
base, not extending to suture, and a round apical spot bright red.

Length 3 millim.

3. Upper portion and sides of head entirely occupied by the

UO) SPECIES OF CRYPTOCEPHALINE BEETLES, 845

eyes which meet at the middle; clypeus finely rugose; antenne
with the lower five joints black above, obscure fulvous below,
third shorter than fourth, both very elongate, rest wanting.
Thorax nearly twice as bond as long, sides soeendledh moderately
narrowed anteriorly; surface extremely finely and subremotely
_ punctured, only visible under a strong lens, the base with a deep
transverse depression near the posterior angles. Scutellum very
broad at base, impunctate, black. Elytra with a shallow trans-
verse depression below the base across the suture, finely and
rather regularly punctate-striate, the space near the suture at the
basal portion irregularly punctate, black, with a slight purplish
gloss; the humeral red patch extending nearly, but not quite, to
suture and downwards to about one-third the length of the elytra,
the apical spot round or nearly so, impunctate. Body below
clothed with fine yellow pubescence, apex of the tibize and the
tarsi more or less fulvous. Prosternum much longer than broad,
strongly punctured.

Hab. Bolivia.

Smaller than any other species of similar coloration and dis-
tinguished by the very fine thoracic puncturation. Female
unknown

GRIBURIUS ORNATUS, Sp. Nn,

Yellowish white ; thorax with two longitudinal fulvous bands,
sparingly punctured; elytra strongly punctate-striate, dark ful-
vous, each with five elongate, whitish, raised spots (2.2.1) and
similar narrow stripes near lateral margins. :

Length 34 millim.

Head strongly but sparingly punctured, a small piceous spot at
vertex and at base of antennz, punctures likewise piceous, ground-
colour pale yellow; emargination of eyes triangular; antenne
very slender, lower five joints pale, rest black, third joint much
shorter than fourth. Thorax scarcely twice as broad as long, sides
nearly straight, but slightly narrowed anteriorly, median lobe of
basal margin broadly rounded ; surface sparingly (but strongly and
irregularly) punctured at sides, middle impunctate, basal margin
accompanied by a row of deep punctures; a broad longitudinal band,
irregularly widened into spots at sides, is placed at each side near
middle, the latter has likewise a small spot situated at base.
Scutellum pale yellow. Elytra subcylindrical, parallel, the fulvous
portion separated by raised whitish elongate spots, of which one is
placed near suture, one at shoulders, two at middle, transversely,
and a round one at apex; the last interstice near margin is nearly
entirely whitish, except below middle; all the pale spots are with-
out punctures, the latter are arr ranged as follows :—two irregular
short rows near suture, followed by four closely placed rows, a
few punctures below shoulders and two rows near margins com-
plete the sculpturing; none of the rows extend to apex, the first
of the longer ones divides the pale discoidal spot near suture.
Legs pale fulvous, anterior femora incrassate.

=

5T*

846 THE LATE MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [Nov. 26,

Hab. Paraguay.
Allied to G. 17-guttatus Suff., but with extra pale lateral
stripes, and differently sculptured.

GRIBURIUS AUREOVILLOSUS, Sp. n.

Obscure purplish or greenish black; labrum and base of femora
fulvous; thorax nearly impunctate; elytra finely punctate-
striate anteriorly, a transverse band at base and an apical spot
flavous; body below densely golden-yellow pubescent.

Length 5 millim.

Head finely punctured anteriorly only; eyes large and oblique,
constricting the head at base, inner margin triangularly and but
slightly notched ; antennz extending to base of elytra only, five
lower joints fulvous, rest dark, basal joint black above. Thorax.
more than twice as broad as long, sides angulately and strongly
narrowed from middle to apex, and to a less extent at base, with
distinct reflexed margins ; surface with deep oblique sulcus at sides
near base, the depressions more strongly, the disc very finely
punctured ; median lobe of basal margin broad, feebly but dis-
tinctly produced. Scutellum much broader than long, closely
and finely punctured. Elytra broad, slightly narrowed at apex,
irregularly punctured near suture, rest of disc finely punctate-
striate, apex smooth ; lateral lobes strongly produced ; the flavous
band at base of regular shape, extending downwards to one-third
the length of the elytra ; apical spot transverse. Base of femora,
apex of tibie, and the tarsi flavous. Prosternum broad, widened
posteriorly, base obtusely rounded. Entire under side densely
clothed with silky golden pubescence.

Fab. Upper Amazons.

Allied to G. argentatus Erichs., but without pubescent sides of
thorax and with golden pile on the under side.

GRIBURIUS HIRTIFRONS, sp. Nh.

Bluish black ; base of femora fulvous ; thorax finely and closely
punctured ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, a subquadrate patch
at base, not extending to suture, and the apex flavous; head finely
pubescent.

Length 33 millim.

3. Head finely punctured at vertex, lower portion furnished
with yellow pubescence; eyes very large, nearly meeting at
middle, feebly notched; antenne long and slender, lower three
joints fulvous below, rest black, third and fourth equal. Thorax
one-half broader than long, sides rounded at middle, narrowed in
front; surface very closely and distinctly punctured, purplish ;
base with a slight depression at each side near scutellum ; median
lobe broadly but feebly produced. Scutellum broadly subquadrate,
finely punctured. Elytra subquadrately oblong, finely punctate-
striate, punctures irregular near suture and partly double at base ;
apex impunctate; a subquadrate, transverse band at base, sur-
rounding the shoulders, but not extending to suture, and a spot at

1907.] SPECIES OF CRYPTOCEPHALINE BEETLES. 847

apex of each elytron flavous. Body below densely clothed with
silvery pubescence ; base of all the femora and apex of the tibize
fulvous. Prosternum longer than broad, longitudinally depressed.
Hab. Prov. Goyaz, Brazil.
Allied to G. pretextatus Suff., but with finely and closely
punctured thorax and totally different elytral puncturation, the
scutellum glabrous.

GRIBURIUS NIGRITARSIS, Sp. 1.

Testaceous ; antenne, parts of breast, and middle of abdomen
black; head with two, thorax with four black spots, sparingly
punctured ; scutellum black; elytra finely and closely punctured,
suture, a humeral and lateral spot below middle, black ; apex of
tibiee and the tarsi black.

Length 6 millim.

Head rather closely punctured near eyes and at anterior
portion, middle with a longitudinal groove, emargination of eyes
very broad, base of antenne with a black spot; vertex with a
divided sinuate black transverse band ; antennz long, black, third
joint shorter than fourth, terminal joints widened. Thorax
scarcely twice as broad as long, lateral margins slightly rounded
at base, constricted and nearly straight anteriorly ; surface finely
and sparingly punctured at middle, more closely and strongly so
at sides. Scutellum subquadrate, black, shining. Hlytra scarcely
wider at base than thorax, elongate, basal margin raised; surface
irregularly, closely, and finely punctured ; apex obsoletely punc-
tured; extreme sutural margins, a round spot on shoulders and a
rather smaller one near the lateral margins at middle black. Sides
and apex of abdomen testaceous, breast and middle portion of
abdomen black; apex of tibiz and tarsi likewise black; anterior
femora strongly thickened ; prosternum flavous as well as the legs,
the first-named subquadrate, narrowed posteriorly, rather strongly
suleate.

Hab. Sao Paulo, Brazil.

Somewhat similarly coloured as G. conspurcatus Suff., but
differently marked, and separated from this species and G. abstersus
Suff. by the entirely different elytral sculpturing, in which there
is scarcely a trace of an arrangement of the punctures in rows.

GRIBURIUS FEMORATUS, Sp. ND.

Black ; labrum, three spots on the head, and lower margins of
the femora yellowish white; thorax strongly punctured ; elytra
deeply punctate-striate, with a large subquadrate humeral red
patch.

Length 5 millim.

Head strongly and closely punctured, black, a narrow, short,
transverse stripe between the eyes and a small spot at the
emargination of the latter yellowish white, Jabrum of the same
colour; antenne with the lower six joints fulvous, following two

848 THE LATE MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Nov. 26,

black, rest black, basal joint black above, third joint much shorter
than fourth. Thorax about one and a half times broader than
long, sides subangulately rounded near base, but slightly narrowed
in front ; surface with a rather deep oblique impression near base
at each side, strongly and rather closely punctured, black, some
narrow, irregular, short stripes at the extreme lateral margins
pale yellow, basal margin not produced at middle. Scutellum
broader than long. LElytra about one-half longer than es
very strongly punctate-striate, extreme apex nearly smooth ;
regular subquadrate dark ved spot 1s placed at the A aie
extending inwards as far as the third row of punctures and down-
wards neatly to the middle of the elytra. Under side black,
covered with rather long white PHDSIaNe: legs black ; femora
all margined with yellow Thelowr:

Hab. Brazil.

I possess only a single apparently female specimen of this
species, which may be known from other somewhat similarly
marked by the strong puncturation of the head and upper parts
and the regular, nearly square-shaped elytral patch, as well as the
colour of the femora.

METALLACTUS BOLIVIANUS, Sp. 0.

Below black; head obscure fulvous, with a central white patch ;
thorax short, sparingly punetured, yellowish white, with a large
subquadrate black patch at each side; elytra finely punctate-
striate, pale yellowish, a transverse band at the base, another
below the middle, and the sutural and apical margins black.

Length 4 millim.

Head flat, the inner margins of the eyes, the intermediate
space, and the clypeus distinctly punctured, the latter and the
vertex obscure fulvous, intraocular space yellowish white; eyes
well separated, subquadrately emarginate, this space strongly
punctured; antenne with the lower five joints black (the rest
wanting), third joint slightly shorter than the fourth. Thorax
twice as broad as long, of equal width, not narrowed anteriorly,
the sides feebly rounded anteriorly, the. base with a short but
deep sulcus at each side ; surface very remotely punctured at the
disc, the sides rather more closely and strongly so; the ground-
colour yellowish white, the sides with a large subquadrate black
pateh, more closely approached to the anterior than the posterior
margin, its lower edge oblique. Scutellum broader than long, finely
punctured, black, its apex truncate. Hlytra parallel-sided, rather
strongly punctate-striate, the punctured rows closely approached
and rather irregular at the base, more widely separated pos-
teriorly, of the same colour as the thorax, the base with a
transverse narrow black band not extending. to the lateral
margins; a similar band is placed below the middle, extending
to the extreme lateral and apical margins, the latter therefore
including a round flavous spot at the apex of each elytron.
Under side and legs black, sides of the abdominal segments flavous.

1907:j] SPECIES OF CRYPTOCEPHALINE BEETLES. 849

Prosternum longer than broad, very broad and slightly concave
at the base, gradually narrowed at the apex, the latter rounded.

Hab. Bolivia.

Closely allied to MM. bifasciatws Jac. (Mitt. ent. Gesells.
Miinchen, 1878, p. 142), but the thorax with two lateral not
one median spot, and finely and sparingly punctured, the head
not black.

METALLACTUS FLAVOFRONTALIS, Sp. nh.

Head, antenna, legs, and breast black, vertex with a flavous
spot ; thorax strongly punctured, with two large subtriangular
black patches ; elytra very closely punctured in irregular rows,
black, two spots at the middle, two below the latter, the outer
ones of both small, a spot at the apex, and the epipleure at the
shoulders, yellow; sides of the abdomen and pygidium likewise
yellow.

Length 5 millim.

Head very strongly and closely punctured, black, the vertex
with a roand yellow spot; labrum fulvous; antenne long and
slender, black, the lower four joints flavous below, the third joint
one-half longer than the fourth, terminal joints very elongate
and slender, very slightly widened. ‘Thorax scarcely twice as
broad as long, the sides rather suddenly narrowed anteriorly ;
posterior margins strongly thickened at the sides, strongly and
rather closely punctured ; flavous, with two large black patches,
narrow at the apex and extending to the anterior margin, rather
suddenly widened at the base, leaving the margin of the ground-
colour as far as its thickened portion, the space dividing the spots
in shape of a narrow flavous middle line, the sides more broadly
of that colour and abruptly widened near the anterior angles.
Scutellum flavous, subquadrate, the basal portion black. EHlytra
with strongly produced lateral lobes, subcylindrical, strongly and
closely punctured, with but feeble indication of rows, black; each
elytron with five bright yellow spots, the one near the suture at
the middle the largest and of round shape, the lower ones more
transverse and smaller, the outer two small, the first of these
joined to the flavous epipleure at the base. Breast, middle
of the abdomen, and the legs black; prosternum rugose and
pubescent, longer than broad, narrowed between the coxe, the
apex rounded; pygidium and the sides of the abdominal segments
flavous.

Hab. Jalahy, Prov. Goyaz, Brazil.

Somewhat similarly coloured as I. kollari Beni and salsa
species, but quite different in the pattern of the elytra in con-
nection with the broadly flavous sides of the abdomen, black
legs, &e.

METALLACTUS AFFINIS, sp. n.

Flavous, the vertex of the head, the antenne, and the tibie
and tarsi black; thorax strongly punctured, with a transverse

850 THE LATE MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Nov. 26,

sinuous black band; scutellum black; elytra strongly punctate-
striate, each with six small black spots (2.2. 2).

Length 43-5 millim.

Head strongly rugosely punctured, strongly narrowed between
the eyes, the vertex black; a spot at the base of the antennw
and the edge of the clypeus likewise black, rest of the surface
flavous; eyes very large, broadly notched; antenne black, the
lower three joints flavous below, third joint one-half shorter than
the fourth. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the lateral
margins very feebly rounded at the middle; the surface trans-
versely depressed near the anterior margin, strongly but not
closely punctured, flavous, with a narrow more or less -,--shaped
black band at the middle, abbreviated at the sides. Scutellum
subquadrate, black. EHlytra with closely approached rows of
strong punctures, the rows often irregular with extra punctures,
the interstices more or less costate from the middle downwards
and at the sides; each elytron with six black spots, the largest
of somewhat subquadrate shape at the base, two others much
smaller below the middle and the smallest near the apex. Below,
the femora and the pygidium flavous, tibie and tarsi black; the
sides of the breast anteriorly and the metasternum posteriorly
sometimes likewise more or less marked with black ; prosternum
longer than broad, pubescent. Female with a deep abdominal
cavity occupying the middle of the last two segments.

Hab. Lagos, 8. Brazil.

In general system of coloration this species agrees exactly with
spotted varieties of M7. nigrofasciatus, M. ulbifrons, and M. albipes,
Suff., but the coarsely punctured elytra, semiconvex interstices,
and the extension of the punctures to the apex does not allow
the identification of the species with any of those named above,
the more so as there are two exactly similar specimens before me.

METALLACTUS ARGENTINENSIS, Sp. n.

Black; a spot on the head and the thorax fulvous or flavous,
the latter finely punctured, with two black stripes; elytra minutely
and closely punctured and finely transversely wrinkled, black, a
humeral spot of subquadrate shape and a round spot at the apex
flavous.

Length 42 millim.

Head black, nearly impunctate, the vertex almost entirely
flavous, in shape of a large rounded patch, lower portion of face
rugose ‘and closely pubescent ; labrum flavous; eyes large, widely
separated, broadly notched; antennee slender, black, the lower
five joints flavous, the basal joint black above, third joint slightly
shorter than the fourth, Thorax about one-half broader than
long, subcylindrical, the sides rounded ; the surface rather closely
punctured at the sides, nearly impunctate at the middle, flavous,
with two longitudinal black bands from the base to the apex,
these meet in front and are suddenly narrowed from the middle
downwards, forming acute angles at each side at their widest

1907.| SPECIES OF CRYPTOCEPHALINE BEETLES. 851

portion. Scutellum broadly subquadrate, punctured and pubescent

at the base. LElytra broadly subquadrate, punctured in closely

approached irregular rows, the interstices finely wrinkled, black ;

the shoulders with a large subquadrate flavous patch, the apex

with around smaller spot. Below and the legs black; the anterior

femora thickened, longer than the others, their tibiz curved.
Hab. Cordoba, Argentine Republic.

METALLACTUS CAPITATUS, Sp. n.

Head and anterior femora purplish blue; scutellum black;
thorax and elytra dark fulvous, the latter strongly punctate-
striate ; body below bluish, closely silvery pubescent; tibiee and
tarsi fulvous.

Length 6 millim.

Rather large and robust; head with a longitudinal central
groove, the lower portion distinctly punctured; labrum black ;
eyes rather closely approached ( 2 ), triangularly notched at lower
portion ; antennz slender, bluish, lower five joints fulvous, third
and following two joints very elongate. Thorax more than twice
as broad as long, sides strongly subangulately rounded at middle,
constricted in front and at base; disc with a rather broad trans-
verse depression near the posterior angles, the middle finely and
remotely, the sides more strongly punctured. Scutellum finely
punctured, scarcely longer than broad, black. Elytra scarcely
wider at base than the thorax, the humeral lobes strongly pro-
duced ; surface with very deep and irregular rows of punctures,
these much finer and more regular below the middle; interstices
at base somewhat convex. Body below strongly inflated; legs
elongate; anterior femora thickened, entirely, intermediate
femora partly, blue; prosternum subquadrate, slightly carinate
at middle.

Hab. Espiritu Santo, Brazil.

Quite distinct in coloration than any of the described species,
the head purplish, the elytral puncturation deep and strong, the
entire upper surface unicolorous.

M®rauLactus SEMIPURPUREUS, Sp. N.

Obscure purplish; thorax very finely punctured; elytra
strongly punctate-striate, the humeral lobes and a round spot
at apex of each elytron pale fulvous.

Length 5 millim.

Head with a few punctures near the eyes, the latter rather
closely approached, large, with a small notch at lower portion ;
anterior part of head rugosely punctured ; antennz slender, black,
lower six joints fulvous, basal joint black above. Thorax twice
as broad as long, sides rounded near base, gradually narrowed
anteriorly ; surface very finely and remotely punctured at disc ;
sides more closely punctured, with a rather deep transverse
depression near base; median lobe but very slightly produced.
Scutellum subquadrate, apex broadly truncate, surface longi-

852 THE LATE MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW | Noy. 26,

tudinally strigate and finely pubescent. Elytra with deep and
irregular rows of punctures, those near the suture still more
confusedly placed; all rows distinct except at the extreme apex,
the latter with a round. fulvous spot not extending to either
margin; another narrow elongate spot is placed in front of the
shoulders, extending nearly to the middle of the latera] margins
but not to the humeral callus. Body below finely pubescent,
black; legs purplish black, extreme base of the femora fulvous.
Prosternum broad, subquadrate, finely punctured and pubescent,
surface slightly concave.

Hab. Brazil.

The entirely purplish ground-colour, strong elytral punctura-
tion, and the shape of the ely tral mar kings distinguish this species,
of which I received a specimen from Mr. C. Bruch, of the
La Plata Museum, without detailed locality. J. palemon Sutf.
and allied species all differ in their black colour and different
markings.

METALLACTUS PERUANUS, sp. 1.

Flavous ; vertex with a black spot; thorax and elytra black,
the last-named with four raised spots placed subquadrately at
suture, two other spots at apex and the pygidium white.

Length 4 millim.

Head with a few punctures at vertex, the latter with a trian-
gular black spot at base, middle with a longitudinal groove,
entire sides occupied by the large oblique eyes, which closely
approach at top, their emargination very broad and subtriangular,
their surface spotted with black; lower portion of face im-
punctate; base of antenne with a brownish spot, lower six
joints piceous, more or less pale at base, rest broken off, third
joint shorter than fourth. Thorax about one-half broader than
long, narrowed anteriorly, the sides and middle with patches of
irregularly placed distinct punctures, forming a W-shaped band,
rest of surface impunctate, black. Scutellum obscure fulvous,
truncate at apex. EHlytra with fine, partly geminate rows of
punctures at the black portions only, the white spots impunctate,
raised, those near the scutellum raised to a point at the apex of
the latter; the black portion at the sides likewise convex and
smooth, surrounded by a few rows of punctures; each elytron
with three large round white patches, one at base near the
scutellum, followed immediately by a similar patch at the suture,
and the third rather smaller at the apical angle; besides these
markings, a short elongate spot somewhat obscure is placed near
the lateral margins at the apex. Pygidium, under side, and legs
yellowish white; prosternum twice as long as broad.

Hab. Peru.

This 1s one of the most peculiarly marked and sculptured species
of the genus, and much distinguished by the raised black and
white elytral spaces devoid of punctures and the elytral markings.
I have only a single specimen.

1907. ] SPECIES OF CRYPTOCEPHALINE BEETLES. 853

’ METALLACTUS DIVISUS, sp. n.

Below black; thorax dark purplish, closely punctured; elytra
strongly and closely punctate-striate, flavous, a sutural, posteriorly
widened band and a broad, elongate, subquadrate patch at the
sides purplish ; femora fulvous.

Length 3 millim.

3. Upper portion of head entirely occupied by the large eyes,
which meet at the top, they likewise extend sideways down to
the clypeus and are triangularly but not deeply emarginate at the
base of the antenne; clypeus triangular, deeply punctured,
purplish ; antenne slender, black, lower four joints fulvous
below, third and following joints very elongate. Thorax about
one-half broader than long, sides widened at middle; surface
rather strongly and closely punctured, with a deep oblique
depression at each side near the base, the puncturation at the
sides scarcely stronger than at middle. Scutellum longer than
broad, finely punctured, greenish black. Elytra wider at base than
the thorax, parallel-sided, with a shallow transverse depression
below base ; shoulders very prominent ; surface closely and strongly
punctate-striate, the punctures near the suture irregularly placed,
interstices at the sides slightly costate; the suture with a purplish
band, very narrow at base, but suddenly angulately widened near
the apex; the sides with an elongate subquadrate band, which
commences before the middle and ends obliquely before the apex,
this band approaches very closely the sutural stripe at its middle,
but is rather abruptly constricted behind, leaving the apex in
shape of a rounded spot of the flavous ground-colour. Legs
flavous, the anterior tibie and tarsi darkened, Prosternum
longer than broad, strongly rugose-punctate.

Hab. Gov. Chaco, Argentine Rep.

More closely allied to JM. succinctus Suff. than to any other
species, but the eyes touching, only feebly emarginate, clypeus
coarsely punctured, pattern of elytra different, and general size
much smaller.

METALLACTUS UNICOLOR, sp. n.

Entirely fulvous, apical joints of antenne black.
Length 4 millim.

_ Head impunctate at the vertex, lower portion depressed, with a
few fine punctures widely separated; emargination of the eyes
narrowly subquadrate, finely punctured; antennze black, basal
joint fulvous, third and fourth joints elongate, equal, terminal four
wanting. Thorax twice as broad as long, obliquely but moderately
constricted anteriorly ; lateral margins feebly rounded below the
middle, anterior margin preceded by a short depression at middle,
base with a deep transverse short sulcus near the anterior angles ;
surface very remotely and irregularly punctured. Scutellum
strongly raised, broad, impunctate. Elytra not wider at base
than the thorax, finely and irregularly punctured at basal portion,

854 THE LATE MR. M. JACOBY ON NEW [ Nov. 26,

partly geminate ; puncturation from middle downwards more
regular and in single rows, last two rows more distinct ; interstices
flat. Prosternum longer than broad, deeply concave anteriorly.

Hab. Brazil.

Of entirely fulvous colour; the puncturation of thorax very
remote, that of the elytra irregular at base. I received a speci-
men from Mr. C. Bruch at the La Plata Museum without a more
detailed locality.

METALLACTUS DONCKIERI, sp. n.

Yellowish white ; thorax sparingly punctured, disc witha black
triangular spot ; elytra closely punctate-striate, a transverse band
at the base and another at the apex black.

Var, Klytra with two spots at base and one below middle
black.

Length 33 millim.

Head with central longitudinal groove, nearly impunctate at
vertex, the latter sometimes with a triangular black spot ; lower
portion of the clypeus and the labrum brownish ; lower four joints
of antenn more or less pale below, following three black, rest
wanting, third and fourth joints equal. Thorax twice as broad as
long or somewhat broader, sides nearly straight, base with a deep
oblique depression at each side ; surface sparingly impressed with
deep punctures at disc and sides, the middle with a triangular
black spot or fulvous band, sides with another more obscure mark.
Elytra with closely placed rows of deep punctures of transverse
shape, those near the suture more confusedly arranged, the
punctures partly absent at the middle between the 6th and 8th
rows ; interstices slightly convex. Pygidium, under side, and legs
yellowish white; prosternum slightly longer than broad.

Hab. Jalahy, Prov. Goyaz, Brazil.

I have taken the banded form as that of the type, but between
this and the spotted varieties probably other variations occur.
The species seems almost identical with some of the varieties of
M. nigro-ornatus Stil, but may be at once distinguished by the
pale under side and legs, and by the interrupted punctures at the
sides of the elytra.

METALLACTUS PARTITUS, Sp. Nn.

Head, breast, and middle cf the abdomen black ; clypeus flavous ;
thorax fulvous, with an anterior black spot, closely punctured ;
elytra finely punctate-striate, black, a transverse band at the
middle fulvous.

Length 33 millim.

Head sparingly punctured at vertex, the latter black, lower
portion pale fulvous, strongly punctured ; anterior edge of clypeus
black, labrum pale fulvous; eyes closely approached at middle,
very large, their emargination small and triangular; antenne
extending to middle of elytra, black, lower five joints fulvous,
third joint slightly shorter than fourth, basal joint black above.
Thorax about one-half broader than long, sides obliquely but

1907. | SPECIES OF CRYPTOCEPHALINE BEETLES. 855

moderately narrowed anteriorly ; surface closely and strongly
punctured at the sides, more finely and remotely so at the disc;
a triangular black spot is placed at the middle of the anterior
margin, extending downwards beyond the middle of the disc.
Scutellum subquadrate, black, its apex broadly truncate. Elytra
scarcely or not wider at base than thorax, closely and finely
punctured in irregular rows anteriorly, the latter more distinct
and widely separated below the middle, black, with a transverse,
slightly curved, fulvous band placed immediately before the middle.
Pygidium and sides of the abdomen pale yellow; anterior legs
black, their femora strongly incrassate, upper portion flavous ;
posterior femora flavous with a black spot near the base ; tibize and
tarsi black; breast and the first three abdominal segments like-
wise black. Prosternum subquadrate, its posterior margin tri-
angularly produced. Female unknown.

Hab. South Brazil.

Allied to WM. semirufus Suff., but the thorax with a black patch,
the apical portion of the elytra likewise black.

Merauiactus inustus Suffr. Linn. Ent. xvi. p. 252.

Suffrian has described specimens in which the pubescence of the
upper surface was partly rubbed off; in the perfect insect, not
only the thorax but also the elytra are closely covered with white
hairs, which on the last-named parts are somewhat arranged in
rows. Varieties of this species occur which have entirely black
elytra. The insect is of dull appearance when perfect, but very
shining if the hairs are wanting.

METALLACTUS NIGROYVITTIS, sp. n.

Below black; head flavous; thorax closely punctured, black,
anterior and lateral margins and two spotst base flavous ; elytra
strongly punctate-striate, terstices costate, the sides and a
broader sutural band black; legs fulvous.

Length 2 millim.

Head at sides entirely occupied by the large eyes, which meet at
the vertex, lower portion and labrum flavous, strongly and closely
punctured ; antenne pale fulvous, third joint not longer than
second, much shorter than fourth. Thorax one-half broader than
long, not narrowed anteriorly, sides rounded ; surface very closely
and strongly, almost rugosely punctured, black; anterior margin
very narrowly, sides more broadly flavous, the base with two
oblique flavous spots of elongate shape. Scutellum black, sub-
quadrate. Elytra with deep transverse punctures placed in close
rows, the space near the suture irregularly punctured ; the inter-
stices longitudinally costate and thickened ; the sutural band con-
stricted posteriorly and then suddenly widened, not extending to
apex ; the lateral bands equally broad but of more regular shape,
occupying the last three rows of punctures. Below black, finely
pubescent ; legs fulvous. Prosternum longer than broad, its base
truneate.

Hab. Chaco, Argentine Rep.

856 MR. E, 8, RUSSELL— ENVIRONMENTAL [ Nov. 26,

3. Environmental Studies on the Limpet.
By E. 8. Russeni, M.A.*
[Received May 30, 1907. ]

(Text-figures 217-2 28.)

Introduction.

The object of this paper is to correlate certain modifications of
the shell of Patella vulgata with definite environmental conditions.
Patella is stationary ; hence if one takes a number of shells from
one locality and contrasts them with a number from another
locality, which differs from the first in certain definite respects,
any differences between the two sets may be safely put down to
the influence of the environmental factors in which the localities
differ. That is true if there has been no selective process at
work, and since the differences found were slight and apparently
of no selective value I have assumed the absence of selection.
Measurements were made of several hundred shells from
definite localities and the ratios of the dimensions calculated.
Since the ratios of length to breadth ( *), length to height A), and
distance from apex to posterior edge to distance from apex to
anterior edge (2) change very rapidly with the growth of the
shell, it has been necessary to arrange the ratios in groups accord-
ing to the size of shell, and to calculate the mean values for each
group separately.

The shells measured were collected in 1903 and 1904 at
W. Bennan, Arran. <A. few shells of P. athletica were included.

I desire to express my indebtedness to Dr. J. F. Gemmill,
Glasgow University, whose interesting papers on sex in the
Limpet are well known, for much helpful criticism.

I hope to work out from my data on a future occasion some
results concerning variation, laws of growth, and correlation in the

shell of Patella.
I. The Homing Habit of the Linupet.

It has long been matter of common knowledge that a limpet,
when once it has taken up a fixed position on a rock, only leaves
that position to make short excursions for food, and returns always
to it. This fact may be taken as well established.

Most of the published observations, however, concerning this
habit of the limpet record merely isolated cases. and many gaps
remain in our knowledge of it.

There is no agreement among authors as to the time at which
the limpet leaves its ““home” to seek for food. Lukis (10),
Jeffreys (9), Peach (quoted by Jeffreys), and Robertson (14) state
that the limpet wanders when covered by the tide. Davis (8)
and H. Fischer (6) state that it wanders while uncovered, and

* Communicated by the SECRETARY.

1907. | STUDIES ON THE LIMPET. 857

P. Fischer (7) says that young ones wander only when uncovered.
Bouchard-Chantereaux (1) says that it makes its excursions just
after the tide goes out, Lloyd Morgan (11) that it wanders chiefly
as the tide leaves it, and as the tide returns. Lloyd Morgan and
Roberts (13) are of opinion that it does not move about when
submerged.

The observations recorded in this paper show that limpets
above 20 mm. or so in length do not wander when uncovered by
the tide. Smaller lmpets, however, may wander even when
uncovered, but also when they are covered by the tide. I believe
that the differences of opinion regarding this point arise from the
fact that the habit of fixity becomes established only when the
shell has reached a length of 10-15 mm. Dr. Robertson’s
observations seem to me to be the fullest and most satisfactory
of all. He found that limpets go out on the flow of the tide,
sometimes for two consecutive tides, sometimes alternately.
Limpets in captivity had very much the same habits, going out
to browse about once in the twelve hours.

The greatest distance from which a limpet has been known to
return to its “ home” is three feet (Davis, 3).

The seat of the limpet’s marvellous sense of direction is quite un-
known, and the accuracy with which it returns to a definite spot is
very astonishing. Several observers (Lukis, Roberts, Hawkshaw,
Robertson, Morgan) have noticed that the edge of the shell is
often accurately adjusted to the irregularities of the rock, or to
barnacles, round about the “home.” I have recorded in this
paper one or two other instances of the same thing.

As to how long a limpet may stay in one spot, Lukis records
the fact that five limpets observed in 1829 were found in the same
position several months after; and I have had one or two under
observation for six months which kept exactly to the same spot.

I give here some observations made in 1906 at Kames, Kyles of
Bute, on a number of limpets in their natural habitat. Each of the
limpets had a distinctive mark filed on its shell, so that no mistake
as to identity might be made. All the measurements were taken
while the limpets were uncovered by the tide. The first table
refers to four limpets, ranging in size from 34 mm. to 44 mm.,
which grew close together on a ledge of rock near high-water
mark.

TABLE I.

|
| Distances | |
| apart 30th June. 3rd July. | 10th July. 26th July.| 30th July. |
| (in mm.).

|

Nerd Bickel 41 42 4 die |
OD PNGl 8) noyce 65 65 65 GE NR |
3} anivel dh oon je 35 34. 35 36 3d |

858 MR. E, S. RUSSELL—ENVIRONMENTAL [ Nov. 26,

During a whole month, therefore, the relative positions of these
limpets remained practically unchanged. One of them, No. 3,
was almost surrounded by barnacles, to which its shell fitted
accurately.

The relative positions of another series of limpets for various
dates during a month are given in Table II. The sizes ranged
from 8°5 mm. to 34mm. The stone on which they were lay near
low-water mark, and was largely overgrown with Mucus.

Tasie II.

| |
|

Distances | |
apart 30th June. | 7th July. | 10th July.| 26th July.| 30th July.
(in mm.). | |
nee ome soles
| 1 ENING! coss5- | 29 ee 30° | 80 65
lal vamneleo eee] Say a 44 | 405 | 445
laiand Ay sec SM eh ae BTSs yl ge cOf da uses
laand5....| 49 | 63 | (46),49 | 465 46
|5and6......) 98 _. | (90),98. | 975 |. 102
/ 4th July. | | ;
7) Ban cae: 9 50 | 19 is | 300
| }

At first sight these data seem contradictory of those in Table L.,
but the inconsistencies can be easily explained. ‘The limpets in
Table I. are all large; in Table II. only Nos. 1, 3, and 4 are more
than 30 mm. long. The relative positions of Nos. 1, 3, and 4 are
very constant. No. 2 in Table I1. is a limpet 8°5 mm. in length,
and the great variation of its distance from No. 1 (30°5 mm. long)
covers the fact that No. 2 wandered, while No. 1 was quite
stationary. Nos. 7 and 8 are small limpets—both under 15 mm.
and both wandered a good deal. Nos. 5 and 6 are limpets
20 mm. and 24.mm. long respectively, and their relative distance
(and also No. 5’s distance from No. 4) shows on the whole quite
small variations. The greatest variation of No. 5’s distance from
No. 4 is that given under date 7th July, when the distance was
65 mm. as against the usual 49 mm. On this occasion it was
No. 5 which had moved, while No. 4 had not changed its
position.

The conclusion may be drawn therefore that large limpets are
more fixed in their position than small hmpets. It will be noticed
that double measurements are given for the distances of Nos. 4
and 5,and 5 and 6, under the date 10th July, and further, that the
second measurement in each case is the same as that made on the
30th June. The explanation is rather interesting. On 10th July
the first measurements (those in brackets) had just been made

19077] STUDIES ON THE LIMPET. 859

when I noticed that No. 5 was moving. Nos. 4 and 6 inade no
movement. No.5 crept a few millimetres, and fitted the indenta-
tions of the hinder edge of its shell to three barnacles adhering
to the stone. It then settled down as if for good, and moved no
‘more. On re-measuring its distances from No. 4 and No. 6, I
found them to be identical with the distances measured on 30th
June. Evidently the positions of No. 4 and 6 were definitely
fixed, and No. 5, too, had a definitely fixed place of abode and was
able to find its way back thereto with astonishing accuracy.

On the 26th and 30th July I noticed that the weed growing on
the stone had covered over most of the limpets and so kept them
moist. I believe that under these circumstances the limpets,
especially the small ones, moved about a little more than usual,
and did not return so carefully to their fixed positions. ‘The
figures certainly show considerable variations for these dates.

I kept records also of the movements of five small limpets, @ (10
mim.), 6 (13 mm.), ¢ (4 mm.), d (7 mm.), and e (5°55 mm.). They
were under observation at intervals for over three weeks. The
records may be summarised as follows :—a was to be found always
within a few centimetres of one fixed spot, and on the 11th, 12th,
and 30th July was found on that spot, with its shell fitted to a
Spirorbis-tube and to a barnacle. On the 30th July I saw it
move to the spot and adjust itself. Limpet 6 was more irregular,
and did not seem to have a fixed stance, but it was always to be
found near at hand. Limpet ¢ changed its position by a few
centimetres from time to time. Limpets d and e occupied on 5th
July a definite position on a clearly marked circular space on a
stone. On the 10th, 11th, 26th, and 30th of the same month
they occupied exactly the same positions. On the 7th they were
distant 4 em. and 8 em., evidently in search of food. On the 12th,
at 9.30 A.M., é was In position, d 3 cm. away. The stone had just
been uncovered, and d@ was on its way “home.” ‘i'wenty minutes
later I found d in position. These two limpets therefore hadia
definite home, to which they returned when the tide left them
high and dry.

A well-known fact which goes far to prove the homing habit
of Patella may here be mentioned. One may often find on the
shore a limpet quite surrounded and hemmed in with barnacles.
Tf one knocks the limpet off one finds a clear space on the rock
below, the outline of which, formed by the barnacles, closely follows
that of the limpet’s shell. Another fact of the same kind may often
be observed. If a large limpet adhering to a smooth surface of
rock be detached, a dark ‘“‘ weathering,” of shape corresponding
to the limpet’s, will usually be seen.

The former of these facts affords a simple method of deter-
mining the size at which a limpet settles down to a fixed abode.
T have not seen any below 10 mm. in length occupying a definite
position marked out by barnacles. Near low-water mark the
average size at which limpets settle down seems te be, as
determined by this method, about 15 mm., though I have seen

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. LVIIL. 58

860 MR. E. 8S. RUSSELL—ENVIRONMENTAL [ Noy. 26,

several fixed from 10-12 mm. long. Davis (4) found a limpet
17 inch long homing, and also smaller ones.

From all these observations, then, the following conclusions
can be drawn:—(1) that every limpet of 15 mm. and upwards
occupies, for long periods at a time, a definitely fixed position, to
which it returns after any wanderings that it may make for
food; (2) that limpets under 15 mm., if not yet settled in a
definite position, at least never wander far away, and so generally
keep to the same stone; (3) that limpets wander chiefly when
covered by the tide.

In many cases, of course, the limpet settles down at a much
smaller size than 15 mm.—for example, a at 10 mm., d at 7 mm.,
andéeat 5-5 mm. ‘The factors delaying fixation would seem to be
three : Ist, a short exposure to air; 2nd, the moisture and shelter
afforded by weed ; 3rd, want of a suitable place for settling down.
The late fixation of low-water limpets is undoubtedly due to the
first two causes, which usually act in conjunction with one another.
The third factor comes into play in the case where a small limpet
establishes itself on a stone which is completely covered with
barnacles, and can find no uncovered patch of rock on which to
settle down.

Il. High-water and Low-water Limpets.

Table III. gives the average ratios for 300 limpets collected at;
two different stations near high-water mark, 200 at Station 1, and
100 at Station 2.

TABLE ITT.

High-water Limpets.

) )
6 No. WV | Ab 1b) | H
cae measured. | B | At” Tat | Bo
| 5—10 mm.| Canvallleenel 25 158 3°86 324.
i 10-15 | 30 | 1:28 1:52 | 3°67 349
| 16—20 ,, 64 re 1:42 se | 360
2029 ery 21 | 1:25 1:45 3:19 392
25S 00s 13 1:22 1:34. 2°95 “414,
| 30—35 ,, iil 1-21 1°39 hss Sex “443
| 35—40 ,, | 16 1:18 128 4 84| 253 466
0 Ome seo NE | 116 1:29 | 230 | 504
| 45—50 ,, Rw | 115 1:26 2718 | 528
| 50—55 Me | 1:15 1:22 2-04. 564
| 55—60) 5) | if 1:15 1:19 2:05 561
60—65_,, 1 115 peal 7 221 520

1907. | STUDIES ON THE LIMPET. 861

Table IV. gives the average ratios of a like number of shells
collected—200 at Station 1, 100 at Station 2—at low water.

TABLE LV.

Low-water Limpets.

| | |
| | L Ab L H
| a tf L H
Size. No. Bb AE’ re | Be
0— 5mm. 1 13: | 150 Bye) iy) SRE
| 5-10 ,, 15 1:34 1:67 | 3:45 °388 |
O15 i 1:29 | 1:60 | 3°85 “335 |
AB) 1:28 et SSI iene; Gil "355
20—25 ,, 36 1°25 1-44, 3°67 341 |
| BD 28 1:23 1°37 3 :3a "372
c0—3o0e 29 1:21 | 134 aaaeset "389
| 35—40 Z 20 119 1:33 3:05 “390
| 40—45__,, 2 117 eo elalsers Pe BPG | 409
| 45-50 , | 18 117 | eset Volde keearieg | 422
| SO 55055 Yee alll 116 lis haa, | 9:59 448
| 55—60 ,, | 7 115 le deal ly er 431
| 60—65 ,, | 2 1:18 ho TET | 436 | 500
| 65—70 ,, | 1 1:18 1:48 re 42
| |

In considering the differences between the two sets of shells
only those between 10 mm. and 55 mm. in length will be taken
into account, since those below 10 mm. and above 55mm. are too
few to give smooth results.

po this ratio is greater in low-water than in high-water shells
for every stage except two, viz. 20-25 mm. and 30-35 mm., where
it is the same in both. High-water shells are therefore at almost
every stage a little broader than low-water shells.

Ab F yay .
Af Lhis ratio is on the whole greater in low-water shells up

to about 40 mm., when it becomes smaller in the low-water than
in the high-water shells. The apex would seem therefore to be
further forward in low-water shells up to 40 mm. in length and

thereafter further back than in high-water shells.

ele high-water limpets are at all stages higher spired than
the low-water limpets.
= _—The high-water shells are at all stages narrower in pro-

portion to their height.

As to the causes of these differences, one can say little more
than that they must be due to those factors in which a high-water
environment differs from a low-water environment.

n8*

862 MR. E. 8S. RUSSELL—ENVIRONMENTAL [ Nov. 26,

Size of High-water Limpets.—It seems to be the opinion of
most authorities that high-water limpets are on the whole smaller
than low-water limpets.

Canon Norman (12) says definitely :—“ It will be found to be
a general rule with regard to the Limpet, that the nearer high-
water mark the shells are taken, the higher spired, more strongly
ribbed, and smaller it will be; and that the lower down it lives,
the flatter, less ribbed, and larger it becomes.” While my obser-
vations entirely corroborate the truth of the statement that high-
water limpets are typically high-spired, yet I find, for one area
at least, that the proportion of large shells is greater at high-
water than at low-water. Table III. shows that of 300 high-water
limpets collected without conscious preference of large over
small, 161, or 532 per cent., were under 40 mm. in length, and
139, or 463 per cent., were over 40 mm. From Tabie IV. it
appears that 234, or 78 per cent., of the low-water shells were
below 40 mm., and only 66 or 22 per cent. were above 40 mm. in
length. The average maximal size of the high-water shells is
about 55 mm., of the low-water shells about 50 mm. For the
locality therefore in which these limpets were collected, the
proportion of large limpets was considerably greater at high-
water than at low-water.

Of course that does not mean that here and there a low-water
limpet may not be found as large as, or larger than, any high-
water limpet. As a matter of fact, of the six specimens over
60 mm. long which I obtained among the 1000 collected, three
came from high-water, and three from low-water level; and the
largest of these, a limpet 66 mm. long, came from low-water level.

III. Sheltered and Exposed Limpets.

Table V. gives the mean ratios of 100 limpets collected from
sheltered situations in one definite locality, and of 100 limpets
collected from exposed situations in the same locality.

TABLE V.

Sheltered. Exposed.

i | | | |
re L Ab L L Ab L
mize. B At H B AE 3 ener
10—15 mm.|| 1:29 1:46 3°38 1:32 149 | 9-75
1520. 5 1°25 141 3°08 131 149 | 3:12
20-25 ,, 1:23 144 313 1:28 1°34 2°83
We) 1:23 1:39 284 || 1:93 141 3°02
30—35_,, 116 1:35 2°62 | Be IBID) lio y BPMs)
B10) 116 1:34. 2°3 1-21 1:34 2°50
A025" | 115 1:29 2-29 118 1:23 2:28
45—50- 1:16 1:23 2:07 | 1:16 118 2:25
Oss 5, 115 1:25 207 || 115 118 2:19
56_=60) ae 1:16 116 2-00 15 113 2-29

1907.] STUDIES ON THE LIMPET. 863

Table VI. gives ratios for a series of 100 exposed shells from
another locality.

TaBLe VI.

Exposed Limpets.

| |
a Tal, Pilati hee ath a
mize. B Af’ at
—————
10—15 mm. | UB | 1°59 3°26
| 15—20 ,, 1:33 | 1-47 | 333
| 2095, 1:25 [> aay 3:00
| 230 5 WS tS cae es
| SO—O85 ha) | ales ORD
35—40_,, 1:21 Ile 5 | 249 |
4045, | = saa 1:29 | 248 |
45—50 ,, sil Dif | Bey |
50—55 ,, Wz 1:28 82:95 |
55—60 ,, 115 1:22 | 2:18 |
| |

The numbers measured are rather small to give very definite
results ; and the distinction between sheltered and exposed limpets
is a little arbitrary. Shells which were attached to the under side
of stones, or to the side nearest the shore, or which lurked in
nooks and crevices, were taken to be sheltered; while shells
attached to the upper side, or to the side nearest the sea, were
considered to be exposed.

eauline exposed shells are on the whole narrower than the
sheltered shells.

Ab 5 5 :
ape DO definite conclusion can be drawn from the differences

shown by this series.

F-—Comparison of the ratios for shells below 30 mm. gives

conflicting results. For shells above 30 mm., however, this ratio
is distinctly greater in both sets of exposed shells than in the
sheltered set. Exposed shells of 30 mm. and upward are there-
fore lower than sheltered shells of corresponding length.

The fact that the decrease in height becomes apparent only in
large shells leads one to think that the decrease is due to the
greater erosion to which exposed shells are necessarily subject.
The differences between the two sets of shells must be explained
as the direct result of the difference in the amount of friction to
which they are respectively subjected.

These observations partly bear out and partly contradict the
statement made by Davis and Fleure (5) that the shells of limpets

864 MR. E, S. RUSSELL—ENVIRONMENTAL [ Nov. 26,

Text-fig. 217. Text-fig. 218.

é.

Text-fig. 220.

Text-fig. 219. e
Text-fig. 2 ec

Text-figs. 217-222—Some irregular outlines, all of exposed shells.

1907. ] STUDIES ON THE LIMPET. 865

on exposed flat surfaces are typically low and broad, and that
shells on sheltered surfaces are typically high and narrow.

The results obtained by Cooke (2) for shells of Purpura lapillus
may be recalled here. He found that shells in exposed places
were stunted and had a large mouth, and that shells in sheltered
spots were large and possessed a well-developed spire and a small
mouth. With regard to stunting, I find that a larger proportion,
namely 55 per cent., of the exposed shells are below 40 mm. in
length, than in the case of the sheltered shells, where the pro-
portion is 34 per cent. This fact may point to some stunting
among the exposed shells, but many exposed shells reach a great
size.

Two other points of difference between exposed and sheltered
limpets, and perhaps more important ones, become evident when
a number of exposed shells are directly compared with a number
of sheltered shells. Exposed shells are typically thick and heavy.
This thickness of the shell is probably a direct adaptation to the
greater shocks which an exposed shell has to withstand. The
second difference is that exposed shells are much more irregular
in outline than sheltered shells. Of the shells which I kept on
account of their irregular outline, the majority came from exposed
limpets, and the outlines selected for illustration (text-figs. 217—
222) are all drawn from exposed shells. On the other hand, the
most beautiful symmetrical shells to be got are those which one
finds on the smooth under surface of a stone in a rock-pool, 7. e.
in a very sheltered situation. It is natural that exposed limpets
should fit their shells to the irregularities of the rock to which
they cling, in order to gain support against the waves and tide,
and that (as will be shown in the next section) their shells should
for this reason grow irregular in outline.

To sum up, adult exposed shells of Patella are lower spired,
narrower, thicker, and more irregular in outline than sheltered
shells; and these differences are probably due to the difference of
friction to which the two kinds of shells are exposed from waves
and tide.

IV. Limpets on Rough Stones and Limpets on Smooth Stones.

While I was collecting limpets for measurement at the
Southend of Arran I noticed that they were of two distinct types,
a “rough” type and a “smooth” type. The former was the
typical P. vulgata L., the latter the variety cwrulea L. (Jeffreys, 9).
It became evident after a little careful observation that the rough
type occurred always on rough stones, the smooth type always on
polished stones.

I examined some 500 limpets with regard to their habitat, and
I found few exceptions to this rule.

The detailed records are given in Tables VIT., VIII., and IX.

866 MR. E. 8. RUSSELL-—ENVIRONMENTAL [ Nov. 26,

TaBLe VII.

Limpets on Rough Stones.

| ; |

| : | No.of | | Intermediate :
| Stone. | 9 i Rough type. | Smooth type.
| one | Limpets. a type. I
Hi Nowa 45 Ae | * 1
Sn wea | 50 42 8
So ORES | 55 45 10
Soa tae 30 30
SD Ree 30 30 ae ay,
PRG 5. 3 36 Boal. oly hoe 1
let cecaises 17 em | bees
SMa S Ian erat 14, 11 | _ 38 (rock polished) |
Totals...... O77 254 | 18 5 |
[

Taste VIII.

Limpets on Smooth Stones.

| |
| j | |
7 | s > ‘ 2 hee g
See Teo Rough type. ae Smooth type.
pets. Jy pe. |
|
@, BB cosoes 154 i TASES pH
| +5 slightly rougs,
|
Tasie IX.
Limpets on Stones partly rough and partly smooth.
[ EGE Fe I He ee aria, La |
| T . diate
| Stone. | Paco | Rough type. ee Smooth type.
jmeNiosiies. be 13 5 5 3
Wa aor 21 12 i)
sertneo hte 16 7 9
bs Linen 9 3 ues 6
» 5 | 2 | 1 1
KO ck | cane | 1 | | 1
Silat a 4, | 1 | 2 | il
ah rn 3 2 | 1
Ro al GO. Si awe 31

The column headed ‘“‘ Composite type” in Table VIII. requires
explanation. Certain shells I came across seemed to be rough
above and smooth below, showing that they had been rough
during the first few months of their life, and had then become
smooth. ‘These I called for convenience “ composite,”

The locality where these data were obtained happened to be

1907. | STUDIES ON THE LIMPET. 867

very favourable for the study of the two types of shell. The
shore was covered with boulders, some of rough knobby granite,
others of smooth polished greenstone. The rough type of limpet
occurred on the granite, and harmonised in colour with the greys
and browns of the weathered rock. The smooth type occurred on
the dark greenstone, and was usually dark in colour. It should

Text-fig. 223. Text-fi

Text-fig. 227. Text-fic. 228.

o
>:

Text-fig. 223.—A typical “smooth” shell. | Text-fig. 224.—A typical “rough” shell.

Text-fig. 225.—Outline of margin of same. | Text-fig. 226.—Outline of margin of same.

Text-fic. 227.—Marginal outline of asmall | Text-fig. 228.—Marginal outline of a small
“smooth” shell. “rough” shell.

be remarked that the smooth type occurs only on very smooth
stones, and that for this reason it is not in every locality that
limpets are distinctly separable into rough and smooth types. In
places where no polished stones are to be found, there are usually
no smooth limpets, but only various shades of rough.

868 MR. E. 8. RUSSELL—-ENVIRONMENTAL [ Nov. 26,

The difference between rough shells and smooth shells must be
directly due to the difference of the rock surfaces on which they
occur, for this is the sole difference between their respective
environments. Smooth limpets and rough limpets (on different
stones, of course) may be found within an inch or two of one
another, and so subjected to environmental influences identical
except in one respect. Moreover, since limpets do not wander
from stone to stone (Section I.), the difference in environment
between rough and smooth shells is constant during their lives.
The differences between the two types of shell are therefore caused
by the difference in a single environmental factor.

The question arises, in what way does the surface of the rock
modify the growth of the shell so as to give rise to two distinct
types of shell, according as the surface is rough or smooth? It
is necessary first to state in what particulars the two shells
differ.

Differences between the two types.—As stated above, the smooth
type corresponds more or less to the variety caerulea L. (the
P. cerwlea of Linné, 8. N. p. 1259), which is thus defined by
Jeffreys: ‘“ Shell depressed, roundish oval, ribs more delicate and
less regular, inside dark blue.” It is found “ on flat stones and
slabs of rock at low water.”

The chief peculiarities of the smooth shell are its regular
outline, and the number and minuteness of its ribs (text-figs. 223,
225, & 227). When the shell is small, say below 20 mm., there
are a large number of fine ribs, 12-14 of these being slightly more
distinct than the others. When the shells grow bigger these
12-14 ribs cease to be at all prominent, and the surface becomes
covered by small fine ribs, all more or less equal in size. In
rough shells, on the other hand, the outline of the rim is irregular,
and some of the ribs are much more prominent than the rest (text-
figs. 224, 226, & 228). Rough shells of 9-15 mm. in length have
only 12-14 ribs. Shells of larger size have these 12-14 ribs, and
usually a few more, very prominent, together with minute ribs in
between the principal ribs.

Rough shells are usually heavier and thicker than smooth
shells, and the thickening of the rim takes place earlier in
them.

The differences between the two types are most evident in
medium-sized shells and tend to become obscured in large shells
by the effects ef weathering and erosion. Small specimens of the
smooth type sometimes have their shells gaily coloured with little
radiating streaks of white and red and blue, but the general
colour of large smooth shells is dark green or brown. Rough
shells are coloured in various shades of brown and grey, the ribs
being usually tinged with reddish brown.

Lffect of Rock Surface on character of Shell—tIt is easy to see
in a general way that a limpet growing on a smooth surface will

1907. | STUDIES ON THE LIMPET. 869

tend to have a smooth shell-rim ; for the rim of the shell is kept
closely applied to the surface of the rock, and so the deposition of
shell-material along the rim is to some extent guided by the
surface, and must therefore be even. Similarly, if a shellis kept
applied in a definite way to a rough uneven surface, its rim must
in growth take on an irregular outline, and certain ribs be:
emphasised while others are checked in their development.

Now in many cases one can observe in rough limpets that the
shell is accurately adjusted to inequalities of the rock to which it
clings, or to barnacles on the rock, in such a way that the in-
dentations of the rim between the projecting ribs fit closely round
the projecting substances. Two or three cases of this adjustment
are given above ‘(Section I.), and a few cases noted by other
observers may be adduced here. The phenomenon is im fact
quite common.

Roberts (13) puts on record the following interesting observation
of a limpet which he watched returning to its “home.” “TI
watched his course: he arrived, and I immediately perceived a
difficulty which he made nothing of, viz., the getting adjusted ;
he slewed himself round, and fitted a little notch that was in the
edge of his shell to a small piece of projecting quartz with
wonderful readiness. He was tight in a moment, ready to resist
the heaviest breakers or any enemy.” The lmpet returned
daily to the same spot and adjusted himself. Hawkshaw (8) says:
‘On the top of the smooth fractured surface of a pedestal of flint
a limpet had taken up its abode. The shell was closely adapted
to the uneven surface which it would only fit in one position.”
Lukis and Lloyd Morgan record similar cases; and this fittimg of
the margin of the shell to the irregularities of the rock has been
observed also in Acmea spectrum Reeve ( Willcox, 15).

An abnormal case which is significant for our purpose is given
by Dr. Robertson (14) :—‘“‘ A case once came under my notice of
a half-grown limpet that had got jammed between the inequalities
of two large stones. It obviously had been there for a considerable
time, as the shell had grown into a triangular shape to conform
to the walls of its prison.”

The irregular outline of the rim of the rough type of limpet-
shell is therefore probably a mechanical result of the accurate
adjustment of the rim of the shell to the inequalities of the rock
on which the limpet grows.

Similarly, the regular outline of the smooth shell is due to the
rim being moulded during growth by the polished surface opposed
to it, and hence becoming smooth and regular.

It is a well-known fact that dAnomia takes the shape of the
surface to which it is adherent: if it grows on a Pecten shell it
bears the impress of the radiating ribs of the Pecten. Just inthe
same way, Patella, since it is very sedentary and stays for months
adjusted in one definite way to the inequalities of the surface to
which it adheres, takes on at the edge of the shell the shape of

870 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES ON THE LIMPET. [Nov. 26,

that surface ; or if the surface be quite smooth, the edge of the
shell becomes smooth and regular too.

The difference between the ribs of the two types is to be
explained in the same way. All limpets below 15 mm., whether
rough or smooth, have about 12 principal ribs. These ribs are
very distinct in the rough shell, and project at the rim, giving a
very irregular outline to the shell (text-figs. 226 & 228). In the
smooth shell these ribs are inconspicuous and hardly project at all,
so that the outline of the shell is regular (text-figs. 225 & 227). The
specially large ribs of the rough shell arise primarily as projections
of the rim, mechanically caused by the irregularities of the rock-
surface. These projections of the rim must, owing to the very
nature of the shell’s growth, be retained during growth, and
hence must be continued as ribs. In the smooth shell there is no
mechanical formation of projections of the rim, and hence there
are no specially prominent ribs.

This case of the rough and the smooth limpet-shell is of interest
in that it shows that a small change in an environment may
produce through its continuous action a large cumulative result,
by a summation of successive little effects. ‘“ Continuity” of
environment may be apparent only, not real.

REFERENCES.

(1) Boucnarp-CHANTEREAUX.—Catalogue des Mollusques marins
.. . du Boulonnais. Boulogne, 1835.

(2) Coon, A. H.—Camb. Nat. Hist. iii. (1895).

(3) Davis, J. R. A.—Nature, xxxi. (1885) p. 200.

(4) Idem, /. ¢. li. (1894) p. 512.

& Furure.— Patella.” Liverpool Marine Biological
Committee, Memoir 10 (1905).

(6) Frscner, H.—Journ. de Conchyl. xlvi. (1898) p. 314.

(7) Fiscuur, P.—Manuel de Conchyliologie. Paris, 1887,
p. 867.

(8) Hawkssaw, J. C—Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. (1879)
p. 406.

(9) Jerrreys, J. G.—Brit. Conchology, iii. (1865) p. 237.

(10) Luxis, F. C—Mag. Nat. Hist. iv. (1831) p. 346.

(11) Moraan, C. Luovp. —Nature, li. (1894) p. 127.

(12) Norman, A. M.—Zoologist, 1860.

(13) Roserrs, G.— Ann. Nat. Hist. xix. (1847) p. 70.

(14) Roupusox, D.—Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, new ser.

i. (1883- 86) p. 9.
(15) Wintcox, M. A.—Amer. Nat. xxxix. (1905) pp. 325-33.

1907. ] ON THE ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATID&. 871

4, Contributions to the Knowledge of the Anatomy of the
Batrachian Family Pelobatide. By Frank E. BepDARD,
M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

[ Received September 26, 1907. }
(Text-figs. 229-240.)

CONTENTS.
(1) Introductory, p. 871.

(2) Some Notes upon the Anatomy of Megalophrys montana, p. 872.
(3) On Xenophrys and Leptobrachiwm, p. 878.

(4) Definition of the Family Pelobatide, p. 904.

(5) The Genera of Pelobatide, p. 905.

(6) Affinities of the Pelobatidee, p. 910.

(1) Ivrropucrory.

In a recent communication to this Society * I dealt with a
number of points in the anatomy of a Frog apparently identical
with Ceratophryne nasuta of Schlegel (= Me galophra ys nasuta auct.).
I was unable at the time to compare this frog with any other
member of the family Pelobatide, save only Pelobates fuscus.
Since then Sir HE. Ray Lankester has been so good as to entrust
to me for study one example each of Megalophrys montana, Xeno-
phrys monticola, and Leptobrachium hasseltu. Lam able, therefore,
in the present communication to the Society, to express some
opinions with regard to the family Pelobatide and the inter-
relationship of some of the genera or alleged genera belonging to
that family. The three genera with which i deal in this contri-
bution were admitted as such by Mr. Boulenger in his ‘ Catalogue
of the Batrachia Salientia’ +, and have been qniite recently accepted
(with the exception of Xenophrys) by Dr. Gadow in the volume
of the ‘Cambridge Natural History’ devoted to Reptiles and
Amphibia £. Mr. Boulenger himself, however, previously to the
publication of the last-mentioned work, had expressed the view
that 1t was impossible to retain both the genera Yenophrys and
Leptobrachium, and therefore merged the former in the latter $.
This alteration was due to the discovery of Megalophrys fee, a
frog showing the general structure of Leptobrachium. It was
originally referred to Megalophrys, partly at least on account of the
projections of horny skin above the eyes, which are met with in
all of the previously known species of Megalophrs ys. Mr. Boulenger
did not, however, as I understand him, combine all the three
genera with which I deal in the present paper, viz. MJegalophrys,
Xenophrys, and Leptobrachiwm, into one genus. But my own
observations upon Megalophrys nasuta, to which I have referred,

* P. Z.S. 1907, p. 324. + London, 1882, p. 443.
{ Vol. viii. London, 1901, p. 161.
§ Ann. Mus. Genova, ser. 2, iv. p. 512, vil. p. 750.

872 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 26,

seem to me to render desirable a revision of the anatomical
characters of these various genera and species of Pelobatide.
At present it would almost appear that Jegalophrys nasuta 1s
more different from Megalophrys montana than the latter is from
either Xenophrys or Leptobrachiwm. The external resemblance
too between the last three—particularly between Jegalophrys
montana and Xenophrys monticola—are quite as striking as the
differences which all of them show to Megalophrys nasuta.

(2) Some Nores upon THE ANATOMY OF
MEGALOPHRYS MONTANA.

So far as I am aware, our knowledge of the structure of this
frog is at present confined to the external characters, to such
osteological characters as have been used for classificatory purposes
by Cope and Boulenger, and to the sternum, which has been
figured and described by Prof. Parker*. Quite recently the
tadpole has been reported upon by Mr. Laidlaw 7, who quotes an
account by Prof. Max Weber. The tadpole, with its curious
funnel-shaped hood, has been figured by Dr. Gadow £. As to the
adult frog, I have been able to compare its structure with
its congener (or, I perhaps ought to say, alleged congener)
Megalophrys nasuta, on the anatomy of which I have lately
contributed an account to this Society §.

The specimen upon which I report here was kindly placed in
my hands by Sir HK, Ray Lankester from the stores of the Natural
History Museum. It shows in most respects the characters of
the species as given by Mr. Boulenger in his ‘ Catalogue of the
Batrachia Salientia’||. I find, however, one rather important
difference. Mr. Boulenger uses the phrase “tympanum hidden”
as part of his generic definition of Megalophrys. This undoubtedly
applies to J. nasuta4], as I have been able to ascertain for
myself. Subsequently ** Mr. Boulenger himself found a distinct
tympanum in J. longipes. 1 have now to record that the tym-
panum is distinctly visible in JZ. montana, where, however, it is
decidedly more obvious when the animal is dry. It is 4 mm. in
diameter and is distant from the eye twice its own diameter.

Another rather salient difference between the two species which
is hardly apparent from Mr. Boulenger’s definition, concerns the
tubercles of the body. I have no doubt that these may offer
differences from individual to individual in Megalophrys montana ;
but, as I have already pointed out, there are some reasons for
believing that these tubercles do not differ much in different
specimens of Megalophrys nasuta: so that, in any case, they can

* “Monograph of the Shoulder-girdle,’ Ray Society, 1869.
i “The Frogs of the ‘Skeat’ Expedition,’ P. Z. S. 1900, p. 890.
“Cambridge Natural History,’ Reptiles and eaainbinge! p. 60.

Sa Ge a || B. 442.
§ I have carefully re-examined my specimen and find the barest indication of the
ty: RS

** P_ 7. S. 1885, p. 850.

1907.] ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATID&. 873

be contrasted in the two species. In Megalophrys montana they
are much more numerous than in the other species. On the head,
however, I only found two, and this is not very different from
the three tubercles found on the head of J. nasuta. On the
back and sides there are a considerable number in MJegalophrys
montana. ‘They are perhaps rather less conspicuous than those of
M, nasuta; but this is partly a matter of the smaller size of
MM. montana. Furthermore they present the appearance of sessile
barnacles, owing to their variegated colour and radially arranged
grooves ; this, however, is possibly merely a matter of shrinkage
of the skin.

$ Abdominal Viscera.

The liver of this species is on the whole like that of J/. nasuta.
The right lobe is much the smaller, and the left lobe consists of
two halves, of which the larger completely covers the more dorsally
placed and smaller portion. In Megalophrys montana there is no
distinct ring-like thickening, marking off the pyloric end of
the stomach from the duodenum, such as occurs in J/. nasuta and
is there very pronounced. The alimentary viscera, however, do
not vary greatly among the Pelobatide.

Certain features in the muscular anatomy of this Frog as com-
pared with its alleged congener are dealt with in the ensuing
section of the present paper, where they are more conveniently
treated of. Broadly speaking, MWegalophrys montana agrees with
M, nasuta in those peculiarities of myology which 1 have already
pointed out as differentiating Megalophrys from Rana *

S Lungs.

The lungs of this species are interesting from more than one
point of view. In describing those organs in Megalophrys nasuta
I pointed out that this Frog differs from Rana by the tact that
the right lung is attached to the liver and the membrane bearing
the bile-ducts &e., by a ligament which extends much further
down the lung than it does in Kana. A portion of the lung,
however, towards the free tip is not attached by a part of this
ligament, which ceases at some little distance from the tip.
Megalophrys montana shows a condition of the pulmonary ligament
which is an exaggeration of the conditions found in Jf. nasuta.
The pulmonary ligament in fact extends to the very end of the
lung. Moreover, as in JM. nasutu, there are two ligaments, of
which one is attached as mentioned while the other is fixed to
the dorsal body-wall. At their insertion on to the lung these
two ligaments are continuous at one point. It follows, therefore,
that a part at least of the lung is hidden away in a chamber of
the ceelom which is cut off from the general cceelom of the abdo-
minal cavity. This is obviously a step in the direction of the

* P.Z. 8. 1907, p. 348.

874 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 26,

complete enclosure of the respiratory organs in their own coelomic
chamber.

$ Shoulder-girdle.

The shoulder-girdle of my example of Megalophrys montana
agrees generally with W. K. Parker's * figure of the same. But
there are differences to be recorded. The right coracoids overlap
the left considerably more than they are represented to do in
Parker’s figure, and more than is the case with Megalophrys
nasuta according to my own observations. The thin edge of the
cartilage in question quite covers the pectoral muscles of the
left side at their origin, which can be seen through the thin
transparent blade of cartilage. The omosternum may be, perhaps,
rather larger than Prof. Parker has figured, but it is distinctly
more rudimentary than in Megalophrys nasuta, where it is calcified
and has a more distinctly Rana-like form. However, slips of the
muscular system of the shoulder are attached even to this flat and
very thin omosternum in Megalophrys montana.

The sternum of the example of Megalophrys montana which I
have examined does not agree in every detail with the figure by
Parker of the same species. The bony style of which the sternum
mainly consists is a much more slender style in my example than
would be surmised by an inspection of Prof. Parker’s figure. I
find that the measurements of this part of the sternal apparatus
are as follows :—The total length of the style is 13 mm. The
diameter at the front end is 4 mm.; in the narrowest part of the
style it is less than 1 mm. in breadth. The end of the sternum,
where it terminates ina cartilaginous “ epiphysis,” is about 17 mm.
in diameter. It is clear from Prof. Parker’s figure that the
sternum of his example was distinctly different and stouter and
shorter than my specimen. Still, on the whole there is plainly a
substantial agreement. The cartilagious end of the sternum is
not at all rounded in my example. It ends squarely, and is of no
greater diameter than the bony part immediately preceding it.
There is absolutely no approach to the rounded cheesecutter-like
end of the sternum, as it is portrayed in Prof. Parker’s figure.
In all of these points the present species differs markedly from
Megalophrys nasuta.

The proportions of this part of the skeleton are, moreover,
rather different in the two Frogs. The length of the sternum in
Megalophrys montana has been mentioned. As the frog itself
measures 72 mm. from the tip of the snout to the vent, the length
of the sternum is very nearly one-sixth of that length. On the
other hand, in Megalophrys nasuta, which measured at least
135 mm. in length, the sternum proper had a length of 36 mm.
from end to end. The proportion is here obviously rather different.
The sternum is plainly shorter and more like a quarter of the
total body-length. As to the sternum itself, in JMegalophrys

* “Monograph of the Shoulder-girdle,’ Ray Soc. 1869, pl. vi. fig. 8. On p. 78 he
says that “the left, normally, overlaps the right” (italics mine).

SOF ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATID&. 875

nasuta IL have already described its general characters. The
proportions of the length to the breadth of the bony shaft in its
narrowest region do not appear to differ greatly from those of
M. montana. The diameter was rather more than | mm., perhaps
13 mm., about a twenty-fourth part therefore of the length.
This is not widely different from the proportions exhibited by
M. montana.

§ Hyoid and its Musculature.

I reserve for later discussion * certain facts relative to the hyoid
cartilages and the muscles attached thereto. In this place the
differences between the two Frogs assigned both of them to the
genus MJegalophrys will be considered. In examining the hyoid
cartilages one obvious difference will be seen to distinguish the
present species from MJegalophrys nasuta. In the latter (cf. the
figure illustrating my paper upon that Pelobatid +) the two pro-
cessus anteriores of the body of the hyoid run anteriorly on the
whole parallel to each other, with but a slight mnclination towards
the middle line, 2. e. towards each other. Their extremities are
in fact separated by quite 9 or 10 mm. across the middle line of
the throat. In Megalophrys montana the processes in question,
as in Pelobates and Pelodytes , incline greatly towards each other
and are finally only separated by the space of 1 mm. or but

slightly more.

§ @sophageal Portion of the Transversalis Muscle.

This muscle is quite as conspicuously developed in Megalophrys
montana (text-fig. 233, p. 886) as it isin MW. nasuta. But there
are certain differences in detail between these two species.
Anteriorly at the septum defining the abdominal cavity (the
cervical aponeurosis) its fibres le side by side with those of the
obliquus externus, and no line of division can be detected between
the two muscles. Continuing on an imaginary line from the
point where the two muscles are really distinct, it would appear
that the transversalis is only inserted upon the cesophagus and
is not connected with the cervical aponeurosis or the lungs at
their root. The oviduct runs across it; but I cannot find that
any of its fibres are deflected into the membrane supporting that
tube. The muscle is pretty stout_and fairly thick. Crossing
the anterior end of the pelvis, and of course the ilio-coccygeal
muscle arising therefrom, not far from its anterior end, as shown
in the accompanying figure (text-fig. 233, p. 886), the fibres of the
transversalis gather themselves together to form a thicker tract of
the muscle like the laths in the handle of a fan. This is the
origin of the muscle, and it passes back for a considerable distance
completely free of the ilium, to be finally attached away from that

* Infra, p. 892. + P. Z. S. 1907, p. 341, text-fig. 97.

See figs. by Boulenger in ‘ Tailless Batrachia of Europe,’ and Ridewood, P.Z.S.
1897, pl. xxxv.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. LIX. 59

876 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 26,

bone for a long way behind its anterior extremity. This
appears to be the only origin of the cesophageal muscle; it has no
connection whatever with the transverse processes of any vertebre
anterior to the ilium, so far as I have been able to ascertain. In
re-examining Megalophrys nasuta for purposes of comparison with
the present species, I find that my description is correct, but not
sufficiently detailed for purposes of accurate comparison with the

Text-fig. 229.

Left ilium and adjacent musculature of Megalophrys nasuta from the ventral
surface. The ilio-coccygeal muscle (to the left of the figure) is cut across
obliquely.

a. Obliquus muscle. }. Esophageal muscle. c¢. Long muscle of ilio-lumbar
complex.

muscle of Megalophrys montana. In Megalophrys nasuta the
transversalis muscle of the cesophagus arises from the pubis, as I
have already stated. The exact mode of connection is shown in
the figure annexed hereto (text-fig. 229), and will be seen to be
not very different from that of Megalophrys montana.

The muscles in question are represented from the ventral

1907. | ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATIDA. 877
surface. The ilio-coccygeal is cut across obliquely. The ilium
is seen Clearly, and to the outside of it runs the narrow muscle
belonging to the ilio-lumbar complex which I have had occa-
sion to describe as probably characteristic of the Pelobatide.
Outside of this again is seen the broad and thin transversalis
muscle with its cut edge divided across its fibres, 7. e. parallel to
the long axis of the body of the frog. Outside this, again, is the
obliquus muscle. It will be seen that the transversalis is not fan-
shaped and that its fibres are nowhere collected into a thick
bundle as in Wegalophrys montana. On the contrary, the muscle
obviously ends in a series of digitations near to the end of the
obliquus fibres, and these are connected with the pubis only in-
directly by the tendinous aponeurosis represented in the drawing
referred to (text-fig. 229). ‘The insertion of the transversalis on to
the aponeurosis 1s a very long one: it reaches, in fact, a little way
anteriorly to the pubis and back nearly as far as the symphysis.

In both species therefore the attachment of the transversalis
muscle les outside of the long ilio-luambar muscle, which, IT may
take this opportunity of remarking, IS Just as well developed in
Megalophrys montana as it is in WZ. nasuta. Nor is there, so far
as I could see, any attachment to any vertebre comparable to the
equivalent of this muscle in Hana, Ceratophrys, &e. In fact,
Megalophrys the transversalis seems to have preserved a primitive
arrangement as one of the covering sheets of the body unconnected
directly (only through aponeurosis) with any bones. <A further
specialisation of this muscular sheet would lead to the conditions
observable in Rana &e. on the one hand, and in Pipa and Xenopus
on the other. There are in fact no reasons that I can detect from
an examination of the transversalis and neighbouring muscles
in Megalophrys montana, for separating it widely from its supposed
congener Megalophrys nasuta.

The following is a tabular statement of the differences existing
between the two species. The resemblances I shall point out
later, when considering the allied forms Yenophrys aud Lepto-
brachiwm.

Megalophrys nasuta. Megalophrys montana.

(1) Tympanum invisible.

(2) Palpebral processes
“nose-leaf ’’ present.

(3) Conical tubercles on back only three.

Tympanum quite distinct.

Palpebral processes small ; “
rarely present.

Conical tubercles numerous.

very large; nose-leaf ”’

(4) Index finger considerably longer Index finger only just longer than
than second. second.

(5) Vomerine teeth between choane. Vomerine teeth behind choan.

(6) Omosternum less rudimentary. Omosternum more rudimentary. Ster-
Sternum one fourth body-length, num one third body-length, with

with large posterior cartilaginous
epiphysis.

(7) Vertebre proccelous.

(8) Sacral vertebra completely fused
with coccyx.

(9) Anterior peers of hyoid Dee

small
physis.
Vertebre opisthoccelous *.

Sacral vertebra articulating with adjoin-
ing coccyx.

Anterior Processes) of Le oid convergent.

posterior cartilaginous epi-

* I have verified these facts in the case of the specimen fed ee

5O*

878 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 26,.

(3) On XENOPHRYS AND LEPTOBRACHIUM.

Of these two genera I have examined, as already mentioned,
the species Venophrys monticola and Leptobrachium hasseltii. The
external characters of both are described in some detail by
Mr. Boulenger in his ‘Catalogue,’ and later in the ‘ Fauna of
British India,’ 1891, and I have identified upon my specimens
every characteristic mentioned by him. ‘There are, however, a
few-—very few—minutie with which he doesnot deal. Asalready
mentioned, the external resemblances between Megalophrys mon-
tana and Xenophrys monticola are very close. The interorbital
region is, however, distinctly more concave in the Megalophrys
than in the representatives of the two other genera. Mr. Boulenger
has remarked the large triangular mark between the eyes (which
does not exist in Leptobrachium hasselti) in Megalophrys montana
and Xenophrys monticola. I may add that this has a straight
anterior margin in the latter species, but is deeply concave in
Megalophrys. The “ V-shaped linear raised fold on the nape”
very plain in_X enophy ys monticola ; but that species has ee
Mr. Boulenger* does not mcntion this—on each side a lateral |
longitudinal fold, exactly as in Megalophrys montana. In the
latter species the equivalent of the V-shaped glandular fold is
accurately transverse +. But there is in these folds a close likeness
between the two species referred to, and they are totally absent in
Leptobrachium hasseltii. I have observed another minute feature
in which my species of MWegalophrys and Xenophrys agree to differ
from the species of Leptobrachiwm which I have studied : in the
last-mentioned frog the gape of the mouth only just reaches the
anterior margin of the tympanum; in the other two it extends
rather beyond this point. The example of Yenophrys monticola
which I have examined and described does not, it would appear,
quite agree with those examined by Boulenger at the time when
he drew up his ‘Catalogue.’ He writes under the generic defini-
tion. of Xenophrys: “'Tympanum scarcely distinct,’ and again,
under the specific description of Xenophrys monticola: tym-
panum slightly distinct, vertically oval, about two thirds the width
of the eye.” In my example the tympanum was particularly
distinct owing to its enclosure within a very strongly marked
raised rim continuous above with the fold leading from the eye to
the shoulder. Another feature of likeness between Megalophrys
montana and Xenophrys monticola is in the metatarsal tubercle.
Boulenger correctly states of both species that this tubercle is
indistinct. This statement may be amplified by noting the addi-
tional fact that the metatarsal tubercle has the same elongate
oval form and comparatively large size in both of these frogs,
which is very different from the small and prominent and nearly
round tubercle of Leptobrachium hasseltit.

An external character to which but little attention has been

* Dr. Anderson (P. Z. S. 1871, p. 201) appears to have noticed it.
+ It is, however, V-shaped in Iegalophrys longipes (P. Z. 8S. 1885, p. 850).

HO ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATID#. 879

paid is a patch of glands upon the thigh *, These are really not
clear until the skin has been removed from the subjacent muscles

Text-fig. 230.

A. The thigh (upper figure) and detached fragment of skin more highly magnified
(lower figure) of Xenophrys monticola, to show the “thigh-gland.” In the
upper figure the gland is shown as a large white patch with a few isolated
and scattered glands near it. In the lower figure the composition f the gland
from a number of aggregated simple glands is shown. It is here seen from
the lower surface.—B. Corresponding parts of Megalophrys nasuta of the
same proportional size.

and then inspected upon its lower surface. That is to say, the
individual glands are not clear, for the patch as a whole is marked

* Mr. Boulenger, in his more recent definition of Xenophrys monticola (Reptilia
and Batrachia in ‘The Fauna of British India,’ 1890, p. 510), does not reter to the
gland-patch on each thigh.

880 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. DO

by its white colour contrasting with the surrounding brown in-
tegument, There are also scattered glands upon the thigh and
elsewhere ; but only this one large patch which lies on the dorsal
surface near to the posterior border of the thigh. In Xenophrys
monticola this aggregation is 7 mm. in length and is at about the
middle of the length of the thigh. In Leptobrachiwm hasselti
the patch is nearer to the knee and of about the same relative
size. In both species of Megalophrys the gland-patch is present,
but it would be easily overlooked if the skin were only examined
from the outside; for it 1s considerably smaller both actually
and relatively than in the last two genera. It lies not far from
the middle of the length of the thigh. These differences of size
may of course be sexual. I could not find any such patch in
Pelobates.

S Abdominal Viscera.

The liver in NXenophrys differs from that of both species of
Megalophrys in the greater extension backwards of the larger left
lobe. This lobe almost conceals the junction of the stomach with
the duodenum. Its posterior margin is cleft into three conical
processes ; the left lobe is, as usual, subdivided into two lobes, of
which the smaller and distinctly bifid lobe is completely hidden by
the larger and superficial subdivision of the lobe. It is not com-
pletely hidden in Megalophrys nasuta, and apparently not in
M. montana, though here what appears to be a fusion between
the two subdivisions of the left lobe somewhat masks their rela-
tions. The gall-bladder is not entirely concealed by the right lobe
of the liver in Xenophrys monticola.

In Leptobrachium hasseltii the liver is a little different from
that of Xenophrys monticola. In the first place it does not extend
nearly so far back over the stomach, and is thus more like J/ega-
lophrys. It also differs greatly from the liver of Yenophrys in
the approximately equal points to which the two lobes extend
posteriorly ; this seems to be largely due to the greater size (as
compared with other genera) of the right lobe w hich completely
covers and conceals the gall-bladder. Furthermore, the two sub-
divisions of the (larger) left lobe barely overlap and the lower lobe
is thus practically fully exposed. This is an exaggeration of what
is met with in MJegalophrys nasuta.

The pancreas of Xenophrys monticola agrees pretty closely with
that of Leptobrachiwm and of Megalophrys as recently described by
myself*. I should mention that in these genera a slender branch
of the pancreas lies in the fold of mesentery which connects the
stomach and duodenum. In neither Yenophrys nor Leptobrachium
could I detect any marked division between the stomach and
duodenum, such as is found in Megalophrys nasuta.

* PZ. 8.1907, p. 349.

IO | ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATID&. 88]

§ Lungs.

The suspension of the lungs in Xenophrys monticola is more
like what is found in Meg galophrys nasuta than in MZ. montana.
On the right side, the lung is attached to the liver by a membrane
which extends fully halfwa ay down the lung and ends upon the
vena cava at its entry into the liver, being attached also of course
to the liver anteriorly to this point. There is also a membrane
binding the lung to the dorsal median line and arising from the
lung in common with the pulmo-hepatic ligament. The corre-
sponding ligament on the left side of the body has a line of attach-
ment of the same length to the left hmg. Leptobrachium hasseltii
agrees rather with Megalophrys montana than with the other types.
For the pulmo-hepatic ligament of the right side is attached to a
point further back along the vena cava than in Xenophrys, and
almost, if not quite, to the end of the lung. In Pelobates the
lung is attached by a well-developed pulmo- hepatic hgament,
which however is not longer than in Lenophrys.

§ Uro-genital Organs.

The kidneys both of Xenophrys and Leptobrachium are smooth
glands very much like those of Rana. I emphasise this fact
because the kidneys of Megalophrys nasuta, which I did not
describe in my account of the anatomy of that Frog, are very
different in appearance from those of its allies. And, I may take
this opportunity of stating, the kidneys of Megalophrys montana
are on the whole like those of its congener. In both these species
in fact the kidney is broken up into three or four large, almost
disconnected lobes, and the general appearance of the organ there-
fore contrasts very much with that of the kidneys of Yenophrys
and Leptobrachium, which are flat and smooth with an even
surface.

The Xenophrys which I studied was a fully adult male, that is
to say, the testes measured respectively 11°5 (right) and 9 (left)
mm. The right kidney possessed four vasa efferentia, forming no
rete; two of them bifurcated before reaching the kidney . Inan
adult Pelobates fuscus each testis had six vasa efferentia. It has
been recorded that the male Pelobates fuscus has no vesicula
seminalis. This structure is also absent from the ureter of
Xenophrys monticola. It is known that the fat-bodies vary con-
siderably in their degree of development in males of Rana. They
were very greatly developed in the male Pelobates just referred to.
In the Xenophrys, however, they were most feeble; there were
only three digitations on the right side (and I think the same
number on the left) which were not attached to the anterior end of
the kidney, but to the membrane attaching it to the postcaval vein.
In Leptobrachium the genitalia were immature. The fat-bodies
had many digitations. The mesoarium was partly attached to the
dilated end of the oviduct, as I have described in Megalophrys

882 MR. F. E. BEDDAKD ON THE [ Nov. 26,

nasuta. I am uncertain whether a definite diverticulum of
the expanded termination of the oviduct exists; there was, how-
ever, the appearance of such, accentuated doubtless and indeed
perhaps caused by the taut condition of the ligament in question.

$ Ventral Musculature.

The ventral musculature of Xenophrys differs from both that of
Rana and that of Megalophrys nasuta. The general disposition
of the muscles, exposed by the removal of the skin of the ventral

Text-fig. 231.

Ventral musculature of Xenophrys monticola.

a. Submentalis muscle. 6. Submawxillaris. c. Subhyoideus. d. Posterior
septum of lymph-sac lying upon the pectoralis muscle.

surface, will be rendered plain by the accompanying figure (text-
fig. 231). The abdominal portion of the pectoralis seems to be
precisely as in Rana and Megalophrys. It is of considerable size

1907.] ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATID#. 883

much larger than in Leptobrachium (to be described presently),
and arises from the second tendinous intersection of the rectus
abdominis, and from the fascia covering that muscle for some way
anterior to that point. The pectoralis anterior (or pars epicorac-
oidalis) arises as usual from the surface of the coracoid cartilage.
In front lies the pars episternalis of the deltoid, which also receives
fibres from the small omosternum ; nothing superficial can be
possibly distinguished as a separate sterno-radialis such as is
found in Rana. The pectoralis posterior (or pars sternalis) 1s
more like that of Rana than it is like that of Megalophrys nasuta,
for it extends in its origin down the whole of the bony shaft of
the sternum up to the expanded xiphoid plate, which line of origin
is of about the same length as that of the pectoralis anterior.
In WMegalophrys nasuta this muscle does not reach in its line
of origin beyond the expanded anterior end of the bony sternum.
With » regard to these muscles I have also examined Megalophrys
montana, though they were mueh hardened and stuck together
and thus difficult to discriminate. I believe, however, that I am
able to assert that this species presents characters which are
intermediate between the two extremes already referred to. For
the origin of the pectoralis posterior extends some way down the
bony style of the sternum, in fact for about half its length.

1 could find no pectoralis cutaneus in Yenophrys monticola, and
in this the frog agrees with MJegalophrys nasuta. The septum
dividing the abdominal lymph-space from the pectoral was plain
enough ; but it was nowhere invaded by or connected with slips
of muscle arising from or near the pectoralis abdominalis.

The considerable extension backwards of the sternum in Xeno-
phrys as in Megalophrys veduces the posterior (7. e. poststernal)
region of the reetus abdominis muscle. In Yenophrys monticola
the third intermuscular septum of the rectus abdominis lies on a
level with the end of the xiphoid cartilage of the sternum, there
being thus only three segments of this muscle lying behind the
sternum.

The throat region of Xenophrys monticola agrees more closely
with the corresponding region in Rana than in the, in other
respects, more nearly allied Megalophrys. The proportions
between the submaxillaris, the subhyoideus, and the submentalis
appear to me to be exactly as has been figured in Rana esculenta.
IL may mention that the subhyoideus of both Me galophrys nasuta *
and I, montana is relatively a much larger muscle. Furthermore,
the median raphe between the two halves of the submaxillaris
and subhyoideus is a mere streak.

The ventral musculature of Leptobrachium hasseltw presents
considerable differences from that of its ally Yenophrys monticola,
and is in more than one respect much more like that of MJegalo-
phrys. It differs, however, from all these frogs in two very sahent
points which are visible when the ventral integument is reflected.

* P. Z. S. 1907, p. 340.

884 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [Nov. 26,

The shortness of the sternum considered relatively to the length
of the sternum in other genera results in a much longer post-
sternal rectus abdominis, while the pectoralis appears to be short,
again relatively speaking. The second point of difference concerns
the course of the sheet of membranous tissue which separates the
abdominal from the pectoral lymph-space. In NXenophrys and in
Megalophrys nasuta this is almost tramsverse to the longitudinal
axis of the body, being slightly convex anteriorly; it hardly
reaches the pectoralisabdominis. In Leptobrachiwm, on the other
hand, the attachment of this membrane is V-shaped with the apex
of the V directed anteriorly; it passes over the pectoralis
abdominis to near the middle of which it is attached.

Text-fig. 232.

Ventral musculature of Leptobrachiwn hasseltii.

Lettering as in text-fig. 231.

However, in this genus, as in those already treated of, there
appears to be no pectoralis cutaneus. The pectoralis anterior
seems to be exactly like that of Xenophrys, and I could detect no
trace of a separate sternoradialis muscle. The pectoralis posterior,
on the other hand, is not like that of Xenophrys. For it arises
along a line which extends halfway down the bony style of the

1907. ] ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATIDA. 885

sternum, and thus more closely resembles the same muscle in
Megalophrys montana.

The throat musculature of Leptobrachiwm (text-fig. 232) does
not agree entirely with that of either of the other two genera ot
Pelobatidee with which I am concerned in the present communi-
cation. I have already pointed out that in the two species of
Megalophrys (at any vate as commonly held) the subhyoideus is
a large muscle as compared with the submaxillaris. The sub-
hyoideus in Leptobrachium has exactly the same charactev.
Furthermore, this species, i. e. Leptobrachium hasseltii, shows a
likeness to Megalophrys nasuta in the submaxillaris. I have
already pointed out that in Xenophrys monticola a mere seam
separates in the middle line of the throat the two halves of the
muscle. On the other hand, in both Leptobrachium hasseltvi and
Megalophrys nasuta this seam is expanded into a widish tendinous
sheet. Megalophrys montana appears to agree with its congeners
in this point. Leptobrachiwm, however, does not agree with
Megalophrys in the arrangement of the submentalis muscle.
In the former genus, and in both species, the submentalis is com-
pletely concealed by the fibres of the submaxillaris, the median
tendinous interval ceasing some way behind the mandibular
symphysis. The fibres of the submaxillaris have to be cut before
the submentalis can be seen. The arrangement in both Lepto-
brachium and Xenophrys is different from this, and they agree
entirely with each other. The submentalis is quite distinct
anteriorly near to the symphysis of the lower jaws, not being
concealed by muscular fibres of the submaxillaris. The greater
part of the submentalis is thus visible; but not its insertions on
to each mandible. Moreover, a distinct tendinous seam on each
side is seen to divide its fibres from those of the submaxillaris.
The two tendinous seams meet to form the median tendinous
interval between the right and left halves of the submaxillaris.

So far, therefore, as concerns the superficial muscles of the
ventral surface, Leptobrachium and Megalophrys are more nearly
allied than either of them is to Xenophrys. The two former
agree in (1) the reduced posterior pectoralis, (2) the distinctness
and relatively large size of the subhyoideus, (3) the considerable
tendinous interval between the right and left halves of the sub-
maxillaris. On the other hand, Leptobrachium and Xenophrys
ave alike in the relations of the submentalis to the submaxillaris.

It is interesting to compare the Eastern genera, Megalophrys,
Xenophrys, and Leptobrachiuwm, with the essentially HKuropean
Pelobates *. The comparison shows an extraordinary uniformity,
so far as the muscular peculiarities already dealt with are con-
cerned, between Pelobates fuscus and Xenophrys monticola. The
pectoralis muscle is identical by reason of the large size of the
pectoralis posterior, which extends as far back in its origin as to the
posterior end of the bony style of the sternum. The muscles on
the floor of the mouth are also identical in the two genera. It is
difficult to draw any boundary line between the submaxillaris

* This genus only extends eastward as far as Asia Minor and Syria.

886 MR, F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 26,

and the subhyoideus, such as is very obvious in the other two
Oriental genera. <A fine tendinous seam divides the right and
left half of the submaxillaris. This seam also in Pelobates, as
in Xenophrys, bifurcates anteriorly and partitions off the sub-
mentalis from the submaxillaris, which is therefore not covered
by the latter as it is in Megalophrys.

§ The Transversalis Muscle to Hsophagus.

This muscle in its large size, place of origin, and insertion, 1s
apparently peculiar to the Pelobatide. It becomes therefore of
very great importance to ascertain its relations in the genera

Text-fig. 233.

(Esophageal muscle and neighbouring structures in Megalophrys montana.

m. The cesophageal muscle at first separate but towards the centre of the figure
indistinguishable from the obliquus externus which lies above it; its
posterior attachment to the esophagus is seen to overlie the sacral vertebra,
which latter is seen to be free from the ensuing coccyx. od. Oviduct.
ce. (sophagus.

Xenophrys and Leptobrachiwm. In Xenophrys the muscle is very
obvious, and without further dissection appears to be precisely as
in the genus Megalophrys. It occupies the anterior half of the
abdominal cavity and has a curved, somewhat excavated posterior
border a little in front of the kidney. It seems distinctly thinner
in proportion than the same muscle in Megalophrys montana
{text-fig. 233), a conclusion at which I arrive with greater con-
fidence, since the two frogs were of the same size. I can see

1907. | ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATID2. 887

no features in the corresponding muscle in Leptobrachiwm which
necessitate a particular description of that type. I may take this
opportunity of remarking that the pelvic muscles in this region
(long strip of ilio-lumbar, ilio-coccygeal, &c.) are in Yenophrys
and Leptobrachium as in Megalophrys.

§ Musculature of the Thigh.

In comparing the thigh-muscles of the several genera of Pelo-
batidee which I describe in the present communication, I have used

Text-fig. 234.

Thich-muscles of Rana guppyt on the inside of the thigh.

a. Vastus internus. 6. Adductor longus. c. Sartorius. d. Adductor brevis.
e. Adductor magnus. f. Rectus internus major. g. Rectus internus minor.

888 MK. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 26,

the conditions obtaining in Rana guppyi as a basis of comparison.
Im using the same species for a comparison with Pipa I regret to
find that I have made an error as to Rana guppyi in a paper
communicated to this Society some twelve years since*. There
are six muscles visible (text-fig. 234) when the skin is removed
from the inside of the thigh. These are precisely as figured in

Text-fig. 235.

Thigh-muscles of Xenophrys monticola on inside of thizh.

a. Vastus internus. 6,c, d. Adductors. e, f Sartorius or sart. and semitendinosus.
g, h. Recti interni (or gracilis). 7. Semimembranosus.

Keker’s work upon the Frog, except for the fact that in Rana
guppy? the adductor brevis lies between the heads of the sartorius
and the adductor magnus, instead of between the latter and the
rectus internus major, as figured in 2. esculenta. When this is

* PZ. S. 1895, p. 837.
+ Enel. Transl. by Haslam, Oxford, 1889, p. 98, fig. 81.

1907. | ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATID#. 889

compared with Yenophrys monticola some differences are seen.
The inner side of the thigh of the latter species is represented in
the accompanying figure (text-fig. 235) and there is no doubt
about the identification of the three adductors, the two recti
interni and the vastus internus. This leaves for identification
the two muscles which I have lettered “7” and “e.f.” The two
heads of origin are plainly seen in the case of the latter muscle,
while the insertion only of “7” is visible. The latter muscle
seems to be without doubt the semimembranosus, which in the
case of Rana does not appear upon the inside of the thigh at all
but is quite restricted to the dorsal aspect. It is not ‘without
interest to note that in this appearance of the semimembranosus
upon the inner surface of the thigh, enophrys agrees with
Pipa* but not with the Aglossan NXenopust. There remains
now the muscle “e.f.” This has two heads of origin, of which the
posterior is much the smaller and soon joims the anterior head.
The superficial position of the muscle and the fact that it is
inserted onto the knee superficially to (7. e. ventrally 0) the in-
sertion of the recti interni, would seem to argue the identity of
this muscle with the sar ne of Rana, from ran it would in
that case only differ by its two heads and its more posterior
origin, and consequently different position in relation to the
other muscles of the thigh. On the other hand, the two muscles
end in a well-marked and longish strap-shaped tendon and are
totally indistinguishable for some distance in front of their
tendinous ending, which would fit in well with the view that we
have here, as in Rana, a double-headed semitendinosus with a
slightly different origin and insertion from that muscle in Rana.
An obvious third view is to regard the two-headed muscle as
actually composed of two muscles which are in course of fusion or
of separation, and to compare them with both the sartorius and
the semitendinosus of Rana. A consideration of the arrange-
ment of these muscles within the family Pelobatide offers no
clue to the determination of the homologies. For the genera
which I have dissected agree with Xenophrys.

I have already described the muscles in question in Megalophrys
nasutat, where they are practically the same as in Yenophrys
except for the additional and slight complication caused by the
presence of an additional head to the posterior of the two muscles.
Megalophrys montana is like Xenophrys, and Leptobrachium
hasseltti only differs very slightly, this difference consisting in
a somewhat earlier fusion between the two muscles, whose
homologies are under consideration. In Pelobates the differenti-
ation of the two was even slighter. If, however, we consider the
thigh-muscles in the Aglossa, it is possible, as I think, to arrive
at a reasonable conclusion concerning these muscles in the Pelo-
batide. In Pipa § the same two muscles that are present in the
r P. Z.S. 1895; p. 838; fig. 4. + Ibid. p. 844, fig. 3.
Cay. . 8. 1907, p. 343.

. 5. 1895, p. 838, woodcut, fig. 4, 3, 4.

ttt *%
NNN

890 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE | Nov. 26,

Pelobatide are present, and have the origin, course, and insertion
as in Megalophrys, &c. They are completely superficial and visible
on the internal aspect of the thigh only. There is no deeper
muscle which could correspond to the semitendinosus of Rana.
I find on a dissection of another example of Pipa that the
insertion of the muscles (at any rate in that individual) is a little
different from my description of the same in the paper already
referred to. The two muscles are free from each other at their
origin and also for the greater part of their course—and in this
they differ from the corresponding muscles of the Pelobatidse—
but unite to form a common tendon which interposes itself
between the two recti interni muscles (or gracilis), and is therefore
inserted ventral of one and dorsal of the other. In spite of these
differences, it is I think reasonable to assume that there is an
homology between these muscles in Pipa and those which have
just been described in the above-mentioned genera of the Pelo-
batide. This resemblance is in itself an interesting fact, and is
to be added to those which I have already referred to and shall
have occasion to refer to later.

My own observations upon the anatomy of Pipa and Xenopus
and those subsequently published by Dr. Ridewood, which I have
occasion to refer to several times in the course of the present
communication, have certainly strengthened the opinion that.
there is a relationship between Pipa and Xenopus closer than
that which ties either of these genera to any other genus*, and
that the group Aglossa is fully justified. It is not unreasonable,
therefore, to compare the thigh-muscles in the two. I have again
dissected Yenopus in case any error might have crept into my
former account of that Frog, and find that the facts relating to
the musculature of the thigh are as I there stated themy. I
believe, moreover, that my interpretation of the thigh-muscles of
Xenopus was more correct than of those of Pipa. The sartorius
of Xenopus is largely fused with the semitendinosus, but has a
separate insertion. The loss of this and the reduction in size of
the sartorius (from before backwards) would bring about a state
of affairs such as exists in Pipa and the Pelobatide, where the
presumed sartorius is not only thinner but has a more posterior
origin; the loss of the anterior portion of the muscle in Yenopus
would obviously bring about such a result. These suggestions
are of course based upon the supposition that there is likely to be
a resemblance in the musculature of Yenopws and of Pipa. And
in any case the views which I have ventured to express seem to
me to be the most probable ones. On general grounds one might
perhaps be tempted to look for a closer likeness between the
Pelobatidee and the Ranide than between the Pelobatidee and the
Aglossa ; but the facts which have just been considered afford no
basis for a comparison on these lines. Finally, as concerns the
thigh-muscles, | may point out that the exposure of the insertion

* Except of course Hymenochirus, the third genus of Aglossa.
+ P. Z.S. 1895, p. 844.

1907.| ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATID. 891

of the semimembranosus on the ventral side of the thigh occurs
in Megalophrys, Leptobrachium, and Pelobates as well as in
Xenophrys.

The various facts concerning the musculature of the hind limb
in the Pelobatidee, which I have detailed in the foregoing pages,
enable us to assign certain characters to that family as a whole,
though the existing information upon the Anura generally does
not allow at present of formulating a definition of the Pelobatide
which shall differentiate them from other families, except possibly
from the Ranide. As opposed to the Ranide, the Pelobatidze, so
far as we know them, are characterised by—(1) the appearance of
the distal end of the senumembranosus (at its Insertion) on the
ventral surface of the thigh ; (2) the fusion of the sartoriws with
the semitendinosus, if that is to say the homologies arrived at
above are allowed ; (3) the fact that. the semitendinosus is either
a single muscle oe if composed of more than one part (as in
Megalophrys nasuta), the two heads arise side by side and not at
different levelsas in Rana, and that this muscle is quite superficial
and not concealed by the rectus internus major or other muscles ;
(4) the tendon of insertion of the rectus internus major runs
dorsally of the tendon of insertion of the semitendinosus.

S$ Sternwm.

The sternums of Xenophrys and Leptobrachium ave much like
the sternums of Pelobates* and Megalophryst. There are,
however, differences of detail which are worth recording as an
assistance towards the determination of the mutual position of
the various forms of Pelobatide to which generic rank has been
given, and which are considered in the present contribution to
the zoology of that family. I have already pointed out the great
differences in the proportion of the body-length to the sternum in
Megalophrys nasuta and Pelobates fuscus = and in the two species
usually referred to the genus Megalophrys$. In Xenophrys
monticola the total body-length from the tip of the snout to the
vent was 68 mm.; from the anterior end of the omosternum to
the extreme end of the sternum the length was 27 mm., and the
true sternum measured 16 mm. In Leptobrachium hasseltii the
corresponding measurements were 55 mm., 18 mm., and 10 mm.
It appears, therefore, that in Xenophrys the proportions between
these different lengths are not very different from those of
Megalophrys nasuta ; that is to say, the body-length of Yenophrys :
length of entire sternum :: 10:4, while in Megalophrys nasuta
the proportions are 10: 4:5. Again, the body-length of Yenophrys :
length of true sternum :: 10: 2°3, and the corresponding pro-
portions in Megalophrys nasuta are 10: 2°7. Of Leptobrachiwm

* Cf. Boulenger, ‘Tailless Batrachia of Europe,’ pt. i. p. 197, fig. 75.
+ Beddard, P. Z. S. 1907, p. 329.
it Id. 2bid. p. cit. § Supra, p. 874.

Baad. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. LX. 60

892 MR. F. BE. BEDDARD ON THE [Nov. 26,

hasseltii the proportions of body-length to total sternal length
(including omosternum) are 10 : 3:2, and of body-length to length
of true sternum 10:1°8. Megalophrys montana clearly comes
nearer to Leptobrachium than to its congener or to Xenophrys,
for the two sets of proportions are (in the order adopted) 10 : 3°5
and 10:1:7. Translating these numbers into words, Xenophrys
monticola and Megalophrys nasuta fall into one group charac-
terised by a long sternum, while Megalophrys montana and
Leptobrachium hasseltii agree with each other in possessing a
short sternum.

In Pelobates fuscus the body-length was 47 mm., the total length
of the sternal region including the omosternum 16 mm., and the
length of the true sternum 9mm. The actual proportions are
therefore, as treated above in the Oriental Pelobatide, 10 : 3-4
and 10: 1:9. These numbers hardly fill up the gap between the
Pelobatidze with a short steraum and those which possess a long
sternum; they show that Pelobates is referable to the former
group. I have already pointed out* that the form of the sternum
proper differs in Megalophrys nasuta and M. montana, especially
in the form of the cartilaginous plate in which it ends posteriorly.
Xenophrys and Leptobrachium agree with each other and with
Megalophrys nasuta, Pelobates, &c. in that the xiphisternum is a
wide cheesecutter-shaped cartilaginous plate, differmg thus from
that of Megalophrys montana. In neither Yenophrys nor Lepto-
brachium does the sternum extend so far as the end of the larger
(left) lobe of the liver.

In dissecting the sternal musculature of Yenophrys monticola
I have noticed a sheet of stiff fibrous tissue which extends
laterally along each side of the sternum and overlies the sterno-
hyoideus muscle. This is not an aponeurosis connected with
that muscle or with any other muscle. The muscle is quite free
from it and unconnected by any fibres. It seems to be an
extension of the sternum itself laterally. It may indeed be
regarded as morphologically part of the sternum ; and, if this
suggestion is correct, it brings the sternum of this Pelobatid more
into line with that of some other Batrachia Salentia. A broad
expanded sternum is, for instance, a character of the Aglossa.
This is not urged, of course, as necessary evidence of special
affinity with the Aglossa; for other genera belonging to the
Phaneroglossa have also a broader sternum than is typical among
the Pelobatide. It is not, however, at variance with such a view
which other facts referred to support.

§ Hyoid Muscles and Cartilages.

The relations of the rectus abdominis and the sternohyoideus
in Xenophrys monticola are very unlike those of Rana and very
like those of Megalophrys nasuta. When the pectoralis posterior

* Supra, p. 874.

1907. | ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATID&, 893

of Rana guppyt is cut across and reflected, the sternohyoid is
exposed from its origin from the xiphoid end of the sternum up
to where it dips under the shoulder-girdle anteriorly to reach the
hyoid. In Xenophrys (text-fig. 236) the disposition of this
muscle is as in Megalophrys nasuta, but with some slight dif-
ferences of detail. When the pectoralis posterior is cut across

Text-fig. 236.

Sternum and adjacent musculature of Xenophrys monticola.

a. Specialised tract of rectus abdominis muscle attached by a tendon to border of
coracoid. 4. Scapular portion of obliquus. . Pectoralis abdominalis cut
across anteriorly. v. Rectus abdominis. st. Sternum.

and reflected, the sternohyoid is in the same way brought imto

view. The sternal portion of it, 2. ¢., that which arises from

the xiphoid process of the sternum, runs anteriorly on each
60*

894 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 26,

side parallel to, and in contact with, the bony style of the sternum.
Anteriorly dipping under the expanded anterior end of the
sternum and joining the rest of the sternohyoideus, as in JJega-
lophrys nasuta, it is covered by an aponeurosis inserted upon
the latero-posterior border of the expanded anterior end of the
sternum. This here joins the sternal attachment of a portion of
the rectus muscle, which muscle I have also referred to as occur-
ring in JJegalophrys. The attachment of this latter muscle is
strongly tendinous in Yenophrys as it is in Megalophrys. The
tendon of this muscle, though attached to the rhomboidal expan-
sion of the sternum anteriorly by a stout tendon, is continued on
by this tendon to the posterior border of the cartilaginous and
expanded coracoid*, 1 have on a redissection of MJegalophrys
nasuta ascertained that this is also the case with that Frog. The
portio omo-abdominalis of Rana, which is also plainly to be seen
in Yenophrys, and with the same general relations that it has
in Rana, is not to be confused with the present muscle, which,
is, as I think, to be regarded as a specialised tract of the rectus
abdominis, not represented (at any rate as a specialised muscle)
in Lana. ‘The corresponding muscles in Leptobrachium hasseltit
seem to show no differences from those of Xenophrys monticola,
and there is thus in this region of the musculature an agreement
among these Eastern Pelobatidee.

I have been able to compare these several muscles which
agree so exactly among the Oriental Pelobatidee with those of Pelo-
bates fuscus. I find that this species of Pelobatid agrees with its
Eastern relatives and thus disagrees with Rana. Pelobates agrees
more closely with Megalophrys nasuta than with Xenophrys
monticola in that the sternal portion of the sternohyoid is not
inserted at all anteriorly upon the rhomboidal expansion of the
sternum. It can be plainly seen to dip under this (7.¢., to pass
above it dorsally), and appears to be quite unconnected with
it by any fibres at all, and there is no conspicuous aponeurosis.
The coracoidal insertion of the rectus is therefore much clearer
than in Yenophrys, where its relations to the anterior end of
the sternum are rather confused by the sternal insertion of the
sternohyoideus. The tendon can be seen to pass through a
tendinous sling, which runs from the external corner of the
anterior end of the sternum to the surface of the rectus muscle
just above it, to the posterior border of the coracoid. This is, as
IT have convinced myself, the actual arrangement in Xenophrys
and Megalophrys as well as in Pelobates.

In describing the geniohyoideus muscle of Rana esculenta,
Dr. Haslam translates 7 as follows from Kcker’s work upon the
Frog :—This muscle on each side of the throat “divides poste-
riorly into two portions. One of these, the median, is inserted into

* The principal attachment of the tendon is really to the coracoid. The attach-
ment to the sternum is rather of a fibrous than a tendinous nature, as in Pelobates.

+ ‘The Anatomy of the Frog,’ by Dr. Alexander Ecker. Transl. by George
Haslam, M.D., Oxford, 1889, p. 64.

1907. | ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATID&. 895

the inner border of the posterior horn of the hyoid bone, and is
here attached to a fascia which covers the m. hyoglossus from
beneath. By the same fascia the muscles of opposite sides are
connected in the space between the two posterior cornua.” I quote
this description in full in order to emphasise the differences which
Ran shows from all of the Pelobatide examined by myself and
described in the present paper. In Yenophrys monticola, when
the submaxillaris and subhyoideus are cut and reflected, a thin
and broad sheet of muscle is seen to occupy the greater part of
the area of the throat. bis muscle is indistinguishable into two
muscles; for, while in Rana guppyi (and esculenta as figured by

Text-fig. 237,

Some of the hyoid muscles of Megalophrys montana. On the right side the
processus anterior of the basal cartilage of the hyoid is seen exposed; the
corresponding cartilage on the left side (the right-hand of the drawing) is
covered by the geniohyoid muscle, through which it appears dimly.

a. Hyoglossus. 6. Sternohyoid. c, d, e. Subdivisions of posterior petrohyoid; the
large anterior petrohyoid is seen in front of ce. f. Part of geniohyoid.
g- Omohyoid.

Ecker) a membranous median interval separates the right and left
geniohyoid muscles, allowing the subjacent (7. ¢., dorsally lying)
hyoglossus to be seen through this transparent fascia, the genio-
hyoideus in Yenophrys is indistinguishable anteriorly into two
halves, the fascia being represented by muscle. There is then
no view of the hyoglossus muscle until the geniohyoid is divided
and reflected. Furthermore, when the muscle of each side
bifurcates to permit of the passage of the sternohyoideus (as in
Rana), the two inner portions form a continuous sheet of muscle

896 MR, F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 26,

which covers completely, and has to be dissected away to reveal,
the underlying hyoglossus. This same arrangement of the genio-
hyoid is quite plain in Megalophrys montana and in Leptobrachium
hasseltii, and apparently in Megalophrys nasuta.

The hyoglossus in Xenophrys is an extremely stout muscle,
arising from the thyrohyals as usual. In cutting the muscle
through longitudinally in that part of it which lies on the body of
the hyoid, the muscle is seen to be separable into five superjacent
layers very plainly distinct from each other. ‘The muscle does not
run so far forwards along the floor of the mouth as in Lana,
and enters the tongue nearer the middle of that organ, which
is more attached to the floor of the mouth in the Pelobatidee
than in many other Frogs. This greater adhesion of the tongue
is perhaps connected with the spreading and greater extension of
the geniohyoideus. In respect of these matters, Leptobrachiwm
shows no particular differences that I could discover from
Xenophrys. In Megalophrys montana (text-fig. 237) the only
difference appeared to me to be the much more marked subdivision
of the hyoglossus into rope-like strands at an earlier period than
in the other genera. It is important to notice that as regards the
two hyoidean muscles that have been already dealt with, Pelobates
entirely agrees with its Oriental allies. In dissecting the muscles
above described in the several species of Pelobatide, certain
differences are obvious in the point at which the hyoglossus dis-
appears anteriorly into the tongue from the floor of the mouth.

In some species this point is more anterior in position, in others
more posterior. It is curious to remark that Venophrys and Lepto-
brachium offer the two extremes in position, The measurements
taken were as follows: from the middle of a line drawn connecting
the posterior (articular) extremities of each mandibular ramus
another line at right angles was drawn through the mandibular
symphysis; this represents the length of the throat; and the
point at which the hyoglossus disappears can be measured along
this line. The actual measurements in the types examined were
as follows :—

Length of Length of
Throat. Hyoglossus. Proportion.
2 3
RGOOOPUS sors dene cn s6 saben 22 mm. 6 mm. fg O18 2S
2 13 ‘
Vianna rane 2 2 1 or °5
Megalophrys nusuta ...... 42. ,, 26)- 4; 5, OF °938
Megalophrys montana ... 22 ,, TAs i or 63
: i 12 ¢
Leptobrachium hasseltti... 19 ,, Thank =e OF We

It is also noteworthy that ZLeptobrachium and Megalophrys
montana ave nearer together than any other forms, and that the
two Megalophrys are by no means identical.

The hyoid cartilages of Megalophrys montana have been already
dealt with to some extent in this paper* as assisting to distinguish

* Supra, p. 875.

1907.] ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATIDA., 897

that species from Megalophrys nasuta, the hyoid cartilage of which
f have already examined and figured*. In comparing the two
species alleged to be of the same genus, I pointed out a difference
in the curvature of the basal cartilage which happens to be of
morphological importance. It is most interesting to find that this
undoubted likeness to Pelobates, shown by Megalophrys montana
but not by JZ. nasuta, does not occur elsewhere among the species
which I have had the opportunity of investigating. There is a
very slight approach to the curvature exhibited by Megalophrys
montana in the case of Xenophrys. But in Leptobrachium the
processus anteriores ave directed straight forward parallel with the
long axis of the body of the Frog. and without the slghtest
deflection towards each other, as in Megalophrys nasuta—not the
first point of likeness between these two that I have pointed out
in the present paper.

In describing the structure of Megalophrys nasuta, I particu-
larly pointed out the large size of the thyrohyals and the immense
mass of the investing muscles as characteristic of that Frog when
compared with Rana. In Rana guppyi, a much larger Frog than
Megalophrys nasuta, the thyrohyals and their investing mass of
muscles were absolutely considerably less in size than in the
Megalophrys. Furthermore, the bones and muscular sheath in
question are directed upwards and nearly at right angles to the
direction of the body of the hyoid. It appears to me to be justifi-
able to regard this position of the processes in question as some
evidence, though doubtless slight, in favour of considering the
processes as the remains of ponckal arches—an homology rabselh
has been disputed, and is at least not clear. As it is, the direction
of these thyrohyals in MJegalophrys across the throat is, at any
rate, the direction of a branchial branch. These two facts con-
cerning the thyrohyals and their musculature in Megalophrys
apply equally well to the other species of Pelobatidee considered in
the present communication. They all agree in the direction of
these processes and in the very thick muscular covering. Pelo-
bates, too, agrees with its Hastern relatives entirely. When the
thyrohyals are stripped of the investing hypoglossal muscle, the
bony shaft is very plainly marked off from the cartilaginous
epiphysis, and the insertions of the petrohyoidei posteriores
become obvious. In all the types that I have examined the
thyrohyals are straight and with a “waist” in the middle. The
epiphysis in Megalophr ys montana, like that of J7. nasuta, projects
boot-like towards the petrous region of the skull. It differs, how-
ever, in some degree from the epiphysis of its alleged congener.
In I, nasuta the epiphysis is attached distinctly to the side—the
outer side—of the end of the thyrohyal. The latter bone is bony
up to the actual posterior truncated edge. It is, however, carti-
laginous at the inner posterior corner. Thus it comes about that
the epiphysis 1s very easily detached. This is not at all the case

* P. Z.S. 1907, p. 341, text-fic. 97.

898 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 26,

with MW. montana. In that Frog the epiphysis (which is straighter
and not so curled as in JZ. nasuta) is continuous with the carti-
laginous posterior border of the thyrohyal, and is not detachable.
In Xenophrys monticola there is a slight difference ; the carti-
laginous epiphysis is easily detachable and is attached to the bony
shaft, asis shown in the accompanying figure (text-fig. 238), partly
to the side and partly to the posterior border of the thyrohyal.
The thyrohyal of Leptobrachiwm hasseltii is quite different from
any of the types just described. The bone is straight and narrow
at the posterior end. It has not the hourglass-shape that it has

Text-fig. 258.

Laryngeal cartilages and adjacent structures of Xenophrys monticola.

Bronchial cartilage. c. Bony shaft of thyrohyal with cartilaginous epiphysis to
lett. hp. Hypopharyngeal processes of cricoid cartilages. p.h.3. Posterior
petrohyoid.

in the other genera. It ends in cartilage below, and from this
latter 1s readily detachable by a slighter cartilaginous epiphysis.
This region of the hyoid in Leptobrachiwm (text-fig. 239) differs
much more from that of Xenophrys than the latter genus does in
this respect from JJegalophrys. <A final peculiarity of the thyro-
hyal epiphysis distinguishes Yenophrys from both species of Mega-
lophrys. In the two latter the epiphysis is distinctly posterior to
the petrohyoideus posterior tertius muscle. In Xenophrys, on
the other hand, this cartilaginous process lies as distinctly in

HOOT) ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATID®. 899

front of the same muscle, in fact between it and the petrohyoideus
posterior secundus. Iam not quite clear about the exact relations
of the corresponding parts in Leptobrachium hasselti.

The petrohyoidei muscles are all four of them present in such
Pelobatidee as I have dissected. The insertions of these (and of
the hyoid muscles generally) in Pelobates and Pelodytes have been
carefully figured and described by Ridewood * and compared with
those of Rana temporaria. He has observed that the fourth
division of the petrohyoideus, 7. e. the petrohyoideus posterior
tertius, is absent from Pelodytes. As to Rana the current figures
and descriptions of the hyoid musculature in 2. temporaria and
R. esculenta indicate four petrohyoideal + muscles; and [ can
confirm these statements as applying to Rana tigrina. Further-
more, it is plain from the illustrations cited below and from my own

Leptobrachium hasseltii.

c. Points to cartilaginous epiphysis of thyrohyal. .#.3. Posterior petrohyoid.

dissections, that in these species of Rana the three portions of the
petrohyoideus posterior are slender, of insufficient width to come
into contact at their insertions on to thethyrohyal bone. It must
not, however, be imagined that thisis distinctive of Rana. For in
Rana guppyt the petvohyoideus posterior is only formed of two
separate muscles, which are, however, broad and fanshaped and
nearly fill up the entire margin of the thyrohyal at their imsertion.
The anterior of the two muscles is the larger and clearly corresponds
to the primus and secundus; but in two examples of the Frog in
which I dissected these muscles I can find no evidence of the
fusion of two muscles. In Rana generally the three (or excep-
tionally two) divisions of the petrohyoideus posterior are inserted

* P. Z.S. 1897, pl. xxxv. figs. 10, 11.

+ H.g.,Ridewood (Joc. cit.); Wilder, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Anat. ix. 1893, Taf. 20.
fig. 35; Haslam in Hcker’s ‘Anatomy of the Frog,’ fig. 60, p. 65. But Goppert
(Morph. Jahrb. Bd .xxvi. 1898, Tat. 8. tig. 7) figures only three in Rana temporaria.

900 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Nov. 26,

on to the bony thyrohyal, the anterior slip of the muscle straying
only slightly if at all on to the body of the hyoid, as figured for
instance by H. H. Wilder*. On the other hand, I have already
pointed out that in Megalophrys nasuta the first of the three
slips of the petrohyoideus posterior arises mainly—and indeed I
believe I may say, after a reexamination, exclusively:
body of the hyoid at its junction with the thyrohyal 7. In Rana
a small slip of the petrohyoideus posterior tertius is not inserted
with the mass of the muscle on to the thyrohyal but forms a part
of the laryngeal musculature. I could see that this was the case
with Rane guppyi, where nearly the whole muscle appeared to be
inserted on to the thyrohyal, but a few fibres escaped beyond it
and appeared to be inser ted onto the ligament binding the
posterior end of the thyrohyal to the ericoid; I did not “trace
them beyond this point. In Megalophrys nasuia I have described
this muscle as passing beneath the end of the thyrohyal§ (i. e.,
beneath when the animal is examined in the ordinary position of
dissection). In reexamining the Frog I find that this is the ease,
but that the muscle is not entirely inserted upon the thyrohyal.
In fact, the greater part of the muscle escapes the thyrohyal and
is inserted close to the laryngeal apparatus, and only a part is in-
serted onto the inner end corner of the thyrohyal. We have here
in fact conditions precisely the reverse of those sometimes found
in kana, the major part of the petrohyoideus posterior tertius
being a laryngeal muscle. J may point out that this fact is of
some importance embryologically. For, as Wilder|) has shown,
the petrohyoideus in question is originally a continuous muscle
reaching the larynx, part of it in Rana becoming later separated
as an intrinsic muscle. Furthermore, among the Aglossa it has
been shown by Ridewood § that the third division of the petro-
hyoideus posterior (or rather the muscle believed to correspond
thereto) is a purely laryngeal muscle, having no connection with
the hyoid. Thus We galophrys nasuta shows a distinct likeness
in this anatomical relation—though it is doubtless a small one
—to the Aglossa. These same peculiarities of the petrohyoid
muscles occur also in the other Oriental Pelobatidee upon which I
am able to report in the present communication. The peculiarities
therefore cannot be held to be in any way characteristic of sex.
In Leptobrachium hasseltii (see text-fig. 239) the three posterior
petrohyoidei are visible as perfectly distinct muscles. The petro-
hyoideus posterior primus is in contact with the petrohyoideus
anterior. The petrohyoideus posterior secundus is larger than it
and the following and last of the muscles, which latter passes
under the cartilaginous epiphysis of the thyrohyal bone.

* Loc. cit. and fig. cit.
t This does not appear to be the case with Pelodytes.
t According to Goppert’s figure, however (loc. cit., fig. cit.) the whole of the last
pet ohyoideus | escapes the thyrohyal and is a laryngeal muscle.
§ P. Z.S. 1907, p. 339.
|| Loe. cit. p. 807.
{ Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xxvi. 1897.

1907. ] ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATIDE. 901

The slender petrohyoideus posterior primus seems to be
attached to the body of the hyoid just above the articulation of
the thyrohyal.

In Xenophrys monticola the petrohyoideus posterior primus is
separated by a wide gap from the petrohyoideus anterior. The
middle and posterior slips of the former are about equal in size ;
but the latter runs in quite a different direction, passing below
the end of the thyrohyal as is shown in the accompanying
figure (text-fig. 238, p. 898).

Megalophrys montana is so uch like I, nasuta (text-fig. 240,
p. 902) that a special description is hardly needed. The differences
from the last two types will be obvious.

The subhyoideus and the petrohyoidei of Pelobates fuscus are
different from those of the Oriental Pelobatide. Owing to the
absence of the anterior cornua of the hyoid in Megalophrys nasuta,
the subhyoideus is attached to the lateral walls of the skull. In
Pelobates, on the other hand, as is shown in the figures of Ride-
wood * and Boulenger ¥, there is a detached piece of cartilage, in
shape like the sound-holes of a violin, on either side which
represents the posterior region of the anterior cornu. To the
posterior extremity of this is attached the subhyoideus, thus con-
firming the morphological views held with regard to that piece of
cartilage. Pelobates fuscus has the usual four pairs of petro-
hyoideal muscles. Of these the petrohyoideus anterior needs no
special comment. The three slips of the petrohyoideus posterior
are slender muscles as in ana, and, as is also partly the case in
that genus, are all attached to the thyrohyals. And furthermore,
again as in Rana esculenta, the petrohyoideus posterior tertius is
practically entirely inserted upon the end of the thyrohyal. As
in Xenophrys, the long cartilaginous epiphysis of the thyrohyal
inadequately repre esented by Boulengert and Ridewood §—lies
between the second and third divisions of the petrohyoideus
posterior.

§ Larynx.

In my paper upon MWegalophrys nasuta I did not deal with the
larynx of that Frog. I desire therefore in the present place to
supplement that deficiency by a few facts. The laryngeal
cartilages present us with several differences from those of other
Frogs. Rana has naturally been taken as the type of the
Anuran larynx, and until recently Wiedersheim’s|| figures of the
same. These latter have, however, been shown by H. H. Wilder
to be representations of a type “ entirely unique” 4{, The more

* PE Za. 1897, ple xxxv. tesla

+ Ray Soc. Monograph, p. 197, fig. 75.
{ Loe. cit., fig. cit.
§ L

oc. Cit., fig. cit.
|| In the various editions of his two text-books.
§ Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Anat. ix. p. 288.

902 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE | Nov. 26,

ordinary arrangement is for the bronchial cartilages to be straight
bars not fused and contorted to form “a fantastically shaped W.”
Jn all of the three types, however, figured by Wilder, the cricoid
cartilage or “annulus” is represented as ending medianly in a
pharyngeal process closely applied to the ventral wall of the
cesophagus. This is termed by Haslam the “spine of cricoid
cartilage.” It might therefore be inferred that this spine was
characteristic of the genus Rana*. However, this is not the case ;

for in Rana tigrina there i is the barest rudiment of this process.

Otherwise there are no great differences between that species and
“type IT ”iof Rana as described by Wilder.

Text-fig. 240.

Laryngeal cartilage and adjacent structure of Megalophrys nasuta.

Lettering as in text-fig. 238.

In the figure of the laryngeal cartilages of Rana esculenta given
in Haslam’s translation of Ecker’s work +, a stiff anentloranne 1S
represented as filling up the interspace of the cricoid cartilage.
This I find strongly developed in Rana tigrina. I mention this
point with some emphasis, since in Megalophrys nasuta it is
represented by an extremely delicate membrane. The two
principal features that I have noticed in the structure of the
larynx of Megalophrys nasuta which differentiate it from that of

wa

* It is very long in Rana guppyi. + P. 313, fig. 204 M.

LOO ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATIDA. 903

Rana are the following :—the bronchial cartilages are two very
slender cartilages, one on each side. Instead of being stiff,
straight, thick processes as in Rana tigrina, each is avery slender
and arched cartilage, like a bronchial half-hoop, and corresponding
of course to the point of opening of the lung into the larynx. I
could see no arborescent outgrowths of these such as Ridewood
has figured in ana*. Its slenderness and semilunar outline are
distinctive as compared with the same cartilage in Rana. The
second and more striking difference from Rana and from other
Anura relates to the middle pharyngeal process of the annulus or
ericoid cartilage. Instead of being a single median process, this
is very distinctly composed of two pieces symmetrical with each
other and lying closely side by side, being united by ligamentous
tissue. These processes are very long. It seems to be difficult to
avoid the conclusion that we have in this Frog a_ persistent
embryonic condition in the separateness of the two halves of the
ericoid. This second peculiarity of the larynx of Megalophrys
nasuta (see text-fig. 240) is not, however, peculiar to that species
or genus. I find exactly the same double median pharyngeal
process of the ericoid in Megalophrys montana and in Xenophrys
monticola. It woald appear therefore to be unlikely that the
disposition of these cartilages is in any way related to sex, for the
Xenophrys which Texamined was a maleand the two MWegalophrys
were both females. In Yenophrys monticola the bronchial cartilage
was arched like that of J/egalophrys nasuta, but shorter and
rather stouter.

In Megalophrys montana these cartilages are rather more of the
type of Xenophrys than of Megalophrys montana. In all of these
Frogs there is an agreement in the position of the point of origin
of the bronchial processes in which they all differ from Rana. In
the latter genus the bronchial cartilages arise from a point not far
from being on a level with the posterior end of the thyrohyals.
In Megalophrys and Xenophrys, on the other hand, these processes
arise much more anteriorly where the cricoid and arytenoids come
into contact to form a hood concealing the anterior end of the
aditus laryngis. I have had occasion elsewhere in this paper to
refer to differences between Yenophrys and Leptobrachium, which
is interesting in view of their recent fusion to form one genus. I
now find that in Leptobrachium hasseltit there is at any rate one
very well marked difference in the larynx. This difference con-
cerns the cricoid cartilage. These cartilages are not connected
posteriorly, in which fact they agree with the other Oriental
forms of Pelobatide. Moreover, the cartilages are very short and
fail by a long distance to meet in the middle line posteriorly, there.
being of course no pharyngeal process or processes.

* Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxvi. pl. ix. fig. 7

904 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE | Nov. 26,

(4) DEFINITION OF THE FAamity PELOBATID.

There are not two opinions concerning the validity of the
family Pelobatidee, or respecting the justice of placing in that
family all of the genera dealt with in the present communication.
Among the matters that require settlement with regard to this
family ave: the limitations of the several genera which have been
assigned to it, their mutual affinities, and the relationship of the
Pelobatidee to other Anurous Batrachia. I pretend to have
brought forward in the present communication facts which bear
upon the two important questions above set forth. The facts
dealt with in the foregoing pages also permit of some extension in
the definition of the family. At the present moment the only
characters known which combine to define the Pelobatide are the
following, viz.:—'leeth confined to upper jaw. Vomerine teeth
usually present. Omosternum small and cartilaginous, rarely
absent *, or larger and calcified +; sternum mostly with an ossified
style. Coracoids overlap (“ arciferous” shoulder-girdle). Trans-
verse processes of sacral vertebrae large and expanded. Coccyx
oceasionally fused with sacrum. Tongue round or oval, feebly
nicked behind and free (except in Asterophrys). Pupil vertical.

These characters are not found collectively in any other family
of Anura, though all of them singly or in some slight combination
are found in other families. To these characters is sometimes
added the condition of the tympanum—stated to be “ indistinct.”
This does not appear to me to be a just character as defining the
family. Furthermore, there are a certain number of negative
characters, such as—ribs absent, no suckers on fingers and
toes, &e.

To these may be now added two rather important characters—
_ whose possible occurrence, however, in other families requires
further demonstration. These are the reduction or even absence
of the principal cornua of the hyoid complex, in formulating
which I confirm and extend the opinion of Boulenger and Ride-
wood; and the existence of a peculiarly large cesophageal muscle
extending in its origin as far back as the middle of the pelvis.
The non-union of the two halves of the ericoid and the double
character of the often long hypopharyngeal process is characteristic
of, though not universal in, this family, and it has not been
recorded elsewhere.

The investigations described in the present paper and others
veferred to allow of the inclusion of a number of other characters,
perhaps of minor importance, in the definition of the family
Pelobatide. So far as we know at present, the thigh-muscles are
peculiar in the absence of a deep-seated semitendinosus and the
presence of two muscles closely related upon the inner surface of
the thigh, which may correspond to the semitendinosus and the

* In Scaphiopus solitarius. + In Megalophrys nasuta.

1907. ] ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATID. 905

sartorius. Another feature is the absence of a superficial sterno-
radialis muscle, the existence of a special slip of the rectus
abdominis attached to the posterior border of the coracoid, the
existence of a strong muscle extending from the ilium to the
transverse process of the third vertebra belonging presumably to
the iliolumbar complex (which is unrepresented in Rana, &e.), and
the large size of the geniohyoid which covers the hyoglossus. It
is possible also that the family will prove to be characterised by
the numerous vasa efferentia not forming a rete, and by the
absence of a vesicula seminalis.

Finally, the suspension of the right and left lungs up to or
nearly to the posterior end by a ligament is, so far as we have
gone, a character of this family.

(5) Tur GENERA OF PELOBATIDS.

The next point for consideration is the limitation of the several
genera treated of in this communication, which are for the most
part allowed as valid by systematists. The only genus which is
at the moment not generally allowed is Yenophrys, which has
been included by Boulenger* (whom others follow) in the genus
Leptobrachiwm. So far as external characters go, Megalophrys
might also be included, for Leptobrachium fee and L. carinense
(occasionally) possess the processes over the eye which has given
to Megalophrys its generic name.

Mr. W. L. Sclater has also in the paper referred to below ¢
shown that Leptobrachium carinense may possess vomerine teeth,
which were absent in the first individuals examined by Boulenger
but subsequently found by him. This point is a further argu-
ment in favour of a coalescence of the genera Yenophrys and
Leptobrachium, which were formerly distinguished by the presence
in the former and the absence in the latter of these teeth.
Again, the vomerine teeth of Z. carinense are between or even
slightly in front of the choanze, which tends to throw doubt upon
the use of this position of the teeth to distinguish Jegalophrys
nasuta from its congener and from Yenophrys. As to other
characters, it has been pointed out that Pelobates cultripes§
varies in the fusion or non-fusion of the sacrum with the coecyx.

It is not, however, reasonable to decline to use as a character
an anatomical peculiarity which may happen to vary. Indeed,
if this were the case it would be hard to frame a considerable
number of apparently useful specific and generic distinctions.
In a similar fashion, the procclous or opisthocelous nature

* Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Genova, loc. cit.

+ W. L. Sclater, P. Z. S. 1892, p. 348.

+ Ann. Mus. Genova (2) xiii. 1893, p. 344.

§ See Boulenger, ‘The Tailless Batrachia of Europe,’ Ray Soc. 1897, pt. i., and for
references to statements made by others upon this anatomical variation which has
not apparently been noted in P. fuscus.

906 MR, F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [Nov. 26,

of the vertebral centra has been shown to vary in one in-
dividual of Xenophrys monticola by Boulenger, and in other
forms by others. If the three characters just shortly dealt
with are disallowed as of classificatory value, I do not see how
we are to escape from the inclusion in one genus not only of
the Oriental, and doubtless closely allied, forms now named
Megalophrys, Xenophrys, and Leptobrachium, but also of Pelo-
bates and Pelodytes. Scaphiopus alone (of the genera that are
tolerably well known) would escape this simplification in nomen-
clature. For the internal characters are not very decisive as
evidence of generic delimitations. In one or two points, for
example, Xenophrys stands rather alone, or is much nearer to
Pelobates than to its more obviously related allies Megalophrys
and Leptobrachium. Hlsewhere Leptobrachiwm comes nearer to
Megalophrys nasuta than to Xenophrys. If we were to arrange
the different forms considered in the present communication by
the mode of suspension of the lungs, Leptobrachiwm and Megalo-
phrys montana would be placed together and contrasted with
Megalophrys nasuta and Xenophrys. And other instances of
cross-resemblance will be found to occur in the descriptions given
in the preceding pages. These differences, however, though appa-
rently unreliable as generic distinctions on account of their—so
to speak—capriciousness of occurrence, are, taken in conjunction
with the external and osteological characters already known,
of sufficient importance in my miud to divide the Pelobatide
considered in this paper into a numberof genera. And I am dis-
tinctly of opinion, as far as the facts allow me to judge, that
Xenophrys must be reinstated and a new genus formed for
Megdlophrys nasuta. On the other hand, it must be borne in
mind that these Oriental Pelobatide which I distribute among
four genera have certain points in common which distinguish
them all and equally from Pelobates. These points are: (1) the
general form of the larynx with its separate cricoids—a persistent
embryonic condition as I imagine; (2) the more or less rudimen-
tary condition of the metatarsal tubercle ; (3) the less completely
webbed hind toes; (4) the presence upon the thighs of a gland-
patch : (5) the complete absence of the anterior hyoidean cornua.

Do these outweigh the osteological and other differences which
have led to the separation of the Oriental forms into several
genera ¢ Tam inclined to think not ; for they appear to me to be
less important even than characters which, if used for that pur-
nose, would relegate Pelobates to the same genus as Xenophrys ox
Pelobatrachus. This view, however, which is in any case a matter
of opinion, may be strengthened or weakened by the future col-
lecting of fact.

The following table indicates the various points of anatomical
likeness and unlikeness among the Oriental Pelobatidze considered

in the foregoing pages :—

1907. | ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATID!. 907
Xenophrys. Leptobrachium. | ALE OL RTS MM. montana.
nasuta.

Metatarsal dy Hlongate. | Small, circular. | Elongate. Elongate.

tubercle. 5 2) | 2 te) =
Ossifications )| Not recognis- | Not recognis- | Very strong. Not recognis-

in skin. §| able*. | able*. | able *.
Tympanum ...... Quite obvious. | Quite obvious. | Absolutely hid- | Quite obvious.
| den.

Vertebre .........; Proceelous. | Proceelous. | Proceelous. Opisthoccelous.

Sacrum ............) Freefrom coceyx. | Free from coccyx.| Fused with Free from coccyx.
| coccyx.
ee ss f °- || Slightly conver- | Parallel. | Parallel. Very convergent.
: ‘ gent.

hyoid. aes |

Thyrohyals ...... Hourglass- | Rod-like. Hourglass- Hourglass-
shaped. | | shaped. shaped.
Omosternum...... Rudimentar | Rudimentary. | Fair-sized and Rudimentary.
calcified.

Length of ster- )

Se Long. Short. Short. Long.

pared with [| 2 | <

body.

Vomerine teeth. | Behind choane. | Absent. | Between choan. | Behind choane.

|

|

YEO Neck ten een Certain differences in form. (See text, p. 880.)
| Lungs Pulmo- hepatic | Pulmo-hepatic | Pulmo-hepatic Attached by pul- |
| ligament ex- ligament nearly | ligament half- | mo-hepatic lig- |
tending halfway to end of lung. | way downlung.) ament for their,
| down lung. ; | whole length.
| Laryne............) Long hypopha- | No hypopharyn- | Long hypopha- | Long hy popha- |
ryngeal pro- $s geal processes. ryngeal pro- ryngeal pro-
cesses. cesses. cesses
Extensive in | Short. Short. | | Short.

| Pectoralis j

|
|

posterior.
| Subma villaris .

origin.

dinous sheet
in middle of
throat.

dinous median
raphe.

chium.

With narrow ten- With wide ten- | As in Leptobra- | ee in Leptobra-

chiwmn.

|

* 7.e. to the feel when the trog is handled.

An analysis of this table shows that in the fourteen characters

selected, Xenophrys is peculiar in only two characters; that it
agrees with Leptobrachium and Megalophrys montana in four
points; with Leptobrachiwm alone in no characters, and with
Megalophrys montana alone in four characters. Of the remaining
four characters, Yenophrys agrees with Jegalophrys and WM. mon-
tana in three. Leptobrachiwm is peculiar in four characters ;
it agrees with Nenophrys and Meyalophrys montana in four
characters, and with Yenophrys alone in none. With Megalophrys
nasuta, Leptobrachium agrees in two characters. In short, the
cross-likenesses and differences between these several types are
such that no combination between any two or three of them as
against two or one is possible. It shows with peculiar emphasis

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1907, No. LXI. 61

908 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Nov. 26,

that Xenophrys and Leptobrachiwm are not nearer to each other
than any other two. With the addition of some further cha-
‘acters these genera may be described as on the following pages.

The genus Xenophrys will be thus characterised :—

Skin with no conspicuous indurations. <Aggregations of glands
present on thighs. Tympanum fairly conspicuous. Vertebre
procelous ; sacral vertebra free from coccyx. Omosternum rudi-
mentary, cartilaginous ; wiphisternwm ossified, ending in an ex-
panded cartilaginous plate. Hyoid with anterior processes inclined
towards each other ; thyrohyals houwrglass-shaped with long cartila-
ginous epiphysis separating the second and third petrohyoidei pos-
teriores. Right lung supported for more than half its length by
pulmo-hepatic ligament. Sternumlong in proportion to body-length.
Pectoralis posterior arising from whole of sternum. Submaxillaris
fleshy throughout, with only a fine median tendinous raphe. Sub-
hyoideus not very distinct from submaxillaris and slender. Larynx
with long separate hypopharyngeal processes and short bronchial
hoop.

The following definition will indicate the chief characters of
Leptobrachium :—

Skin with no conspicuous indurations. <Aggregations of glands
present on thighs. Tympanum fairly conspicuous. Vertebre pro-
colous ; sacral vertebra free from coccyx. Omosternum rudimentary,
cartilaginous ; xiphisternum ossified, ending in an expanded car-
tilaginous plate. Hyoid with anterior processes strictly parallel,
and not inclined towards each other ; thyrohyals rod-like, without
a laterally directed epiphysis. Lung supported for nearly its entire
length by pulmo-hepatic ligament. Sternum short in proportion to
body-length. Pectoralis posterior reduced in size. Submaxillaris
with extensive tendinous centre. Subhyoideus very distinct and
large. Larynx with 0 hypopharyngeal processes of cricoids, which
remain separate.

Megalophrys has the following characters :—

Skin with no conspicuous mdurations ; with many tubercles.
Aggregations of glands present on thighs. Tympanum fairly con-
spicuous. Vertebree opisthocelous ; sacral vertebra free from coccyx.
Omosternum rudimentary ; «iphisternum ossified, ending in a not
expanded cartilaginous plate. Hyoid with anterior processes
inclined towards each other; thyrohyals hourglass-shaped with
long cartilaginous epiphysis lying behind posterior petrohyoidean
muscle. Light lung supported for its entire length by pulmo-
hepatic ligament. Sternum long in proportion to body-length.
Pectoralis posterior reduced in length of origin. Suwbhmaxillaris
with extensive tendinous centre. Subhyoideus distinct and large.
Larynx as in Xenophrys.

There remains the Frog which I have hitherto referred to
under the name of Megaiophrys nasuta. There is no doubt that

1907.] ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATIDS!. 909

if the foregoing genera are allowed, andif Megalophrys is distinct
from Leptobrachium, that that Frog will have to be placed in a
distinct genus equivalent to these others. For this genus I
suggest the name PELogatracnus, which may be thus defined :—

Skin with conspicuous indurations. A few large tubercles.
Aggregations of glands present on thighs, but smaller than in
allied genera. Tympanum invisible. Vertebre procelous ; sacral
vertebra fused with coccyx. Omosternum of fair size and calcified
in part ; sternum ossified with expanded cartilaginous xiphisternum.
Hyoid with anterior processes parallel; thyrohyals hourglass-
shaped with long cartilaginous epiphysis lying behind last petro-
hyoid. Right lung supported for half its length by ligament.
Sternum short in proportion to body-length. Pectoralis posterior
reduced in length. Subnaxillaris with extensive tendinous centre.
Subhyordeus large and distinct from submaxillaris. Larynx with
long separate hypopharyngeal processes and long bronchial hoop on
each side.

The following characters are, so far as we know, peculiar or
nearly peculiar to, and therefore to be used in the definition of,
the genus Pelobates :—

Skin without indurations. Vertebre procelous. Sacrum fused
with coccyx ; transverse process of sacrum formed from two vertebrae.
Anterior processes of hyord nearly meeting in middle line ; anterior
cornua of hyoid rudimentary and detached from the body of the
hyod. No gland on thighs. Toes webbed fully. Metatarsal
tubercle a sharp-edged digging-organ. Larynx different in form
trom that of Oviental Pelobatide*. Omosternum rudimentary,
cartilaginous ; xiphisternum ossified, ending in an expanded carti-
laginous plate. —Sternum short in proportion to body-length.
Pectoralis posterior arising from whole of sternum. Submaxillaris
fleshy throughout with only a fine tendinous raphe. Subhyoideus
not very distinct from submaxillaris.

The facts do not exist for a criticism of the numerous species
that have been described and assigned to the genus Leptobrachium,
and especially recently. -It is clear, however, from these descrip-
tions that external characters formerly regarded as distinctive of
the genera Megalophrys, Xenophrys, and Leptobrachium respec-
tively can no longer be allowed. For example, the species
Leptobrachium pelodytoides * has an oval metatarsal tubercle pre-
sumably like that of Megalophrys, and therefore not like that of
Leptobrachim hasselt. L. carinense = has horns on the eyelids
as has Megalophrys, and the integument is hardened by stellate
bony deposits. £. few has the same characters, and, in addition,
warts upon the body, the presence of which differentiated L. mon-
ticola which has them not, from Megalophrys which has them.
The fact that these forms possess proccelous vertebree does indeed

* T yeserve details for the present wlich I hope to furnish later.

+ Boulenger, Batrachia in ‘ Fauna ot British India,’ 1890, p. 510 &e.
{£ Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Genova, xin. 1893, p. 344.
Giles

910 ON THE ANATOMY OF THE PELOBATIDA. [Nov. 26,

differentiate them from Jegalophrys OEE 8, but not from
Megalophrys nasuta. Megalophrys longipes* has a V-shaped fold
upon the nape which recalls that of Xenophrys monticola, and not:
that of Megalophrys montana.

A more satisfactory investigation of these various forms might
perhaps break down the distinctions which I have endeavoured
to set up between the four Oriental genera, and show that
Asterophrys and Batrachopsis ave to be placed with them. In the
meantime, however, it is quite clear that the structure of the
Pelobatidee, as far as we know it at present, 1s quite in harmony
with the geographical range of the different forms. There is no
doubt that the four genera discussed here, which occur in the
Oriental region, are much nearer together on the whole than any
one of them is to Pelobates, which is Palearctic in range. It
would appear also that the American Scaphiopus is quite as
widely removed from either group, so far as we can judge from
the osteological characters accumulated by Mr. Boulenger 7. Itis.
important to have been able to emphasise this relation between
structure and geographical distribution.

(6) AFFINITIES OF THE PELOBATIDA,

A number of features, chiefly to be found in the hyoid and the
fused sacral vertebree, by reason of which the Pelobatidee resemble
the Aglossa, and especially Pipa, have been brought together by
Dr. Ridewood . JI am able in the present egimmmmniention to
add a few points of likeness between these two, at first thought,
very dissimilar groups of Anura, It must be remembered, how-
ever, that the existing knowledge of the Anura is in so very
rudimentary a condition that the following points of likeness
between the Pelobatide and the Aglossa, though they are, as I
hope, accurately stated, may not be confined to the Pelobatidee ;
future dissection may show them to apply equally to other
families or genera among the Phaneroglossa. In view of the fact
that the Aglossa are an especially aquatic race, the members of
which rarely leave the water, and are not capable of active pro-
eression upon the land, features of structural resemblance
between them and the Pelobatide in the muscles of the leg are
not without interest, for they can be hardly put down to a mere
physiological cause. As far as I am aware, the Pelobatide are
not as a ‘family especially aquatic in their habits.

With regard to the hyoid, IT can extend the facts dwelt upon
by Dr. Ridewood as evidence of approximation in structure to
the Aglossa; for in certain of the Asiatic Pelobatide there is the
same tendency towards a union of the anterior processes of the
body of the hyoid. As an absolutely new point of likeness
between the Pelobatidze and the Aglossa may be pointed out the
condition of the most posteriorly lying pe muscle.

Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 850. ap lee A 1899, p. 792.
Journ. Linn. Soc. xxvi. 1897, p. 111 &e.

+4

1907. ON THE MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. IL

This mascle in the Pelobatide has retained its embryonic rela-
tions to the larynx, and has only in a very slight degree acquired
the secondary relation to the thyrohyal. Precisely the same
thing is figured by Ridewood for Yenopus and Pipa. The long
extension backwards of the cesophageal muscle, universally charac-
teristic of the Pelobatidze (as far as our information goes), and its
relation to the pelvis is possibly to be compared with the also very
largely developed and apparently corresponding muscle in the
Aglossa.

Microlepidoptera of Tenerife. By the Right Hon.
Lorp WatsincHam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

[Received November 12, 1907. }
(Plates LI-LITI. and Text-figures 241-243.)

In the Annalen of the K.-k. Naturhistorische Hofmuseum
(Vienna) Professor Dr. H. Rebel has published a series of very
interesting and instructive papers on the Lepidopterous Fauna
of the Canary Islands; I desire now to record the result of
a short visit to Tenerife, during which I was able to devote a
good deal of attention to the Microlepidoptera of the island:
a large proportion of these having been bred, it is satisfactory
to be able to add some information upon their food-plants and
larval habits. In the last of the papers above referred to, published
in Vienna in 1906, Prof. Rebel gives a revised systematic cata-
logue and enumerates 87 species ‘of Mier olepidopter a (10 of which
are merely indicated without special names under the genera to
which they belong), 4 out of the remaining 77 not being recorded
from Tenerife; we have therefore a residue of 73 species, to which
the additions following in this paper may now be made, raising
the total to 173 species (of which 70 are here described) distri-
buted among 84 genera (seven of which are new). It is proposed
to add some critical notes upon Rebel’s List, where these seem to
be requir ed through the acquisition of additional information: the
species not met with are mer ely inserted to facilitate reference.

I desire to express my very grateful thanks to Dr. George
Perez, and to Dr. O. Burchard, for the great assistance they gave
me in naming many plants which I should otherwise have been
at a loss to determine; as also to the Rev. A. KE. Eaton for
numerous additions to my cabinet included in this paper.

I had moreover the great advantage of being allowed to examine
Mr. W. W. White’s collection at Guimar, enabling me more fully
to appreciate the value of Dr. Rebel’s work ; norcan I forget that
that author had already most kindly dealt with some material
originally submitted to him from my collection. Without the
encouragement offered by the complete and systematic manner in

912 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE Nov. 26
y)

which he undertook and continued his studies I could scarcely yet
have ventured to work out my present collection,

In addition to the species named in the following pages a
few others may be usefully indicated with a view to their identi-
fication by future collectors. I have still a number of living
larvae in swelled shoots of Lyciwm afrum, collected at Puerto
Orotava on April 27th. They are white with black heads, and
were found on two only of several bushes growing along the
narrow track leading eastward from the town ‘along the middle of
the rocky, abrupt slopes overhanging the sea. They feed in the
interior of the base of the long thorn-like shoots which arise from
the main branches, at some distance from the stem, causing them
to swell perceptibly, but not distorting them. (Writing on
September Ist: ‘“‘ None have vet changed to pupae, some have
died.”)

A larva found at Guimar on April lst was very long and attenu-
ated, of an ivory-white colour, burrowing along the pith in ae
interior of a stem of Salvia comariensis : this larva was alive
few days ago, but showed no sign of feeding or pupating.

Another larva, which gave me several days of fruitless work,
mines the minute leaflets of Plocama pendula, hollowing them out,
and leaving them white and transparent——a condition in which
they rapidly become shrivelled, when all trace of the larval work
is lost, except the little brown desiccated point of the leaflets. I
found unmistakable traces at Santa Cruz, in January, at the
Barranco di Honda, between Santa Cruz and Guimar, in February,
and again in a small barranco, close to Guimar, in March, where
f secured, at last, one living larva. It was of a very pale amber-
yellow, and might have been a Vepticula; I failed to rear it.

A larva (possibly a Phycid) burrowing under the woolly clothing
of the stems of Phagnalon saxatile is very abundant at Guimar,
and was collected at sundry intervals during my stay there in
March and April, producing only repeated disappointment.

During my visit to Tenerife a considerable number of J/acro-
lepidoptera were collected which have been placed in the hands of
others more competent than myself to deal with them; it may,
however, be interesting to mention that I bred a specimen of
Eucrostis simonyi Rbl. (= Omphacodes *divincta Holt-White, nec
Wkr.), Geometridae Stgr-Rbl. I. 2899, from a conspicuous red
larva found on Frankenia ericifolia on the coast near Guimar,

Gull exclaliom Ve LO Ot

PTEROPHORINA.

Being of opinion that in Entomology “A special type must be
a zoological entity in its imaginal form ” (Merton Rules, 36), on
which text a sermon has yet to be preached, I find myself unable
to regard as of generic value embryonic characters unsupported

LOOT MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. os

by imaginal differences, and thus obliged to discard no small
portion of the generic nomenclature of Vol. V. of Mr. Tutt’s
‘ British Lepidoptera.’

I, PTEROPHORIDAE.

1. (207) BUCKLERIA Tutt.
=*TricHorritus Meyr.; Stgr-Rbl. (nec W1sm.).

I adopt Tutt’s geneonym here as I entirely agree with him
in separating paludwm Z. and siceliota Z. from the Californian
pygmaeus Wl1sm., the type of Zrichoptilus Wism., which has the:
fissure of the fore wings differently shaped, the lobes being more
divergent.

1. (1811) Buckierta (Sranceta) siceLiora Z.
Pterophorus siceliota Z. Isis 1847. 907 no. 450°. Pterophorus
(Aciptilia) siceliota Z. Lin. Ent. VI. 401 no. 59 (1852)*. Aciptilia
siceliota Mill. Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon XXIX. 173-4. Pl. 4: 3-5
(1882) *: Nat. Sic. V. 224 (1886)*. Zrichoptilus siceliota Meyr.
Ent. Mo. Mag. XX VI. 12 (1891)°; Ster-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. I. 71
no. 1311 (1901)°. Stangeia siceliota Tutt Br. Lp. V. 492 (1906)’.

Hab. 8. KUROPE—® Cistus salviaefolins, monspeliensis, 111—
IV, excl. V-VI. SW. ASIA. N. AFRICA**. Canaries—TrEne-
RIFE: Guimar, 14. 1V., © Cistus monspeliensis, 28. III, excl. 24.
TVi— 6. Vi. 1907.

Taken and bred at Guimar from larvae similar to those which I
used to find, and have reared successfully, on the same plant at
Cannes. ;

2. (208) OXYPTILUS Z.
Cromprucenia Tutt Br. Lp. V. 449-51 (1906).

2. (1314) Oxypritus (CROMPRUGGHIA) DISTANS Z.
Pterophorus distans Z. Isis 1847. 902-3 no, 4417. Pterophorus
(Oxyptilus) distans Z. Lin. Ent. VI. 345-6 no. 13 (1852)°.
Oxyptilus distans Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. IX. 16, 18 no. 137
(1894)°: XXI. 43 no. 173 (1906)*: Stgr-Rbl. Cat, Lp. Pal. IT. 71
no. 1314 (1901)’. Crombrugghia distans Tutt Br. Lp. V. 451-67
Pl. 4: 1-10 (1906) °.

Hab. 8. and C. EUROPE. WC. ASIA. Canaries °’—TENE-
RIFE: Guimar, 25. IIT- 14. 1V., @ Andryala pinnatifida, 9-25.
III, exel. 7. 1V — 3. V. 1907 ; Puerto Orotava, 27.1V — 3. V. 1907
(Wism.); Forest de la Mina, 8.1V.1894 (Haton); La Laguna, 21.
V. 1889 (Krauss) °.

Prof. Rebel [Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 262-3 (1892)} records
Oxyptilus laetus from Tenerife, La Palma, and Gran Canaria; he
subsequently {Ann. KK. Hofmus. TX. 81 (1894)} records a single.

914 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

specimen from Tenerife as O. distans, suggesting that it may be a
spring form of his Canarian Jaetws, and in Staudinger and Rebel’s
Catalog (II. 1514) he treats daetus plus distans as two broods
under one special name. In his last paper [Ann. KK. Hofmus.
XX. 43 (1906)| he retains both names, possibly through being
unable to refer to the single specimen which he had recorded as
laetus.

I found larvae at Guimar, feeding in March on the crowns of
young plants of Andryala pinnatifida, completely covering them-
selves with the woolly débris of the consumed leaves; these pro-
duced up to the beginning of May typical forms of Omyptilus
distans, which I have compared satisfactorily with the actual types
described by Zeller from Syracuse. They are, to all appearance,
similar to all that I have previously bred from flowers and leaves
of Andryala sinuata at Cannes and elsewhere. I have preserved
specimens of the larvae for comparison with others from Europe.

Pierophorus laetus Z. Isis 1847. 903 no. 442°. Pterophorus
(Oxyptilus) laetus Z. Lin. Ent. VI. 346 no. 11 (1852)*. Oxyptilus
laetus Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 262-3, 282 no. 36 (1892)*:
TX. 16, 81 no. 138 (1894)*: XXT. 43 no. 174 (1906)°. Oxyptilus
distans Z. (11) laetus Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 71 no. 1314°
(1901)°. Crombrugghia laetus Tutt Br. Lp. V. 459-60 (1906).

Hab. 8. KEUROPE. WC. ASIA. N. AFRICA. Canaries *7—
La Patma, 25. VIII. 1889 (Stmony)°—TrnnrirE: Bajomar, 25.
V. 1907 (Wism.);- 10. VIII. 1889 (Simony)*—Gran CAnarta :
Beo. de los Chorros (San Mateo), 1. VIII. 1890; Mogan, Beco. de
los Hornos (Mogan), 4-20. VIII. 1890 (Stimony) °.

The only examples apparently agreemg with Zeller’s type of
Oxyptilus laetus were met with at Bajomar, on the sea-coast,
where they were easily disturbed from flowering plants of
Andryala pinnatifida; I brought home only three specimens,
some full boxes being lost in my hurry to return to a waiting
conveyance. These specimens are uniformly characterised by
their shghtly smaller size, by the lighter brown, rather than
greyish, shade of the forewings, and by the notably bronzy brown
tint of the hindwings, not to be found in my series of distans
from the higher elevations. Tutt (Br. Lp. V. 450-1, 454-9) very
strongly contends that there ave two distinct species under the
above names, and certainly seems to prove his case, but except
perhaps by a careful examination of the genital segments, not
yet undertaken, I confess to being unable to distinguish them
with certainty through an extensive series, bred and captured
from many remote localities. It seems indeed quite possible that
these Tenerife specimens, obviously attached to the same plant,
but at different dates and altitudes, may represent successive
broods rather than truly distinct species. I suggest this without
in any way disputing Mr. Tutt’s conclusions, founded as they

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 915

are on differences in the genital segments, and on Dr. Chapman’s
very critical and careful study of the different larvae.

3. (209) PLATYPTILIA Hb.
3. (1339) Puatyprmia (Ampiyprinia Hb.) acanrnopacryia Hb.

Alucite acanthodactyla Hb. Smlg. Eur. Schm. IX. Pl. 5: 23-4
(1812%)*. = Pterophorus acanthodactylus Stn. Ann-Mag. NH.
(3s.). IIT. 214(1859)*. Platyptilia acanthodactyla Wism. Tr. Ent.
Soe. Lond. 1894. 537, 538 no. 1 (1894)°. Amblyptilia acanthodac-
tylo Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 115, 146 no. 149 (1896)*. Platy-
ptilia acanthodactyla Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. X XI. 36, 43 no, 175
(1906): Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 73 no. 1339 (UQOM)"s Trealle!,
Bull. US. Nat. Mus. 52. 443 no. 4939 (1902). Amblyptilia
cosmodactyla Tutt Br. Lp. V. 273-99, Pl. 1: A** (1906) *,

Hab. HUROPE. W. ASIA. N.and 8. AFRICA. Madeiras?*
—Mavbeira*: Funchal®. Canaries ‘*—Tenerire: Santa Cruz,
8. II. 1907 (Wism.), 3. V. 1895 (Hedemann)?; La Laguna, 8.
IT. 1904 (#aton), 13. V. 1907 (Wism.); Guimar, 10. IV.
1907 (Wism.); Puerto Orotava, 14-22. IV. 1895 (Hedemann) ’,
23. IV —8. V. 1907 (Wism.)—Gran Canarra (Hedemann) ’.
UNITED STATES‘.

I must point out that I adopt this name for the Tenerife
species in the same sense as it is used by Zeller, and Rebel, and
not as referring to punctidactyla Hw., bemg at present unable to
agree with Tutt (1. c. 8) in his interpretation of Hiibner’s figures
23-24, and 35-36 respectively.

4, (210) ALUCITA L.
=Acrprizia Hb.; PreropHorus Meyr. HB. Br. Lip. 435 (1895).
) I

4. (1356-1) ALucrra BysTROPoGoNIs, sp. n.
(Plate LI. fig. 2.)

Antennae brownish grey. Palpi short, slender, porrect; brownish
grey. Head and Thorax brownish grey, the latter becoming hoary
grey posteriorly. Porewings brownish grey, the fissure extending
approximately to half the wing-length; the apical lobe shows two
narrow, elongate, smoky blackish cloud-spots en its costal margin,
one about the middle of the lobe, the other half-way between this
and the base of the fissure; between them the costa is white, and
beyond them the lobe is white, with a small black dorsal spot
before the apex; the tornal lobe is white, from the base of the
fissure to its apex, its costal cilia white on the basal half and smoky
black on the distal half of the lobe; the dorsal cilia of the apical
lobe whitish beyond the fissure to two-thirds, thence smoky black
below the apex; the dorsal cilia of the tornal lobe whitish, with
a black spot a little before the middle of the lobe, their tips

916 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 26,

slightly grey-shaded. xp. al. 16-20 mm. Hindwings brownish
grey; cilia slightly paler throughout, especially along their base on
the dorsum of the tornal lobe. Abdomen brownish grey, with
slender white lines along either side of the dorsum. Legs white,
with smoky black patches at the base of each pair of white spurs.

Type 2 (98768); & (98769); @ (98801) Mus. W1sm.

Hab. Tenertre: Forest de la Mina, 7. IV. 1904 (Haton) ;
Guimar, @ Bystropogon plumosus, 28. III, excl. 4. 1V — 29. V.
1907 (Wism.); La Laguna, 23. 1V. 1907 (Wism.). Forty-three
specimens.

Some varieties assume a decidedly browner tint than the type,
and in these the white cilia are often so modified by the extension
of the brown sutffusion, especially within and below the fissure, as
to alter considerably the general appearance of the insect: there
are several intermediate degrees of such modification in a bred
series.

The larva feeds on Bystropogon plumosus, drawing together the
leaves and young flower-buds on the leading shoots; it attains a
length of 11 mm., and is very pale glaucous green, covered with
short and somewhat spatulate hairs, among which longer diverging
hairs, arising each from a minute brownish pimple, are ranged in
groups along either side of a faint greyish dorsal shade and along
the spiracular line ; the head is very pale amber-brown. The pupa,
which has a line of elongate black spots along the dorsum, is
covered with scattered groups of hairs of varying length, the
shorter ones not spatulate as in the larva. It is attached poste-
riorly to the leaf of its food-plant without any encircling band.

I received this insect first from the Rev. A. E. Eaton, taken
in the Forest of La Mina, and lately found it abundant above
Guimar, but, like its food-plant, it is somewhat local. It reminds
one closely of Gypsochares baptodactyla Z., and is very similarly
coloured, but the lobes of the hindwings are more slender and the
fissure of the forewings somewhat deeper. There is a very notice-
able difference also in the pupa: that of Gypsochares baptodactyla
has a line of conspicuous elongate black spots on either side of the
dorsum, whereas the pupa of fystropogonis has but one medio-
dorsal line of spots.

5. (1865°1) ALUCTTA PARTICILIATA, Sp. n.
(Plate LI. fig. 3.)

=* Aciptilia tetradactyla Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VIT. 263, 280
no. 39 (1892): XXI. 43 no. 177 (1906).

Antennae white, speckled above with brownish grey. Palpz
porrect, slender; whitish, with a dark spot at the base of the
terminal joint, which extends a little beyond an obtuse short
frontal tuft. Mead and Thorax brownish ochreous. forewings
brownish ochreous at the base, blending to pale straw-whitish
beyond; costa narrowly smoky blackish, this colour suffusing the
whole of the costal cilia, except about the extreme apex; the

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 917

fissure extends to a little more than the wing-length ; the cilia of
the tornal‘lobe, and of the lower margin a the ‘apical lobe, dis-
tinctly straw-white on their basal half and smoky blackish on
their outer half (this distinct division in the basal and distal
colouring of the cilia is in itself amply and uniformly sufficient to
separate particiliata from tetradactyla L., in which the cilia are
darkened throughout). zp. al. 20-22 mm. Hindwings brownish
ochreous; cilia of all the lobes smoky fuscous on their costal
margins, whereas on their dorsal margins the basal two-thirds are
straw-white, the distal third only fuscous. Abdomen whitish,
especially at the base, with a narrow dorsal, and wider lateral
brownish grey lines. Legs white.

Type 3 (98810); 2 (98816) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, 23. XII — 12. Il. 1907; Puerto
Orotava, 21. 1V. 1907. Fifteen specimens.

Having mistaken this species in the field for tetradactyla L., no
special search for the larva was undertaken, but I strongly suspect
that two green and slightly hairy larvae found on Lavandula abro-
tanoides at Santa Cr uz, which I unfor tunately failed to rear, must
have belonged to it.

Rebel records worn specimens of Aciptilia tetradactyla from
Pedro Gil (Tenerife, 1600 m., 30. VII. 1889—Simony), and from
Gran Canaria (ichter). As Pedro Gil is on very high ground the
date is not surprising, but it is at least probable that these speci-
mens (which I have not seen) belong to the same species which
occurs so abundantly at Santa Cruz in January and February, and
of which I have a single specimen taken at Puerto Orotava on
April 21st. I certainly thought the species was tetradactyla when
I took it, indeed I should have secured more specimens had I then
recognised it as new.

6. (1365°2) ALUCITA HESPERIDELLA, sp. 0D.

Antennae pale brown, speckled with white. Palpi short, porrect,
slender, scarcely projecting beyond the face; pale brown. Head
and Thorax pale buft-brown. forewings pale buft-brown, the
costa narrowly white, more conspicuously before the apex, a small,
oblique, inverted darker greyish streak a little beyond the middle
(sometimes obsolete); the fissure extends approximately to half
the wing-length, the tornal lobe being white along its upper half
from the base of the fissure to its apex, the cilia tinged with
brownish grey, as also are those of the apical lobe. xp. al. 16-18
mm. Hindwings pale greyish brown; cilia the same, becoming
whitish at the apex of the tornal lobe. Abdomen pale greyish
brown, with whitish dorsal line. Legs white, a slender greyish
line along their outer sides.

Type 2 (98825); 3g (98827); @ (28829) Mus. Wlsim.

Hab. Tenerire: TV. 1884 (Leech); Santa Cruz, 13-31. I. 1907
(Wism.); Guimar, 21. III. 1904 (Haton), 2. III — 14. IV. 1907,
@ Micromeria varia, 23. III, excl. 16-26. 1V. 1907 (Wism.) ; Puerto

918 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

Orotava, 27. IV - 8. V. 1907 (Wism.); La Laguna, 23. V. 1907
(Wism.); Tacaronte, 31. V. 1907 (Wism.). Fifty-nine specimens.
Common at Guimar, Santa Cruz, Orotava, ete. The larva is

slightly hairy, the hairs arranged °

Maxieiie, Qa. in small divergent fascicules ; it

= is of a dull glaucous green, with

narrow, parallel, paler dorsal and

| spiracular lines; head pale brown ;
it tapers shghtly toward the anal
segments; all the legs uniformly

of the same colour as the body.

It feeds on the leaves of Jicro-
meria varia, from which it is not
difficult to sweep or beat 1t into

Alucita hesperidella the net.

(98829). The species greatly resembles
Gypsochares olbiadactyla Maill., to

which it is precisely similar in the distribution of the white
margins. Some specimens are distinguishable by the possession
of a costal spot, but the uniformly more slender apical lobe of
the forewings at once distinguishes it from the more robust
Gypsochares which in other respects it might almost be said
to mimic. Many years ago I received two specimens from the
late Mr. J. H. Leech, which stood in my cabinet as doubtfully

distinct from olbiadactyla until I bred that species.

5 (213) GYPSOCHARES Meyr.
7. (13881) GypsocHAREs OLEIADACTYLA Mill.
n. syn.=hedemanni Rbl.; | =leptodactyla Steger. LV."°}.

Pterophorus olbiadactylus Mull. Ic. Chen-Lp. 1. 89-91. Pl. 5: 1-3
(1859)*. Aciptilia olbiadactyla Stgr-Wk. Cat. Lp. Hur. 344 no. 3199
{1871)*; Mull. Cat. Lp. Alp-Mar. 382-3 (1875)°; Hirtm. MT.
Miinch. Ent. Ver. IV. 68 no. 1399 (1880)*; Mull. Nat. Sic. V.
224 no. 3199 (1886)°. Gypsochares hedemanni Rbl. Ann. KK.
Hofmus. XI. 115-6, 146 no. 156, Pl. 3-3 (1896)°: X XT. 43 no. 178
(1906)": Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 75 no. 1382 (1901)°. Gypso-
chares olbiadactyla Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lip. Pal. 11. 75 no. 1381 (1901);
Wism. Ent. Mo. Mag. XX XVII. 234-5 (1901).

Hab. 8. France’” °—Hyeéeres, 9 [lichen on rocks ?*] 25. I11'™,
x¢l. DV -- V*; lBstérel, 30: LV. 1877": S. Spain ~:? Malaga’’?)
28. I., 15-17. 1V. 1901 (Wism.); Chiclana, @ Phagnalon ru-
pestre*, e. II, excl. 27. IIT —- 1. TV. 1901 (Wism.). Canaries—
TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, @ Phagnalon sawatile, 21.1 — 3.11, excl.
18. IJ — 12. 1V. 1907 (Wism.); La Laguna, 23. IIT. 1904 (Haton) ;
Puerto Orotava, 15-22. IV. 1895 (Hedemann)*, 27. IV. 1907
(Wism.); Guimar, 2. ITT — 12. DV. 1907, @, 27. II, excl. 28. LV.
1907 (Wism.).
Prof. Rebel described his Gypsochares hedemanni from specimens

IO] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 919

collected at Qrotava in April; I found the same quite abundant in
the larval stage on Phagnalon saxvatile at Santa Cruz and Guimar,
and saw traces of it in other localities where its food-plant occurs.
Many years ago Milliere gave me a specimen of his olbiadactylus,
taken in the Estérel (vide Nat. Sic. V. 224): I was therefore well-
acquainted with his species, which I have taken in Spain and
reared from Phagnalon rupestre there. Millicre figures and de-
seribes the larva and pupa, but he omits to mention whether be
actually bred or captured the imago. He suggests that the larvae
feed on lichens growing on the rocks where they were found, but
he adds that they did not eat in captivity, and quickly pupated.
T know that Phagnalon saxatile is common in the locality where
he discovered the species, and where I have myself searched for it
unsuccessfully when in ignorance of its food-plant. His figure of
the larva shows no black dorsal spots, nor does he describe them,
but the Tenerife larvae (and, if
Text-fic. 242. I rightly remember, the Spanish
larvae also) possessed a line of
such spots, one on each segment.
It is open to doubt whether the
larvae recorded by Milliére on
rocks were not those of Alucita
tetradactyla 1., which is abun-
dant on the same spot. After
very careful comparison of spe-
cimens with Millicre’s figure, and
Gypsochares olbiadactyla with the exponent received from
(98902). him there remains no possible
doubt that Gypsochares hede-
mannt as figured and described by Rebel, and represented by a
named specimen in Mr. W. W. White’s collection, is the same as
Pterophorus olbiadactylus Mill. I have received the same species
from Spain from Dr. Staudinger under the logonym “ Jepto-
dactyla.” The traces of the larva are easily recognised by the
eurling-back of the woolly underside of the leaves from which
it has eaten the upper surface and parenchyma, thus exhibiting
small white spots distributed about the plants on which it has
fed: this is similar to the effect produced by larvae of Alucita
adamas Cnst., on Staehelinus—a noticeable sign of its presence,
to which I called my late friend’s attention before he was himself
acquainted with the larva, and before we had either of us seen
the imago.

6, (214) PTEROPHORUS Geoffr.
= ArvciTA Meyy. HB. Br. Lp. 438(1895); Hweriva Tutt Br.
lps We Onl ob):
8. (1387) PrrropHorus Monopactytus IL,

Phalaena Alucita monodactyla L. Syst. Nat. ed. X. 542 no. 300
(1758)*. Pterophorus monodactylus Alphk. Mem. Jojo, WY PE

920 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE | Nov, 26,

no. 57 (1889)°; Holt White B. & M. Ten. 95 (1894)*. Alucita
monodactyla Wlsm. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1894. 537, 539 no. 3°.
Pterophorus monodactylus Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 263,
282 no. 38 (1892)°: IX. 16, 81 no. 140 (1894)°: XT. 115, 146
no. 153 (1896)": XXI. 43 no. 179 (1906)°; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp.
Pal. ID. 75 no. 1387 (1901)°; Ernid. Bull. US. Nat. Mus. 52.
A446 no. 4981 (1902).

Hab. HUROPE. W.ASIA. N. AFRICA. N. AMERICA.
Madeiras* °—Maneira : (Wollaston)*. Canaries * —Hrprro: 28.
VIII. 1889 (Speyer)” °—TaeneriFE~*: © Convolvulus floridus” ;
TV. 1884 (Leech); Santa Cruz, 28. I. 1907 (Wism.), 3. V. 1885
(Hedemann)", 25. V. 1907 (Wism.); Puerto Orotava, 1887
(Stevers)”; 3. V. 1907 (Wism.); Bajomar, 25. V. 1907 (Wlsm.)—
Gran Canarta: Las Palmas, 7. V. 1895 (Hedemann)"”.

This species occurred everywhere in Tenerife.

9. (1393) PreropHorus (Liorritus Wlgrn.) INULAE Z.

Pterophorus (Pterophorus Z.) inulae Z. Lin. Ent. VI. 584-6 no, 41
(1852)'. Pterophorus mulae Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. 11. 76 no. 1393
(1901)*. Letoptilus sp. Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. TX. 16, 81 no. 141
(1894)*: XXI. 43 no. 176 (1906) *.

Hab. Germany. Avusrrra. Canaries—Trnerire: IV. 1884
(Leech); Santa Cruz, ® Inula viscosa, 10. I, excl. 24. I-14. IT,
29, TV. 1907 (Wism.); Guimar, 13. Ill— 10. 1V., @& snula
viscosa, III, excl. 23. INL — 7. 1V. 1907 (Wism.); Puerto Orotava,
29. TV — 4. V. 1907 (Wism.); La Laguna, 23. V. 1907 (Wdsm.).

Prof. Rebel records an “ unbestimbares Fragment” of a species
ot Leioptilus from Guimar, 16. V. 1889 (Avauss); this was probably
inulae Z., which 1s common and widely distributed in Tenerife.
Tt seems to occur wherever Jnela viscosa 1s abundant, as at
Guimar, Santa Cruz, Puerto Orotava, ete. I bred specimens from
larvae boring the leading shoots; they were easily distinguished
by their dull glaucous green colour, and by a conspicuous series
of blackish dorsal spots.

10. (1395:1) Preroporus (LIoPriLus) MELANOSCHISMA, Sp. n.
(Plate LI. fig. 1.)

Antennae smoky bone-colour. Palpi slender, porrect, projecting
less than the length of the head beyond it ; smoky fuscous above,
pale beneath. Head smoky fuscous ; face straw-whitish. Thorax
pale, or sometimes brownish, straw-colour. Worewings pale straw,
sometimes darker brownish straw—1in both cases fading somewhat
on the dorsal half; a very narrow fuscous line along the costa to
two-thirds from the base; the fissure extends to two-fifths of the
wing-length; the cilia within the fissure are uniformly fuscous,
connected witha dark fuscous spot at the base of the fissure, which
is distinctly visible on the underside; the dorsal cilia are also
fuseous. Hap. al. 16-17 mm. Hindwings and cilia brownish

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 921

grey, the surface of the lobes somewhat shining. Abdomen con-
colorous with the hindwings. Legs straw-white, or straw-brownish,
unspotted.

Type 3 (98934); 2 (98935) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, 21. I — 9. {1., BPhagnalon saxatile,
31.1, excl. 27-29. III. 1907 ; Guimar, 12. II. 07; Puerto Oro-
tava, 29. 1V.07. Seven specimens.

The larva feeds in the flowers of Phagnalon saxatile, but the
species is not abundant. It is closely allied to pectodactylus Ster.
(=chrysocomae Ret.), but differs especially in the darkened cilia of
the fissure reaching fully to the base ; these are very conspicuous.

7. (215) STENOPTILIA Hb.
11. (1406) Srenoprinia (ADKiINIA Tutt) BIPUNCTIDACTYLA Sc.

Phalaena bipunctidactyla Sc. Ent. Carn. 257 no. 673 (1763)".
Pterophorus (Pterophorus Z.) serotinus Z. Lin. Ent. VI. 361-4
no. 27 (1852)*. Mimaeseoptilus serotinus Rbl. Ann. KK. Hof-
mus. VIT. 263, 282 no. 37 (1892)*: XXT. 43 no. 180 (1906).
Stenoptilia bipunctidactyla Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. I1. 76 no. 1406
(1901). Adkinia bipunctidactyla Tutt Br. Lp. V. 97, 334-60
(1906) °.

Hab. EUROPE. WC. ASIA. N. AFRICA. Canaries—
TeneriFe*’’: 2. VIII. 1889 (Simony)*; Santa Cruz, 8-16. II.
1907 (Wism.); Guimar, 14. IIT —12. IV. 1907 (Wism.); Puerto
Orotava, 4. V. 1907 (Wlsm.); La Laguna, @ Bartsia trivago,
12. VI, excl. 1. VII. 1907 (Wism.).

Common at Santa Cruz, Guimar, and Orotava. Two specimens
were bred on July Ist from larvae found feeding on Bartsia trixago,
at La Laguna, on June 12th. These larvae were noted as pale
green, with purplish dorsal line; with groups of hair distributed
evenly on each segment, and with minute black tubercular spots
above the Epiracles : they agreed well with Tutt’s descr ‘iption of
the larva of bipunctidactyla (Br. Lp. V. 350), to which species [
have no doubt the Tenerife specimens are rightly referred.

II. AGDISTIDAK.
8. (216) AGDISTIS Hb.

Rebel records only two species, tamaricis Z. and canariensis
Rbl.; I am now able to add frankeniae Z., salsolae sp. n., and
staticis Mall.

12. (1420) AGpIsTIS FRANKENIAE Z.

Adactyla frankeniae Z. Isis 1847. 900-2 no. 439°. Agdistis fran-
keniae Z. Lin. Ent. VI. 321 no. 1 (1852)*; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal.
II. 77 no. 1420 (1901) ’; Chpm. & Tutt Br. Lp. V. 128-30, 131-2
(1906)*; Wlsm. Ent. Ree. XIX. 53-5 5 (1907)’.

Hab. 8. KUROPE*’—Sicity'. Corsica: Punta Parata, 5. V.

922 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Noy. 26,

1896 (Wlsm.). SPAIN: CADIZ: Chiclana, Q@ Frankenia pul-
werulenta, 27. 1, excl. 2, IL. 1901 (Wism.). N: ARICA
Ateprta: Biskra, Hammam-es-Salahin, 5. III - 2. 1V. 1903,
14. V. 1903, @ Frankenia, 10-22. TI, excl. 13. TIT. 1906, 19.
TIT — 23. IV. 1903 (Wism.). Canaries—TrnERrire: Guimar, 6.
TIT. 1907, ® Frankenia ericifolia, 6. 111, excl. 6-24. IV. 1907
(Wism.) ; Puerto Orotava, 11. II]. 1904 (Haton), 21. 1V — 14. V.
1907 (Wlsm.); Tejina, 18. IIL. 1902 (Haton); Bajomar, 25. V.
1907 (Wlsm.).

This is very common on the coast on Mrankenia ericifolia and
possibly op other species of the genus; the larvae are extremely
similar to those of what I must (pace Tutt) regard as the very
closely allied Agdistis (Ernestia Tutt) lerinensis Mill., but, like the
perfect insects, considerably smaller. Although variable in size
the Tenerife specimens agree better with Zeller’s original types
from Sicily than with the uniformly larger specimens which I
found at Biskra (Algeria). I took and bred many specimens,
including a single example at light at Guimar, 1200 ft. above the
sea-level, at which alone its food-plant grows.

13. (1420°1) AGpIsTis SALSOLAE, sp. n.

Antennae stone-grey, a dark spot on the basal joint. Palpi
very short, the median joint rough, hoary grey; terminal joint.
blackish, not projecting beyond the frontal clothing. Head and
Thorax hoary stone-grey. Forewings hoary stone-grey, minutely
speckled with black, except on the more thinly clothed, slaty grey,
triangular fold-space ; the outer third of the costa narrowly white,
showing four strong, black, oblique spots, the apex of the wing
also black, including the apical cilia; on the lower edge of the
fold-space are two strong, elongate, black spots, preceded by a
smaller one at the angle of the fold, and followed by another, more
conspicuous, and including the cilia at the tornus, before the base
of which it is produced upward along the termen; terminal cilia
greyish white, a slender blackish line along their middle. EHzxp.
a. 16-18 mm. Hindwings slaty grey, with some black speckling
on their lower half; cilia whitish grey, a slender shade-line along
their middle. Abdomen brownish grey, with slender white dorsal
and lateral lines. Legs, posterior pair white, thickly sprinkled with
greyish fuscous scales—less thickly on the anterior extremities of
the joints.

Type 3 (98356) Mus. Wism.

Hab. Tenprive: Puerto Orotava, © Salsola oppositifolia, 30.
TV — VI, excl. 5. VI- 16. VIE. 1907. Six specimens.

The larva is yellowish brown, varying to grey-brown (precisely
the colour of dead leaves and stalks of the food-plant); it has a
group of four small tubercular excrescences on the prothorax,
followed by two much larger and more elevated humps on the
mesothorax, each tipped with a black spot; a much shorter pair,
also black-tipped, and rather wider apart on the metathorax ; on

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 923

the first abdominal somite are four black dots in two pairs, one
behind the other, while on the
anterior half of the remain-
ing somites are some more or
less strongly indicated slender,
blackish, oblique lateral lines ;
the ninth abdominal somite with
two short black protuberances
above. Type @ (98418) Mus.
Wl1sm.

This larva differs in structure

from others of the genus, and
Agdistis salsolae especially by its much higher
(98418). metathoracic humps from that
of frankeniae Z., although in
the imago the two species can scarcely be distinguished.

Agdistis salsolae is more easily recognised by a glance at the
underside than in any other way, for here frankeniae shows only
some rather obscure spots on its dull costa, the tornal and apical
shades being also insignificant, whereas in salsolae the white costa
of the forewings shows very clearly on the under side, making the
four costal spots very distinct ; the apical and tornal patches in
the ciha are also very clear, and the limbus of the hindwings is
thickly sprinkled with biack scales, a raised brush of the same
along the cubitus. In salsolae the legs are also somewhat stouter
and more distinctly mottled, while scarcely any trace is shown of
the subcostal spot at the end of the plical space which is always to
be found in frankeniae ; the spots are also usually larger and more
conspicuous, but in bred specimens of both species this is scarcely
a reliable character.

The larva is extremely difficult to rear, and I was successful
with only six out of some sixty collected.

Text-fig. 243.

14, (1425) Acpisris CANARIENSIS Rbl.

Agdistis canariensis Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 114-5, 146
no. 148(1896)*: XIII. 380 no. 161 (1899)*; X XI. 36, 43 no. 181
(1906) °: Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 78 no. 1425 (1901) *,

Hab. Canaries **— Trenerire**: Santa Cruz, 3. V. 1895
(Hedemann)*; Puerto Orotava, 20. IV —3. V. 1907 (Wism.).
FuERTEVENTURA *: 15. V. 1905 (Polatzek) ’.

I have but little to add to what has been already published: a
specimen in Mr. White’s collection is probably correct, and ex-
hibits the white unspotted costa, beyond the middle of the fore-
wing, specially noted in the original description, and sufficing to
separate this from others of the genus. I had at first regarded it
as probably a mere variety of some other species, but the distin-
guishing character is very clearly shown in a specimen (98415)
taken at Puerto Orotava, 3. V. 1907, which can only be compared
with the nearly allied adactyla Hb.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. LXII. 62

924 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

IT met with a single small larva (98417) at Guimar, on March 11th,
on Phagnalon saxatile, the flowers of which it continued to eat
very sparingly until it died on May 25th: persistent efforts to
find other specimens were unsuccessful. The brownish larva,
less than 3 inch in length, has a pair of small projecting pronotal
tubercules, and a metanotal pair, larger and more erect, also an
anal tubercule; on all the segments are short, reflexed, bristles,
arising from pairs of small tubercular exerescences. It differs
somewhat from the larva of the allied satanas Mill., and I bad
regarded it as probably that of adactyla Hb., with which I am
not personally acquainted, until observing the close alliance of
the imago of canariensis Rbl. to that species. There can_ be
little doubt that this was the larva of canariensis, although I so
unfortunately failed to rear it.

(1426) Ae@prisTis saTanas Mill.

Agdistis satanas Mill. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. XLIV. (5 s. V : 1875). p. elxvii (1875) !;
Cat. Lp. Alp-Mar. 377-8. Pl. 2° 9 (1875)?: Nat. Sic. V. 221-2 no. 3114 bis (1886) 3:
Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 78 no. 1426 (1901) +; Wlsm. Ent. Rec. XIX. 53 (1907) °.

Hab. S. France}: Cannes, ® Scabiosa candicans VI, excl. VIL +.

In Mr. Tutt’s recently published ‘ British Lepidoptera’ [ V. 129, 136 (1906) ] some
doubt is expressed as to whether a larva which I submitted to Dr. Chapman as that
of Agdistis satanas Mill. is really an Agdistis at all: this opportunity may be taken
to record the evidence upon which the identification rests. My experience in attempt-
ing to rear canariensis was precisely similar to that of Milliére, and the failure may
probably be attributed to the hibernating habits of the larvae of this group coming
into premature practice through the necessity of keeping the bottles containing them
in a comparatively cool temperature. I extract the following abridged notes from
my voluminous correspondence with my late friend Monsieur Milliére:—In 1885
Milliére had two larvae which he believed to be those of Agdistis satanas. He was
taking great care of them—one disappeared, the other fixed itself up for pupation,
but did not change, drying up, but preserving its form, so that he could figure it.
In his letter to me, of August 19th, 1885, he mentions this fact and adds “car je crois
avoir acquis la preuve que c’est bien la chenille de Satanas.” The proof appears in
the following translation: ‘One female of this Agdistis has had the good thought
to lay ten fertile eggs, but I have not been able to feed the little caterpillars, which
have not touched anything and have died of hunger. I have preserved in spirit
some of these young larvae, which, under a strong lens, seem to me to have all the
characters of the caterpillar which you have prepared for your collection. I can send
you these larvae obtained ab ovo. I have empty egg-shells, sent at that time, but
cannot find the larvae in spirit.

In June 1886 Milliére published (Nat. Sic. V. 221-2) the following additional
information on Agdistis satanas :—

“Obs. Au dernier moment je trouve 4 habitat de la Satanas, la chenille de cette
Agdistis qui, du 15 au 25 juin, est parvenue 4 son entier développement. Elle se
nourrit sur la Scabiosa candicans dont elle ronge les feuilles, et sans doute sur
d’autres plantes sous-ligneuses.

“ Cette larve rappelle la chenille de sa congénére Heydenii, mais elle est plus courte,
avec les caroncules dorsales moins développés et les poils longs et raides, dont elle est
couverte, dépourvus, 4 V’extrémité, du petit renflement spatulifére qu’on remarque
chez sa voisine.

“Tétat léthargique dure & peine un mois.

“T) Agd. Satanas qui n’a qu'une génération pond rarement en captivité, cependent
une 2 enfermée en un tube de verre, ayant pondu une 30° d’ceufs, j’ai pu les étudier.
Ces ceufs sont relativement gros, elliptiques, blanchatres, et protondement cannelés
en long; leur éclosion eut lieu 15 jours apres.

“Ta jeune ch. se montre alors & peu prés ce qu’elle sera 4 ses divers ages. Elle
passe Vhiver fixée A une tige séche, dissimulée dans les brindilles herbacées.”

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 925

15. (1428) Acpistis (HeRBERTIA Tutt) TAMARIcIS Z.

Adactyla tamaricis Z. Isis 1847. 899 no. 438° 1°. Agdistis tama-
rics Z. Lin. Ent. VI. 325-6 no. 7 (1852)*; Meyr. Ent. Mo. Mag.
XXIT. 106 (1885)*; B-Bkr. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 50,4; Rbl.
Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 115 (1896)°: XIII. 376, 380 no. 162
(1898)°: XXT. 43 no. 182 (1906)": Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT.
78 no. 1428 (1901)°. Herbertia tamaricis Chpm. & Tutt Br. Lp.
V. 129-30, 132,135, 253 (1906)°. Agdistis tumaricis Wism. Ent.
Rec. XIX. 54, 55 (1907) ™.

Hab. 8. EUROPE*”*. WC. ASTA®, AFRICA—KHeypr:
Alexandria *—AugertA"’: Biskra, Hammam-es-Salahin, 6. III
— 28. 1V. 1903, 3. 1V. 1904, 6 Tamarix, 9. VII, excl. 10. TV. 1904
(Wism.). Canaries °°—TrnerirE: Santa Cruz, 30. IV. 1898
(Hintz)°; @ Tamarix gallica, 14. I, excl. 27. II — 8. IV. 1907,
@ 24. V, excl. 13-15. VI. 1907 (Wism.). Cape de Verdes: St.
Vanicentigs ag ae:

Abundant in many parts of the Island, and no doubt thus
widely distributed owing to the prevailing custom of planting
Tamarix along the sides of the main roads so far as these extend.
Preserved larvae compared with European and Algerian speci-
mens show a curious modification in form, the tuberculous excres-
cences on the prothorax and mesothorax, and on the second, fifth,
and ninth abdominal somites, although similarly placed, are dis-
tinctly exaggerated, being at least one-third longer than in
European specimens, a peculiarity in which they are at least closely
approached by larvae from Algeria. J am unable to find any
difference in the imago.

16. (1430) Aepisris (ADActyLus Crt.) sraricts Mill.

Agdistis staticis Mill. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. XLIV. (5 s. V: 1875).
p- clxvii (1875)*: Cat. Lp. Alp-Mar. 375-6. Pl. 2° 4-8 (1875)°*:
Wlsm. Ent. Mo. Mag. XX VII. 141 (1891)°; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp.
Pal. IJ. 78 no. 1430 (1901)*. Adactylus staticis Chpm. & Tutt
Br. Lp. V. 128-30 (1906)°. Agdistis staticis Wlsm. Ent. Rec.
XIX. 53-4 (1907) °.

Hab. S. France**: Ile Ste Marguerite’*; Beaulieu®; @ Sta-
tice cordata, III, excl. 15. V. 1890°; @ V, excl. VIII**. Axce-
r1A°: Ain-Oumash’, Biskra °, Hammam-es-Salahin *, © Statice
limonium °, 2. IN. — 5. IV, excl..28. IV. 1903, 23. IIT — 13. VI.
1906 (Wlsm.). Canaries—TrnerIFE: Puerto Orotava, ( Statice
pectinata, 8. V, excl. 29. V — 13. VI. 1907 (Wlsm.).

The moths bred at Puerto Orotava from larvae on Statice pecti-
nate are of a distinctly darker shade than those from Cannes and
Biskra, but perhaps this may be partially due to fading in the
older specimens ; the larvae are similar.

The larvae of lerinensis Mill. could not be found among those
of staticis as they were at Cannes and Biskra.

62*

926 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,.

Il. ORNEODINA.

I. ORNEODIDAE.
9. (217) ORNEODES Ltr.
17. (1438) ORNEODES HUBNERI Wlgrn.

Alucita hewadactyla Hb. Smlg. Eur. Schm. TX. Pl. 6+ 30-1 (1818)’.
Alucita hiibneri Wigrn. Kngl. Vet-Ak. Hndl. IIT. (7). 24 (1859) °.
Orneodes hibneri Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lip. Pal. IT. 78 no. 1438 (1901) *:
Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. X XI. 36, 43 no. 183 (1906) *.

Hab. EUROPE*®. Canaries‘—Tenerire: Guimar (W. W.
White) *.

Prof. Rebel records hiibneri from Guimar on the authority of
Sir George Hampson. My only knowledge of this species in
Tenerife-is derived from specimens in Mr. White’s collection.

Hl. TINEINA.

I, GELECHIADAE,
10. (297) METZNERIA Z.
18. (2487-1) METZNERIA INSIGNIFICANS, Sp. n.

Antennae snow-white, faintly annulate with greyish fuscous.
Palpi moderately recurved, the median joint somewhat coarsely
scaled, but scarcely roughened beneath ; stone-whitish, sprinkled
with fawn-brown and greyish fuscous. Head and Thorax stone-
whitish, sprinkled with fawn-brown. Jorewings stone-whitish,
profusely sprinkled with pale fawn-brown and pale greyish
fuscous scales; there is a faint indication of a small spot at the
end of the cell, preceded by another in the middle of the wing,
and the line of the fold is sometimes slightly tinted with ochreous ;
cilia speckled as on the wing-surface, and with a scarcely perceptible
oblique shade-line before their tips. Exp. al. 10-l1l mm. Hind-
wings iridescent pale bluish grey, with rosy reflections ; cilia very
pale brownish cinereous. Abdomen iridescent, bluish grey. Legs
pale brownish cinereous.

Type 3 (14145) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Tuxerire: Guimar, 1700 ft., 20. III. 1904 (Haton);
Santa Cruz, 3. [V. 1904 (Haton). Two specimens.

I did not meet with this species.

19. (2488°1) MerzNERIA INFELIX, sp. n.

Antennae stone-whitish, faintly annulate with greyish fuscous.
Palpi stone-whitish, shaded with fuscous along their outer sides.
Head and Thorax stone-whitish, sprinkled with fawn-grey. Fore-
wings stone-whitish, with a slight ochreous tinge, freely sprinkled
with fawn-grey, especially along the costa, along the upper edge

1907. ] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 927

of the outer end of the fold, and about the termen; a small
fuscous spot in the fold, scarcely before the middle of the wing, is
followed by a larger more elongate discal spot, scarcely beyond the
middle, another lying at the end of the cell; a few of the scales
along the termen are tipped with fuscous, a slight sprinkling also
occurring along the middle of the greyish ochreous cilia. Exp.
a.11-15 mm. Hindwings pale bluish grey; cilia pale greyish
ochreous. Abdomen fawn-grey; anal tuft stone-whitish. Legs
stone-whitish.

Type 3 (98962) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, 8-14 11.1907; Puerto Orotava,
23. IV, 10. V. 1907. Five specimens, but only one in good
condition.

This species differs from tristella Rbl. in having the antennae
annulate, and in the paler colour of its somewhat narrow fore-
wings; moreover, although the spots are in the same position they
are unaccompanied in this species by the yellowish, or ochreous,
streaks which in tristella tend to connect and emphasise them.
The palpi appear to be also a little more slender.

20. (2489-1) MerzNerra DicHRoA, sp. n. (Plate LI. fig. 4.)

Antennae whitish ochreous, speckled with black above. Palpi
whitish ochreous, more brownish ochreous on their outer sides.
Head whitish ochreous. Thorax pale ochreous. Forewings
whitish ochreous, longitudinally smeared with pale brownish
ochreous below, above, and beyond the cell; an elongate black
discal spot les on the middle of the wing, followed by a smaller
one at the end of the cell and preceded by two, even less conspi-
cuous, groups of black scales on the fold and at the upper edge
of the cell respectively ; cilia whitish ochreous, with a slender
brownish line running through their middle. Exp. al. 14-16 mm.
Hindwings tawny grey; cilia pale brownish ochreous. Abdomen
shining, pale greyish. Legs whitish ochreous.

Type 3 (98304) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Tenerire: Villa Orotava, & in seed-heads of Carlina
salicifolia, 25. 1V — 7. VII, excl. 3. VI-18. VII. 1907. Four
specimens.

Larva white, without markings. Head olivaceous blackish,
rather broadly edged with white on either side of the suture ;
pronotal plate indistinct, pale olivaceous. Long.6mm. Type ®
(98308: 7. VII.) Mus. Wl1sm.

Bred from larvae, collected April 25th, feeding in old seed-
heads of Carlina salicifolia Cav. in barrancos above Villa Orotova.
Allied to castiliella Mschl.

21. (2490°1) MerzNerIA MONOCHROA, sp. n.
(Plate LI. fig. 5.)

Antennae pale ochreous. Palpi ochreous; brownish ochreous
on their outer sides. Head and Thorax pale ochreous, slightly

928 _ LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 26,

smeared with pale brownish ochreous. /orewings whitish ochreous,
suffused with very pale brownish ochreous, leaving the neuration
faintly indicated by slender lines of the paler ground-colour,
scarcely noticeable, except towards the apex; a slight suffusion of
fawn-brown from the base of the costa reaches to about one-third,
with a group of scales, indicating a spot, below the costa near its
termination ; a plical spot is placed below and a little beyond this,
and there is also a similar fawn-brown spot, rather more consp1-
cuous, at the end of the cell; cilia pale ochreous, with a very faint
dividing shade-line. Hap. al. 23mm. Hindwings tawny grey ;
cilia very pale brownish ochreous. Abdomen grey. Leys pale
ochreous; tarsi unspotted.

Type 3 (98309); 2 (98310) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Texerire: La Laguna, 11. V. 1907. Two specimens.

The ¢ in fine condition, the 2 not quite so good ; found below
the large leaves of wild Artichoke (Cynara carduneulus), shelter-
ing on the ground from a high wind. It is near torridella Mn.,
but much paler and quite distinct.

11, (321) SITOTROGA Hnm.
22, (2902) SrrorroGa CEREALELLA Oliv

Alucita cerealella Oliv. Enc. Méth. IV. (Ins. !.). 121 no. 15 (1789)".
Sitotroga cerealella Wism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 537, 544
no. 32°; Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. 1X. 18, 89 no. 172 (1894)°:
XXI. 44 no. 215 (1906)*: Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lip. Pal. Il. 157 no.
2902 (1901)*; Buseck Bull. US. Nat. Mus. 52. 496 no. 5552
(1902) °; Meyr. Pr. Lin. Soc. NSW. XXIX. 286 no. 50 (1904)7
Jr. Bomb. NH. Soc. XVI. 591 (1905) °.

. Hab. EUROPE™. ASTA—Cryton “—Japan (Pryer: Mus.
Wism.). AUSTRALIA’. N. AMERICA’. Madeiras°>—
Mapverra’®: Funchal (Wollaston)*. Canaries °>’—TENERIFE”*: IV.
1884 (Leech); Santa Cruz, 31. 1. 1907 (Wism.); Puerto Orotava,
24. III. 1902 (Haton); ‘on board SS. ‘Gando’,” 15. VI. 1907
(Wlsm.).

Taken at Santa Cruz, and on board shin when coming home.

12. (82071) PRAGMATODES, gn. ni.
(mpayparwens=troublesome.)
Type Pragmatodes fruticosella W1sm.

Antennae +, slightly serrate, somewhat thickened in 3; basal
joint without pecten. Mawillary Palpi very short, connivent.
Labial Palpi recurved, moderate, median joint smoothly scaled ;

terminal joint shorter than median. Haustellum moderate. Head
and Thorax smooth. Forewings elongate, gradually tapering to
apex: newration 12 veins; 7 and 8 stalked, to costa, 6 out of 7;
rest separate, 1 furcate at base. Hindwings (—1), costa and
dorsum almost parallel, apex strongly produced, termen oblique ;

1907.} MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 929

cilia 3, costal cilia somewhat bristly towards base: mnewration
8 veins; 2 to 5 remote; 6 and 7 stalked, 6 weak. Abdomen
moderate. Legs, hind tibiz clothed with loose hairs.

I am unable to refer this somewhat obscure species te any
described genus. In the combined characters 3 and 4 remote,
6 and 7 stalked in the hindwings; and 6 out of 7, beyond its
fureation with 8, in the forewings, this agrees with Sitotroga Hnm.,
which however differs in having a pecten on the basal joint of
the antennae. Schistophila Chrét. and Glauce Chinb. differ in
having broader hindwings, with 3 somewhat approximated to 4,
and the latter has long, flattened, broad, black subcostal bristles.
Ptochewusa Hnm. has 3 and 4 of the hindwings connate, and
3 and 4 of the forewings coincident. The group of Aproaerema:
Drnt., having 6 and 7 of the hindwings stalked, differs in having
3 and 4 connate; Apodia Hnm. agrees with Pragmatodes in the
neuration of the forewings, but like other allies of Avistotelia Hb.,
with 3 and 4 of the hindwings remote, differs in having 6 and 7
separate, not stalked.

23. (2901:1) PRAGMATODES FRUTICOSELLA, sp. n.
(Plate LI. fig. 10.)

Poecilia (Stenolechia) sp. Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 128, 146
no. 192 (1896) *. Stenolechia (Poecilia) sp. Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus.
XXI. 44 no. 214 (1906) *.

Antennae dirty whitish, obscurely annulate with fuscous. Palpi
dirty whitish, dusted with fuscous, a black band before the apex
on the median and terminal joints. Head and Thorax whitish,
speckled with fuscous. forewings dirty stone-whitish, dusted
with fuscous ; a_basal patch, with convex outer margin, reaches
to nearly one-fifth from the base and is thickly bestrewn with
fuscous, the space beyond it forming a narrow fascia of the pale
ground-colour, followed by a transverse blackish band, also irre-
gularly convex, but ill-defined on its outer side; this again is
followed along the dorsum and costa by somewhat profuse blackish
dusting, a small dark discal spot lying in the middle of the wing ;
beyond the middle an inverted and rather angulated fascia of the
pale ground-colour is ill-defined and followed by profuse blackish
speckling, reaching to the apex and termen ; cilia pale brownish
grey, with a shade-line before their outer ends. Hap. al. 6°5-7°5
mm. Hindwings deeply sinuate, but not squarely excised below
the apex; grey; cilia pale brownish grey. Abdomen greyish.
Legs pale brownish grey, with fuscous bands on tibiae and tarsi.

Type 2 (98969); 3 (98970) Mus, Wl1sm.

Hab. Tenerire: Santa Cruz, 31. 1-21.11, 29. V. 1907, @
Rubia fruticosa, 13. 11, excl. 19-20. ILL. 1907 ; Guimar, 28. IT — 4.
III.1907. Ten specimens.

Bred in March from larvae found mining the leaves of Rubia
Jruticosa in February. The moth was also taken on the wing
from January to March, and in May, at Santa Cruz and Guimar.

930 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE | Nov. 26,

I feel very little doubt that the Poecilia (Stenolechia) sp., which
Rebel described from a worn 9, taken by von Hedemann, in a
barranco near Santa Cruz among Zamarix, 5. V. 1895, was the
species now described as fruticosella, the larvae of which, although
difficult to rear, are very common on /wbia in ali the barrancos
west of the town.

13. (320) APODIA Hnm.
24, (2900°4) APODIA GUIMARENSIS, sp. n. (Plate LI. fig. 6.)

Antennae cinereous. Palpi whitish cirereous. Head and
Thorax whitish cimereous, the latter with a pale fawn-brown
patch above. Jorewings pale fawn-brown, with whitish cine-
reous lines and streaks, placed longitudinally and obliquely, but
not transversely; one along the costa from base to apex, one
along the cell from the base, branching to the costa beyond the
middle, and again before the apex; another along the upper
edge of the fold as far as the middle of the wing, nearly touching
the outer end of an oblique dorsal patch arising before the middle,
a similar patch arising before the tornus and angulated outward
toward the apex; cilia whitish cinereous, dusted with fawn-brown
scales on their basal half. Hap. al. 75-9 mm. Hindwings pale
erey; cilia pale brownish cinereous. Abdomen brownish grey.
Legs pale cinereous.

Type 3 (98979) Mus. W1sm.

Hab. TENERIFE: Guimar, 13-28. III. 1907 (Wism.), 20. III.
1904 (Haton). Four specimens.

14. (310) ARISTOTELIA Hb.
25. (2797°1) ARISTOTELIA ANCILLULA, Sp. 0.

Antennae pale fawn, broadly barred with dark fuscous above,
almost obliterating the paler colour, except a noticeable spot at
the outer end of the basal joint. Palpi pale cinereous; the
median joint coarsely clothed beneath, speckled externally with
fuscous ; terminal joint much sprinkled with fuscous externally.
Head rosy fawn, shaded with fuscous. Thorax rosy fawn, a
strong dark fuscous shade anteriorly between the tegulae. ore-
wings rosy fawn, thickly sprinkled with fuscous, and with some
dark fuseous, almost black, spots—one on the costa near the base,
another, larger, on the dorsum below it, and a smaller one between
them—these more or less confluent ; opposite the middle spot is
a larger one at about one-sixth, its lower edge resting on the
fold; again, a little before the middle, is a similar spot on the
disc, more or less confluent with a smaller one slightly preceding
it on the fold, and these again are followed by a smaller and less
conspicuous spot at the end of the cell; cilia rosy fawn, sprinkled
with fuscous along them base. Hap. al. 13mm. Hindwings (1);
shining, somewhat iridescent, pale bluish grey; cilia fawn-

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 931

brownish. Abdomen greyish. Legs pale fawn-ochreous, somewhat
speckled with pale fuscous.

Type 2 (98982) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Tenerire: Guimar, 25, III. 1907. Unique.

Agreeing precisely in the form of the hindwing with servella Z.,
but differing from this, and so far as I am awave from all other
species of the genus, in the form and distribution of the more or
less distinct spots.

26. (2811-1) ARIsTOTELIA CACOMICRA, sp. n.

Antennae brownish grey. Palpi with the median joint slightly
ruffled beneath; pale cinereous, dusted with brownish grey, with
a fuscous band around the middle of the terminal point. Head
and Thorax brownish grey. forewings brownish grey, with a
slight sprinkling of pale cinereous scales, some of which about
the apex are tipped with brownish fuscous; three brownish
fuscous spots are indistinctly indicated, one on the middle of the
fold, one before the outer end of the fold, and one above and
between these, on the cell, forming with them an almost equi-
lateral triangle; cilia brownish cinereous. xp. al. 7-8 mm.
Hindwings iridescent, dark bluish grey ; cilia brownish cinereous.
Abdomen greyish fuscous. Legs brownish cinereous, the tarsi
spotted whitish at the joints.

Type 3 (98983) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, 26. I — 21. II. 1907, 29. LV. 1907;
Puerto Orotava, 14. V. 1907. Seven specimens.

Near rumicetella Hfim., but without any indication of pale
opposite spots before the apex; also differing noticeably in the
absence of the shade-line which runs through the cilia in that
species, and gives a rounded appearance to the otherwise almost
evenly pointed wing.

15. (319) CHRYSOPORA Clms.
27. (2894-1) CHRysopora BOSEAE, sp. n. (Plate LI. fig. 7.)

Antennae golden yellow, annulate with black. Palpi black,
medial and terminal joints tipped with yellow. Head shining,
brassy yellowish. Thorax black, with a few yellow scales. Fore-
wings black; a bright golden fascia, at one-fourth from the base,
descends obliquely inward from costa to dorsum, and is followed
on the middle of the dorsum by two yellow spots, the first pre-
ceded by some raised black scales and having at its upper edge a
tinge of coppery chestnut which is repeated in a strong spot at
the end of the cell, above and beyond which is a triangular pale
yellow spot on the costa; cilia pale brownish ochreous, thickly
sprinkled, except on their outer ends, with black. Haxp.al.7—8 mm.
Hindwings deeply excised below the apex; grey; cilia brownish
grey, a slender pale cinereous line marking their base. Abdomen

932 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

blackish. Zegs black, with pale ochreous spurs; hind tarsi with
about five pale ochreous annulations.

Type 3 (98991); 2 (98992) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Tenerire: Puerto Orotava, 27. TV — 8. V.1907, @ mining
leaves of Bosea yervamora, 21. TV, excl. 11-29. V. 1907. Thirty
specimens.

The larva makes blotch-like mines in the leaves of Losea
yervamora, an indigenous shrub (which also occurs in the West
Indies), on which it is by no means uncommon at Orotava ;
probably to be found elsewhere, as I believe I recognised the old
mines between La Laguna and Tegeste.

16. (311) APROAEREMA Drnt.
=* 4 wacampsis Stgr-Rbl. (nec Crt.).

28. (2838) APROAEREMA PSORALELLA Mill.

n. syn.=*albipalpella (p.) Wlsm. (nec H8.); =dnfestella Rbl.;
= *anthyllidella (p.) Stgr-Rbl.

Gelechia psoralella Mill. Ie. Chen-Lp. II. 83-6. Pl. 61° 1-6
(1865)! : IIL. 460 (1874)*. Anacampsis psoralella Ster-Wk., Cat.
Lp. Eur. 299 no. 2079 (1871)°; Mill. Cat. Lp. Alp-Mar. 335
(1875)*; Hrtm. MT. Miinch. Ent. Ver. IV. 24 no. 2079 (1880)’.
Anacampsis *albipalpella (p.) Wism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894.
537, 544 no. 33 (1894)° [eael. ‘ Porto Santo, Stn.’|. Anacampsis
infestella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 128, 146 no. 195 (1896)":
Ox, 44 no, 225 (1906) 2 sster-Rbly Cana ip eal. Silos
no. 2838 (1901)°. Anacampsis *anthyllidella (p.) Stgr-Rbl. Cat.
Lp. Pal. IT. 153 no, 2835 (1901) *° [ewed. “« Mad.” |.

Hab. 8. France: Amélie-les-bains ; Cannes; Fréjus. © Pso-
ralea bituminosa, X-IV, excl. V-VIII. Madeiras "—Maperra°:
(Wollaston)*. Canaries’—Trnerrre’: Guimar, 14. JUL, SOT.
@ Psoralea bituminosa, 3-9. IV, excl. 6. TV - 6 V. 1907 (Wism.) ;
Puerto Orotava, 14-30. TV. 1895 (Hedemann)*; 26. IV — 14.
V. 1907 (Wism.) ; Bajomar, 25. V. 1907 (Wsm.).

Stainton [Ann-Mag. NH. (3 s.). HIT. 213] recorded *anthylli-
della Hb. from Porto Santo (Madeiras), and described elach-
istella, sp. n., from Northern Deserta (Madeiras). In 1894 (1. c. 6)
I referred Stainton’s supposed *anthyllidella to *albipalpella HS.,
and recorded as the same species a single specimen (13617) from
Madeira. Rebel (1. c. 7) suggests the possibility that the species
recorded by me as *albipalpella HS. (=*anthyllidella Stn.) might
be the species which he proceeds to describe as infestella Rbl.
T think this extremely probable, so far as the specimen from
Madeira (13617) is concerned, for I have now before me more
reliable exponents of albipalpella HS., and this Madeiran specimen
does not completely agree with them; but it does agree with
psoralella Mill., which Rebel (1. c. 10) sinks as a synonym of the
true anthyllidella Hb. Asweare all seeking for the truth, and as

1907. ] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 933

one good turn deserves another, may I, in thanking Prof. Rebel
for the hint, suggest that his infestella is psoralella Mill.?@ In
support of this theor y, without seeing Rebei’s type, I can only
say that psoralella Mill. is very common on Psoralea bituminosa
in Tenerife, and the larvae from which I reared it there are the
same as those pointed out to me by Milliére himself at Cannes
many years ago. Rebel’s specimens of infestella were taken at
Orotava 14-30. [V. 1895; I have specimens of psoralella labelled
Orotava, 26. IV — 14. V. 1907.

In any case J must admit that the Madeira specimen (13617)
is psoralella Mill., while Stainton’s specimen from Porto Santo,
recorded as *anthyllidella (no. XX VIL) has a white face and white
palpi, and is a finer specimen of elachistella Stn. than is the unset
type (no. XXIX, ¢) from Northern Deserta.

28 4, (2846) APROAEREMA ELACHISTELLA Stn.

=*anthyllidella Stn. (nec Hb.) ; =*albipalpella (p.) Wism. (nec HS.).
Gelechia *anthyllidella Stn. Ann-Mag. NH. (8 s.). UI. 213 no. 19 (1859) 1!.
Gelechia elachistella Stn. Ann-Mag. NH. (3 s.). HI. 213 no. 20 (1859)?; Wkr.
Cat. Lp. BM. XXIX. 628 no. 307 (1864) ®. Anacbapes *albipalpella (p.) Wlsm.
Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 537, 544 no. 33 (1894)+ Anacampsis elachistella
Wilsm. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 537, 544 no. 34 (1894) °; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal.
IT. 154 no. 2846 (1901) ©.

Hab. Madeiras?-6—NortHErRN Deserta: (Wollaston)2> 3: °»—Porto Santo:
(Wollaston) }. eee a Canarra: Las Palmas, 15. VI. 1907 (Wsm.).

Stainton [Ann-Mag. NH. (3 s.). III. 213} recorded *anthyllidella Hb. from Porto
Santo, and described SD sp. n., from Northern Deserta. In 1894 (1. ec. 4)
I referred Stainton’s supposed *anthyllidella to *albipalpella HS., and recorded as
the same species a single specimen (13617) from Madeira. Having now before me
more reliable exponents of albipunctella HS., I find that this specimen from
Madeira does not completely agree with them; but it does agree with psoralella
Mill., which I have bred from Psoralea hitwminosa at Cannes and in Tenerife. JT
have again examined Stainton’s specimens and find that his *anthyllidella trom
Porto Santo (no. XXVIIT) has white palpi and_white face, and is a finer specimen
of elachistzlla Stn. than is the unset type (no. XXIX, g) from Northern Deserta.
I took two specimens of this species at Las Palmas on June 15th. The locality
“Mad.” (Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. I]. 153 no. 2835) pertains to elachistella Stn.
(=*anthyllidella Stn.)—the true anthyllidella Hb. has not yet been recognised as
occurring in the Madeiras or Canaries.

29. (2847-01) APROAEREMA GENISTAE, sp. n. (Plate LI. fig. 8.)

Antennae black, with white annulations. Palpi white, with a
slender black line along the under side of the acute terminal
joint. Head white. Thorax brownish olivaceous. Forewings
pale brownish olivaceous at the base, blending to blackish about
the middle, and on the dorsum nearly to the base; beyond the
middle is a straight, well-defined, oblique white fascia, of even
width, pointing slightly outward from dorsum to costa; beyond
it the terminal portion of the wing is profusely sprinkled with
some brownish, many blackish, and a few elongate shining steely
grey scales, the latter prevailing around the margin and at the
base of the tawny greyish cilia. Hap. al. 8mm. Hindwings
leaden grey; cilia tawny grey. Abdomen leaden grey. Legs
white, with broad tawny fuscous bands around the hind tibiae.

Type 2 (98993); 3 (98994) Mus. Wlsm.

934 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

Hab, TeneriFe: La Laguna, @ in shoots of Genista canari-
ensis, 18. V, excl. 21. V - 9. VI. 1907. Thirty-three specimens.

Closely allied to captivella HS. and acanthyllidis W\sm. | Ent.
Mo. Mag. XLI. 40 (1905)], differing from the former in the white
fascia being more outwardly oblique from dorsum to costa, and
from the Jatter in the form of this fascia, which is consistently of
even width throughout, throwing no projection toward the
termen on its outer side ; it is also slightly larger and has darker
hindwings.

30. (2847-2) APROAEREMA THAUMALEA Wlsm. (Plate LI. fig. 9.)

Aproaerema thawmalea Wism. Ent. Mo. Mag. XLI. 41 no. 2847-2
(1905) °.

Hab. AucuriA': Hammam-es-Salahin, @ Astragalus gombo,
III-V, excl. [V-VI.' Canaries—Trnerire: Guimar, @ Lotus
sessilifolius, 6. ILL, 16-27. IV, excl. 10-29. 1V, 20. V. 1907.

Thirteen specimens, bred from larvae forming sand-galleries
beneath the trailing shoots of Lotus sessilifolius, on the coast
near Puerto Guimar, are not in any way distinguishable from my
Algerian specimens bred from <Astragalus gombo. The food-
plants are not very nearly allied, but they both grow on hot
sandy soil,and the habits of the larvae are almost similar, but the
larvae themselves, or at least the specimens which I preserved,
believing them to belong to this species, are totally different, so
much so that I ara led to doubt whether the Algerian specimen
(97110) does not rightly belong to some other species feeding on
the same plant. About the Tenerife larva there can be no
mistake: it is a curious, long, attenuated larva, with the thoracic
somites slightly swelled; the head pale yellow-brown, pronota’
plate broad, but very faintly indicated ; abdominal claspers short
almost rudimentary, it is creamy white, with a slender reddish
line on either side of the dorsum, running from the mesothorax
to the anal extremity. Zong. 13 mm. @ (98996) Mus. Wlsm. It
descends into the sand in a silken tube, coming up to feed on
the leaves of the plant, and again retiring below ground. So far
as I observed, the Algerian larva did not descend below the
surface of the soil, the sand-tubes being among the trailing
branches.

The specimen figured (98995, 2) is from Guimar.

31. (2847:1) APROAEREMA MERCEDELLA, Sp. n.
(Plate LI. fig. 11.)

Antennae yellow, annulate with black. Palpi pale yellowish,
the median joint black nearly to its apex, except a narrow line of
white along its upper side; terminal joint with a broad blackish
shade before its apex. Head yellowish white. Thorax pale
yellowish, with a diffused greyish fuscous median shade above.
Forewings blackish, with pale yellowish patches and lines occupy-
ing almost as much space as the ground-colour, which is accom-

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 935.

panied, around their edges, by some rust-brown suffusion, especially
noticeable on the apical portion of the wing; at the extreme base
a short yellow streak, which follows the fold, is quickly diverted
and dilated to the dorsum ; a large pale yellow patch, commencing
above its outer extremity on the costa, is attenuated obliquely
outward along the cell, ending in a pale ocellate spot at the end
of the cell, containing an elongate black dot, a little beyond which
an outwardly angulate, narrow, pale yellow fascia crosses the
wing; this is produced at either extremity along the margins
and around the apex, forming thus a narrow yellowish band
enclosing a space of the shape of a blunt arrow-head ; cilia pale
yellowish, with two parallel black lines running through them
and emphasising the obtusely rounded appearance of the apex ;
the pale costal patch throws a slight excrescence across the fold
before the middle, but does not reach the dorsum. ap. al. 10 mm.
Findwings leaden grey; cilia brownish grey. Abdomen grey; anal
tuft ochreous. Legs ochreous, the tarsi banded with leaden grey.

Type 3 (14107) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. 'TENERIFE: Las Mercedes, @ on dead moss-grown bark
of Laurocerasus lusitanica, 7. III, excl. 24. VIII. 1904 (Laton).
Unique.

Among described species this is most nearly allied to nigrato-
mella Clins. and concinusella Chmb., from both of which it differs
in the presence of dark dorsal markings; the pattern is found
also in other allied American genera. A single specimen was.
bred by the Rev. A. E. Eaton from a larva found on dead moss-
grown bark of Lawrocerasus lusitanica, 7. I1I., near the Casa del
Agua, in the forest of Las Mercedes, 2050 ft. (near La Laguna),
on August 24th, 1904.

17. (30301) TELPHUSA Chinb.
= XENOLECHTA Meyv.

TrLpHusA Chmb. Can. Ent. IV. 132 (1872); Busck Bull. US.
Nat. Mus. 52. 496-7 (1902): Busck Pr. US. Nat. Mus. XXV.
773, 783-9. Pl. 28-5 (1903).

XenouecHiA Meyr. HB. Br. Lp. 583 (1895).

32. (2743) TELPHusA cistr Stn.

Gelechia cisti Stn. Tin. S-Eur. 211-12 (1869)*. Veleta cisti Mill.
Cat. Lp. Alp-Mar. 331 (1875)*; Hirtm. MT. Miinch. Ent. Ver.
TV. 20 no. 1983 (1880)*°; Wlsm. Ent. Mo. Mag. XX VII. 145
(1891)*; Rbl. Verh. ZB. Ges. Wien XLI. (1891). 630 no. 45
(1891). Gelechia (Teleia) cisti Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 150:
no. 2743 (1901) °.

Hab. 8. KUROPE**—S. France“: @ Cistus salviaefolius'®,
C. albidus*, III-V1I°, excl. 1V-VIII.’— Datmartia > °—Corsiea :
Corté, @ Cistus salviaefolius, excl. 18-27. VII. 1898 (IWism.).
N. AFRICA—Tunis; Aine-Draham, 21. VIT. 1896 (Haton)—

936 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

AucERIA: Port National, Algiers, 1. XI. 1892 (Haton); Azagga,
2. IX. 1893 (Haton); Lac Houbeira, 3. VII. 1896 (Haton).
Canaries—TENERIFE: Guimar, @ Cistus monspeliensis, 26. II.
excl. 4. V — 3. VI. 1907 (Wism.).

33. (2749'1) TELPHUSA SCHIZOGYNAE, sp.n. (Plate LI. fig. 12.)

Antennae black, dotted with white throughout. Palpi, ter-
minal joint longer than the smoothly and compactly clothed
median; pinkish white, with two slender black lines running
throughout the length of the terminal, and a black patch on the
outer side of the median joint at its base. Head iridescent, steely
whitish. Zhorax black, shaded with brownish ochreous at the
sides. Morewings steely whitish, suffused with bluish grey to
two-thirds from the base, and again narrowly around the apex ;
at the extreme base is a short brownish ochreous patch, externally
bounded by a black dorsal streak, and separated from the costa
by black; there are two black discal spots, one before the middle,
one at the end of the cell—the first of these preceded bya similar
spot on the fold below it; the outer edge of the blue-grey shading
is straight, except for the outer discal spot projecting through it;
apex and cilia white, the latter with a faint median shade.
Exp. al. 14-16 mm. Hindwings abruptly and deeply excised
below apex, veins 3 and 4 separate, 5 approximate to 4, discoidal
weak, 6 and 7 stalked; tawny grey; cilia paler, with a lighter
line along their base. Abdomen and Legs tawny grey, the tarsi
pale-spotted.

Type 3 (98997); 2 (98998) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. TENERIFE: Puerto Orotava, @ in galls on stems of
Schizogyne ‘sericea, 21. LV — 16. V, excl. 25. IV, 10-30. V, 3-30.
VI, 2-10. VII, 19. VIII. 1907. Fourteen specimens.

A distinct species, perhaps most resembling fugitivella Z.
+ lyellella Crt., but larger. The median joint of the palpi is too
smooth to be described as “thickened with rough scales beneath,”
but the clothing of this joint is variable in the genus Zelphusa.
Bred from larvae feeding in a swelling on the stems of Schizogyne
sericea: these galls are abundant on the plant, but their numbers
are likely to be somewhat misleading as to the abundance of
the species, for not only are they for the most part empty galls
belonging to many previous seasons, but a very large proportion
of the living larvae are affected by parasites—indeed I have been
able to rear only fourteen specimens from at least 150 galls
collected.

34, (2749-2) TELPHUSA CANARIENSIS, sp. n. (Plate LI. fig. 15.)

Antennae mealy white, annulate with fuscous. Palpi mealy
white, with two blackish annulations on the terminal joint, and
two oblique blackish bars on the outer side of the median. Head
and Thorax mealy white, the latter slightly sprinkled with fuscous.
Forewings mealy white, sprinkled, and almost suffused locally,

1907. ] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 937

with greyish fuscous; an oblique costal spot, at one-sixth from
the base, points downward to a similar one on the fold a little
beyond it, which again points to another on the dorsum, each
containing some raised scales, there is also a small spot at the
extreme base of the fold; another costal spot occurs before the
middle and is somewhat diffused outward and downward toward
a smal] dark discal spot, beyond which, transversely placed, are
two small spots at the end of the cell, these and the preceding
being partially surrounded by pale ochreous scaling; there is a
faint indication of a transverse shade beyond the end of the cell,
throwing an acute angle outward towards the apex from below
its middle, the space beyond this shade being of the paler ground-
colour, but succeeded by more shady suffusion around the apex
and termen; cilia mealy white, dusted with greyish fuscous.
Kep.al. 16 mm. Hindwings pale grey; cilia pale brownish grey.
Abdomen brownish ochreous. Legs whitish ochreous.

Type 2 (98999) Mus. W1sm.

Hab. Canaries—TrENERIFE: Guimar, 12. [V. 1907. Unique.

Taken at light.

18, (303) GELECHIA Hb.
35, (2533) GELECHIA pomEsTIcA Hw.
35+a. (2533+a) domestica Hw.+ pomestica Hw.

Recurvaria domestica Hw. Lp. Br. 551 no. 18 (1828)*. Bryotropha
domestica Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 142 no. 2553 (1901)°.

Hab. FUROPE— Encuanp— GERMANY —Austria — ITALy —
Spain. WC. ASTA.

35+b. (2533+b) pomestica Hw.+ SALMONIS, var. 1.

Bryotropha domestica Wism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 537, 544
no. 31 (1894)*; Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XXI. 38, 44 no. 208
(1906) °.

Hab. AuceriA: Hammam-es-Salahin, 18. IV. 1903 (Wilsm.);
Constantine, 20. V. 1895 (Haton); El-Kantara, 25. V. 1903
(Wism.). Madeiras'—Maverra: (Wollaston)'. Canaries *—TENE-
RIFE: (White)*; Guimar, 4. 1V. 1907 (Wlsm.). Five specimens.

Type 3 (99000) Guimar, Mus. W1sm.

I have already recorded this species from Madeira, and Prof.
Rebel mentions a Tenerife specimen which I have seen in
Mr. White’s collection. J took a fine g at Guimar on April
4th. These specimens have a salmony pink hue in the ground-
colour of the forewings, which is wanting in European specimens.
I have three specimens, taken in Algeria, which resemble the
Canary form, and to which I had given the MS. name “ salmonis”:
as all the markings correspond with those of English domestica
Hw., it is perhaps sufficient to indicate these and the Canary and
Madeiran specimens under this varietal name, taking my Guimar
3S (99000) as the Type of this variety.

938 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Noy. 26,

36. (2584) GELECHIA PLUTELLIFORMIS Stgr.

=olbiaella Mill.; =siewersiellus Chr. (nec sieversi Stgr., sp. alt.,
2584:01).

Gelechia plutelliformis Stgr. Stett. Ent. Ztg. XX. 239 no. 79
(1859)'; Stn. Tin. S-Eur. 141, 147 no. 18, 360 (1869) *. Alucita
olbiaella Mill. Ic. Chen-Lp. I. 193-6. Pl. 1-1-6 (1861)’; Stn.
Tin. S-Eur. 167, 182-5 no. 10 (1869)*. Hypsolophus siewer-
siellus Chr. Stett. Ent. Ztg. XXVIII. 239-40 (1867)°. Grelechia
plutelliformis Stgr. Berl. Ent. Zts. XTV. 309-10 no, 91 (1870)°:
Ster-Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 290 no. 1832 (1871)"7; Mill. Cat. Lp.
Alp-Mar. 326 (1875)"°; Hrtm. MT. Miinch. Ent. Ver. IV. 16
no. 1832 (1880)"; Curo Cat. Lp. Ital. VI. 38 (1882); Rouast
Cat. Chen. Eur. 155 (1883)"; Chr. Mém. Lp. Rmhf. II. 158
no. 316 (1885) °; Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 274, 283 no. 56
(1892): XIII. 377, 381 no. 203 (1898) “: XXT. 44 no. 209
(1906): Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. I. 144 no, 2584 (1901) ”.

Hab. S. SPAIN 1), 75 WO, Ud, LOPES FRANCE 3-4, 7-8, 10, 13, 16_ OS,
RUSSIA Saneptaaa ess) oe Ver SOO Neley VAIS 6 Oxy alel av eleaie
870 (Christoph). Pontus ™.—Syria *.—Tura™™: @ Tama-
Tie 2s gallica’ panera: epallasi ==) MTS IV es Val
WADE 7? Se IL.C2 se cyauncnone 92> 3) holly) WEES 2 eI 7 Se
Walla 2S pxe = Canaries!) ——EENeRinE » ye Guia clonal
1898 (Hintz)™; Santa Cruz, 17.1 —2.01. 1907, @ Tamaria
gallica, XII-I, excl. 20. 11-17. TV. 1907 (Wlsm.); Monte de
Aguirre, 800 m., 21. VIT. 1889 (Simony) ™.

Among a series of fifteen specimens, bred from Zamaria gallica,
near Santa Cruz, one pale variety approaches somewhat closely
in colour to the Algerian sinwatella, Wism. [Hnt. Mo. Mag. XL.
223 (1904)], but the form of the markings is distinctly that of
plutelliformis, which it resembles also in its smaller size.

The larva feeds on Tamarix gallica, in December and January,
the moth flying in January, February, and March.

Larva, somewhat attenuate to either extremity, greenish
yellow, with reddish patches on the anterior portion of each
segment, and a few, sparsely distributed, bristly hairs; there is
a single black dot on either side of each thoracic somite. Head
pale green ; no distinguishable pronotal plate ; legs and claspers

long, blackish.

In 1859 Staudinger described Gelechia plutelliformis (Stett. Ent. Zte. XX. 239)
from two 2 @ bred from larvae taken at Chiclana, and in 1870 he described
Gelechia sieversi Chr. in litt. (Berl. Ent. Zts. XIV. 309-10), pointing out the
differences between the two species, and adopting Christoph’s name, apparently
overlooking Christoph’s description of Hypsolophus siewersiellus (Stett. Ent. Ztg.
XXVIII. 239-40). The two species are quite distinct and easily separated: in
plutelliformis the dark streak reaches to the base, and is sinuate thus ~~,
being clearly defined beneath by whitish ochreous, but above it fades away into the
ground-colour of the wing; at the extremity of the dark sinuate line is a dark
extension, sometimes separated from it. In séeversi the longitudinal dark marking
may be best described as a cuneate streak commencing at halt the wing-length and
attenuate towards the base, which it does not reach; this streak is sharply edged
with whitish above, and slightly beyond its outer extremity, in line with its upper

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 939

edge, is an elongate dark streak, also edged above with whitish; at the base is a
black limbal streak which does not vecur in plutelliformis. When describing
siewersiellus, Christoph had before him (unwittingly) specimens of both plutelli-
formis and sieversi, both taken at Sarepta, and apparently both bred from Tamaria.
His description of siewersiellus was obviously taken from plutelliformis, and
Staudinger und Wocke (Cat. Lp. Eur. 290) give the synonymy correctly thus :
1831. sieversi Ster.

1832. plutelliformis Stgr.; =olbiaélla Mill.; =siewersiellus Chr.

Christoph’s collection contains six specimens and a larva labelled “ sieversi Stgr.”;
and four specimens labelled “ plutelliformis Stgr.” These are all from Sarepta,
and are correctly determined, except that the third specimen of plutelliformis is
a worn example of an allied species distinct from both. The name siewersiellus
does not occur in the collection: the larva labelled ‘“‘sieversi”’ appears to be
distinct from, but closely allied to, that of plutelliformis (siewersiellus), and
probably fed on Tamariv laxa or pallasii (vide Chr. 1. ¢.).

Christoph sent Zeller two specimens, which constitute Zeller’s series of ‘* plutelli-
formis Stdg.” The first, received trom Christoph in 1860, is labelled by Zeller
“ Gelechia plutelliformis Stdg. H. Z.59, 239”: this determination is incorrect, it is
sieversi Stgr. The second specimen is not specially labelled, not being regarded as
distinct from the first; it is, however, truly plutelliformis Stgr. (=siewersiellus
Chr.). When deseribing sieversi, Staudinger observes that, owimg to its similarity
to plutelliformis, he had at first thought it that species, but, recognising its
distinctness, he retains for it the name given by Christoph in honour of the now
unfortunately deceased entomologist Sievers. It is therefore presumable that
Christoph sent Staudinger sieversi Ster., labelled “ siewersiellus Chr.” On the
other hand, Christoph sent Hofmann, in 1871, four specimens of “ siewersiella
Chr.”, which are rightly determined by Hofmann as plutelliformis Steger.

In Staudinger and Rebel’s Catalog (II. 144) we find both species united thus :—
2584. plutelliformis Stgr.; = olbiaélla Mill.; = siewersiellus Chr.; = sieversi
Ster. (ab).

The confusion caused by both species occurring at Sarepta, and both species being
distributed by Christoph as “ siewersiellus,’ has doubtless suggested the erroneous
idea that the verbal variants Hypsolophus siewersiellus Chr. and Gelechia sieversi
Ster. pertained to mere varieties of one species. Staudinger’s two species are
undoubtedly distinct, and we must revert to the synonymy of Staudinger and
Wocke’s Catalog, correcting that of Staudinger and Rebel thus —

2584-01. GELECHIA SIEVERSI Ster.

(nec siewersiellus Chr., = 2584. plutelliformis Stgr.)

Gelechia sieversi Stgr. Berl. Ent. Zts. XIV. 309-10 no. 91 (1870) 1: Ster-Wk. Cat
Lp. Eur. 290 no. 1831 (1871)2; Hrtm. MT. Minch. Ent. Ver. IV. 16 no. 1831
(1880) 3 [in syn. plutelliformis Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 144 no. 2584 (1901) 4).

Hab. SE. Russta: Sareptal-4, 29. VI. 1859, 16. VI. 1866, 1. VII. 1866, 14.
VIIL., 18. VIII. 1866, 20. VIII. 1879 (Christoph), @D Tamarix}.

37. (2611-2) GELECHIA LUNARIELLA, sp.n. (Plate LI. fig. 13.)

Antennae shortly biciliate in ¢; blackish, spotted with rosy
reddish above. Palpi moderately biserrate beneath ; rosy whitish,
speckled and ringed with black, the terminal joint having a
black ying before its middle, and a broader band before its
minutely pale apex; the intermediate space pale rosy. Head
steely greyish, with rosy iridescent scale-tips. Thorax black,
mixed with rosy reddish. Forewings cinereous, varying to rosy
reddish ; sprinkled and suffused with tawny grey and black
scaling, the latter for the most part slightly raised, and exhibited,
especially on the base of the dorsum, in an outwardly oblique,
narrow, partially interrupted, transverse fascia at about one-sixth
from the base; in a patch on the middle of the cell, another,
toward the end of the cell, produced downward to the dorsum at

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. LXITI. 63

940 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

the outer end of the fold; above it a blackish costal patch,
preceded by an elongate costal shade, the intermediate spaces
bright rosy red; the terminal portion of the wing is much
mottled with similar colouring, tending to indicate marginal
spots, radiating through the tawny greyish cilia, which have two
narrow shade-lines running through them before their ends.
Kap. al. 15-17 mm. Hindwings tawny grey, with a rosy tinge;
cilia pale brownish cinereous. Abdomen and Legs brownish
cinereous, the latter spotted externally with tawny fuscous.

Type & (99001); 2 (99002) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. TenprirE: San Andres, G Rumex lunarius, 23. 1, excl.
27 If — 9. IIL. 1907; Guimar, @ 12. IV, excl. 11-24. V. 1907 ;
Puerto Orotava, @ 24. IV, excl. 23. V. 1907. "Thirteen
specimens.

Bred from pale glaucous green larvae collected on umex
lunarius in January and April; these larvae turned to rosy
reddish before pupating (99003 Mus. W1sm.).

I met with this species first at San Andres, near Santa Cruz,
and subsequently observed it near Guimar, and again at Orotava.
Tt contorts and attaches together the young terminal leaves of its
food-plant, and probably occurs wherever this indigenous shrub
is to be found on the island. It is closely allied to nigrorosea
Wism., but is a darker and rather broader winged insect : it is
also very near to the European diffinis Hw.

38. (2635) GELECHIA EPITHYMELLA Ster.

Gelechia epithymella Stgr. Stett. Knt. Ztg. XX. 242 no. 89 (1859)";
Stn. Tin. S-Hur. 141, 150 no. 28, 332 (1869)*. Lita epithymella
Mill. Ic. Chen-Lp. ITI. 392-4. Pl. 149- 8-10 (1874)*: Cat. Lp.
Alp-Mar. 329 (1875)*; Hrtm. MT. Miinch. Ent. Ver. IV. 18
no. 1914 (1880) °. Gelechia (Lita) epithymella Ster-Wk. Cat. Lp.
Pal. IT. 146 no. 2635 (1901) °.

Hab. 8. France **: Cannes *’*, Monaco’, Mentone *, @ Solanum
nigrum, VIII-IX *”°, excl. IX—XI *’—S. Spain *” **: Chiclana,
14. [11 °°. Canaries—Trnerire: Puerto Orotava, @ Hyoscyamus
albus, 10: V, excl. 6-16. VI. 1907 (Wism.).

After persistingly searching plants of Hyoscyamus albus in the
expectation of finding Gelechia hyoscyamella Mill., I at last found
larvae mining the leaves of two or three plants only, among
several, ina lane east of Puerto Orotava. 'To my surprise these
produced rather dark varieties of Gelechia epithymella Stgr.,
which has been recorded as feeding on Solanwm nigrum in the
south of France, but which has not hitherto been observed in
Tenerife.

39. (2636:1) GELECHIA MICRADELPHA W1lsm.

Gelechia micradelpha Wlsm. Ent. Mo. Mag. XXXVI. 217-8
no. 1916°3 (1900)* ; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 264 no. 2694ter
CSO).

1907.) . MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 941

Hab. 8. France **: Perpignan, @ Lyciwm ewropaeum, 22. V,
excl. 7-9. VI. 1899 (Wism.)*. Auemria: Biskra, 13. II - 7.
IV.1903, @ Lyctum europaeum, 12. 1, excl. 6. IIL. 1904 (Wism.) :
Hammam-es-Salahin, 22. II] — 30. IV. 1904 (Wism.). Canaries
—Tenerire: Santa Cruz, 10. 1. 1907 (Wism.); Puerto Orotava,
27. ITV. 1904 (Wism.).

This obscure little species is common among Lycium afrwm,
west of Santa Cruz, and east of Orotava. It has not hitherto
been known to occur in the Canaries, unless it be the same as the
worn specimen, taken by von Hedemann at Orotava, 14. 1V. 1895,
recorded as Lita sp., by Rebel, Ann. KK. Hofmus. X1. 127, 146
no. 191 (1896): XXI. 44 no. 211 (1906).

40. (2712:1) GELECHIA SCIURELLA, sp.n. (Plate LI. fig. 14.)

Antennae dark grey, with blackish annulations. Palpi hoary,
much sprinkled and suffused with black and chestnut-brown,
except on the inner side of the median joint, which appears
shghtly serrate beneath. Head and Thorax steely grey. Fore-
wings whitish grey, mottled, suffused, and blotched with chestnut-
brown and black; the former prevailing especially along the
costal area, from the base to beyond the middle, and in a diffused
patch a little beyond the upper angle of the cell; the latter
especially in a roundish spot on the fold near the base, in a large
reniform patch before the middle, its lower edge crossing the
fold, and in an inverted, upwardly attenuate, oblique patch resting
on the outer end of the fold; the apex and termen are also
speckled with black ; cilia smoky greyish, with some pale brown
around the apex. Hap. al. 10-12 mm. Hindwings subiridescent,
bluish grey; cilia tawny grey. Abdomen grey. Legs greyish
fuscous, pale cinereous at the joints.

Type 2 (14290) Funchal Mus. Wisi.

Hab. Madeiras—Manperra: Funchal, 2600 ft., 8. ITI. 1902
(Zaton). Canaries—Trnerire: Guimar, 27. II - 12. IV. 1907
(Wism.); Avafo, 13. 1V.1907 (Wism.). Seven specimens.

Most nearly allied to provinciella Stn., but smaller and more
glossy ; the darker shades are greyer, and the ground-colour is
more cinereous, less ochreous. I have had the type in my col-
lection for some years: the capture of six worn specimens in
Tenerife has induced me to describe it.

19. (800) PLATYEDRA Meyr.
4]. (2509) PLATYEDRA VILELLA Z.

Geiechia' vilella Z. Isis 1847. 846-7 no. 393'. Platyedra vilella
Meyr. HB. Br. Lip. 605 (1895)*; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 141
no. 2509 (1901) ’.

Hab. WC-C. and 8. EUROPE—Spatn: sevitta: Corrio
del Rio, 10. XIT. 1900; Alcalar, 12. XII. 1900 (Wism.): capiz:
Jerez de la Frontera, 18. XII. 1900; Chiclana, 22-25. IT. 1901

63*

942 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE | Nov. 26,

(Wism.): MALAGA: Malaga, 2. I. 1901 (Wism.). WC. ASIA.
N. AFRICA—Morocco: Tangier, 13. IV. 1901 (Wism.) —
Ateerta: Biskra, 7. III. 1903 (Wilsm.). Canaries—TENERIFE :
Villa Orotava, 19. II. 1907 (Wism.); near Tacaronte, 29. IV.
1907 (IWlsm.).

Two specimens: one taken at Villa Orotava, the other between
Villa Orotava and Tacaronte.

20. (83001) PHTHORIMAEA Meyvr.

PHTHORIMAEA Meyr. Ent. Mo. Mag. XX XVIII. 103-4 (1902)";
Buseck Bull. US. Nat. Mus. 52.502 (1902): Pr. US. Nat. Mus.
XXV. 773, 821-3. Pl 30-19 (1903)"; Meyr- Pro Ging Sac;
NSW. XXIX. 259, 315-6 no. 20 (1904) *.

“Antennae +, in 3 simple, basal jomt elongate, without pecten.
Labial Palpi long, recurved, second joint expanded with rough
projecting scales beneath, terminal joint as long as second, acute.
Forewings: 2 and 3 parallel, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to costa. ind-
wings 1, trapezoidal, apex produced, acute, termen bisinuate,
cilia 12; in g with long pencil of hairs lying along costa from
base beneath forewings; 3 and 4 connate, 5 somewhat approxi-
mated to 4, 6 and 7 remote, nearly parallel.

“ \ North American genus of several species, of which one has
been artificially introduced with its food-plant into widely sepa-
rated regions; it is a derivative of Gnorimoscheme Busck. Imago
with forewings elongate, pointed.” (Weyrick, lc. 4.)

42. (2509-1) PHTHORIMAEA OPERCULELLA Z.

=$ terrella Wkr.; =solanella Bdv.; =tabacella Regt. ; = sedata
Btl.; =*piscipellis Hwrd. (nec Z.).

Gelechia terrella Whkr. Cat. Lp. BM. XXX. 1024 (1864) °.
Gelechia (? Bryotropha) operculella Z. Verh. ZB. Ges. Wien
XXIIT: 1873. Abh. 262-3. Pl. 3: 17 (1873)*. Bryotropha
solanella Bdv. J. B. Soc. Centr. Hort. (XI. 1874)*. Gelechia
tabacella Rgt. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. XLVIII (4 s. IX: 1879)
pp. exlvi-vii (1880)*. Gelechia sedata Btl. Cist. Ent, II. 560
no. 88 (1880)°*. Litha solanella Alph. Mem. Lp. Rmhf, V. 231
no. 56 (1889)°; Holt White B. & M. Ten. 95 no. 20 (1894) *.
Lita solanella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 274-5, 282 no. 57
(1892)®: TX. 18, 89 no. 171 (1894)°: XI. 127, 146 no. 190
(1896) *°: XIII. 381 no. 204 (1899): XXI. 44 no, 210 (1906).
Gelechia (Lita) solanella Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 146 no, 2636
(1901). Phthorimaea operculella Meyr. Ent. Mo. Mag. XXXVI.
103-4 (1902)™; Busck Bull. US. Nat. Mus. 52. 502 no. 5616
(1902): Pr. US. Nat. Mus. XXV. 821-2. Pl. S019) (905) ae
Meyr. Pr. Lin. Soe. NSW. XXIX. 316 no, 94 (1904) *; Wlsm.
En: Hawaii de 468258 le (745) for, (oS inoy 21 Pla
(1907).

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 945

Hab. WEST INDIES. UNITED STATES. HAWAITTA.
TAHITI. AUSTRALIA. NEW ZEALAND. 8. EUROPE—
Spary. N. AFRICA—Atceria. 4 mining leaves, shoots,
stems, tubers: Lycopersicum esculentum; Nicotiana tabacwm ;
Solanum carolinense, melongena, tuberosum, 1-XII, excl. I-XI1.
Canaries *’” °—Ternprire*”™*”: TV. 1885 (Leech); Guimar, 2.
III - 16. IV. 1907 (Wism.); La Laguna, 3-23. V. 1907 (Wism.);
Puerto Orotava, IX (Alpheraky) *°.—Fvunrteventura™*’ *: Rio
Palma, 20. X. 1890 (Simony)’.

Not uncommon in March and April at Guimar, and at La
Laguna in May ; often, but not exclusively, near potato-fields.

[For Index to full list of references vide Wlsm. |. c. 18.|

21. (306°01) TRICHOTAPHE Clms.

TricnorapHe Clms. Pr. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. XII. 166 (1860)*:
Clms-Stn. Tin. N. Am. 121 (1872); Busck Bull. US. Nat. Mus.
52. 505-7 (1902) ’: Pr. US. Nat. XXV. 772, 906-16. Pl. 32° 33
(1903) *.

“Antennae serrate, often more or less ciliated. Labial Palpi
long, recurved; second joint thickened with scales, appressed
and smooth in front and laterally, smooth, or more or less long-
haired above (on the inner side); terminal joint long, but shorter
than second joint, slender, smooth, pointed. Forewings elongate,
apex obtuse; 12 veins, 7 and 8 stalked, 2 and 3 stalked. Hind-
wings broader than forewings, slightly sinuate below apex,
trapezoidal, anal angle rounded ; 8 veins, 3 and 4 connate with
a tendency to become short-stalked, 5 approximate to 4, 6 and 7
connate with a tendency to become short-stalked. Discal vein
in several species with a tendency to become obsolete.” (Busch,

1. ¢. 3.)

43. (2270°01) TricHoTaPHE LAMPROSTOMA Z.
=zulu Wlsm.

Gelechia lamprostoma Z. Isis. 1847. 851-2 no. 400°. Gelechia
zulu Wlsm. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881. 261-2. Pl. 12° 30°.
Anacampsis lamprostoma Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 154 no. 2848
(1901) *. <Aproaerema lamprostoma Wism. Ent. Mo. Mag.
XXXVIT. 236 (1901)*. Onebala lamprostoma Wism. Ent. Mo.
Mag. XL, 267-8 no. 277071 (1904)’. Anacampsis (Onebala)
lamprostoma Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XXI. 38, 44 no. 213
(1906) °.

Hab. SW. ASIA®’: VI*. 8. EUROPE» * °’—Srctny, V*’*’
—Spain, V**. AFRICA—Atnceria : [TV °—Gampia: XI ’.—
Natau: VII; XII*. Canaries—Tenerire’: (White, 1905) °:
Puerto Orotava, 10. V. 1907, @ Convolvulus althaeoides, 10. V,
excl. 15. VI. 1907 (Wism.).

I bred a single specimen from a larva found at Puerto Orotava ;
this did not emerge until June 5th, although I captured five

944 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

specimens on the same spot on May 10th, when I found the larva
feeding on Convolvulus althaeoides: the food-plant of this species
was hitherto unknown.

44, (2270°02) TRicHoTaAPHE CONVOLVULI, sp. n.
(Plate LI. fig. 16.)

= Ceratophora sp. Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 275, 283 no. 58
(1892)'. Brachmia (Ceratophora) sp. Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus.
XXI. 44 no. 216 (1906) ?.

Antennae dark tawny fuscous. Palpi dull whitish ochreous,
unspotted ; the median joint clothed with closely appressed scales.
Head whitish ochreous. Thorax dark tawny fuscous. Forewings
dark tawny fuscous, with a small, narrow, elongate, pale ochreous
costal spot at four-fifths from the base; on the cell, at one-third
from the base, is an elongate blackish spot, followed by another
at two-thirds—each rather obscurely annulate with chestnut-
brown scales ; a similar spot lies in the fold, straight below the
first discal, and a row of minute ochreous spots precedes the dark
tawny grey cilia. Hap. al. 13-15 mm. Hindwings brownish
grey, with a slender pale ochreous line along the base of the
otherwise unicolorous cilia. Abdomenfuscous. Legs dark tawny
fuscous; the spurs and joints of the tarsi pale cinereous.

This species (which is obviously the same as Ceratophora sp.
Rbl.) is closely allied to juncidella Clms., but differs in its darker
face and palpi: the median joint of the palpi is more roughly
scaled, and the pale costal spot is distinctly visible on the under
side of the forewings.

Type 2 (99004); 3g (99005); @ (99006) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Canaries—TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, 19-22. I. 1907,
® Ipomoea quinquefolia, 19.1, excl. 20. TT — 2. 111.1907 (Wism.).
—Gran Canarta: (Richter)**. Thirty-two specimens.

Bred from larvae reminding one much of those of brachmia
rufescens Hw. in their black and white oblique striping. Head
honey-yellowish, edged with blackish; pronotal plate honey-
yellow, posteriorly broadly black-margined lunately, suture
honey-yellow ; mesothorax, metathorax, and abdominal somites
T-II blackish, mesothorax conspicuously separated by white from
the metathorax and prothorax, the latter similarly separated
from the head; abdominal somites III-IX white, with blackish
markings—the lateral markings are oblique, as in rufescens, but
having no pale dorsal stripe to interrupt them, anteriorly above,
they form on each segment a complete arcuate band, followed on
somites ITI-VIT by a transverse bar of the same colour, but on
V this bar is not apparent, owing to dark dorsal suffusion ;
normal spots distinct, black; legs black, abdominal claspers
tipped with blackish ; Jong. 15 mm. (99006 Mus. Wlsm.). The
larvae roll the leaves of Zpomoea quinquefolia in January, and are
extremely abundant on this introduced plant at Santa Cruz,
especially on a wall below the Quisisana Hotel.

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 945

22. (34911) APATEMA Wlsin.

Aparema Wlsm. Ent. Mo. Mag. XXXVI. 219-20 (1900); Stgr-
Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 265 no. 348% (1901).

45, (3050°1) APpATEMA FASCIATUM Stn.

n. synn.=*quadripuncta Stn. (nec Hw.); =coarctella Rbl.; =me-
diopallidum Wlsm.

Gelechia fasciata Stn. Ann-Mag. NH. (3s.). III. 213 no. 18(1859)’;
Wkr. Cat. Lp. BM. XXIX. 628 (1864)*. *Oegoconia *quadri-
puncta Stn. Tin. Syr. As-Min. 41 no. 23 (1867)°. Hypatima
fasciata Wism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 538, 554 no. 56 (1894) °.
Lampros coarctella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 129-30, 147
no. 198, Pl. 3° 11 (1896) *. <Apatema mediopallidum Wism. Ent.
Mo. Mag. XXXVI. 220 no. 2223: 1 (1900)°; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp.
Pal. II. 265 no. 3049" (1901)". Aypatima fasciata Stgr-Rbl.
Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 164 no. 3073 (1901)*. Borkhausenia coarctella
Ster-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 178 no. 3380(1901)’: Rb]. Ann. KK.
Hofmus. X XI. 44 no. 229 (1906)”°.

Hab. WC. ASIA—Patestixe’: Plains of Jordan, 1865 (0. P.
Cambridge). S. EUROPE—Corsica*": Ajaccio, 6. V. 1896
(Wism.)°; Ile Rousse, 5. VI. 1898 (W7sm.)°—S. SPAIN: GRANADA:
Granada, 13-17. VI. 1901 (Wisim.)—Grpratrar: 3. VI. 1903
(Wism.). N. AFRICA—Morocco: Tangier, 14. TV —18. V. 1902
(Wism.\)—Auceria: Biskra, 9. TV. 1903 (Wism.). Madeiras***”**
—Maperra*’: Funchal’, The Mount (Wollaston) —DEsERTA
Grande" *: (Wollaston)**. Canaries” *’’—TENERIFE 7,10: Santa
Cruz, 2. I — 20. II. 1907 (Wlsm.); Guimar, 20. III. 1904 (Zaton),
9. IIT -18. IV. 1907 (Wism.); La Laguna, 27. III. 1904 (Zaton),
23. V.1907 (Wism.); Puerto Orotava, 26-30. IV. 1895 (Hede-
mann)’, 21. 1V -2. V. 1907 (Wism.).—Gran Canarta’’?: Las
Palmas, 9. V. 1895 (Hedemann)’.

Having placed this species in the Oecophoridae, through failing
to observe that veins 6 and 7 of the hindwings were stalked,
Prof. Rebel not unnaturally overlooked my genus Apatema (Gele-
chiadae, 1900), allied to Oecogenia (*Oegoconia) Stn., and Symmoca
Hb. ; and when describing mediopallidum, from Corsica, I over-
looked the Madeiran Gelechia fasciata Stu., which I had erro-
neously referred to Hypatima Stgr-Wk. (nec Hb.) in 1594. The
specimen which Stainton recorded as Oegoconia quadripuncta Hw.,
from the Jordan (9212 Mus. Wlsm.), is dpatema fusciata Stn.,
badly worn.

‘It should be observed that Hypatopa Wlsm. Pr. US. Nat.
Mus. XX XIII. 200, 211 (1907) =*Hypatima HS. (nec Hb.) type
Ocecophora inunctella Z., and that Hypatima Hb. (nec HS.)=
Chelaria Hw. |

46. (3050°2) APATEMA LUCIDUM, sp.n. (Plate LIT. fig. 3.)
_ Antennae greyish ochreous; basal joint black above. Palpi

946 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

pale ochreous, the median joint shaded on its basal half with
black, and with a black spot on its distal half externally. Head
and Thorax pale ochreous, the latter slightly shaded with fawn-
brown anteriorly. orewings pale ochreous, partially shaded
with umber-brown, especially below the fold, on the outer half of
the costa, and around the apex where the dark scales project
more or less through the pale ochreous cilia; the extreme base of
the costa is narrowly black, a few black scales being scattered
along the base of the dorsum; at one-third from the base are two
small black spots placed obliquely in the cell, sometimes confluent,
and beneath the outer one is a stronger black spot in the fold;
beyond these, at the end of the cell and preceded by a small
elongate spot at its upper edge, is an oblique reniform patch,
covering the discoidal and produced inward from the upper angle
—these markings are subject to more or less modification, and
are less distinct in some specimens than in others, but their posi-
tion is uniformly maintained. Hap. al. 13-l4mm. Hindwings
pale straw-whitish ; cilia pale ochreous. Abdomen and Legs pale
ochreous, the tibiae and tarsi slightly shaded with brownish on
their outer sides.

Type 3 (98242); 2 (98241) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Tenerire: Forest de la Mina, 7. IV. 1904 (Haton) ;
Realejo, 7. V. 1907 (Wism.) ; Las Mercedes, 19. V. 1907 (Wism.);
La Laguna, 23. V. 1907 (Wism.) ; Tacaronte, 31. V. 1907 (Wlsm.).
Thirteen specimens.

This species is somewhat larger on the average than Apatema
fasciatum,and the forewings are uniformly broader; their mvariably
ochracevus ground-colour and the distribution of the black spots,
with the absence of any distinct shade across the base, serve to
distinguish it from its ally—like the forewings the hindwings are
also of an entirely different hue, It does not appear to be a
common species.

23. (349°2) AMBLOMA, gn. n.
(@pZAwpa =abortion.)
Type Ambloma brachyptera W\sm.

Antennae without pecten ; a little longer than the forewings;
simplein ¢. Maxillary Palpi short. Labial Palpi bent upwards,
reaching to vertex ; median joint moderately clothed with slightly
projecting scales below at apex; terminal joint short, smooth.
Head and Thorax smooth. Forewings very short, tapering rapidly
toa slightly depressed, obtusely pointed apex; costa evenly convex,
flexus rather squarely developed, dorsum straight beyond the
flexus: neuration 12 veins; 7 and 8 stalked, to costa; 6 out of
stalk of (7+8); cell short. Mindwings $, much shorter, but of
the same shape as the forewings; cilia 13: newration 8 veins ;
6 and 7 stalked; 3 and 4 stalked. Abdomen smooth. Legs, hind
tibiae moderately hairy.

Allied to Apatema Wlsm. and Symmoca Hb., but differing in

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 947

its curiously aborted appearance, which recalls the form of Hm-
bryonopsis Ktn. and Hodegia Wlsm., both insular forms, and, in
the European fauna, the 2 of Chimabacche Hb.

47. (3050°3) AMBLOMA BRACHYPTERA, Sp. 0.
(Plate LI. fig. 18.)

Antennae dark greyish fuscous, the basal joint hoary white.
Palpi greyish fuscous externally, hoary white on their inner sides,
and around the apex of the median joint. Head and Thorax
hoary white, the latter with grey sprinkling. Forewings hoary
white, profusely sprinkled with dark stone-grey scales, but devoid
of pattern; a slight spot of ochreous suffusion on the cell a little
before the middle of the wing; cilia hoary whitish, with a slight
admixture of grey, especially about the tornus. Hap. al. 9 mm.
Hindwings whitish grey; cilia pale grey. Abdomen ochreous;
anal tuft hoary white. Legs whitish, dusted with brownish grey,
the tarsi faintly banded.

Type 3 (99007) Mus. Wism.

Hab. TENERIFE: Guimar, 6. III. 1907. Unique.

Found under leaves of Lotus sessilifolius, on the black sand
of the coast near Puerto Guimar. No other specimen seen.

24. (348°01) CHERSOGENES, gn. n.
(yepsoyeryjs=bred on dry land.)
Type Chersogenes victimella W\sm.

Antennae 1, simple in ¢ ; without pecten. JMJawillary Palpi
moderate. Labial Palpi extending fully three times the lengtb.
of the head beyond it; median joint thickly clothed above and
beneath, the lower scales projecting nearly half the length of the
slender, erect terminal joint, beyond its base. Haustellwm
moderate. Head and Thorax moderately smooth. Sorewings
narrow, elongate, lanceolate, with straightened costa and slightiy
curved dorsum tapering to a point : newration 12 veins; 7 and 8
stalked, 7 to termen ; rest separate. Hindwings as broad as the
forewings, considerably shorter, but much the same shape; cilia
14: newration 8 veins; 6 and 7 long-stalked; 3 and 4 long-stalked.
Abdomen smooth, somewhat flattened ; uncus and claspers SaKoHg
developed. Legs, hind tibiae slightly hairy.

This genus is most nearly allied to Epanastasis Wlsm., ‘but
differs in the structure of the palpi.

48. (3022°01) CHERSOGENES VICTIMELLA, Sp. n.
(Plate LI. fig. 17.)
Antennae dark brownish fuscous. Palpi hoary whitish, sprinkled
with fuscous scales on their outer sides. Head and Thorax
cinereous, dusted with fuscous. forewings pale cinereous,

948 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [| Nov. 26,

densely sprinkled with fuscous throughout, except along a narrow
line running from the base to the lower angle of the cell, with
a shght break about. its middie; on either side of this ine ak
is a small spot of raised dark fuscous scales, two similar spots
appearing on either side of the outer end of the pale line, the
lower spot in each case being a little further from the base than
the one above it; there is also an indication of a small group of
dark fuscous scales resting on the upper edge of the cell at its
base; cilia cinereous, sprinkled with fuscous. Hap. al. 12 mm.
Hindwings and cilia dark tawny brown. Abdomen brownish
cinereous. Legs pale cinereous, slightly dusted with fuscous.

Type 3 (99008) Mus. W1sm.

Hab. TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, 29. TV. 1907. Unique.

The most persistent efforts to secuve another specimen of this
very distinct species were unsuccessful.

25. (848'02) EPANASTASIS, gn. n.
(émavacracis = rebellion.)
Type Holeopogon sophroniellus Rbl.

Antennae nearly as long as the forewings, slightly serrate ;
without pecten. J/axillary Palpi short, dependent. Labial
Palpi clothed with projecting scales beneath, these extending
beyond the base of the terminal joint; terminal joint not more
than half the length of median, smooth. AHaustellwm well-
developed. Head and Thorax smooth. Vorewings elongate, lan-
ceolate, the dorsum slightly more convex than the costa: newration
12 veins; 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to termen; rest separate. Hind-
wings 1, apex slightly depressed, termen very oblique, almost
sinuate, flexus moderately developed; cilia 1: newration 8 veins;
6 and 7 long-stalked: 3 and 4stalked. Abdomen smooth. Legs,
hind tibiae slightly hairy above.

Has much the appearance of Apiletria Ldr., to which it is closely
alhed, but differs in having vein 7 of the forewings to termen, in
which it a erees with Symimoca Hhb.; differing from Symmoca, as
also from A piletria, in its more roughly clothed palpi, with much
shorter terminal joint.

49, (5022°02) EPANASTASIS SOPHRONIELLA Rbl.

Holeopogon sophroniellus Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. IX. 18, 89-90
no. 174 (1894)*: XI. 128-9, 147 no. 196, Pl. 3+ 10-10* (1896)?:
XITT. 381 no. 210 SEE ES XXI. 44 no. 217 (1906) *: Stgr-Rbl.
Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 160 no. 2980 (1901)’.

Type 3 (61057) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Canaries *’ — TeNeRIFE*?: IV. 5 (Leech) '—GRANn
Canarta*’: Teror, 10. V. 1895 dace ome

Despite per sistent search I did not meet with this species.

1907. ] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 949

26. (348) SYMMOCA Hb.
50. (303571) Symmoca caNnariensis Rb]. (Plate LIT. fig. 1.)

Symmoca canariensis Rb]. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XXI. 38-9, 44
no. 218 (1906) *

Hab. Texerire’: 1905 (W. W. White)*; Santa Cruz, 4-29. II.
1907 (Wism.), 3. 1V. 1904 (Laton), 29. 1V.1907 (Wism.) ; Guimar,
2. III — 14. IV. 1907 (Wism.); Arafo, 13-14. IV. 1907 (Wism.) ;
Puerto Orotava, 21. TV — 10. V.1907 (Wism.); La Laguna, 23. V.
1907 (Wism.).

I carefully examined the single specimen, in Mr. White’s collec-
tion, at Guimar, which is the type of Symmoca canariensis Rbl., and
bearing in mind the appearance of Holcopogon sophroniellus Rbl.,
at first imagined they must be the same, but, although I cannot
agree with Prof. Rebel in placing sophroniellus in the genus Hol-
copogon Stgr. (which has been wrongly included in the Gelechiadae,
and must be removed to the Hyponomeutidac), the shorter terminal
joint of the palpi, even without other more important characters,
is at once sufficient to separate it from the Symmoca. I found
S. canariensis almost the commonest insect in the Island; it was
abundant at Santa Cruz and Guimar, but I have no clue to the
habits of the larva.

A fine series of 64 specimens exhibits considerable variation : in
some the costal margin is broadly and conspicuously darkened, in
contrast to the dull white ground-colour; in others a suffusion
extends more or less over the whole wing; while ir others again
there is a yellowish streak along the cell, or sometimes two pairs
of obliquely placed fuscous spots, before and beyond the middle,
recalling vividly the pattern of oxyhiella Mill., but more obliquely
placed than in that species, and exhibiting scarcely any of the
yellowish scales which are there to be found on the outer edge of
the spots. Some of the smaller and more suffused varieties show
a faint indication of these spots and approach very closely, except
in colour, the only two specimens which I am obliged to eliminate
from my series and to describe under another name (aegrella, sp.n.).
S. canariensis was not found at the time and place where the new
species occurred.

51. (3035-2) Symmoca AEGRELLA, sp. n. (Plate LIT. fig. 2.)

Antennae and Palpi sandy ochraceous. Head and Thoraz pale
ochreous. Forewings sandy ochreous, dusted with fawn-brownish
scales, slightly more thickly above and below than upon the cell ;
cilia pale sandy ochreous. Erp. al. 15-14 mm. Hindwings
shining, pale straw-ochreous, a little more brownish toward the
apex; cilia very pale sandy ochreous. Abdomen and Legs pale
sandy ochreous.

Type 3 (99009) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Texerire: La Laguna, 9. VI. 1907. Two specimens.

This species, which agrees with canariensis im having veins 3

950 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 26,

and 4 of the forewings short-stalked, differs in its ochreous, rather
than whitish, or greyish, colouring ; in its paler and more ochreous
hindwings, and in the absence of a dark shade along the outer
side of the median joint of the palpi, which are also somewhat
more slender in appearance.

27. (347) EPIDOLA Ster.
52. (3019) Epipoua sticMa Ster.

Epidola stigna Stgr. Stett. Ent. Ztg. XX. 244 no. 93 (1859)*;
Stn. Tin. S-Hur. 141, 152 no. 32 (1869)*; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal.
THE WGA ma@, BONE) (USO) *. -

Hab. S. EUROPE—Corstca: Punta Parata, © Prankenia
pulverulenta, 7. VI, excl. 1. LX. 1899 (Wism.); Ajaccio, @ Crith-
mum maritimum, 10. VI, excl. 7. 1X. 1899 (Wilsm.)—S. Sparn 7? :
Chiclana, @ Quercus coccifera, 1V, excl. VI (Stgr.)**; Coto,
Granada, © Cistus, Helianthemwm, IV-V. 1901 (Wisin.).
N. AFRICA—-Morocco: Tangier, © 29. LL. 1902 (Wism.) ; Cape
Spartel, © on palings, 14. IV. 1902 (Wilsm.)—Auceria: Con-
stantine (Stgr.). Canaries—TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, & on rocks,
30. I — 10. V. 1907 (Wism.).

I found, at different dates, six cases of this species on the rocks,
above the Hotel Quisisana at Santa Cruz, but failed to rear any
of them, repeating my previous experience as to the difficulty of
breeding it. From more than a hundred cases, collected at Granada,
not a single specimen emerged ; but the few cases previously found
in Corsica all produced the moth in due course. Jam quite at a
loss to account for the failures. Similar cases are made by species
of the Australian genus Ocystola Meyr. (Oecophoridae).

II. BLASTOBASIDAE.

28. (351) BLASTOBASIS Z.

Prof. Rebel recorded the occurrence of Llastobasis roscidella Z.
in the Canaries [Ann. KK. Hofmus. TX. 18, 90 no. 177 (1894)],
on the strength of a specimen (61060) received from me in 1895.
This was one of a series of seven specimens (61058-64) taken in
Tenerife, by the late Mr. J. H. Leech, in April 1885, and is now
recognised as Scythris fasciatella Ret. (3536), vide no. 86, p. 973.

53. (3054) BLASTOBASIS PHYCIDELLA Z.

Oecophora (Scythris) phycidella Z. Isis 1839. 193 no.35'. Blasto-
basis phycidella Stgr-Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 309 no. 2303 (1871) °*;
Mill. Cat. Lp. Alp-Mar. 346 (1875)°; Hrtm. MT. Miinch. Ent.
Ver. IV. 33 no. 2303 (1880)*; Sragn. Kleinschm. MBrndbe.
221-2 no. 305 (1886)°; MP-FT. Nat. Sic. VIII. 187 (1889) °;
Meyr. Ent. Mo. Mag. XX VII. 59 (1891)". DBlastobasis ? phyct-

1907. ] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 951

della Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 276, 283 no. 60 (1892) °.
Blastobasis phycidella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. IX. 18, 90 no. 176
(1894)°: XXIT. 44 no. 220 (1906); Sbld. Deutsche Ent. Zts.
Tris XI. 317 (1898) “; Ster-Rbl. Cas. Lp. Pal. II. 163 no. 3054
(CUSKOIL)) =

Jala. — NOL GNSWU 5 FS) ADENOMA, > Po Coat
MANY ~-?~ 7? °—S, AUSTRIA ~’ ”—SWITZERLAND’—ITALY~: San
Remo, 2. IV. 1893 (Wism.); Rome, 10-25. TV. 1893 (Wlsm.)—
Sicrty ” “—Corsica: Ajaccio, 4-6. V. 1896, 16. VI. 1899 (Wlsm.)
—S. France*: Cannes, 20. IV. 1890, 1. VI. 1892, @ Rubia
peregrina, excl. V. 1881 (Wism.); Napoule, 24. V. 1892 (Wism.) ;
Thues-les-bains, 18-21. VI. 1900 (Wilsm.)—Spain ‘+: GRANADA:
Granada, 17. VI. 1901 (Wism.): Gipraurar, 3. VI. 1903 (Wism.).
N. AFRICA—Ategria™” *: El-Biar, 21. IV. 1893 (Haton) ;
Bone, 11. V. 1896 (Haton); Azazga, 2. IX. 1893 (Haton)—
Morocco: Tangier, 2-4. V. 1902 (Wism.). Canaries °7” °—
TENERIFE® ’: IV. 1885 (Leech)®; La Laguna, 23. V — 9. VI.
1907 (Wism.)—Gran Canaria ~'’: (Richter) °°.

Five 3 ¢ from La Laguna at the end of May and the beginning
of June: one of these specimens (¢ 98233), with broader and
more pointed wings, taken on May 23rd, is abnormally large (exp.
al. 19°5 mm.) for a representative of this species, but it cannot
otherwise be separated.

Rebel mentions a single worn 3, with notched antennae and
hindwings similar to those of phycidella Z., as taken at Orotava,
20. IV [ Blastobasis sp. Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 132 no. 201>
(1896)]. He apparently regarded it as distinct from both
phycidella and rubsginosella,

54. (3056) BuasToBasis RUBIGINOsELLA Rbl,
=sp. 179 Rbl.

Blastobasis sp. Rbl. Ann, KK. Hofmus. IX. 18, 91 no. 179 (1894):
XXII, 44 no. 223 (1906)°. Slastobasis rubiginosella Rbl. Ann.
KK. Hofmus. XT. 130-1, 147 no. 200, Pl. 3- 12 (1896)°: XOXT.
44° no. 221 (1906) *: Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 163 no. 3056
(USO)

Hab. TENERIFE*’: IV. 1885 (Zeech)*; Guimar, 4. IIT-16.
TV. 1907 (Wilsm.); La Laguna, 8. IV. 1904 (Haton), 7. VI. 1907
(Wism.); Puerto Orotava, 21. IV. 1895 (Hedemann)*, 30. TV. 1907
(Wism.); Las Mercedes, 29. V—7. VI. 1907 (Wlsm.); Tacaronte,
31. V. 1907 (Wism.).

Twenty-eight specimens were taken at Guimar, Tacaronte,
Puerto Orotava, Las Mercedes, and La Laguna, from March 4th
to June 7th, but the larva remains unknown.

The specimen mentioned by Rebel as Llastobasis sp. 179 (1. ¢. 1)
is in my collection ($ 61053); itis undoubtedly a worn ¢ of rubi-
ginosella; the type of the species, when subsequently described,
haying been a @.

952 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

55. (3056'1) Buasropasis VELUTINA, sp.n. (Plate LIT. fig. 4.)

Antennae and Palpi ash-grey, the latter sprinkled with black
scales. Head and Thorax ash-grey. orewings ash-grey, with a
short square patch of black scales at the base of the costa, followed
at a distance equal to its own length by a broad transverse band
of black scales, some conspicuously raised, especially along its outer
edge, which is convex and reaches nearly to the middle of the
wing; its inner edge approaches nearer to the base on the dorsum
than on the costa; beyond this patch, which in some specimens
appears divided into two fasciue, the wing is much more sparingly
bestrewn with black scales, which however are somewhat
thickened on the margins at three-fourths, and around the apex ;
cilia brownish cinereous. Hap. al. 11-14 mm. Hindwings
brownish grey; cilia brownish cinereous. Abdomen ash-grey,
shaded at the sides and posteriorly with black; pale cinereous
beneath. Zegs brownish cinereous, the tarsi blackish, with whitish
cinereous annulations.

Type S (98258); 2 (98263) Mus. W1sm.

Hab. TENERIFE: Guimar, 9-30. IIT. 1907; Tacaronte, 31. V.
1907; La Laguna, 9. VI. 1907. Four specimens.

Allied to rubiginosella Rbi., but distinguished by the broad,
dark, transverse band before the middle of the wing. The antennae
are deeply notched in the 3.

56. (3060) BLASTOBASIS FUSCOMACULELLA Ret.
=seeboldiella Kreithn.*; = *marmarosella Rbl. (nec Wlstn.) *™.

Oecophora fuscomaculella Ret. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. XLVIIT. (5 s.
TX: 1879). p. exli (1880) *. Oececophora seeboldiella Kreithner
Verh. ZB. Ges. Wien XXXI. SB. 20-1 (1881)*. Blastobasis
marmarosella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 276-8, 283 no. 61.
Pl. 7: 6-6 9 (1892)°: IX. 18, 90-1 no. 178 (1894) *. Blasto-
basis fuscomaculella Wism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 538, 549
no. 47 (1894)’; Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XT. 130, 147 no. 199
(1896)°. Sbld. Deutsche Ent. Zts. Iris XI. 317. Pl. 11: 15
(1898)". Blastobasis fuscomaculeila Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus.
XIII. 377, 381 no. 213 (1899)": XXT. 44 no. 224 (1906) *: Stgr-
bl Cait. dips Pale MEGS moc3060(q20n)es

Habe SPAUN 2 owe Bilbao a: kV On Velie sy Wall Pon
mucaL’ * “: Coimbra’. Madeiras — Maprrra*® *. Ca-
naries °° °°—Tnerirn®»® *°: TV.1885 (Leech)*; La Laguna,
23. V—7. VI. 1907 (Wlsm.), VI. (Cabrera)*; Puerto Orotava,
TX. 1889 (Stmony)* “— Higrro*: Valverde, 9-14. II. 1898
(Hintz) *.

This is apparently a scarce species, I only met with three
specimens. Valverde is in Hierro, not in Tenerife.

We)
Bi
ies)

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE.

29. (35174) PROSTHESIS, gn. n.
(zpoceots =an addition.)
Type Prosthesis exclusa, sp. n.

Antennae with pecten; ¢ simple, or minutely ciliate, not
notched, nor attenuate at the base. MJamillary Palpi short, con-
verging. Labial Palpi recurved, reaching above the vertex,
closely clothed ; terminal joint shorter than median. Haustellum
scaled at the base. Headand Thorax smooth. Forewings narrow,
elongate, evenly lanceolate: newration 12 veins; 7 and 8 stalked,
to costa. Hindwings nearly as broad as the forewings, acutely
lanceolate, the costa straighter than the dorsum: neuration 7 veins
(3 and 4 coincident); (8+4) and 5 stalked; 6 and 7 remote,
almost parallel. Abdomen smooth. Legs, hind tibiae moderately
hairy.

This genus agrees with Slastohasis Z., Hpistetus Wlsm., and
Zenodochium Wism.in having 3 and 4 of the hindwings coincident,
stalked, or connate, with 5. It differs from Hpistetus and Zeno-
dochium in having a pecten instead of a conchoidal shield of scales
on the basal joint of the antennae, and from Blastobasis, with
which it agrees in having a pecten on the basal joint, in the
absence of a notch.

57. (3067-1) PRosTHESIS EXCLUSA, sp. n. (Plate LIT. fig. 5.)

Antennae stone-whitish. Palpi stone-greyish, sprinkled with
fuscous; the median joint fuscous on its outer side nearly to the
apex. Head and Thorax stone-grey. orewings pale stone-grey,
sparsely sprinkled with fuscous and rust-brown scales; a small
spot at the base of the costa, a narrow fascia at one-third
from the base, much mixed with rust-brown and strongly
angulated outward on the cell, whence it runs nearer to the
base on the dorsum than on the costa; at two-thirds a rather
strong group of fuscous and brownish scales, on the dorsum,
is more or less connected by scattered scales across the wing
to a smaller costal spot a little nearer to the apex, and these
again are more or less connected with each other by a chain
of six or seven obscure marginal spots running around the
apex ; cilia pale brownish grey. Hap.al.12-l4mm. Hindwings
grey ; cilia brownish grey. dAddomen greyish fuscous, with narrow,
shining, pale steely grey, transverse bands. Legs stone-greyish,
thickly speckled with brownish fuscous on their outer sides.

Type 3 (98291); 9 (98298) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. TENERIFE: Puerto Orotava, 25. 1V —3. V. 1907; La La-
guna, 23. V—9. VI. 1907; Las Mercedes, 29. V—7. VI 1907.

Nineteen specimens.

JO4 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov, 26,

30, (35211) ZENODOCHIUM Wlsm.
Zenopocuium Wlsm. Ent. Mo. Mag. XLIV. 49 (1908).

Type Zenodochium monopetali W sm.

58. (80692) ZENCDOCHIUM POLYPHAGUM, Sp. 0.
(Plate LIT. fig. 6.)

= Blastobasis sp. Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 131, 147 no. 2014
(1896)*: XX. 44 no. 222 (1906) *.

Antennae brownish fuscous. Palpi brownish fuscous, the distal
end of the median joint narrowly whitish. Head and Thorax
whitish, sprinkled, or sometimes entirely suffused, with brownish
fuscous. Forewings usually dirty whitish, but varying from clear
white to dull ash-colour, with brownish fuscous streaks and
blotches; the usually paler basal third of the wing has a small
spot at the base of the costa, one or two short length-streaks on
and above the fold, and another near the dorsum, and is sometimes
also profusely sprinkled with brownish fuscous scales; at one-
third occurs a slightly inverted triangular costal spot, between
which and an ill-defined, outwardly oblique, dorsal patch the paler
ground-colour asserts itself in a narrow, oblique, separating band ;
on the median area is a short length-streak along the upper edge
of the cell, and much sprinkling (sometimes considerable suffusion)
of brownish fuscous; at three-fourths is a transverse, narrow,
brownish fuscous band, slightly inverted from costa to dorsum,
and sometimes interrupted below the costa,and beyond is another
short median length-streak and a series of about six dentate
streaks around the margin; cilia hoary, faintly sprinkled and
narrowly striated. with brownish grey. Hap. al. 13-20 mm.
Hindwings brownish grey; cilia shining, yellowish brown along
their base, greyer beyond. Abdomen grey. Legs brownish grey.

Type & (98227); 2 (98221); PZ. var. fg (98210) Mus.
Wism.

Hab. Tanprire’~: Puerto Orotava, 24. 1V. 1895 (Hedemann) ’,
93. IV —7. V. 1907, @ in refuse on Artemisia canariensis, 27.
III, excl. 4. VI — 2. VIII. 07, @ Allagopappus dichotomus, 4. 1V,
excl. 4. V — 4. VII. 07, B Senecio kleinia, 1V®, excl. 13-31. V.
07, D Sonchus gummifer, 23. 1V, excl. 23. VI.07, B Pinus cana-
riensis, 20. IV, excl. 19. V—11. VI. 07, @ Rubia fruticosa, II,
excl. 18. V. 07, @ Cytisus proliferus, 22, IV, excl. 29, IV — 10.
VI. 07, @ Rhus coriaria, 28. 1V, excl. 6. VI. 07 (Wism.); Bajomar,
26. V. 1907 (Wism.). Thirty-six specimens (33 bred, 3 captured).

The species varies much in the amount of sprinkling, or suf-
fusion, of brownish fuscous on the ashy ground-colour, some of
the whiter varieties being more plainly marked than others, but
all possess the oblique pale separating line between the costal
triangle and dorsal blotch. In appearance it reminds one rather
of Teemerium anthophagum Stgr., but its nearest ally 1s Zeno-
dochium xylophagum W\sm., a much darker species with indistinct

1907.| MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 955-

markings. I bred thirty-six specimens from accumulated refuse
on Artemisia canariensis (3), <Allagopappus dichotomus (13),
Senecio kleinia (4), and Sonchus gummifer (1)—Compositae; Pinas
canariensis (6)—Coniferae ; Rubia fruticosa (1)—Rubiaceae ; C'y-
tisus proliferus (4)—Leguminosae; and Rhus coriaria (1)—Tere-
binthaceae; these are, I believe, all plants indigenous to the
Island. The larva frequently bores into the stem of the food-
plant before pupation, leaving a hole from which the imago
escapes.

III. OKCOPHORIDAE.

31. (69°01) AGONOPTERYX Hb.
forewings: 2 and 3 stalked; 7 and 8 stalked.

Type Pyralis ocellana ¥.

=TdAcownorrerIx Hb. (Type ocellana F.); =Prinaris Hb. (Type
arenella S-D.); =Trcuonta Hb. (‘Type atomella S-D.); = Epx-
LEusTIA Hb. (Type liturella Hb.); =Harmyiis Tr. (Type assi-
milella Tr.); =*Vorucra Z. (conterminella Z.), nec Ltr.; =
DEPRESSARIA (A) Meyr.

Wallengren [Entomologisk Tidskrift IT. 81 (1881)] described
the new genus Siganorosis for species agreeing with heracliana DG.
in having veins 2 and 3 of the forewings separate, thus restricting
the use of Depressaria Hw. to species with 2 and 3 stalked. Un-
fortunately he overlooked the fact that in 1828 Curtis had cited
heracleanwas the type of Depressaria Hw., and figured its neuration.
Siganorosis Wlgrn. must therefore sink as a synonym of Depres-
saria Hw., and also of Voluera Ltr. The species having 2 and 3
of the forewings stalked form a natural and easily recognisable
genus and should be known as Agonopteryx Hb.

59. (3193:1) AGONOPTERYX CINERARIAE, sp. 0.
(Plate LII. fig. 7.)

Antennae ochraceous, much clouded beyond the base with smoky
fuscous. Palpi pale ochreous, the terminal joint minutely tipped
with black, and having a biack band around it above the middle.
Head and tutted Thorax pale ochreous. orewings with the costa
moderately convex, apex depressed, termen oblique; pale ochreous,
with a few darker fawn-ochreous shades tending to define the
neuration; more or less profusely sprinkled with scattered black
dots, some being placed along the termen, some on the costa, one
on the costa beyond the middle, in position to form an equilateral
triangle with two others on the disc, above and near the first of
which is sometimes a blackish patch; a small black marginal spot
also lies near the base of the dorsum. Hap. al.17-20mm. Hind-
wings very pale, shining, whitish ochreous; cilia still paler.
Abdomen and Legs pale straw-ochreous.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. LXIV. 64

956 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 26,

Type 3 (99011); PT. var. 3 (99012) Mus. Wism.

Hab. Tenerire: Arafo, 13.1V.1907 (Wlsm.); Barranco Lorez,
near Orotava, @ Senecio (Cineraria) populifolius, 7. V, excl. 11-
20. VI. 1907 (Wism.). Seven specimens.

Larvae found in April and May, at Guimar and near Orotava,
on Senecio (Cineraria) populifolius and heritieri, mining between
the upper and under surfaces of the leaves, causing a slightly
puckered appearance, but very dithicult to detect owing to their
pale greenish white colour. Six specimens bred in June, and a
single ¢ taken on the wing above Arafo, April 13th.

Allied to assimilella Tr., but easily separated by the distinct
black spotting on the under side of the costa of the forewings, which
are, as are also the hindwings, much paler than in that species.

60, (3201-1) AGONOPTERYX CONCILIATELLA Rbl.

Depressaria conciliatella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 272-4,
983 no. 55. Pl. 17: 14 2 (1892)*; Wlsm.. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond.
1894, 538, 546 no. 40 (1894)*; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 171
no. 3223 (1901)°: Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XXI. 44 no. 226
(1906) *.

Hab. Stcity'?: Palermo’. Madeiras *°—Maperra?: Fun-
chal; The Mount (Wollaston) *. Canaries *’—TrNnrERIFE': Agua
Mansa and Pedro Gil, @Cytisus proliferus, 20. 1V, excl. 20-23. V.
1907 (Wism.); Pedro Gil, 1420 m., 30. VII. 1889 (Simony) '—
Gran CanartaA': San Mateo, 805 m., 7. VIII. 1890 (Simony)’.

The only named species, of the unrestricted genus Depressaria,
recorded by Rebel in his complete list (1906) is coneiliatella. In
1894 (J. c. 2), I wrote that if I had rightly identified this species
it was very variable. I have now two specimens, bred from larvae
feeding in the leading shoots of Cytisus proliferus, from Pedro Gil
and Agua Mansa respectively, which are much darker than the
Madeiran examples, but not distinguishable in the position and
character of the markings. Professor Rebel, throughout his
description, compares conciliatella with “‘ yeatiana F.,”’ but it is
much more nearly allied to scopariella Hnm., from which indeed
some of the less speckled varieties are almost indistinguishable.
The easiest way to separate them is by the costal markings on the
underside: in conciliatella there is a wide pale band around costa
and termen, much peppered and streaked with fuscous along the
basal half of the costa: in scopariella the pale band is narrower
and decidely less speckled.

61. (8222) AGONOPTERYX YEATSANA F.

=tyeatiana F., t yeatsana. (T. P. Yeats, nom. pr.)

Puralis yeatiana F. Sp. Ins. II. 286 no. 60 (1781). Depressaria
yeatiana Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VIT. 272-4 (1892)*; Stgr-Rbl.
Gut. Lp. Pal. IT. 171 no. 3222 (1901) *.

Hab. C-S. EUROPE ** — Corsica: Corté, @ Heloscyadiwm

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 957

sp., 7. VI, excl. 20. VI. 1898 (Wism.)—S. France: R. Var,
®D Peucedanum palustre, 10. IV, excl. 18. VI. 1896 (Wism.).
N. AFRICA—Morocco: Tangier, @ Heraclewm sp.?, 24 IV,
excl. 19. V. 1902 (Wism.). Canaries —TENERIFE: Puerto
Orotava, 4. V. 1907, @ Umbellifer, 9. V, excl. 10. VI. 1907
(Wism.).

Six specimens taken, and one bred from an Umbellifer, growing
under dripping rocks on the sea-coast, near Orotava. The plant
appeared to be the same as that from which I bred this species in
Corsica, in 1898, and which was named for me at the time
“ Heloscyadium sp.”, but I am not sure that the species occurs in
Tenerife: in any case my botanical knowledge is quite inadequate
to decide the point from such specimens as were available at the
date on which the larva was found near Orotava. My experience
is, that this species occurs only on marshy ground; I have also
bred it from Peucedanum palustre, gathered at the mouth of the
Var, on the Riviera, and from Heraclewm sp., at ‘Tangier.

62. (32321) AGONOPTERYX PEREZI, sp.n. (Plate LIT. fig. 8.)
=*applana Wlsm. (nec F.).

Depressaria applana Wism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 538, 546
no. 41 (1894)’.

Antennae smoky fuscous. Palpi cinereous, the median joint
thickly sprinkled with black and tawny on the outer side, except
in a narrow band around its upper end; terminal joint with a
narrow black band around its base, a broader one before its apex,
and the extreme apex minutely black. Head and Thorax cinereous,
more or less tinged with fuscous; the latter with an elevated crest
posteriorly. Horewings tawny reddish fuscous, with smoky black
suffusion and speckling; a pale ochreous patch at the extreme
base, its outer edge straight and black-margined to the upper edge
of the cell, above which it is angulated and produced outward
along the costa, and gradually absorbed in the darker ground-
colour; on the cell, at one-third, are two clearly defined, almost
contiguous, but obliquely diverging, black spots, the lower one
slightly beyond the upper— both followed by a few ochreous scales,
produced and broken into two spots, in line with the lower one
on the cell; the slightly paler costa is obscurely spotted with dark
fuscous throughout, and the termen is also narrowly spotted, the
fuscous shading on the wing tending to follow and indicate the
neuration ; cilia corresponding in colour to the wing-surface ;
underside shining, sericeous, the costa and termen strongly speckled
with fuscous. Hap. al. 16-20 mm. Aindwings and cilia shining,
pale cinereous, the cilia with slender parallel shade-lines running
through them ; underside shining, sericeous, the costa and termen
strongly speckled with fuscous. Abdomen and Legs pale cinereous,
the tarsi with four fuscous bands.

Type 3 (99018); 2 (99019) Mus. Wl1sm.

64*

958 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,.

Hab. Madeiras'—Maverra *. Canaries—TENERIFE: Puerto.
Orotava, @ Ruta pinnata, 14. V, excl. 4. VI- 1. VII. 1907
(Wism.). Twenty-four specimens.

The pale green larva rolls the leaves of Ruta pinnata, an
indigenous and somewhat local plant, to which my attention was.
specially called by my friend Dr. George Perez, after whom I
have named this Agonopteryx, and whose great assistance in the
botanical work connected with my study of the Tenerife Lepidoptera.
T gratefully acknowledge.

As compared with Agonopteryx applana F., the chief points of
difference noticeable in perezi are that the pale basal patch is.
sharply angulate (not curved outward) at the radius, along and
above which are some distinctly ochreous scales; the discal spots
are yellowish, not: white, and the antennae are shorter. Looking
again at the rather poor specimen which I recorded from Madeira,
as applana, in 1894, I am now inclined to regard this as perezi.

32. (869) DEPRESSARIA Hw.
Forewings: 2 and 3 separate; 7 and 8 stalked.
Type Phalaena Tortrix heracleana (.) DG., F., Hw.

DerpressariA Hw. (Type heracleana Hw.); =Pyrazis F. (11).
Ltr.; [=Piesra Blbg. (Type heracleana L.) LN.]; =1“ PyRrazez,
Votucre” Ltr. (Type heracleana F.); =Vocucra Ltr. (Type-
heracleana ¥.); =Sicanorosts Wlgrn. (Type heracleana L.,
Wlern.); = Drpressaria (B) Meyr.

63. (8299:1) DEPRESSARIA TENERIFAE, sp. n. (Plate LII. fig. 9.)

= Depressaria sp. Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XXI. 39, 44 no. 227
(1906) °.

Antennae smoky fuscous. Palpi cinereous, densely speckled»
with smoky fuscous externally, and with a fuscous ring above the
middle of the terminal jot. Head and Thorax pale slaty greyish,
more or less sprinkled with tawny fuscous. Vorewings slaty
ereyish, suffused, and obscurely blotched, with smoky fuscous; a.
very dark patch at the base, below the fold, leaving a narrow pale
margin within it, is diluted upward and outward,.and followed
by two clouds of a similar colour on the cell, one before and one-
beyond the middle, of which the first is the darker, owing to black
scaling continued from its lower edge in a series of two or three.
smail spots reaching to the end of the cell; beyond the cell is
a strong, outwardly curved, dark fuscous shade, preceding the
speckled margin and cilia, the latter are delicately rosy-tipped.
Exp. al. 17-19 mm. Hindwings and cilia pale, shining, rosy
cinereous. Abdomen and Legs shining, cinereous; the tarsi with
four fuscous bands.

Type 2 (99020); J (99021); (99022) Mus. W1sm.

Hab. TunertFe: 1905 (White)'; Santa Cruz, BArtemisia cana-

1907. ] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 959

riensis, 1: I, excl. 19. IIL —3. ITV. 1907 (Wism.); Guimar,
® Artemisia canariensis, 25, III, excl. 9, TV — 23. V. 1907 (Wism.).
Sixteen specimens.

Bred from a rather stout green larva, feeding in the leading
shoots of Artemisia canariensis, at Santa Cruz and Guimar. As
compared with the European species which feed on Artemisia, it
is distinctly more suffused im its colouring, the darker patches
being unaccompanied by any lines of whitish scales; indeed the
whole insect has a much more silky, smooth appearance, with some
gloss, not only in the hindwings, but also on the anterior pair.
Tt is perhaps nearest to absinthivora Frey, but the absence of any
outward elongation of the median shade is a good character by
which it may readily be distinguished.

64, (8306) DEPRESSARIA APIELLA Hb.

=nervosa Hw.; =*heracliana W\sm. (nec DG.).

Tinea apiella Hb. Smlg. Eur. Schm. VIIT. (Tin.). 39. Pl. 14° 94
(1796)*. Depressaria nervosa Hw. Lp. Br. 506 no, 4 (1811) °.
Pinaris apiella Hb. Verz. Schm. 411 no. 3966 (1826)°. Depres-
saria nervosa Wlism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1881. 317 (1881)*. De-
pressaria *heracliana Wlism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 538, 546
no. 42 (1894)’. Depressaria nervosa Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II.
174 no, 3306 (1901)°; Buseck, Pr. US. Nat. Mus. XXIV. (47
no. 34 (1902)"; Dyar Bull. US. Nat Mus. 52. 522 no. 5887
(1902) *.

Hab. EUROPE'’. N. AFRICA—Morocco: Tangier, B /e-
rula sp., excl. 19. V. 1902 (Wism.); € Oenanthe peucedanifolia,
6. V, excl. 7-15. VI. 1902 (Wism.); DB Thapsia garganica, 9. V,
excl. 7. VI. 1902 (Wilsm.). Madeiras °—Maperra: (Wollaston) ’.
Canaries—TeNeRIFE: Guimar, @ bupleurwm aciphyllum, 6. II,
excl. 16. TV. 1907 (Wlsm.); Umbellifer, 14. IV, excl. 22. V.
1907 (Wism.). UNITED STATES***—Orxcon*®”*: Grant
co.: Camp Watson, [V™. 1872 (Wism.): JACKSON Co. : near Rogue
River, 4-6. V. 1872 (Wlsm.).

For more than half a century apiella Hb. (1796) has been sunk
as a synonym of nervosa Hw. (1811): so long as these two names
are held to pertain to the same species, it is obvious that that
species must be named apiella Hb.

Two specimens bred from an Umbellifer, found at Guimar, and
one from the rare Bupleurwm aciphyllum (=salicifolium) appear
to be inseparable from this species: they agree exactly with
specimens bred in Morocco, in 1902, from Ferula, Oenanthe
peucedanifolia, and Thapsia garganica, and are only distinguished
from my European series by their slightly larger size and darker
colour, partly due to the freshness of the specimens. This species
has not been met with in the United States since 1872, when
I took two specimens in Oregon. I again refer to these two
specimens to give the exact localities, viz., (91970) Camp Watson,

960 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE | Nov. 26,

Grant Co., in Northern Oregon, taken in April 1872, and (91971)
taken in Jackson Co., in Southern Oregon, 4-6 June 1872, when
near Rogue River. These two American specimens have vein 5
of the hindwings out of the stalk of 3 and 4, in which they agree
with Canary, Tangier, Madeira, and Huropean specimens which
have 5 connate with, or out of the stalk of 3 and 4; a character
which occurs also in discipunetella HS. (=*pastinacella Stu.).
The specimen recorded by me from Madeira in 1894 (/. c. 5)
as ‘“Siganorosis heracliana DG.” is a bleached example of
apiella Hb.

33. (365) ETHMIA Hb.
=Psxzcabdié Hb., Stgr-Rbl.

65. (3143) HiuMra BIPUNCTELLA F.

Alucita bipunctella F, Ent. Syst. 668 no. 7 (1775)'. Psecadia
bipunctella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 272, 283 no. 54 (1892)°:
DX. 8, 89 mo: 168 (1894)°> XIII 377, 381 no 201 (1899):
XXI. 44 no. 225 (1906)?: Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. TJ. 167 no. 3143
CULQOIL) ©.

Hab. W. ASIA***. C. and 8. HUROPE**°—S8. Spain:
HUELVA: Coto, 23. TV. 1901 (Wism.). N. AFRICA ** *—Mo-
rocco: Tangier, 11. IT. 1902 (Wlsm.)—Aueeria : Le Tarf, 29. VI.
1896 (Haton). Canaries*’—Trnerire*’: Santa Cruz, 6-12. I.
1907, © Symphytum, 14.1 — 13. II, excl. 5. 1V. 1907 (Wism.),
30. IV. 1898 (Hintz)*; Las Mercedes, 7-29. III. 1904 (Zaton) ; La
Laguna, 12. VI. 1889 (Arauss) “—Gran Canarta®”?: (Richter)””’.

Taken on the wing, and bred at Santa Cruz.

33%, (376) HARPELLA Schrk.
65°. (38329) HARPELLA FORFICELLA Sc.

Phalaena forficella Sc. Ent. Carn. 248 no. 638 (1763)1. Harpella forficella Rbl.
Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 276, 283 no. 59 (1892)2: XXI. 44 no. 228 (1906) 3: Ster-
Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 176 no. 3329 (1901) 4.

Hab. C-S. EUROPE!+, Canaries *+—(? GRAN CANARIA?).
I did not meet with this species in Tenerife.

IV. HYPONOMEUTID.

34. (412) COLEOPHORA Hb.

66. (8713) CoLEoPHORA OROTAVENSIS Rbl.

Coleophora orotavensis Rb]. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 137-8, 147
no. 214, Pl.38: 16 9 (1896)*: XXT. 44 no. 234 (1906)*: Ster-
Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 193 no. 3713 ((1901)°.

Hab. Tenerire*”: Santa Cruz, 26. XIT — 26. 1. 1907 (Wism.) ;
Guimar, 28. IT - 12. TV. 1907 (Wism.), 24. TIT. 1904 (£aton) ;
Tacaronte, 1. IV. 1902 (Haton); Puerto Orotava, 21-30. 1V. 1905
(Hedemann) ’, 21, IV. 1907 (Wism.).

1907.] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 961

Exceedingly common everywhere. It seems to be attached
to Chenopodium, and to appear in successive broods almost
continuously.

67. (3713-1) CoLEOPHORA MICROMERIAE, Sp. 0.

Antennae white, annulate with greyish fuscous; the basal joint
roughly clothed, but not tufted. Palpi white, a broad greyish
fuscous band spreading around the apex of the median, and base
of the terminal joint, including some slightly projecting scales
from the former. Head white, slightly shaded along the middle
with greyish fuscous. Thorax white above; tegulae touched with
greyish fuscous. Jorewings greyish fuscous, the costa narrowly
pure white from the base, widening outward, and continued to the
apex, before which the costal cilia are slightly touched with grey ;
there is a less conspicuous line of white scaling along the fold
and slightly diffused downward across the space beneath it to the
dorsum, the base of the terminai cilia being also white, forming a
streak which runs out through those of the apex; with this
exception the cilia are pale brownish grey; the marginal white
lines are clearly visible on the underside. Hap.al.8-ll mm. Hind-
wings very pale bluish grey; cilia pale brownish grey, becoming
whitish at their tips around the apex. Abdomen brownish grey
above, white beneath ; anal clothing whitish. Legs white, the hind
tarsi faintly speckled.

Type 2 (99023); g (99024) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. TENERIFE: Puerto Orotava, 19. 11.1907, 5.V. 1907 (Wism.);
Guimar, 27. I —- 14. 1V. 1907(Wism.), @ Micromeria varia, 23. 11,
excl. 10. V. 1907 (Wism.); Cruz de Afur, 5. TV. 1904 (Haton) ;
Forest de la Mina, 7. 1V. 1904 (Haton). Sixteen specimens, one
bred.

The case is brown, short and cylindrical, sprinkled with short
whitish hairs, like the leaf-surface of the food-plant; the mouth is
slightly oblique. It was found on MJicromeria varia, among
which plant I took several specimens, at Guimar, at about 1200 ft.
T also met with the species at Puerto Orotava, in February, and
in May, and received three specimens from Mr. Eaton, taken in
April 1904, at Cruz de Afur, and in the Forest de la Mina.

68. (3773) CoLEOPHORA CONFLUELLA Rbl.

Coleophora confluella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 278-9, 283
no. 63, Pl. 17> 15g (1892)’: XXI. 44 no. 235 (1906)*: Stgr-Rbl.
Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 195 no. 3773 (1901) *.

Hab. Canaries’*—La Patma’*: Pico del Berigoya, 1400-
1500 m., 21. VIII. 1889 (Stmony) ‘—Tenerire: Guimar, @Heli-
anthemum guttatum, 27. III, excl. 25. IX - 1. X. 1907 (Wism.);
La Laguna, @ Helianthemum guttatum, 3. V. 1907 (Wism.).

Larvae were common, in cases made of leaves (similar to those
of helianthemella Mill.), on Helianthemum guttatum, and also ov.

962 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 26,

Cistus monspeliensis. I found numerous cases at Guimar, at the
end of March, from which I bred two specimens only at the end
of September and the beginning of October. I have always found
helianthemella an extremely difficult species to rear, under the
conditions. to which a travelling entomologist is restricted, and
confluella presents similar difficulties, for I bred only the two
specimens mentioned, although larvae were collected subsequently
at La Laguna in the beginning of May.

68*, CoLEOPHORA SP. 2

Three cases found on Adenocarpus foliolosus, at Guimar, 26th
February, were extremely similar to those of confluella, and might
have been taken for stray specimens from the Helianthemum, had
I not observed traces.of their feeding on the leaves. They were
slightly smaller than the others, but would not feed in captivity
and I failed to rear them.

69. (3815:1) CoLEOPHORA AEGYPTIACAE Wlsm.

Coleophora aegyptiacae Wism. Ent. Mo. Mag. XLIII. 148 no.
Sellar (OM) =

Hab. AucerRid: Hammam-es-Salahin, QP Salvia aegyptiaca,
III — IV, excl. [V.* Canaries—Tenerire: Santa Cruz, @ Salvia
aegyptiaca, 16. L — II. 1907.

Several cases of this Algerian species were found at Santa Cruz,
at different dates in January and February, on Salvia aegyptiaca,
but were not reared.

70. (3840'1) CoLEOPHORA TEIDENSIS, sp. n.

Antennae pale grey, with very faint paler annulations; basal
joint smooth. Palpi greyish white; smooth, a few scales projecting
from the end of the median, before the base of the short terminal
joint. Head and Thorax pale silky grey. Forewings narrow ;
pale silky grey, without any ochreous or brownish scaling; a faint
greyish white line, along the costa, is a little widened about the
middle, but thence touches only the outer ends of the greyish
costal cilia; other still fainter greyish lines running throughout .
the wing-length, one along the upper edge of the cell throwing
three slender branches to the costa along the principal veins;
one along the middle of the cell leaves the costa near the base,
approaching and running parallel to the termen, another lying
below it along the fold; cilia pale stone-grey. Hap. al. 13 mm.
Hindwings very pale bluish grey; cilia pale stone-grey. Abdomen
dark leaden grey. Legs whitish grey.

Type 3 (99026); 9 (99027) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, TENERIFE: Puerto Orotava, 14. V. 1907; Tacaronte, 31. V.
1907; La Laguna, 5. VI. 1907. Three specimens.

The nearest approach to this species in our European lists is
algidella Stgr., which it greatly resembles in colouration and in

1907.} MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 963

the faint whitish longitudinal lines; it differs, however, decidedly
in its much narrower for ewings. I Ehourd place it Wetwrcen algidella
Ster. and murini ipennella Dp.: its scarcely annulated antennae
ad more silky grey colour separate it from the latter.

71. (3852) CoLEoPHORA ATLANTICELLA Rbl.

Coleophora atlanticella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 138-9, 147
no. 215 (1896)*: XXI. 44 no. 236 (1906)*: Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp.
Pal. IT. 198 no. 3852 (1901) *.

Hab. Canaries *°—Ternerire’?: Santa Cruz, 22: 1-10. II.
1907 (Wism.) ; Guimar, 12-30. IIT. 1907 (Wism.) ; Puerto Orotava,
27. TV. 1895 (Hedemann)? — Gran Canarnia’?: Las Palmas,
7. V. 1895 (Hedemann) ui

A good series taken at Santa Cruz; I also met with it at
Guimar.

72. (3895) CoLEOPHORA ARTEMISIAE Mhig.

Coleophora artemisiae Mhlg. Stett. Ent. Ztg. XXV. 163- 5 (1864)';
Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. I. 199 no. 3895 (1901) ?.

Hab. Germany }?—Auvsrria*. Canaries—TENERIFE: Guimar
12: IV. 1907; Puerto Orotava, 21. TV. 1907.

Six specimens taken at Puerto Orotava, and two at Guimar,
among Artemisia canariensis.

73. (3904:1) CoLHOPHORA POECILELLA Wlsm.

Coleophora poecilella Wism. Ent. Mo. Mag. XLIII. 129 no.
3904:1 (1907).

Hab. AucertaA: Biskra, Hammam-es-Salahin, @ Swaeda ver-
miculata, 1V, excl. IV —V, X.* Canaries—TeEneRiIFE: Puerto
Orotava, @ Salsola oppositifola, 4. VI. 1907.

Three of the easily-recognisable, long, tapering, cylindrical cases,
found on Salsola oppositifolia, at Orotava, are undistinguishable
from those taken in Algeria on the sliced Suaeda ver vaniveulleni
but again I was unable fol rear them.

35. (389) BATRACHEDRA Stn.

74, (3562) BATRACHEDRA LEDERERIELLA Z.

Cosmopteryx ledereriella Z. Stett. Ent. Ztg. XI. 198 no. 220
(1850*. Batrachedra ledereriella Wism. Ent. Mo. Mag. XX VII.
149 (1891)*; Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 132, 147 no. 205
(1896)°: XXI. 44 no. 232 (1906)*: Stgr-Rbl. Cat. lps Palle
185 no, 3562 (1901)°; Wlsm. Ent. Mo. Mag. XXXIX. 167
(1903) °.

Hab. WC. ASIA’. S. EUROPE'°—S. France: Cannes,

964 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

@® in webbed rubbish on Mimosa, excl. 20. 1V. 1879, @ in webs
of Spiders and Larvae, II-III, excl. IV. 1881, @ Juniperus
oxycedrus, III, excl. 24. V. 1890, @ Rosmarinus officinalis, U1,
excl. 16. V. 1890, @ old fruit of Mespilus germanica, excl. 12.
V. 1892 (Wism.); Beaulieu, @ rubbish in leafy galls on Salix
pendula, 6. IV, excl. 5. V-17. VIII. 1890 (Wism.)—Spain :
MALAGA: Malaga, @ in seed-heads of Anthyllis cytisoides, XII,
excl. 2. 1V. 1901, @ Genista wmbellata, 28. I, excl. 1. IV. 1901,
@® Cistus albidus, 27. 1, excl. 5-8. 1V.1901 (Wism.). N. AFRICA
—Morocco: Tangier, 11. I., 8. IIT., 2. V. 1902 (Wism.), @ Cistus
ladaniferus, 9. XII, excl. 30. VII. 1902 (Wism.); Cape Spartel,
@ seeds of Cistus sp., excl. 16. VIII. 1902 (Wism.). Canaries *~’
—Tenerire’: La Laguna, 2. III. 1904 (Zaton), 7. VI. 1907
(Wism.); Guimar, 2. ITT = 14. TV. 1907 (Wsm.) ; Puerto Orotava,
11. IV. 1895 (Hedemann)*, @ old seeds Senecio kleinia, 26. IV,
excl. 29. TV — 10. VI. 1907, @ diseased stems Cytisus proliferus,
24. IV, excl. 13. V. 1907, @ Pinas canariensis, 20. TV, excl. 24-29.
V. 1907, @ Mangifera indica, 14. V, excl. 25. VI -14. VII.
1907, @ Sonchus leptocephalus, 30. 1V, excl. 7. VIL. 1907 (Wism.) ;
Arafo, 13. ITV. 1907 (Wilsm.)—Grawn Canarita®*: Las Palmas, 9.
V. 1895 (Hedemann) *.

Taken commonly at Guimar, and bred from Senecio, Cytisus,
Pinus, Mangifera, and Sonchus, bearing out my previous ex-
perience of the habits of the species in Europe and Morocco,
where it is invariably a rubbish-feeder, among débris of spiders’
webs, and frass of other larvae on numerous plants as enumerated
above.

36. (388) COSMOPTERYX Hb.

75. (8550°1) CosMoprERYX CORYPHAHA, sp.n. (Plate LIT. fig. 10.)

=Cosmopteryx sp. n. Wism. Ent. Mo. Mag. XXXVII. 237
(LSI)

Antennae pale buff, spotted with white along their outer sides,
two black, and two white annulations occurring before a darker
band, which precedes the four or five yellowish distal joints.
Palpi white, with pale buff lateral lines throughout. Head
olivaceous brownish, with a short central, and two longer lateral
lines. Zhorax olivaceous brown, with a central white line, and
one along the inner edge of each of the tegulae. orewings
olivaceous brown to about three-fifths of their length, on which
colour are five slender silvery white lines; one from the base of
the costa, slightly diverging, and terminated below the costa at
at about one-third; another, above it along the costa, slightly
widened towards its outer end; a third, from the middle of the
base, extending to the outer margin of the olive-brown space,
whence a shorter, inverted, streak diverges, terminating opposite
to the outer end of the first costal; the fifth streak is from the
base, along the dorsum, and is rather shorter than the first costal;

1907.4 MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 965

beyond the brown space, and therefore a little beyond the middle
of the wing, commences a pale lemon-yellow patch, which is con-
tinued toward the apex, bearing the following markings: first,
two bright silver spots, each touching the brown preceding space,
and each carrying a jet-black dot on the side opposite to it;
beyond these, at a distance equal to about the middle of the
wing, are two corresponding spots of bright silver scales, but
with only one or two black scales attached, the yellow ground~
colour extends between and beyond these, blending to creamy
white along the costa and dorsum to the apex, the margins being
separated by a short olive-brown dash reaching the extreme apex;
cilia brownish grey. Hap. al.9-10 mm. Hindwings pale grey;
cilia brownish grey. Abdomen yellowish. Legs white, shaded
externally with oblique olivaceous brownish bands.

Type 3 (99029); 2 (99030) Santa Cruz, Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Spain: mauaca: Malaga, 29. IV. 1901 (Wism.)”.
Canaries—TrENERIFE: Santa Cruz, 12-16. II. 1907. Hight
specimens.

Nearest to similis Wlsm., but differing in the continuation of
the yellow band beyond the outer pair of silver spots, giving the
wing a much lighter appearance; in this respect it agrees with
quadrilineella Chmb., but differs in having five white lines in
the dark basal area of the wing, of these the subcostal, the median,
and the dorsal arise from the base.

76. (3553) CosMOPTERYX ATTENUATELLA Wkr.

nh. syn.=flavofasciata HE. Wlistn.; =lespedezae Wl|sm.

Gelechia attenuatella Wkr. Cat. Lp. BM. XXX. 1019 (1864)".
Cosmopteryx flavofasciata EK. Wistn. Ann-Mag. NH. (5s.). III.
438 (1879)*: Lip. St. Helena 53 (1879)*. Cosmopteryx lespe-
dezae W\sm. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X.198(1882)*. [? =Cosmopteryx
(? gemmiferella Clms.) Mschl. Ab. Senck. Nat. Ges. XV. 345, 354
(1890)*; Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891. 536, 548 (1892) *].
Cosmopteryx lespedezae Riley, Smith’s List Bor-Am. 107 no. 5771
(1891)°. Gelechia attenuatella Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1891.
519, 545 (1892)". Cosmopteryx lespedezae Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc.
Lond. 1891. 536, 548 (1892)°. Cosmopteryu flavofasciata Rbl.
Ann. KK. Hofmus. IX. 91-2 (1894)°: XI. 133-4, 147 no. 208
Pl. 3:13 (1896): XXI. 44 no. 230 (1906)". Cosmopterya
attenuatella Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1897. 105-6 no. 123
(1897). Cosmopteryx flavofasciata Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. I.
185 no. 3553 (1901). Cosmopteryx lespediza Dyar Pr. Ent.
Soe. Wash. IV. 478 (1901). Cosmopteryx attenuatella Dyar
Bull. US. Nat. Mus. 52. 535 no. 6068 (1902)*; Busck Pr. US.
Nat. Mus. XXX. 710 (1906) *°.

Hab. UNITED STATES® ® *)?°—Trxas® 7°: @ Lesne-
deza®’®»*—_N.. Carona’ °—Fioripa **°: II-III™*. WEST
INDIES* *? 7* 1° Jamaica’ ”: Constant Springs, 18.

966 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE | Nov. 26,

XII - 2.1. 1905 (Wism.); Runaway Bay, 17. II — 13. III. 1905
(Wism.)—Hayti*” °: V; San Domingo *—[? Porrorico** ”
—Sr. Crorx: V—Sr. Vincent” ’—Grenapa: III-IV “—St.
Helena* *»**. Canaries °° — Tenerire’’™™: Guimar, 19.
Tit — 12. TV. 1907 (Wism.); Puerto Orotava, 1895 (Hedemann) ©,
29. IV. 1895 (Hedemann); 14. V. 1907 (Wism.)— Gran Ca-
NARIA '""': Las Palmas, 7-9. V. 1895 (Hedemann)®.

Professor Rebel (1. ¢. 10) records and discusses flavofasciata
E. Wlstn., of which I have one of the examples (7244) collected
by von Hedemann in the Botanical Gardens at Puerto Orotava,
29. IV. 1895, and six taken by myself at Puerto Orotava, 14. V.,
and Guimar, 19. II] —12.1V. 1907. J have now re-examined
Mrs. Wollaston’s type from St. Helena, and am convinced that it
is the same as the species identified by Rebel under this name
from Tenerife, but the possession of more specimens has now
enabled me to correct the synonymy as follows :—
attenuatella Wkr. (1864); = flavofasciata E. Wlstn. (1879);
=lespedezae Wlsm. (1882)—thus proving that the species is
widely distributed.

77. (8555) CosMOPTERYX TURBIDELLA Rbl.

Cosmopteryx sp. Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. IX. 18, 91-2 no. 183
(1894)*. Cosmopterya turbidella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI.
135—6, 147 no. 209. Pl. 3-14 9 (1896)?: XXT. 44 no. 23]
1906 *: Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 185 no. 3555 (1901 7%.

Hab. Canaries **—Trnerire'': Guimar, 5. II — 17. III. 1907
(Wism.), 20. III. 1904 (£aton), @ Parietaria vulgaris, 5. TI,
excl. 17-18. IIT. 1907 (Wlsm.); Puerto Orotava, Q Parietaria,
excl. 15-25. IIT. 1904 (Haton), 16-30. IV. 1895 (Hedemann)? ;
Forest de la Mina, 17. IIT. 1902 (Zaton); Cruz de Afur, 5. IV.
1904 (Haton); Las Mercedes, 28. V. 1907 (Wism.), VI. (Cabrera)';
Barranco del Loro (nr. Realejo Alto), @ Parietaria arborea, 7. V,
excl, 11-12. VI. 1907 (Wism.).

Cosmopteryx turbidella feeds on Parietaria vulgaris, near
Guimar, in great abundance; it was found there by Mr. Eaton,
who also observed the larvae where I have taken and bred it.
An intimate acquaintance with the form of the mine caused me
to suspect that a large, broad-leaved, shrub growing in the
Barranco del Loro, above Realejo Alto, was Parietaria arborea ;
and this turned out to be correct.

C. turbidella Rbl. differs from pulcherrimella Chmb. in the
possession of a black dot, a little above the middle of the wing,
contiguous to the golden metallic band which precedes the yellow
fascia ; also in having the silver apical streak undivided, whereas
in pulcherrimella it is broken into two short lines ; moreover, the
outer golden fascia does not commence in a pure white costal
spot, as in the somewhat smaller American species. After re-

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 967

examining my series of pulcherrimella, collected in Madeira by
Wollaston, with the addition of specimens subsequently received
from Eaton, and my own from Tenerife, I am surprised to find
that there is not a specimen of twrbidella from Madeira. Mr.
Eaton notes (MS., 16. TV. 1904) that “The Cosmopteryx so
common at Guimar, and Puerto (de la Cruz) Orotava [i. e. tewrbi-
della Rbl.], was also plentiful on Parietaria, at Funchal, in the
garden of the Carmo Hotel”; but his specimens of pulcherrimella
were taken at “ Funchal: at altitude of about 600 ft., 26. IT.
1902: out of Hupatoriwm adenophorum Spreng.,” one of the
Compositae. This plant should be searched, but 1t is not a
probable food-plant for pulcherrimella Chmb., which in the United
States feeds on Pilea pumila, one of the Urticaceae.

Cosmopteryx turbidella is by no means consistent in the colour
of the yellow fascia; this, in some specimens, is almost obsolete
through the strength of the brownish suffusion ; in others the
colour is only slightly influenced in tone, while rarely it is of a
clear orange-yellow, without partial shading or suffusion. I have
again carefully compared all the specimens, without being able
to detect any difference between the American and Madeiran
specimens of pulcherrimella.

37. (405) STAGMATOPHORA HS.
78. (3564) SraGMATOPHORA (PYRODERCES) ARGYROGRAMMOs Z.

Cosmopteryx argyrogrammos Z. Isis 1847. 37-8 no. 177. Pyro-
derces argyrogrammos Cnst. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. LIT. 20 (1883) °;
Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 132, 147 no. 207 (1896)°: XXI.
A4 no. 233 (1906)*: Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 185 no. 3564
(IOOID)

Hab. WC. ASIA © ’—Hatss : Shar Devesy, 1893 (Wat. Coll. :
Leech). S-MC. HUROPE*’—Ivarty: Rome, 10-25. IV. 1893
(Wism.)—Corsica: Corté, 19-21. V. 1896; Ile Rousse, 5. VI.
1898; Ajaccio, 16. VI. 1899 (Wlsm.)—Francze: Q Compositae
—Carlina corymbosa, Kentrophyllum lanatum, Centaurea aspera,
Pycnomon acarna, etc.; Monte Carlo, 5. V. 1882 (Wilsm.); Beau-
lieu, @ Carduus, excl. 12. VII. 1889 (Wism.)—S. Spain:
MALAGA: Malaga, 14. III. 1901: Granada: Granada; 22. V — 20.
VI. 1901: capiz: Chiclana, Q@ Centaurea, excl. 10. VI. 1902
(Wism.). N.AFRICA’—Atceria: Bone, 21. IV. 1896 (Laton)—
Morocco: Tangier, IV. 1902 (Wism.); Rabat, IV. 1902 (Wism.).
Canaries *’—TrEnerire*': Guimar, III. 1907 (White); Puerto
Orotava, 14. TV. 1895 (Hedemann)*; La Laguna, 5. VI. 1907

Wlsm.).

( Mr. a hite took a good specimen of this at Guimar, when
collecting with me, at the end of March; I subsequently met.
with a worn example, at La Laguna, in June.

968 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

38. (417) APHELOSETIA Stph.
=" HiacuisTaA (Tr. p.) Z., Stn., Stgr-Rbl., ete.

Type Phalaena Tinea argentella Cl. (Wstwd. 1840).

Apuetosetia Stph. Ill. Br. Ent. Haust. 1V. 287 (1834); Wstwd.
Syn. Gn. Br. Ins. 112-3 (1840).
Exacuista Tr. (Cc. Huacuista) Z. Isis 1839. 211, 212-3.

When describing Hlachista, Treitschke [Schm, Eur. IX. (2). 177
(1833)] wrote as part of his generic diagnosis: ‘‘ Die Raupen
leben auf der Unterseite der Baumblatter oder minirend zwischen
den Hauten derselben. Sie verpuppen sich in festen Hiilsen.”
This restricted the possible type to species with such larval habits
(i.e. Bucculatrin Z. and Phyllonorycter Hb.) with whose life-
history Treitschke was acquainted, and rendered it impossible
for any of the grass-mining species (Hlachista Auct.) to be
regarded as a potential type. Treitschke quotes the life-history
of Bucculatrix frangulella Goze and Phyllonorycter (Lithocolletis)
tremulae Z. from Fischer von Roslerstamm (7: litt.), but he was
personally acquainted with the larvae of wlmzfoliella Hb. and
blancardella (F., mespilella Hb. 272) Tr. Hlachista Tr. must there-
fore sink as a synonym of Phyllonorycter Hb., and ulimifoliella
Hb. should be taken as the type. Duponchel [HN. Lp. Fr.
XI. 25, 499-502 no. 30 (1836)]| cited complanella Hb. as the type
ot Hlachista Tr., but Treitschke was unacquainted with the larva
of complanella, and this species is not indicated as specially
typical. Zeller’s restriction to the grass-feeding species is also
invalid for the same reason.

79. (3994:1) APHELOSETIA HYPOLEUCA, sp. n.
(Plate LIT. fig. 11.)

Antennae fuscous, the basal joint pale ochreous. Palpi whitish
ochreous. Head and Thorax whitish ochreous, the latter faintly
shaded with fawn-grey. /orewings pale ochreous (whitish ochreous
if worn), sprinkled and suffused with fawn-brown, especially
above the fold beyond the middle, with some deeper brownish
fuscous shades, notably along the costa and about the tornus;
three black spots, one below the costa at two-thirds; a smaller
one, a little beyond and below it, about the end of the cell;
a third, more conspicuous, on the fold at about half the wing-
length ; a strong blackish shade-line runs along the middle of the
brownish ochreous cilia. Hap. al. 8-95 mm. Hindwings rather
dark leaden grey ; cilia tawny greyish. Abdomen grey, anal tuft
ochreous. Legs pale brownish ochreous, shaded with fuscous
externally.

Type 3 (99036); 2 (14312) Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. TENERIFE: Forest de la Mina, 17. III. 1902, 7. 1V. 1904
(Zaton); Realejo, 7-10. V. 1907 (Wism.); Puerto Orotava,

1907.] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 969

14. V. 1907 (Wism.); La Laguna, 23. V. 1907 (Wism.); Las
Mercedes, 29. V. 1907 (Wism.). Nineteen specimens.

Not uncommon, on the higher ground, in the barranco above
Realejo and elsewhere; first taken by Mr. Eaton, in the forest
of La Mina. It is very near to albidella Tngstr. (1847; =rhyn-
chosporella Stn., 1848), but differs in the possession of two extra
spots beyond the conspicuous plical one: the European species
having no spot at the end of the cell or below the costa. Vein 5
is absent in both wings.

39. (417°01) POLYMETIS, gn. n.

(zoAdpyres = of-many-counsels.)

Type Polymetis carlinella W1sm.

Antennae 3, slightly serrate towards apex; basal joint with
strong pecten. JJaadlary Palpi short. Labial Palpi smooth,
usually dependent, but capable of upward movement ; terminal
joint shorter than median, rather obtusely pointed. Hauwstellum
small. Head and face coarsely, almost roughly, scaled. Thorua
smooth. Sorewings evenly lanceolate: neuration 12 veins;
7 and 8 stalked, 7 to costa; 6 out of 7, to termen; 5 out of
stalk of (6+7-+8): rest remote, 3 slightly approximate to 4;
1° distinct, 1 fureate at base. Hindwings nearly 2, tapering
evenly to an acute apex; cilia 2-23: newration 7 veins, 5 and 4
coincident ; 6 and 7 stalked, enclosing apex; 2 remote from 3,
which is somewhat approximate to (4+5); above 5 the discoidal
recedes to radius. Abdomen smooth. Legs, hind tibiae hairy.

Almost corresponding in neuration with some species of Aphe-
losetia Steph. and Stagmatophora HS.; separated from the former
by the basal furcation of vein 1 of the forewings, as well as by
the shorter and less recurved palpi, and from the latter by the
same characters, and by the coincidence of veins 5 and 4 of the
hindwings. The habits of the larva afford additional reason for
separating Polymetis from Aphelosetia (Hlachista Auct.), of which
the larvae of all known species feed on the Gramineae, or
Cyperaceae.

80. (3920'1) PoLyMETIS CARLINELLA, sp. n.
(Plate LIT. fig. 13.)

Antennae and Palpi whitish cinerecus. Head white. Thorax
whitish cinereous. orewings white, profusely and evenly dusted
throughout with pale greyish brown scales; the outer half of the
cilia whitish cinereous. Hep. al. 10-11 mm. Hindwings grey;
cilia pale brownish cinereous. Abdomen greyish. Legs whitish,
with faint greyish shade-bands on their outer sides.

Type 3 (99037); 2 (99038) Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. TenERirE—Tacaronte, and Guimar, @ sup. Carlina
salicifolia, 19. II — III, excl. 13. II] - 23. IV. 1907; Puerto
Orotava, 27. 1V. 1907. Hight specimens.

970 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [| Nov. 26,

The larva feeds in mines, reminding one of those of the
bramble-feeding Z%scheria marginea Hw. on the upper surface of
leaves of Carlina salicifolia. 1 found it near Tacaronte, at
Guimar, and near Orotava—seven specimens were bred and one
captured.

40. (2741) MENDESIA Joannis.

Menpest4 Joann. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. LX XI: 1902. 230-1 (1902);
Mendes Brotéria IIT. 249-51 (1904).

81. (2343°2) MENDESIA SYMPHYTELLA, sp. n.
(Plate LIT. fig. 14.)

Antennae brownish fuscous; basal joint white, with strong
pecten. Palpi slightly recurved, white; terminal joint less
clothed, and therefore apparently rather more slender than
median. Head coarsely scaled above; white. Thorax smooth,
white. orewings white, sparsely dusted with brownish scales ;
a brown spot in the fold at about half the wing-length, and
another at the end of the cell; a brown streak along the termen,
running out through the white apical cilia; cilia white, very
sparsely dusted with brown along their base. Hap. al. 12-14 mm.
Hindwings of the ¢ white; of the Q inclining to greyish; cilia
of both sexes yellowish white. Abdomen greyish fuscous, except
along the margins of the segments. Zegs white; hind tibiae with
long white hairs.

Type @ (99045); 3 (99046) Mus. W1sm.

Hab. TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, 12.1 — 10. 11. 1907, 6 Symphytum
sp., 7-25. I, excl. 25. I— 20. IT. 1907 (Wism.); Forest de la
Mina, 17. IIT. 1902 (Zaton); Guimar, 19. ITT — 10. IV. 1907
(Wism.); La Laguna, 1-6. IV. 1904 (£aton). Thirty-three
specimens.

Twelve specimens were bred from larvae, found at Guimar,
mining leaves of Symphytwm ; the mine almost undistinguishable
from that of Acrocercops scalariella Z., but the pupa enveloped in
a white, silken, rather flat, ovate cocoon. Mr. Eaton caught a
single specimen of this species in the Forest de la Mina, in 1902 ;
in 1904 he met with it again, at La Laguna, and I took it on the
wing at Santa Cruz and Guimar.

41, (415) PERITTIA Stn.

82. (3919°2) PERiTTIA CEDRONELLAE, Sp. 0.
(Plate LIT. fig. 12.)

Antennae tawny fuscous above, pale cinereous beneath ; a pale
spot at the outer end of the short, and rather thickened, basal
jot. Palpi slender, drooping; tawny fuscous. Head dull
yellowish white, the face shaded with fuscous. Thorax tawny
fuscous. Yorewings tawny fuscous, with some faint pale
sprinkling; an oblique yellowish white dorsal streak, arising at

1907. ] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 971

about one-fourth, extends across the fold to the cell; beyond the
middle of the dorsum is another, yellowish white, upright streak,
broad at its base, slightly inverted, and attenuate to its apex on
the cell; this is sueceeded by an ill-defined, and much diffused,
streak along the termen; a dark fuscous line runs through the
tawny greyish cilia, falsely indicating a tornus, more defined than
in the wing itself. Hap. al. 65-7 mm. Hindwings dark grey ;
cilia tawny greyish. Abdomen greyish fuscous. Legs yellowish
white, broadly banded on tibiae and tarsi with dark tawny
fuscous.

Type & (99047); 2 (99048) Mus. W1sm.

Hab. Tenerire: Santa Cruz, 3000 ft., @ Cedronella triphylla,
3. I, excl. 24. I - 1. IT. 1907 (Wism.); Puerto Orotava, 10. III.
1904 (Haton); Cruz de Afur, 10. ITT. 1904 (Haton). Fifteen
specimens.

The larva feeds, in December and January, in a broad blotch-
mine, on leaves of Cedronella triphylla, and is abundant at the
head of the Barranco del Bufadero, near Santa Cruz, and probably
on all the high ground, where this plant occurs, along the out-
skirts of the forests of Hrica arborea. Mr. Eaton met with the
species near the same locality, in 1904, and also in the Barranco
Martianez, Puerto Orotava.

The Tenerife species of Perittia, here described, have the palpi
slightly longer than those of obscurepunctella Stn., but this slight
difference is not of generic value.

83. (3919°3) PERITTIA LAVANDULAE, sp. n.

Antennae fuscous. Palpi fuscous, tipped with whitish. Head
hoary whitish, with fuscous speckling. TZhoraa fuscous, with
some whitish scales on the tegulae. Morewings dark fuscous,
profusely sprinkled with rather yellowish white scales, by con-
centration of which the dorsal streak arises at one-fourth, pointing
outward, and diffused upward to the costa; a larger, upright,
streak arises before the tornus and extends nearly to the costa,
a further patch spreading over the upper half of the termen and
apex; a line of dark fuscous scales runs through the greyish
fuscous cilia. Hap. al. 45-6 mm. Hindwings and cilia greyish
fuscous. Abdomen dark fuscous. Legs whitish, broadly banded
with dark tawny fuscous on the tibiae and tarsi.

Type 3 (99071); 2 (99072) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, 14.1 — 21.11.1907, ® Lavandula
abrotanoides, 20. I — 22. II, excl. 13. II — 28. III. 1907; Guimar,
iss IU, UOOCS ile, Laguna, @® Lavandula staechas, 3. VI, excl
19. VIL. 1907. Thirty-six specimens.

The larva is common, at Santa Cruz, on Lavandula Hoe
hollowing out the ends of the slender leaflets, and leaving them
bleached, when passing from one to another (after the manner
of the larvae of EHpermenia on Umbelliferae); it also feeds on
Lavandula staechas.

Proc, Zoot. Soc.—1907, No. LXV. 65

972 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

Tt is extremely difficult to describe the differences between this
species and cedronellae : its smaller size, more sprinkled appear-
ance, and slightly yellower-white markings may alone be relied on
to separate them. ;

I have, what I believe to be, yet a third, intermediate, species
of Perittia, (bystropogonis), from Guimar, feeding on Bystropogon
plumosus, in March, and emerging towards the end of April.

Hab. Tenerire: Guimar, © Bystropogon plumosus, 27. III,
excl. 21-26. IV. 1907. Six specimens (99076-81).

42, (384) SCYTHRIS Hb..

- 84, (3478-02) ScvrHRIS ARACHNODES, Sp. 0.
(Plate LIT. fig. 16.)

Antennae black. Palpi slender, porrect ; hoary greyish, mixed
with black. Mead and Thorax black; face greyish. Forewings
short, obtusely lanceolate; black, a few greyish white scales at
the base, and two transverse bands of the same, one before, the
other beyond the middle; the first narrower than the second,
and running a little obliquely outward from the costa; the second
moderately straight, both being ill-defined, with a few scattered
whitish scales between them, others forming a patch at the apex ;
cilia greyish fuscous. Hap. al. 7-10 mm. Hindwings dark
leaden grey; cilia greyish fuscous. Abdomen steely grey. Legs
greyish fuscous, the tarsi shaded with black.

Type 3 (99082); 2 (99083); @ (99084) Mus. WlIsm.

Hab. TeneriFe: Santa Cruz, 12-20. IL. 1907 (Wism.), 4. IV.
1904 (Haton), & in webs on rocks, 6. I, excl. 15, IT — 28, TT.
1907 (Wism.); Cruz de Afur, 5. IV. 1904 (Haton); Guimar,
@ in webs on rocks, 1. III - 4. IV, excl. 11. VIII. 1907 (Wism.).
Twenty-seven specimens.

The larva feeds, probably on small lichens, on the surface of
rocks, and rough stones in walls, and is very widely distributed
in the Island, where its webs are to be seen forming numerous
small patches on the face of almost every rock by the roadside.
They have the appearance of rather opaque spiders’ webs, and
as they endure long after the moth has left them they are much
more numerous than the larvae themselves. Nearly allied to
bubaniae Wlsm. [Ent. Mo. Mag. XLI. 6-7 no. 3478-1 (1907)],
but smaller, and the fasciae are much more distinct.

85, (3533-1) ScvTHRIS PETRELLA, sp.n. (Plate LII. fig. 17.)

Antennae greyish fuscous. Palpi slender, porrect ; ash-grey.
Head and Thorax ashy grey. Sorewings greyish fuscous, mottled
with ashy white, the base sprinkled with ashy white scales; an
outwardly angulate, ill-defined fascia at two-fifths, followed by
more sprinkled scales, especially towards the costa, the whole

1907. } MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 973

outer third of the wing mottled with the same, a spot at the end
of the cell, a costal patch before the apex, and a streak along the
termen being of the plain dark ground-colour ; cilia ashy greyish.
Hep. al.8-9 mm. Hindwings grey ; cilia brownish grey. Abdomen
fuscous. Legs pale ashy grey.

Type 3 (99085) 2 (99086) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. TENERIFE: Puerto Orotava, 23-30. IV. 1907; Las Mer-
cedes, 29. V. 1907; La Laguna, 5. VI.1907. Twelve specimens.

The distribution of the ashy white scaling varies considerably,
and in some specimens occupies a much larger proportion of the
wing-surface than in others. It appears to be more variable than
the larger, and perhaps allied, cicadella Z., and is paler and less
uniform in its ill-defined marking than arachnodes.

86. (3536) ScyTHRIS FASCIATELLA Ret. (Plate LIT. fig. 15.)
=*roscidella Rbl. (nec Z.).

Butalis fasciatella Ret. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. XLIX. (5 s. X : 1880).
pp. exxi-ii (1881)*. *Slastobasis *roscidella Rbl. Ann. KK.
Hofmus. TIX. 18, 90 no. 177 (1894)*: XXI. 44 no. 219 (1906) *.
Butalis fasciatella Sbld. Deutsche Ent. Zts. Iris XI. 319 (1898) *
Scythris fasciatella Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 183 no. 3536
(1901).

Antennae cinereous beneath, fuscous above. Palpi whitish
cinereous. Head and Thorax pale cinereous, a brownish band
crossing the latter, including the outer part of the tegulae. Fore-
wings hoary whitish, dusted with fuscous and pale rust-brown
scales; a much sprinkled basal patch, extending to one-third, is
obliquely margined outwardly by a band of the pale ground-
colour, the sprinkling being condensed in a small costal spot near
the base, and in a costal shade a little beyond this—both accom-
panied by rust-brown ; an oblique fuscous fascia, about the middle,
is shaded with rust-brown along its ill-defined outer side and on
the costa, the paler apical area beyond it much sprinkled and
mottled with the same colours, in which a fuscous, condensed,
spot above the tornus is distinguishable; cilia greyish fuscous,
with some hoary scales. Hap. al. 105-11 mm. Hindwings
brownish grey; cilia pale greyish fuscous. Legs hoary whitish,
the hind tibiae with two greyish fuscous bands across their outer
sides ; the hind tarsi also suffused with fuscous externally.

CT. 3 (99087); 2 (99088); @ (99089) Mus. Wl1sm.

Larva brownish grey ; head pale brownish; a pale, ill-defined,
dorsal line, interrupted by brownish fuscous spots on each of the
abdominal somites ; all the somites laterally shaded with brownish
fuscous, and stippled with minute pale ocellated dots; underside,
up to the spiracular line, pale whitish ochreous; thoracic legs
dotted with fuscous. Long. 12 mm.

Hab. Spain” *°: vatencta: Alicante, @...2..., excl. 15.
XI. 1879 (2gt.)*: anpauusta*’: III* Canaries *°—Tenerire:
IV. 1885 (Leech) * ; Puerto Orotava, 26. TV — 10. V. 107 (Wism.),

65"

974 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 26,

@ Salsola oppositifolia, 27. TV, excl. 19. V — 2. VI. 1907 (Wism.),
® Atriplea parvifolius, 10. V, excl. 3. VI. 1907 (Wism.).
When describing fasciatella, Ragonot states that he took and
bred several specimens, but omits to mention the food-plant.
I found this species on the wing, and the larva feeding among
shoots of Salsola oppositifolia, and on Atriplex parvifolius in
a slight web, in April and May; the moths emerged in May and
June. This is the species wrongly identified by Rebel as
-* Blastobasis roscidella Z.”, which, apart from the generic differ-
ences, it does not greatly resemble. I fear the specimen I sent
him must have been a very poor one. The type of blastobasis
roscidella is in the Zeller Collection, and I have also a Cotype of
Butalis fasciatella received from the late M. KE. Ragonot.

43. (383) EPERMENIA Hb.
87. (3413) EpERMENIA DAUCELLA Peyr.

-Chaulicdus daucellus Peyr. Pet. Nouv. Ent. I. 57-8 (1870)°;
-Hrtm. MT. Miinch. Ent. Ver. IV. 44 no. 2564 (1880)*; Wlsm.
-Ent. Mo. Mag. XX VII. 147 (1891)°: Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894.
538, 554 no..59 (1894)*.. Hpermenia daucella Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp.
Pal. 11, 179 no: 3413 (1901) 7:

Hab. 8. EUROPE: Daucus carota’; Thapsia villosa ’—
GrpraLtar, @ Thapsia, III, excl. 7. LV — 21. V. 1901 (Wism.).
N. AFRICA — Morocco: Tangier, 30. I. 1902 (Wism.).
Madeiras *—Mapetra*: (Wollaston)*. Canaries—Tenerire: La
Laguna, 31. °V. 1907 (Wism.).

A single specimen occurred at La Laguna, at the end of May:
this species had already been recorded by me from Madeira, but
had not been observed in Tenerife.

44. (283) PRAYS Hb,
-88. (2382) Prays crrrr Mill,

Acrolepia citri Mill. Pet. Nouv. Ent. I. 310 (1873)". Prays citri
Ster-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 133 no. 2382(1901)*: Rbl. Ann. KK.
Hofmus. X XI. 38, 44 no. 206 (1906) ’.

Hab. Corsica’ °—Sicity*°—S. France*®: @ Citrus decu-
mana*. Canaries °—TrnERIFE*: Guimar, 1896 (White)*; Puerto

Orotava, 10. III. 1904 (Haton).
Mr. Eaton took a single specimen, at light in the hotel, in
March 1904: I did not myself meet with this species.

45. (281) HYPONOMEUTA Lr.

89. (2361) Hyponomevura cieas Rbl.

Hyponomeuta gigas Rbl.. Ann. KK. Hofmus, VII. 271-2, 283
no; 52,;, Pl, 17... 17 g-(1892)": EX. 18, 89. no; 166 (1894)" ; OCT.

1907, | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 975

126-7, 146 no. 185 (1896)°: XIII. 377, 381 no. 199 (1898) *.
Yponomeuta gigas Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XXI. 44 no. 205
(1906)°: Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 132 no. 2361 (1901) *.

Hab. Canaries *’—Trnerire~": Realejo, @ Salix canariensis,
25. IV, excl. V — VI. 1895 (Hedemann)*, @ 25. 1V — 7. V, excel.
10. V — 2. VI. 1907 (Wism.); La Laguna, @ Populus alba, 21. V,
excl. 30. V. 1907 (Wlsm.); Santa Cruz, 1. VI. 1889 (Krauss) ?—
Gran Canaria '®: 1890 (Richter)’; QB Salix, Populus, Ocotea
(Oreodaphne) foetens, excl. 29. [LV — 25. V. 1893 (Lowe); nr. Teror,
@® Populus, excl. 10. V. 1895 (Hedemann)*; Santa Brigida,
@® Salix canariensis, excl. 1V* — V”. 1898 (Hintz) *.

Many years ago I received a considerable number of larvae of
this species from Dr. John Lowe, who wrote as follows:

‘“¢ The larvae occur in countless myriads on the Willow, Poplar,
and ‘Tull’ trees (Laurel: Oreodaphne foetens). They spin a fine
silken web over the entire tree, even to its ultimate branches,
which makes them look white and silvery. The underwood and
stones at the base are also covered with the silk tissue, which is
so closely woven that there are no visible openings. I was able to
strip off pieces five or six feet in length.”..... Sots, just
possible that there may be more than one species, but I am
doubtful about this. If it is so one will be found in the box, with
a pin through it, which I took from Salix—the rest were from
Oreodaphne. I am sending you some of the silk, which is most
remarkable. The brushwood under the trees was completely
covered by it, also the grasses and large stones. The tree-trunks
were so closely covered that one could not see even a pinhole on
the smooth trunks of the ‘Till’—every branch was covered, and
scarcely a leaf remained on any of the infested trees, which were
60 or 70 ft. high. At the base of the trunks the appearance of
the web was most singular—large reticulations, like pulmonary
cells, seemed to open one into the other, but on closer examination
the apparent openings were found to be closed by a membrane of
perfect continuity, but so transparent that until something was
passed through it one could not perceive that it existed.”
(Dr. Lowe, in litt., 29. [V., 20.V. 1893.)

I first met with Hyponomeuta gigas on three large trees of
Salix canariensis, at the first branching of the large barranco above
Realejo Alto: the ends of the branches were entirely covered with
the colonies of larvae, in dense web, having a seriously denuding
effect upon the foliage. Subsequently I found it, in less abundance,
on Pepulus alba, in the Eucalyptus avenue, running north-east
from La Laguna. There is no difference between the specimens
reared from Salix and Populus respectively ; the larvae also were
undistinguishable. Rebel originally described gigas (1. c. 1) as
sexually dimorphic, having ‘“alis plumbeis, anterioribus 3 punctis
nigris triseriatis, 9 innotatis”; subsequently, however, he came to
the conclusion that both sexes occurred in both forms, and that
the spotless form was characteristic of Gran Canaria, appearing

976 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

only as an aberration in Tenerife. It may be convenient to name
the spotless form innotata, var. n., and then to enumerate in
Series each variety as represented in my collection.

I have 129 (=gigas 93+36 innotata) specimens, of which 103
(=gigas 91+12 imnotata) are from Tenerife, and 26 (=gigas 2+
24 innotata) are from Gran Canaria. The series of 103 specimens
from Tenerife is composed of 91 (=66 3 ¢ +25 2 9) gigas, of
which 55 (=42 ¢ 6 +13 2 9) were bred from Populus alba, and
36 (=24 § 6 +12 2 2) were bred from Salix canariensis ; and
12 (6 6 d +6 2 &) innotata, 8(=4 6 S+4 2 Y) of which were
bred from Populus and 4(=2 ¢ 6 +2 2 9) from Salia.

The 26(=9 ¢ 6+17 @ 2) specimens from Gran Canaria were
bred by Dr. Lowe from Ocotea foetens; 24(93 $+15 2 9) are
innotata, while 2 (2 2) are gigas.

46. (424) PHYLLONORYCTER Hb.
= JiTHOcoLLeTIS Hb.; = Kucestis Hb.; = Euacuista Tr. (nec*Z.).
(pvANov =a leaf; dpuerp=a miner.)
Type Phalaena Tinea rayella L., Hb. 200.

Pxytionorycter Hb. Tent. p. [2] (1806). Lirsocontetis Hb.
Verz. Schm. 423 no. 4117-20 (1826); Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. 11.
210-16 (1901); Dyar Bull. US. Nat. Mus. 52. 549-57 (1902) ;
Meyr. Pr. Lin. Soc. NSW. XXXII. 49, 51-2 (1907); ete.

Lnthocolletis Hb. is a synonym of Phyllonorycter Hhb., the type
of both being rajella Hb. Tin. Pl. 29° 200.

90. (4113) PayLionorycTER HELIANTHEMELLUS HS.

Lithocolletis helianthemella HS. Neue Schm. 20 no. 89, Pl. 18°
115 (1860)*; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 211 no. 4113 (1901)’.

Hub. WC. ASTA®*. C-S. EUROPE: Q inf. Helianthemum
vulgare, guttatum*”. Canaries—TrENERIFE: Guimar, 25. IT —
10. TV. 1907 (Wism.).

Taken at Guimar: the larvae observed on Cistus monspeliensis.

91. (4165) PHyLLonorycrER MESSANIELLUS Z.

Lithocolletis messaniella Z. Lin. Ent. I. 221-2 no. 21. Pl. 1: 23
(1846) *; Wism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 538, 555 no. 65 (1894)°;
Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 214 no. 4165 (1901) *.

Hab. WC. ASIA*. WOC-S. EUROPE™; @ inf. Quercus,
Castanea, Carpinus’—Iraty: Rome, 10-25, IV. 1893 (Wlsm.)\—
Spain: MALAGA: Malaga, 17. IIT. 1901 (Wism.). N. AFRICA—
Morocco: Tangier, @ inf. Quercus suber, XII, excl. 25. I —
11. JIT. 1902 (Wism.). _Madeiras *—Manetra*: (Wollaston)?.
Canaries—TrnerIFE: La Laguna, @inf. Quercus suber, 13. I,
excl. 17-30. I. 1907 (Wism.), 14. TI. 1902 (Haton), @ inf. Quer-
cus sp. (decid.), 23. V, excl. 4. VI. 1907 (Wism.) ; Guimar, 25. IT.
1907 (Wism.). ,

1907. ] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 977

First received from Mr. Eaton: I found it in great abundance
at La Laguna and Guimar, on Quercus suber—also on a deciduous
oak at the former place.

92. (4166) PHyLLonorycTER PLATANI Ster.

Lithocolletis platani Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. VII. 277-9, Pl. 3-
18 (1870); Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 214. no. 4166 (1901)°.

Hab. WC. ASIA’. S. EUROPE: @ inf. Platanus orientalis ‘*
—SPAIN: MALAGA: Malaga, 17. III. 1901 (Wlsm.). Canaries—
TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, 8. I-11. II. 1907, @ inf. Platanus
orientalis, 1. I, exci. 14-20. II. 1907 (Wism.).

Extremely abundant at Santa Cruz: the fallen leaves were
crowded with mines at Xmas, 1906.

93. (4180) PHYLLONORYCTER CYTISELLLUS Rbl.

Lithocolletis cytisella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 140-1, 147
no. 217. Pl. 8: 17-17#(1896)*: XXT_ 44 no. 242 (1906)*: Stgr-
Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT, 215 no. 4180 (1901) ?’,

Hab. Tenerire’*: La Laguna, @ Cytisus proliferus, 13. I,
excl. 16. I — 8. II. 1907 (Wism.); Guimar, @ Cytisus proliferus,
26. Il, excl. 3-25. III. 1907, 7. 1V. 1907 (Wism.); Puerto Oro-
tava, 11-26. IV. 1895 (Hedemann)’, 9. V. 1907 (Wism.); Las
Mercedes, 29. V. 1907 (Wism.).

Common: a long series taken among, and bred from, Cytisus
proliferus. It is very variable, some forms approaching jwncet.

94, (4180-1) PHyYLLONORYCTER JUNCEI, sp. n.

Antennae and Palp white. Head white, mixed with golden
brownish. Thorax golden brownish, with white streaks at the
sides, and posteriorly. orewings shining, golden brown, with
five costal, and two dorsal, white streaks, more or less plainly
indicated; the first costal is at about half the wing-length, and
further removed from the second -than the others are from each
other ; the first dorsal is larger than the first costal, commencing
before it, but approaching it at its apex; the second dorsal is
opposite to the second costal; there is also a white basal streak,
sometimes produced as far as the first pair, and partially connected
with a small white dorsal streak; the outer half of the-wing is
thickly studded with black scales, which tend to form dark inner
margins to the first and second costal, and to the second dorsal
streaks, also an outer margin to the inverted costal streak before
the apex; there is a conspicuous, elongate patch of similar black
scales, also before the middle, forming an inner margin to the
first dorsal streak ; terminal cilia golden brown at their base, with
a dark line dividing this from their paler outer ends. Zap. al.
75-9 mm. Hindwings pale grey; cilia pale brownish grey.
Abdomen greyish. Legs white.

978 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

Type 2 (99090); gS (99091) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Tenerire: Villa Orotava, 6. V. 1907; Puerto Orotava,
@ Genista stenopetala, 8. V, excl. 13-16. V. 1907; La Laguna,
@ Spartium junceum, 21. V, excl. 23. V — 6. VI. 1907. Seventy-
eight specimens.

This is apparently allied to cytisellus Rbl., and, like it, is also
very variable in the intensity of its markings, which in some
specimens are more or less evanescent, but, whereas in cyti-
sellus the white so strongly predominates as to overrun the wing
and leave golden markings, in juncet the golden ground predomi-
nates, leaving white markings. I have a long series of bred
specimens of both species, and can never be ata loss to distinguish
them.

I first found jwncei in the garden behind the Hotel Vittoria,
Villa Orotava, flying freely about Genista stenopetala, and after-
wards bred it from leaves of the same, gathered at Puerto Orotava ;
but it was even more abundant on Spartium junceum, by the side
of the road from La Laguna to Tegeste, where, in one spot only,
for about 100 yards, almost every leaf of these plants was affected
by the larvae. The species is described from specimens bred from
Spartium junceum.

95. (4207:1) PHYLLONORYCTER FOLIOLOSI, sp. n.
(Plate LIII. fig. 8.)

Antennae white, with blackish annulations. Palpi white.
Head and Thorax pale golden brown. Sorewings pale golden
brown, with four costal and three, or four, more obscure, white
dorsal streaks; the first two pairs opposite, and frequently
appearing as two fasciae by meeting each other, a slender whitish
streak sometimes connecting them along the middle; between the
white streaklets, as well as towards the base, the wing is plentifully
bestrewn with minute black scale-points; cilia mixed golden and
whitish, becoming greyish along the dorsum. xp. al. 4-5°5 mm.
Hindwings and cilia pale grey. Abdomen grey, anal tuft ochreous.
Legs yellowish white.

Type & (99092); 2 (99093) Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. Tenerire: Guimar, 25.11 — 6. III. 1907, @ Adenocarpus
foliolosus, 26. II, excl. 1-10. III. 1907 (Wilsm.); La Laguna,
25. III. 1904 (Haton), 23. V — 9. VI. 1907, @ Genista canariensis,
18. V, excl. 5-15. VI. 1907 (Wilsm.). Fifty-three specimens.

The larva feeds in the tiny leaflets of Adenocarpus foliolosus,
at Guimar, at about 2000 ft. above sea-level, sometimes giving
to the branches a whitened appearance, through the bleaching of
innumerable leaves; I found the same species later, at La Laguna,
on Genista canariensis, where Mr. Eaton had taken it in March
1904.

The species is allied to parvifoliellus Ryt., but differs in the
more numerous costal streaks.

1907. ] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 979

47. (420'01) ACROCERCOPS Wlgrn.

n. syn.=Conoromorrua Meyr.; = DriatecticaA Wlsm.

Type 1. Tinea brongniardella F. (Wlgrn. 1881).
Acrocercops Wlgrn. Ent. Tdsk. II. 95 (1881).

Type 2. Conopomorpha cyanospila Meyr. (Meyr. 1886).

ConopomorPHa Meyr. Tr. NZ. Inst. XVIII. 183 (1886): -Pr. Lin.
Soe. NSW. XXXIT. 49, 54-61 no. 4 (1907).

Type 3. Gracilaria scalariella Z. (Wlsm. 1897).
Dratectica Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1897. 150-1 no. 93.

In his recent paper [Pr. Lin. Soc. NSW. XXXII. 47-68 (1907)]
Meyrick has removed the groups of Gracilaria and Zelleria from
the Tineidae to the Plutellidae, assigning now “‘ more importance to
the smooth posterior tibiae which are a normal attribute of those
two groups, than to the rough head which isa frequent character-
istic. Moreover, whilst folded maxillary palpi are peculiarly
characteristic of the Zineidae, the simple porrected maxillary
palpi of the Gracilaria group are so similar to those of the Plutella
group, and so different from those of any other Zineina, that they
would seem to indicate real affinity.” He concludes from his
study of the Gracilaria group that “ Corisciwm Z..cannot be
maintained as a distinct or natural genus, the scaling of tbe palpi
being subject to much variation, and not according with true
affinity. On the other hand,” he has “found it practicable to use
the scaling of the legs to break up the whole of the species thus
thrown together into four groups which are both natural and
strictly definable, and since the number of species known is
already very large and destined to be much larger,” he has
‘thought it conducive to clearness to establish them as genera.”
Oyphosticha Meyr. and Conopomorpha Meyr., having ‘“ Posterior
tibiae with bristly hairs above,” are separated from Gracilaria
Hw. and JMacarostola Meyr., with “Posterior tibiae smooth-
sealed.” Dialectica W1sm. is sunk as a synonym of Conopomorpha
Meyr.; but brongniardellum F. also has ‘“ Posterior tibiae bristly
above | Meyr. HB. Br. Lp. 749 (1894)], for which reason Wallen-
gren removed it from Corisciwm Z., making it the type of
Acrocercops Wlen. (1881), described as having “'Tibiae postice
setosae,” and, consequently, Conopomorpha must also sink as a
synonym.

96. (40821) AcrocERcops HEDEMANNI Rbl.

Gracilaria hedemanni Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 136-7, 147
no. 211. Pl. 3: -15 ¢ (1896)1: XXI. 44 no. 239 (1906)*: Stgr-
Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 207 no. 4067 (1901) *.

Hab. Madeiras—Maperrra: The Curralhino, Funchal, 9. IV.

980 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Noy. 26,

1902 (Haton). Canaries’ °—Trnerire’: Guimar, 2. IT. 1907
(Wism.); La Laguna, 17. IIT. 1902 (Haton); Forest de la Mina,
2500-2800 ft., 7. IV. 1904 (Haton); Puerto Orotava, 23. IV.
1907, ® Malva parviflora, 23. TV, excl. 11-14. V. 1907 (Wism.) ;
La Matanza, 2. V. 1895 (Hedemann)*; Las Mercedes, 29. V.
1907 (Wism.).

The publication of Prof. Rebel’s figure of hedemanni prevented
me from describing a very closely allied species, found at Tangier
in 1901. JI have now a considerable series of each, and am
acquainted with their larvae. Both feed on species of Malvaceae,
making conspicuous blotches on the upper sides of the leaves, and
in both instances the larvae assume, before pupating, the beau-
tiful transverse bands of scarlet, or rich carmine, so well known in
Acrocercops brongmardellum F.

The Tenerife species is exceedingly common, feeding on Malva
parviflora everywhere, and on Lavatera arborea in gardens, at
Orotava and elsewhere. I have received hedemanni also from
Funchal, Madeira (Rev. 4. H. Haton); there is no difference
between the Tenerife and Madeira specimens.

(4082°2) ACROCERCOPS MALVACEA, Sp. ND.
=*hedemanni W\sm. (nec Rbl.).

Dialectica sp. n. Wism. Ent. Mo. Mag. XXXVII. 236 (1901)!. Gracilaria *hede-
manni W\sm. Ent. Mo. Mag. XX XIX. 181 (1908) 2.

Hab. Morocco: Tangier! 2, © Malva sp.1, Lavatera olbia?, © [Malva? sp.?),
XU, excl. 1-11. I. 1902, © 18. 1V> excl. 29. LV - 9. V.1901. Thirty-six specimens.

Type & (88655) ; 9 (88669); © (88688) Mus. Wism.

When recording Gracilaria hedemanni from Morocco [Ent. Mo. Mag. XX SIX.
181 (1903) |, I was somewhat misled by the absence of a pale basal patch in Rebel’s
ficure. Such a patch is distinctly present in hedemanni, but barely traceable or
entirely absent from the Tangier insect ; moreover the dorsal spot beyond the central
fascia is also absent from what I may now call Acrocercops malvacea, sp. n.
There is also a slight difference in the larvae: in malvacea the scarlet transverse
bands are shorter, extending less far laterally, and the head is brown—not blackish
as in hedemanni. 1 recorded the food-plant as Lavatera olbia (Ent. Mo. Mag.
XXXIX. 181), but I am unable now to verify this by reference to preserved specimens,
which is to be regetted, as I had previously [Ent. Mo. Mag. XXX VII. 236 (1901) |
thought the plant “a very large mallow”. It was a tall Malvaceous plant, some-
times seven or eight feet high, with broad rounded leaves and white, or lilac,
flowers.

97. (4082°3) AcCROCERCOPS SCALARIELLA Z.

Gracilaria scalariella Z. Stett. Ent. Ztg. XI. 160-1 (1850)’;
Hrtm. MT. Miinch. Ent. Ver. IV. 35 no. 2351 (1880)*; Wlsm.
Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 538, 555 no. 64 (1894)*; Rbl. Ann.
KK. Hofmus. IX. 18, 91 no. 181 (1894)*: XI. 137, 147 no. 212
(1896) °: X XT. 44 no. 240 (1906)°. Dialectica scalariella W1sm.
Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1897. 150-1 (1897)". Gracilaria scalariella
Ster-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IL. 208 no. 4081 (1901) °.

Hab. WC. ASIA*. 8S. EUROPE’: @ Z£chium vulgare, X—
XI, excl. 1V-V ?—Corsica : Posso di Borgo, 5. VI. 1889 (Wism.)

] 907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 981

—S. France*: Mentone, Q@ Cynoglosswm, excl. 12. III. 1893
(Wism.); Cannes, @ Lchiwm, excl. IV. 1881 (Wism.); Monte
Carlo, @ Lehium, excl. LV. 1881 (Wlsm.)—Sramn*: MALAGA:
El-Chorro, @ Hchiuwm, 5.1, excl. 27.1 — 1.11. 1901 (Wism.);
Malaga, @ Symphytum, 31. I, excl. 13-14. IT. 1901 (Wism.).
N. AFRICA—AtceriA: Bone, 6-21. IV. 1896 (Haton); Con-
stantine, 26. X. 1895 (Haton)—Tunts: Tunis, 5. XII. 1893
(Zaton). Madeiras**°: Maprira: (Wollaston)***; Monte,
Funchal, 13. TV. 1904 (Haton). Canaries **—Tenerire**: IV.
1885 (Leech)*; Santa Cruz, 1895 (Hedemann)’, #12. I. 1907,
@ Symphytum, 26. XII, excl. 14. I. 1907 (Wlsm.); San Andres,
@® Echiwm spinoswm, 23. I, excl. 26-28. I. 1907 (Wism.); Puerto
Orotava, IV. 1895 (Hedemann)’, GB Hchium sp., 8. V, excl. 6.
V. 1907 (Wism.); Realejo, 7. V. 1907 (Wism.)—Gran CANARIA :
1895 (Hedemann) ’.

This species is common at Santa Cruz, and Guimar, and indeed
wherever its food-plants are found. I bred it from at least three
different species of Hchiwm, as well as from Symphytwm, in
Tenerife, and am able to extend the distribution of the species
from captures by Mr. Haton and myself.

48. (420) GRACILARIA Hw.

98. (4057) GRACILARIA ROSCIPENNELLA Hb.

Tinea roscipennella Hb. Smlg. Eur. Schm. VIII. Pl. 29-128
(1796)'. Poeciloptilia roscipennella Hb. Verz. Schm. 427 no.
4167 (1826)*. Gracilaria roscipennella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus.
VII. 278, 283 no. 62 (1892)*: TX. 18, 91 no. 180 (1894)*; Wlsm.
Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 538, 555 no. 63 (1894)°; Stgr-Rbl.
Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 207 no. 4057 (1901)°: Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus.
XXI. 44 no. 237 (1906) ’.

Hab. WC. ASIA. C-S. EUROPE: @ Juglans—Spain :
GRANADA: Sierra Nevada, 3 VI. 1901 (Wism.). Madeiras **—
Maveira*: San Antonio da Serra (Wollaston)’; Rabagal,
3430 ft., 29. IV. 1904 (Haton). Canaries*“—TeEnerire*”: IV.
1885 (Leech)*; La Laguna, @ Laurus canariensis, 19. V, excl. 9.
VI — 21. VII. 1907 (Wism.); Taganana, 9. VIII. 1889 (Simony)’.
_ Prof. Rebel records specimens taken by Professor Simony,
above Taganana, among Woodwardia radicans; he subsequently
recognised a worn specimen, in my own collection (61049), re-
ceived from the late Mr. J. H. Leech, from Tenerife. I have
now succeeded in breeding a few examples from larvae forming
conspicuous cones on Laurus canariensis, collected in the neigh-
bourhood of La Laguna and Tegeste: after comparing them with
a series bred from leaves of Juglans, at Cannes, | am quite unable
to separate them, but I failed to find any larvae on Juglans in
Tenerife, although some trees grew at no great distance from the
spot where most of my larvae were taken.

982 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

99. (4057-1) GractiaRiA sTAINTONI Wlstn. (Plate LIII. fig. 14.)

Gracilaria staintont Wistn. Ann-Mag. NH. (3 s.). I. 122 (1858)*:
Wkr. Cat. Lp. BM. XXX. 854 no, 24 (1864)*; Wlsm. Tr. Ent.
Soc. Lond. 1894. 538, 555 no. 62 (1894)°; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lep.
Pal. II. 206 no. 4049 (1901) *

Antennae pale brownish yellow. Labial Palpi white, smeared
with tawny reddish on the outer side of the terminal joint, and
toward the apex of the median. Mamillary Palpi white, tipped
with tawny reddish. Head pale yellowish brown; face whitish.
Thorax bright golden yellow above; the tegulae reddish brown.
Forewings very long and narrow; shining, bright, pale golden
yellow, with a purplish lilac suffusion spreading over the dorsal
half and becoming rather darker across the apex; at the upper
edge of the purplish shade are two or three slight projections of
a rather more intense colour, and, on either side of the middle of
the costa above them, are one or more minute black dots; cilia
reddish purple above the apex, reddish ochreous below it, dark
tawny grey along the dorsum. xp. al.13-14 mm. Hindwings
shining, leaden grey; cilia tawny grey. Abdomen leaden grey,
silvery white beneath. Legs pale grey, the tarsi fading to whitish,
and very faintly spotted.

Type o (no. XL) Mus. Br.; C7. g (99127); 2 (14175) Mus.
Wism.

Hab. Madeiras**— Maperra'*: Funchal, 16. IV. 1904
(Haton) ; The Mount, 1855 (Wollaston)**. Canaries—TENERIFE :
Las Mercedes, 30. III. 1904 (Haton); Taganana, 27. V. 1907 ;
Agua Garcia, Tacaronte, 31. V. 1907 (Wism.); La Laguna, @®
Laurus canariensis, 19. V, excl. 12. VI. 1907 (Wism.).

This species was captured at Taganana, and at Agua Garcia,
near ‘Tacaronte, and subsequently bred from larvae feeding’ in
large cones on the leaves of Lawrus canariensis, which were un-
distinguishable from the cones made by roscipennella on the
same tree. Mr. Katon took this species at. Funchal, and at Las
Mercedes, in 1904.

100. (4057-2) GRACILARIA SCHINELLA, sp. n.
(Plate LITT. fig. 13.)

Antennae pale brownish ochreous, faintly dark-barred above.
Palpi brownish ochreous, smeared with rust-brown externally.
Head and Thorax brownish ochreous; the tegulae touched with
purplish. orewings pale ochreous, suffused with reddish lilac,
more strongly at the base of the costa than elsewhere, and
notably less on a pale, elongate, mediocostal patch extending to
the fold, which, however, like the rest of the wing-surface, is
distinctly iridescent; the more suffused portions exhibit every
possible variety of iridescence, from purple to green, and cupreous,
according to the incidence of light; there is a purplish shade in
the cilia below the apex, but the dorsal cilia are pale, iridescent,
bronzy greyish. Hap. al. 11-14 mm. Hindwings 4; pale leaden

1907. ] MICROLEPIDOFTERA OF TENERIFE, 983

grey; cilia iridescent, greyish cupreous. Abdomen grey, anal
tuft ochreous. Legs cinereous; the femora and tibiae of the
anterior and median pairs thickly clothed with tawny reddish
fuscous.

Type & (99130); 2 (99131) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, 3. I. 1907, @ Schinus molle, 27.
XIT - 11. I, excl. 22. 1-7. III. 1907. Fifteen specimens.

This species 1s exceedingly common at Santa Cruz, where the
young larva mines the leaflets of Schinus molle. It subsequently
forms a blister, like that of a Phyllonorycter, and eventually rolls
a whole leaflet into a compact cone, sometimes pupating within
it, but frequently leaving it and forming a smooth, silken cocoon
under another leaf. It is remarkable that this species should
have escaped observation so long, the tree on which it lives being
-so commonly introduced in all parts of the south of Europe. It
is probably not indigenous in Tenerife, but, if this be the case, it
is one of the very rare instances of the introduction of an exotic
-insect with an imported plant.

101. (4057°3) Gracitnarra AuRANTIACA Wlstn.
(Plate LIII. fig. 12.)

Gracilaria ? aurantiaca Wlstn. Ann-Mag. NH. (3 s.). I. 122
(1858)*; Wkr. Cat. Lp. BM. XXX. 854 no. 25 (1864)*. Blas-
tobasis (?) aurantiaca Wlsm. ‘Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 538, 552
no. 53 (1894) *; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 164 no. 3066 (1901) *.
Gracilaria sp. Rbl, Ann. KK. Hofmus. XXI. 39, 44 no. 238
(1906) *.

Antennae ochreous, faintly barred above with chestnut-brown.
Palpi ochreous, the median joint chestnut-brown on its outer
side. Head ochreous. Thoraw brownish ochreous; tegulae tinged
with reddish. Morewings rich brownish ochreous, suffused with
tawny red toward the apex; with a broad, rich tawny red,
triangular patch, commencing at the base of the costa and ex-
tending two-thirds the length of the wing, its lower angle slightly
crossing the fold before the middle; from the tornus arises an
inverted, short, diffused streak of tbe same colour, the cilia also
are tawny reddish, except on the costa before the apex, where
they are pale cinereous. Haxp.al.11-l5 mm. Hindwings shining,
pale grey ; cilia pale cinereous. Abdomen cinereous. Legs pale
cinereous, unspotted.

Type o (no. XXXIX)Mus. Br.; C7. 3 (99145); 2 (99146)
Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Madeiras *’—Manprira’: 1855 (Wollaston)**. Canaries
—TENERIFE : 1905 (White)? : Villa Orotava, 19. II. 1907; Guimar,
@® Hypericum grandifolium, 19. III, excl. 5-26. 1V. 1907(Wism.);
Cruz de Afur, 5. IV. 1904 (Haton); Arafo, 13. 1V.1907; Puerto
Orotava, 23. IV — 10. V. 1907; Realejo, 7. V. 1907; Taganana,
27, V. 1907; las Mercedes, 31. V. 1907; La Laguna, 3. VI.
1907 (Wism.).

984 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

This species is extremely common in all the barrancos about
Guimar, and Villa Orotava, and probably everywhere from 1000—
3000 ft. It forms cones on at least two species of Hypericum
(grandifolium, canariense, etc.). It is the Gracilaria sp., no. 238
of Rebel’s List, and on comparison proves to be the species
described as Gracilaria? aurantiaca by Wollaston, from Madeira,
which I erroneously listed as Blastobasis ? awrantiaca (1. ¢. 8).

49. (423) BEDELLIA Stn.
102. (4107) BeDELLIA SOMNULENTELLA Z..

n. syn. =*daphneella Wlsm. (nec Stgr.).

Lyonetia somnulentella Z. Isis 1847. 894-5 no. 432°. Bedellia
somnulentella Stn. Ann-Mag. NH. (3s.). IIT. 214 (1859) *; Wlsm.
Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 537, 542 no. 24 (1894)*. *Phyllo-
brostis *daphneella Wlsm. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 538, 555
no. 66 (1894)*. Bedellia somnulentella Rbl. Ann, KK. Hofmus.
XI. 137, 147 no. 213 (1896)’; Busck Pr. US. Nat. Mus. XXITT.
243-4 (1900)°; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 210 no, 4107 (1901)%;
Dyar Bull. US. Nat. Mus. 52. 557 no. 6337 (1902)*; Wlsm. Fn.
Hawaii. I. 723-4 no. 430. Pl. 25 - 28 (1907)°.

Hab. C-S. EUROPE” ™*: @ Convolvulus spp. (althaeoides,
arvensis, cantabrica, mauretanica, sepium) °, Ipomoea purpurea °—
Spain: MALAGA: Malaga, @Q Convolvulus althaeoides, 30. XII,
excl. 16. IJ. 1901 (Wism.); Torremolinos, 29. I, excl. 3. IIT.
1901 (Wism.). N. AFRICA—Atceria: Biskra, 5-12. IIT. 1903
(Wism.), 21. TV. 1895, 3. VI. 1893 (Haton) ; El-Guerrah, 27. V.
1903 (Wism.). Madeiras*°* ” “—Mapztra*’: The Mount (Wol-
laston)*. Canaries’ °—Trnerire’: Santa Cruz, @ Convolvulus
althaeoides, 10. I, excl. 22. I — 10, III. 1907 (Wism.); Guimar, 2.
IIT. 1907 (Wism.); Puerto Orotava, 23. TV. 1895 (Hedemann) ’.
UNITED STATES”® *°: @ Jpomoea, Pharbitis®, HAWAITA?,
AUSTRALIA’. N. ZEALAND’.

Common on various species of Convolvulus: I have recognised
the mines on Convolvulus floridus, and bred it from C. althaeoides.

The record of the occurrence of “ Phyllobrostis daphneella Stgr.”
in the Madeiras [Wlsm. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 538, 555
no. 66] must be corrected: examining again the fragment, thus
identified at the time, I find it to be a remnant of Bedellia
somnulentella Z., which Stainton had already recorded from
Madeira.

50. (426) TISCHERIA Z.
103. (4210-1) TiscHERIA TANTALELLA, sp. 0.
Antennae pale fawn-ochreous. Palpi, Head, and Thorax pale
fawn-ochreous. orewings pale fawn-ochreous, thickly sprinkled
with yellowish, and some fawn-brownish, scales, the latter con-

densed in a narrow streak along the base of the costa, and in a
small, but conspicuous tornal spot; cilia brownish grey. xp. al.

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 985

8 mm. Hindwings pale grey; cilia brownish grey. Abdomen
erey above, pale yellowish at the sidesand beneath. Legs shining,
fawn-whitish. |

Type 3 (98990) Mus. W1sm.

Hab. TrexurirE: Guimar, 2. ITI. 1907. Unique.

The most persistent searching failed to secure a second specimen ;
there was no oak anywhere near where it occurred. It appears
to be more nearly allied to North American than to Huropean
species.

104, (4215) TiscHERIA LONGICILIATELLA Rbl.

Tischeria longiciliatella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 141-2, 147
no. 218 (1896)*: XXI. 44 no. 243 (1906) *: Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp.
Pal. Il. 217 no. 4215 (1901) °.

Hab. TexerirE**: Villa Orotava, @ Rubus fruticosus, 19. II,
excl. 27. Il — 22. IIT. 1907 (Wism.); Guimar, 28. TI — 19. III.
1907, @ Rubus fruticosus, 27. II, excl. 17. ITI — 13. IV. 1907
(Wism.); Las Mercedes, 2000 ft., 7. III. 1904 (Haton); Forest
de la Mina, 7. 1V. 1904 (Haton); Puerto Orotava, 15-17. IV.
1895 (Hedemann)*, 3-14. V. 1907 (Wism.); La Laguna, 8. IV.
1904 (Haton), 9. VI. 1907 (Wism.).

I have bred this species from Rubus fruticosus, amongst which
it was found by von Hedemann, and Eaton. Rebel described
his type as dark brownish, remarking that his second specimen,
which was somewhat worn, had traces of brassy yellow colouring.
Some specimens show much more ochreous spotting than the
typical form, of which I have several caught and some bred
specimens, in which the small yellow dorsal spot before the tornus
is almost obsolete; others again, bred and caught, show three
strong yellow patches on the outer half of the wing, more or less
connected with each other, and another at the base of the costa.
The many intermediate gradations clearly prove that these are
mere variations of one species.

Tischeria longiciliatella Rbl. must not be confused with the
Texan Zischeria longeciliata Frey and Boll [Stett. Ent. Zte.
XXXIX. 259 (1878), @ Helianthus), which Prof. Rebel probably
overlooked when naming the Tenerife species.

51. (446) ACROLEPIA Crt.
105. (4478) ACROLEPIA VESPERELLA Z.

Roslerstammia vesperella Z. Stett. Ent. Ztg. XI. 156-7 no. 158
(1850)*. <Acrolepia vesperella Hrtm. MT. Miinch. Ent. Ver. TV. 4
no. 1529°(1880)*; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IJ. 232 no. 4478
(1901) *.

Hab. 8. KUROPE™: @ Smilax aspera, V, X, excl. [V, 1X >—
Traty : Rome, 10-25, IV. 1893 (Wlsm.)—F Rance: Monte Carlo,
19-22. VI. 1898 (Wlsm.). N. AFRICA *—Morocco: Tangier,
30-31. XII. 1901 (Wism.)—AueEria: El-Biar, 2. III — 7. LY.

986 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Noy. 26,

1893 (Haton); Ruisseau des Singes, Médéa, 26. VII. 1893 (Zaton).
Canaries—TrENERIFE: Las Mercedes, 30. III. 1904 (Haton),
29. V — 7. VI. 1907 (Wism.); Cruz de Afur, 5, IV. 1904 (Haton) ;
Forest de la Mina, 9. 1V. 1904 (Haton); Guimar, 10. ITV. 1907
(Wism.); La Laguna, 23-31. V. 1907 (Wism.); Tacaronte, 31.
V. 1907 (Wism.).

Found commonly at various localities: not previously recorded
from the Canaries. 4

106. (4489-1) ACROLEPIA PAPPELLA, sp. n.
(Plate LITT. fig. 15.)

Antennae fuscous, clearly spotted with white along their under
sides. Palpi cinereous, shaded transversely with fuscous on each
joint beneath. Head and Thorax cinereous, mixed with fuscous.
Forewings pale cinereous, partially suffused with pale fawn, and
speckled with fuscous; a series of black specks along the basal
third of the costa, and some small, obscure, fuscous cloud-spots
on the outer half of the costa; two rather larger cloud-spots on
the dorsum, preceded and followed by white scaling, the white
patch between them containing two short upright streaks of
blackish speckling; a fuscous line along the termen, and a
broader shade of the same on the outer half of the pale cinereous
terminal cilia. Hap. al. 10-12 mm. Hindwings pale steely grey ;
cilia pale brownish cinereous. Abdomen and Legs greyish; the
tarsi with pale spots at the joints.

Type 2 (99151); 3 (99152) Mus. W1sm.

Hab, Tunerire: Guimar, 28. II. 1907, @ Allagopappus dicho-
tomus, 28. II, excl. 30. III. 1907; Villa Orotava, @, 19. II,
excl. 19-30. III. 1907; Puerto Orotava, @, 20. IV, excl. 27-30.
TV. 1907. ‘Twelve specimens.

Larva on Allagopappus dichotomus, mining the leading leaves,
and pupating in a white open network cocoon among these, or
on the stems. Two specimens taken on the wing at Guimar,
where larvae were found the same day, and on different dates at.
Orotava.

52, (292) PLUTELLA Schrk.

107. (2447) PLUTELLA MACULIPENNIS Ort.

=cruciferarum Z.°

Cerostoma maculipennis Crt. Br. Ent. IX. Pl. 420, expl. p. 2
(1832)*. Plutella cruciferarum Z. Stett. Ent. Ztg. TV. 281-3
(1843)°; Stn. Ann-Mag. NH. (3 s.). IIT. 212 (1859)°; Rbl. Ann.
KK. Hofmus. VII. 272, 283 no. 53 (1892)*; Wlsm. Tr. Ent.
Soc. Lond. 1894, 537,542 no. 26 (1894)°. Plutella maculipennis
Wilsm. & Drnt, Ent. Mo. Mag. XX XIIT. 173-5 (1897)°; Stgr-
Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 137 no. 2447 (1901)"; Dyar Bull. US.
Nat. Mus. 52. 492 no. 5503 (1902)*; Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus.
XXI. 44 no. 207 (1906)°; Meyr. Pr. Lin. Soc. NSW, XXXIT.

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 987

145-6 no. 284 (1907) °; Wlsm. Fn. Hawaii. I. 652-3, 751 no. 330
(UO) =

Hab. KUROPE™™”™ ASIA™, AFRICA™. Madeiras**’°
—Maperra®*’: Funchal (Wollaston)’; San Antonio da Serra
(Wollaston)’. Canaries*” °—Trnerire: La Laguna, 1. IV.
1904 (Haton), 10. VI. 1907 (Wism.); Santa Cruz, 31. XIT. 1906
(Wism.).—ALEGRANZA~’*: 12. LX. 1890 (Simony)*. AMERICA *.
HAWAIIA*. OCEHKANIA”™. AUSTRALIA”. NEW ZEA-
GAUDI:

Abundant everywhere.

53. (269) PORPE Hb. -
=* CHOREUTIS (Hb. p.) Stgr-Rbl.
Type Tinea bjerkandrella Thnb. (=vibrana Hb. 202) Hb. (1826).

Porre Hb. Verz. Schm. 373 no. 3579 (1826). *CHoreEUTIS Stgr-
Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. ID. 129 no. 269 (1901); Dyar Bull. US. Nat
Mus. 52. 493-4 (1902).

Choreutis Hb. is a synonym of Hemerophila Hb., the type of
both being Phalaena (Tortrix) pariana Cl.; Hiibner’s geneonym
Porpe must therefore be used for bjerkandrella and its allies
instead of Choreutis.

108. (2311) PorPE BJERKANDRELLA Thnbg.

Tinea bjerkandrella Thnbg. Diss. Ent. Ins. Suec. I. 24. Pl. [1
24-5] (1784)*: Diss. Ac. Upsal. III. 36. Pl. 4° 24-5 (1801)?
Xylopoda pretiosana Dp. HN. Lp. Fr. Sppl. IV. 182 no. 362.
Pl. 65: 9 (1842)°. Choreutis bjerkandrella HK. Wlistn. Ann-Mag.
NH. (5s.). II. 342 (1879)*: Lp. St. Helena 29-30 (1879)?*;
Wism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 537, 545 no. 36 (1894)’.
Choreutis pretiosana Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 266, 282
no. 43 (1892)°: XI. 122, 146 no. 173 (1896)’: XXI. 44 no. 202
(1906)°. Choreutis bjerkandrella Thnbg.+pretiosana Stgr-Rbl.
Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 129 no. 2312 (1901)°. Choreutis bjerkandrella
Meyr. Pr. Lin. Soc. NSW. XXXIT. 109 no. 203 (1907).

Hab. ASIA’. EUROPE®. Madeiras ~* °— Manetra °:
Funchal (Wollaston)’. Canaries **—TENERIFE’: Santa Cruz,
10. 1 — 7. II. 1907, @ Inula viscosa, 18. I, excl. 9-13. Il. 1907
(Wism.), 8. V. 1895 (Hedemann)", 9. VIIT. 1889 (Simony) *;
La Laguna, 15-16. III. 1902, 6. IV. 1904 (Zaton); Guimar,
@ Gnaphalium luteoalbum, 25. II, excl. 11-23. IIT. 1907 (Wism.) ;
TV. 1884 (Leech); Puerto Orotava, 1895 (Hedemann)', 3. V.
1907, @ Thistle, 3. V, excl. 16. V. 1907 (Wism.). St. Helena’:
Plantation ; Cleugh’s Plain; West Lodge (#. Wollaston)’.
AUSTRALIA”.

Taken and bred from Gnaphalium at Guimar, taken and bred
from Thistles at Puerto Orotava, and bred from Jnula at Santa
Cruz: no difference can be found between the specimens.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. LX VI. 66

988 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 26,.

54, (270) HEMEROPHILA Hb.

Hemeropuita Hb. (1806), Frnld., Dyar; =§$ Awraoraiia Hw.
(1811); =Smrarruis Leach (1815), Stgr-Rbl.; [=Zezenwa Blog.
(1820) LN.]; =4XyvLopone Ltr, (1825); =Cxorzuris Hb.
(1826); =Hvrromvra Fril. (1828); =Xyzoropa Ltr. (1829);
= Enromotoma Regt. (1875).

Type 1. Phalaena Tortrix pariana Cl. (Hb. 1806).

HemeropHitA Hb. Tent. p. [2] (1806). Cworzuris Hb. Verz.
Schm. 373 (1826). Hurromuca Frél. Enum. Tort. Wirt. 11
(1828).

Type 2. Phalaena Tortria fabriciana L. (Leach 1815).

§ AwrnopHiia Hw. Lp. Br. 471 (1811). Simanruis Leach, Brew-
ster’s Edinb. Encycl. IX. 135 no. 466 (1815). [Yepenwna Blog.
Enum. Ins. Mus. Blbg. 90 (1820) ZN.}. 4, Xyvtopope Ltr. Fam.
Nat. Regne An. 476 (1825). Xyrzropopa Ltr. Cuv. Régne An.
(2 ed.). V. 412 (1829)..

Type 3. Zortrix nemorana Hb.

*Xyzopopa (Litr.) Dp. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. IIT. 448-9 no. 21
(1834): HIN. Lp. Fr. EX. 24, 456 no. 21 (1834). Eyromonoma
Regt. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. XLIV. (5 s. V: 1875). p. xliii (1875).

Choreutis Hb. must be sunk asa synonym of Hemerophila Hb.,
the type of both being pariana Cl.: Simaethis Leach (type
fabriciana I.) and Entomoloma Regt. (type nemorana Hb.) are
potential geneonyms.

109, (2314) HemeropHita NemorANA Hb.

Tortrix nemorana Hb. Smlg. Schm. Eur. VII. Pl. 1: 3(1797)’.
Choreutis nemorana Hb. Verz. Schm. 373 no. 3577 (1826) °*.
Simaethis nemorana Hrtm. MT. Miinch. Ent. Ver. III. 194
no. 1305 (1879)°; Wlsm. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 537, 545
no. 37 (1894)*; Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 266, 282 no. 44
(1892)*?: XI. 122, 146 no. 173 (1896) °: XXT. 44 no. 203 (1906):
Ster-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. I. 129 no. 2314 (1901) °.

Hab. WC. ASIA®. S. EUROPE®: @ Ficus VIII-IX, excl.
TV_V1°—S. Spain: Granada, @ Ficus, 4-11. VI, exel. 11. VI —
A, VII. 1901 (Wism.). N. AFRICA *—Atceria *: Constantine,
98. V. 1895 (Haton); Médéa, 21. VII. 1893 (Haton); Azazga,
2. IX. 1893 (Haton). Madeiras* © "—Maperra*: The Mount
(Wollaston) *. _ Canaries®°— La Pauma®’: 20. VIII. 1889
(Simony) °—Hirrro*": 28. VITT. 1889 (Stmony) ’—TENERIFE ©:
Santa Cruz, 3. V. 1895 (Hedemann)°; Puerto Orotava, 4-14. V.
1907 (Wism.).

Taken and bred from Fig-trees: obviously an introduced
species.

1907.) MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 989

110. (2318) HemMmERopHILA FABRICIANA L.

=oxyacanthella L.

Phalaena Tortriz fabriciana L. Syst. Nat. (ed. XII.): I. 880
no. 324 (1767)'. Phalaena Tinea oxyacanthella L. Syst. Nat.
(ed. XII.), I. 886 no. 357 (1767)*. Simaethis fabriciana Stph.
List Br. An. BM. V. Lp. 248 (1850)°; Stn. Ann-Mag. NH.
(3 s.). IIT. 210 (1859)* Stimaethis oxyacanthella Hrtm. MT
Minch. Ent. Ver. ITI. 194 no. 1309 (1879)°; Wlsm. Tr. Ent.
Soc. Lond. 1894. 537, 545 no. 38 (1894)°. Simaethis fabriciana
Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 129 no. 2318 (1901)”.

Hab. WC. ASIA". EUROPE'’: @Q Urtica, Parietaria’.
Madeiras © *’—Manetra*: (Wollaston)* °. Canaries—TENERIEE:
IV. 1884 (Leech).

I have a single specimen (61978), taken in Tenerife, in April
1884, by the late Mr. J. H. Leech, but did not myself meet with
this species, which has not been recorded from the Canaries.

55. (272) GLYPHIPTERYX Hb.
111. (2333) GLyPHIPTERYX PYGMAEELLA Rbl.

Glyphipteryx pygmaeella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 132-3, 147
no. 247 (1896)*: XXI. 44 no. 204 (1906)*: Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp.
Teele IO, ei0) tao, Aaa) (IOI) 3

Hab. Canaries ~°—Trnerire’”: Cruz de Afur, 5. IV. 1904
(Zaton); Puerto Orotava, 22. 1V. 1895 (Hedemann)*; La Laguna,
7. VI. 1907 (Wism.)—Gran Canarta**: Las Palmas, 10. V.
1895 (Hedemann) ’.

One specimen only of this species was met with at La Laguna,
on June 7th, I have also one from Mr. Eaton, taken near the
Cruz de Afur, on April 5th.

112. (233671) GLYPHIPTERYX FORTUNATELLA, sp. n.
(Plate LIT. fig. 18.)

Antennae bronzy fuscous. Palpi white, spotted with fuscous
along their outer sides. Head cupreous. Thorax bronzy fuscous.
Forewings bronzy fuscous, blending to brownish cupreous beyond
the middle; with five distinct white costal streaks, the first, about
the middle of the costa, tending obliquely outward, longer than
the second, which is a little beyond it, also oblique, but not
parallel, tending rather to converge ; after a space, ati least equal
to that which divides the first pair of streaks on the costa, there
follows a series of three shorter streaks, their points shghtly
converging in the direction of a short, white, curved, terminal

incision below the apex; beyond these the cilia form a sharply

uncate apex, owing to the outer extremities of those below it

being pure white, while their basal halves are bronzy grey

surrounding a black apical spot; the whitened cilia, after con-
66*

990 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE (Nov. 26,

tributing to the subapical incision, are continued along the termen
to the tornus, with their basal halves bronzy cupreous; at the
tornus is a short, silvery white, triangular spot, and from the
middle of the dorsum arises a rather slender, slightly curved,
outwardly oblique, white silvery streak, which nearly reaches to
the apex of the first costal streak above it. Hump. al. 6—6°5 mm.
Hindwings bronzy grey; cilia scarcely paler. Abdomen bronzy
fuscous. Legs bronzy greyish, the spurs and joints white.

Type @ (99102); S (99103) Mus. W1sm.

Hab. TeneriFeE: Guimar, 10-14. IV. 1907; Villa Orotava,
26. LV. 1907; Realejo, 7. V. 1907. Nineteen specimens.

Nearly allied to fischeriella Z., but differing in the middle white
costal streak being always nearer to the following than to the
preceding pair, whereas in jischertella it is equidistant between
them. It also differs in the more evenly slender, and more pro-
duced, oblique dorsal streak, which always reaches as far as, or a
little beyond, the apex of the first costal. G. fortwnatella is
smaller than pygmaeella, and is common in the neighbourhood of
Guimar, in the Barranco Badajos; it occurs also at Villa Orotava
and Realejo.

V. PHALONIADAE,

56. (285) LOXOPERA Stph.
=*L0ZoPERA Stph., Stgr-Rbl.

113. (1646) LoxopEra FRANCILLONANA F.

=‘ francillana F., Stgr-Rbl. ; =*flagellana Rbl. (nec Dp.).
Pyralis francillana F. Ent. Syst. IT. (2). 264-5 no. 94 (1794).
Lozopera francillonana Wlsm. Ent. Mo. Mag. XXXIV. 71-2.
Pl. 2° 124 (1898)*. Conchylis “flagellana Rbl. Ann. KK.
Hofmus. XI. 119, 146 no. 166 (1896)*. Lozopera francillana
Stgr-Rbl. Cat.,Lp. Pal. Il. 94 no. 1646 (1901)*. Conchylis
francillana BRbl. Ann. KK. Hotmus. XOXT. 37, 43° no. 193
(1906) °.

Hab. WG. ASIA‘. EUROPE** *: @ Daucus carota, Ferula
communis?. Canaries *°—Tenprire*’: Santa Cruz, @ Todaroa
aurea, 12. II, exel. 17. IV— 29. V. 1907 (Wism.), 3. V. 1895
(Hedemann) *.

Prof. Rebel (J. ¢. 5) records francillonana from Tenerife, on the
strength of a specimen in Mr. White’s collection, remarking that
it was almost certainly the same as the specimen collected by
von Hedemann, at Santa Cruz, May 3rd, 1895, which (J. ¢. 8)
he had identified as *flagellana. I met with francillonana, also
at Santa Cruz, in February, feeding among the seeds of Todaroa
aurea, an indigenous Umbellifer. The larvae soon left the seed-
heads, and as I had taken no stems of the plant, when leaving
Santa Cruz, they travelled restlessly round the bottles for many

SOW] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. (991

days after reaching Guimar: on being supplied with small pieces
of Bambusa, and of the first Umbellifer I could find, they quickly
gnawed their way into both of these and pupated, the moths
emerging from April 17th to May 29th.

114. (1647) Loxoprra BinBaénsts Rslr.

Conchylis francillana F.+ bilbaénsis Rslr. Stett. Ent. Ztg.
XXXVIII. 372 (1877)*. Lozopera bilbaénsis Wism. Ent. Mo.
Mag. XXXIV. 72-3. PI. 2- 22-4 (1898)*; Ster-Rbl. Cat. Lp.
Pal. IT. 94 no. 1647 (1901) *.

Hab. 8S. EUROPE™?: Q Crithmum maritimum”. Canaries
—Tenerire: La Laguna, 6. IV. 1904 (Zaion); Puerto Orotava,
4A. V. 1907, @ Crithmum maritimum, 29. IV, excl. 9. V — 17.
VII. 1907, @ Lerula sp., 29. IV, excl. 29. VII..1907 (Wism.) ;
Bajomar, @ Astydamia canariensis, 22. V, excl. 3. VI—19.
VIII. 1907 (Wism.).

Larvae found in stems of Crithmwm maritimwm, at Puerto
Orotava, in May, produced paler and darker varieties from the
beginning of May to the middle of July. I subsequently found
it in great abundance in stems of Astydamia canariensis, at
Bajomar, from which I reared a series of twenty specimens :
a careful examination of the chitinous genital appendages shows
them to be the same as in the Crithmwm-feeder, and in a series
of Spanish and Corsican specimens, also reared from Crithmwm.
A single specimen was also bred from the stems of a species of
Ferula, found at Puerto Orotava. Were it not for the differences
in the form of the uncus and claspers it would be exceedingly
difficult to separate this species from francillonana, but the hind-
wings are almost invariably paler. A somewhat worn specimen
taken by Mr. Eaton, at La Laguna, in April 1904, is unfor-
tunately a 2, but I think it is certainly blbaénsis.

57. (236) PHALONIA Hb.

= ConcH#yYzis Tr., Stgr-Rbl.

115. (1666) PHaLonta CARPOPHILANA Stgr.

Cochylis carpophilana Steger. Stett. Ent. Ztg. XX. 228-9 no. 45
(1859)*. Conchylis carpophilana Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IL. 95
no. 1666 (1901)*. Phalonia carpophilana Wism. Ent. Mo. Mag.
XXXVI. 235 (1901) °. 3

Hab. 8. EUROPE—S. Spain ?: HUELVA: Coto, @ Asphodelus
ramosus, LV®, excl. 6-28. V. 1901 (Wism.)*. N. AFRICA—
Aucerta: Constantine, 16. VI. 1894 (H#aton). Canaries—
TENERIFE : Santa Cruz, 22. I — 11. II. 1907; Guimar, 6-16. IV.
1907, @ Asphodelus ramosus, 2-9. IV, excl. 138. IV. 1907
(Wism.).

992 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

Taken at Santa Cruz, in January, and at Guimar, in April—
also bred from seeds of Asphodelus ramosus at the latter place,
the bred specimen being much larger (eap. al. 17 mm.) than any
individual of my Spanish bred series. The larvae were also
observed at Puerto Orotava.

116. (1762:2) PHAaLoNIA CONVERSANA, Sp. 0.
(Plate LITT. fig. 6.)

Antennae pale greyish. Palpi white, brownish fuscous on the
outer side of the median joint. Head and Thorax white. ore-
wings white, with a faint subochreous suffusion, and afew sparsely
sprinkled black scales, between, but not contiguous to, the dark
markings, which consist of more or less thickly sprinkled black
scales on a browner, or greyish brown, ground; the dark markings
are as follows: an elongate streak from the base of the costa,
a narrow medio-costal spot, a larger costal spot between this and
the apex, with a small one beyond it before the apex ; an oblique,
straight, dorsal streak, of even width, terminated on the cell, and
a faint shade above, forming a subcontinuous fascia with the
medio-costal spot; a rather triangular dorsal spot, beyond the
middle, half-way between the oblique streak and the tornus, with
some dark sprinkling above it, running obliquely in the direction
of the larger costal spot, and a narrow shade along the termen,
followed by parallel dark lines running through the cilia. Hap.
al. 9-145 mm. Hindwings slightly sinuate; pale brownish grey ;
cilia shining, silvery grey, becoming shining white on their outer
halves. Abdomen pale brownish grey. Legs almost white,
unspotted.

Type 3 (99104); 2 (99105) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. TenerireE: Guimar, 25. IJT-9. IV. 1907 (Wism.);
La Laguna, 6. IV. 1904 (Haton); Puerto Orotava, 26. IV. 1907
(Wism.). Thirty-two specimens.

Taken among Artemisia canariensis, from which, but from no
other plant, they were easily dislodged by beating: I was unable
to discover the larva. Differing from versana Wlsm. in its more
distinct and darker markings, and especially in the form of the
oblique dorsal streak, which is rather more oblique, and of even
width throughout.

58. (237) PHARMACIS Hb.
= HUXANTHIS Hb., Stgr-Rbl.

117. (1723) PoarMacts CHAMOMILLANA HS.

Cochylis chamomillana HS. SB. Schm. Eur. TV. 183 no. 128,
chamomilana Pl, 58° 377 (1851)'. Conchylis chamomillana Stgr-
Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 97 no. 1723 (1901)°. Pharmacis chamo-
millana Wism. Ent. Mo. Mag. XX XIX. 181 (1903) *.

Hab. WC, ASIA*, S. KURORE =.” N. AP RI@A]3==Tounas2

1907.] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 993

—Morocco: Tangier, III. 1885 (Leech), 21. IV. 1902 (Wism.) °.
Canaries— TENERIFE: Miramar, Santa Cruz, 1. I. 1907.

A single specimen of this rare species occurred near Miramar,
two miles from Santa Cruz, on January 1st.

This species, as also elongana FR. (1724), and impurana Mn.
(1725), must be removed from Phalonia to Pharmacis.

VI, TORTRICIDAE.
TORTRICINAKE.

59. (221) EPAGOGE Hb.
= DicHetr4 Gn., Stgr-Rbl.

118. (1490) Epacoce consrantr Rbl.

Dichelia constanti Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. IX. 17, 85-6 no. 149
(1894)*: XXI. 43 no. 184 (1906)°: Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT.
84 no. 1490 (1901) *.

Hab, Texerire*’: La Laguna, @ Datura stramonium, excl.
V-VI (Cabrera) *.

This is one of the very few species, recorded from Tenerife,
which I was unable to find, although I searched on Datura stra-
monium, at La Laguna, in May and June—the time and place of
its recorded occurrence.

60. (227) TORTRIX L.

I fear I may be in part responsible for the too-extended use of
the geneonym Pandemis Hb., having placed in that genus certain
South African species possessing a very faint indication of a notch
at the base of the antennae: neither in these, nor in any of the
Tenerife species with which Iam acquainted, is there any sufficient
indication of this character to justify their separation from Tortrix
L. Imight have been disposed to place them in Dipterina Meyr.,
separated from Vortria L. by Meyrick on account of the presence
of a distinct secondary cell in the forewings, by the stalking of
veins 6 and 7 in the hindwings, and by the long ciliation of the
3g antennae; but an examination of Dipterina tasmaniana Wky.
shows that veins 6. and 7 of the hindwings are not truly stalked,
although tending to coincidence towards the base, the secondary
cell is less strongly indicated than in Clepsis Gn. (rusticana Tr.),
with which it agrees in the long ciliation of the antennae.
Meyrick has himself placed rusticana in the genus Tortriz,
evidently regarding the ciliation of the antenne as merely a
question of degree; our Tenerife species, possessing no well-
indicated secondary cell, must therefore be included in the older
and more generally recognised genus Vortria L.

994 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

119. (1542) Torrrix srmonyr Rbl.
=T symonyi Rbl.

Pandemis simonyi Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 263-5, 282
no. 40. Pl.17° 8 g-99 (1892)*. Pandemis symonyi Rbl. Ann.
KK. Hofmus. IX. 17, 82 no. 145 (1894)?: XXI. 43 no. 186
(1906)*. Pandemis simonyi Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 87
no. 1542 (1901) *.

Hab. Canaries*'—La Patma’*: Barranco de las Angustias,
900 m., 16-18. VIII. 1889 (Simony) '—Tenerire*’: Montaiia
de Guerra, VI. (Cabrera) *—Gran Canaria’: (Richter) °.

My series of persimilana seems to contain forms agreeing with
simonyi, but having no specimens from La Palma, I hesitate to
unite the two species, as Rebel had both before him when describing
persimilanda.

120. (1543) Torrrix perstmr“ana Rbl.
h. syn.=mactana Rbl.

Pandemis persimilana Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. TX. 17, 82 no. 144
(1894) *: XI. 117-8, 146 no. 160 (1896)°. Pandemis mactuna
bl Acone KOK Elotmiuss Xela Gamondla Saree siaancs
(1896)°: XTIT. 376, 380 no. 172 (1899) *: Ster-Rbl. Cat. Lp.
Pal. IT. 87 no. 1544 (1901)°. Pandemis persimilana Stgr-Rbl.
Cat. Lp. Pal. IE. 87 no. 1543 (1901) °: Ann. KK. Hofmus. X XI.
43 no. 187 (1906). Pandemis mactana Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus.
XXI. 43 no. 188 (1906) °.

Hab. Canaries'*—TrEnerire’”: “ ? Cafira,” 14. IL. (Allwaud)? ;
Ios Silos, 25. UI, 1898 (Aintz)*; Guimar, 2. I1i— 12) IV.
1907, @ Rosa banksiae, 27. II, excl. 23. III. 1907, @ Rubus
fruticosus, 25. II, excl. 24. IIT. 1907, @ Globularia salicina, 27.
III, excl. 12-26. IV. 1907, @ Pelargonium, 27. III, excl. 22.
IV. 1907, @ Jasminum odoratissimum, 27. III, excl. 27. IV.
1907 (Wism.); Santa Cruz, @ Coffea arabica, 1. I, excl. 23.
TI. 1907 (Wism.); Toso, 25. II]. 1898 (Ainéz)*; IV. 1884
(Leech) *; Cruz de Afur, 5. IV. 1904 (Haton) ; Forest dela Mina,
9. TV. 1904 (Haton); Arafo, 13. IV. 1907 (Wism.); Pedro Gil,
@® Cytisus proliferus, 19. IV, excl. 8. V. 1907 (Wism.); Las
Mercedes, 29. V. 1907 (Wism.); Puerto Orotava, 1896 (Crompton),
@ Globularia salicina, 7. V, excl. 29. V. 1907 (Wism.); La
Laguna, 30. V. 1907, G Adenocarpus foliolosus, 18. V, excl. 7-14.
VI. 1907, © Hrica arborea, 23. V, excl. 18. VI. 1907 (Wism.)-—
Gran Canaria? 7": Las Palmas, 8-11. V. 1895 (Hedemann)*~.

Comparing the types of persimilana Rbl. (60994 2, 61000 @ :
Mus. Wlsm.) with a considerable series of bred and captured
specimens, and bearing in mind the examples of Pandemis mact-
ana Rbl. in Mr. White’s collection, at Guimar, I am forced to
the conclusion that these names are applied to different varieties
of the same species. Many of the 3 ¢ agree perfectly with

1907.] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 995

Rebel’s description of mactana, although paler forms, less reticu-
lated on the under side of the forewing, also occur: there is however
no possible line of demarcation between them. Some very fine
fasciated 2 2, with typical persimilana Q 2 ,and typical mactuna
o 3, were bred from larvae on Globularia salicina, at Guimar, in
April and May, 12 specimens in all, including a single d bred
from the same plant at Puerto Orotava. I have also bred six
similar forms from Adenocarpus foliolosus, at La Laguna, in June;
1 g, in March, on Banksia rose, Guimar; 1 ¢, March, on
Rubus fruticosus, Guimar; 1 9, April, on Geranium, Guimar ;
1 2, May, on Cytisus proliferus, Pedro Gil; 1 3g, March, on
Schinus molle, Santa Cruz; 1 3, March, from Coftee-plant, in a
garden at Miramar, near Santa Cruz; 1 9 , June, on Hrica arborea,
La Laguna; | 9, April, from Jasminum odoratissimum, Guimar ;
16 caught specimens make up the series of 42, to which I can add,
2 received from Mr. White, and 6 previously in my cabinet from
the late Mr. J. H. Leech, and from Mr. Eaton: 50 in all.

121. (1545) Torrrix BracatTaNna Rbl.

Pandemis bracatana Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. IX. 17, 82-4 no. 146
(1894)1: XXI. 43 no. 189 (1906)?: Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. I.
87 no. 1545 (1901) *.

Hab. Tenerire’®: Agua Garcia, VI. 1892 (Cabrera)*, @ Vi-
burnum rugosum, 31. V, excl. 17. VI. 1907 (Wlsm.).

A fine and distinct species, of which I have only a single
specimen, bred from a larva found rolling the leaves of Viburnum
rugosum at Agua Garcia; the type was taken in the same locality
by Cabrera in 1892.

122. (1594:1) Torvrrx CANARIENSIS Rbl.
=*subcostana Rbl. (nec Stn.).

Cacoecia *subcostana Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. 1X. 16, 81—2 no, 143
(1894)*. Tortrix (*subcostana Rbl.) Wism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond.
1894. 539 (1894)*. Tortriv subcostana Stn. + canariensis Rbl.
Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 116, 146 no. 157 (1896)°: Stgr-Rbl.
Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 90 no. 1594* (1901) *.

Hab. Canaries **—Trnertre'*’: Guimar, 9. III —16. TV. 1907
(Wism.); Las Mercedes, 17. III. 1902, 29. III. 1904 (Haton), 19.
V —7. VI. 1907 (Wism.); IV. 1885 (Leech)**; Tejina, 7. IV.
1904 (Haton); Arafa, 13. IV. 1907 (Wism.); Realejo, 7. V. 1907
(Wism.); Villa Orotava, 14. V. 1907 (Wism.); La Laguna, 21. V.
1889 (Krauss) *, 23. V—9. VI. 1907 (Wism.); Santa Cruz, 25. V.
1889 (Krauss)*; Tacaronte, 31. V. 1907 (Wism.).

This is an exceedingly variable species, and at first sight seems
very distinct from the larger and more distinct form which I have
received from Madeira. A series of 74 specimens, taken in various
localities, enables me to separate them satisfactorily : in swbcostana
Stn. the dark fascia is always more oblique, and its inner margin

996 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

always less irregular than in canariensis. It occurs on high
ground among //ypericwm, at a lower elevation among Hrica
arborea, and lower yet, at La Laguna and elsewhere, among Rubus.
I was at first disposed to regard the larger specimens, beaten
from Hypericum, as distinct from those among Rubus, but this
cannot be maintained,

123. (1596) Torrrix corracana Rbl.
=*longana Rbl. (+3 *stratana Rbl.) nec Hw., nec Z.

Sciaphila *longana (+3 *stratana) Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII.
265-6, 282 no. 41° (1892)*. Heterognomon coriacanus Rbl. Ann.
KK. Hofmus. TX. 17, 84 no. 148 (1894)*: XI. 118, 146 no. 163
(1896) °: XIII. 376-7, 380 no. 177 (1899)*: XXI. 43 no. 191
(1906)°: Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 90 no. 1596 (1901) °.

Hab. Canaries '°—Trngrire’’: Santa Cruz, 21. XIT—16. I.
1907, @ Psoralea bituminosa, 5. I, excl. 30. I. 1907, @ Rhamnus
crenulata, 16. I, excl. 10. IL. 1907, @ Periploca laevigata, 27.
I, excl. 4. III. 1907, @ Artemisia argentea, 11. II, excl. 7.
III. 1907, @ Fagonia cretica, 26. I, excl. 21. IL —10. III.
1907 (Wilsm.), 12. V. 1889 (Krauss), 1895 (Hedemann)*; La
Laguna, 13. I. 1907 (Wlsm.), 23. II — 8. IV. 1904, 17. IIT. 1902
(Haton), 21. V. 1889 (Krauss) *, 23. V. 1907 (Wism.); Cafira, 14.
Il. (Allwaud)*; Villa Orotava, 19. II. 1907, @ Rhus coriaria, 28.
IV, excl. 2. V. 1907 (Wlsm.); Los Silos, 22. II. 1898 (Hintz)*;
Guimar, 28. IT—-14. IV. 1907 (Wism.), 21. III. 1904 (Haton),
BD Poterium sp., 26. II, excl. 18. III. 1907, ® Rubus fruticosus,
25. II, excl. 21. TII— 4. IV. 1907, @ Rumex lunatus, 19. III,
excl. 26. IV. 1907, @ Notochlaena marantae, 27. 11, excl. 31. III.
1907, @small Crucifer, 3. III, excl. 31. III. 1907, @ Artemisia
canariensis, 19. III, excl. 5-20. IV. 1907, ® Pyrus malus, 3.1V,
excl. 14. IV, 1907, @ Psoralea bitwminosa, 1. III, excl. 27. IV.
1907, @ Cistus monspeliensis, 8. 1V, excl. 6. V. 1907, @ Phelipaea
sp., 15. IV, excl. 8. V. 1907 (Wism.); Puerto Orotava, 13. IIT.
1904 (Haton), 10-28. TV. 1895 (Hedemann)*, 23. IV—10. V.
1907, @ Senecio kleinia, 26. TV, excl. 21. V. 1907, @ Ononis sp.,
27, LV, excl. 8. VI. 1907, @ Tamaria gallica, 5. V, excl. 12. VI.
1907 (Wism.) ; Tejina, 18. IIT. 1902 (Haton) ; IV. 1885 (Leech) °* ;
Forest de la Mina, 7. IV. 1904 (Haton); Bajomar, @ Astydamus
canariensis, 22. V, excl. 29. V—15. VI. 1907, @ Lotus sp., 25.
V, excl. 1-17. VI. 1907 (Wism.); Loma de la Vega, Icod de los
Vinos, 3. VIII. 1889 (Simony)*— Gran Canarta*?: 1895
(Hedemann)*; Las Palmas, @ Plocama pendula, 15. VI, excl.
28. VI. 1907 (Wism.)—Lanzarote »**: Yaiza, 4. X. 1890
(Simony) *.

Here again we have a species which varies greatly within certain
limits, but is easy to recognise. It reminds one at first sight of
canariensis Kbl., but the wings are more pointed, the costa being
somewhat less arched, and the termen more oblique. I have bred

1907. ] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 997

it from Psoralea, Artemisia, Rubus, Fagonia, Rhus, Rhamnus,
Notochlaena, Astydamia, Cistus, Tamarix, Ononis, Lotus, Senecio,
Poterium, Rumex, Periploca, dry aborted apples, small Cruciferae,
and even from Phelipaea.

Heterognomon hyeranus Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. IX. 17, 84
no. 147 (1894)*. Dichelia hyerana Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. X XI.
43 no. 185 (1906).

Hab. Tenerire’”: La Laguna, V (Cabrera) ’.

I have many 2 @ of Tortrix coriacana Rbl. which greatly
resemble Milliére’s species in appearance, and am _ strongly
convinced that the condition of the specimen examined and
recorded by Rebel must have misled him. The reference to
Dichelia (when the specimen was not available for study of neu-
ration) can hardly be held to confirm the original determination,
in the absence of information as to whether veins 7 and 8 were
separate or stalked in the specimen recorded. It will probably
be found that hyerana does not occur in Tenerife.

[228. CNEPHASIA Crt. |
124, (1608) Torrrix Loncana Hw.

=*segetana Rbl. (nec Z.); =*fragosana Rbl. (nec Z.)’.

Tortriz longana Uw. Lp. Br. 463-4 no. 221 (1811)*. Sciaphila
longana (+ ictericana Rbl., +*stratana Rbl.) Rbl. Ann. KK.
Hofmus. VII. 265-6, 282 no. 41** (1892)*: IX. 17, 86 no. 150
(1894)*. Sciaphila *fragosana Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. IX. 17,
86 no. 151 (1894)*. Sciaphila longana Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus.
XI. 119, 146 no. 165 (1896)°. Cnephasia longana Stgr-Rbl. Cat.
Lp. Pal. IT. 91 no. 1608 (1901)°: Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XXI.
37, 43 no. 192 (1906)”.

Hab. WC. ASIA*®. EUROPE*’—Corstca: Ile Rousse, 5.
VI. 1898 (Wism.).—S. Spatn: MALAGA: Cala Moral, 4. V. 1901
(Wism.): capiz: Cadiz, 14-15. V. 1902 (Wlsm.)—GrBratrar :
@ Stachys circinata, 2. III, excl. 9. V. 1901 (Wism.). N.
AFRICA—AtuceriA: Constantine, 10. V. 1895, 14-15. VI. 1894
(Haton). Canaries *’—Trnerire*®”": Santa Cruz, 26. I — 11.
II. 1907, @ Fagonia cretica, 26. I, excl. 28. II. 1907, @ Stachys
sp., 31. I, excl. 5. IIT. 1907, @ Argyranthemum pinnatizidum, 10.
II, excl. 2. LV. 1907 (Wism.), 3. IV. 1904 (Haton), 10. [IV —4. V-
1895 (Hedemann)’*, 3. V—1. VI. 1889 (Krauss) * ; Guimar, 1906
(White)", 4. IIIT— 16. IV. 1907, @ Psoralea bitwminosa, 1. IX,
excl. 10. IV. 1907 (Wism.); IV. 1885 (Leech) *; Puerto Orotava,
12-24. IV. 1895 (Hedemann)’, 10. V. 1907 (Wism.) ; La Laguna,
16. IIL. 1902, 26. TIT— 6. IV. 1904 (Haton), 2. V- 1907 (Wism.)
—GRAN OANARIA** * 7: (Richter).

998 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 26,

Very common everywhere, and exceedingly variable, ranging
from unicolorous chalk-white, through various gradations of
greyish ochreous and brownish grey, to slightly, and conspicuously
fasciated forms, more or less speckled between the fasciae. I bred
it from Argyranthemum pinnatifidum, from Fagonia cretica, from
Psoralea bitwminosa, and from Stachys sp.: a series of thirty-two
selected specimens was preserved, in addition to several specimens.
received from the late Mr. J. H. Leech, and from Mr. Eaton.

OLETHREUTINAE.

61. (247) ACROCLITA Lar.

125. (1966:01) Acrociita GUANCHANA, sp. 0.
(Plate LITI. fig. 5.)

Antennae hoary greyish. Palpi porrect, slightly dependent,
stretching the length of the head beyond it, densely, clothed,
especially above, terminal joint short, smooth ; hoary grey, fuscous:
on the outer sides. Head hoary greyish, with some mixture of
reddish brown scales. Zhorax reddish brown. orewings elon-
gate, narrow, costa moderately arched, termen oblique, sinuate,
tornus evenly rounded; tawny reddish brown, with some black
scaling which is sometimes reduced to a few marginal specks, but
in some varieties forms an elongate series of streaks or spots, more
or less connected, or detached, commencing at the middle of the
base, exhibited again along the cell beyond it to the apex; in
one dark variety (99115) these streaks form an almost con-
tinuous line, with a diverging point along the fold; in another,
paler, and faintly mottled form (99116) they are broken into
three separate streaks, one from the base along the first half of
the fold, a shorter one toward the end of the cell, and an outer
one beyond the cell to the apex, with two minute spots below the
intermediate spaces and one near the base of the dorsum; in the
paler varieties there is also some indication of lighter geminated
costal streaks, with alternating faint shade-spots; cilia slightly
paler than the wing, with a distinctly paler line along their base,
followed by parallel shade-lines running through them. ap.
al. 12-15 mm. Hindwings broader than the forewings, with
oblique, sinuate, termen; grey with a slight rosy tinge; cilia
paler, with a faint shade-line a little beyond their paler base.
Abdomen and Legs griseous, varying to subochraceous; hind tarsi
faintly shaded, except at the joints.

Type 3 (99115); 9 (99118); var. § PZ.(99116—-7) Mus. W1sm.

Hab. Tenerire: Santa Cruz, 3000 ft., 3. 1. 1907, @ Hypericum
grandifolium, 8. I, excl. 29-31. I. 1907 (Wism.); Villa Orotava,
19. IL. 1907 (Wlsm.); Forest de la Mina, 7. IV. 1904 (Haton) ;
Guimar, 10. 1V. 1907, @ Hypericum grandifoliwm, 25. 11, excl.
7. 1V — 4. V. 1907 (Wism.); Las Mercedes, 14. V.1907 (Wism.) ;
Tacaronte, 31. V. 1907 (Wism.). Fifteen specimens.

1907.] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 999

The larva contorts the leading leaves of Hypericum grandifolium :
I met with it first at the Barranco del Bufadero, near Santa Cruz,
the beginning of January, and bred specimens from the end of
that month till the beginning of May.

126. (1966) Acrociira suBsEqUANA HS.
126+a. (1966+a) supsequana HS.+supsEquana HS.

=consequana HS.'; =littorana Cust.

Semasia subsequana HS. SB. Schm. Eur. TV. 247 no. 337 (1851) *.
Tortrix consequana HS. SB. Schm. Eur. IV. Pl. 59> 423 (1854) ?.
Acroclita consequana Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 110 no. 1966
(LBOIM) =

Hab. EUROPE’: @ Luphorbia spp.

126+b. (1966+ b) suBsequana HS. + cONVALLENSIS, var. n. (an
Sp. n. 2).
=*littorana Rbl. (nec Cnst.).

Acroclita consequana HS.+littorana Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII.
266, 282 no. 42 (1892)*: XT. 121, 146 no. 169 (1896)*: XXT.
43 no. 196 (1906) *.

Hab. Canaries ~°—TeEnrerire**: Santa Cruz, 25. I. 1907,
@ Huphorbia regis-jubae, 27, XII, excl. 28-31. I. 1907 (Wlsm.) ;
Guimar, 6. III — 10.1V. 1907 (Wism.); IV. 1884 (Leech); Puerto
Orotava, 18. IV. 1895, @ Huphorbia arborescens, excl. 10-13. V.
1895 (Hedemann)® — Gran Canarta': (Richter)? — MonraNa
Cuara~’®: 238 m., 8. IX. 1890 (Simony)’*.

I did not meet with any form of Acroclita that can well be
compared with litiorana Cust., which is merely a small pale
variety of the ordinary South European subsequana HS. There
is however one point of difference by which my Tenerife series
of twenty-three specimens might be separated from European
specimens: the basal patch always tends to throw out a pointed
projection along the dorsum, they also range to a much larger
average size (eap. al. 13-22 mm.), and I propose the neonym
convallensis (var., an sp. 2), to distingnish them.

Type 3 (99171); 2 (99172) Mus. W1sm.

127. (1966°1) Acrocirra soncHANA, sp.n. (Plate LITT. fig. 3.)

Antennae hoary, with blackish annulations, sometimes entirely
suffused with black. Palpi whitish, thickly sprmkled with dark
fuscous externaily ; sometimes fuscous throughout. Head dirty
white, varying to dark fuscous. Thorax whitish, or dark fuscous ;
sometimes with chestnut-brown tegulae. Yorewings dark fuscous,
sprinkled and mottled with shades of chestnut-brown, with some
paler spaces; a dark basal patch, extending to one-third, projects
outwardly above the fold receding to the costa and nearly to the
dorsum ; this is followed by an irregular fascia, running from the

1000 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [Nov. 26,

middle of the costa to the dorsum before the tornus, throwing a
projection inward from its middle and slightly bulging outward
above its lower extremity; beyond it is a triangular shade-patch,
more or less furcate to the costa, the apex and termen being also
narrowly shaded; in some specimens (99110) the intermediate
spaces between these markings, as well as the dorsal portion of the
basal patch are white, sparsely sprinkled with brownish scales; in
other specimens (99109) they are entirely suffused with dark steely
greyish fuscous, paler onlyat the edges of the dark markings ; about
four pairs of geminate costal streaks are visible on the outer half
of the wing; cilia fuscous, with a more or less defined shade-line
along their base, Hp. al. 14-17 mm. Hindwings brownish
cinereous, with a slender pale line along the base of the rather
more smoky cinereous cilia ; in the paler specimens the hindwings
are also of a lighter shade. Abdomen and Legs corresponding to
the hindwings in colour; tarsi darkly shaded between the pale
joints.

Type 2 (99108); & (99109); @ (99111); var. 9 PZ. (99110)
Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Tenerire: Guimar, 7. TV. 1907, @ Sonchus gaummifer,
9-27. ITT, excl. 4. V — 12. VI.1907; Puerto Orotava, G Sonchus
gummifer, 25. 1V, excl. 13. V— 19. VI. 1907, @ Sonchus lepto-
cephalus, 22. 1V — 11. V, excl. 5. VI — 2. VILL. 1907. Fifteen.
specimens.

The larva, which is dull greyish, turning to bright red before
pupation, feeds on the leaves outside the stems of Sonchus gum-
mifer and leptocephalus. The moth is extremely variable, some
specimens being almost black, on which the pattern, although
easily traceable and very consistent, is much obscured, while in
others all the intermediate spaces being white, the darker markings
stand out very conspicuously. As compared with consequana HS.,
it is somewhat similar in general design, but the outer fascia is
less oblique and less prominently angulated outward below the
middle, while the space between this and the apex is more occu-
pied by darker patches and the costal streaks are less confluent
and less oblique.

62. (243) POLYCHROSIS Ret.
128. (1954:1) PoLycHrRosiIs NEPTUNIA, sp.n. (Plate LIII. fig. 1.)

Antennae ochreous, varied with black above. Pali ochreous.
Head and Thorax ochreous, varying to reddish fuscous in some
specimens. orewigs ochreous, varying to brownish ochreous, and
even to reddish fuscous, the darker shades prevailing especially
towards the dorsum; the costa is delicately speckled with fuscous
throughout; before the middle is an outwardly oblique, greyish
white fascia, somewhat contracted on the fold, terminating on the
middle of the dorsum, its upper half slightly reticulated, or speckled,
with the ochreous ground-colour; beyond it a narrow dark space
separates it from a broad, irregular, second fascia of the same

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 1001

colour, tending to become widely furcate toward the costa, and
narrowly furcate where it is inverted to the dorsum before the
tornus; the outer portion of this fascia is usually joined to a
sinuate streak, which, cutting off the dark apex of the wing,
descends to the middle of the termen; these markings all contain
more or less, short, parallel, wavy streaks of the darker ground-
colour; cilia varying from ochreous to greyish, sometimes slightly
mottled, Hap. al. 9-12 mm. Hindwings pale brownish grey ;
cilia pale cinereous with a slender shade-line running through
them near their base. Abdomen greyish fuscous. Legs pale
brownish cinereous, the tarsi very faintly spotted.

Type 9 (99106); 3 (99107) ex @ Statice, Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Tenerire: Guimar, 17. ITT. 1907, @ Lrankenia ericifolia,
6. III, excl. 9. IIT — 22. 1V. 1907, @® Statice pectinata, 6. III,
excl, 20. ITT — 18. IV. 1907 (Wism.); Tejina, 18. IIT. 1902
(Haton); Puerto Orotava, 21. IV — 14. V. 1907, @ Frankenia
ericifolia, 21. IV, excl. 3-4. V. 1907, @ Statice pectinuta, 21. IV,
excl. 26. V —7. VI. 1907 (Wism.). Thirty-two specimens (13 ex
Statice, 10 ex Krankenia, 9 captured).

The larva feeds on Statice pectinata and Frankenia ericifclia,
at Guimar and Puerto Orotava, from both of which plants I have
bred it.

Most nearly allied, perhaps, to limoniana Mill., but differing
in the markings being intermediate between those of that species
and botrana S-D.

63. (255) BACTRA Stph.
129. (2017) Bacrra LANCEOLANA Hb.

Tortrix lancealana Hb. Smlg. Kur. Schm. VII. Pl. 13-80 (1797) ’.
Ancylis lanceolana Hb. Verz. Schm. 376 no. 3614 (1826)*. Aphe-
lia lanceolana Wlism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881. 231-2 (1881)? ;
Meyr. Pr. Lin. Soc. NSW. VI. 651-2 (1881)*. Bactra lanceolana
Wism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 537, 540 no. 9 (1894)°; Rbl.
Ann. KK. Hofmus. IX. 17, 86-7 no. 152 (1894)°: XJ. 120-1,
146 no. 168 (1896)": XXT. 43 no. 197 (1906)°; Wlsm. Pr. Z.
Soc. Lond. 1897. 121-2 no. 162 (1897)*: Ann-Mag. NH. (7 s.).
VI. 333-4 no. 1006 (1900): Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 113
no. 2017 (1901)™; Frnld. Bull. US. Nat. Mus. 52. 449 no. 5006
(1902) *.

Hab. KUROPE*”": @Juncus, Cyperus®. AFRICA *, ASTA*.
MALAYSIA”. AUSTRALIA*, NEW ZEALAND’. 8.AME-
RICA’. N. AMERICA”. W.INDIES*. Madeiras ’—Ma-
DEIRA’: San Antonio da Serra (Wollaston)’; Machico, 23. IV.
1904 (Haton). Canaries °°—TeENnrERIFE" *: Guimar, 4. III — 7. 1V.
1907 (Wism.); IV. 1884 (Leech); Puerto Orotava, 14. V. 1907
(Wism.); 1895 (Hedemann)*; Santa Cruz, 26. V. 1889 (Krauss) °
—Gran Canaria’: Las Palmas, 7. V. 1895 (Hedemann)’.

The examples of this species which I met with in Tenerife could

1002 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE | Nov. 26,

by no possibility have fed upon rushes; they were taken on
an absolutely dry spot, in a barranco near Orotava, where no
rushes could be found. I also took three specimens at Guimar.
Mr. Eaton notes it as taken amongst Carex, in a wet place, near
Machico (Madeira).

64. (241) RHYACIONIA Hb.

Rayacron1a Hb. Verz. Schm. 379 (1826); Wlsm. Ann-Mag. NH.
(7 s.). VII. 124 (1900); =*#verera (Hb.) Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal.
IL. 102 no, 241 (1901).

130. (1845) RuyacionIA WALSINGHAMT Rbl.

Retinia walsinghami Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 119-20, 146
no. 167, Pl. 3° 6 9 (1896)*. Hvetria walsinghanu Stgr-Rbl. Cat.
Lp. Pal. 102 no. 1845 (1901)*: Ann. KK. Hofmus. XXI. 43
no. 194 (1906) *.

Hab. TeneriFe**: Puerto Orotava, GB Pinus canariensis, 18. II,
excl. 3. IIL—10. 1V.1907 (Wism.), 11-14. IV. 1895 (Hedemann)*,
91-29. TV. 1907 (Wlsm.).

A rare species, not met with by Mr. Eaton, and represented, so
far as I am aware, only by von Hedemann’s three original
specimens, and one or two in Mr. White’s collection. During a
lucky half-hour, spent in the garden of the Hotel Humboldt,
during a flying visit to Orotava, on the 18th of February, I found
three pupae in the shoots of Pinus canariensis, all of which pro-
duced the moths in March and April. During a subsequent visit
three other specimens were taken on the wing, in the same place,
from the 21st to 29th of April. I have observed traces of the
larvae in the pine-forests, to the south of Pedro Gil, but it does
not appear to occur to the west of Guimar, where I searched the
pines unsuccessfully.

65. (248) CROCIDOSEMA Z.
131. (1968) CRocrDosEMA PLEBEIANA Z.

Nn. syn.=obscura E. Wistn.; =blackburnii Btl.”; =*signatana
Wlsm. (nec Dgl.).

Crocidosema plebejana Z. Isis, 1847. 721-2 no, 283 (1847)*. Ste-
ganoptycha obscura K. Wistn. Ann-Mag. NH. (5s.). III. 341
(1879)*: Lp. St. Helena 28-8 (1879)*. Crocidosema plebeiana
Meyr. Pr. Lin. Soc. N.8.W. VI. 659-60 (1881) *. Steganoptycha
*signatana Wism.Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 537,541 no. 14 (1894)*.
Crocidosema plebeiana Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1897. 127 no. 174
(1897)’; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 110 no. 1968 (1901)°; Wlsm.
Fn. Hawaii. V. 675-6, 736, 752 no. 366, Pl. 10° 15 (1907)’.

Hab. ASTA®’—Cryton : Pundaloya, 4000 ft., IT. 1890 (G@reen)—
PALEstiIne: (Zristram)—Syria*. S-C. EUROPE" *: @ Althea
rosea’; Lavatera arborea’—FrRance: Mentone, 13. III. 1893

TO 72i] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 1003

(Wism.)—SpaIn: MALAGA: Malaga, 8. IV. 1901 (Wlsm.). N.
AFRICA—Morocco: Tangier, 13. IV. 1901. 2 Vi. 1902 (Wism.)
= UOT: Biskra, 5-13. III. 1903 (Wism. ). Madeiras “—
Mapvetra*: The Mount (1 ollaston)*. Canaries—TENERIFE : Gui-
mene, Id}, TH, 1907; Puerto Orotava, @ Malva parviflora, 29.1V,
excl. 11-26. V. 1907 ; La Laguna, 23. V. 1907; Santa Cruz,
25. V.1907 (Wism.). St. Helena*: Cleugh’s Plain (/. Wollaston)’.
WEST INDIES’. CENTRAL AMERICA’. SOUTH AME-
RICA’. AUSTRALIA®. HAWAIIA’.

A single specimen (13575), in poor condition, to which |
wrongly attributed the name ‘ Steganoptycha signatana Del.”
(J. c. 4), was collected in Madeira by Wollaston. Having now met
with Crocidosema plebeiana at Santa Cruz, La Laguna, and
Guimar, (where I also saw it in Mr. White’s collection), and
having bred two specimens from larvae feeding on Malva parvi-
flora, at Puerto Orotava, I take this opportunity of correcting the
previous error, while recording the species for the first time from
Tenerife, and extending its range from Ceylon to St. Helena. I
have examined the type of Steganoptycha obscura K. W1stn. in
the British Museum and find it to be Crocidosema plebeiana Z.,
a ¢ with the characteristic tuft.

66. (260'01) STREPSICRATES Meyr.

§ Srrepsiceros Meyr. Pr. Lin. Soc. NSW. VI. 678-9 (1882).
SrrepstcraAtes Meyr. Tr. NZ. Inst. XX. 73 (1887); Wlsm. Pr.
Z. Soc. Lond. 1891. 506-7 (1892).

132. (2067-01) SrrepsIcRATES FENESTRATA, Sp. 0.

Antennae missing, except sufficient of the compressed, whitish
cinereous, basal joints to identify the genus. Palpi erect, with
very short terminal jomt; much worn, but apparently fuscous
externally. Head whitish cinereous. Thorax whitish cinereous
along the centre, brownish fuscous at the sides. orewings with
a very deep costal fold, reaching to beyond the middle of the
wing; dark brownish fuscous, slightly mottled with whitish
cinereous, tending to indicate oblique, but slightly curved, trans-
verse lines before the apex, reaching from costa to termen,
and one reaching the dorsum before the tornus, but this latter
appears to form the outer margin of the more intensely dark
colouring which pervades the wing thence to the base, except
along the dorsum; here is a large reduplicated patch of whitish
cinereous, commencing at one-fourth, indented at its upper edge
about the middle, and thence extending again nearly to the outer
end of the fold; there is also a pale patch at the tornus—these
are slightly sprinkled with pale brownish fuscous scales, usually
in the form of narrow dorsal streaks; the cilia appear to be
mottled with darker and paler alternations at the base. Hap.
a.15 mm. Hindwings semitransparent, subiridescent, brownish

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1907, No. LX VII. 67

1004 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

grey, with a conspicuous scaleless fenestrum below the base of the
cubitus, reaching nearly to the origin of vein 2; cilia brownish
grey. Abdomen brownish grey; anal tuft paler, Legs pale
brownish cinereous.

Type 3 (13525) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Tenerire: Guimar (White).

A single ¢, given to me by Mr. White, is in extremely poor
condition; I should certainly not have described it had it not
been for the peculiar character of the fenestrum in the hindwing.
It was taken from a series in his collection, which included more
than one species. I certainly recognised Crocidosema pleberana
Z. among them, and there were others similar to the one here
described.

(260) EUCOSMA Hb.
=HprpreMa Ub., Stgr-Rbl.

(2090-1) EKucosma sp. 198 Rbl.

Epiblema sp. Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XXI. 37-8, 43 no. 198
(1906) *.

Hab. TeneriFe': 1905, 1906 (White).

Unnamed specimens in Mr. White’s collection; not in good
enough condition for identification. I did not meet with the genus
Eucosma in Tenerife.

67. (257) THIODIA Hb.
= SEMASIA Stph., Stgr-Rbl.

133, (1980-1) THiopIA GLANDULOSANA, sp. n.
(Plate LITT. fig. 2.)

Antennae brownish cinereous. Palpi varying from ochraceous
to brownish fuscous. Head and Thorax brownish fuscous above ;
the tegulae paler, sometimes ochraceous. Sorewings with the
costa evenly arched, termen slightly sinuate; ochraceous, more
or less suffused with brownish, or dark fuscous scaling, the
markings indicated by black patches; in an ordinary variety
the wing is much mottled and traversed by sinuous streaks, the
costa being streaked and spotted throughout; a strong dorsal
patch is indicated, coming from the base below the fold, angulated
above the fold at one-third, and produced along the more or less
spotted dorsum to an obliquely erect antetornal patch of the same
colour, terminating a little below half the width of the wing; in
some varieties a curved band of similar blackish patches descends
from the middle of the costa, bending outward through the end
of the cell, and attenuated to the apex, but this 1s sometimes quite
obsolete; a narrow blackish line, broken into spots above the
tornus, follows the termen before the ochraceous cilia, which are
mottled with brown and blackish above the middle and at the
apex, but always with a pale line along their base; in some
varieties the upper edge of the dorsal patch and the lower half of

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 1005

the termen, as well as the base of the cilia about the tornus, are
touched with shining white, some steely grey scales appearing on
the dark patch and before the apex of the wing. xp. al. 13-21 mm.
Hindwings greyish fuscous ; cilia paler, with a shade-line running
through them. Abdomen greyish fuscous, anal tuft and Legs
inclining to ochreous; hind tarsi faintly barred.

Type 3 (99114); 2 (99112); var. 9 Pr. (99113) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Tanerire : Las Mercedes, 30. IIT. 1904 (Haton), 19-29. V.
1907 (Wism.); La Laguna, @ Rhamnus glandulosa, 19. V, excl.
6-23. VI. 1907 (Wism.). Thirty specimens.

The larva rolls the leaves of Rhamnus glandulosa and is com-
mon between La Laguna and Tegeste, and in the Mercedes
Forest. It is an extremely variable species allied to signatana

Del.

68. (261) LASPEYRESIA Hb.
=§ GraPHourHA Tr., Stgr-Rbl. (mec Hb.).

134. (2168) LaspeyREsIA ADENOCARPI Ret.

Grapholitha adenocarpi Kgt. Bull. Soc. Knt. Fr. XLIV. (5 s. V:
1875). p. lxxili no. 5 (1875)*: Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. XLV. (5 s.
VI: 1876). 406-8 no. 4. Pl. 6° 4 (1876*); Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal.
HEL mo 2los (u9On)

Hab. WC. ASTA—Hates: Shar Devesy, 1893 (Waé. Coll. :
Leech). 8S. KUROPE—SW. France: Dax, © <Adenocarpus
parvifolius**, Sarrothamnus scoparius*, excl. VI-IX°—S. Spain:
capiz: Chiclana, 25. IJ. 1901: manaca: Malaga, 13. ITT. 1901:
GRANADA: Granada, 5. V — 14, VI. 1901 (Wism.). Canaries—
TENERIFE: IV. 1884 (Leech).

Two specimens were taken in Tenerife, in April 1884, by the
late Mr. J. H. Leech, who gave them to me the following year.
I did not meet with this species.

135. (2188) LaspEYRESIA NEGATANA RDI.

=*salvana Rbl. (nec Ster.).

Grapholitha (Phthoroblastis) ? *salvana Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus.
TX. 17, 88 no. 155 (1894)". Grapholitha negatana Rbl. Ann. KK.
Hofmus. XT. 121-2, 146 no. 171, Pl. 3° 8 ¢ (1896)”: XXII. 43
NOM LOO a (IS0G)e sSterkibly Cate Lp: vPaly Cine 122s nos 2iss
(USO

Hab. Texerire™*: La Laguna, 16. IIT. 1902 (Zaton), 30. V —
9. VI. 1907 (Wism.); Las Mercedes, 29. IIT. 1904 (Haton); IV.
1884 (Leech)*; Guimar, 6. 1V. 1907 (Wlsm.); Puerto Orctava,
14. TV. 1895 (Hedemann)’.

Found flying somewhat plentifully, on one occasion only, about
Adenocarpus foliolosus, above Guimar, in the direction of the
Barranco del Rio, on April 6th; found again sparingly at La
Laguna, at the end of May and the beginning of June.

Gi

1006 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,.

69. (264) CYDIA Hb.
= Carpocarsa Tr., Stgr-Rbl.
136. (2257) CyprA POMONELLA L.
136+a (2257+a) PoMONELLA L.+ PoMONELLA L.

Phalaena Tinea pomonella L. Syst. Nat. (ed. X). I. 538 no. 270
(1758)*. Carpocapsa pomonella Stn., Godman’s NH. Azores 106
no. 27 (1870)*; Meyr. Pr. Lin. Soc. NSW. VI. 657. (1881)?;
SlIngrld. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Stn. Ent. Div. Bull. 142. 3-60,
fig. 126-146 (1898)*. Cydia pomonella Wlsm. Ann-Mag. NH.
(7s.). VI. 435 no, 1181 (1900) °. Carpocapsa pomonella Stgr-Rbl.
Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 125-6 no. 2257 (1901)°. Cydia pomonella
Frnid. Bull. US. Nat. Mus. 52. 471 no. 5296 (1902)".

Hab. ASIA’®. EUROPE*”. AFRICA**, Azores*—
TERCEIRA: (Godman)*. N-S. AMERICA**. AUSTRALIA ®.
NEW ZEALAND’.

@ Apples, and other fruits, Walnuts, ete.

136+) (2257+) pomoneLiA L. -+ PUTAMINANA Stgr.

Carpocapsa putaminana Stgr. Stett. Ent. Ztg. XX. 232 no. 56
(1859)*. Carpocapsa pomonella L. + putaminana Stgr-Rbl. Cat.
Lip. Pal. IT. 126 no. 2257" (1901)*: Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus.
XXII. 38, 44 no. 201 (1906) ’.

Hab. WC. ASTA?. S. EUROPE*”. Canaries >—Tenerire?:
1905 (White) °.

I did not meet with this species: the typical form was recorded
in 1870 as having been taken in the Azores.

70. (2611) EUCELIS Hb.
137. (2197) EuceLis MADERAE WIstn.

Ephippiphora ‘maderae W\stn. Ann-Mag. NH. (3 s.). I. 120
(1858)*. Grapholita maderae Wky. Cat. Lp. BM. XXX. 990
(1864)°. Grapholitha maderae W\sm. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894.
537, 540 no. 11 (1894)°; Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. IX. 17,
87-8 no. 154 (1894)*: XI. 121, 146 no.170. Pl. 3-8 ¢ (1896)’:
XXI. 44 no. 200 (1906) °: Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 122 no. 2197
(1901)": Hucelis maderae Wism. Ent. Mo. Mag. XX XIX. 214
(1903) °. :

Type o (no. XVITT) Mus. Br.

Hab. Madeiras**?*—MapverrA*’: The Mount (Wollaston) ’,
Monte, 1100 ft., 6. ITT. 1902 (Haton); Funchal (Wollaston) *, 14.
IV. 1904 (Haton); Canigal, 21. IV. 1904 (Haton); V. 1886
(Leech)*. Canaries*’—Ternerire®’: Santa Cruz, 10. I. 1907
(Wism.); Guimar, 4. IIT — 4. 1V. 1907 (Wism.); Puerto Orotava,
16-22. IV. 1895 (Hedemann)’, 26. TV. 1907 (Wism.); IV. 1884
(Leech)*; Realejo, 25. 1V. 1895 (Hedemann) ’.

Taken at Santa Cruz, Orotava, and Guimar, in January, March,
and April, but not common.

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE, 1007

138. (2197-2) HucELIS MARRUBIANA, sp.n. (Plate LITI. fig. 4.)

= *indusiana Rbl. (nec Z.).

Polychrosis ? indusiana Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XXI. 37, 43
no. 195 (1906) °.

Antennae pale brownish grey. Palpi hoary grey, sprinkled
with fuscous. Mead and Thorax hoary grey, with some fuscous
speckling; the latter with a slight, blackish-sprinkled, thoracic
tuft posteriorly. orewings greyish white, with pale olivaceous
brownish suffusion, tending to mdicate two transverse fasciae,
one at one-third, bounding the outer side of an obscurely speckled
and shaded basal patch, the other, in the middle, accompanied
on its outer side by small spots of fuscous and blackish scaling,
the intermediate pale space contains a narrow fluctuate line
parallel to the equally smuate outer edge of the first fascia;
beyond the middle of the wing some blackish scales are sparsely
sprinkled below the middle, near the central fascia, and again in
a patch between the upper angle of the cell and the apex, this
patch containing three or four black dots; the termen is narrowly
shaded with olivaceous brownish, a narrow black line preceding
the cilia ; along the costa is a series of outwardly oblique brownish
streaks, of varying sizes, with more or less sprinkling of black
scales, some short dark streaks also along the dorsum ; cilia greyish
white, delicately sprinkled and shaded with brown and black.
Hep. al. 85-13 mm. Hindwings brownish grey; cilia shining,
paler, with a shade-line near their base. Abdomen hoary griseous.
Legs hoary, the tarsi spotted above with fuscous.

Type 2 (99051); 3 (99052) Guimar, Mus. W1sm.

Hab. 5. France: Monte Carlo, 1. VI. 1889 (Wism.)—S. Spatn :
MALAGA: Malaga, 29. IV — 2. V. 1901 (Wism.). Canaries '\—
TENERIFE ': 1905 ( White)’; Guimar, 4-25. LIT. 1907, ®@ Marrubium
vulgare, 14. III, excl. 21-24. III. 1907 (Wism.). Nineteen
specimens.

Taken, and bred; very common on the top of the hill west of
Guimar. The larva feeds on the seeds of Marrubiwm, the empty
pupa-cases protruding conspicuously from the dry seed-vessels of
the previous year.

This is the species which stands in Mr. White’s collection,
named by Prof. Rebel, “ Polychrosis? indusiana Z.” In ap-
pearance it is undoubtedly extremely similar to Polychrosis por-
rectana Z., next to which Rebel (Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 109),
following Zeller, places indusiana. The true indusiana Z. is
however quite unlike marrubiana and porrectana. Anyone
seeing the type of indusiana would at once place it next
to staticeana Maill., from which indeed I am quite unable to
separate it, and there is no doubt that Milliére’s name must fall
as a Synonym.

1008 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,,

The following correction should be made in the European Lists :—

(1957) PotycouRosis INDUSIANA Z.

Nn. syn.=staticeana Mill.

Sericoris indusiana Z. Isis 1847. 667 no. 2741. Penthina indusiana HS. SB.
Schm. Eur. IV. 232-3 no. 292 (1851), Pl. 50°353 (1849)?. TLobesia staticeanw
Mill. Ic. Chen-Lp. II. 430-2. Pl. 95: 9-14 (1868) *. Polychrosis staticeana Stegr-
Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 109 no. 1957 (1901) +. Polychrosis indusiana Stgr-Rbl. Cat.
Lp. Pal. II. 109 no. 1959 (1901) ®.

Hab. S. EUROPE !*—Srcity: Catania, 3. VII. 1844 (Zeller) 12S. Francn?;
® Statice cordata%.

VII. TINEIDAE.
71. (485) STIGMELLA Schrank.

n. syn.=Nepricuta Hdn., Z.;=*IMicroserra (Stph.) Kby. (nee
Stph-Wstwd.).

Type 1. Phalaena Tinea anomalella Goeze (Schrank 1802).

STIGMELLA Schrank Fn. Boica IT. (2). 169 (1802).
1 (Type) anomalella Goeze | =rosella Schrank Fn. Boica II. (2).
139 no. 1890 (1802)].

When describing the genus Stigmella, Schrank inadvertently
omitted to give the cross-reference to his type, which should
have read thus :—

‘“‘ Hieher gehort :
1. Stigmella rosella.
Tinea rosella meiner Launa n. 1890.”

It is however obvious that his remark “Ich meyne, dass die
mir nicht hinliinglich bekannte Motte, welche die Rosenblitter
gangweise minirt, hieher gehdre”, refers to rosella Schrank
(Rosenblatt G. 1890), having its “* Wohnort: unter der Oberhaut
der Rosenblatter, welche die Raupe gangweise minirt.”

Schrank regarded his species as identical with, that figured by
Degeer (I. Pl. 31-13-21), to which the name anomalella was
given by Goeze, and Tutt [NH. Br. Lp. I. 206 (1899)] confirms
Schrank’s identification. It is therefore evident that Stigmella
Schrank is the oldest geneonym for species hitherto placed in
Nepticula.

Type 2. Tinea aurella F. (Tutt 1899).
Nepricuta Hdn. Ber. Vers. Naturf. Mainz 1843. 208; Z. Lin.
Ent. IIT. 249, 301-3 (1848); Tutt NH. Br. Lp. I. 184-5 (1899) ;
Ster-Rbl., etc.
Type 3. Nepticula microtheriella Stn. (Kby. 1897).

*MicroseTra (Stph.) Kby., Lloyd’s NH., HB. Lp. V. 313-4.
Pl. 108-8 (1897).

Kirby adopts Microsetia Stph., sinking WVepticula Z. as a

1907.] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 1009

synonym, overlooking that Westwood [Syn. Gen. Br. Ins. 112
(1840)] had cited as the type of Microsetia Stph., stipella (Hb.
20-138) Stph. Ill. TV. 265, Wd. 1347 (=Wstwd. IT. 212 no. 5.
Pl. 112 - 34)—apparently an Aphelosetia: but in any case micro-
theriella Stn. cannot be the type of Microsetia Stph.

139. (4303-1) StigéMELLA RUBICURRENS, sp. 0.

Antennae steel-grey ; eye-caps steely yellowish. Head black
above. Thorax bronzy greyish. Forewings pale greenish bronzy
greyish, a broad copper patch preceding the paler shining grey
cilia. Hap. al. 4 mm. Hindwings and cilia steely grey.
Abdomen fuscous. Legs steely grey.

Type Q (14160) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. TenErire: La Laguna, @ Rubus, 8. III, excl. 26. III.
1904 (Haton).. Unique.

This differs from /fletchert Tutt in the distinctly copper, not
purplish, patch at the apex.

Mr. Eaton bred a single specimen from a larva found mining a
bramble leaf in the barranco below La Laguna, at about 1700—
1600 ft., on March 8th. Mines, obviously narrower than those of
aurella F., occurred on Bramble at Puerto Orotava, but I failed to
breed the species. Thisis probably the same as the larva found by
von Hedemann at Orotava, mining Bramble, in April 1895, and
recorded by Rebel as Vepticula sp. | Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 143,
147 no. 220 (1896): X XI. 44 no. 245 (1906)]. A single specimen
(99173), taken at Puerto Orotava, 14. V. 1907 (Wism.), is pos-
sibly a worn example of this species, but it shows only a shght
coppery tint, instead of the distinct copper patch of the bred
specimen.

140. (4333) StrGMELLA AURELLA F.

Tinea aurella F. Syst. Ent. 666 no. 65 (1775)*. Nepticwla
aurella Tutt NH. Br. Lp. I. 228-33 (1899)°; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp.
Pal. IT. 223 no. 4333 (1901) ?.

Hab. EUROPE**: Rubus fruticosus**. N. AFRICA **—
Morocco: Tangier, 10. 1V. 1902 (Wism.). Canaries—TENERIFE :
Guimar, 1. IIT - 14. IV. 1907 (Wism.); La Laguna, 7—8. III.
1904 (Eaton); Villa Orotava, @ Rubus fruticosus, 19. I, excl.
17-30. IIT. 1907 (Wism.).

First received from Mr. Eaton, who met with it at La Laguna ;
I took it at Guimar, and bred it from Rubus fruticosus at Villa
Orotava, where the larvae were abundunt.

141. (4368°1) StrgMELLA sTATICIS, sp. n.

Antennae blackish; eye-caps pale ochraceous. Head rust-
brown. Thorax and Forewings black, minutely irrorated with
pale leaden grey; cilia pale leaden grey, with black speckling.

1010 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

Hap. al. 3-425 mm. Hindwings and cilia pale leaden grey.
Abdomen grey. Legs pale grey.

Type 2 (99201); go (99202) Mus. Wlsm.

flab. TENERIFE: Puerto Orotava, @Q Statice pectinata, 4. V,
excl. 29. V — 21. VI. 1907; La Laguna, 20. V. 1907. Thirteen
specimens.

Perhaps most nearly allied to helianthemella HS., but the head
is ochreous, and there is no pale fascia in either sex: the
antennae are long, and there is no dark dividing line in the
cilia.

Bred from larvae mining the leaves of Statice pectinata: the
green larva, making small, tortuous, mines in the little leaves, is
fairly abundant, but very inconspicuous; the cocoon is whitish.
The mines were collected at Puerto Orotava; a single specimen
taken on a table in the hotel at La Laguna pr obably escaped from
my bottles.

142. (4368°2) StiGMELLA SANCTAECRUCIS, Sp. 0.

Antennae greyish fuscous, paler beneath ; eye-caps dull ferru-
ginous, speckled with fuscous. Head dull ferruginous. TZhorax
greyish fuscous. orewings pale cinereous, profusely speckled
with greyish fuscous, almost entirely obliterating the paler ground-
colour, which is confined to the bases of the rather coarse scales,
but shows more clearly where the scales become lengthened, as in
the cilia. Hap. al. 45-5 mm. Hindwings and cilia very pale
greyish. Abdomen greyish fuscous. Legs pale cinereous.

Type $ (99214) Mus. Wlsm.

flab. TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, 15-17. I. 1907. Six specimens.

I found this species at Santa Cruz, only among plants of
Lavandula abrotanoides, on which I noticed mines that appeared
to differ from those of Perittia lavandulae W\sm. (ante, p. 971
no. 83): they were more slender, and more tortuous, and probably
belonged to a Stigmella.

143. (4378°1) SvicMELLA MICROMERIAE, Sp. n.

Antennae grey; eye-caps silvery white. Head yellowish.
Forewings steely white, profusely sprinkled with coarse dark
grey, or fuscous, scales; a straight silvery white transverse fascia,
at two-thirds trom the base, is sometimes slightly interrupted by
a few of the dark scales; cilia steely whitish, with a slight
sprinkling at their base. Hap. al. 35-4 mm. Hindwings and
cilia pale steely grey. Abdomen grey. Legs greyish.

Type 2 (992 20) ; 3 (99221) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. TENERIFE: Guimar, 14. ian —12.1V, @® Micromeria varia,
25. II, excl. 1-9. IV. 1907. Twenty.two specimens.

The larva feeds on JMcromeria varia, and I think also on
Micromeria origanifolia, making small tortuous mines. It is
decidedly common.

1907.] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 1011

144, (4416:1) SvigmeLLa JuBAB, sp. n. (Plate LITI. fig. 7.)

Antennae yellowish, delicately annulate with black; eye-caps
whitish. Head bright yellow. Thorax black. Forewings white,
with a broad black central fascia through which the ground-colour
is visible only in small specks; a black basal patch, angulated
outward in the middle, leaving only a narrow, curved, or angulated,
white fascia between it and the median band, and a black patch
occupying the whole apex and termen, the ground-colour showing
before it in a narrow, white, rather oblique, bar, sometimes divided
into two nearly opposite spots; this patch also shows some pale
speckling; cilia whitish at the apex and termen, with a line of
black scales running through them; greyish on the dorsum.
Hap. al. 45-5°5 mm. Hindwings and cilia pale grey. Legs black,
with white speckling.

Type 2 (99119); g (99121) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. 'TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, @ Huphorbia regis-jubae, 4. II,
excl. 8-17. ITI. 1907; Guimar, 9. IIT —10. IV, @ Huphorbia
regis-jubae, 9. III, excl. 11-15. V. 1907. Hight specimens.

The larva makes narrow, tortuous, mines in the leaves of
Huphorbia regis-jubae, and is not uncommon near Santa Cruz,
and near Guimar, in February and March ; like that of exphor-
biella Stn., it is pale yellowish. The species is nearly allied to
the South European eawphorbiella Stn., but differs in the white,
not creamy, ground-colour being much more obscured by black
scaling.

145. (4416°2) SriGMELLA NIGRIFASCIATA, sp. n.

Antennae greyish; eye-caps white. Head greyish, with some
white sprinkling. Thorax fuscous. Forewings white, with a
smoky, ill-defined, basal patch, extending to one-third and speckled
with black; a straight, rather narrower, median fascia, also
thickly black-speckled, and an apical patch of the same colour
including the cilia, except at their pale greyish outer ends. Hap.
al.4mm. Hindwings and cilia pale greyish. Abdomen fuscous.
Legs whitish, spotted with fuscous.

Type 3 (99242) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, 14. IJ. 1907. Two specimens,
in excellent condition.

Much smaller and more fasciated than jwbae, but not unlike it
in colour.

146. (4418-1) SrigMELLA RIDICULOSA, sp. n.

Antennae pale fawn; eye-caps fawn-whitish. Head fawn-
whitish, inclining to yellowish. Thorax fawn-whitish. Morewings
fawn-whitish, profusely speckled with fawn-brown, this colour
confined to the tips of the scales; cilia fawn-whitish, with very
slight speckling. Hap. al. 4-45 mm. Hindwings very pale
greyish; cilia fawn-whitish. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs
fawn-whitish.

Type Q (99255); 3 (99257) Mus. W1sm.

1012 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

Hab. TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, 8-14. IT. 1907; Guimar, @ Lotus
sessilifolius, 6. III, excl. 6-8. 1V. 1907. Highteen specimens.

An inconspicuous species belonging to the group of cistivora
Peyr. The larva occurs at Santa Cruz, and Guimar, mining the
minute leaflets of Lotus sessilifolius. Although very minute and
inconspicuous, it is easily disturbed among its food-plant, and is
not difficult to breed, if the obviously-mined leaves are collected
without regard to the presence or absence of the larvae.

72. (431) BUCCULATRIX Z.

147, (4246) BuccuLATRiIx CHRYSANTHEMELLA Rbl.

Bucculatrix chrysanthemella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 142,
147 no, 219 (1896)*: XXT. 44 no. 244 (1906)*: Stgr-Rbl. Cat.
Lp. Pal. IT. 219 no. 4246 (1901) ?*.

Hab, Tenerire*’: Guimar, 28. II. 1907, @ Chrysanthemum
frutescens, 27. II, excl. 7, III-7.1V. 1907 (Wism.); Puerto.
Orotava’, 23. 1V-—10. V. 1907 (Wism.), @ Chrysanthemum
Srutescens, excl. 25-28. IV. 1895 (Hedemann) *.

Common on Chrysanthemum frutescens, at Santa Cruz and
Guimar; I bred it from larvae and cocoons found on this plant.

148. (4246-1) BuccuLATRIx CANARIENSIS, sp. n.
(Plate LITT. fig. 10.)

Antennae dirty whitish, transversely barred above with greyish
fuscous. Head greyish fuscous, hoary whitish at the sides.
Thorax whitish, thickly sprinkled with fuscous. orewings
whitish, profusely sprinkled with greyish fuscous, and with some
blackish scaling ; the pale ground-colour is chiefly apparent in a
streak, commencing at the base below the costa and extending
to the end of the cell, ill-defined, but somewhat dilated about its.
middle, where there is a small black dot at its upper, and another
at its lower edge, some black scaling running along the fold
between this and the base; there is also a sprinkling of black
scales around the end of the cell, and a double line of the same
in the terminal cilia; dorsal cilia pale cinereous. Hap. al.
7-8 mm. HHindwings shining, pale stone-grey; cilia pale
brownish cinereous. Abdomen shining, pale cinereous. Legs
pale brownish cinereous, with faintly spotted tarsi.

Type 3 (99276); 2 (99279) Mus. W1sm.

Hab. TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, 11-16. 11.1907; Guimar, 28. IT —
13. IIT. 1907; La Laguna, 9. VI. 1907. Sixteen specimens.

This species occurs at Santa Cruz, Guimar, and La Laguna,
and probably everywhere where Artemisia canariensis is found ;
I did not actually breed it, but I found one or more larvae, and
saw empty cocoons upon the plant. I have so far been unable to
identify it with any known European species: it is an obscure
insect, with no clearly defined markings—my specimens are in
very good condition.

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 10138

149, (4256-1) BuccuLaTRIx PHAGNALELLA, sp. 0.
(Plate LITT. fig. 9.)

Antennae cinereous, faintly barred with fuscous. Head and
Thorax whitish, the former with a strong admixture of dark rust-
brown seales, especially on the middle of the crown; face and
eye-caps white beneath. orewings white, thickly besprinkled
with fuscous and fawn-brown scaling; a blackish blotch, on the
middle of the dorsum, is produced outward at its upper edge, and
diluted in the direction of the apex, meeting, beyond the end of
the cell, a corresponding shade bent downward from the middle
of the costa, along which it can be traced narrowly to the base ;
the white ground-colour is always more clearly exhibited alongside
of the darker shades and patches; apical cilia white, sprinkled
with black scales, dorsal cilia greyish. Hxp. al. 7-8 mm.
Hindwings shining, pale grey; cilia brownish grey. Abdomen
grey. Legs brownish grey.

Type 3 (99292); 2 (99293) Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. Tenerire: Guimar, 23-30. III. 1907, @Q Phagnalon
sacatile, 27, Il, excl. 24. IJT—12. IV. 1907. Twenty-two
specimens, nineteen bred.

Nearest to fatigatella Hdn., but the costal shade is less pro-
nounced, and more limited to the costa, tending to spread, not
toward the dorsum, but rather toward the tornus. The larva is
common at Guimar on Phagnalon saxatile.

73. (4311) EREUNETIS Meyr.

Errunetis Meyr. Pr. Lin. Soc. NSW. V. 258 (1880): Tr. NZ.
Inst. XX. 92 (1888): Pr. Lin. Soc. NSW. (2 s.). VII. 480, 562-3
(1893).

150. (4275-1) EREUNETIS UNDOSA, sp. 1.

Antennae dark brown. Palpi slender, drooping; brownish.
Head white, a brownish band above between the eyes. Thorax
white ; tegulae streaked with brown. orewings dark chocolate-
brown, with a broad white band along the dorsum, extending
from base to apex, but almost interrupted at the tornus by over-
flow of the dark brown slightly overlapping the end of the fold ;
there is also a slight overlap at one-third from the base, while the
white band projects a little across the fold at two-thirds ; apex
white, with a few brown scales; cilia white, with some greyish
tinge about the tornus. xp. al. 13 mm. Hindwings shining,
pale steely grey; cilia brownish grey. Abdomen steely grey;
flattened at the base, with long projecting ovipositor. Legs
yellowish white; hind tibiae with long hairs above.

Type 9 (99174) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab..TENERIFE: Puerto Orotava, 2. V. 1907. Unique.

Allied to seminivora Wlsm. [Ind. Mus. Notes IV. 107. Pl. 7°
2a-d (1899) ], which differs in its brown face and pale antennae.

1014 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE | Nov. 26,

74. (470) OENOPHILA Stph.
= OrvorHi. Stph., Ster-Rbl.

151. (4621) OnNnopuima y-rLAva Hw.

Gracillaria v-flava Hw. Lp. Br. 530 no. 14 (1828)". Oinophila
flava Stn. Ann-Mag. NH. (3 s.). IIL. 214 no. 24 (1859)*. Oeno-
phila v-flavum Wism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 537, 542 no. 24
(1894)*. Oinophila v-flavum Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 125,
146 no. 183 (1896)*: XXT. 44 no. 254 (1906)°: Ster-Rbl. Cat.
Lp. Pal. If. 240 no. 4621 (1901) °.

Hab. KHUROPE** °: @ on fungus in cellars, on corks.
Madeiras* *—Maperra** °: (Wollaston)>; Funchal, 27. IV.
1904 (Haton). Canaries **—Trnerire*®: Tacaronte, 18-28. II.
1907 (Wism.) ; La Laguna, 1800 ft., 22. II. 1904 (Haton), 2100-
500 ft., 17. IIT. 1902 (Haton), 30. V. 1907 (Wism.); Guimar,
6. IIT. 1907 (Wism.), 23. IIT. 1904 (Haton), 14. 1V. 1907 (Wism.) ;
Puerto Orotava *, 13. IIT. 1904 (Haton), 23-380. TV. 1895 (Hede-
mann)", 24. TV — 2. V. 1907 (Wism.).

Haworth’s idionym “ v-flava” has been changed to “ v-flavum,”
despite its acceptance, with explanation of derivation, by the
Entomological Societies of Oxford and Cambridge [Acc. List Br.
Lp. 90 (1858) ], and Stephens’ genus is still written “ Oinophila,”
although corrected to ‘* Oenophila,” by the same Societies (J. c.).
Smith (Smaller Lat-Eng. Dict. 596) writes of the letter V:
“V, indecl. n. or (litera, swbaud.) f.” Haworth’s idionym is
therefore correctly formed, and the alteration unnecessary.

152. (4621-1) OENOPHILA NESIOTES, sp. n.
(Plate LITT. fig. 11.)

Antennae pale olivaceous brownish, with a bronzy sheen above ;
pale yellowish beneath. Palpi short, divergent ; pale ochreous,
a brownish shade on the outer side of the terminal joint. ead
ochreous, with a raised rust-brown crest between the antennae ;
face shining, pale yellowish ochreous. Thorax ochreous. ore-
wings dark olivaceous brown, with two shining, pale ochreous,
transverse fasciae ; the first, at one-third from the base, angulated
outward at the middle, the angle produced outward along the
cell, forming a continuous bar reaching to the middle of the
outer fascia, at three-fourths from the base, which is inverted
obliquely from costa to dorsum ; this median bar is continued, in
a diffused and rather obscure band, from the inner side of the
first fascia to the base, leaving the dark ground-colour broader
above it, and narrower below it along the margins—it is also
continued beyond the outer fascia, with slight interruption, along
the termen and through the cilia around the apex; cilia smoky
brownish grey; underside strongly iridescent, with scattered
metallic scales on a bronzy fuscous ground. Hap, al. 8-9 mm.
Hindwings bronzy brownish, with a few iridescent metallic scales

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPLERA OF TENERIFE. 1015

about the apex; cilia brownish grey. Abdomen greyish fuscous,
richly sprinkled with iridescent metallic scales. Legs brownish
grey, the tarsi faintly spotted with pale ochreous.

Type 3 (99176); 2 (99177) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Tenurire: La Laguna, 23. V. 1907. Twenty-four
specimens.

A single specimen of this species would certainly be regarded
as a variety of v-flava Hw., but the evidence pointing to the
contrary is so strong that it must at least command attention.
Should it in future be decided, by someone more fully acquainted
with the larval history of both forms, that they are not con-
sistently different and separable, the name nesiotes will sink as a
varietal synonym. In general appearance the new species is
rather more slender and elongate—the forewings longer in pro-
portion to their width. In markings it differs in the invariable
presence of a connecting bar along the cell, between the two pale
transverse fasciae: this arises from the angulate outer edge of
the first fascia, and is also more or less traceable on the basal side
of the fascia, where it is sometimes quite as conspicuous as
beyond it. In v-flava, the angle of the >>-shaped fascia is often
produced outward, and is occasionally traceable as far as the
second, or outer, fascia, but among all the European and British
specimens that I have seen there have been none in which the
central pale longitudinal bar is produced inward to the base of
the wing. I brought home 28 specimens of v-flava, from various
localities in Tenerife, and have 5 received from Mr. Eaton :
I have also 5 specimens from Madeira. None of these possess
the characters of nesiotes, although many of them were selected
from a larger number of captures on account of some tendency to
variation : they cannot be separated from European specimens of
v-flava. Of nesiotes I have 24 specimens, all taken in one spot,
about ten yards square, in brushwood under a clump of fir-trees,
north of the road between La Laguna and Tacaronte, about two
or three miles from the former. In that spot they were flying
in hundreds: I netted twenty at a time, and could easily have
taken a thousand, or more, had I wished to do so. <A search for
larvae proved that they must have been feeding between layers
of dead leaves on the ground: there were signs of web and frass,
and the moths were dislodged i in plenty as the leaves were tur ned
over, but I was somewhat hurried and did not actually find any
larvae. The typical v-fava did not occur among them, nor could
I find it anywhere near the spot.

75. (483) OPOGONA Z.
53. (4277) OpoGonA PANCHALCELLA Ster.
Opogona panchalcella Stgr. Berl. Ent. Zts. XTV. 325 no. 110
(1870)*; Chr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XIT. 230 (1876)*; Ster.
Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. XV. 419 (1880)*: Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal.
Il. 220 no. 4277 (1901) *.

1016 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

Hab. SE. EUROPE **—RwssiA**: astRaAcHAN: Sarepta’ °*,
3. VIL. 1867 (Christoph); DacuEsTAN: Derbent**, 2. VII. 1870
(Christoph). WC. ASIA *“—Transcaucasra “*: Kasumkent*®;
Lenkoran *— Lyp1a**: Smyrna*®. N. AFRICA — Atuceria :
Hammam-es-Salahin, 3-15. IV. 1904 (Wism.); Biskra, 8-21. IV.
1903 (Wism.); Bone, 30. IV. 1896 (Haton); Le Tarf, 2. VII.
1896 (Haton). Canaries—TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, 2. I. 1907
(Wism.).

A single specimen of Opogona panchalcella was taken at Santa
Cruz, 2. I. 1907, flying at dusk near a field in which Sorghum,
or maize, had probably been grown: I am also able to record this
species from Algeria.

76. (449) SETOMORPHA Z.
=*LrvperA Rbl. (nec Blanch.).

154. (4494) SeroMORPHA INSECTELLA F.

n. syn. = rutella Z. 3 2; =rupicella Z. 3 ; = operosella Z. 2 ;
= inamoenella Z. 3d; =ruderella Z. 3; =multimaculella Chmb.
6; =dryas Btlr. 2; =corticinella Suln. 3 2; = (*bogota-
tella Alphk. 9—nec Wkr.); = discipunctella Rbl. 3 @.

Tinea insectella F. Ent. Syst. III. (2). 803 no. 72 (1794)*: Sppl.
Ent. Syst. 489 no. 47 (1798)*. Setomorpha rutella Z. Lp-Micr.
Caffr. 94-5 (1852)*: Hndl. Kngl. Vet-Ak. 1852. 94-5 (1854) *.
Setomorpha rupicella Z. Lip-Micr. Caffr. 95-6 (1852) *: Hndl.
Kngl. Vet-Ak. 1852. 95-6 (1854)*. Setomorpha rutella Whx.
Cat. Lp. BM. XXTX. 708 (1864)’; Z. VH. Z-B. Ges. Wien
XXIII: 1873. 223 (1873)°. Setomorpha rupicella Z. VH. Z-B.
Ges. Wien XXTIT: 1873. 223 (1873)". Setomorpha operosella Z.
VH. Z-B. Ges. Wien XXIII: 1873. 223-4 (1873)°. Setomorpha
inamoenella Z. VH. Z-B. Ges. Wien XXIIT: 1873. 224-5
(1873)°. Setomorpha ruderella Z. VH. Z-B. Ges. Wien XXIII:
1873. 225 (1873). Setomorpha rutella Z. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.
XIII. 206 (1877). Gelechia multimaculella Chmb. Bull. US.
GG. Surv. IV. 89-90, 145 (1878). Setomorpha operosella Chmb.
Bull. US. GG. Surv. IV. 162 (1878). Setomorpha inamoenella
Chmb. Bull. US. GG. Surv. IV. 162 (1878) “. Setomorpha
yuderella Chmb. Bull. US. GG. Surv. TV. 162 (1878)”. Seto-
morpha rutella Wism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881. 274, 287 (1881) *°.
Chrestotes dryas Btlr. Ann-Mag. NH. (5s.). VIT. 401 no. 39
(1881). Gelechia multimaculella Hgn. Pap. IV. 99 (1884)”.
Setomorpha corticinella Sulu. Tijd. Ent. XXVIII. 24-5 no. 10.
Pl. 2°12 5-152 (1885). Setomorpha rutella Snln. Tijd. Ent.
XXVIII. 24 (1885)”. Setomorpha *bogotatella Alphk. Mém.
Lp. V. 231 no. 55 (1889)*. Setomorpha rutella W1sm. Tr. Ent.
Soe. Lond. 1891. 81-2. Pl. 7° 73 2 (1891)”; Cotes Ind. Mus.
Notes Il. 9-10 (1891)*. Setomorpha operosella Riley, Smith’s
List Lp. Bor-Am. 96 no. 5134 (1891)**. Setomorpha inamoenella
Riley, Smith’s List Lp. Bor-Am. 96 no. 5135 (1891)*. Seto-

1907.] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 1017

morpha ruderella Riley, Smith’s List Lp. Bor-Am. 96 no. 5136
(1891) *. Gelechia multimaculella Riley, Smith’s List Lp. Bor-
Am. 96 no. 5414 (1891) °. Setomorpha rupicella Wlsm. Pr. Z.
Soc. Lond. 1891. 511, 544 no. 48 (1892)**. Setomorpha disci-
punctella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 267-8, 283 no. 46. Pl. 17°
16 Q (1892)*. *Lindera *bogotatella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus.
VIL. 267, 268, 283 no. 47 (1892). Setomorpha operosella Rbl.
Ann. KK. Hofmus. VIT. 268 (1892)". Setomorpha rutella Rbl.
Ann, KK. Hofmus. VIT. 268 (1892). Setomorpha corticinella
Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 268 (1892) °°. Setomorpha rutella
Cotes Ind. Mus. Notes IT. 164 no. 152 (1893)*. ~ Setomorpha
discipunctella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. IX. 17 no. 159 (1894) ”.
* Lindera *bogotatella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. IX. 17 no. 160
(1894) °°. Setomorpha *bogotatella White, Bf. & Moths Tenerifte
95 no. 19 (1894)*. Setomorpha discipunctella Rbl. Ann. KK.
Hofmus. XI. 122-3, 146 no. 175 (1896)*. Setomorpha rutella
Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 123 (1896). *Zindera*bogotatella
Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 146 no. 176 (1896). Setomorpha
rupicella Wism. Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1897. 168 no. 281 (1897).
Setomorpha discipunctella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XIII. 377,
381 no. 189 (1899)*. *Lindera *bogotatella Rbl. Ann. KK.
Hofmus. XIII. 381 no. 190 (1899). Setomorpha discipunctella
Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. I. 233 no. 4494 (1901)". Plutella (?)
multimaculella Busck Jr. N-Y. Ent. Soc. X. 97 (1902); Dyar
Bull. US. Nat. Mus. 52. 492 no. 5509 (1902)*°. Setomorpha
operosella Dyar Bull. US. Nat. Mus. 52. 575 no. 6549 (IYO)
Setomorpha inamoenella Dyar Bull. US. Nat. Mus. 52. 575
no. 6550 (1902)*. Setomorpha ruderella Dyar Bull. US. Nat.
Mus. 52. 575 no. 6551 (1902)". Setomorpha rutella [de Niéc.]
Ind. Mus.Notes-V— 201—2 (1903); Dietz Tr. Am. Ent. Soe,
XXXII. 14-15 (1905)”. Semiota operosella Dietz Tr. Am. Ent.
Soc. XX XI. 18-19, 91 (1905) *. Semiota inamoenella Dietz Tr.
Am. Ent. Soc. XX XI. 18,19, 91. Pl. 6: 4 3 (1905). *Zindera
*bogotalella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XXT. 24 no. 7 (1906) ™.
Setomorpha discipunctella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. X XI. 24, 40,
44 no, 246 (1906)°. Setomorpha operosella Busck Pr. US. Nat.
“Mus. XXX. 734-5 fig. 9 ¢-10 2 (1906). Setomorpha rupicella
Wism. Fn. Haw. I. 726 (1907). Setomorpha discipuntella
Wlsm. Fn. Haw. I. 726 (1907). Setomorpha dryas Wism. Fn.
Haw. I. 726 no. 434 (1907)”. Setomorpha rutella Wlsm. Fn.
Haw. I. 754 no. 434 (1907).

Hab. HAWAIITA ” *—Oanu: Honolulu ™ *— Hawart:
Kaawaloa, Kona 1500 ft, VI. N. AMERICA (Unrrep
STATES) 8=10>5 La-N5, 18, 2457, 315 45-9, o2=3, 75 Meg 8=10, 18, 46, 52-3 —_—
*« Mass.”) “? : BOSQUE Co.” : Waco’—Kawnsas”. C. AMERICA
—Mexico: GuERRERO: Amula, 6000 ft., VIII (2. H. Smith)—
GuaTEMALA: Balheu (Vera Paz, Champion); San Gerénimo
(Champion)—Costa Rica: Trazu, 6—7000 ft. (Rodgers). S. AME-
RICA ® *'—Braziu* *": Para, X—XIT “—Cotompia: Bogota
(Nolcken). WEST INDIES* 7 ?% *> °7_Cupa* 7 7% 4: Ha-

1018 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

vannah * **» "—_Jamatca: Moneague, 5. I. 1905 (Wism.); Runaway
iBayee2o: UL. 1905 ((Wism.). meCamaties) 7 sig) aieg 0 ied aie
(Msi ols) cade alleen oionie? Cote eeureevane (Cinta <UL MUS (UB Miata)
8-31. I. 1907 (Wism.); Guimar, 6. TIT—18. 1V. 1907 (Wism.);
Puerto Orotava, 1896 (Douglas-Crompton), 11. III. 1904 (Haton),
12. TV. 1895 (Hedemann)*; Agua Mansa, 30. VII. 1889
(Stmony)-. | DASHERI Cae ae a oer eee line e his 0505.)
—Srerra LEoNE: @ in moss, excl. 24. VITT—13.1X.1895 (Clements)
—Goup Coast: Accra (Carter)—Coneo: Kasongo , © “in mus-
cular fibre, on skull of Hippopotamus collected by Dr. Todd,”
excl. 18. IX. 1905 (Newstead) — Carrrarta*® ™: Limpopo-
Gariep 3, ne ASIA 19, 23, 33-4, 50__TNDIA 23, 34, 50 : Caleutta 23) 34) on
Aliwal”, @ in blanketing, excl. 20-29. XIT °—Cryton: @ “ bred
from moths received from Ceylon,” excl. 15. IX. 1899 (Burrows)
—Assam: Margherita, 1889 (Doherty)—CELEBES”’*°: Saleijer ™ ;
Makassar’; Maros”. AUSTRALIA—QvuEENsLAND: Toowong,
1896 (Dodd).

Types $ 2 : rutella Z. § 9 (Mus. Stockholm; 9 Mus. Wlsm.) ;
rupicella Z. § (Mus. Wlsm.); operosella Z. 2, imamoenella Z. 3,
ruderella Z. 3, and multimaculella Chmb. g (Mus. Cambr-Mass.) ;
‘dryas Btlr. 2 (Mus. Br.).

A careful comparison of the type of rutella Z., with all the
specimens of Setomorpha in my possession, shows that in the 3d ¢
no difference can be detected sufficient to separate the five supposed
species described from Caffraria, Cuba, the United States, Celebes,
and Tenerife respectively.

Buseck [ Pr. U-S. Nat. Mus. XXX. 734-5 (1906)| has published
the synonymy of the North American form, and this must now be
combined with that of our Tenerife insect. I possess a long series
of rutella Z. from Sierra Leone, bred from ‘“ moss,” 24. VIII —13.
TX. 1895, by Dr. W. G. Clements (to whom I am indebted for this
and other valuable material); there is absolutely no difference
between these and the Tenerife specimens. I have also specimens
bred, in Liverpool and at Merton, from muscular fibre attached to
the skull of a Hippopotamus obtained by Dr. Todd at Kasongo
(Congo: 5° S.)—for these IT am indebted to Mr. R. Newstead.
In India the larva has been found destructive to bales of country
blanketing [Ind. Mus. Notes IT. 9-10 (1891): V. 201-2 (1903) ],
and I have a specimen bred in England, by the Rev. C. R. N.
Burrows, ‘“from.moths received from Ceylon.” Dr. Clements’
experience seems somewhat inconsistent with these records, but it
is possible that the “moss” referred to by him may have been
used for packing woollen goods, or skins, or may have contained an
admixture of woollen rubbish ; I am however without data on this
subject. I have no d of corticinella Suln. (Celebes), but this has
been figured by Snellen and agrees with those already mentioned ;
IT cannot regard this or rupicella Z. (Cuba) as distinct from
rutella Z. Setomorpha tineoides Wlsm. | Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1886.
465. Pl. 41: 8 (1886)], having forewings 12 veins, all sepa-
rate, and hindwings 8 veins, all separate, must be removed from

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 1019

Setomorpha and referred to Amydria Clus. Setomorpha grena-
della Wism. [Pr. Z. Soc. Lond. 1897. 168-9, no. 282 (1897)
has strongly developed, folded, maxillaries and must be placed in
Dendroneura Wism. The genus Setomorpha Z. is thus regarded
as consisting of the single species insectella F., of which the
synonymy is given above.

There seems little doubt that Fabricius described rutella Z. under
the name isectella : in his description ‘“ postice” appears to be
used in the sense of ‘“ postice ” (possibly a misprint) and to apply
to the forewings.

77. (475) DYSMASIA HS.
155. (4644) DysmasiA mNsuLARIS Rbl.

Dysmasia imsularis Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI. 125-6, 146
no. 184. Pl. 3-9 ¢g (1896)’: XXT. 44 no. 257 (1906) *: Ster-Rbl.
Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 241 no. 4644 (1901).

Dysmasia insularis Rbl.+ imstratella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XI.
125-6, 146 no. 184 (1896)*: XXI. 44 no. 257 (1906)?: Stgr-
Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 241 no. 4644* (1901) °.

Hab. Tunerire’*: Santa Cruz, 8.1. 1907 (Wism.); La Laguna,
8. TIT. 1904 (Haton), 20. V — 7. VI. 1907 (Wism.); Guimar, 30.
ITT — 16. IV. 1907 (Wism.); Puerto Orotava, 18-30. TV. 1895
(Hedemann) *, 23. 1V —14. V. 1907, @ in rubbish among roots, 24.
PV, excl. 31. V. 1907 (Wism.).

Mr. Katon made the following note on his series of Tinea
immaculatella Rbl. and his single specimen of this species :—‘ Out
of dead Agave (aloes). I believe they also breed in dead Opuntia.”
I bred a single specimen, May 31st, from a larva found at Puerto
Orotava, in rubbish among roots on April 24th.

78. (4751) STATHMOPOLITIS, gn. n.

(sraOpos=a stable; modites=a citizen.)

Type Stathmopolitis tragocoprella Wlsm.

Antennae slightly longer than the forewings, simple; basal
joint without pecten. Labial Palpi porrect, median joint with
dense brush beneath; terminal joint as long as the median,
slender. Manillary Palpi, Haustellum, and Ocelli obsolete. Head
and face rough-haired. Thorax smooth. VForewings somewhat
elongate, costa and dorsum evenly curved to apex, dorsum slightly
impressed at vein 1: newration 11 veins, all separate; 9 absent
(coincident with 8 2), radius subobsolete between 8 and 10, internal
radial strong and acting as substitute; media strongly forked, its
branches going to between 4 and 5, and 5 and 6, the latter veins
somewhat approximate; 7 to costa. MHindwings with margins
evenly curved to the blunt-pointed apex: newration 8 veins; 5
and 6 stalked, rest separate ; branches of media strong, to 4, and

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. LX VITI. 68

L020 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE | Nov. 26,

to stalk of 5+6, between which discoidal is obsolete. Abdomen
rather long, flattened. Legs, hind tibiae hairy.

This genus differs noticeably from Dysmasia HS. in the
stalking of veins 5 and 6 of the hind wings: it would appear to
have some affinity to Varycia Stph.,

156. (4644-1) SrarHMOPOLITIS TRAGOCOPRELLA, sp. n.
(Plate LITT. fig. 16.)

Antennae dark fuscous. Palpi with the median joint dark
fuscous ; terminal joint pale fawn, shaded with fuscous. Head
and Thorax dark fascous. forewings pale fawn, mottled with
dark fuscous, the patches somewhat evenly distributed over the
wing, the more conspicuous of these occurring around the margins,
especially a medio-dorsal patch, with one equally well-marked at
the end of the cell; between the larger spots is a sprinkling of
smaller ones, those around the termen and apex throwing dentate
streaks through the pale fawn cilia. Hap. al.( 3) 12-20( 2) mm.
Hindwings pale greyish fuscous, with a purplish iridescence ;
cilia brownish grey. Abdomen pale greyish fuscous. Legs sub-
olivaceous, the tarsi faintly shaded with fuscous.

Type 3 (99094); 2 (99095); @ (99097) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Tenerire: Tacaronte, 18. II. 1907 (Wism.); La Laguna,
17. IIT. 1904 (Haton); Puerto Orotava, 23. TV — 12. V. 1907,
@ in dry goats’ dung, 23. TV — 26. V, excl. 19. V— 18. VI. 1907
(Wism.). Thirty specimens (11 bred).

The larva, which is of a semitransparent ivory-white, with pale
yellowish brown head, and with inconspicuous, much paler,
pronotal plate, feeds in the old pellets of goats’ dung. It is
extremely abundant about the caves, on cliffs east of Puerto
Orotava, and in similar situations.

Having regard to the great abundance of this insect, and to its
strong superficial resemblance to Lindera tessellatella Blnchrd.
(=bogotatella Wkr.), which is much more marked than in the
case of Setomorpha insectella F., it seems extremely probable that
Alpheraky had this species before him when recording “ Seto-
morpha bogotatella” from Tenerife, but I have not thought it
necessary to dispute Prof. Rebel’s expressed opinion on the
identity of the specimen which forms the subject of this bare and
unsatisfactory record.

79. (465) TRICHOPHAGA Ret.
157. (4538) TRICHOPHAGA ABRUPTELLA Wlstn.

=bipartitella Rgt."; =*tapetzella Rbl. (nec L.)”.

Tinea abruptella Wistn. Ann-Mag. NH. (3 s.). I. 120 (1858)?;
Wkr. Cat. Lp. BM. XXX. 1003 (1864) *. Tinea bipartitella Ret.
Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1892. p. Ixxxii(1892)°. Tinea tapetzella Rbl.

1907. ] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 1021

Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 268-9, 283 no. 48 (1892)*: IX. 17
no. 161 (1894)°. Trichophaga bipartitella Ret. Ann. Soc. Ent.
Hr. LXIJIT: 1894. 121-4(1894)°. Vrichophaga abruptella W1sm.
Tr. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1894. 537, 541 no. 16 (1894)"; Rbl. Ann.
KK. Hofmus. XT. 123, 146 no. 177 (1896)*: Wlsm. Pr. Z. Soc.
Lond. 1896. 281 (1896)°; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 236 no. 4538
(1901) °: Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. X XI. 44 no. 248 (1906) ™.

Hab. SW. ASIA °—Arasia*®: Aden, 30. IV. 1895 (Wurse) ®.
AFRICA * ©"—Somauitann®: Zaila, 21. V. 1895 (Nurse) *—
Keyver™°®: 1887 (fortescwe)—Tunis*® °°: Gabés Watiin)*?.
Madeiras **: ** *°—Maperra’: (Wollastom)’°—Porto SANt0 :

Wollaston)**"°. Canaries **>“"—Ternerire”'': Guimar, 1.
IV.1907 (Wism.); Puerto Orotava, 14-18. 1V. 1895 (Hedemann) *.
—GRan Canaria: (Richter) ** *°» “—Lopos: (Allwaud)** ™.

I took a single specimen of this species at Guimar, on April Ist.

158. (4539) TRICHOPHAGA TAPETIELLA L,

=f tapetzella L.

Phalaena Tinea tapetzella L. Syst. Nat. (ed. X). I. 536 no. 253
(1758)*; Swinh-Cotes Cat. Moths Ind. 705 no. 4804 (1889)? ;
Wism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891. 86 (1891)°; Rbl. Ann, KK,
Hofmus. VII. 283 no. 48 (p.) (1892)*. Tinea tapetiella Meyr.
Pr. Lin. Soc. NSW. (2s.). VIT. 535 no. 78 (1893) °. Zrichophaga
tapetiella Meyr. HB. Br. Lp. 785-6 (1895)°. Trichophaga tapet-
sella Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 236 no. 4539 (1901)"; Dyar
Bull. US. Nat. Mus. 52. 573 no. 6532 (1902)°. Trichophaga
tapetiella Dietz Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. XX XI. 34 (1905)?°.

Hab. EUROPE’. ASIA*®*7, AFRICA **. Canaries—
TENERIFE: Guimar, 9. III. 1907 (Wlsm.); Puerto Orotava,
26. IV. 1907 (Wism.). N. AMERICA*®*. S. AMERICA—
Braziu: Castro, Parana, 1896 (#. D. Jones); Santa Catherina—
Cait: Quillota, 1887 (Paulson). AUSTRALIA °—QuEENSLAND :
Toowong, 1896 (Dodd). NEW ZEALAND’.

Single specimens were taken at Guimar, and at Puerto Orotava.

80. (464) MONOPIS Hb.

159. (4529) Monopis mmeutia Hb.

Tinea imella Hb. Smig. Kur. Schm. VIII. Pl. 50° 347 (1816)’.
Abebaea immella Hb. Verz. Schm. 408 no. 3937 (1826)°. donopis
imella Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 236 no. 4529 (1901) °.

Hab. WC. ASIA®. EUROPE*®. Canaries—Tenerire: Gui-
mar, 13-28. IIT. 1907 (Wism.).

Two specimens of imella Hb. were taken at Guimar, on the
13th and 28th of March.

68*

1022 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,.

160. (4530) Monopis NIGRICANTELLA Mill.

Tinea nigricantella Mill. Pet. Nouv. Ent. I. 172 (1872)*. Monopis
nigricantella Ster-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 236 no. 4530 (1901) *:
Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. X XT. 40, 44 no. 247 (1906) ®.

Hab. S. EUROPE**—Corsica: Ajaccio, 4-8. V. 1896 (Wsm.);.
Corté, 9-14. VI. 1893 (Wism.)—S. France*”: Cannes, V. 1890
(Wism.); Monte Carlo, 18. VI. 1898 (Wlsm.). N. AFRICA—
AtcgeriaA: Biskra, 5. IIT — 9. IV. 1903 (Wism.); Hl-Kantara,
24. IV — 22. V. 1903 (Wism.)—Morocco: Tangier, 12. III —
18. V. 1902, 18. IV. 1901 (Wism.); Rabat, 4. TV. 1902 (Wism.).
Canaries °—TeEneERIFE*: 1905 (White)*®; Guimar, 6-19. IIT. 1907
(Wism.); Las Mercedes, 30. III. 1904 (Haton); La Laguna,
8. IV. 1904 (Haton).

161. (4534) Monopis crocrcaprteLna Clms.

=hyalinella Stgr.; =lombardica Hrng.; =*ferruginella Dyar
(nec Hb.).

Tinea crocicapitella Clms. Pr. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. XI. 257, 258
(1859)*; Clms-Stn. Tin. N. Am. pp. vin, 49, 51 (1872)*. Tinea
hyalinella Stgr. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. VIT. 229 (1870) °*. Blabo-
phanes lombardica Hing. Stett. Ent. Ztg. L. 295-9 (1889) *.
Monopis lombardica Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 236 no. 4534
(1901)°. Monopis hyalinella Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 236
no. 4535 (1901)°. Monopis ferruginella Dyar Bull. US. Nat.
Mus. 52. 570 no. 6488 (1902)". Monopis crocicapitella Dietz Tr.
Am. Ent. Soc. XXXT. 31, 33-4 (1905)°; Wlsm. Fn. Hawaii.
728, 737, 754, 757, 758 no. 437 (1907)°.

Hab. KUROPE*®®. N. AFRICA—Morocco: Tangier, 8. V.
1902 (Wism.). Canaries°—Trnerire: La Laguna, 13. I. 1907
(Wism.), 14-15. ITT. 1902, 18. 1V. 1904 (Haton), 23. V — 9. VI.
1907 (Wism.); Tacaronte, 18-19. IT. 1907 (Wism.); Puerto
Orotava, 23. LV — 16. V. 1907 (Wism.). UNITED STATES ** ™
—-Froripa: 1884 (Morrison), CANADA—Bnritrish CoLuMBIA :
New Westminster, 30. V — 21. VI. 1900 (C. W. Durrant).
HAWAIIA ?’.

This species occurred at La Laguna, Tacaronte, and Puerto
Orotava, from February to June.

81. (466) TINEA L.

162. (4558'1) TiNEA TOECHOPHILA sp. n.
(Plate LITT. fig. 17.)

Antennae 2; whitish, faintly annulate with fuscous. Palpi
short, droping, slender; greyish. Head and face rough ; yellowish
white. Thorax chocolate-brown. Yorewings dark chocolate-

brown, with clearly defined silvery white markings ; first, a very

1907.] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 1023

short patch across the base, then an almost straight transverse
fascia, at one-fourth, scarcely broader on the dorsum than on the
costa; a short triangular spot on the middle of the costa, followed
by a larger triangular costal spot, before the apex, which nearly
touches the outer side of a more acutely triangular dorsal spot
preceding it; at the apex is a curved, narrow, white terminal
band, running through the costal and terminal cilia, leaving
those of the apex asa dark rounded spot within it; tornal cilia
brownish fuscous. Hap. al. 7-9 mm. Hindwings pale, shining
greyish; cilia pale brownish cinereous. Abdomen brownish fus-
cous. Legs greyish, with pale spotted tarsi.

Type 2 (14076); 3g (99098) Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. Tenerire: La Laguna, 22. IT — 9. III. 1904 (Katon) ;
Forest de la Mina, 17-30. ITT. 1902 (Haton); Las Mercedes,
30. III. 1904 (Maton), 7. VI. 1907 (Wism.); Taganana, 27. V.
1907 (Wism.); Tacaronte, 31. V. 1907 (Wlism.). ‘Thirty-five
Specimens.

Mr. Eaton found this common on a wall, partly overgrown
with lichens, at La Laguna, 22. Il. 1904, and common amongst
lichen-covered trees, at Las Mercedes, 30. IIT. 1904.

In the ¢ the forewings are usually broader, and less conspi-
cuously marked than in the 9, the pale spots and bands con-
taining a few dark scales, therefore less purely white, aid frequently
smaller than in the @.

163. (4575), TINEA IMMACULATELLA Rbl.

Tinea merdella Z. ?var. immaculatella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus.
VII. 269-70, 283 no. 50(1892)*. Linea immaculatella Rbl. Ann.
KK. Hofmus. XI. 123-4, 146 no. 180(1896)*: XXT. 44 no. 249
(1906) °: Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 238 no. 4575 (1901) *.

Hab. Canaries **—TENERIFE~*: Santa Cruz, 23. XII — 20, IT.
1907 (Wism.); La Laguna, 8. IIT — 6. 1V. 1904 (Haton); Guimar,
13-28. III. 1907 (Wism.); Puerto Orotava, 19-28. IV. 1895
(Hedemann)*, 12. V — 6. VI. 1907 (Wism.)—FUERTEVENTURA *® :
Barranco del Rio Palma, 20. X. 1890 (Simony) '.

Tinea immaculatella is by tar the most abundant species in the
Island ; it is evidently attached to Opuntia. Myr. Eaton made
the note: “Out of dead Agave (aloes). I believe they also feed
on dead Opuntia.” The larva probably feeds on the fibrous inte-
rior of the dead, or half-dead, stems of Huphorbia canariensis,
Cactus, and Opuntia cochinelifera: I did not however observe it.

164, (4583) Tinea FusCIPUNCTELLA Hw.

Tinea fuscipunctella Hw. Lp. Br. 562 no. 4 (1828)'; Wlsm. Tr.
Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881. 242 (1881}*; Meyr. Pr. Lin. Soc. NSW.
(2. s.). VII. 534-5 no, 76 (1893)’; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 238
no. 4583 (1901)*; Dyar Bull. US. Nat. Mus. 52. 571 no. 6503

1024 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Noy. 26,

(1902)°; Dietz Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. XX XI. 44, 45, 47 (1905)°;
Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. XXI. 40, 44 no. 250 (1906)"; Wlsm.
Ent. Mo. Mag. XLIII. 267 no. 4583 (1907)°: Fn. Hawaii. 729,
754, 757, 758 (1907) °; ete.
Hab. EUROPE’ * °—S8. France: Monte Carlo, 2. IV. 1879
(Wism.)—S. Spain: Granada, 22. V — 14. VI. 1901 (Wism.).
ASIA*. AFRICA” *—Morocco: Tangier, 27. II. 1902 (Wlsm.)
—AteEria: Azazga, 16. 1X. 1893 (Haton). Madeiras—Manpeira:
(Wollaston); Funchal, 27. IV. 1904 (Haton). Canaries “—
TENERIFE”: (White); Guimar, 12. III — 14. IV. 1907 (Wism.) ;
La Laguna, 26. ITI. 1902, 8. [V. 1904 (Haton). N. AMERICA’.
HAWAITA®. AUSTRALIA®*. NEW ZEALAND®.

165. (4583-1) TINEA THECOPHORA, Sp. n.

Antennae 2; bronzy fuscous. Mawillaries folded. Labial.
Palpi porrect, moderately clothed, terminal joint shorter than
median, the latter with a few lateral bristles ; fawn-brown, paler
on their inner sides. Head and Thorax dark fawn-brown, mixed
with ochreous. orewings ochreous, thickly sprinkled with dark
fawn-brown, tending to fuscous; a small black spot in the fold at
4 from the base, another at the end of the cell, the costa and
termen having a mottled appearance through aggregation of the
brownish fuscous scales ; in the more or less ochreous cilia are two
darker shade-lines, the one near the base interrupted at short
intervals, the other near their outer ends uninterrupted, but
sometimes very faint. Hup.al.11-l14 mm. Hindwings shining,
yellowish grey, with a brassy sheen; cilia pale bronzy grey.
Abdomen and Legs shining, pale bronzy.

Type 3 (98331); 2 (98336) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. TENERIFE: @ in cases on walls in houses: Santa
Cruz, 25: Xo 25) 1. 19075" Guimar: 28) 1h — 0) ive 190%
@ III, excl. 29. IIT — 29. V. 1907; Puerto Orotava, @ IV, excl.
21. 1V. 1907. Thirteen specimens.

Case dust-coloured, elongate, ovate, flattened; very distinct
from that of pellionella L. or allutella Rbl. It is not bottle-
shaped, nor visibly indented on any part of the margin, and is
formed of grains of dust and woolly refuse, but is smooth and
dense in texture, and is open at both ends, cleanly cut, evenly
rounded, and without ragged edges.

Differs in the plical spot being nearer to the base than in
Suscipunctella Hw., also in the absence of a first discal spot above
it. The more general sprinkling of dark scales causes the sub-
ochreous ground-colour to be less visible, and gives it a more
suffused appearance. The possession of a larval case is also a.
very notable distinction. Tinea fuscipunctella may be at once
distinguished by having a discal spot above and before the plical.

1907. | MICROLEPIDOPLERA OF TENERIFE. 1025

166. (4584) Trnna PELLIONELLA L.

Phalaena Tinea pellioneila L. Syst. Nat. (ed. X.). I. 536 no. 254
(1758)*. Tinea pellionella Stn. Ann-Mag. NH. (3 s.). IT. 212
no. 13 (1859)*; E. Wlstn. Ann-Mag. NH. (5s.). IIT. 422 (1879) °*:
Lp. St. Helena 37 (1879)°; Swinh-Cotes Cat. Moths Ind. 703
no. 4800 (1889)*; Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 269, 283 no. 49
(1892) *: IX. 17, 88 no. 162 (1894)°: XXI. 44 no. 251 (1906)*;
Meyr. Pr. Lin. Soc. NSW. (2 s.). VIT. 532, 535 no. 77 (1893) *;
Wilsm. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 537, 541 no. 17 (1894) °; Stgr-
Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 238 no. 4584 (1901); Dyar Bull. US.
Nat. Mus. 52. 572 no. 6520 (1902)"; Dietz Tr. Am. Ent. Soc.
XXXII. 45, 51 (1905); Wlsm. Ent. Mo. Mag. XLII. 267
no. 4584 (1907) ».

Hab. ASIA* °—WC. “—Cryton *—Japran”. EUROPE" ™
—S8. Spain: Granada, 14. VI — 6. VII. 1901 (Wism.). N. AFRI-
CA**°:_Morocco: Zig, 9. 1V. 1902 (Wism.); Tangier, 14. IV
— 9. V. 1902 (Wism.). Madeiras” * *"—Maperra*’*: (Wollas-
ton)” °; Machico, 23. TV. 1904 (Haton). Canaries *” —TEns-
RIFE”: TV. 1885 (Leech)°; Guimar, © on walls, 27. IV,
excl. 6. V. 1907 (Wlsm.); Las Mercedes, 29. V. 1907 (Wism.) ;
Garachico, 23. TX. 1889 (Simony)’. St. Helena: (1. Wollaston) °.
N. AMERICA’, AUSTRALIA®. NEW ZHALAND*.

167. (4596) Tryna LaPELLA (Hb. ?) Rbl.

[Tinea lapella Hb. Smlg. Schm. Eur. VIII. Pl. 37° 252 (1796) ".
Acedes lapella Hb. Verz. Schm. 401 no. 3871 (1826)*. Tinea
lapella Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 239 no. 4596 (1901) *].

Tinea? lapella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. X XI. 40, 44 no. 252
(1906) *.

Hab. [EUROPE*?. WC. ASIA®*]. Canaries “—TENERIFE* :
Guimar, 1906 (WV. White) *.

Prof. Rebel records a single worn specimen, in Mr. White’s
collection, from Guimar, as “?lapella Hb.” I examined Mr.
White’s specimen and do not think it is lapella Hb., the wings
seem broader, and there is no spot at the end of the cell, the
colour also looks wrong ; I did not myself meet with the species,
and was therefore unable to compare it with Huropean specimens.

168. (4605) Trnza simpLicELLA HS.

Tinea simplicella HS. SB. Schm. Eur. V. Pl. 47+ 322 (1851), p. 73
no. 54 (1854); Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. TX. 18, 89 no. 163
(1894)": XXTI. 44 no. 253 (1906)*: Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II.
239 no. 4605 (1901) *.

Hab. BUROPE ™*—Corstca: Ajaccio, 6. V. 1896 (Wism.)—
Spain: GRANADA: Granada, 19. V — 16. VI. 1901 (Wism.).

1026 LORD WALSINGHAM ON THE [ Nov. 26,

Canaries **—Trnprire**: TV. 1885 (Leech)”; La Laguna, 23. V.
1907 (Wism.).

Two specimens taken at La Laguna on May 23rd.

82. (471) TINEOLA HS.

169. (4623) TinzoLA ALLUTELLA Rbl.

Tineola allutella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 270-1, 283 no. 51,
Pl. 17:3 3 (1892)’: XI. 124-5, 146 no. 181 (1896)?: X XI. 44
no. 255 (1906)°; Wlsm. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 537, 542 no. 22
(1894)*; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 240 no. 4623 (1901) °.

Hab. Madeiras * *’—Mapetra*: (Wollaston)*. Canaries *°—
La Parma ** : Los Sauces, 25. VIIT. 1889 (Simon) '—TENERIFE * :
1889 (Simony)*; Santa Oruz, 2-20. I., 24. V. 1907 (Wism.);
Guimar, 16. IV. 1907, @ on walls, 27. IV, excl. 24. V. 1907
(Wism.); Puerto Orotava, @ on walls, excl. 24. TV — 9. V. 1895
(Hedemann) ”, 24. TV — 12. V.1907, @ 23. IV, excl. 1. VI. 1907
(Wism.); Realejo, 10. V. 1907 (Wism.); La Laguna, 23. V. 1907
(Wism.).

Taken, and bred, from January to June, at Santa Cruz, Guimar,
Puerto Orotava, Realejo, and La Laguna.

170. (4624) TinnoLA BISSELLIELLA Huinl.
=T biselliella Z., Stgr-Rbl., ete.

Tinew bisselliella Hml. Essais Ent. III. 6-12, 13-14 (1823) +
Tineola biselliella Meyr. Pr. Lin. Soc. NSW. (2 s.). VII. 554
no. 116 (1893)*; Wlsm. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894. 537, 542
no. 21 (1894)°; Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. II. 240 no. 4624 (1901) *;
Dietz Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. XX XT. 72 (1905) °. Tineola bisselliella
Dyar Bull. US. Nat. Mus. 52. 570 no. 6487 (1902) °.

Hab. HUROPE"*. N. AFRICA‘. Madeiras °—Mapetra®.
Canaries—TENERIFE: Santa Cruz, 28. I — 10. IT. 1907 (Wism.).
N. AMERICA’®. AUSTRALIA*, NEW ZEALAND’.

It should be noted that Hummel named this species: ‘“ bisselli-
ella. Du mot latin bisselliwm, canapé.”

171. (4626) Tinroua BreuncTELLA Ret.

Tineola bipunctella Rgt. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. XLITI. (5s. IV:
1874). 579-80. Pl. 11: 1 ¢ (1875)!; Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus.
XT. 125, 146 no. 182 (1896)": XXTI. 44 no. 256 (1906)*; Ster-
Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 240 no. 4626 (1901) *.

Hab. KUROPE ” *—Spain*, N. AFRICA *—Monrocco:
Tangier, 4-18. XTT. 1901, 5. TV — 20. V. 1902 (Wism.). Cana-
ries * "TENERIFE **: Santa Cruz, 22-25. 1.1907 (Wilsm.) ; Puerto

1907. ] MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. 1027

Orotava, 13-29. TV. 1895 (Hedemann)*, 3. V. 1907 (Wism.) ;
Guimar, @ on walls, 1. IV, excl. 2. VI. 1907 (Wism.).

Taken at Santa Cruz, and Puerto Orotava, and a single specimen
bred from a case found on a wall at Guimar.

83. (441) LUFFIA Tutt.
172. (4435-01) Lurrta REBELI, sp.n. (Plate LITT. fig. 18.)

n. syn.=*lapidella Rbl. (nec Goeze).

Talaeporia (!) lapidella Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. VII. 267-8, 282
no. 45 (1892)*: IX. 17, 88 no. 158 (1894)?: XXI. 42 no. 122
(1906)°. Luffia lapidella (p.) Stgr-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. IT. 230
no, 4435 (1901) *.

Antennae +, bipectinate, pectinations commencing on joint 4,
each biciliate ; pale stone-grey. Head and Thorax reddish fuscous.
forewings shining, sericeous, pale stone-grey, rather coarsely
mottled with greyish fuscous, the groups of this darker scaling
somewhat more conspicuous along the margins than in the middle
of the wing ; the strongest of these groups are—one arising from
the dorsum near the base, overspreading the fold, and diffused
across the base of the cell toward the costa; another, arising from
scarcely before the middle of the dorsum, crossing the fold and
diffused upward across the cell, and two or three on the outer
half of the costa; cilia shining, sericeous, mottled with pale
greyish fuscous along their basal half. Hxp.al. 8-12 mm. Hind-
wings pale mouse-grey; cilia slightly paler and more shining.
Abdomen pale mouse-grey. Legs pale stone-grey.

Type 3 (99066); 2 (14094) Mus. Wlsm.

Hab, Canaries *'—Trnerire’*: Las Mercedes, 2100 ft., 29. IT.
1904 (Haton) ; La Laguna, 15. IIT. 1902, 16-25. III. 1904, @ in
cases on walls and rocks, 22. II — III, excel. 23. III — 10. IV.
1904 (Haton) ; IV. 1885 (Leech) ; Puerto Orotava, 23. TV. 1907,
@ on rocks, 24. IV, excl. 10-20. VI. 1907 (Wism.); Pedro Gil,
1300-1500 m., 30 VII. 1889 (Simony)’. Seventeen specimens.

This is the species recorded by Rebel as ‘“‘lapidella Goeze,”
but it is a much larger and more distinctly marked species.
The small cylindrical cases are extremely abundant on walls, and
rocks, at Santa Cruz, Guimar, Orotava, and La Laguna, but
unless obtained about the time of pupation, when through want
of movement they can scarcely be distinguished from the nume-
rous empty cases of previous generations, the larvae are very
dificult to rear. It is almost impossible to keep a supply of small
lichens, such as they feed upon. I first received this species from
the late Mr. J. H. Leech, who took it in April 1885; Mr. Eaton
took several specimens, and bred three ¢ ¢ and two 9 ° in
1904. There may possibly be some allied species in the Island,
but I only met with rebeli.

1028 ON THE MICROLEPIDOFTERA OF TENERIFE. [N: ov. 26.

IV. PSYCHINA.
I. PSYCHIDAE.

84. (733) AMICTA Heyl.

173. (4453) Amrcra caBRERAi Rbl.

Psyche cabrerai Rbl. Ann. KK. Hofmus. IX. 10, 46-8 no. 39
(1894) *: XT. 105-6, 144 no. 39. Pl. 3° 1a-c (1896)*: XIII. 364,
378 no. 39 (1899)*: XXT. 42 no. 121 (1906)*. Amicta cabrerai
Ster-Rbl. Cat. Lp. Pal. I. 394 no. 4453 (1901) °.

Hab. Tunprire’”’: Montafia de Guerra, @ Huphorbia (Ca-
brera)*; IV. 1894 (Kraepelin)*; @ Rubus idaeus, 1898 (Kilian) ® ;
Santa Cruz, 15. VI. 1898 (Hintz)*; La Laguna, 1600-1700 ft.,
@ Rubus, Cytisus, 8. III, excl. 24. VITT. 1904 (Haton) ; Guimar,
@® Luphorbia, Rumex canariensis, etc., 1-13. IV, excl. 25. VIII
— 0. X. 1907 (Wism.).

Larva common everywhere, on various plants, Hwphorbia,
Rumezx, etc., etc. ; two specimens, one bred at the end of August,
the other in the beginning of October,

Of the 173 species above noticed as occurring in Tenerife I have
been able to observe the life-histories of 96, of which number
40 only were previously known ; the larvae of 28 others having been
already recorded elsewhere, 49 now remain to be discovered.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES LI., LIL, & LIII.
(See Description facing the Plates.)

2 Tin JA AE Je Ill

1030

oe

MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE. [Nov. 26.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE LI.

Pare
. Pterophorus melanoschisma ...... (Type ¢ 98934) ... 920
. Alucita bystropogonis ............ (Type 2 98768) ... 915
= JANI Mem, RN EUICMINENID, “Ga sacecseoncess- (Type ¢ 98810) ... 916
ny Mietanie ritamdichicoameeeeeeeete shears (Type 3 98304) ... 927
. Metzneria monochroa ............ (Type ¢ 98309) ... 927
. Apodia guimarensis ............... (Type o 98979) ... 930
5 Chrysoporaboscaelnce- secs see: (Type ¢ 98991) ... 931
. Aproaerema ‘genistae ..........-. (Type 9 98993) ... 933
. Aproaerema thaumalea Wlsm.... (Q Gwimar, 98995) 934
. Pragmatodes fruticosella ......... (Type 2 98969) ... 929
. Aproaerema mercedella............ (Type ¢ 14107) ... 934
. Telphusa schizogynae ............ (Type ¢ 98997) ... 936
. Gelechia lunariella........... aunaane (Type $ 99001) ... 939
Gelechiagsemmellagereeet eee: (Type 2 14290)... 941
. Telphusa canariensis ............... (Type 2 98999) ... 936
. Trichotaphe convolvuli ............ (Type 2 99004) .., 944
. Chersogenes victimella ............ (Type 3 99008) ... 947
. Ambloma brachyptera ............ (Type ¢ 99007) ... 947

n

eae 19)

© iS. spiaonaee

ap Chromo.

PWM tr

2s

V
'&
4

Ast

10.

EWFrohawk del. AJ.Wendel lith.

TENERIFE MICROLEPIDOPTERA .

PINAR din ihe

1032

(ofom

MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE, [Nov. 26.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATE TI,
. Symmoca canariensis Rl. ...... (Ce SLOM) sccocoes
= TSyviniuingres exserelll, sscacoconorasossue (Type S 99009) ...
e -Apatemaslucrdumm eesti see (Type 5 98242) ...
. Blastobasis velutina ...... ........ (Type ¢ 98258) ...
PErOSENeSsIs! excluxaeeeteeee ee ee (Type ¢ 98291) ...
. Zenodochium polyphagum ...... (Type ¢ 98227) ...
. Agonopteryx cinerariae ......... (Type $ 99011) ...
SEAS ONOplerpac ereZil weeeneiccsaeces (Type ¢ 99018) ...
. Depressaria tenerifae............... (Type 2 99020) ...
. Cosmopteryx coryphaea............ (Type ¢ 99029) =.
. Aphelosetia hypoleuca ............ (Type 3 99036) ...
. Perittia cedronellae ..... ee aaey (Type ¢ 99047) ...
. Polymetis carlinella ............ she (Ugo ci QOORT)) cnc
. Mendesia symphytella ............ (Type 9 99045) ...
. Seythris fasciatella Rgt. ......... (oP CM, ORO) cc:
. Seythris arachnodés ............... (Type ¢ 99082) ...
Se EnIIS petrellgn oc cesasmeen ace: (Type ¢ 99085) ..
. Glyphipteryx fortunatella ...... (Type 2 99102) ...

Jey B.S), OOF, Well. LA

eal

EWFrohawk del. A.J.Wendel lith. PWM Trap Chromo.

TENERIFE MICROLEPIDOPTERA .

ERSTE IGA

1034 MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF TENERIFE.
DESCRIPTION OF PLATE LIII.
Fig. 1. Polychrosis neptunia ............ (Dyer 2) 29106) ee
2. Thiodia glandulosana ............ (yo Q QS) o oc
See Ncroclita soneharealeeeeees sesh (Type 2 99108) ...
AP Bcelismmanrculotanaeeeeeeeesnenr (Type 2 99051) ...
5, Acroclita guanchana ............ (Type go 99115) ...
6. Phalonia conversana ............ (Type 3 99104) ...
(2 ssticinellajubaes eee spree a (UbyjaS @ SSN)) 2.
8. Phyllonorycter foliolosi ......... (Type 3S 99092) ...
9. Bucculatrix phagnalella ......... (Type ¢ 99292) ...
10. Buecculatrix canariensis ......... (Type 3 292716) eee
11. Oenophila neésiotes ............... (Type 3 99176) ...
12. Gracilaria aurantiaca Wlstn. ... (od CZ. 99145) ...
Be Gracilariaschimella assess eee (Type 35 99130) ...
14. Gracilaria staintoni Wlstn. ...... (es CL, SOIR) <0.
15. Acrolepia pappella .......:....... (Type 2 99151) ...
16. Stathmopolitis tragocoprella ... (Type ¢ 99094) ...
ifebinearboechoplillary-eeerecs cee (Type ¢ 99098) ...
RS Auuithiajre Dell fess ss yas- ese seco (Type ¢ 99066) ...

[ Nov. 26,

Page

1000
1004
wee)
1007
998
992
1011
978
1013
1012
1014
983
982
982
986
1020
1022

1027

12 GS IDO IE. AM,

EWFrohawk del. AJ. Wendel lith. RWM Trap Chromo.

TENERIFE MICROLEPIDOPTERA .

1907.] ON THE DATES OF LINNAUS’'S ‘SYSTEMA NATURS.’ 1035

6. Dates of Publication of the Separate Parts of Gmelin’s
Edition (13th) of the ‘Systema Natures’ of Linnzeus.
By Joan Hopkinson, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

[ Received November 11, 1907. |

In this edition of the ‘Systema Nature,’ the first volume,
which contains the Animal Kingdom, is in seven parts, with a
titlepage dated 1788 in the first part only, the other parts not
being dated. In some of these, however, there is evidence of a
later date of publication, for references are given to works pub-
lished more recently than 1788, but without their dates being
stated. Hach ‘part really forms a volume.

The importance in questions of priority of a knowledge of the
dates induced the writer to endeavour to ascertain them, and the
method adopted was to search in the Catalogue of the Library
of the British Museum for bibliographical works published about
the end of the 18th century, in order to get contemporary
evidence. Eventually a work was found which gave the desired
information, and also references to journals containing notices
or reviews of one or more of the parts as they successively
appeared *. Nearly all of these were found to be in the Library
of the Museum, and have been searched, with other contem-
poraneous journals, the result being that not only have the
years of publication of all the parts of this edition of the
‘Systema Nature’ been ascertained, but it has been found
possible in some cases to arrive at a still nearer approximation to
the time of issue.

For instance, the Index, forming Part 7, published in 1792,
was noticed on the 2nd of July in that year, and therefore must
have appeared in the first half of the year.

In giving in a tabular form the result of this investigation, it
has been thought advisable to add the dates of publication of the
remaining volumes of this edition of the ‘Systema’ (vol. ii. being
in two parts, the second part undated), although they are not
zoological. ‘The last column shows the earliest notice found ;
there may be earlier ones.

Some errors in contemporary records have been detected. In
the ‘ Allgemeine deutsche Bibliotek,’ 1790, the date for the second
part of the first volume is given as 1788 instead of 1789, but in
reviewing the third part the Kditor, doubtless warned by this
error, wisely refrained from giving it a date. He correctly dated
subsequent parts, except the Index, for which no date is given.
In the ‘ Efemeridi litterarie di Roma’ for the 2nd of July, 1791,
the first five parts were reviewed, and owing to the misleading
titlepage the date for all was given as 1788.

* “Systematisches Verzeichniss, 1785-1790 (Jena, 1795) ; 1791-1795 (Weimar,
1799). [Entered under Catalogues. |
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. LXIX. 69

1036

ON THE DATES OF LINNEUS’S SYSTEMA NATUR.’ | Nov. 26,

Garont A Lannté. Systema Naturae per Regna tria Naturae.

Ed. 13. Cura Jo. Frid. Gmelin. Tomi 3. 8vo. Lipsiae,
1788-1793.
Date of
Tomus I. | REGNUM ANIMALIUM. l 3
Publi- | Earliest
cation. | notice.
Pars _I.| pp. 12, 1-500. Mammalia to Aves.—Picae ............) 1788 | 25. 7.88
» IL] ,, 2, 601-1032. Aves.—Anseres to Passeres ......... 1789 | 20. 4.89
» III.| ,, 2, 1083-1516. Amphibia to Pisces .................. 1789 | 20.11.89
» IV.| . 2,1517-2224. Insecta.—Coleoptera to Hemiptera | 1790 | 21. 5.90
| |
» Vel 5, 2, 2225-38020. H Lepidoptera to Aptera.... 1790 6. 12. 90
evar tet orgonieeolon Viermes ta cee area oiioieg allege
Pee VAS eee SOME ANON, Minid exqeeterere nee eta eee ese ene) 1792 2. 7.92
Tomus II. REGNUM VEGETABILE.
| Pars I. ...| pp. 2, i-xl, 1-884. Monandria to Polyandria ......... |) len A, 2.92
» Il...) ,, 2, 885-1662. Didynamia to Cryptogamia ......... | 1792 | 15.11.92
\Tomus III. REGNUM LAPIDEUM.
jfds AIDS WAS HIS aonsonasveanesaponciuvseccooneosasobopoane|| IW/GB) |) Bde a's)

The same five parts were noticed in the ‘ Monthly Review’ for
December 1792 (vol. ix.), the dates of publication being given as
1788-91, a period which covers Part 6. This notice begins:
“ A work so voluminous as this is now become could not be
expected to start forth, like Minerva from Jupiter’s brain, at
once in complete form. Part after part has made its appearance
in regular succession, and although we have not yet seen the
whole work entire, we understand that it either is so or will be
so very shortly.” It was completed early in the following year.

The only recent publications in which the date of any part
subsequent to the first has been correctly given are, it is believed,
those of the Ray Society, the discovery having been made in
1906 during the preparation of the synonymy for the second
volume of Alder and Hancock’s ‘ British Tunicata’ (1907) ; and
these notes are now published on the suggestion of Mr. C. Davies
Sherborn, who has done much valuable work in zoological biblio-
graphy and was already aware that the date on the titlepage of
vol. i. of Gmelin’s ‘ Linneeus’ did not apply to the whole of the
parts in that volume.

Damente

P.Z.S.1907. Pi. LIV.

J.Green photo imp.

GENETS FROM LIBERIA.

1907. ] ON MAMMALS FROM LIBERIA. 1037

AUTHORITIES.

Allgemeine deutsche Bibliotek, Bd. 88, ii. 193; 91, i. 208; 94, 11. 475; 99, 1. 155;
101, 11. 454; 106, i. 212; 116, 1.149. Neue Allgem. deutsche Bibl., Bd. 22, 1.
175. (1789-1796.)

Allgemeine Literatur-Zeitung, Jahr 1788, iii. 237; 1789, iv. 142; 1790, ii. 412;
1791, 11. 140; 1792, iv. 89, 169, 505 ; 1797, iii. 630.

Allgemeines Repertorium der Literatur, Jahre 1785-1790, ii. x. no. 840; 1791-1795,
ll. x. no. 866a. (1793, 1800.)

Bibliotek der gesammten Naturgeschichte, Bd. i. 132; ii. 310. (1789, 1790.)

Giornale dei Letterati, Tom. Ixxxvi. 74. (1792.)

Gottingische Anzeigen von gelehrten Sachen, Jahre 1789, i. 641; 1789, ii. 1929 ;
1790, i. 875; 1790, ii. 1953; 1791, ii. 777; 1792, i. 182; 1792, 11. 1056; 1792,
il. 1817; 1793, i. 1169.

Neue Leipzig. gelehrte Zeitung, Jahr. 1791, ii. 683 ; 1793, iv. 671. (Fide Syst. Verz.)

Niirnberg. gelehrte Zeitungen, Jahr 1788, 589. (Fide Syst. Verz.)

‘Observations sur la Physique, Tom. xxxvii. pt. ii. p. 237*. (Sept. 1790.)

Systematisches Verzeichniss, Phys.-nat. Lit., 1785-1790, no. 840; 1791-1795,
no. 866a. (1795, 1799.) [Sections of Allgem. Rep. Lit. (swpra).]

7. Report upon a Small Collection of Mammalia brought
from Liberia by Mr. Leonard Leighton. By R. I.
Pocock, F.L.8., Superintendent of the Gardens.

(Plate LIV.)
[Received November 28, 1907.]

Although the collection forming the subject-matter of this
paper is small and consists of flat, native-prepared headless skins,
it is worthy of special notice not only because it was got together’
in a definite district in a part of Africa of which the fauna is not
well known, but also because the skins themselves, with one or
two exceptions, belong to species which are not very commonly
brought to the Museums of Europe.

The skins were obtained, Mr. Leighton tells me, in a district
from fifteen to twenty miles west of the Putu Mountains, which
lie west of the Duobe and Cavally Rivers. The Cavally River is the
eastern boundary line between Liberia and the Ivory Coast, and
the Duobe is one of its tributaries joining the Cavally about
seventy miles, as the crow flies, from its mouth, after running for
over one hundred miles nearly parallel to the main stream.

Two of the species represented, namely Poiana richardsoni and
Genetta poensis, have not been previously recorded from Liberia.
Judging from the fact that there is only one skin of @. poensis in
the British Museum and only one in Mr. Leighton’s series, it
would appear that this species is of somewhat rare occurrence in
the area over which it is distributed. Of Poiana richardsoni,

* “M. Gmelin de Gottingue continue toujours son édition du Systéme de la
Nature de Linné ; il vient d’en publier la quatriéme partie qui concerne les insectes.””
ES

1038 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON [ Nov. 26,.

however,—a species also reputed to be scaree—Mr. Leighton
got six skins of various ages, and these prove to represent an
undescribed local race of this Genet-like animal, differing in
certain well-marked characters from the typical form which has
been known for over sixty years. Tam also compelled to regard
as examples of a species as yet undifferentiated, the skins, five
in number, of a second kind of Genet, which I name in honour
of Sir Harry Johnston. These skins, however, belong in all
probability to the species previously recorded from Liberia and
misquoted as Genetta pardina.

CERCOPITHECUS DIANA (Linn.).

Cercopithecus diana Linn., Jentink, Notes Leyden Mus. xx.
p. 237, 1898; Pocock, P.Z.8. 1907, p. 682.

Mr. Leighton brought home a fine pair of Monkeys of this
species and presented them to the Society’s Gardens. There is
also a native-prepared skin in his collection.

The figure purporting to represent this species in Sir Harry
Johnston’s work on Liberia (vol. ii. pl. facing p. 680) has the
rusty-brown thighs typical of the species, but the long white
beard characteristic of the allied form, C. roloway, which takes
the place of C. diana on the Gold Coast.

FrEuis PARDUS Linn.

Subsp. LEOPARDUS, Schreb.

Felis pardus leopardus Schreb., Pocock, P.Z.S8. 1907, p. 675.

Skins of the paws of a Leopard brought back by Mr. Leighton
prove, if proof were wanting, that the Leopard of Liberia belongs
to the typical tropical West-African forest-race, named leopardus,
which has been previously recorded from Sierra Leone, Ashanti,

and elsewhere.
FEuiIs AURATA Temm.

Subsp. ceLrpoGAsTtER Temm.

Felis aurata celidogaster Temm., Pocock, P.Z.S. 1907, p. 660.

Two native-prepared skins, without heads and paws. These
two skins completely bear out the view I expressed in the above-
quoted paper as to the importance of the pattern and the
valuelessness of the colour as characters for the recognition of
geographical races of this species of Cat. One is of the red type
and the other of the grey type; but in the red skin the sides of
the body have a grey tinge, owing to the presence of the whitish-
grey band in the individual hairs. So far as pattern is concerned
the two skins are practically alike. The neck is longitudinally
but rather confusedly barred; on the spinal area the spots are
elongate or form abbreviated lines; the shoulders are somewhat
thickly covered with small spots; on the sides of the body the
spots are larger, often more or less confluent and sometimes
rosette-like, owing to the darkening of the area between them ;,

1907. ] MAMMALS FROM LIBERIA. 1039

on the thighs the spots are as large as on the body; the belly is
white and marked with spots both larger and darker than those
of the sides; the tail is dark in the median dorsal line and has
indistinet lateral bars which do not encirele it.

In my recently published observations upon this species, I
referred to Sir Harry Johnston’s record of the occurrence of
‘red’ and ‘grey’ cats of this species side by side in Liberia ;
but I was unable to ascertain whether the red-haired skin he
figured belonged to the strongly spotted form (/. awrata celido-
gaster) or to the weakly spotted, almost spotless form (7. aurata
aurata). The skins brought back by Mr. Leighton demonstrate
that the ‘red’ and ‘ grey’ phases of the species that occur near
the Cavally River belong to the strongly spotted type. Hence it
may be inferred as probable that the red-haired specimen men-
tioned by Sir-Harry Johnston also belonged to the spotted type.
In that case there is no evidence of the occurrence of the weakly
spotted form in Liberia; nor, so far as Iam aware, has it been
recorded from Ashanti, Cape Coast Castle, and Accra, whence the
large-spotted form has been brought.

GENETTA POENSIS Waterh. (Plate LIV. fig. 4.)

Genetta poensis Waterhouse, P.Z.S. 1838, p. 59.

Genetta poensis Pousargues, Ann. Sci. Nat. (8) 111. p. 286, 1896
(from Mayumba, French Congo).

The type of this species is in the British Museum. Water-
house’s description of it is very accurate. It is, however, difficult
to explain his comparison of the species with Genetta pardina Is.
Geoff. St. H., and still more difficult to understand Dr. Matschie’s
statement that the two are very likely identical, if he read the
description of G'. poensis. Asa matter of fact, it would be hard
to find two more dissimilar species in the genus. G. pardina
has a yellowish-grey ground-colour. There are only four or five
rows of spots on the sides of the body, and those of at least the
two uppermost rows are large, somewhat quadrangular, com-
paratively widely separated, with red centres and black rims, and
do not coalesce into longitudinal lines. The tail is very distinctly
banded with white almost to the end and only the backs of the
legs appear to be dusky. In G. poensis, on the contrary, the spots
are close-set, solid and numerous; as many as seven rows are
traceable on each side and they coalesce here and there into lines,
especially dorsally and on the outer side of the thighs. The
limbs are almost wholly blackish brown, with at most a narrow
area of paler speckled hairs down the front. The tail also is
mostly black, the pale annuli being reduced to lateral patches
which are much more distinct in the basal than in the distal half,
which is wholly black *.

* Of the type of G. pardina there are two descriptions and figures extant, namely
the originals published in Mag. Zool. 1832, Cl. 1, pl. 8, and those in Cuvier’s and
St. Hilaire’s Hist. Nat. Mamm. iii. 1833, livr. Ixvi. The locality was inland of
Senegal. To this Matschie adds “ North Cameroons and Togoland.”

1040 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON [ Nov. 26,

The skin of the Liberian example does not agree in all respects.
with that of the type of G. poensis. In the former the spots and
legs are rather blacker; the ground-colour is a dark grey, faintly
washed with yellow, the chest and abdomen, and especially the
chest, being decidedly darker than the sides of the body, and
the pale patches on the tail are greyish. In the type specimen,
however, the spots are rather browner ; the limbs are “ brownish
black”; the ground-colour is a “deep rich yellow-brown,” the
rings on the tail are “yellowish” or ‘“ brownish,” and the belly
and chest are the same colour as the interspaces of the sides of
the body, that is to say yellowish brown. The labial and sub-
ocular pale spots, which are usually white in Genets, are yellow.
Since learning from Mr. Thomas that amongst native-prepared
African skins there are usually some discoloured by fire-smoke
when being dried, I am disposed to attribute the colour differ-
ences above described between the two skins to that cause.
it is certain that the fur of the type of G. poensis has a dirty,
almost gritty feeling, and its inner side is hard, as if scorched.
However that may be, I do not think there can be much doubt.
that the two skins belong to the same species; whether they
represent distinct geographical races or not, additional material
alone can settle.

G. poensis was originally described from Fernando Po. It has
not been recorded since from that island. The evidence that.
it came from Fernando Po appears to me to be untrustworthy,
judging from the rest of the skins, alleged to be from that locality,
which formed: the subject-matter of Mr. Waterhouse’s paper.
Some of the species represented, for example Cercopithecus martint
and C. erythrotis, are known to occur on the mainland of Africa;
and it is, in my opinion, highly probable that the entire collection
came from Lower Nigeria or thereabouts *.

As regards the allies of G. poensis, it appears to me to be
probable that G. angolensis of Bocage t, recorded from Caconda
in Angola, is a related form. The limbs are said to be deep black
and the tail black with three or four greyish rings at the base,
exactly as in the Liberian specimen of G'. poensis. Bocage, how-
ever, describes the pattern as consisting of large quadrangular
black spots and regular bands upon a cinereous ground, which
seems to indicate a lar ger spotted form than G’. poensis.

Nearer still to G. “noomee, if indeed it be not specifically
identical with it, as its describer suggested, is G. genettoides
Temminck , which was based upon specimens from Rio-boutry
and Mina, and was said to be common on the coast of Guinea.
T can find nothing in the description of the latter species to
distinguish it from G". poensis ; and the probability of their identity
is enhanced by their geographical distribution §.

* See also Pousargues, Ann. Sci. Net (8) ili. p. 286, 1896.

+ Jorn. Sci. Matt. Lisboa, ix. p. 29, 1884.
¢ Esq. Zool. Guiné, pt. 1, pp. 89- 93.

Pousargues, on the contrary, suggested that Gt. g Gomeitioples might be a synonym:
of G. pardina.

1907.| MAMMALS FROM LIBERIA. 1041

G. servalina Puch. * from the Gaboon and G. victoriw Thos. +
from Entebbe, will also prove, I suspect, to belong to the same
category of species as G. poensis. In G. servalina, however, the
linear arrangement of the spots seen in G. poensis is not
apparent and the tail is differently banded. G. victorice also
differs in the annulation of the tail, its paler under side and other
characters. . victorie is placed by Matschie{ in the section
of species with long-haired tails. The hairs of the tail, however,
are not long in the sense that those of G. genetta, G. felina, and
G. dongolana are long.

GENETTA JOHNSTON, sp.n. (Plate LIV. figg. 1, 2.)

This species, which is dedicated to Sir Harry Johnston, who
has interested himself in the fauna of Liberia, may be briefly
diagnosed as a Genet with the tail short-haired and ornamented
with eight black rings, which are longer, especially distally, than
the pale rings; with a black spinal stripe and with the reddish
spots on the sides rather small, close-set and forming dorsally
very distinct longitudinal lines separated by narrow intervening
spaces; and with the limbs for the most part dark-coloured.

Hair on body short and thick, about 20 mm. long, but fre-
quently longer on the lumbar region of the spine, where it
ranges from about 20 mm. to 30 mm., forming in the latter case
a sort of crest. On the tail, especially at the root, the hair is
short and thick, almost woolly, and about 22 mm. in length.
Ground-colour varying from a rather rich golden or ochre-yellow
to a paler, almost sandy or greyish yellow, fading to a still
paler yellowish or whitish-grey tint on the under side, the belly
and groin bemg lighter than the chest and throat. From
behind the shoulder to the root of the tail there extends a
spinal stripe which is always black and varies in width from
about 15 to 19mm. On each side of this there are from five
to six rows of spots, the three uppermost rows being well defined
and the one or two inferior rows, consisting of smaller spots,
more scattered, more widely spaced and showing less regular
linear arrangement. The spots of the two uppermost rows
coalesce wholly or mostly into definite longitudinal stripes, in
which the number of spots cannot be ascer ‘tained with cer tainty ;
there appear, however, to be about twelve from behind the
shoulders to the root of the tail; the spots of the third line are
less coalesced than those of the two superjacent lines. The two
uppermost rows are about as wide as the spinal stripe and are
always wider than the intervening pale spaces, sometimes more
than twice as wide. They always differ from the spinal stripe in
colour, since they consist of black and red hairs intermixed, the
red hairs being rather more in evidence in the centres than at

* Rey. Mage. Zool. 1855, p. 154, and Arch. Mus. x. p. 115, pl. x., 1858.
+ P. Z. 8. 1901, p. 87, pl. v.
< Verh. Internat. Zool. Congr. Berlin, 1901, p. 1138.

1042 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON | Noy. 26,

the edges of the spots or lines. This is also true of the spots of
the third row; but the smaller spots of the inferior rows are
blacker. On the upper part of the shoulders, the neck and the
head, the stripes are well defined and of much the same tint as
those of the body, except that the spinal stripe, where traceable,
is not wholly black but tinged with red. On the sides of the
shoulders and on the thighs the spots are mostly black. The
fore-leg is mostly ashy brown or blackish brown, becoming darker
distally, but down the front there extends a greyish-yellow stripe
of varying width which appears, however, to die out at the wrist.
The hind-legs, from the hocks downwards, are greyish- or brownish-
black, and there is a varying quantity of hair of the same colour
above the hock behind; but down the front there extends, for a
shorter or longer distance, a pale stripe of varying width ; this,
however, is sometimes reduced to a mere remnant on the area
between the hocks and toes. The tail presents eight black rings
separated by seven pale rings, the last black ring being long, and
the extreme tip brown above and whitish below. On the upper
side of the tail the black stripes are longer than the pale stripes ;
but on the under side the pale stripes are longer than the black
ones, or at least as long in the proximal half of the organ,
although in the distal half the black ones are longer below as they
also are above; the black stripes increase and the pale stripes
decrease in length towards the distal end of the tail. The extent of
the increase in the length of the black stripes varies, but where it is
greatest, the longest is about three times the length of the shortest.
Both the black and the white stripes are irregular in shape and
never present straight and parallel anterior and posterior borders,
and in the proximal half of the tail the black stripes become
narrower and less intense laterally and inferiorly, whereas the
pale stripes become broader and paler. he pale stripes are
white below, but above they are yellowish with a varying quantity
of blackish hairs passing from one black stripe to another and
representing the median spinal stripe.

Length from fore part of nape to root of tail (on flat dried
skin) about 375 mm. (=15 English inches)*; of tail about
525 mm. (=21 English inches).

This is probably the Genet of Liberia which has been identified
as Genetta pardina Is. Geoftr, St. Hilaire t (Mag. de Zool. 1832,
Cl. i. pl. 8)—a species based upon a living specimen said to have
come from the interior of Senegal, but which Matschie records
from the North Cameroons and the coast of Togoland. G. par-
dina, however, may be distinguished from G. johnstoni by having
the spots on the upper part of the sides of the body large, wide,
separated from each other by wide intervening pale areas and

* The complete skin would probably have measured another 125 mm. (5 English
inches) giving a total of 500 mm. (20 English inches) from the tip of the nose to the
root of the tail. This would make the tail approximately equal to the head and
body im length.

y J. Biittikoffer, ‘Reisebilder aus Liberia,’ 1890; H. H. Johnston, ‘ Liberia,’ ii.
pp. 703 & 756, 1906.

ERRATUM.

p. 1043 :—

for Subsp. LIBERTENSIS, nov.

read Subsp. LEIGHTONT, nov.

1907. ] MAMMALS FROM LIBERIA. 1043

not coalesced into definite longitudinal lines. The limbs of
G. pardina also appear to be paler. They are at all events pale
externally, for in the original description the toes and the inner
sides are said to be blackish, and the figure represents the outer
sides of both fore and hind limbs as much the same colour as the
body. Matschie describes the legs as quite pale. In this, as in
some other respects, his Togoland examples referred to G. pardina
differ from the type of that species and may prove to be sub-
specifically distinct. JI think it is highly probable, perhaps
certain, that G. johnstoni is related more nearly to G. pardina
than to any species of Genet hitherto described. It may indeed
prove to he a subspecies of that form; but until the Genets are
better known, it is difficult to decide whether a specific or sub-
specific value should be assigned to the various kinds that have
been named.

PoIANA RICHARDSONI Thomps.

Genetta richardsont Thompson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. x. p. 204,
1842.

Subsp. LIBERIENSIS, nov. (Plate LIV. fig. 3.)

Ground-colour of dorsal and lateral surfaces of the body and of
the upper side of the tail a rich yellowish fawn; the fore-legs
somewhat greyer externally ; the hind-legs externally as far ona
as the hock about the same colour as the body, but greyer and
paler below the hock anteriorly. The under side of the throat,
chest and belly, the inside of the fore-limbs, of the hind-limbs as
far as the hock, and the under side of the tail, except at the
extreme tip, quite white, the white everywhere rather sharply
defined from—the yellow where the two tints are in contact.
Underfur of the dorsal and lateral surfaces smoky grey, of the
belly white, except close to the yellow, where the grey persists.
On the body there is no great difference in tint between the
underfur of a spot and of a yellow interspace; and this sometimes
obtains on the tail, but in the majority of the skins, the underfw
of an interspace on the tail is nearly white and much paler than
that of an adjoining stripe. There is a median spinal stripe
extending from between the shoulders, where it is narrowest,
over the Jumbar and sacral areas, where it is broadest, to the root
of the tail. This is sometimes interrupted here and there, and
sometimes doubled in parts and to a varying extent in some
places strongly, in some places weakly zigzagged. The spots on
the body are arranged in four or five longitudinal rows; they are
all solid and usually longer than wide, the spaces between them
being relatively narrow ; those of the inferior rows are usually
much smaller, those of the lowest row running along that part of
the white under side which has grey underfur, These rows of
spots extend backwards over the thighs and forwards over the
shoulders and sides of the neck; on “the sides of the neck the
inferior rows do not form definite lines; the two upper rows, on

1044 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON [Nov. 26,

the contrary, usually form four distinct, sometimes more or less.
interrupted longitudinal stripes along the nape, and these are
continued forwards on to the summit of the head in the only
specimen in which that region is preserved. There are a few
small spots on the front of the fore-leg above the wrist and a few
on the hind-leg down to the hock. The back of the hind-leg below
the hock is sooty. The tail is longer than the head and body ;.
its hair is thicker but only a little longer than that of the
body. It is marked with from 12 to 13 black stripes which
obviously correspond with the spots of the uppermost row on each
side of the body. These stripes are not regularly annuliform, for:
although they encircle the tail, they are much narrower laterally
and inferiorly than dorsally ; they are somewhat triangular in
shape, the anterior border being produced forwards in the middle
line, while the posterior border is correspondingly, though to a
lesser extent notched. 'The median spinal stripe of the body is in
some places represented on the tail by a median spot or abbreviated
line in the middle of the interzonal spaces ; but these spaces are
not subdivided by a narrow secondary ring or ‘shadow-stripe ”
which is at least traceable in the typical form of P. richardsont.
In the median dorsal line, there is no very great difference in length
between the stripes and the interspaces in the proximal half of
the tail; but in its posterior half the stripes become sometimes
much, sometimes a little narrower; the extremity of the tail for
about two inches beyond the last stripe is yellowish and clouded
with ashy grey, representing an indistinct double stripe above.

Measurement of type specimen:—From the fore part of the
nape to the root of the tail about 275 mm. (=11 English inches) ;
tail 400 mm. (=16 English inches).

Mr. Leighton brought back six skins of this interesting new
animal, three being apparently those of adult specimens, one sub-
adult and two young. The latter are darker in hue than the
others, the belly being noticeably yellow. But since the fur of
both, and especially of the darker of the two, appears to have
been singed, I suspect that the darkness of the pelage in these
young specimens is to be attributed to fire-smoke during drying
(cf. supra, p. 1040).

Two forms of this genus have been hitherto distinguished,
namely Poiana richardsont Thomps. (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. x.
p. 204, 1842), of which the British Museum has one skin, the type,
ticketed Fernando Po, two ticketed Benito River (G. L. Bates
coll.) and one ticketed Sierra Leone; and P. richardsoni ochracea
Thos. (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xix. p. 372, 1907), of which
the British Museum possesses the only known specimen from
Yambuya, Aruwimi, River Congo (2. B. Woosnam).

In the typical form of P. richardson the colour is a dusky
yellowish brown ; the spots are variable in size but mostly large.
They do not, however, run into longitudinal lines, except on the
neck and shoulders. The under side of the body and inner side of
the limbs are a much dirtier white than in the Liberian animal,

1907. } MAMMALS FROM LIBERIA. 1045

and the pale tint is not so sharply defined from the yellowish tint
of the sides of the body. The bands on the tail vary in thickness,
but are almost parallel-sided all round and the intervening space
is marked with a narrow ring which, although varying in distinct-
ness, is always apparently detectable ; the under side of the tail is
not white and only a little paler than the upper. The example
in the British Museum, alleged to have come from Sierra Leone,
does not differ appreciably from the type and the two from the
Benito River. Its locality is probably erroneous.

The type and only known example of Poiana richardsont
ochracea has the ground-colour a richer and more rusty yellow
than in the others. The spots on the body are very small and
widely spaced, and show signs of fusion into definite lines only
upon the dorsal area between the shoulders. The caudal rings
are narrow, much narrower than the interspaces, which have no
intermediate stripe. The ventral surface of the body and tail and
the insides of the limbs are yellowish and only a little paler than
the dorsal surface.

The three subspecies may be distinguished as follows :-——

a. Spots small and widely spaced; ventral surface yellowish,
scarcely paler than theidorsal ..2%25-...<00s 000% +n «ene ochracea.

a‘. Spots mostly large and therefore more closely-set ; ventral
surface white or whitish.

6. Dorsal surface a dusky yellow-brown; ventral surface

yellowish or creamy white, gradually blending with
the yellowish hue of the sides; under side of tail not
white, hardly paler than the upper; rings on tail
regular and annuliform, with intermediate rings more
OLMESS AI PALCME 9 fecissn's sale «15 oe Sore saw pate tle. o eens richardson.
6’. Dorsal surface a lighter clearer yellow ; ventral surface
milk-white and sharply defined from the yellow hue
of the sides of the body; under side of the tail white ;
tail-rings not regularly annuliform, somewhat tri-
angular in shape ; intermediate rings not apparent.
leighton.
CEPHALOPHUS DORSALIS Gray.

Cephalophus dorsalis Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1) xviii.
p-. 165, 1846; Sclater & Thomas, Book of Antelopes, i. p. 155,
1895.

A single flat skin, apparently belonging to the typical race
of this Antelope.

CEPHALOPHUS DORIZ Ogilb.
Cephalophus dorie Ogilby, P. Z.8. 1836, p. 121; Sclater &
Thomas, Book of Antelopes, i. p. 171, pl. xx., 1895.
Two flat skins.
I find it impossible to compare the skins of this species in which

1046 ON AN ANTELOPE WITH OVERGROWN Hoors. | Dec. 10,

the back is transversely banded with black, and shows no trace of
a spinal stripe, with the skin of the previous species, C’. dorsalis,
which has a broad black spinal stripe, without concluding that
the stripes of C. dorie actually represent the spinal stripe of
C’. dorsalis. In other words, the forerunners of C. doriw had
a wide spinal stripe which in the course of the evolution of the
species became broken up into transverse black bands.

December 10, 1907.
Sir Epmunp G. Loprr, Bt., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions made
to the Society's Menagerie during the month of November
1907 :—

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of November was 190. Of these 73 were
acquired by presentation and 7 by purchase, 104 were received
on deposit, 2 by exchange, and 4 were bred in the Gardens.
The total number of departures during the same period, by
death and removals, was 165.

Among the additions special attention may be directed to :—

A male Hamlyn’s Guenon (Cercopithecus hamlyni), from the
Ituri Forest, new to the Collection, deposited on Noy. 5th.

Two Grisons (Galictis vittata), from the Argentine, presented
by M. C. Livingstone Learmouth, Esq., on Nov. 21st.

A collection of Rodents, including 1 Darling’s Rat (J/us
chrysophilus), 6 Viey Rats (Otomys irroratus), 3 Peters’ Water
Rats (Dasymys incomtus), new to the Collection, from 8. Africa,
deposited on Noy. 14th.

A male Yak (Poéphagus grunniens), from Tibet, received in
exchange on Nov. 30th.

Two ‘ilownatzatba Ka-Kas (Westor notabilis) and 3 Kiwis (Apterya
australis), from New Zealand, deposited on Nov. 23rd.

One Spotted Hagle (Aquila clanga), captured in the North Sea,
presented by Capt. R. A. Allenby, R.N., on Nov. 5th.

Mr. R. H. Burne, F.Z.S., exhibited the feet of a Common
Duiker (Cephalophus sp.) with extensive and more or less
symmetrical overgrowth of the hoofs. The overgrowth was most
marked in the fore-feet, each hoof showing a tendency to an
inward spiral twist. The specimen was presented to the Royal
College of Surgeons’ Museum by Mr. Griffin, of the Pretoria
Museum, Transvaal. The Antelope was shot (wild) by a farmer,
in stony bush veldt country about 40 miles from Pretoria.
Nothing unusual was noticed in its gait or running powers.

907.] ON THE ORIGIN OF MAMMAL-LIKE REPTILES. 1047

Mr. F. K. Beddard, F.R.S., Prosector to the Society, exhibited
a skin of the rare Marsupial Dactylopsila palpator (A. Milne-
Edw.), which had been placed in his hands by Dr. C. G.
Seligmann, F.Z.S.

A collection of Molluscan Shells, Corals, &e. collected in the
Pamban Channel, Southern India, was exhibited on behalf of
Mr. C. M. Venkataramanujalu.

The Secretary, Dr. P. Chalmers Mitchell, F.R.S., exhibited pre-
parations of the intestinal tracts of the Polyprotodont Marsupials
Phascogale penicillata, Sminthopsis larapinta, and S. crassicaudata,
made from specimens kindly lent him for the purpose by Mr. H.
C. Beck, F.R.S., and remarked on the simplicity of the patterns
displayed by the intestinal tracts of these and other Dasyuride
as contrasted with other Marsupials.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Origin of the Mammal-lke Reptiles. By R.
Broom, D.Sc., C.M.Z.S., Victoria College, Stellenbosch,
S. Africa.

{ Received August 1, 1907. |
(Text-figures 244-247.)

A considerable amount of discussion has recently been given
to the question of the origin of Mammals, and so far from
a general agreement having been arrived at, men of science are
becoming more definitely arranged into two groups—those who
believe that mammals are descended from Amphibia and those
who hold that they sprang from Reptiles; and to judge by the
reports of a recent Congress, the opposing opinions seem to be
held with a warmth reminiscent of a _bygone age. At the
meeting of the British Association in South Africa in 1905 I
read a paper (1) endeavouring to show that the case for descent
of the mammal from a Cynodont reptile, or a closely allied form
was very strong, and that the main objection urged against it
from the mode of development of Meckel’s cartilage in the
mammal is of no weight, the condition of affairs being exactly
what we should expect from our knowledge of the Cynodonts.
In the present paper I wish to say little on the origin of
mammals, as the British Association paper has recently been
published, and there is little to add to it that is new; but I
desire to call attention to some new discoveries that throw most
important light on the origin of the mammal-like reptiles. The
Anomodonts, the Cynodonts, and the Therocephalians are fairly
well known; some of them even as well known as regards their

1048 DR. R. BROOM ON THE ORIGIN [ Dec. 10,

osteology as living reptiles, but concerning their origin or nearest
reptilian allies we have hitherto known little or nothing.

Though Owen (2), as far back as 1845, recognised mammal-like
features in the Anomodont dentition, and also later when he
described the skulls of Cynodonts and Therocephalians, Cope (3)
seems to have been the first to have expressed the view that the
mammalian resemblances found in certain Permian reptiles were
due to a genetic affinity. Between 1875 and 1878 the first
remains of Pelycosaurian reptiles were discovered, and Cope
recognised in them so many mammalian characters that he
suggested that the Mammalia had probably been descended from
them. As the South African Anomodonts had also a number of
similar mammal-like characters, he united the two suborders in a
new order Theromorpha, a name afterwards changed to Theromora.
As the result of later work on the Pelycosaurians by Baur and
Case (4), and on the South African forms by Seeley and myself,
it became manifest that the group Theromorpha is not a natural
one, the Pelycosaurs being more nearly related to the Rhyncho-
cephalians than to the mammals. Osborn (5) in 1903, in his
most important paper on the classification of the reptiles, reviewed
the recent work and came to the conclusion that the reptiles had
very early become specialised along two very distinct lines—the
one giving rise to the lizard-like forms and the other to the
mammallke. The former group he called the Diapsida and
the latter the Synapsida. In the Diapsida he placed all the
primitive Rhynchocephaloid groups, including the Pelycosauria,
as well as most of those reptilian orders which seem to have
sprung from a Sphenodon-like ancestor. In the Synapsida he
placed, besides the Anomodonts and “ Theriodonts,” the Chelo-
nians and Plesiosaurians. Though most recent opinion has been
in favour of some such division of the Reptilia, it seems doubtful
if the Chelonia and Plesiosauria should be placed in the Synapsida,
and I am inclined to agree with Boulenger (6) in placing them
rather with the Rhynchocephaloid groups. It seems to me, however,
advisable to retain Osborn’s names for the two large groups, but
making the Synapsida only include the mammal-like forms, with
possibly the Pareiasauria.

Within the last few years our knowledge of the Synapsida has
greatly increased. Four well-marked suborders of mammal-like
reptiles are recognised, viz.: the Anomodontia (Owen), for the
Dicynodon-like forms; the Cynodontia (Owen), for the reptiles
like Galesaurus and Gomphognathus with a well-developed secon-
dary palate; the Zherocephalia (Broom), for the mammal-like
reptiles, such as Seylacosaurus, which have a Rhynchocephalian
palate; and the Dinocephalia (Seeley), for those specialised forms
which resemble Z%tanosuchus. For these four suborders the term
Therapsida has been proposed (7) as an embracing order. Pareia-
saurus and its allies, such as Zapinocephalus, Propappus, &e.,
may perhaps be considered to form a second order of the
Synapsida, the Pareiasauria Seeley.

1907. | OF MAMMAL-LIKE REPTILES. 1049

The early orders of the Diapsida are less fully known than
those of the Synapsida. The Pelycosauria are, thanks to the
labours of Cope, Baur, and Case, now fairly well known, though
there are still a number of serious blanks in our knowledge. The
digital formula is not certainly known and more definite know-
ledge is required of the structure of the tarsus. Even in the
skull there is still a little doubt about the structure of the
posterior temporal region. Most authorities, however, seem
agreed in placing the order in the Diapsida.

The Procolophonia are much better known, nearly every detail
in the osteology of Procolophon being as fully known as in recent
animals. In most of its characters the latter comes nearer to the
early Rhynchocephalians than to the mammal-like forms. The
digital formula is that of the lizards—2, 3, 4,5,3; there are well-
marked abdominal ribs, the vertebre are notochordal, the pre-
vomers carry teeth, there is a quadrato-jugal bone, and the very
small coronoid process is formed by a distinct coronoid bone and not
by the dentary. It shows affinities, however, with the mammal-
like groups in having a well-developed precoracoid, but this is a
character which must have been possessed by early Diaptosaurians,
as it is met with in the Pelycosaurians, in Mesosaurus and in
FHeleosaurus. Most of the other important characters are common
to the early Diapsidan and early mammal-like forms—e. g., the
plate-like pelvis, the intercentra, the pro-atlas, and the columella
cranii. From the consideration of these points I have expressed
the opinion that Procolophon should be placed among the early
members of the Diapsida rather than among the Synapsida.

While the Pelycosauria and the Procolophonia seem to be
Diapsidan orders, it must nevertheless be admitted that both
show certain resemblances to the mammal-like groups. As
already mentioned, Cope believed the Pelycosaurs to be closely
allied to the South African “ Theriodonts,” and Procolophon has
been placed among the mammal-like forms by Seeley (8),
Boulenger (6), and others. The most striking resemblance is in
the shoulder-girdle with its well-developed precoracoid. As,
however, an ossified precoracoid is found in the ‘“ Cotylosauria ”
and even occasionally among the Stegocephalia, we should
naturally expect it to be met with in the early forms of both
Synapsidan and Diapsidan reptiles. The digital formula of the
Therocephalians and other Therapsida, viz. 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, marks
them off fairly distinctly from the Diapsidans with a typical
formula of 2,3,4,5,3. Still, when dealing with Permian reptiles,
we find the Diapsidan and Synapsidan types approach each other
so markedly that we are constantly in doubt about the position
of individual forms. No distinction can be found in the
shoulder-girdle, the palates are similar and both have plate-like
pelves ; and it becomes manifest that the two groups have had a
common ancestor, or that one of the groups has sprung from
a member of the other.

I have been inclined to find the common ancestor in the some-

1050 DR. R. BROOM ON THE ORIGIN [ Dec. 10,,

what artificial group ‘“ Cotylosauria,” a view also supported by
Osborn (5) and Broili (9), while Boulenger (6) is inclined to place
the common ancestor among the Stegocephalia. Part of our
difficulty consists in our not knowing very clearly what a Cotylo-
saurian is. The term was proposed by Cope for reptiles re-
sembling Diadectes and Hmpedias, and many other forms were
afterwards included, for the most part very imperfectly known,
but supposed to agree with Dzadectes in having the temporal
region roofed. Case has recently shown that in some members
of the Diadectide there is a small temporal fossa, while in the
structure of the palate and some other points they differ greatly
from other known forms, such as Pariotichus, and he proposes to
remove them from the Cotylosauria altogether and place them in
another order Chelydosauria. Broili’s (9) recent work on Labido-
saurus shows that we have here a fairly highly organised type
approaching in many points the Procolophonia. Then there is
Pareiasaurus, which is often also placed in the Cotylosauria, and
which agrees with most of the genera in having the temporal
region roofed, but differs markedly in a number of other points.
Whether it is possible to keep the Cotylosauria as a superorder
embracing a number of suborders which differ greatly can only
be satisfactorily answered when more is known of the American
types. In the meantime it seems better even to multiply the
already large number of reptilian orders or suborders than to
group together in an artificial manner forms that have little
affinity.

As possible ancestors of the Synapsida and Diapsida we may
dismiss the Diadectide as too specialised. The Pareiasauria,.
while they might be considered as ancestral to the mammal-like
forms, are much too specialised to have been the ancestors of the
Diaptosaurians, even though they still seem to retain the digital
formula 2,3,4,5,3*. The Pariotichide, on the other hand, have
most of the characters we should want in the common ancestor
of the later reptiles. The few known specimens, however, have
lost the cleithrum which the ancestor must have had, as it is stall
found in the Anomodonts. Pareiasaurus and the Diadectids have
it well developed, and it is not unlikely that forms may yet be
discovered resembling Pariotichus and Labidosaurus, but retaining
the cleithrum. Such a form might well be the looked-for
ancestor.

Until recently the gap between the Therocephalians and the
Cotylosaurs has been a fairly wide one, but a specimen has just
been discovered which largely bridges it over. This is a small
animal found at Victoria West. It is so well preserved that, with
the exception of the temporal region, the palate and the tarsus,
almost every detail of the anatomy is known. It has been named

* There has been some difference of opinion on the digital formula of Pareta-
saurus, Boulenger definitely stating that it is 2, 3,3, 3,3. I have elsewhere
shown (10) that in the very closely allied Pareiasaurian genus Propappus there is.
reason to believe that the formula is 2, 3, 4, 5,3.

1907, | OF MAMMAL-LIKE REPTILES. 1051

Galechirus scholtzi (11). The facial region is not unlike that of
Paleohatteria, there being no specialised canine. The lower jaw
in general structure is essentially similar to that of the Anomo-
donts and differs from that of the Therocephalians in the absence
of the large coronoid process of the dentary. The shoulder-
girdle is like that of the Therocephalians and differs from that of
the Anomodonts in the absence of the cleithrum. The humerus,
ulna, and radius are like those of the Therocephalians, except
that the ulna has no olecranon process. The carpus is very like
that of the Anomodonts, and the digital formula is 2, 3, 3, 3, 3.
There are intercentra in the cervical region and the ribs are
single-headed. There are large numbers of slender abdominal
ribs. The pelvis is plate-like, with the ilium small and passing
upwards.

It will be seen that we have here a form which agrees with the
mammal-like reptiles in the digital formula, in the structure of
the shoulder-girdle, and for the most part in the limbs, but with
a somewhat more primitive mandible, but which differs from
them and agrees with the Diapsidan reptiles in having abdominal
ribs and a plate-like pelvis. Had the manus not been preserved,
I should have placed the form somewhere near the Pelycosauria,
and the Procolophonia among the primitive Diaptosaurians; and
had the mandible not been so essentially Anomodont, I should
still have done so in spite of the digital formula. But the
combination of characters shows that we have a form on the
mammalian line, but not far removed from the Diaptosaurian or
Cotylosaurian origin. Exactly where the point of origin has been
is not clearly indicated, but the descent has most probably been
either. from a generalised Cotylosaurian or from a primitive
Diaptosaurian. How the formula 2,3,4,5,3 was changed into
2, 3, 3, 3, 3 is not known, but in Galechirus we see some indication
of the change. The metacarpals increase in size from the first to
the fourth, just as is usually the case in Diapsidans, and this
seems to show that the limbs were directed outwards from the
body considerably, as in lizards, and that the reduction had but
recently taken place. In the Therocephalian Vheriodesmus (12)
there seems from the figures to be some indication of a transition
from the Diapsidan to the Synapsidan formula, but in an un-
doubted Therocephalian pes I have examined there is not the
slightest indication of the larger formula, the numbers being
the typical 2, 3,3, 3,3, and I feel inclined to believe that the
change has taken place in two rapid stages, 2, 3, 3, 4, 3 and then
25d, dy Oy Ds

In the accompanying figures the development of a number
of important structures is traced through the various groups that
lie between the Cotylosaurs and the Mammals. The types in no
case lie in the direct line of descent and are only taken as the
best-known examples of the different stages of the development.

I shall not take into consideration the skull generally, as
‘though it is well known in all the Therapsidan suborders it is

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1907, No. LXX. 70

1052 DR. R. BROOM ON THE ORIGIN [Deemo,.

very imperfectly known in the Cotylosaurians, and even in the
Pelycosaurs there are one or two points in doubt, and in Gale-
chirus both the palate and temporal region are unknown.

Text-fig. 244.

_Aret.

Dene. (Ang.

Fe
Mandibles of Mammal-like Reptiles.
A. Procolophon trigoniceps. D. Lycosuchus vanderrieti.

B. Galechirus scholtzt. E. Cynognathus platyceps.
C. Dicynodon joubertt. | FE. Gomphognathus kannemeyert.

Ang., angulare; Art., articulare ; Co., coronoid ; Dent., dentary ;
S.Ang., sur-angulare; Sp., splenial.

The mandible is, however, well known in most types. In
Procolophon the anterior half of the jaw is formed of two boxes,
the dentary forming the outside and supporting the teeth and a
large splenial, which forms the greater part of the inside.
Immediately behind the row of teeth is a well-developed little
coronoid bone. On the inner side, at the back of this bone and
near the top of the jaw, is a large oval opening into the large
cavity of the posterior part of the mandibles. On the outer side
of the jaw just behind the dentary is seen the large angular and
surangular, each forming about half of the outer surface of the
posterior half of the jaw. The angular appears to pass back
to the angle of the jaw and to form the whole of the inner side of
the posterior part, the surangular forming the upper border.
The articular is small and wedged in between these two bones.
In Pareiasaurus there is certainly a large angular and a large
splenial a little like that in Procolophon, but the posterior part of

1907.] OF MAMMAL-LIKE REPTILES. 1053

the jaw is not well known. In Dimetrodon the jaw bears con-
siderable resemblance to that of Procolophon. There is a large
splenial on the inner side and a large angular on both the inner
and outer sides of the posterior part. There is also a large sur-
angular and a small articular. There is some evidence of a
coronoid element. In front of the articular on the inner side a
distinct element called the prearticular is said to occur.

In Galechirus only the outer side of the jaw is known, and it
differs from that of the early Diaptosaurian types mainly in the
absence of a distinct coronoid bone. The angular forms more
of the outer surface and probably less of the inner.

In the Anomodont such as Oudenodon (18), the jaw is fairly
similar to that of Galechirus except that there are no teeth. On
the outer side the angular is a large bone somewhat oval in shape
which forms the greater part of the posterior half of the jaw.
The surangular les above it, but is for the most part hidden by
it. There is no coronoid bone. The splenial is well developed.
The articular is only in part hidden by the angular.

The mandible of the Therocephalians is pretty fully known,
almost all details being known in both Lycosuchus (18) and
Hyenasuchus (14). The only important difference between this
type of jaw and that of the Anomodont is that the dentary has
its upper and posterior end developed into a large coronoid
process.

In the Cynodonts the mandible differs greatly from that of the
Therocephalians, owing to the dentary becoming greatly developed
and the other elements greatly reduced. The dentary forms not
only a large coronoid process but nearly the whole of the back
part of the jaw, and hides the whole of the surangular and much
of the angular and articular.

In the mammal the dentary forms the whole jaw, the rudi-
mentary elements having disappeared.

The next important structure whose evolution may be con-
sidered is the shoulder-girdie. Fortunately this is well known in
most groups.

In the Labyrinthodonts the girdle is made up of a large flat
interclavicle, with two large flattened clavicles and a pair of
slender cleithra—these membrane-bone elements supporting the
cartilage-girdle proper, which no doubt was made up of a per-
manently cartilaginous precoracoid and coracoid with an ossified
scapula. Of course in most specimens of the girdle proper only
the scapula remains as a fossil. In some forms, e. g. Hryops, the
whole girdle is ossified and we find well-developed coracoids and
precoracoids.

In most of the Cotylosaurs the same eleven elements are met
with. In the Diadectide there isa large precoracoid and coracoid,
with a large scapula which is supported in front by a well-
developed cleithrum. In Pareiasaurus there is also a well-
developed cleithrum, and the shoulder-girdle for the first time
has a distinct acromion formed by a twisting of the anterior

70*

1054 DR. R. BROOM ON THE ORIGIN [ Dec. 10,

scapular border. In Pariotichus, according to Case, there is no
cleithrum, and in none of the members of the Diapsidan phylum
does the cleithrum ever reappear. The Pelycosaurs, Procolophon
and its allies and Mesosaurus, all retain the ossified precoracoid,
but soon this too becomes lost as a bone and is never again found |
in any of the Diapsida. Anterior developments of the scapula
sometimes take the place of the lost precoracoid, as in the Chelonia,
the Plesiosaurs, and in the Ostrich ; and the coracoid and scapula
occasionally have anterior developments which are somewhat

Text-fig. 245.

€ S :
mG &
Teed LO Co Ne
F

D E
Shoulder-girdles of Mammal-like Reptiles and of Ornithorhynchus .

D. Oudenodon baini.
E. Galesuchus brownt.
EF. Ornithorhynchus anatinus.

A. Procolophon trigoniceps.
B. Galechirus scholtzt.
C. Ictidosuchus primevus.

Sc., scapula; Co., coracoid; P.Co., precoracoid.

precoracoid-like as in the Lizards, but a distinct precoracoid
never appears when once lost. In Procolophon the scapula is
short and broad, the precoracoid of large size with a round
foramen, and the coracoid also well developed. These three
elements are never anchylosed even in old specimens. The

1907. | OF MAMMAL-LIKE REPTILES. 1055

clavicle passes up along the front of the scapula, taking the place
of the lost cleithrum. ‘The interclavicle is large and T-shaped.
In Mesosawrus and Heleosaurus (11) the scapula, coracoid, and
precoracoid are completely anchylosed.

In Galechirus the scapula is long and narrow, except at the
lower end, where it broadens out for articulation with the pre-
coracoid and coracoid. There is no distinct acromion, though the
anterior border of the scapulais somewhat twisted. The coracoid
and precoracoid are well developed, but much smaller than in
Procolophon and not anchylosed. The interclavicle has a large
and rather broad posterior portion. The clavicles are well
developed and appear to pass a considerable distance up the front
of the scapula, but there does not appear to be a cleithrum.

In the Therocephalia the shoulder-girdle is not very fully
known. In Jctidosuchus (15) only the cartilage-bone elements
are preserved. The scapula is long and slender in its upper part
and broad at the lower end. There is no distinct acromion and
no twisting of the anterior border of the bone. The precoracoid
is a large flat, somewhat square-shaped bone with the foramen
completely surrounded by the bone. The coracoid is smaller and
of the usual shape. It is not known whether there is a cleithrum
or not.

In the Anomodonts the shoulder-girdle is well known. The
scapula is long and well developed and has a_ well-marked
acromion. The precoracoid has a large foramen, which is in part
formed by the scapula. One of the most noteworthy characters
in this type is the presence, at least in Dicynodon and Oudenodon,
of a distinct cleithrum. The interclavicle in some forms is short,
e. g. Lystrosawrus (16), while in others, e. g. Dicynodon, it is
elongated.

In the Cynodontia the shoulder-girdle is not fully known.
Seeley (17) has figured the scapula with portions of the coracoid
and precoracoid of Cynograthus, and I have recently figured an
imperfect shoulder-girdle of Hlurosuchus (18). The scapula is
well developed and somewhat like that of the Anomodonts, having
a well-formed acromion. The coracoid and precoracoid, so far as
known, are also Anomodont-like. There is no evidence of a
cleithrum. There is a well-formed clavicle in Diademodon, but
the interclavicle is not yet known in any Cynodont, but probably
occurs in all species.

In the closely allied Monotremes the only essential difference
in the shoulder-girdle from the Cynodonts is in the precoracoid,
which has become reduced and no longer articulates with the
scapula.

In Marsupials and Eutheria the precoracoid is lost asa skeletal
element and the coracoid rudimentary, but, as I discovered some
years ago (19), the Marsupial at birth still has a large coracoid
which articulates with the sternum as in the Monotremes.

The examination of the humerus, radius, and ulna in the various

1056 DR. R. BROOM ON THE ORIGIN [ Dec. 10,

groups does not throw much light on their affinities, but from
the study of the carpus some interesting facts are obtained.

Text-fig. 246.

Carpus of Sphenodon and of Mammal-like Reptiles.

Howes and Swinnerton). D. Galesuchus browni.

A. Sphenodon punctatus (after C. Oudenodon trigoniceps.
B. Galechirus scholtzi.

c}, c*, centralia; i, intermedium ; p, pisiform ; R, radius; 7, radiale; U, ulna;
uw, ulnare ; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, carpalia; I, I, II], IV, V, metacarpals.
In the case of the fossil carpi the elements are figured exactly as found.
In Galechirus and Oudenodon there is evidently a slight lateral displacement.

The carpus is practically unknown in any Cotylosaurian. Case
has endeavoured to restore that of Pariotichus (20), but too many
points are left in doubt to make it advisable to take it at present
into consideration. Fortunately the carpus is well known in the
two very primitive Diapsidan genera Dimetrodon (21) and Pro-
colophon (22), as well as in the pre-Cotylosaurian genus Hryops.
In all three genera the carpus is so essentially similar, and so
like that of Sphenodon, that we may feel pretty sure the Cotylo-
saurlan carpus was also of the Sphenodon-type.

In Dimetrodon, as shown by Case (21), there is a large radiale
and ulnare, with a smaller intermedium between two well-developed
centralia, of which the inner is the larger, and a fair-sized
pisiform. In the distal row are five carpalia, of which the second
is the largest. ;

In Procolophon (22), as I showed some time ago, the carpus

1907.] OF MAMMAL-LIKE REPTILES. 1057

has the usual four elements in the proximal row, two centralia, of
which the outer is the larger, and four distal carpals. It differs
from that of Dimetrodon and agrees with that of Sphenodon and
most reptiles in having the pisiform articulating with the ulna.
There is also evidence of specialisation in the 5th carpale being
lost, though retained even in Sphenodon.

In the recently discovered Galechirus the carpus is preserved
in perfect condition. In the proximal roware a large radiale and
ulnare, with a smaller but well-developed intermedium and
pisiform. In the distal row are five carpalia, but the 5th is
small. In the centre of the carpus are two centralia, of which
that to the radial side is the smaller and lies between the radiale
and the Ist carpale. It will be seen that this small animal with
a mammalian digital formula has nevertheless a carpus almost
exactly similar to that in Sphenodon.

The only Therocephalian carpus at present known is that of
Theriodesmus (12), which, though well preserved, has unfortunately
the elements somewhat displaced. Restorations have been
attempted by Seeley, Bardeleben, and myself. We may feel
pretty certain that there are the usual four bones in the proximal
row, and also that there are only four in the distal row. There
are apparently two centralia, one of which is rudimentary.

In the Anomodontia the carpus is much better known, that of
both Oudenodon and Opisthoctenodon (23) being represented by
perfect specimens. In Oudenodon the arrangement is almost
precisely similar to that in Galechirws, there being two large
centralia, of which the inner lies between the radiale and the
Ist carpale. There is asmall but distinct 5th carpale. In Opzstho-
ctenodon there is no 5th carpale and the inner centrale is not so
markedly between the radiale and Ist carpale.

Until recently very little has’ been known of the Cynodont
carpus. A very imperfect carpus of Jlicrogomphodon (24) has
been figured by Seeley, but it is too badly preserved to help us
much. About six months ago I figured the carpus of a new
Cynodont lurosuchus (18), which shows at least the distal
carpals and the centralia in true position, and though the
proximal elements are somewhat displaced, we may feel fairly
sure of their relations. There are but four distal carpals, the 5th
being lost as in Mammals. Of the centralia that to the radial
side is rudimentary, the other being large, from which we may
infer that the centrale of the mammalian carpus corresponds to
the outer of the two centralia of the primitive reptilian carpus.
In the proximal row there are probably the usual four bones.
We thus find that the Cynodont carpus is identical with that of
the typical Mammal, except that whereas in the latter there is
only a C*, the former has, in addition to a C*, a rudimentary C’.

The evolution of the pelvis is now pretty well known. Perhaps
the most primitive type of pelvis in any land animal is that seen
in some of the Stegocephalia, such as Discosaurus. Here we

1058 DR. R. BROOM ON THE ORIGIN [ Dec. 10,

have an ilium with a fairly well-marked crest directed mainly
backwards, an ischium of the flat semicircular type, and a rounded
pubis. It is from some such type as this that all the later pelvic
types have sprung. In the early Diapsidan reptiles the pelvis is
but little modified from the early type. In Procolophon the
pubis and ischium are flat and lie in one plane, forming the
typical plate-like pelvis. The ilium has a fairly broad crest. In
Palcohatteria the pelvis is almost exactly similar, and in a large
number of the later Diapsidan orders the same type is retained
with little modification. In the Pelycosauria, as exemplified by
Embolophorus (25), the pelvis is of the plate-like type, but the
ilium differs from the earlier forms in having the crest directed
very markedly backwards.

Text-fig. 247.

Pelvis of Mammal-like Reptiles.

A. Procolophon trigoniceps. C. Oudenodon trigoniceps.
B. Galechirus scholtzi. D. Diademodon mastacus.

I1., ilium ; Is., ischium; Pw., pubis.

Among the Colytosaurs, and even above the Labyrinthodonts,
the ium presents a number of modifications in connection with
the various habits of the animals. In Hryops the ilium is long

1907. ] OF MAMMAL-LIKE REPTILES. 1059

and slender and passes straight up. In Labidosaurus (9) the
ilium is relatively small and is directed somewhat backwards.
In Pareiasaurus (26) the pelvis has a large ischium and a smaller
pubis, and though much specialised, they can still be referred to
the plate-like type. The ilium, however, is quite unlike that of
any of the early types and resembles that of the Anomodonts
and Mammals in having a large crest which is directed markedly
forwards.

In passing to the Therapsida the earliest type known is that
found in Galechirus. Here the ilium is directed upwards and
the crest is short. The pubis and ischium are of the plate-like
type. The pubis is nearly square, with the anterior and outer
angles bent downwards, so that, though the ischia make with
each other an angle of about 90°, the fronts of the pubis are nearly
in line. There is a round pubic foramen. The ischium is, as
usual in the plate-like type, longer than broad.

The pelvis in the typical Therocephalians is unknown. In the
Dinocephalian 7itanosuchus the ilium is directed mainly upwards
and has a short crest. The pubis and ischium are unknown.

In the Anomodontia the pelvis is well known in a number of
genera. The type seen in Oudenodon differs little from that
of the other known forms. The ilium is directed well forwards.
and has a large crest very like that insome Mammals. The pubis
and ischium are somewhat removed from the plate-like type.
The foramen, though small, lies between the pubis and ischium,
and is thus a true obturator foramen.

Tn the Cynodonts the pelvis is well known in Cynognathus (17)
and Diademodon (27), and less perfectly in some other genera.
Tn general, the structure is strikingly mammal-lke. The ilium is.
directed mainly forwards and has a very long crest. The pubis
and ischium are almost typically mammalian, owing to the presence
of a large obturator foramen.

From the consideration of the comparative anatomy of these
skeletal structures it will be seen that the mammal-lke reptiles
form a well-defined group, whose earlier members show so much
affinity with the primitive Diaptosaurians and with the higher
Cotylosaurians as to render it highly probable that from some
Cotylosaurian ancestor all the later reptiles are descended. On
the other hand, the higher mammal-like reptiles approach so.
closely to the mammals that it is not always possible to distinguish
between them. T'ritylodon is held by many to be a reptile; by
others it is believed to be a mammal. Dromatheriwm, Micro-
conodon, and Karoomys are generally believed to be mammals,
but it is just possible they may be reptiles; while Seswmodon and
Melinodon, which are believed to be Cynodont reptiles, may
possibly prove to be mammals. The difference between a
Cynodont reptile and a Monotreme is less than the difference
between a Monotreme and a Marsupial, and this again is not
much greater than that between a. Marsupial and an Insectivore.

1060 DR. R, BROOM ON THE ORIGIN [ Dec. 10,

The relationships of the various groups dealt with above may
be represented by the following diagram :—

Unknown Cotylosaurian ancestor.

—

Diadectide (P.)
Pareiasauria (P.)

ee Labi dosaurus (P.).

/

pa / !
y /
Galechirus (P.)-

? Dinocephalia a
P. oe
\ Dimetrodon (P.). ye \
Therocephalia / Procolophonia (P.).
(P.). iy. Paleohatteria
Anomodontia | Mesosauria (P.)- a)
@) |
‘ v
Line leading to most
Cynodontia > Diapsidan reptiles (T.).
i) \

Primitive Mammals
aly

“P.” sionifies that the types or groups occur in the Permian
2 e tS) . .
beds; “'T.” that they first occur in Triassic beds.

LITERATURE REFERRED TO.

1. R. Broom.—“ On the Origin of Mammals.” Papers read at
the Joint Meeting of the Brit. & 8. Afr. Assoc. in
8. Africa, 1905, vol. iii. Johannesburg, 1907.

2. R. Owen.—‘ Report on the Rept. Fossils of 8. Africa, &e.”
Tr. Geol. Soc. Lond. 1845.

3. E. D. Copz.—“ On the Theromorphous Reptilia.” Am. Nat.
1878.

4, G. Baur & EH. C. Casn.—‘ On the Morphology of the Skull
of the Pelycosauria and the Origin of Reptiles.” Anat.
Anz. 1897.

5. H. F. Osporn.—‘ The Reptilian Subclasses Diapsida and
Synapsida, and the Early History of the Diaptosauria.”
Mem. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York, 1903.

6. G. A. BouLencer.—‘“ On the Characters and Affinities of the
Triassic Reptile Telerpeton elginense.” P.Z.S. London,
1904.

7. R. Broom.—‘“‘ On the Use of the Term Anomodontia.” Ree.
Alb. Mus. 1905.

OF MAMMAL-LIKE REPTILES. 1061

H. G. Seetey.—‘ On the Therosuchia.” Phil. Trans. 1904.

py fon, eel fa) ba

eke
bid ais

5 1,

Be ee ee

oa x Hm

. Brorr.— Permische Stegocephalen und Reptilien aus

Texas.” Paleeontograph. 1903.
Broom.—‘On the Pareiasaurian Genus Propappus.”
Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. 1907.

. Broom.—‘ On some new Fossil Reptiles from Victoria

West.” Tr. S. Afr. Phil. Soc. 1907.

. G. SEELEY.—‘“‘ On Parts of the Skeleton of a Mammal, &e.

(Theriodesmus phylarchus).” Phil. Trans. 1888.

. Broom.—“ On an almost perfect Skull of a new Primitive

Theriodont (Lycosuchus vanderrieti).” Tr. 8. Afr. Phil.
Soc. 1903.

Broom.—‘ On some new Therocephalian Reptiles.” Tr.
SS. Aiea hil Socale Oi

Broom.—‘“ On Jectidosuchus primevus.” Tr. 8. Afr. Phil,
Soc. 1902.

Broom.—‘On the Structure of the Shoulder-Girdle in
Lystrosaurus.” Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. 1903.

. G, Seevey.—‘On the Skeleton of new Cynodontia.”

Phil. Trans. 1895.

. Broom.—‘On a new Cynodont Reptile (“lurosuchus

brownt). Tr. S; Atm Philk Soe; 1906:

. Broom.—‘On the Development and Morphology of

the Marsupial Shoulder-Girdle.” Tr. Roy. Soc. Edinb.
1899.

C. Casze.—‘“ A Re-description of Pariotichus incisivus
Cope.” Zool. Bulletin, Boston, 1899.

C. Casze.—‘‘ On the Structure of the Fore Foot of
Dimetrodon.” Journ. Geol. Chicago, 1904.

. Broom.— On the Remains of Procolophon in the Albany

Museum.” Ree. Alb. Mus. 1903.

. Broom.—‘ The Origin of the Mammalian Carpus and

Tarsus.” Tr. S. Afr. Phil. Soc. 1904.

. H. G. Seenvey.—‘ On the Gomphodontia.” Phil. Trans.

1895. :

C. Casse—‘“ The Osteology of Hmbolophorus dollovianus

Cope, &e.” Journ. Geol. 1903.

Broom.—“‘ On an almost perfect Skeleton of Pareiasaurus

serridens Owen.” Ann. 8, Afr. Mus. 1903.
Broom.—‘On some Poimts in the Anatomy of the

Theriodont Reptile Diademodon.” P. Z.8S. Lond. 1905,

1062 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [ Dec. 10,

2. A Revision of the African Silurid Fishes of the Subfamily
Clarune. By G. A. BouLenenr, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8.
[Received November 11, 1907.]

(Text-figures 248-257.)

The Silurid Fishes of the Subfamily Clariine are one of the
most interesting, but at the same time most difficult groups of
the African fresh waters. Many of the species of Olarias are so
closely related, so difficult to define, and show so much individual
variation in characters which have been regarded as specific, that
T have felt compelled to take up their study as if they had never
been classified before. I hope the revision which I now offer will
place the determination of the species on a sounder footing.

The group is of special interest from an evolutionary point of
view, the series Clarias—Allabenchelys—Clariallabes—Gymnal-
labes—Channallabes forming what may be termed an orthogenetic
series * leading from a more typical Cat-fish to one that is truly
Kel-like, with almost every link in the chain connecting the two
extremes. A few of these types are represented on the subjoined
text-figures.

The eel-shape has been reached, in this series, by an elongation
of the caudal part of the body concurrently with the fusion of the
dorsal and anal fins with the caudal, and the reduction and final
suppression of the paired fins, the ventrals first, followed by the
pectorals. At the same time the bony buckler which so efficiently
protects the head of the typical Clarias has been gradually
reduced until its complete suppression in the most elongate forms,
Gymnallabes and Chawnallabes.

I do not believe for one moment that the more generalised
forms here described represent the actual ancestors of the terminal
type, as it 1s not likely that they should coexist at the presert day ;
but 1 regard the apparent links of the chain as side branches of a
continuous stem, as the close allies of these extinct forms, and for
the purpose of the study of the lines of derivation they are just as
good examples as if they were the actual ancestors, because they
must be so very similar to them. Eyen in paleontological series,
what we usually regard as continuous series are surely mostly made
up of such elements; except in the case of varieties we have
no evidence of any one form having turned into another, evolution ~
being after all still a hypothesis,—the only workable hypothesis,
built up on concurring and converging probabilities.

It is sometimes the case that an orthogenetic series is sus-
ceptible of being interpreted in a reversed direction. But this

* The term ‘ Orthogenesis’ has been invented by Haacke in 1893, and has gained
wide circulation through the writings of Eimer. It is intended to express deter-
minate evolution, as opposed to the Darwinian idea of random variation leading to
the formation of new types. In orthogenetic series the evolution of the organism is
pushed on in one direction without adaptation having to intervene, although the
ultimate result is an adaptation.

1907. ] AFRICAN SILURID FISHES. 1063

surely cannot happen in this instance, and the Clariine therefore
teach us that a head protected by a bony buckler may gradually
transform into one which is entirely devoid of such protection, a
process of evolution which I am convinced has taken place in
many and diverse groups of lower Vertebrates.

I have recently adduced this example of the Clartine in
endeavouring to refute Prof. von Méhely’s inacceptable theory
that, in the group of Lacerta mwuralis, the more feebly ossified
skulls represent the more primitive types. Ina recent reply to
my criticisms*, my distinguished colleague of Budapest more
clearly expresses his general views on evolution. - As he thinks
that the lizards with toothless palate are the oldest (‘dass die
Stammform noch keine Gaumenzihne besass,” p. 474), that the
pterygoid teeth were acquired by the later forms, and as he
endorses the extraordinary Jaeckelian hypothesis of fishes having
been derived from land Vertebrates (Prototetrapoda), I fear further
discussion with him on such matters would be mere waste of
time. Nor can I feel sympathy for innovations in classification
which are expressed by such barbarous terms as WVeolacerte and
Archeolacerte.

CLARIIN Ai.
Synopsis of the Genera.

A. Dorsal fin single, formed entirely of articulated rays.
1. Eye with a free border ; pectoral and ventral fins well developed.

Sides of head protected by bony shields ..... . 1. Clarias Gron.
Sides of head naked, aay the postorbital ‘shield
being present ........ ..... 2. Allabenchelys Blgr.

2. Hye erttone ee Honler: Silas a ‘head Seb
Postorbital shield present ; pectoral fins well de-

veloped, ventrals small... 3. Clariallabes Bley.
Postorbital shield absent ; pectoral ‘and ventral fins

very small . A. Gymnallabes Gthr.
Postorbital shield ‘absent ; ‘pectoral ‘fins rudimentary

or absent, ventrals absent 0... lbs...) by Channallabes Gthr.

B. Dorsal fin divided into two, the nomtetios ase adipose.

Sides of head protected by bony shields; adipose
dorsal fin large and supported by bony rays (the

produced neural spines) ... 6. Heterobranchus Geoftr.
Sides of head naked, only the postorbital shield being
present; adipose dorsal fin small ....0..ccccccce. 7 Dinotopterus Blgr.

1. CLARIAS.

Gronovius, Zoophyl. p. 100 (1781); Gimther, Cat. Fishes, v.
p- 248 (1864); Boulenger, Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 248 (1901), and
Fishes of the Nile, p. 278 (1907).

Macropteronotus, part., Lacepéde, Hist. Poiss. v. p. 84 (1803).

South-Eastern Asia, Syria, and Africa. 32 species are known
from the latter part of the world.

* Ann. Mus. Hung. v. 1907, p. 469.

(Dee. 10,

MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON

1064

Text-fig. 248.

CLARIAS ANGUILEARIS.

CLARIAS CARSONII.

CLARIAS LAVICEPS.

ALEABENCHELYS BREVIOR.

Showing gradual transition from typical Clarias

1907. | AFRICAN SILURID FISHES. | 1065

Text-fig. 249.

SSS {
mili

ALLABENCHELYS LONGJCAUDA.

CHANNALABES APUS.

to Hel-shaped form, Channalabes.

1066 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON [ Dec. 10,

Synopsis of the Species.

J. Ventral fins midway between end of snout and root of caudal, or a little
nearer (less than 4) the former; nasal barbel shorter than head *.
A. Maxillary barbel not or but little longer than head, except in the very
young; at least 20 gill-rakers on anterior arch.

1. Length of head 3 to 3% times in total length}; vomerine teeth forming an
uninterrupted or scarcely interrupted band or patch; distance between
occipital process and dorsal fin at least 4 times in length of head.

a. Head granulate above, except in the very young; D. 62-82; A. 46-65.
a. Vomerine teeth mostly poimted or granular-subconical, forming a
band which is not broader than the band of premaxillary teeth ;
distance between occipital process and dorsal fin 4 to 7 times in
length of head.
20-97 gill-rakers on anterior arch; distance between

dorsal and caudal 1-13 diameters of eye ............ 1. C. anguillaris L.
40-50 gill-rakers on anterior arch; distance between

dorsai and caudal 1-2 diameters’ of eye Meet 2. C. gariepinus Burch.
87 gill-rakers on anterior arch ; distance between

dorsal and caudal 3 diameters of CV Cao rare aes 3. C. moorii Blgr.

B. Vomerine teeth all or mostly granular, forming a crescentic band with
or without posterior process.

-30-40 gill-rakers on anterior arch ; band of vomerine

teeth as broad as or a little narrower than band of

premaxillary teeth; head not more than 13 as

long as broad, 4-7 times its distance from dorsal.. 4. C. senegalensis C. & V.
25 (in. very ycung)—110 gill-rakers on anterior arch ;

band of vomerine teeth nearly 1 to 14 as broad as

premaxillary band; head not more than 12 as long

as broad, 4-7 times its distance from dor sal Rae case 5. C. mossambicus Peters.
90 gill- rakers on anterior arch; band of vomerine

teeth as broad as premaxillary band; head 1? as

long as broad, 9 times its distance from dorsal ... 6. C. vincigquerre Blgr.
35 (in. very young)- -135 gill-rakers on anterior arch ;

band of vomerine teeth 14 to 25 times width of

premaxillary band; head not anor than 12as long

as broad, 4-7 times its distance from dorsal ae 7. C. lazera C. & V.

y. Vomerine teeth granular, forming a
large semi-elliptic patch, squarely
truncate behind, its longitudinal
diameter 3 times that of premaxil-
lary band ; 35 gill-rakers on anterior
arch; distance between dorsal and
caudal + length of head ............... 8. C. mellandi Bley.
6. Head smooth above; D. 78-85, A. 60-70;
yomerine teeth granular, forming a
band which is not broader than pre-
maxillary band; 45-70 gill-rakers on
anterior arch; distance between dorsal
and caudal not greater than diameter of
eye ...... 9. C. tsanensis Bley.
. Length of ena A rece in ror ‘Tons:
vomerine teeth mostly granular, forming
a band which is a little narrower than the
premaxillary band and interrupted in the
middle; head granulate above; D. 63-72,
A. 50-52; distance between occipital pro-
cess and dorsal 7-3 length of head; 55
eill-rakers on anterior BRON cto a. . 10. C. capensis C. & V.
B. Maxillary barbel 13 length of Ihendl cP) rail
rakers on anterior arch ; head feebly g granu-
late above, 14 as long as broad; vomerine
pee conical; D. 65— ae, A. 56-62... sor lal, Gb AIGA ENED Blgr.

* The Theme is ee to ‘ine euro of the necaital process.
+ Caudal fin not included.

1907. ] AFRICAN SILURID FISHES. 1067

Il. Ventral fins once and + to twice as distant from root of caudal as from end
of snout, ov nasal barbel at least as long as head; head smooth or very feebly
eranulate above; less than 30 gill- rakers on anterior arch.

A. Dorsal separated from caudal by a space at least equal to diameter of eye ;
nasal barbel shorter than head.

1. Maxillary barbel shorter than head ; head 14-14 as long as broad, its length

4-5 times in total length; distance between occipital process and dorsal

2-3 length of head; 10-18 gill-rakers on anterior arch; D. 65-78,

A. ey
Maxillary barbe
beyond gill- -opemmne Bence " 12. O. carsonii Blgr,
Maxillary barbel 2 length of head, ‘reaching a a little
beyond base of pectoral ee letaacse shee . 13. C. poensis Blgr.
2. Maxillary barbel as fone as or a little longer than head; distance between
occipital process and dorsal 2 2-2 length of head, which is 4-5 times in

total length.
Head 14 as long as broad; D. 75-84, A. 60-70; 10

gull- rakers on anterior arch . vveeesee 14. C. submarginatus Peters.
Head 14-14 as long as broad ; D. 72 7, CIN, 50-58 ;

13- 15 gill- rakers on anterior arch .......0.s0ecs0ccse. 15. C. liocephalus Blgr.
Head slightly longer than broad ; D. 58-60, A. 40-42 ;

20 gill-rakers on anterior arch ....... wusseeeeee 16. C. breviceps Blegr.

3. Maxillary barbel once and 4 io twice as long as head; head 14-14 as long
as broad; 12-15 gill-rakers on anterior arch.

Length of head 4-43 times in total ; distance between

occipital process and dorsal 4-3 length of head ;

distance between ventrals and “caudal 13-12 that

between end of snout and ventrals; D. 70- 80,

A. 52-60 . 17. C. walkeri Gthr.
Length of head 5— 5h ‘times in n total “distance between

occipital process and dorsal 2 i length of head ;

distance between ventrals and caudal at least 12 that

between end of snout and ventrals ; D.80, A. 70-73.. 18. C. longior Blegr.

B. Dorsal and anal in contact with or very narrowly separated from, but not
adnate to the caudal; maxillary barbel longer than head.

1. Nasal barbel at least as long as head, which is 1y -1$ as long as broad; dis-
tance between occipital process a and dorsal 2 it “length of head.

a. Vomerine teeth conical or subgranular, in a crescentic band.

Length of head 33-42 times in total; maxillary
barbel 13-13 length of head ; 20-25 gill-rakers on
anterior arch; D. 70-82, A. 55-63... 19. C. angolensis Stdr.
Length of head 4-44 times j in total ; maxillary ‘barbel
2-25 length of bead jr 2 gill- ‘yvakers on anterior
arch ; D. 78- M5 Blo BEAT s058 20. C. bythipogon Sauv.
Length of head ddd ‘en in total ; ; “maxillan y barbel
3-13 length of head; 14- 5 gill-rakers on anterior
Anois D. 65-78, A. 55-62 + occipital process much
longer than broad . si sapeenccoseondscnses Pll, Oh Manan Iie.
Leneth of head 43-5 times in n total ; “maxillary barbel
123 length of Heads: 16-18 gill- rakers on anterior
arch; D. 82- 91, A. CO ea 22. C. werneri Bley.

6. Vomerine teeth granular, in Ofna: Menedl
patch; length ‘of head 4 times in total ;
maxillary barbel 15 length of head; 15
gill-rakers on anterior arch; D. 80,
ASICS issih sons: votssssseseeee 28, CL macromystax Gthr.

2. Nasal barbel shorter then Thendl,

a. Length of head | 35-4 times in total; distance between occipital process

and dorsal 2-2 length of head; D. 60-72, A, 44-55.

Pectoral spine strongly senate on both sides; 12-15

gill-rakers on anterior arch ...... . 24, C. dumerilii Stdr.
Pectoral spine feebly serrated ; 20 “gill- ‘rakers on
anterior arch ......... . 25. C. liberiensis Stdr.

Proc. Zoou. Soe. 1907, KO, LXXI, all

1068 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [ Dec. 10,

b. Length of head 42-53 times in total; D. 78-87, A. 68-80; 15-20 gill-
rakers on saat arch.

Head 12-1} as long as broad; nasal barbel 3-$

Thesayeniley GH VOEGU) pgnlog pon den bop nee pap 500 099 108 vas cogena sno a0 26. C. pachynema Bler.
Head 13-14 as long as broad; nasal barbel 3-3
Tess Baya eYGRMMRyAptUnoHbowpAnsessetceucs-esesennsccanen 2M/o (Oh Ieonnecras (Enlllls

C. Dorsal and anal embracing and adnate to base of caudal; maxillary barbel
4-12 length of head.

1. Head 14-14 as long as broad.

Length of head 4 times in total; ventrals a little

nearer end of snout than caudal; D. 55, A. 50;

pectoral spine not serrated on outer side ............ 28. C. buettikofert Stdr.
Length of head 5 times in total; distance between

ventrals and caudal 1} that between ventrals and

end of snout; D. 80, A. 65; 15 gill-rakers on

anterior arch ; pectoral spine serrated on both

RVGIEY ooo nde ano oo veo cdo ode cavagases patos s404e3 on opoeeasaas30 Ph Ob unmliamoaanmaln ile.

2. Head 12 to 13 as long as broad.

Length of head 43-53 times in total, 3 times its

distance from dorsal; distance between ventrals

and caudal 14 that between ventrals and end of

snout ; maxillary barbel as long as or a little longer

than head; D. 80-90, A. 67-73; 12 gill-rakers on

anterior arch ; pe spine not serrated on outer

side ..... . 80. C. theodore M. Web.
Length of head 5 times in ‘total, 3 times ‘its distance

fro om dorsal; distance between ventrals and caudal

13 that between ventrals and end of snout; maxil-

lar y barbel a little shorter than head; D. 83, A. 68 ;

20 gill-rakers on anterior arch; peetor al spine

not serrated on outer side... 31. C. fouloni Bler.
Length of head 5-6 times in total, he 12 5 ‘its distance

from dorsal; distance between ventrals and caudal

12 that between ventrals and end of snout;

maxillar y barbel a little longer than head;

D. 89-98, A. 70-78; 8-10 gill- rakers on anterior

arch; pectoral spine ‘serrated on outer side ......... 32. C. sale Hubr.

e

1. CLARIAS ANGUILLARIS.

Silurus anguillaris Linneus, in Hasselquist, Reise Palest.
p- 415 (1762), and Syst. Nat. 1. p. 502 (1766).

Macropteronotus charmuth, part., Lacepéde, Hist. Poiss. v.
p- 85 (1803).

Larose onotus anguillaris, part., Riippell, Beschr. n. Fische
Nil, p. 5 (1829).

Clarias hasselquistii Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Poiss. xv.
p. 362, pl. eccexlvi. (1840).

Clarias anguillaris Giinther, Cat. Fish. v. p. 14 (1864); Peters,
Reise Mossamb. iv. p. 36 (1868); Giinther, Petherick’s Trav. ii.
p. 217 (1869); Panceri, Rend. Acc. Sc., Soc. R. Nap. xii. 1873,
p- 110; Boulenger, Fish. Nile, p. 280, pl. xlix. (1907).

Olarias parvimanus Giinther, opp. cit. pp. 15, 218.

Depth of body 54 to 72 times in total length, length of head 3
to 32 times. Head 14 to 1§ times as long as broad, its upper
surface coarsely granulate in the adult ; occipital process angular ;
frontal fontanelle elliptical, sole- -shaped or knife-shaped, 3 to 5
times as long as broad, 33 to 5 times in length of head ; occipital

1907. ] AFRICAN SILURID FISHES, 1069

fontanelle small, in advance of the occipital process ; eye 2 (very
young) to 43 times in length of snout, 3 to 9 times in interorbital
width; width of mouth nearly equal to interorbital width; band
of premaxillary teeth 53 to 8 times as long as broad; vomerine
teeth mostly conical, sometimes subgranular behind, forming a
crescentic, continuous or narrowly interrupted band which is as
broad as or narrower than premaxillary band; nasal barbel 3 to
3 length of head (¢ to 3 in the very young); maxillary barbel 2
to = length of head (} to once and + in the very young), reaching
gill-opening or extremity of pectoral spine; outer mandibular
barbel 17 to 13 times as long as inner, which measures + to 2
length of head (3 to nearly once in the very young), Gill-rakers
rather short, 20 to 27 on anterior arch. Clavicles hidden under
the skin. Dorsal 65 to 76, its distance from occipital process
7 to ¢ length of head, its distance from caudal fin 1 to 22
diameter of eye. Anal fin with 53 to 62 rays, narrowly separated
from caudal. Pectoral 2 to $ length of head, the spine serrated
on the outer border and $ (young) to 2 the length of the fin.
Ventral slightly nearer end of the snout than root of caudal.
Caudal not quite half length of head. Upper parts olive or dark
brown, uniform or with darker marblings, lower parts white ;
a more or less distinct dark band on each side of the lower surface
of the head; fins dark, edged with yellow or orange, sometimes
with small black spots.
Reaches a length of 750 millimetres.
Nile, Lake Victoria.

2, CLARIAS GARIEPINUS.

Silurus (Heterobranchus) gariepinus Burchell, Trav. Int. 8. Afr.
i. p. 425, fig. (1822).

Clarias capensis (non C. & V.) A. Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr.,
Pisce. pl. xxvii. (1845).

Clarias mossambicus, part., Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1852, p. 682,
and Reise Mossamb. iv. p. 32, pl. vi. figs. 1 & 2, and pl. vii.
figs. 2 & 3 (1868).

Clarias gariepinus Ginther, Cat. Fish. v. p. 14 (1864); M.
Weber, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. x. 1897, p. 149; Boulenger, Poiss. Bass.
Congo, p. 254 (1901).

Depth of body 63 to 7 times in total length, length of head 3 to
33 times. Head 13 to 12 times as long as broad, its upper surface
coarsely granulate in the adult ; occipital process angular ; frontal
fontanelle 3 to 33 times as long as broad, 4 times in length of
head; occipital fontanelle very small, in advance of occipital
process ; eye very small, 3 times in length of snout and 5 or 6
times in interorbital width in the adult ; width of mouth nearly
equal to interorbital width, 2 length of head; band of pre-
maxillary teeth 5 or 6 times as long as broad; vomerine teeth
mostly conical, or granular-subconical, forming a crescentic band,
which may be slightly interrupted in the middle, where it is

es

1070 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [ Dec. 10,

nearly as broad as or narrower than premaxillary band; nasal
barbel 4 to 3 length of head ; maxillary barbel a little shorter
than head, reaching base or second third of pectoral spine; outer
mandibular barbel about 14 as long as inner, which measures
1 to 2 length of head. Gill-rakers on first arch fine and close-set,
40 to 50 in number. Clavicles not exposed. Dorsal 68-79,
its distance from occipital process + to 7 length of head, its
distance from caudal greater than diameter of eye. Anal 53-60,
not reaching caudal. Pectoral 2 to 4 length of head, the spine
serrated on the outer border, 2 or 2 the length of the fin.
Ventral nearly equally distant from end of snout and from
caudal. Caudal about 2 length of head. Olive above, uniform
or marbled with dark brown, white below.

Total length 620 millim.

South Africa (Orange River, Natal, Transvaal), Mozambique,
Angola.

3, CLARIAS MOORII.

Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) vii. 1901, p. 138, and
Fish. Nile, p. 283, pl. 1. (1907).

Depth of body nearly 7 times in total length, length of head
31 times. Head once and 2 as long as broad, its upper surface:
coarsely granulate ; occipital process angular, a little longer than
broad ; frontal fontanelle knife-shaped, thrice as long as broad,
nearly 4 times in length of the head; occipital fontanelle small,
in advance of occipital process; eye 33 times in length of
snout, 62 times in interorbital width; width of the mouth
nearly equal to interorbital width; band of premaxillary teeth
6 times as long as broad; vomerine teeth mostly pointed, a few
in the middle granular, forming a crescentic band which is as.
broad as the premaxillary band. Nasal barbel 4 length of head ;
maxillary barbel a little more than half length of head, ex-
tending to root of pectoral; outer mandibular barbel once and
4 as long as inner, which measures nearly 3 length of head, Gill-
rakers long and closely set, 87 on anterior arch, Clavicles striated,
distinct under the thin skin. Dorsal 66, its distance from occi-
pital process} } length of head, its distance from caudal fin 3
times length of eye. Anal 54, separated from the caudal by a
distinct interspace. Pectoral fin nearly half length of head, the
spine serrated on the outer border and § the length of the fin.
Ventral a little nearer end of the snout than root of caudal.
Caudal about half length of head. Olive-brown above, white-
beneath.

Total length 590 millim.

Lake Albert Edward.

4, CLARIAS SENEGALENSIS.

Clarias senegalensis Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Poiss. xv.

p. 376 (1840); Steindachner, Sitzb, Ak, Wien, lx. 1. 1869, p. 978.

1907. ] AFRICAN SILURID FISHES. 1071

Clarias anguillaris, part., Giinther, Cat. Fish. v. p. 14 (1864).
Clarias budgetti Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1900, p. 513.

Depth of body 64 to 74 times in total length, length of head
3to3¢times. Head 13 to 12 timesas long as broad, upper surface
more or less coarsely granulate in the adult; occipital process
angular; frontal fontanelle sole-shaped, 3 to 5 times as long as
broad, 4 to 43 times in length of head; occipital fontanelle very
small, in advance of occipital process; eye small, 3 to 4 times in
length of snout, 53 to 7 times in interorbital width in the adult ;
width of mouth nearly equal to interorbital width, 2 length of
head ; band of preemaxillary teeth 6 to 8 times as long as broad ;
vomerine teeth mostly granular, forming a crescentic band, which
is as broad as or a little narrower than the premaxillary band ;
nasal barbel 4 to 4 length of head; maxillary barbel ? to once
length of inead (a “little. longer in the young), Tenchi about
middle or end of pectoral spine ; outer mandibular barbel 1z to
12 times as long as inner, which measures 2 to 3 length of head.
Gil- rakers on first arch fine and closely set; 30 ‘to 40 i in number.
Clavicles striated and covered with thin skin. Dorsal 65- 80, its
distance from the occipital process + to ; length of head, its dis-
tance from caudal not or but little greater than diameter of eye.
Anal 46-58, narrowly separated from caudal. Pectoral nearly
4 length of head, the spine serrated on the outer border, = the
length of the fin. Ventrals midway between end of snout and
caudal or a little nearer the former. Caudal about 3 length of
head. Olive or dark brown above, with or without den ker spots
or marblings, white beneath; anal with a light edge.

Total length 850 millim.

Senegal, Gambia, Niger. Type (in Paris Mus.), stuffed,

examined.

5, CLARIAS MOSSAMBICUS.

Clarias mossambicus, part., Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1852, p. 682,
and Reise Mossamb. iv. p. 32, pl. vi. fig. 3 (1868).

Clarias gariepinus, part., Gunther & Playfair, Fish. Zanzib.
p. 113 (1866).

Clarias mossambicus Fischer, Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst.1. 1884,
p. 28; Vinciguerra, Ann. Mus. Genova (2) xv. 1895, p. 31, fig. 1,
and xvii. 1896, p. 25; Pfeffer, Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 27, fig.
(1896); Pellegrin, Mém. Soe. Zool. France, xvii. 1905, p. 176.

Clarias robecchit Vinciguerra, Ann. Mus. Genova (2) xii. 1893,
p. 450, and xv. 1895, p. 30, fig.; Boulenger, Poiss. Bass. Congo,
p- 253 (1901), and Fish. Nile, p. 285, pl. li. fig. 1 (1907).

Clarias lazera (non Cuvier & Valenciennes) Giinther, Proc. Zool.
Soe. 1894, p. 89; Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, 11. p. 161.

Clarias smithivi Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 219, fig.

Clarias microphthalmus Pfefter, op. c. p. 28; Hilgendorf, Zool.
Jahrb., Syst. xxu. 1905, p. 410.

Clarias guntheri Pfeffer, 1. c.

1072 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON [ Dec. 10,.

Depth of body 6 to 8 times in total length, length of head 3 to
33 times. Head 13 to 13 times as longas broad, its upper surface
écarsely 2 granulate in the ‘adult: occipital process angular ; frontal
fontanelle sole- shaped or knife-shaped, 23 to 4 times as long as
broad, 34 to 54 times in length of head ; occipital fontanelle small,
in advance of occipital process; eye 23 (young) to 4 times in
length of the snout, 4 (young) to 8 times in interorbital width ;
width of mouth equal to or a little less than interorbital width ;
band of premaxillary teeth 4 (young) to 8 times as long as broad ;
vomerine teeth granular, forming a crescentic band with or with-
out a short posterior median process, this band | to 12 + times the
width of the premaxillary band; nasal barbel + to 2 length of
head (4 to 2 in the very young) ; maxillary barbell 2 2 to once
length of head (a little longer in the very young), not extending
beyond middle of pectoral fin; outer mandibular barbel 1z to
12 times as long as inner, which measures 4 to ? length of
head. Gill-rakers long and closely set, 25 (very young) to 110
on anterior arch. Clavicles hidden under the skin, Dorsal 62
to 78, its distance from occipital process + to 7 length of head,
its distance from caudal fin one to two diameters of eye. Anal
50 to 62, separated from the caudal by a distinct interspace.
Pectoral 2 to 4 length of head, the spine serrated on the outer
border and 3 to 2 the length of the fin. Ventral equally distant
from end of snout Aad from root of caudal, or a little nearer the
former. Caudal 2 to 3 length of head. Olive to blackish above,
white beneath ; a more or Tess distinet dark band on each side of
the lower surface of the head.

Total length 650 millim.

East Africa, from Abyssinia and Lake Victoria to Lake
Tanganyika and the Zambesi.

6. CLARIAS VINCIGUERRA.
Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) x. 1902, p. 438.

Depth of body 7 times in total length, length of head 3 times.
Head 12 timesas long as broad, upper sur face str ongly granulated ;
oceipital process angular ; frontal fontanelle knife. shaped, 33 L
times as long as broad, 7 times in length of head; occipital
fontanelle small, in advance of occipital process ; eye small, 3 times
in length of snout, 54 times in interorbital width ; width of mouth
a little less than inccon biel width, # length of head. Band of
premaxillary teeth 53 times as long as broad; vomerine teeth
granular, forming a crescentic band which is as broad as the pre-
maxillary band. Nasal barbel nearly 2 length of head ; maxillary
barbel slightly shorier than head, reaching base of pectoral fin ;
outer mandibular barbel 3 length of head, inner 2. Gill-rakers fine
and closely set, about 90 on first arch. Dorsal 67, its distance
from the occipital process } length of head, its distance from the
caudal 2 diameters of eye. Anal 53, narrowly separated from

caudal. Pectoral not quite 3 length of head, the spine finely

1907.] AFRICAN SILURID FISHES. 1073

serrated on the outer border, 2 the length of the fin. Ventral a
little nearer end of snout than caudal. Latter nearly 3 length

Text-fig. 250.

Clarias vinciquerre.

of head. Dark brown above, whitish beneath; anal and caudal
with a fine light edge.

Total length 410 millim.

Kassam River at Awhorra Mullka, Shoa, about 4000 feet.

7. CULARIAS LAZERA,

Silirus anguillaris (non Linnzeus) A. Russell, Nat. Hist. Aleppo,
2nd ed. ii. p. 217, pl. viii. (1794).

Macropteronotus charmuth, part., Lacepéde, Hist. Poiss. v. p. 85
1803).
ae anguillaris (non Linneeus) I. Geoffroy, Descr.
Egypte, Poiss. p. 305, pl. xvi. fig. 1 (1827); Joannis, Mag. Zool.
1835, pl. xiv.

Garmout Laséra, Rifaud, Voy. Egypte, pl. exev. (1830).

Clarias lazera Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Poiss. xv. p. 372
(1840); Giinther, Cat. Fish. v. p. 16 (1864); Peters, Reise
Mossamb. iv. p. 36 (1868); Giinther, Petherick’s Trav. 1i. p, 218
(1869) ; Boulenger, Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 252(1901); Hilgendori,
Zool. Jahrb., Syst. xxii. 1905, p. 409; Boulenger, Fish. Nile,
p. 288, pl. liz. (1907).

Clarias syriacus Cuvier & Valenciennes, t. c. p. 375. ;

Clarias capensis (non Cuvier & Valenciennes) Huxley, Mem.
Geol. Surv. x. pp. 30 & 32, fig. (1861).

? Clarias ngamensis Castelnau, Poiss. Afr. Austr. p. 63 (1861).

Clarias orontis Ginther, Cat. Fish. v. p. 15; Sauvage, N. Arch.
Mus. (2) vii. 1884, p. 18, pl. 1. fig. 2.

1074 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [ Dec. 10,

Clarias macracanthus Ginther, t.c. pp. 16 & 429, and Petherick’s
Trav. li. p. 219; Lortet, Arch. Mus. Lyon, ii. 1883, p. 151,
pl. xvii.; Tristram, Faun. Palest. p. 169, pl. xix. fig. 1 (1884).

Olarias xenodon Ginther, Cat. Fish. v. p. 16.

Clarias longiceps Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1899,
p. 103, pl. xli. fig. 1, and Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 256 (1901).

Depth of body 5 to 9 times in total length, Jength of head 3 to
34 times. Head 13 to 12 times as long as broad, its upper surface
coarsely granulate im the adult; occipital process angular or
rounded; frontal fontanelle sole-shaped or knife-shaped, 24 to
4 times as long as broad, 33 to 6 times in length of head;
occipital fontanelle small, in advance of occipital process; eye
2 (young) to 44 times in length of snout, 4 to 7 times in inter-
orbital width; width of mouth equal to or a little less than
interorbital width ; band of premaxillary teeth 4 (young) to 6
times as long as broad; vomerine teeth granular, forming a
erescentic band with or without a posterior median process, its
greatest width, in the middle, 13 to 23 times that of the pra-
maxillary band; anterior mandibular teeth pointed, posterior
granular ; nasal barbel } to 2 length of head (up to + in the very
young); maxillary barbel usually a little shorter than head,
sometimes a little longer (up to once and a half in the very
young), reaching extremity of pectoral spine or a little beyond
extremity of pectoral fin; outer mandibular barbel once and + to
once and 2 as long as inner, which measures 2 to 2 length of head.
Gill-rakers long and closely set, 35 (very young) to 135 on anterior
arch. Clavicles striated or rugose with granulations, more or less
distinct under the thin skin. Dorsal 62 to 82, its distance from
the occipital process + to 7 length of head, its distance from caudal
not greater than diameter of eye. Anal 50 to 65, narrowly sepa-
rated from caudal. Pectoral 2 to 3 length of head, the spine
serrated on the outer side and # (young) to ? the length of the fin.
Ventral equally distant from end of snout and root of caudal, or a
little nearer the former. Caudal about half length of head.

Greyish olive or olive-brown to blackish above, uniform or
marbled with lighter, white or greyish beneath ; vertical fins dark,
often with a yellowish edge; usually a more or less distinct dark
band on each side of the lower surface of the head. Young
specimens often with a dark bar, edged with yellowish in front
and behind, across the caudal fin. Black spots sometimes present
on the caudal fin.

Total length 1170 millim.

Syria, Nile, Senegal, Niger, Congo.

8. CLARIAS MELLANDI.
Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xvi. 1905, p. 644.

Depth of body 54 times in total length, length of head 3} times.
Head once and # as long as broad, feebly granulate above ;
occipital process angular; frontal fontanelle knife-shaped, 3 length

1907.] AFRICAN SILURID FISHES. 1075

of head; occipital fontanelle very small, in advance of occipital

process ; eye 35 times in length of snout, 54 times in interorbital
width, which exceeds width of mouth and equals 4 length of head;

band of premaxillary teeth 4 times as long as broad; vomerine

Text-fig. 251.

Clarias mellandi.

teeth granular, forming a large semielliptic patch, squarely trun-
cate behind, its longitudinal diameter 3 times that of the band of
premaxillary teeth; nasal barbel 2 length of head; maxillary
barbel = length of head, reaching gill-opening; outer mandibular
barbel 2 length of head. Gill-rakers long, about 35 on anterior
arch. Clavicles striated, distinct under the thin skin. Dorsal
65, its distance from occipital process 4 length of head, its dis-
tance from caudal fin 7 length of head. Anal 55, very narrowly
separated from caudal. Pectoral 2 length of head, its spine
serrated on the outer border and ? the length of the fin. Ventral
slightly nearer end of snout than caudal. Caudal 2 length of
head. Olive-brown above, marbled with darker, whitish beneath :
a dark streak on each side of the throat.

Total length 345 millim.

Lake Bangwelu.

Young specimens (85-145 millim. long) recently obtained
in Angola, in shallow swamps at Dongwenna, Mossamedes, by
Dr. Ansorge, appear to me to be referable to this species. In the
smallest, the vomerine band of teeth is crescentic, and only a
little broader than the premaxillary, whilst in the largest it
forms almost a half-disk. 16-20 gill-rakers on anterior arch.
Dorsal 70. Anal 60. Distance between dorsal and caudal z tot
length of head.

9. CLARIAS TSANENSIS.

Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) x. 1902, p- 438, and
Fish. Nile, p. 292, pl. li. fig. 2 (1907).

Depth of body 63 to 73 times in total length, length of head

1076 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [ Dec. 10,

31 to 34 times. Head 14 to 1} times as long as broad, perfectly
smooth above ; vertex very strongly flattened, almost concave in
the adult; occipital] process angular; frontal Jotlagele knife-
shaped, 3 to 4 times as long as broad, 4 to 5 times in length
of head ; occipital fontanelle indistinct ; eye 24 (young) to 4
times in length of snout, 4 to 62 times in interorbital width ;
width of mouth nearly equal to interorbital width ; band of pre-
maxillary teeth 4 to 54 times as long as broad; vomerine teeth
granular, forming a crescentic band which is as broad as the
premaxillary band; nasal barbel 4 to 4 length of head (? in the
very young); maxillary barbel ? to once length of head (longer
in the very young), reaching base or extremity of pectoral spine ;
outer mandibular barbels to 4 length of head (as long as head
in the very young). Gill- rakers long and closely set, 45 (young)
to 70 on anterior arch. Dorsal 7 8. to 85, its distance from the
occipital process } to 7 length of head, its distance from caudal
fin equal to or a little less than diameter of eye. Anal 60 to 70,
touching root of caudal. Pectoral not quite half length of head,
the spine very slightly serrated on the outer border, 3 2 (young) to
2 the length of the fin. Ventral equally distant from end of
snout and. from caudal, or a little nearer the former. Caudal
nearly 4 length of the head, Dark olive-brown above, greyish
beneath.
Total length 430 millim.
Lake Tsana, Abyssinia.

10. CLARIAS CAPENSIS.

Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Poiss. xv. p. 377 (1840);
Boulenger, Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 255 (1901).

Depth of body 62 to 73 times in the total length, length of head

4 times. Head wigs an 4 as long as broad, its upper surface
coarsely granulate; occipital process Abt Ae frontal fontanelle
33 to nearly 4 times as long as broad, 2 z to A length of head;
secipital fontanelle very small, well in advance a occipital process ;
eye very small, its diameter 3-4 times in length of snout, 5~7
times in interorbital width, which equals width of mouth and
2 length of head; band of premaxillary teeth 6 times as long as
broad; band of vomerine teeth a little narrower than the pre-
maxillary band, rather widely interrupted in the middle, com-
posed of small, partly pointed, partly granular teeth ; nasal barbel
4 to nearly 4 length of head; maxillary barbel as long as head,
reaching middle of pectoral spine; outer mandibular barbel
¢ length of head, inner about 4. Gill-rakers on first arch long
and closely set, 55 in number. Clavicles hidden under the skin.
Dorsal fin with 63-72 rays, its distance from occipital process 2
o 3 length of head, its distance from caudal 1-4 times diameter
of eye. Anal fin with 50-52 rays, narrowly separated from
caudal. Pectoral fin 4 length of head, the spine feebly serrated

on the outer border, 3-4 the length of the fin. Ventral fin once

1907. | AFRICAN SILURID FISHES. 1077

and 2 as distant from root of caudal as from end of snout. Caudal
fin 4 length of head. Dark olive-brown above, whitish beneath.

Total length 550 millim.

Natal.

In addition to a specimen from Pietermaritzburg, I have
examined the type in the Paris Museum, a stuffed specimen
stated to be from the Cape of Good Hope.

11. CLARIAS PLATYCEPHALUS.

Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. ii. 1902, p. 35, pl. x.
1nie%, IL

Depth of body 6 to 64 times in total length, length of head 33 to 4
times. Head once and ? as long as broad, feebly granulate above;
ogeiputal process obtusely pointed ; frontal fontanelle sole- shaped,
1 to ; length of head; occipital fontanelle smaller, in advance of
occipital process ; eye very small, 4 times in length of snout,
74 to 8 times in interorbital width, which equals width of mouth
and 4 length of head; band of premaxillary teeth 5 times as long
as broad : vomerine teeth conical, forming a crescentic band which
is as broad as the premaxillary band ; nasal barbel 2 3 to # length of
head ; maxillary barbel once and 4 as long as head, extending
beyond extremity of pectoral fin ; outer mandibular barbel as long
as head, inner #to 3. Gill-rakers few and wide apart, 12 on anterior
arch. Clavicles hidden tncles the skin. Dorsal 65-70, its dis-
tance from occipital process 4 length of head, its distance from
caudal greater than diameter of eye. Anal 56- 62, narrowly
separated from caudal. Pectoral 4 length of head, the spine
smooth and 2 the length of the fin. “Ventral a little nearer end of
snout than root of caudal. Caudal } length of head. Dark brown
above, brownish white beneath; anal with a light edge; caudal
with dark bars.

Total length 340 millim.

Upper Congo; Kribi River, South Cameroon.

12. CLARIAS CARSONII.

Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xii. 1903, p. 362, and
Fish. Nile, p. 294, pl. lin. fig. 1 (1907).

Depth of body 62 to 94 times in total length, length of head
41 to 5 times. Head 11 to 13 times as long as broad, smooth ;
occipital process angular, ‘not pou than broad ; frontal fomemelie
sole-shaped or knife-shaped, 24 to 3 times as long as broad, 4 or
5 times in length of head ; seal fontanelle small, in advance
of or encroaching a little on occipital process ; eye 3 to 5 times in
length of snout, 6 to 82 times in interorbital width ; width of
mouth a little less than ile orbital width ; band of premaxillary
teeth 34 to 5 times as long as broad ; vomerine teeth conical, some
very obtusely, forming a crescentic band which is about as broad
as the premaxillary band; nasal barbel 2 to 2 length of head ;
maxillary barbel 2 to 2? length of head, not reaching or reaching

1078 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [ Dec. 10,

gill-opening ; outer mandibular barbel 13 to 14 times length of
inner, which measures 4 to 3 length of head. Gill-rakers few and
wide apart, 10 or 11 on anterior arch. Clavicles hidden under the
skin. Dorsal 65 to 78, its distance from occipital process 2 to 2
length of the head, its ‘distance from caudal equal to one or two
diameters of eye. Anal 57 to 64, nearly touching caudal.
Pectoral about 3 length of head, the spine very indistinctly
serrated and measuring about 2 2 the length of the fin. Ventral
13 to 15 oe as distant Frown caudal as from end of snout.
Caudal 3 as long as head. Dark brown above, lighter brown
beneath.

Total length 285 millim.

Lake Victoria to Lake Nyassa.

13. CLARIAS POENSIS, sp. n.

Depth of body 83 times in total length, length of head
43 times. Head once ann 3 a8 long as broad, smooth ; ; occipital
process acutely pointed, as long as “naecad frontal and occipital
fontanelles very small, the latter in advance of occipital process ;
eye very small, 3 times in length of snout, 7 times in interorbital
width, which equals width of mouth and 3 length of head ; band
of premaxillary teeth 4 times as long as broad; vomerine teeth

Text-fig. 252.

WN

Clarias poensis.

conical, forming a curved band which is narrower than the
premaxillary band; nasal barbel about # length of head,
maxillary 2 length of head and reaching a little beyond base of
pectoral ; outer mandibular =, ner mandibular 2 length of head.
Gill-rakers few, 13 on anterior arch. Clavicles ‘concealed under
the skin. Dorsal 76, its distance from occipital process 2 length
of head, its distance from caudal fin a little greater than
diameter of eye. Anal 60, narrowly separated from caudal.
Pectoral 4 length of head, the spine very feebly serrated on both
sides and about $ the length of the fin. Ventral once and 3 as

1907. | AFRICAN SILURID FISHES. 1079

distant from base of caudal as from end of snout. Caudal 3 length
of head. Dark brown, lighter beneath.

Total length 285 millim.

Fernando Po. A single specimen, from Mr, EH. Seimund’s
collection.

14. CLARIAS SUBMARGINATUS.
Peters, Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berl. 1882, p. 74.

Depth of body 6 to 63 times in total length, length of head
4to 5 times. Head once and 3 as long as broad, smooth ; occipital
process pointed ; frontal fontanelle knife-shaped, 23 to 3 times as
long as broad; occipital fontanelle smaller, shghtly encroaching
on the occipital process; eye very small, 3 times in length of
snout, 7 times in interorbital width, which equals width of
mouth and 3 length of head; band of premaxillary teeth 44 or
5 times as long as broad; vomerine teeth conical, forming a
curved band wes is as broad as the premaxillary band; nasal
barbell about = or ? length of head, maxillary once and 4 to once
and j, outer cagmar olen once, inner mandibular 3. Gill- rakers
very few, 10 on anterior arch. Clavicles concealed under the.
skin. Dorsal 75- 84, its distance from occipital process 2 length
of head, its distance from caudal equal to or a little. greater
than diameter of eye. Anal 60-70, also separated from the
caudal. Pectoral 4 length of head, the spine very feebly serrated
on ome side and about § the length of the fin. Ventral once
and 3 as distant from base of caudal as from end of snout.
Caudal 4 length of head. Dark brown, lighter beneath; a dark,
light- -edged curved band on the caudal.

Total length 210 millim.

Two specimens, from the Ja River, in 8. Cameroon, were
obtained by Mr. Bates.

The type specimens (young) preserved in the Berlin Museum,
and on which I have notes furnished me by the late Prof.
Hilgendorf, are from the ‘Tooxlong River’ in West Africa,
a river which I have not been able to trace but which is
probably somewhere in the Cameroon or Gaboon district.

15, CLARIAS LIOCEPHAWUS.

Clarias Boe pais, Bouleng. Tr. Zool. Soc. xv. 1898, p. 24,
pl. vii. fig. 2, and Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 257 (1901).

Depth of body 54 to 7 times in total length, length of head 44
or 5 times. Head 11-14 times as long as br ‘oad, smooth ; occipital
process angular ; Foatan alles feebly distinet, occipital in advance
of occipital process ; eye small, 3 times in length of snout, 5 to 6
times in interorbital width; width of mouth equal to interorbital
width, 3 length of head; vomerine teeth conical, forming a
crescentic band which is about as broad as the premaxillary
band; nasal barbel $ to ? length of head; maxillary barbel as
long as head or a little longer, extending to middle or extremity

1080 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON [ Dec. 10;

-of pectoral ; outer mandibular barbel about 14 length of inner,
which measures 2 to # length of head. 13 to 15 gill-rakers on
first arch. Glccee not “exposed, Dorsal 70-72, its distance
from occipital process 2 or $ length of head, its distance from
caudal greater than diameter “of eye. Anal 50- 58, not reaching
caudal. Pectoral about 3 length of head, the spine feeble, not
serrated, about 4 the length o the fin. Ventrals much nearer
end of snout ‘hart caudal. Caudal 3 length of head. Uniform
blackish brown.

Total length 140 millim.

Lake Tanganyika; Upper Ubanghi.

16. CLARIAS BREVICEPS.

Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1900, p. 135, pl. xlviii.
fig. 6, and Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 258, pl. xiii. fig. 1 (1901).

Depth of body 6 to 8 times in total length, length of head 43
to 5 times. Head 14 as long as broad, smooth ; occipital process
angular; fontanelles small, the frontal sole-shaped and nearly
i length of head, the occipital oval and partly on the occipital
PLOCeSS ; eye very small, its diameter 3 times in length of snout,
6 times in interorbital width; width of mouth equal to inter-
orbital width, 3 length of head ; vomerine teeth conical, forming
a erescentic band which is as broad as the premaxillary band;
nasal barbel 2 length of head; maxillary barbel as long as or a
little longer than head, extending to extremity of pectoral; outer
mandibular barbel about 13 length of inner, which measures
3 length of head. 20 gill-rakers on first arch, Clavicles not
exposed. Dorsal 58-60, its distance from the occipital process
2 jength of head, its distance from the caudal fin greater than the
diameter of the eye, Anal 40-42, not reaching caudal. Pectoral
about 2 length of head, the spine not serrated, ‘about = the length
of the fin. Ventrals much nearer end of snout than caudal.
Caudal 3 length of head. Uniform blackish brown above,
brownish white beneath.

Total length 190 millim.

Marshes of Siala-Ntoto, Mayombe.

17. CLARIAS WALKERI,

Clarias walkert Gunther, Ann, & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii. 1896,
p. 274, pl. xiv. fig. B.

Depth of body 6 to 8 times in total length, length of head
4 to 43 times. Head 1} to 13 as long as broad, smooth above, or
very finely granulate behind 3 occipital process angular ; frontal
fontanelle small, sole-shaped ; occipital fontanelle smaller, in
advance of or slightly encroaching upon occipital process; eye
very small, its diameter 3 to 4 times in length of snout, 6 to 8
times in interorbital width, which nearly equals width of mouth
and is contained twice in length of head; band of preemaxillary
teeth 4 to 5 times as long as broad; vomerine teeth conical,

1907. | AFRICAN SILURID FISHES. 1081

forming a crescentic band which, in the middle, is about as broad
as the premaxillary band; nasal barbel $ to ? length of head;
maxillary barbel 13 to 2 times as long as head, reaching extremity
of pectoral or base of ventral; inner mandibular barbel a. little
shorter than nasal, 3 to 2 length of outer. Gill-rakers on first
arch widely set, 12 to.15 in number. Clavicles concealed under
the skin. Dorsal 70-80, its distance from occipital process 3 to 4
length of head, separated from caudal by an interspace at least as
great as diameter of eye. Anal 52-60, narrowly separ ated from
caudal. Pectoral 4 to 2 length of head, the spine feebly serrated
on both sides, 2 the length of the fin. Ventrals 13 to 12 times
ae distant from base of caudal as from end of snout. Caudal about
4 +0 2 length of head. Dark brown above, whitish beneath ; dorsal
and anal with a lighter edge.

Total length 290 millim.

South Cameroon to Ogowe.

18. CLARIAS LONGIOR.

Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xx. 1907, p. 51.

Depth of body 8 to 9 times in total length, length of head
5 to 53 times. Head extremely depressed, once and 2 as long as
broad, smooth; occipital process very short, pointed : frontal
fontanelle knife-shaped, about 3 times as long as broad ; occipital
fontanelle smaller, in advance of occipital process; eye very small,
2% times in length of snout, 5 or 54 times in interorbital width,
which equals width of mouth and 4 length of head; band of

Text-fig. 253.

Clarias longior.

premaxillary teeth 4 times as long as broad; vomerine teeth
granular, forming a curved band TSE is as broad as the
premax<illary band ; nasal barbel 3 to ? length of head, maxillary
1} to 3 times, outer mandibular pace, inner mandibular 3 to §.
Gill-rakers very few, 12 on anterior ‘arch. Clavicles concealed

1082 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON [ Dec. 10,.

under the skin. Dorsal 80, its distance from occipital process 2
to $ length of head, its distance from caudal equal to diameter of
eye. Anal 70-73, nearly reaching caudal. Pectoral 2 to } length
of head, the spine smooth and about % the length of the fin.
Ventral 13 to 1? times as distant from base of caudal and from
end of snout. Caudal = length of head. Dark brown above,
whitish beneath.
Total length 225 millim.

Kribi River and Lobi River, South Cameroon.

19. CLARIAS ANGOLENSIS.

Steindachner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvi. 1866, p. 766,
pl. xin. figs. 4 & 7; Boulenger, Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 259 (1901).

Clarias gabonensis Gunther, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xx. 1867,
p. 111, and (6) xvii. 1896, p. 274.

Olarias dolloi Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii. 1896,
p. 311.

Depth of body 6 to 7 times in total length, length of head 32
to 44 times, Head 13 as long as broad, smooth or finely striated
and finely granulate; occipital process angular or rounded, as
long as broad or broader than long; frontal fontanelle oval or
sole-shaped, twice as long as broad; occipital fontanelle smaller,
extending on the occipital process in the young; eye small, its.
diameter 3 to 4 times in length of snout, 4i to 6 times in
interorbital width, which, like the width of the mouth, is about
2 length of head; band of praemaxillary teeth nearly 4 times as
long as broad ; vomerine teeth conical or subgranular, forming a
erescentic band which, in the middle, is about as broad as the
premaxillary band and may bear a short posterior process ; nasal
barbel nearly as long as head; maxillary barbel 14 to 12 times
length of head, reaching beyond pectoral, sometimes as far as
ventral ; inner mandibular barbel a little shorter than nasal, 2 or
= length of outer. Gill-rakers on first arch fine, not very closely
set, 25 to 30 in number. Clavicles exposed, striated or feebly
granulated. Dorsal 70-82, its distance from occipital process 4 or
+ length of head, very narrowly separated from caudal. Anal
55-63, narrowly separated from caudal. Pectoral 4 length of
head, the spine serrated on both sides, # te 4 the length of the fin.
Ventrals nearer end of snout than caudal. Caudal about 4 length
of head. Uniform dark brown or black, with more or less
distinct light dots.

Total length 350 millim.

Cameroon, Gaboon, Congo, Angola.

20. CLARIAS BYTHIPOGON.

Clarias buthupogon Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iii. 1878,
p. 96; Gtnth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii. 1896, p. 275;
Boulenger, Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 261 (1901).

Clarias gabonensis (non Giinth.) Sauvage, N. Arch, Mus. (2) iii.
1880, p. 39, pl. 1, fig. 2.

1907 | AFRICAN SILURID FISHES. 1083

Clarias camerunensis Lonnberg, Overs. Vet.-Ak. Forh. Stockh.
1895, p. 192.

Depth of body 6 to 7 times in total length, length of head 4 to
4i times. Head 14 to 14 times as long as broad, smooth above,
or very finely granulate behind ; occipital process angular; frontal
fontanelle small, sole-shaped ; occipital fontanelle smaller, partly
on the occipital process ; eye small, its diameter 22 times in length
of snout, 4 or 5 times in interorbital width, which nearly equals
width of mouth and is contained twice in length of head; band
of premaxillary teeth 4 to 5 times as long as broad; vomerine
teeth conical, forming a crescentic band which is as broad as or
narrower than the preemaxillary band; nasal barbel a little longer
than head; maxillary barbel 2 to 23 times as long as head,
reaching beyond base of ventral; imner mandibular barbel at
least as long as head, about % length of outer. 17-22 gill-rakers
on first arch. Clavicles concealed panoley the skin. Dorsal 78-87,
its distance from occipital process # or 3 length of head, almost in
contact with caudal. Anal 55-67, almost in contact with caudal.
gure 3 to 2 length of head, ne spine serrated on both sides,
= to 2 the length of the fin. Ventrals much nearer end of snout
than caudal. Caudal 3 or nearly # length of head. Olive-brown
above, whitish beneath; anal fin w on a dark edge.

Total length 230 millim.

Old Calabar to Congo.

21. CLARIAS ALLUAUDI.

Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xvii. 1906, p. 437, and Fish.
Nile, p. 296, pl. lin. fig. 2 (1907).

Clarias macrophthalmus (non Pfeffer) Pellegrin, Au Soe.
Zool. France, xvii. 1905, p. 176.

Depth of body 5% to 64 times in total length, length of head
4 to 43 times. Head 1s to 14 times as long as broad, smooth
above ; occipital process acutely pointed, longer than broad ;
frontal fontanelle twice as long as broad, about 4 times in length
of head ; occipital fontanelle small, extending on occipital process;
eye 2 or 23 times in length of snout, 4 or 5 times in interorbital
width ; width of mouth a little less than interorbital width ; band
of premaxillary teeth about 4 times as long as broad ; vomerine
teeth conical, forming a crescentic band which is longer and a little
broader than the band of premaxillary teeth ; nasal barbel as long
as or a little longer than head ; maxillary barbel 14 to 12 times
length of head, reaching ventral or between pectoral and ventral ;
outer mandibular barbel 14 to 14 times as long as inner and about
14+ length of head. Gill-rakers moderate, 14 or 15 on anterior
arch. Clavicles hidden under the skin. Dorsal 65 to 78, its
distance from occipital process about 7 length of head, extending
to root of caudal. Anal 55 to 62, extending to root of caudal.
Pectoral 4 length of head, the spine serrated on both sides and
about 4 2 the length of the fin. Ventral 13 times as distant from

Dace Zoou. Soc.—1907, No, LX XII, fe,

1084 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON [ Dec. 10,

root of caudal as from end of snout. Caudal about 3 as long as
head. Blackish brown above, lighter brown beneath.

Total length 230 millim.

Lake Victoria.

22, CLARIAS WERNERI.

Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xvii. 1906, p. 569;
Werner, Sitzb. Ak. Wien, cxv. i. 1906, p. 1135, pl. iv. ;
Boulenger, Fish. Nile, p. 297, pl. litt. fig. 3 (1907).

Depth of body 62 to 8 times in total length, length of head 43
to 5 times. Head about once and 3 as long as broad, smooth or
very feebly granulate above; occipital process angular, not longer
than broad ; frontal fontanelle more or less distinctly sole-shaped,
12 to 2 times as long as broad, its length 4 to 5 times in that of
the head ; occipital fontanelle as large or a little smaller, oval or
elliptic, partly on occipital process; eye 2 to 3 times in length
of snout, 5 to 6 times in interorbital width; width of mouth
a little less than interorbital width ; band of premaxillary teeth
3 to 4 times as long as broad; vomerine teeth granular, forming
a erescentic band which is as broad as or a little narrower than the
premaxillary band; nasal barbel nearly once to once and 3 length
of head; maxillary barbel 1+ to 2 times length of head, reaching
extremity of pectoral or beyond ; outer mandibular barbel about
once and 2 as long as inner and equal to or longer than head.
Gill-rakers moderate, 16 to 18 on anterior arch. Clavicles hidden
undertheskin. Dorsal 82 to 91, its distance from occipital process
nearly 4 length of head, in contact with or very narrowly separated
from caudal. Anal 68 to 72, in contact with or very narrowly
separated from caudal. Pectoral nearly 3 length of head, the spine
very feebly serrated on the outer border and about 3 the length
of the fin. Ventral 12 to 1? times as distant from root of caudal
as from end of snout. Caudal about 4 as long ashead. Blackish
brown above, lighter beneath.

Total length 230 millim.

Uganda.

23. CLARIAS MACROMYSTAX.
Giinther, Cat. Fish. v. p. 17 (1864).

Depth of body 6+ times in total length, length of head 4 times.
Head 14 as longas broad, finely granulate above ; occipital process
angular ; frontal fontanelle oval, not quite twice as long as broad ;
occipital fontanelle smaller, in advance of occipital process; eye
small, its diameter 3 times in length of snout, 53 times in inter-
orbital width, which equals width of mouth and 2 length of head ;
band of premaxillary teeth only 3 times as long as broad ;
vomerine teeth mostly granular, forming a large fan-shaped patch
the longitudinal diameter of which exceeds the width of the pre-
maxillary band; nasal barbel as long as head; maxillary barbel
12 length of head, reaching nearly to base of ventral; inner

1907. ] AFRICAN SILURID FISHES. 1085

mandibular barbel nearly as long as nasal, = length of outer.
Gill-rakers on first arch not closely set, 16 in Saber: Clavicles
exponen, striated. Dorsal 80, its distance from occipital process

q length of head, very narrowly separated from caudal. Anal 63,

Text-fig. 254.

Clarias macromystax.

very narrowly separated from caudal. Pectoral 4 length of head,
the spine strongly serrated on both sides, # the length of the fn.
Ventrals much nearer end of snout than canada Caudal 3 length
of head. Dark brown.

Total length 205 millim.

Gambia.

24, CLARIAS DUMERILII.
Steindachner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvi. 1866, p. 766,
plexi tise 8, & pl. xiv. fig. 5.

Depth of body 6 to 73 times in total length, length of head 4 to
43 times. Head 17 to a times as long as broad, smooth above ;
occipital process enaqilen: frontal fontanelle sole- -shaped, about
twice as long as broad ; occipital fontanelle smaller, usually ex-
tending on the occipital process; eye very small, its diameter 3
times in length of snout, 6 or 7 times ue interorbital width, which,
like the width of the mouth, measures 4 length of head; band of
premaxillary teeth 4 times as long as broad ; vomerine teeth
conical or subgranular, forming a crescentic band which, in the
middle, 4 Is a pate narrower than the premaxillary band’: nasal
barbel 2 to ? length of head; maxillary barbel as long as or a

little oneer than head, reaching 1 middle or end of pectoral fin ;
(Oe

1086 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [ Dec. 10,

inner mandibular barbel 3 to 2 length of head, about # length of
outer. Gill-rakers on fi arch not closely set, 12 to 15 in
number. Clavicles concealed under the skin. Dorsal 66-72,
its distance from occipital process about 4 length of head,
narrowly separated from caudal. Anal 49-55. “Pectoral 2 = 10
3 length of head, the spine serrated on both sides, about 1 “the
length of the Ba. Ventrals much nearer end of snout than
caudal. Caudal about 2 length of head. Uniform dark brown.

Total length 155 millim.

Angola.

25. CLARIAS LIBERIENSIS.

Steindachner, Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 54.
Clarias bulume Steindachner, t. c. p. 55.

Depth of body 5 to 64 times in total length, length of head 33
to 44 times. Head 13 “to 14 times as long as Taal smooth or
very finely granulate above: occipital process angular ; frontal
fontanelle small, sole-shaped ; occipital fontanelle smaller, just in
advance of occipital process; eye very small, its diameter 3 times
in length of snout, 7 or 8 times in interorbital width, which equals
width of mouth andl is contained twice in length of head ; band
of premaxillary teeth 4 times as long as broad ; vomerine teeth
conical or subgranular, forming a cr escentic band ‘hich is as broad
as the premaxillary Ther ° nasal barbel 2 a to + length of head ;
maxillary barbel a little longer (up to 12) than head, reaching
nearly to end of pectoral fin or a little beyond ; inner mandibular
barbel as Tong as nasal, little shorter than outer. About 20 gill-
rakers on the first ani Clavicles concealed under the skin.
Dorsal 60-68, its distance from occipital process 2 length of
head, almost in contact with caudal. Anal 44-55, almost in
contact with caudal. Pectoral nearly 3 length of head, the spine
feebly serrated on both sides, § or 13 the length of the fin.
Ventrals much nearer end of snout than caudal. Caudal nearly

= length of head. Olive-brown.

Total length 220 millim.

Sierra Leone and Liberia, 8. Cameroon, Benito R.

26. CLARIAS PACHYNEMA.
Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xii. 19038, p. 438.

Depth of body 64 to 7 times in total length, length of head 42 to 5
times. Head 12 to 15 times as long as “brand. SEROOth occipital
process acutely * pointed ; frontal fontanelle sole- -shaped, about
twice as long as broad; occipital fontanelle smaller, in advance
of occipital process; eye very small, 5 to 4 times in length of
snout, 6 times in interorbital width, oliich equals about 2 length
of head. and exceeds width of snort: band of premaxillary
teeth 24 to 3 times as long as broad; vomerine teeth conical,
forming a short curved band, which in the middle is as broad as
the premaxillary band; barbels thick and papillose at the base ;

1907.] AFRICAN STLURID FISHES. 1087

nasal barbel 2 to + length of head, maxillary 1+ to 14 times, outer
mandibular 1Z to 14 times, inner mandibular 2 #to+. Gill-rakers
few, about 15 on anenion arch. Clavicles éoncealed under the
skin. Dorsal 92-95, its distance from occipital process 2 to
length of head. Anal 78-80. Dorsal and anal extending t

oe © WE

Clarias pachynenda.

root of caudal. Pectoral 4+ length of head, its spine feebly
serrated on both sides and % to 2 the length of the fin. Ventral
about one and 2 as listens on caudal as from end of snout.
Caudal 2 length of head. Dark olive-brown above, yellowish
beneath.

Total length 255 millim.

Ja River, 8. Cameroon.

27, CLARIAS LEVICEPS.

Gill, Proe. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 139; Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Zool.
France, 1882, p. 318, pl. v. fig. 2; Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soe.
1904, 1. p. 200.

Clarias kingsleye Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1902, il. p. 334.

Depth of body 84 to 12 times in total length, length of head

5 to 54 times. Head 1} to 11 times as long as broad, smooth ;
scant process pointed ; frontal fontanelle sole- -shaped, about
twice as long as broad ; occipital fontanelle smaller, in advance
of occipital process; eye very small, 3 to 4 times in length of
snout, 6 to 7 times in interorbital width, which equals 3 length
of head and a little exceeds width of mouth; band of pre-
maxillary teeth 4 to 5 times as long as broad; vomerine teeth
conical, forming a curved band which is as broad as or a little
narrower than the premaxillary band; barbels moderately thick,

1088 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON [Deec. 10,

nasal 3 to = length of head, maxillary 13 to 2 times, outer mandi-
Thurles once, inner mandibular 2 g. Gill-rakers “few, 15 to 20 on first
arch, Clavicles concealed under the skin. Dorsal fin 79-87, its
distance from occipital process 4 to $ length of head. Anal fin
68-78. Dorsal and anal fins extending almost to the very root of
the caudal. Pectoral fin 2 to § length of head, the spine feebly
serrated on the outer side and 2 2 2 the length of the fin.
Ventral fin 14 to 12 times as ae from caudal as from end of
snout. Caudal fin 2 to 2 = length of head. Uniform dark brown
above, ight brown Hence, in spirit.

Total length 270 millim.

Gold Coast, Cameroon.

Type (U.S. Nat. Mus.) examined.

28. CLARIAS BUETTIKOFERI.
Stemdachner, Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 53.

Depth of body 6 times in total length, length of head 4 times.
Head nearly 14 as long as broad, nearly smooth above; occipital
process pointed ; eye very small, about 6 times in interorbital
width, which is a lttle more than 4 length of head; width of
mouth 4 3 length of head ; vomerine teeth obtusely conical, forming
a mewwanitle band which, in the middle, is as broad as the pree-
maxillary band ; “naga barbel reaching middle of pectoral ;
maxillary barbel extending a little beyond end of pectoral.
Dorsal 55, anal 50, the last ray completely adnate to the caudal,
Pectoral a little morethan 4 length of head; spine short, serrated
on the inner edge only. Dark reddish brown,

Total length 155 millim.

Liberia.

Only known to me from the description quoted above. The
type specimen, I am informed by Mlle. Dr. Popta, is not to be
found in the Leyden Museum, which is supposed to contain the
types of the fishes discovered by Dr. Biittikofer.

29. CLARIAS AMPLEXICAUDA.

Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. 1. 1902, p. 36, pl. x.
fig. 2.

Depth of body 7 times in total length, length of head 5 times.
Head once and j as long as broad, smooth ; occipital process very
short and forming a very open angle; frontal fontanelle sole-
shaped, + length of head ; _ oscil. somitere lhe smaller, in advance
of occipital process ; eye 4 length of snout, ; interorbital width,
which is a little less than A length of head and equals width of
mouth ; band of premaxillary teeth 4 times as long as broad;
vomerine teeth conical, forming a crescentic band which is as
broad as the premaxillary band ; ; nasal barbel 4 length of head *

* The other barbels are mutilated in the single known specimen.

1907. | AFRICAN SILURID FISHES. 1089

Gill-rakers rather long, 15 on anterior arch. Clavicles feebly
striated and covered with a thin skin. Dorsal 80, its distance
from occipital process 2 length of head. Anal 65. Both dorsal

Q

and anal embracing root of caudal. Pectoral 3 length of head,
its spine serrated on both sides and measuring § the length of
the fin. Ventral once and / as distant from caudal as from end
of snout. Caudal a little more than 3 length of head. Blackish
brown above, a little lighter beneath.

Total length 155 millim.

Upper Ubanghi.

30. CLARIAS THEODOR £.

M. Weber, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. x. 1897, p. 150.

Depth of body 6 times in total length, length of head 42 to 52
times. Head once and # as long as br oad, smooth ; occipital
process angular, broader than long ; frontal Aomntesellls aciles -shaped,
twice as long as broad and about z length of head; occipital
fontanelle aanllen. in advance of oceipital process; eye very
small, 3 times in length of snout, 6 times in interorbital w idth,
sheen equals width of mouth ain a little less than 3 length is
head; band of premaxillary teeth 4 times as long as broad ;
vomerine teeth conical, forming a curved band w en is as broad
as the premaxillary band; nasal barbel + length of head;
maxillary barbel as long as on a little longer than head, as long ae
outer mandibular. lf gill-rakers on anterior arch. Clavicles
feebly striated, distinct under the skin. Dorsal 80-90, its
distance from occipital process 4 length of head. Anal 67-73.
Dorsal and anal embracing base of “eau Pectoral about 3
length of head, its spine feebly serrated on the outer side, strongly
on the inner and measur ing 2 to 2 the length of the fin. Ventral
once and 2 as distant from caudal as Sana end of snout. Caudal
about 4 length of head. Greenish grey to blackish.

Total length 180 millim.

Natal.

31. CLARIAS FOULONI.
Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xvi. 1905, p. 644.

Depth of body 63 times in total length, length of head 5
times. Head once and 4 as long as broad, smooth ; occipital
process angular ; frontal fontanelle sole-shaped, z length of
head, twice as long as occipital fontanelle, which is advance
of occipital process; eye 3 times in length of snout, 5 times in
interorbital width, which is about 3 length of head ond equals
width of mouth; band of premaxillary teeth 4 times as long as
broad ; vomerine teeth conical, forming a crescentic band which,
in the anil is a little broader than the premaxillary band ;
nasal barbel 2, maxillary barbel $, outer mandibular 2? length

of head. Gill-rakers about 20 on anterior arch. ‘Glavieles

1090 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [ Dec. 10,

concealed under the skin. Dorsal 83, its distance from occipital
process 3 length of head. Anal 68. Both dorsal and anal
embracing root of caudal. Pectoral 3 length of head, its spine

Text-fig. 256.

f
{fs ZZ oa SSS
\ SSS

Clarias fouloni.

serrated on inner side only and measuring ? the length of the
fn. Ventral once and ? as distant from caudal as from end
snout. Caudal nearly 3 length of head. Blackish brown, belly
paler brown.

Total length 200 millim.

Lake Bangwelu.

32. CLARTAS SALA.

Hubrecht, Notes Leyd. Mus. iii. 1881, p.68; Steindachner,
op. cit. xvi. 1894, p. 52.

Depth of body 9 to 12 times in total length, length of head

5 to 6 times. Head about 13 as long as broad, finely granulate
above; occipital process short, rounded or very obtusely pointed ;
frontal fontanelle oval or sole-shaped, about twice as long as
broad ; occipital fontanelle smaller, in advance of occipital
process ; eye small, its diameter 24 to 3 times in length of snout,
4 to 53 times in interorbital width, which equals width of mouth
and 2 length of head; band of premaxillary teeth 4 times as
long as broad ; vomerine teeth conical, forming a crescentic band
which is nearly as broad as the premaxillary band ; nasal
barbel = length of head; maxillary barbel a little longer than
head, reaching end of pectoral; inner mandibular barbel 2 length
of head, nearly $ length of outer. Gill-rakers few, 8 to 10 on
first arch. Clavicles distinct under the thin skin, striated.
Dorsal 89-93, its distance from occipital process 2 to # length
of head. Anal 70-78. Dorsal and anal connected with base of
caudal by a narrow membrane. Pectoral 4 length of head, the

1907. | AFRICAN SILURID FISHES. 1091

spine strongly serrated on both sides, ? the length of the fin.
Ventrals nearly twice as far from the caudal as from end of

Clarias sale.

snout. Candal 2 length of head. Blackish-brown or dark green
above, with or without small yellowish spots.
Total length 360 millim. Reaches to 435 millim.
Liberia.
2. ALLABENCHELYS.

Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1902, 1. p. 234.

Two species :—

Depth of body 7-83 times, head 5-5; times in total
length; ventral 14-13 as distant from root of caudal as
from end of snout ; D. 65-75, A. 60-65 ................

Depth of body 9-12 times, head 5z to 6 times in total
length; ventral 1} to 2 as distant from root of caudal
as from end of snout; D. 80-90, A. 60-75 ............... 2. A. longicauda Bley.

1. A. brevior Blgr.

1. ALLABENCHELYS BREVIOR.
Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xii. 1903, p. 439.

Depth of body 7 to 84 times in total length, length of head
5 to 52 times. Head 13 to 13 times as long as _ broad, smooth
above, the bony casque, in the middle of the head, about 3
width of head; postorbital bone narrow; supraoccipital process
acutely pointed ; a small frontal fontanelle ; occipital fontanelle a
little smaller, partly on occipital process; eye very small, 23 to
3 times in length of snout, 5 to 6 times in interorbital width
which is ? length of head; band of preemaxillary teeth 3 to 4

1092 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [ Dec. 10,

times as long as broad; vomerine teeth conical or subgranular,
forming a crescentic band which is as broad we or a little broader
than the premaxillary band ; nasal barbel 2 to 2 2 length of head ;
maxillary barbel as long as or a little ee than head, not
reaching beyond middle ‘of pectoral fin; outer mandibular barbel

2 to 2 length of head, inner 3 to 2. Gill- rakers moderately long,
10 to 12 on anterior arch. Oicles hidden under the ain,
Dorsal 65-75, its distance from occipital process # to # length of
head, Anal 60-65. Both dorsal and anal narrowly separated

from caudal. Pectoral oe 2 length of head, its spine feebly

serrated on both sides and 4 02 the length of the fin. Ventral
once and 3 to once and 2 ae as ae from root of caudal as from
end of engin, Caudal 2 to # length of head. Olive-brown above,

yellowish beneath ; rival ah a light edge.
Total length 205 millim.
Ja and Nyong Rivers, 8. Cameroon.

2. ALLABENCHELYS LONGICAUDA.
Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1902, 1. p. 234, pl. xxii. fig. 1

Depth of body 9 to 12 times in total length, length of head 53 to
6 times. Head 12 to 13 times as long as br oad, smooth above,
the bony casque, in the middle of the head, 3 width of head ;
postorbital bone narrow; supraoccipital process acutely pointed ; a
small frontal fontanelle ; occipital fontanelle very indistinct ; eye
very small, 3 to 4 times in length of snout, 6 times in inter orbital
width, whieh i is not quite 5 length of head; band of preemaxillary
teeth '4 to 5 times as lori as broad; vomerine teeth conical or
subgranular, forming a crescentic Tava which is as broad as or
a little broader than the premaxillary band; nasal barbel 4 to §
length of head; maxillary barbel as long as oe a little longer than
head, reaching ‘middle or extremity of pectoral fin ; outer man-
dibular barbel 2 to once length of head, inner mandibular 3 to 2.
Gill-rakers moderately long, 10 to 12 on anterior arch. Clavicles
hidden under the skin. Dor sal 80-90, its distance from the
occipital process 2 to = length of head. Anal 60-75. Both
dorsal and anal very narrowly separated from caudal. Pectoral
2 to 2 length of head, spine smooth or slightly serrated. Ventral
12 to 2 ince distant from root of caudal as from end of snout.
Caudal about # length of head. Dark olive-brown above, whitish
beneath, anal with a light edge; an ill-defined dark, light-edged
crescentic band on the caudal.

Total length 280 millim.

Ja and Kribi Rivers, S. Cameroon.

3. CLARIALLABES.

Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. 1900, p. 136, and Poiss.
Bass. Congo, p. 262 (1901).
A single species.

1907.1] AFRICAN SILURID FISHES. 1093

1. CLARIALLABES MELAS.

Clarias melas Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xix. 1887,
p. 148.

Clariallabes melas Bauleneen Il. ec., and Proc. Zool. Soc. 1902,
Te pla exide te 2)

Depth of body 10 to 11 times in total length, length of head
6 times. Head once and Z as long as broad, eanoci lh: the bony
casque, in the middle, peer 5 a tel of head ; supraoccipital
process acutely pointed ; frontal fontanelle sole-shaped, twice and
4 as long as broad; occipital fontanelle smaller, oval, partly on
occipital process ; eye very small, its diameter 4 times in length
of snout, 7 times in interorbital width, which is 3 length of head
and a little less than width of mouth; band of premavxillary
teeth hardly 4 times as long as broad; vomerie teeth pointed,
forming a crescentic band which is a little narrower than the
premaxillary band; nasal barbel 2 to = length of head; maxillary
barbel nearly as long as head; inner mandibular barbel = to +
length of head, outer nearly as long as head. Gill-rakers
moderately long, 12 to 15 on anterior arch. Clavicles scarcely
distinguishable under the skin. Dorsal 105-115, its distance
from ‘occipital process 4 length of head. Anal 88— 2b. Both
dorsal and anal united with caudal, which measures 2 length of
head. Pectoral nearly 4 length of head, its spine serrated on
both edges and about = the length of the fin. Ventral 15 to 2
times Fictions from root of caudal as from end of snout. igifor m
blackish brown.

Total length 260 millim.

Lower Congo.

4, GYMNALLABES.
Giinther, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xx. 1867, p. 111.

A single species.

1. GYMNALLABES TYPUS.
Giinther, t.c. pl. i. fig. A

Depth of body 14 to 15 times in total length, length of head
74 to 84 times. Head about once and 2, as long as broad, the
width of the bony part, in the middle, + to + width of head ;
supraoccipital process acutely pointed ; eye very small; inter-
orbital width less than width of mouth, about 4 4 ‘length of head ;
band of premaxillary teeth 3 to 33 times o long as imowndl,
vomerine teeth pointed, forming a crescentic band which is
narrower than the premaxillary band; a much developed lobe
at the angle of the mouth; nasal hendbell 2 = to 2 length of head;
maxillary barbel a little longer than head ; Linener anerndli sollac
barbel 3 to 2? length of thesia. outer a little shorter than head.
Gill-rakers moderately long, 10 on anterior arch. Clavicles
hidden under une skin. Dorsal 98-110, its distance from occipital
process 2 to 2 length of head. Anal 82- as Dorsal and anal

9

completely tod aH caudal, which is = to 2 length of head

1094 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [ Dec. 10,

Pectoral ae 2 Jength of head, with a very short smooth spine.

Ventral 2 fs times as distant from root of caudal as from end

of snout. Union m blackish brown, lighter brown on. the belly.
Total length 230 millim.

Lower Niger and Old Calabar.

5, CHANNALLABES.

Giinther, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) xii. 1873, p. 143; Boulenger,
Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 263 (1901).

A single species.

1. CHANNALLABES APUS.

Gymnallabes apus Giinther, t.c. p. 142.

Ohannallabes apus Boulenger, op.c. p. 264.

Body extremely elongate and serpentiform; length of head
10 to 14 times in total Jength. Head, 17 to! 15 times as long as
broad; supraoccipital process acutely pointed : a sole- shaped
frontal fontanelle; an oval occipital fontanelle, partly on the
occipital process; eye extremely small, nearly hidden under
the skin in the adult; band of premaxillary teeth 3 times
as long as broad ; vomerine ue pointed, eee a crescentic
band which is a little narrower; nasal barbel 2 = length of
head; maxillary barbel as long as head or eee shemiee s
inner mandibular barbel a little shorter than the nasal, outer
mandibular a little shorter than the maxillary. GilL-vakers
moderately long, 9 to 10 on anterior arch. Dorsal 140-150,
separated from “occipital process by a space equal to or greater
than length of head. Anal 125-130. Dorsal and anal com-
pletely united with: caudal. Pectoral absent or reduced to a
minute rudiment without spine. No trace of ventral. Vent
at the anterior fourth of the total length. Uniform dark brown
or black.

Total length 310 millim.

Congo and Angola.

6. HETEROBRANCHUS.

Geoffroy, Descr. Egypte, Poiss. (1809), part; Gunther, Cat.
Fish, v. p. 21 (1864); Boulenger, Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 265
(1901), and Fish. Nile, p. 300 (1907).

Three species from Africa, and one from the Malay Archi-

pelago.
Synopsis of the Species.

D. 38-45 ; adipose fin 2-2 length of rayed dorsal; pec-
toral not more than + length of head ; 20- 30 oi]l-
rakers on anterior ante. ener . 1. H. bidorsalis I. Geoftr.

D, 29-34; adipose fin as lie a as or a little Sher ter ‘dhe

rayed dorsal; pectoral not more than + length of

head; 20-30 vill-rakers Onsantberion archiy sss asc 2. H. longifilis C. & V.
D. 30-32 ; adipose fin as long as or a little shorter than

rayed dorsal; pectoral 3 length of head; 18-20 gill-

yakers on anterior arch .....0cc.c0ccseccssc cscs. 8. HL. isopterus Blkr.

1907. | AFRICAN SILURID FISHES. 1095

1 HerEROBRANCHUS BIDORSALIS.

I. Geoftroy, Descr. Egypte, Poiss. p. 305, pl xvi. figs. 2 & D,
& pl. xvii. figs. 8 & 9 (1827); Gunther, Petherick’s Trav. i.
p. 220 (1869); Bouleng. Fish. Nile, p. 300, pl. liv. fig. 1 (1907).

Heterobranchus geoffroyi Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Poiss.
xv. p. 392 (1840).

Heterobranchus senegalensis Cuvier & Valenciennes, t. c. p. 397 ;
Steindachner, Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lx. 1869, p. 980.

Heterobranchus intermedius Gimther, Cat. Fish. v. p. 22 (1864);
ang a Gh,

Depth of body 6 to 9 times in total length, length of head 24 to
31 times. Head very strongly depressed, 1} to 14 times as long
as broad, its upper surface coarsely granulate in the adult,
occipital process pointed, sometimes very obtusely; frontal
fontanelle knife-shaped, 3 to 4 times as long as broad, 3 to 5
times in length of head; occipital fontanelle small, in advance
of occipital process ; eye 3 (young) to 6} times in length of snout,
6 to 104 times in interorbital width ; width of mouth a little less
than interorbital width; band of premaxillary teeth about 5
times as long as broad ; vomerine teeth also villiform, forming
a crescentic band which is 11 to 14 times as broad as the pre-
maxillary band and may have a small central posterior process ;
nasal barbel 2 to once length of head; maxillary barbel # to once
and £ length of head, extending to extremity of pectoral or between
this point and root of ventral; outer mandibular barbel 1,45 to 1}
times as long as inner, which measures | to 14 times length of
head. Gill-rakers rather short, 20 to 30 on anterior arch.
Dorsal 38 to 45, its distance from occipital process 7g to %
length of head; adipose dorsal 2 to 3 as long as, as deep as or
lower than, and commencing immediately behind, rayed dorsal,
extending to base of caudal. Anal 50 to 57, extending to base of
caudal. Pectoral fin 2 to 4 length of head, the spine smooth and
measuring 2 to # the length of the an. Ventral midway between
end of snout and base of caudal, or a little nearer the latter.
Caudal 2 to} length of head. Dark olive above, whitish beneath ;
a dull orange or red edge to the dorsal, adipose, and caudal fins.

Total length 770 millim. ; grows to Oe

Nile, Chad Basin, Senegal, Niger.

2. HeETrEROBRANCHUS LONGIFILIS.

Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Poiss. xv. p. 394, pl. eceexlvu.
(1840) ; Giinther, Cat. Fish. v. p. 22 (1864), and Petherick’s Trav.
ii. p. 221 (1869); Boulenger, Fish. Nile, p. 303, pl. liv. fig. 2
(1907).

Heterobranchus laticeps Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1852, p. 682,
and Reise Mossamb. iv. p. 37, pl. vii. fig. 1 (1868); Boulenger,
Poiss. Bass. Congo, p. 265 (1901).

Depth of body 6 to 8 times in total length, length of head 3 to
32 times. Head less strongly depressed than in the preceding

1096 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [Deco

species, 14 to 12 times as long as broad, its upper surface coarsely
gvanulate in the adult ; occipital process acutely pointed ; agin.
B octiennellle Imife-shaped, 2i to 4 times as long as broad, 3 35 to 64
times in length of head; occipital fontanelle small, in advance of
occipital process ; eye a1 (very young) to 44 times in length of
snout, 4 to 9 times in interorbital width ; width of mouth a little
less than interorbital width ; ; band of premaxillary teeth 5 to 6
times as long as broad; vomerine teeth also villiform, forming a
erescentic band which is nearly as broad as or a little broader than
premaxillary band ; nasal barbel to once length of head;
maxillary barbel 14 to 2 times length of head, exten ding to end
of the pectoral or between this point and origin of anal; outer
mandibular barbel 14 to 14 times as long as inner, which measures
1 to nearly once length of head. Gill- alRerns rather short, 20 to 30
on anterior arch, Dorsal 29 to 34, its distance from occipital process
+ to 4 length of head ; adipose dorsal as long as or a little shorter
and lower than rayed dorsal, commencing immediately behind or
at a short distance from the latter. Anal 44 to 54, extending,
like the adipose dorsal, to the base of the caudal fin. Pectoral

2 to } the length of tie sie the spine feebly serrated on the
outer border and measuring L(y oung) to # the length of the fin.
Ventral midway between end of snout and base of caudal, or a
little nearer the latter. Caudal $ to 2 length of head. Olive
above, white beneath, sometimes with scattered black blotches;
dorsal and anal fins pale olive, darker towards the edge, which
may be margined with red; caudal fin yellowish or pale orange
at the base, with a more or less distinct blackish crescentic band,
sharply defined in front, shading off to yellow cr red behind;
adipose dorsal fin often blackish at the end.

Total length 720 millim.

Nile, Omo, Niger, Congo, Zambesi.

3. HiTEROBRANCHUS ISOPTERUS.

Heterobranchus isopterus Bleeker, Nat. Verh. Wetensch. Haar-
lem, xviii. 1863, no. 2, p. 108, pl. xxu. fig. 1; Gunther, Cat. v.
p. 23 (1864).

Heterobranchus macronema, Bleeker, |. c. p. 109, pl. xxi. fig. 1.

Depth of body 6 to 64 times in total length, length of head 34
to 3L times. Head 12 as long as broad, its upper surface finely
granulate ; occipital process acutely pointed ; frontal fontanelle
3 to 4 times as long as broad, 3 to 4} times in length of head ;
eccniay fontanelle small, in ‘advance of occipital process ; eye
small, 24 or 3 times in length of snout, 54 or 6 times in inter-
orbital width, which is a little less than 4 length of head; width
of mouth 2 length of head ; band of pr. semaxillary teeth 5 times as
long as bro pad ; vomerine teeth villiform, forming a crescentic band
which is as broad as or a little narrower than the premaxillary
band; nasal barbel a little shorter than the head; maxillary
barbel 14+ to 14 times length of head, extending to extremity of

WSO. | AFRICAN SILURID FISHES. 1097

pectoral spine or to base of ventral; inner mandibular barbel 3.
length of outer, a little shorter than the nasal. 18-20 gill-rakers
on first arch. Dorsal 30-832, its distance from occipital process
tor + length of head ; adipose dorsal as long as or a little shorter,
ines sham, and commencing a short distance behind, dsnsal
proper, narrowly separated from caudal. Anal 41-46, Pectoral
3 length of ghee, the spine feebly serrated on the outer edge and
measuring 3 the length of the fin. Ventrals midway between
end of snrtt and base of caudal. Caudal a little more than
4 length of head. Blackish brown above, whitish beneath ; fins
with a narrow yellowish margin,

Total length 170 millim.

Gold Coast.

7. DriNoroprerus.
Boulenger, Tr. Zool. Soc. xvii. 1906, p. 550.

A single species.

1. DINOTOPTERUS CUNNINGTONI.
Boulenger, |. ¢. pl. xxx1.

Depth of body 7} times in total length, length of head 32 times.
Head extremely flattened, once and i as long as broad, its upper
surface covered with very thin skin and rugose with stri 2 radiating
from the Geet gute region ; frontal fontanelle large, 24 times as
long as broad, + length of head ; ; occipital fontanelle very small ;
a rather long and narrow occipital process ; snout broad, tr uncate,
not projecting beyond mouth ; eye small, 3 times in length of
snout, 74 times in interorbital width ; nasal barbel 3 length of
head ; sexily y barbel a little longer than head, veaching (posuere
third of pectoral ; outer mandibular barbels once and 4 as long
as inner and nearly as long as head. Jaws with bands of minute
villiform teeth ; similar teeth form a rather broader crescentic
band on the vomer. Gill-rakers very long and slender, closely
set, about 110 on anterior arch. Dorsal 53, its distance from
occipital process + length of head ; adipose dorsal low and short,
in contact with * comma, Anal 43, separated from caudal by 4
space equal to twice diameter of eye. Pectoral 4 length of
head ; spine rather weak, not serrated, a little more lien half
length of fin. Ventral equally distant from end of snout and
from root of caudal. Caudal rounded. Dark brown, almost black
above, pinkish white beneath.

Described from a single specimen, 500 millim. long, the species
said to grow to 1290 millim. In a young specimen, 90 millim.
long, the head is less depressed and the eyes are proportionally
larger than in the adult; ventrals a little nearer end of snout
than root of caudal.

Lake Tanganyika.

1098 PROF. E. A. MINCHIN ON | Dee. 10,

3. On a Heemogregarine from the Blood of a Himalayan
Lizard (Agama tuberculata). By B. A. Mrxcuty, M.A.,
EZ.

[Received November 15, 1907. ]
(Plates LV. & LVL.)

The material upon which the following description is based
consists of four slides, bearing smears of the blood of the common
rock-lizard of the Himalayas, which were prepared and sent to
me from Kasauli by Lt.-Col. F. Wyville-Thomson, I.M.S., to
whom my best thanks are due for his kindness in sending me the
specimens and entrusting me with the description of them. I
shall refer to the slides by the letters A-D. An examination of
the slides shows at once that they fall into two pairs, A and B
being one pair, C and D the other. While the parasites are very
similar, both as regards structure and occurrence, in both the
slides of each pair, those of one pair are so different from those
found in the other pair of shdes that they might easily be taken
for distinct species of parasites. At this distance from the habitat
of the host and its parasite, and with limited material at my
disposal, I can only record these differences, and cannot attempt
to explain them.

Preparation of the Slides —Slide A, alone of the four, was sent
to me unfixed; my assistant Dr. Woodcock fixed it in the usual
way with methyl alcohol, and stained it for me with Giemsa’s
modification of the Romanowsky stain, subsequently differentiated
with Unna’s tannin-orange solution. The other three slides were
sent to me already fixed and stained with Leishman’s stain, by
Lt.-Col. Wyville-Thomson. It is important to note, therefore,
that, for aught I know to the contrary, slide B was prepared in the
same manner as slides C and D, but in a different way from slide
A; so that the resemblances and differences, presently to be
described, exhibited by the four slides, cannot be ascribed to like
or unlike methods of preparation in each case. The only differ-
ences that can be attributed to the action of the stains used are,
that in slide A the ground-colour of the red blood-corpuscles is
lighter and more yellowish i in tint, in B, C, and D darker and
more greyish, and that in slide A the nuclei of the red blood-
corpuscles and of the parasites scarcely differ in tint, but in B, C,
and D the nuclei of the red blood-corpuscles have a distinctly
purplish tinge, while the nuclei of the parasites show a more
pronounced red colour.

Description of the Parasite——TIn all the slides there are to be
found both intva-corpuscular forms and free forms, so-called
vermicules. The free forms are sufficiently similar to the largest
intra-corpuscular forms to warrant the assumption that they have
escaped from the corpuscle, and I have twice found parasites
apparently in the act of escaping from the corpuscle (Pl. LV. fig. 9). .

dae ils (Oe icl ERs

West,Newman chr.

H#MMOGREGARINE OF AGAMA TUBERCULATA x 2000.

; Se
a y,

—————

~

E.A.M.ad nat.del.

12 Ae Se USO ae ep at

West, Newman chr.

E.AM. ad nat.del.

HEMOGREGARINE OF AGAMA TUBERCULATA +2000.

1907.] A NEW H#MOGREGARINE. 1099

The intra-corpuscular forms, in their youngest stages, are placed
at the side of the nucleus of the blood-corpuscle, which is then
normal in appearance, with the nucleus occupying its proper central
position. When the parasite is full-grown, however, the nucleus
of the corpuscle is more or less pushed to one side, and may become
somewhat irregular in outline; but in no case have I seen the
corpuscular nucleus at all broken up, as is known to occur in many
cases of reptilian hemogregarines, hence classed by some authors
as a distinct genus Aaryelysus. I have observed, however, a
peculiar relation between the shape of the parasite and the
displacement of the corpuscular nucleus. The intra-corpuscular
parasite is always distinctly sausage-shaped, and slightly bowed
in the plane of the corpuscle. It is reasonable to attribute this
curvature to the fact that the parasite, being situated to the side
of the corpuscular nucleus, accommodates itself to the space in
which it lies (compare figs. 5 & 6, Pl. LV.). We may speak of this
as the normal curve of the parasite. But in a few cases we find
the curve of the parasite entirely reversed, and its convexity
turned towards the nucleus of the corpuscle (Pl. LV. fig. 8, Pl. LVI.
figs. 20, 21). In such cases two points are noticeable : first, that
the parasites resemble the free forms very closely; secondly,
that the corpuscular nucleus is much more displaced than usual,
being sometimes pressed quite against the side of the corpuscle
(figs. 8 & 20). This point has also been noticed by Lt.-Col.
Wyville-Thomson, who has sent me four sketches of the parasite,
representing one free and three intra-corpuscular forms: two of
the latter show the normal curvature of the parasite, like my
fig. 19 on Pl. LVI.; the third, however, shows a reversed curve,
with the nucleus of the corpuscle pushed far to the side, as in my
fig. 20. I think we shall not be far wrong in attributing these
cases of reversed curvature to the commencing activity of a
parasite about to become free from the corpuscle, in which the
movements of the contractile body not only alter its curvature,
but also may have the effect of forcing the nucleus of the corpuscle
away to one side.

I will now proceed to describe the structure of the parasite in
more detail. Beginning with slides A and B, we find forms of
the parasite which may be classified as young intra-corpuscular
forms, full-grown intra-corpuscular forms, and free forms or
vermicules.

The young intra-corpuscular forms (PI. LV. figs. 1-5) vary in
length from about 4-3 of the blood- corpuscle; 7.¢., from about
9-11 » in length*. They were remarkable in two points: first,
their very clear cytoplasm, hyaline and free from sranulations,
so that they often have the appearance of a space in the blood-
corpuscle ; and, secondly, their delicate nucleus, which appears to
consist of faintly-staining granules and strands of chromatin,

* Since all the figures which accompany this memoir are drawn to a magnification
of 2000 linear, it follows that a length of 2 mm. in the drawings corresponds to an
actual length of 1 p in the objects. #

Proc, Zoot. Soc.—1907, No. LX XIII, 73

1100 PROF. E, A, MINCHIN ON [Dec. 10,

forming, so to speak, a band round the waist of the parasite; in
many cases, however, it isan “‘ Empire ” waist, placed much nearer
one end of the body than the other. As I have laboured to
reproduce the appearance of the objectsin my illustrations, I need
not enter into longer descriptions. While, as is shown, some
parasites have slightly more chromatin than others, there is
nothing that can be said to be in the least transitional to the
forms next to be described.

The full-grown intra-corpuscular parasites are at least ? the
length of the blood-corpuscle, z. e. about 15-17 p in length by about
5 in breadth. They contrast sharply with the young forms in
the characters both of the body and nucleus, but especially the
latter (Pl. LY. figs. 6-8). ‘The body appears distinctly contoured
and shaded, standing well off from the blood-corpuscle; it some-
times lies in a distinct clear space (figs. 6 & 7), but I could not
make out anything of the nature of a capsule surrounding it,
The cytoplasm is finely granular and takes a distinct bluish stain ;
only in one instance did I observe in the cytoplasm what appeared
to be a grain of chromatin distinct from the nucleus, in a parasite
which appeared to be ripe for escape from the corpuscle (fig. 8),
But the nucleus is the most remarkable feature of the parasite at
this stage, as compared with the forms described in the preceding
paragraph; it is exceedingly rich in chromatin, which forms a
deeply staining mass of irregularly spongy texture, occupying the
middle region of the body for practically its whole width and
nearly one-third of its length. Here, again, I must leave my
illustrations to speak for themselves; I think they make the
contrast between the young and old forms of the parasite
sufficiently plain.

Of the free vermicules, it can be said that they resemble closely
the full-grown intra-corpuscular forms. Their principal variations
of form and structure are shown on Pl. LV. figs. 10-15; we can
distinguish in a general way stumpy forms (fig. 10), medium
forms (figs. 11-13), and long forms (figs. 14, 15), the last-named
being by far the most abundant. One end of the body is always
slightly clubbed, and the nucleus may be nearer to the stouter
end, or to the narrower end, or to the middle of the body. The
nucleus shows the same spongy structure described above for the
intra-corpuscular parasites; it may vary in texture from a coarse
to a more finely-knitted texture. Only in one case did I observe
a tendency for the chromatin to take the form of more or less
distinct masses (fig. 13).

T have figured (Pl. LV. fig. 9) one of the two cases in which I
found the vermicule in the act, apparently, of escaping from the
corpuscle. But even after examining the preparation by the aid
of different objectives and various methods of illumination, I was
not able to make up my mind exactly as to how the appearances
seen should be interpreted in some points. My impression is that
the projecting extremity of the parasite 1s rounded off, and that
the conical pointed end seen in my figure represents something of

1907. ] A NEW H#MOGREGARINE. 1101

the nature of a shrivelled sheath pushed out by the parasite. I
could not, however, see any distinct line of separation between
what I regard as sheath and as body, and it may be that the
parasite, at the moment of leaving the corpuscle, has the anterior
end irregular in shape. I have tried to depict the object as I saw
it, and I must leave the matterthere. The other example of this
stage which I found was too much obscured by neighbouring blood-
corpuscles to be made out clearly.

To complete my study of these slides, I made some counts of
the different forms occurring in each. This was done with the
help of the mechanical stage, going methodically over a part of
the smear, so as to make sure that the same forms were not seen
twice, and counting all the forms met with. The following is the
result for slides A and B:—

Young Full-grown
intra- intra- Vermicules.
corpuscular corpuscular ——
forms forms Long Medium Stumpy
(figs. 1-5). (figs. 6-8). (mise, WS), (kee, TN), (fig. 10).
SltcdleeAg anes 14 5 93
Un@le 18) poocovoss 24 28 60 10 11

To these figures must be added the two parasites in the condition
of fig. 9, found on slide B. It is seen that on both slides the free
vermicules greatly preponderate, though this is less marked on
slide B than on slide A; and the more detailed count made of
slide B shows that long forms of the vermicules are greatly in
excess of shorter forms.

The other two slides, C and D, show a very different state of
things. In the first place, free vermicules are comparatively rare,
and young forms, poor in chromatin, like those described above,
are not found at all. The majority of the parasites met with are
intra-corpuscular forms similar to that depicted in fig. 19, on
PI.LVI. The parasite has the form of an elongated sausage, slender
and drawn out, in very marked contrast to the stout forms already
described (compare figs. 6 and 7); the normal curve is concave on
the side towards the corpuscular nucleus. The cytoplasm of the
body is usually clear and free from coarse granulations. But the
most remarkable feature of the parasite is its nucleus, which forms
a band or zone at the middle of the body, equal in width to nearly
half the length of the body. The chromatin is arranged in the
form of transverse strands, which seem to wrap round the body
in this region; between the strands of chromatin clear spaces are
seen, in some specimens abundantly, while in other cases the
texture may be closer and the structure more compact. The
strands of chromatin often appear to bulge beyond the contour of
the parasite, a point which Lt.-Col. Wyville-Thomson has remarked
upon in his letter to me, and has depicted in the accompanying
pencil-sketches. Nothing could be more different than the
appearance of the nucleus of the parasite in these two slides C

ion

1102 PROF. E. A. MINCHIN ON [ Dec. 10,

and D and that seen in slides A and B already described; I
think my figures show this point with sufficient clearness.

Besides the slender elongated forms just described, there are
found also (but less commonly) short, stumpy intra- corpuscular
parasites (Pl. LVI. figs. 17, 18)—not in the least comparable,
however, to the young forms found on slides A and B. They
give me the impression, rightly or wrongly, of beg dwarted,
stunted forms, which for some reason have not attained their full
erowth. Their nucleus is as large as, or even larger than, that
of the long forms, and has the same type of structure, with the
fenestrations even more apparent In many cases; it occupies
at least half, sometimes much more than half, the length of the
body, leaving two clear poles free from chromatin at either end.

A third type of intra-corpuscular parasite, found in a few cases
(figs. 20, 21), was also stouter than the more elongated forms, and
noteworthy for the presence of red-staining granules, apparently
chromidia, in the cytoplasm outside the nucleus. Since these
forms resemble, as will be shown, the tree vermicules in this
feature since they frequently occur with reversed curvatures,
as seen in the figures—I am inclined to regard these stouter
forms as ripe parasites, ready to escape from the blood-corpuscle.

In one single instance I was so fortunate as to find a doubly-
infected blood-corpuscle (fig. 16). The two contained parasites
can be seen to be below the normal in size, and one is much
smaller than the other; both, however, show abundance of
chromatin in the nucleus, and I am inclined to regard their small
size as a result of their being stunted in growth owing to lack of
sufficient space or nutriment for their proper development.

Free vermicules, as already stated, were scarce in these prepara-
tions, and I only saw one which might have been one of the long
forms, but as 1t was obscured by overlying blood-corpuscles, I could
not be sure of it. One stumpy form was also found. All the
others seen were of what I should term medium length (figs. 22,
23). Their nucleus was similar to the intra-corpuscular forms,
but with a tendency to be morecompact. But their most marked
feature was the presence in thei cytoplasm of distinct red-
staining granules, apparently of the nature of chromidia; in this
point they contrast sharply with the vermicules seen on slides A
and B, in which the cytoplasm always appeared free from such
eranules.

A count of these two slides, carried out in the manner already
described, gave the following results :—

Large Stumpy Fhe:
intra- intra- \ guoreules:
corpuscular corpuscular 7 : ay ian
torms forms Stumpy. Medium Long.
(figs. 19, 20). (figs. 17, 18). (figs. 22, 23).
Sisley ©! See cooese ‘151 6 0 2 1¢

Sliders eed 1 1 3 0

1907. | A NEW HEMOGREGARINE. 1103

These figures, to which must be added the doubly-infected
corpuscle shown in fig. 16 from slide C, show that by far the
greater proportion of the parasites on these slides are full-grown
intra-corpuscular forms.

Comparing the results obtained from all the four slides which
T have been able to study, I am inclined to explain the differences
between them in the following way :—the parasites on slides OC
and D (Pl. LVI.) are probably all of the same age, and represent
one generation of the parasite, possibly one infection of the host ;
on the other hand, in slides A ‘and B (PI. LV.) there are probably
two generations of the parasite, resulting, it may be, from two
distinct infections of the host, represented respectively by the
young forms (figs. 1-5) and the older, free or intra-corpuscular,
forms (figs. 6-15). This explanation does not, however, account
for the very curious differences between the nuclei seen in the
two cases.

No forms of multiplication were seen by me nor by Lt.-Col.
Wyville-Thomson, who writes :—‘‘ No schizonts were found in
either liver or spleen, nor any multiplying forms seen in the
blood, all appearing to be at the same stage of development.”
(These remarks appear, from the sketches made, to apply more
particularly to slides C and D.)

Position of the Parasite.—It is evident that the parasite is a
typical example of the genus Hemogregarina Danilewsky, in the
wide sense; its shortness, relative to the blood-corpuscle which
contains it, is one of the points characterising Labbeé’s genus
Karyolysus, described originally from lizards, but now known to
oecur also in other reptiles. It is, however, also characteristic of
the species of Aaryolysus to cause the nucleus of the blood-
corpuscle to break up, which this species does not do. In any
case the characters by which AKaryolysus are defined are hardly to
be considered of generic value, and its species are best ranked
under Hemogregarina until more is known about them. In the
species under consideration, I was often struck by its resemblance
to the genus Halteridium occurring in birds, especially in cases
where the parasite 1s pressed against the nucleus of the blood-
corpuscle (compare fig. 7 on PI. IBY)

Since the species does not appear to have been described before,
I propose for it the name Hemogregarina thomsoni, in honour of
its discoverer, Lt.-Col. Wyville-Thomson. Should it prove, even-
tually, to be the case that the parasites on slides A and B
(Pl. LV.) are a distinct species from those on slides C and D
(Pl. LV1.), I would restrict the name to the latter.

I should like, however, to make a few remarks about the
naming of new species of blood-parasites. It 1s a common practice,
which I am here following, to consider a species of blood-parasite
as new if it is found in a host in which parasites of that class
have not been found or described previously. The assumption
underlying this procedure is that different species of animals tend
to have distinct species of parasites—an assumption, however,

1104 ON A NEW HAMOGREGARINE. [ Dec. 10.

which stands in need of support, for it is quite conceivable that
the same species of parasite might infest several species of hosts,
and even that the difference of hosts might cause it to appear
under forms more or less different.in different cases. To regard
parasites as being necessarily of distinct species because they
occur in distinct hosts is, in reality, not more warranted
than the procedure of those naturalists who give distinct names
to animals occurring in different geographical regions, even if
they do not differ in any other characters, thus begging the
question of their specific distinctness. It must be understood,
therefore, that the name given to this parasite must be
considered as purely provisional and liable to be cancelled, that
is merged in some older name, with increased knowledge of these
parasites. Names given to parasites distinguished, in the first
instance, by the specific distinctness of their hosts must not be
taken as necessarily denoting distinct natural species (though this
will be true of them in the great majority of cases), but merely,
so to speak, as labels affixed to certain classes of objects, whereby
they become represented by parts of speech and can be referred to
briefly.

So many species of hemogregarines are now known from
various animals that it is almost necessary to apologise for adding
another to the list; I do so with the object of drawing attention
to it in the hope that someone may be brought thereby to study
its complete life-history. In the present state of our knowledge,
it is not new species of hemogregarines that are needed, but
rather new facts about old species.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PratEe LV.

Figs. 2-7, 10-12, & 14 are drawn from slide A; all other figures on the Plate are
from slide B. All the figures are magnified 2000 linear.
Figs. 1-5, young intra-corpuscular forms.
Figs. 6-8, full-grown intra-corpuscular forms.
Fig. 9, vermicule in the act of leaving the corpuscle.
Figs. 10-15, free vermicules.

Prare LVI.

Vies. 16, 17, 19, & 22 are drawn from slide C; all others from slide D. All the
figures are magnified 2000 linear.
Fig. 16, corpuscle infected with two parasites
Figs. 17-21, intra-corpuscular parasites.
Figs. 22, 23, free vermicules.

Lister Institute of Preyentive Medicine,
15th Nov., 1907.

Abebaea
wmmella, 1021.
Ablabophis
rufutus, 486.
Acanthodes
sp., 771, 774.
bronni, T73-
Accipiter
minullus, 467.
Acedes
lapella, 1025.
Aciptilia
olbiadactyla,
919.
siceliota, 913.
Acmza
spectrum, 869.
Acomys
seloust, ‘780.
Acrocercops

brongniardellum, 979,

980.

cyanospila, 979.

hedemanni, 979, 980.

malvacea, 980.

scalariella, 970, 980.
Acroclita

consequana, 1000.

convallensis, 999.

guanchana, 998, 1034.

littorana, 999.

sonchana, 999, 1034.

subsequana, 929.
Acrolepia

citri, 974.

pappella, 986, 1034.

vesperella, 985.
Actinogonium

pusillum, 492.
Adactyla

Srankeniae, 921.

staticis, 925.
Adkinia

bipunctidactyla, 921.

INDEX.

Aflurosuchus, 1055,
1057.
browni, 1061.
Agama
distanti, 484.
mossambica, 484.
tuberculata, 1098.
Agdistis
adactyla, 925, 924.
canariensis, 921, 923,
924.
frankeniae, 921, 928.
salsolae, 921, 922, 923.
satanas, 924.
staticis, 921, 925.
tamaricis, 921, 925.
(Adactylus) staticis,
OD:
(Hrnestia) erinenszs,
922)

(Herbertia) tamaricis,
25),
Aglaophenia

acacia, 488.
marginata,
509, 514.
plumosa, 512.
Aglauropsis, 659.
Agonopteryx
applana, 957, 958.
assimilella, 956.
cinerariae, 995, 1032.
conciliatella, 956.
ocellana, 95d.
perezt, 997, 958, 1032.
scopariela, 956.
yeatsand, 956.

490; 4011,

Alectroenas
nitidissima, 802.
Allabenchelys, 1062,

1068, 1091.
brevior, 1064, 1091.
longicauda, 1065, 1091,
1092.

Alucita

acanthodactyla, 915.
adamas, 919.
bipunctella, 960.
bystropogonis, 915,
10380.
cerealella, 928.
hesperidella, 917, 918.
hexadactyla, 926.
hiibneri, 926.
monodactyla, 920.
olbiaella, 938.
particiliata, 916, 917,
1080.
tetradactyla, 916, 917,
SINS).

Amazilia
Jelicie, 515.

Ambloma, gen. nov., 946.
brachyptera, 946, 947,

1030.

Amblyptilia
acanthodactyla, 915.
cosmodactyla, 915.

Amia, 769.
calva, 774.

Amicta
cabrerai, 1028.

Amphictine, 817.

Amphlia
lanceolana, 1001.

Anacampsis
albipalpella, 932, 933.
anthyllidella, 932, 938.
elachistella, 933.
infestella, 932.
lamprostoma, 945.
(Onebala)lamproston

943.

Ancistrodon
contortrix, 791.
piscivorus, 791.

Ancylis
lanceolana, 1001.

1106

Anodonta
eygnea, 447.
mutabilis, 4-47,

Anomia, 869.

Anomodontia,

1060.

Antedon
carinata, 454.

Antennularia
irregularis, +88.
profunda, 488.
ramosa, 489,

Anthophila, 988.

Aparallactus
capensis, 487.

Apatema
coarctella, 945.
Fasciatum, 945, 946.
lucidwm, 945, 1032.
mediopallidum, 945.
quadripuncta, 945.

Alptelosetia, 1009.
albidella, 969.
argentella, 968.
hypoleuca, 968, 1032.
rhynchosparella, 969.

Apodia, 929.

1048,

guimarensis, 930, 1030.

Aproaerema, 929,
acanthyllidis, 934.
albipalpella, 932, 933.
anthyllidella, 982,

933.
captivella, 934,
elachistella, 938.
genistae, 933, 1030.
infestella, 932.
lamprostoma, 943,
mercedella, 934, 1030.
nigratomella, 935.
psoralella, 932.
thaumalea, 934, 1030.

Apteryx
australis, 1046.

Aquila
clanga, 1046.

Arctictis, 806, 807.
binturong, 807, 810.

Arges, 795,
boulengeri, 800.
heterodon, 799, 800.
homodon, 800.
longifilis, 800.
peruanus, 800.
retropinna, 800.
semonsii, 800.

Aristotelia, 929,
ancillula, 930.
cacomicra, 931.
rumicetella, 931.
servella, 931.

INDEX.

Arthroleptis
whytit, 482.
Arvicanthis
dorsalis, 779.
Aspidorhynehus,
774.
Asterophrys, 904, 910.

769

d

| Astreeopora, 520,

Astrea, 523.
Ateles, 793.
Aurelia

aurita, 648, 652.
Avahis, 470.

Bactra

lanceolana, 1001.
Bassariscus

alleni, 803.

astutus, 803.
Batrachedra

ledereriella, 963.
Batrachopsis, 910.
Bedellia

daphneella, 984.

somnulentella, I84..
Beryx, 641, 642.
Bibos

frontalis, 467, 748.
Bithys

hesperitis, 607.

leucopheus, 591.

Zydus, 631.
Bitis

arictans, 487, 791.
Blabophanes

lombardicn, 1022.
Blastobasis

sp., 951, 954.

aurantiaca, 938, 984.

Juscomaculella, 952.

marmarosella, 952.

phycidella, 950, 951.

roscidella, 950, 974.

rubiginosella, 951, 952.

seeboldiella, 952.

velutina, 952, 1032.
Boa

constrictor, 789.
Boodon

lineatus, 486, 787, 790.

Borkhausenia
coarctella, 945.

Brachmia
rufescens, 944.

(Ceratophora) sp., 944.

Breviceps
mossambicus, 480.
verrucosus, 480.

Bryotropha
domestica, 937.

Bryotropha
solanella, 942.
Bubo
cinerascens, 467.
poensis, 467.
Buceulatrix
canariensis, 1012, 1034.
chrysanthemella, 1012.
JSatigatella, 10138.
Srangulella, 968.
phagnalela, 1018,
1054.
Buckleria
paludwm, 913.
pyginaeus, 913.
siceliota, 913.
(Stangeia) szceliota,
913.
Bucorvus
abyssinicus, 749.
Budoreas, 468.
taxicolor, 467.
Bufo
carens, +80.
regularis, 479, 487.
taitanus, 480.
Butalis
Jasciatella, 973, 974.

Cacoecia
subcostana, 995.
Callicista, 628.
Calliste
vitreolina, 515.
Callithrix, 678.
callitrichus, 678.
Campanularia
caliculata, 489, 491,
503.
corrugata, 504.
mutabilis, 489, 491,
498, 504, 514.
ptychocyathus,
490, 491, 503.
Canis
lateralis, 748.
Carpocapsa
pomonelia, 1006.
putaminana, 1006.
Cassina
senegalensis, 482.
wealit, 482.
Cathartes
aura, 748.
Causus
rhombeatus, 487.
Cephalaspis, 773.
Cephalophus
sp., LU46.
dori@, 1045, 1046.

489,

Cephalophus
dorsalis, 1045, 1046.
grimmi, 782.
hecki, 782.
monticola, 782.
Ceratodus, 773.
Ceratophora
sp., 944.
Ceratophryne
nasuta, 871.
Ceratophrys, 877.
Cercocebus, 677.
Cercoleptes, 808.
caudivolvulus, 807, 814.
Cercopithecus, 677, 678,
125.
ethiops, 714, 726, 728,
(SS 130, (as), ay
— @thiops, 728, 729,
746.
— ellenbecki, 729.
— hilgerti, 729, 730.
— tantalus, 731.
albogularis, 679, 698,
694, 700, 701, 702,
703, 706, 709.
— albogularis, 700,
7Ol.
— albotorquatus, 702,
740.
— beirensis, 701, 776.
— francesce, 700.
— kolbi, 700.
— labiatus, 69.
— moloneyi, 700.
— preussi, 700.
— rufilatus, 702, 703.
— rufotinctus, 699.
—- stairsi, 699.
albotorquatus, 702, 703.
ansorgei, 742.
ascanius, 679, 717, 719,
720.
— ascanius, 719, 746.
— schmidti, 721, 746.
baumstarki, 745.
boutourlinit, 693.
brazz@, 686, 687.
burnetti, 680, 708, 710,
711, 746.
buttikofert, 718, 721.
callitrichus, 678, 679,
(20, Tl, WEP,
campbelli, 708, 709,
710, 711, 746.
centralis, 739.
cephus, 677, 680, 722,
723, 724, 725.
— cephus, 724, 746.
— cephodes, 724, 725.
chrysurus, 731.

INDEX.

Cercopithecus

circumcinetus, 745.

crosst, 706.

cynosurus, 726, 734,
735, TAG.

denti, 708, 711.

diadematus, 689.

diana, 677, 680, 682,
688, 685, 689, 746,
10388.

— ignita, 682.

djamdjamensis, 726,
730.

ellentechi, 729.

engythittia, 729.

erxlebent, 712.

erythrarchus, 700,
701.

erythrogaster, 680, 714,
715, 716, 746.

erythrotis, 680, 725,
746, 1040.

Fantiensis, 718.

flavidus, 737.

Srancesce, 705.

grayi, 680, 708, 709,
712) 713%

— nigripes, 713.

griseo-viridis, 728.

griseus, 728.

hamlyni, 1046.

hilgerti, 730.

histrio, 719.

kandti, 680, 688, 695.

kerstingi, 745.

kolbi, 702, 703.

— hindei, 703, 745.

— kolbi, 703.

labiatus, 707.

lalandit, 735, 735.

langheldi, 745.

leucampyx, 679, 680,
686, 687, 688, 689,
691, 692, 693, 696,
709.

— boutourlinii, 689,
693, 696.

— carruthersi, 689,
691.

— doggetti, 689, 691.

— leucampyx, 689.

— nigrigenis, 689, 691,
692, 693, 745.

— otoleucus, 691.

— pluto, 689, 692.

— stuhlinanni, 689,
690, 691, 745.

Uhoesti, 679, 714, 746.

— Vhoesti, 714.

— thomasi, 715.

ludio, 698.

1107

Cercopithecus

martint, 696, 698, 721,
745, 1040.

matschiet, 726. 730.

melanogenys, 719, 720.

moloneyi, 688, 704.

mona, 677, 679, 685,
708, 709, 710.

— grayi, 708, 712.

— nigripes, 708, 718.

monordes, 702.

neglectus, 679, 685,
686.

— brazziformis, 687.

— neglectus, 687.

nictitans, 677, 679, 696.
697.

— laglaizet, 698.

— martini, 696, 698.

— nictitans, 696, 697,
698.

nigripes, 712, 713.

nigroviridis, 679, 725,
726, 739, 746.

omensis, 691, 693, 694.

opisthostictus, 688, 694,
714.

otoleucus, 690, 745.

palatinus, 685.

patas, 677, 680, 742,
745.

— patas, 742, 148,
745, 746.

— pyrrhonotus, 744,
745.

— sannio, 745.

petaurista, GIT, 67
680, 696, 716, 71
Wis, G20, al.

—ascanius, Tv, (19:

— buttikoferi, 717,
718, 719, 746.

— petaurista, 717, 718,
TL:

— schmidti, 717, 720.

picturatus, 719.

pluto, 692, 693.

pogonias, 708, 709, 712,
ABS

poliolophus, 745,

poliopheus, 745.

preussi, 106.

pusillus, 735, 736.

pygerythrus, 726, 731,
(ey, (ew, Velo, Tor
776.

— centralis, 733, 738,
139.

—- johnstoni, 738.

— pygerythrus, 730,
746.

1108

Cercopithecus

pygerythrusrufoviridis, |
737.

— whytei, 738.
pyrrhonotus, 744, 745.

roloway, 677, 680, 682, |

683, 684, 685, 1038.
ruber, 742, 745.
rufa, 745.
rufotinctus, 706.
rufoviridis, 737, 739.

sabeus, 677, 678, 679,
XD, 2, T2338. ‘Tels

733, 746.
samango, 707.
sannio, 745.
schinidti, 720.
sclateri, 680, 725.

signatus, 679, 696, 717,

TEM GAG.

stairsi, 700, 704, 705,

706.

— mossambicus, 01,
70d, 706.

— stairsi, 704, 705,
706.

stampflii, 698.

stuhlmanni, 690, 695.

talapoin, 677, 678,
740, 741, 742.

— ansorgei, 742.

— talapoin, 741, 742,

746.

tantalus, 726, 731, 732,

738, 735, 739.
— budgetti, 733.
— tantalus, 732.
temminchi, 698.
tephrops, 734.
thomasi, 715.
werner?, 727.
wolfi, 708, 709, 711.
zechi, (45.
Cerostoma
maculipennis, 986.
Cervicapra
arundinum, 782.
redunca, 748.
Chamzleon
damaranus, 486.
dilepis, 486.
quilensis, 486.
Chamztortus
aulicus, 487.
Channallabes, 1062,
1063.
apus, 1065, 1094.
Chasmorhynchus
nudicollis, 749.
Chauliodus
daucelia, 974.

INDEX.

Cheirolepis
sp., 768, 774.
Chelaria, 945.
Chersogenes,
947.
victimella, 947, 1030.
Chimabacche, 947.
Chinchilla
lanigera, 749.
Chiromys, 470.
Chlamydoselachus
anguineus, 471-478.
Chlorocebus, 678, 725.
engythittia, 729.
sabeus, 678, 727.
Chlorophis ;
hoplogaster, 486.
Chondrosepia
loliginiformis, 456.
Choreutis
hjerkandrella, 987.
nemorana, 988.
pariana, 988.
pretiosana, 987.
Chrestotes
dryas, 1016.
Chrysolampis
moschitus, 519.
Chrysopora
boseae, 931, 1080.
Cicinnurus
regius, 747.
Cinixys
belliana, 482, 483.
nogueyt, 482.
Cladoselache, 754.

gen.

Clariallabes, 1062, 1063, _

1092.
melas, 1063, 1093.
Clarias, 1062, 1063.
alluaudi, 1067, 1083.
amplexicauda, 1068,
1088.

angolensis, 1067, 1082.
anguillaris, 1064, 1066,

1068, 1071.
breviceps, 1067, 1080.
budgetti, 1071.

buettikoferi, 1068, 1088. |

bulume, 1086.
buthupogon, 1082.

bythipogon, 1067, 1082. |

camerunensis, 1088.
capensis,
10738, 1076.
carsonnit, 1067, 1077.
dolloi, 1082.
dumerilii, 1067, 1085.
Souioni, 1068,
1090.
gabonensis, 1082.

noy.,

1066, 1069,

1089,

|
|

|

Clarias
gariepinus, 1066, 1069,
1071.
garsonti, 1064.
giintheri, 1071.
hasselquistii, 1068.
kingsleye, 1087.
leviceps, 1064, 1068,
1087.
lazera,
1073.
liberiensis, 1067, 1086.
liocephalus, 1067, 1079.
longiceps, 1074.
longior, 1067, 1081.
macracanthus, 1074.
macromystar, 1067,
1084, 1085.
macrophthalmus, 1088.
melas, 1093.
mellandi, 1066, 1074,
1075.
microphthalmus, 1071.
moorti, 1066, 1070.
mossambicus, 1066,
1069, 1071.
ngamensis, 1073.
orontis, 1073.
pachynema, 1068,
1086, 1087.
parvimanus, 1068.
platycephalus, 1066,
1077.
poensis, 1067, 1078.
robecchit, 1071.

1066, 1071,

sale, 1068, 1090,
1091.
senegalensis, 1066,
1070.

smithii, 1071.
submarginatus, 1067,
1079.
syriacus, 1073.
theodore, 1068, 1089.
tsanensis, 1066, 1075.
vinciquerre, 1066,
1072, 1073.
walkeri, 1067, 1080.
werner, 1067, 1084.
wenodon, 1074.
Clepsis
rusticana, 998.
Clytia
geniculata, 489, 491,
502.
Cnephasia
longana, 997.
Ceelacanthus. 766, 774.
Ccenopsaminia
nigrescens, 528.
willeyi, 528.

Coleophora
sp., 962.
aegyptiacae, 962.
algidella, 962, 965.
artemisiae, 963.
atlanticellu, 968.
confluella, 961, 962.
helianthemella, 962.
micromeriac, 961.
murinipennella, 968.
orotavensis, 960.
poccilella, 963.
teidensis, 962.
Colobus, 677.
Coluber
guttatus, 790.
longissimus, 790.
Conchylis
carpophilana, 991.
chamomillana, 992.
Aagellana, 990.
francillana, 990, 991.
Conopomorpha
cyanospila, 979.
Corallus
coohii, 789.
Cordylophora, 516.
Coriscium, 979.
Coryne

dubium, 489,.491, 514. |

Cosmopteryx
sp., 964, 966.
argyrogrammos, 967.
attenuatella, 965, 966.
coryphaea, 964, 1082.
flavofasciata, 965, 966.
gemmiferella, 960.
ledereriella, 963.
lespedezae, 965, 956.
pulcherrimella, 966,
967.
quadrilineella, 965.
turbidella, 966, 967.
Crambessa
tagi, 682.
Craseomys
regulus, 466.
Cricetomys
gambianus adventor,
780.
Cricetulus, 462.
nestor, 466.
triton, 466.
Crocidosema
blackburnii, 1002.
obscura, 1002.
plebeiana, 1002, 1003,
1004.
signatana, 1002.
Crocidura

sp., 777.

|

INDEX.

Crocidura
coree, 462.
hirta, 777.
lasiura, 462.
Crombrugghia
distans, 9138.
laetus, 914.
Crossarchus
fasciatus, 778.
Cryptocephalus
acuminatus, 838.
alliaceus, 835.
apicipes, 889.
argentinus, 844,
auratus, 843.
bahiaensis, 836.
basalis, 884.
bisulcatus, 837.
bivitticollis, 838.
cubaensis, 842.
discoidalis, 834.
emarginatus, 836.
flohri, 889.
foveicollis, 835.
grossulus, 842.
guianaensis, 841.
gundlachi, 841.
haitiensis, 843.
miserabilis, 837.
olivaceus, 855.
pasticus, 83+.
peruanus, 834.
4-vittatus, 839.
rufitarsus, 844.
semifasciatus, 842.
semiopacus, 840.
subenescens, 845.
tristiculus, 844.
tucumanensis, 837.
Cryptolaria
diffusa, 488.
Cryptoprocta, 803, 815,
817.
Ctenothrissa
radians, 642.
Cuspidella
humilis, 489, 491, 498,
502.
Cydia
pomonella, 1006.
Cynocebus, 678, 725.
cynosurus, 678.
Cynodontia, 1048, 1060.
Cynognathus, 1055, 1059.
platyceps, 1052.
Cyphosticha, 979.

Dactylopsila
palpator, 1047.
trivirgata, TAT.

1109

Dapedius
sp., 769.
Dapidius
granulosus, 764.
Dazsymys
incomtus, 1046.
Dendrodus, 762.
Dendroneura, 1019.
Depressaria, 955.
sp., 958.
absinthivora, 959.
apiella, 959.
appland, 957.
conciliatella, 996.
heracliana, 958, 989,
960.
nervosa, 999.
tenerifae, 958, 1032.
yeatiana, 956.
Desmoscyphus
gracilis, 488, 505.
inflatus, 488.
Diadectes, 1050.
Diademia, 678, 687.
leucampyx, 678.
Diademodon, 1055, 105
1059.
mastacus, 1058.
Dialectica, 979.
scalariclla, 980.
Diana, 678.
diana, 678.
Dickelia
constanti, 993.
hyerana, 997.
Dicynodon, 1055.
jouberti, 1052.
Dimetrodon, 1058, 1055,
1056, 1057, 1060,
1061.
Dinocephalia, 1048, 1060.
Dinotopterus, 1068.
cunningtoni, 1197.
Dipetasus, 695.
Diphasia
- pinaster, 489.
Diplopterus, 765.
Dipterina
tasmaniana, 993.
Dipterus, 767, 768.
Discosaurus, 1057.
Dispholidus
typus, 487.
Dromatherium, 1059.
Dysmasia
instratella, 1019.
insularis, 1019.

Elachista, 968, 969.
conuplanella, 968.

glue)

Hlephas
africanus albertensis,
783.
— cottoni, 783.
— eyclotis, 782.
— pumilio, 448.
— selousi, 783.
eyclotis, 447, 448.
Elonichthys, 768.
Embolophorus, 1058.
dollovianus, 1061.
Embryonopsis, 947.
Emmelina, 919.
Empedias, 1050.
Entomoloma
nemorana , 988.
Hpagoge
constanti, 993.
Epanastasis, gen. noy.,
984.
sophroniella, 948.
Epeleusta
liturella, 959.
Hpermenia
daucella, 974.
Ephippiphora
maderae, 1006.
Epiblema
sp., 1004.
Epidola
stigma, 950.
Epistetus, 953.
Epomophorus
erypturus, 17
gambianus, 7
Equus
onager indicus, 515.
zebra, 748.
Hreunetis
seminivora, 1013.
undosa, 1013.
Krora, 599.
Eryops, 1058.
Erythrocebus, 678, 742.
patas, 678, 679.
Hthmia
bipunctella, 960.
Hucelis
indusiana, 1007.
maderae, 1006.
marrubiana, 1007,
1034.
staticeana, 1007.
Eucephala
cerulea, 515.
Eucopella
cenata, 488.
Hucosma
sp., 1004.
EKucrostis
semonyi, 912.

6.
76.

INDEX.

Hudendrium
annulatum, 488.
ramosum, 489, 491,499.
Hugnathus
Sp.) (ie:
forimosus, 769.

| Humecichthys, gen. nov.,

638, 639, 641.
Eunectes
murinus, 789.
Kuphonia
elegantissima, 515.
Eupleres, 807, 815, 816,
817.
goudoti, 815.
Euprosthenops
australis, 828.
bayoneanus, 828.
elliottti, 828.
prospiciens, 827, 829.
Eurynotus, 757.
crenatus, 758, 768.

| Eusthenopteron, 766,

M2.

Foordi, 774.
Eutromula, 988.
Hvetria

walsinghami, 1002.

Felis

aurata, 656, 657, 658,
660, 661, 662, 664,
667, 1058.

— aurata, 660, 1039.

— celidogaster, 660,
1038, 1039.

cafra, 668, 669.

caracal, 662, 675.

catus, 669.

celidogaster, 656, 657,
658, 659.

chalybeata, 656, 687,
660.

chaus, 666, 674.

chrysothrix, 656, 657,
658, 659, 660, 662.

— celidogaster, 697.

—- cottoni, 656, 657,
659.

— typica, 657.

— rutila, 657.

concolor, 659, 677.

cottoni, 660.

galeopardus, 663, 667.

irhis, 679.

jaguarondi, 659.

leo, 677, 814.

leopardus, 675, 1038.

— suahelicus, 783, 780

lybiea, 668.

Felis

microtis, 464.

neglecta, 656, 657, 658,
660, 663.

nigripes, 669, 670, 671,
672, 673.

obscura, 669.

ocreata, 662, 668, 670,
671, 672, 673, 749.

—cafra, 668, 669,
671.

— ugande, 698, 749,
750.

onca, 662.

panthera, 675.

pardalis, 662.

pardus, 675.

— fontaniert, 676.

— leopardus, 675, 783,
1038.

— melanotica, 677.

— nimr, 676.

— ruwenzorti, 785.

— suahelica, 676.

— tulliana, 676.

rutila, 656, 657, 658,
660.

senegalensis, 663, 666.

serval, 662, 663, 664,
667, 677, 777.

— senegalensis, 664,
666, 667, 668, 677.

— serval, 668.

servalina, 662, 663,
664, 665, 666.

— liposticta, 666, 677.

— pantasticta, 665,
666, 667.

— poliotricha, 665,
666.

— servalina, 665, 666.

sylvestris, 669, 670,

~ 671, 749, 750.

temminckt, 467, 662.

tigrina, 662.

tigris, 677.

togoensis, 667, 668.

torquata, 669.

tulliana, 679.

uncia, 675, 677.

Filellum

serpens, 489, 491, 498,
501.

Fungia, 536.
Funisciurus

mutabilis, 778.
sponsus, 778.

Galago

granti, 776.

Galechirus, 1053, 1055,
1059, 1060.

scholtzi, 1051, 1052,
1054, 1056, 1057,
1058.

Galesaurus, 1048.
Galesuchus

browni, 1054, 1056.
Galictis, 810.
wittata, 1046.
Galidia, 804, 806, 808,
816.
elegans, 515, 804.
striata, 515.
Galidictis, 804-817.
striata, 803, 805, 806,
808, 809, 810, 811,
813, 814.
Gelechia
anthyllidelia, 933.
attenuatella, 965.
cisti, 935.
diffinis, 940.
domestica, 937.
elachistella, 933.
epithymella, 940.
fasciata, 945.
hyoscyamella, 940.
lamprostoma, 943.
lunariella, 939, 1030.
micradelpha, 940.
multimaculella, 1016.
nigrorosea, 940.
olbiaélla, 938, 939.
plutelliformis, 938,
939.
provinciella, 941.
psoralella, 932.
salmonis, 937.
sciurella, 941, 1030.
sedata, 942.
sieversi, 938, 939.
siewersicllus, 938, 939.
sinuatella, 938.
tabacella, 942.
terrella, 942.
vilella, 941.
zulu, 943.
(Bryotropha)
lella, 942.
(Lita) epithymella, 940.
(—) solanella, 942.
Genetta
sp., 778.
angolensis, 1040.
dongolana, 1041.
felina, 1041.
genetta, 1041.
genettordes, 1040.
johnstoni, 1041, 1042,
1048.

opercu-

|

INDEX.
Genetta
pardina, 807, 1038,
~ 1039, 1040, 1042,
1043.
poensis, 1037, 1039,

1040, 1041.
servalina, 1041.
tigrina, 804, 810.
victori@, \O41.
vulgaris, 806, 807, 808,

809, 810, 812.
zambesiana, 178.

Georychus
beire, 780.
darlingi, 775, 781.
lugardi, 775, 780, 781.
Giratta
camelopardalis anti-
quorum, T48.
Glauce, 929.
Glauconycteris
papilio, 777.
variegatus, 777.
Glyphipteryx
fischeriella, 990.
fortunatella, 989, 990,

1032.

pygmaeella, 989, 990.
Glyptolepis, 760, 766.
Gomphognathus, 1048.

kannemeyeri, 1052.

Gonatodus, 757, 768,
lord or A,
174.

Gonionema, 652, 694,
655.

depressum, 658.
Gonion»moides, 655.
Gonothyrea

gracilis, 489, 490, 503.
Gossea, 655.

Gracilaria
sp., 983, 984.
aurantiaca, 983, 984,
1034.

hedemanni, 979, 980.

roscipennella, 981, 982.

scalariella, 979, 980.

schinella, 982, 1034.

staintont, 982, 1084.

v-flava, 1014.
Grapholitha

adenocarpt, 1005.

maderae, 1006.

negatand, 1005.

(Phthoroblastis) sa/-

vand, 1005.
Griburius, 829.

abstersus, 847.

argentatus, 846.

aureovillosus, 846.

bolivianus, 844.

AL

Griburius
conspurcatus, 847.
Jemoratus, 847.
hirtifrons, 846.
nigritarsis, 847.
ornatus, 845.
17-quitatus, 846.
Gymnallabes, 1062, 1063,
1095.
apus, 1094.
typus, 1065, 1093.
Gypaétus
barbatus, 748.
Gypsochares
baptodactyla, 916.
hedemannt, 918, 919.
leptodactyla, 918, 919.
olbiadactyla, 918, 919.
Gyroptychius, 766.

Hemogregarina, 11038.

thomsoni, 1103.
Haemylis

assinulella, 955.
Halecium

beanii, 489, 491, 500.
Hahaétus

leucocephalus, 747.
Halicalyx, 652, 655.
Halmonises

lacustris, 602.
Halteridium, 1103.
Hapale

agilis, 794,
Hapalemur

griseus, 808.
Harpella

Sorficella, 960.
Hatteria, 792.
Heleosaurus, 1049, 1055.
Helictis, 810.

personata, 808, 810.
Heloderma

suspectum, 749.
Hemerophila, 987, 988.

fabriciana, 989.

nemorana, 988.

oxyacanthella, 989.

pariana, 988.
Hemidactylus

mabouia, 483.
Hemigalidia, 804, 817.
Hemisus

marmoratum, 480.
Herbertia

tamaricis, 925.
Herpestes, 804.

fulvescens, 805, 808,

814.
pulverulentus, 815.

1112

Herpetosaura

arenicola, 486.
Hesperia

agrippa. 568.

chiton, 567.

dindus, 568.

romulus, 568.
Heterobranchus, 1063.

anguillaris, 1073.

bidorsalis, 1094, 1095.

geoffroyi, 1095.

intermedius, O99.

isopterus, 1094, 1096.

laticeps, 1095.

longifilis, 1094, 1095.

macronema, 1096.

senegalensis, 1099.
Heterognomon

coriacanus, 996.

hyeranus, 997.
Heterolepidotus

latus, 774.
Hodegia, 947.
Holcopogon

sophroniellus, 948, 949.
Holocentrum, 641, 642.
Holoptychius, 765, 773.
Homopholis

wahibergit, 484.
Homopus

areolatus, 482.

darling?, 482.
Hyzena, 815.
Hyeenasuchus, 1053.
Hybodus, 753.
Hydractinia

echinata, 498.

pacifica, 498.

verdi, 489, 491, 498, |

514.

Hydrocherus

capybara, O15.
Hylobates

hoolock, 467.
Hypatima

Deiat, 945.
flyponomeuta

gigas, 974, 975, 976.

innotata, 976.
Hypostoma, 762.
Hypsolophus

siewersiellus, 938, 939.

Ictidosuchus, 1055.
primevus, 1054, 1061.
Indris, 470.

Karoomys, 1059.
Karyolysus, 1099, 1103.

INDEX.

Labidosaurus, 1050, 1059,
1060.
Lacerta
agilis, 561, 563.
wonica, 507, 558, 5d9,
565, 566.
littoralis, 559.
muralis, 557, 565, 566,
1063.
— campestris,
563, 566.
— bocagit, 566.
— littoralis, 559, 561,
566.
— serpa, 559, 561.
peloponnesiaca, 5d,
561.
taurica, 557, 558, 559,
561, 563, 565, 566.
viridis, 559.
Lachesis, 788.
alternata, 792.
lanceolata, 791.
Lafoéa
tenellula, 488.
Lagostomus
trichodactylus, 749.
Lampornis
prevosti, 515.
Lampris, 640,
643.
luna, 634, 635.
Lampros
coarctella, 945.
Laspeyresia
adenocarpt, 1005.
negatana, 1005.
salvana, 1005.

561,

641,

Leggada

minutoides, 780.
Leioptilus

sp., 920.
Lepidosteus, 757, 758,

762, 763, 764, 769,
773.
osseus, T59, 774.
Lepidotus, 756, 758.
mantelli, 769.
Leptobrachium, 871, 872,
877, 878, 886, 887,
906, 907, 908.
carinense, 905, 909.
Jee, 905, 909.
hasseltii, 871, 878, 881,
883, 884, 885, 889,
891, 892, 894, 895,
898, 899, 900, 903,
909.
Leptodira
annulata, 790.
hotambeia, 487, 790.

|

Leptodon
cayennensis, 748.
Limnocnida, 644, 645,

646, 647, 648, 651,
652, 653, 654, 655.

tanganice, 643, 651,
655, 656.

— victorie, 650, 651,
656.

Limnocodium, 652, 653,

654, 655.

sowerbyi, 652.

Lindera, 1016.
bogotatella, 1017, 1020.
tessellatetla, 1020.

Lita
sp., 941.
epithymella, 940.
solanella, 942.

Lithocolletis
cytisella, 977.
helianthemella, 976.
messaniella, 976.
platant, 977.
rayella, 976.

| Lithyphantes

nobilis, 823.

| Lobesia

staticeana, 1008.
Lophoceros
nasutus, 747.
Lophotes, 641.
cepedianus, 688.
Jiskit, 688.

| Loxopera

bilbaénsis, 991.

flageliana, 990.

trancillonana, 990,
SIL,

Luffia

lapidella, 1027.
. rebeli, 1027, 1034.
Lycophidium
capense, 426.
Lycosuchus, 1083.
vanderrieti, 1052,
1061.
Lygodactylus
capensis, 484,
Lygosoma
sundevalli, 486.
Lyonetia
somnulentella, 984.
Lystrosaurus, 1055, 1061.
Lytocarpus
crosslandi, 490, 491,
511, 514.
grandis, 490, 511.
— unilateralis, 490,
510, 514.
racemiferus, 511,

Mabuia
striata, 486.
varia, +85.
Macacus, 677.
Macarostola, 979.
Macropoma, 760, 766.
Macropteronotus, 1063.
anguillaris, 1068.
charnuth, 1068, 1078.
Macropus
cervinus, 515.
ma, OL.
magnus, 467, 515,
woodwardi, 515.
Madoqua
phillipsi, 748.
Madrepora, 532, 530,
551, 556.
pulchra, 531, 534, 545.
Meeotias, 652, 65d.
Megaladapis, 470.
Megalichthys, 75], 755,
756, 759, 760, 762,
765.
hibberti, 756.
Megalophrys
fee, 871.
longipes, 872, 878, 910.
montana, 871-886, 889,
892, 895, 896, 897,
898, 901, 903, 906,
907, 908, 909, 910.
nasuta, 871-885, 889,
891-910.
Megalurus, 769.
Melierax
monogrammicus, 467.
Melinodon, 1059.
Mendesia
symphytella, 970, 1032.
Meriones
leucogaster, 779.
Mesopropithecus, 470.
Mesosauria, 1060.
Mesosaurus, 1049, 1054,
1055.
Metallactus, 829.
affinis, 849.
albifrons, 850.
albipes, 850.
argeniinensis, 850.
bifasciatus, 849.
bolivianus, 848.
capitatus, 851,
divisus, 8538.
donckieri, 84.
flavofrontalis, 849,
inustus, 85.
kollari, 849.
nigrofasciatus, 850.
nigro-ornatus, 854.

INDEX.

Metallactus
nigrovittis, S55.
palemon, 852.
partitus, S54.
peruanus, 852.
semipurpureus, 851.
semirufus, 855.
swccinctus, 853.
unicolor, 853.
Metzneria
castiliella, 927.
dichroa, 927, 1030.
infelix, 926.
insignificans, 926.
monochroa, 927, 1030.
torridella, 928.
tristella, 927.
Micandra
platyptera, 576.
sapho, 576.
Microeonodon, 1059.
Microdon
sp., 769.
Microgomphodon, 1057.
Micromys
agrarius mantchuricus,
465,
spectosus
465.
Microsetia, 1008.
stipella, 1009.
Millepora
alcicornis, 537, 559.

peninsule,

complanata, 537, 502, |

pe

5d9.
verrucosa, 937, 5d0.
Mimaeseoptilus
serotinus, 921.
Miopithecus, 678, 740.
callitrichus, 678.

talapoin, 678, 741, 742. |

Moerisia
lyonst, 516.
Mogera
insularis, 463.
kobee, 463.
latouchei, 463.
robustus, 463.
wogura, 463, 464.
— coreana, 463.
— kanai, 463.
— kobee, 463.
Mona, 678, 679, 708.
mond, 678.
Monachus
babiotdes, 833.
bicolor, 851.
hiplagiatus, 830.
divisus, 833.
meridaensis, 832.
mexicanus, 830.

1113

Monachus
nigritarsis, 831.
nigritula, 830, 831.
obscurellus, 833.
ornatipennis, 831.
peruanus, 831.
picipes, 830.
pustulipennis, 832, 833.
tenebricosus, 830.
terminatus, 832.
Monopeltis
granti, 485.
welwitschii, 485.
Monopis
crocicapitella, 1022.
Ferruginella, 1022.
hyalinella, 1022.
dmella, 1021.
lombardica, 1022.
nigricantella, 1022.
Monostechas
guadridens, 490, 508,
514.
Montipora, 524, 532,
535, 555, 556.
Moschus
noschiferus, 747.
Mungos
galera, 778.
Mus
sp., 780.
chrysophilus,
1046.
minimus, 780.
Myriacanthus
paradoxus, 773.
Myvipristis
murdjan, 642.

780,

Naia
flava, 791.
melanoleuca, 791.
nigricollis, 487.
tripudians, 791.
Nandinia, $16.
binotata, 807, 815.
Narycia, 1020.
Nemesia
simonit, 819.

sp., 1009.
microtheriella, 1008.

Nescenas

mayert, 801.
Nesopithecus, 470.
Nestor
notabilis, 1046.
Nyctereutes
procyonoides, 464.
Nycticejus
planirostris, 777.

1114

Obelia, 653.
dichotoma,
502.
Octopus
horsti, 451.
Ocystola, 950.
Oecophora
Suscomaculella, 952.
enunctella, 945.
secboldiella, 952.
(Scythris) phycidella,
950.

489, 491,

Oegoconia
quadripuncta, 9495.
Oenophila
flava, 1014.
nesiotes, 1014, 1015,
1034.

v-flava, 1014, 1015.
Olindias, 655.
mulleri, 6d4.
Olindioides, 645,
654, 655.
Formosa, 653.
Olios
rufipes, 820.
Omphacodes
divincta, 912.
Onebala
lamprostoma, 943.
Ophiodes
caciniformis, 489, 491,
500, 514.
Ophiopsis, 769.
Ophisaurus
apus, 792.
Opisthoctenodon, 1057.
Opogona
panchalcella,
1016.
Orneodes
hiihneri, 926.
Ornithorhynchus
anatinus, 1054.
Osteolepis, 765, 766.
macrolepidotus, T74.
Otis
tarda, 515.
Otocinclus, 798.
paulinus, 799.
Otomys
irroratus, 779, 1046.
Otopithecus, 678, 708.
pogonias, 678.
Oudenodon, 1057, 1059.
baini, 1054.
trigoniceps,
1058.
Ovyibos, 468.
Oxyptilus
distans, 918, 914.

652,

1015,

1056,

INDEX.

Oxyptilus
letus, 915, 914.
(Crombrugghia)
tans, 913.

dis-

Pachycormus
hetcrurus, 769.
Pachydactylus
bibronii, 484.
Pachylomerus
edificatorius, 818, 828,
329

Palzxohatteria,
1058, 1060.
Palzoniseus, 757, 762.
elegans, 768.
Palzeopropithecus, 470.
Pandeimis, 993.
bracatana, 995.
mactana, 994, 995.
persimilana, 994, 995,
symonyt, 994.
Papilio
anacreon, 568.
heon, 609.
bubastus, 627.
celinus, 619.
cleon, 621.
cyllarus, 595.
dindymus, 592.
eryx, 631.
hemon, 574.
irg@, 631.
ixion, D68.
lisus, 573.
megacles, 620.
nigroflavus, 568.
thamyras, 568.
Paradisea
rubra, 747.
Paradoxurus
leucomystax, 467.
Pareiasaurus, 1048,
1050, 1052, 1053,
1059, 1060, 1061.
serridens, 1061.

1051,

Pariotichus, 1050, 1054,

1056.
incisivus, 1061.
Pasilobus
imsignis, 824, 829.

Patella, 856, 859, 865,

869.
athletica, 856.
vulgata, 856, 865.
— cerulea, 865, 868.

Pecten, 869.

Pelobates, 875, 886, 889,
896, 897, 899, 906,
909, 910.

cultripes, 907.

Pelobates
Juscus, 871,
891, 892,
905.
Pelobatrachus,
906, 909.
Pelodytes, 875, 880, 881,
900, 906.
Pelomedusa
galeata, 483.
Pelomys
Jallax, 779.
Pennaria
cavolinti, 489, 490, 491,
492.
Penthina
indusiana, 1008.
Perittia
cedronellae, 970, 1032
lavandulae, 971, 1010.
obscurepunctella, 971.
Petachnum, 655.
Petasata, 655.
Petasus, 655.
Petaurista, 678.
petaurista, 678.
Petrodromus
tetradactylus,
777.
sultan, 777.
Phalaena
bipunctidactyla, 921.
JSorficella, 960.
(Alucita) monodac-
tylus, 919.
(Tinea) anomalella,
1008
—) argentella, 968.
me oxyacanthella,

881, 885,
894, 901,

gen. Nov.,

775,

(=
(
(— Ie alan 1006.
(— rayella, 976.
(—) tapetzella, 1021.
(Lortrix) fabriciana,
988, 989.
(— —) heracleana, 958.
(—) pariana, 987, 988.
Phalanger
maculatus, 749.
Phalonia
carpophilana, 991.
conversana, 992, 1034.
versana, 992.
Phaneropleuron
curtum, T67, T74.
Pharmacis
chamomillana, 992.
elongana, 993.
ampurand, 993.
Phascogale
penicillata, 1047.

Tt

Phengodes
hieronyini, 516.
Philodromus
punctigerus, 826, 829.
Philothamnus
kirkii, 486.
semivariegatus, 486.
Pholidophorus, 769.
Phrynobatrachus
natalensis, 482, 487.
Phrynomantis
bifasciata, 48V.
Phthorimaea
operculella, 942.
piscipellis, 942.
sedata, 942.
solanella, 942.
tabacella, 942.
terrella, 942.
Phyllobrostris
daphneelia, 984.
Phyllonoryeter
cytisellus, 977, 978.
Foliolosi, 978, 1034.
helianthemellus, 976.
juncei, 977.
messaniellus, 976.
parvifoliellus, 978.
platant, 977.
rayella, 976.
ulimifoliella, 968.
(Lithocolletis)
mulae, 968.
Piesta
heracleana, 958.
Pinaris
apiella, 959.
arenclla, 955.
Pipa, 877, 888, 890, 910,
91]

tre-

Platax, 643.
Platyedra
vilella, 941.
Platyoides
separata, 819, 820,
828, 829.
simonit, 820, 828, 829.
Platyptilia
acanthodactyla, 915.
punctidactyla, 915.

|

(Amblyptilia) acantho-

dactyla, 915.
Platysaurus
guttatus, 484.
intermedius, 484.
torquatus, 484.
Plecostomus
albopunctatus,
800
emarginatus, 795.
goyazensis, 798.

797,

|
|

|

INDEX.

Plecostomus
hermanni, 795.
horridus, 795.
theringti, 795, 800.
latirostris, 798.
margaritifer, 796, 800.
paulinus, 799.
regant, 790.
strigaticeps, 796, 800.
tenuicauda, 79d.
tietensis, 795.

Plumularia
delicatula, 488.
halecioides, 490, 491,

508.
variabilis, 488.

Plutella, 979.
cruciferarum, 986.
naculipennis, 986.
multimaculella, 1017.

Pluvianus
egyptius, TAT.

Pocillopora, 534,

536; 547, 548,

eer ee

590,
500,

brevicornis, 537.

nobilis, 537.
Podocoryne

anechinata, 489,

499, 514.

humilis, 499.
Podophthalma, 827.
Poecilia

(Stenolechia) sp., 929,
930.
Poeciloptila
roscipennella, 981.
Poéphagus
grunniens, 1046,
Pogonocebus, 678, 682,
684.
diana, 678.
Poiana
richardsont, 1037,

1043, 1044, 1045.

— leiyhtoni (not libe- |

riensis; see erratum

slip), 1043, 1045.

— ochracea, 1044,
1045.
— richardsoni, 1045.
Polychrosis

botrana, 1001.
indusiana, 1007, 1008.
neptunia, 1000, 1024.
porrectana, 1007.
staticeand, 1008.
Polymetis, gen. nov.,
969

carlinella, 969, 1032.
Polymixia, 642.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1907, No. LXXTV

491,

1115

Polyommatus
bazochii, 568.
dumerilii, 630.
ergeus, D068.
gabelus, 568.
gabriela, 571.
megarus, 568.
nebis, 568.
sinnis, 568.
straphius, 568.

Polypterus, 762, 763,
764, 770, 771, 772.

bishir, 770, 773, 774.

Polypus
sp., 454, 455.
aculeatus, 454.
arborescens, 451, 454,

460.
herdmant, 451, 454.
horridus, 451, 454.
horsti, 451, 452, 453,
461.

Porites, 520, 529, 534,
5389, 540, 541, 545,
549, 550.

Porpe

bjerkandrella, 987.

Pragmatodes, gen. nov.,

928.
fruticosella, 928, 929,
930, 1080.

Prays
citri, 974.

Procolophon, 1049, 1052,
1053, 1054, 1055,
1056, 1058.

trigoniceps, 1052, 1054,
1058, 1061.

Procolophonia, 1060.

Propappus, 1048, 1050,
1061.

Propithecus, 470.

Prosthesis, gen. nov.,
953.

exclusa, 953, 1032.

Protacanthodes, 772.

Proteles, 815.

Psammophis

sibilans, 487.

Psammosteus, 753, 754,

TDD.
arenatus, 774.
paradoxus, 774.

Psecadia
bipunctella, 960.

Pseudaspis
cana, 486.

Pseudoberyx, 642.

Pseudolycena
puphlagon, 594.
paupera, 575.

74

1116

Pseudolycxena
platyptera, 576.
spurius, 579.

Psyche
cabrerai, 1028.

Pteraspis, 753, 754, 759,

760, 773.

Pterophorus
acanthodactylus, 915.
chrysocomae, 921.
distans, 913.
inulae, 920.
Jaetus, 914.
monodactylus,

920.
olbiadactylus, 918, 919.
pectodactylus, 921.
serotinus, 921.
siceliota, 9138.
(Aciptilia) szcedeota,

913.

(Lioptilus) znelae, 920.
(—) melanoschisma,

920, 1030.
(Oxyptilus) distans,

915.

919,

(—) laetus, 914.
Ptilopachus

fuscus, 747.
Ptocheuusa, 929.
Purpura

lapillus, 865.
Putorius

stbiricus, 464.
Pyralis

francillana, 990.

yeatiand, 956.
Pyroderces

argyrogrammos, 967.
Pyrophorus, 516.
Python

reticulatus, 788.

spilotes, 789.

Rana, 878. 877, 881, 882,

883, 889, 890, 905.

albilabris, 481.

angolensis, 481.

bravana, 481.

elegans, 481.

esculenta, 883, 888,
894, 899, 901, 902.

galamensis, 481.

godmant, 481.

granulosa, 481.

grayt, 481.

guentheri, 481.

guppy?, 887, 888, 893,
895, 897, 899, 900,
902,

INDEX.

Rana
humeralis, 481.
malabarica, 48).
mascareniensis, 481.
moeruensis, 481.
nutti, 481.
oatesi, 481.
ornata, 481.
ornatissima, 481.
oxyrhynchus, 481.
ruddi, 480, 481, 487.
temporaria, 899.
tigrina, 899, 902,
903.
Rappia
cinctiventris, 482.
marmorata, 482.
Recurvaria
domestica, 937.
Rhamphastos
carinatus, 748.

Rhinostictus, 678, 695, |

TAG, @2N

petaurista, 678.
Rhizodus

ornatus, TTA.
Rhyacionia

walsinghamt, 1002.
Roslerstammia

vesperella, 985.
Rupicapra

tragus, 467.

Saccostomus
canupestris, 780.
mashone, 780.

Sarsia, 516.

Scaphiopus, 910.
solitarius, 904, 906.

Scaumenacia, 768.

Schistophila, 929.

Sciaphila
Sragosana, 997.
ictericana, 997.
longana, 996, 997.
stratana, 997.

Sciuropterus
aluco, 464, 465.
momonga, 464, 465.
— amygdali, 464.
russicus, 464, 465.

Sciurus
calotus, 464.
orientis, 464.
rupestris, 464.
vulgaris, 464.

— albicauda, 516.
— orientis, 464.

Scotophilus

nigrita, 777.

|

}
|

Seylacosaurus, 1048.
Seyllium
canicula, 474.
Seythris
arachnodes, 972, 973,
1082.
cicadella, 973.
fasciatella, 950, 973,

1032.
petrella, 972, 1032.

roscidella, 973.

| Seleucides

nigricans, 747.
Semasia, 1004.
subsequana, 999.
Semionotus
kappfi, 769.
Semiophorus, 645.
Semnopithecus
albogularis, 700.
melalophus, 748.
Sepia
singalensis, 451, 459.
Sepioteuthis
loliginiformis,
456, 457, 458.
Sericoris
indusiana, 1008.
Sertularella
fusiformis, 488.
Sertularia
distans,
50+.
gracilis, S04.
levimarginata, 490,
491, 507, 508, 514.
lucernaria, 508.
mayert, 490, 491,
505.
pumila, 507.
versluyst, 488, 490,
491, 504, 505, 506,
514.
(Desmoscyphus) brevz-
cyathus, 488.
Sesamodon, 1059.

451,

490, 491,

| Setomorpha

bogotatella, 1016, 1017,
1020.

corticinella, 1016, 1017,
1018.
discipunctella, 1016,
dryas, 1016, 1017.
grenadella, 1019.
imameenella, 1016, 2017,
1018.
insectella, 1016, 1019,
1020.
multimaculella,
1017, 1018.

1016,

Setomorpha
operosella, 1016, 1017,
1

ruderelia, 1016, 1017,

1018.
rupicella, 1016, 1017,
1018.
rutella, 1016, 1017,
1018, 1019.
teneoides, 1018.
Siderus
parvinotus, 591.
Siganorosis

heracliana, 955, 958.
Silurus
anguillaris, 1068, 1073.
(Heterobranchus) gari-
epinus, 1069.
Simaethis, 988.
Jabriciana, 988, 989.
nemorana, 988.
oxyacanthella, 989.
Simia
ethiops, 728.
ascanius, 719.
cephus, 722.
cynosurus, T34.
diana, 682.
erythropygd, 130.
melarhina, TAI.
mona, 709.
nictitans, 696.
patas, 742.
petaurista, 718.
roloway, 683.
rubra, 742.
sabea, 726.
subviridis, 728.
talapoin, 741.
Simocephalus
capensis, 486.
Sitotroga
cerealella, 928.
Sminthepsis
crassicaudata, 1047.
larapinta, 1047.
Soleniopsis, gen.
489, 494.
dendriformis, 489, 491,
494, 495, 496, 497,
502, 514.
Sphenodon, 1048, 1056,
1057.
punctatus, 1056.
Spilotes
corais, 787, 790.
couperi, 790.
melanura, 790.
Spirocheeta
anodonte, 447.

nov.,

|
|
|
}

INDEX.

Stagmatophora
(Pyroderces) argyre-
grammos, 967.
Stangeia
siceliota, 913.
Stathmopolitis,
noy., LOLY.
tragocoprella,
1020, 1034.
Steatoda
clarkii, 824.

gen.

1019,

| Steganoptycha

obscura, 1002, 1003.
signatana, 1002, 1003.

| Stegnocephala

nigritarsis, 833.
Stenolechia
(Poecilia) sp., 929.
Stenoptilia
bipunetidactyla, 921.
(Adkinia) | bipwncti-
dactyla, 921.
Stephanoberyx, 642.
Sternothzrus
migricans, 482, 485.
Stigmella
anomalella, 1008.
aurella, 1009.
euphorbiella, 1011.
fletcheri, 1009.
helianthemella, 1010.
jubae, 1011, 1084.
nicromeriae, 1010.
nigrifasctata, 1011.
ridiculosa, 1011.
rosella, 1008.
rubicurrens, 1009.
sanctaecrucis, 1010.
stuticts, 1009.
Strepsiceros, 1003.

Strepsicrates

JFenestrata, 1008.
Strepsodus, 766.

| Streptocaulus

pulcherrimus, 488.

Stringops

habroptilus, 516.
Stylophora, 539.
Stylophorus, 643.

| Suricata, 815.

tetradactyla, 810.
Symmoca, 945, 946.
aegrella, 949, 1052.
canariensis, 949, 1032.
exyliella, 949.

| Syncoryne

sarsit, 492.

Talaeporia
lapidella, 1027.

aby 7

Tamias

orientalis, 465.
Tapinocephalus, 1048.
Tapirus

americanus, 515.

indicus, 467.
Tarrasius, 766.
Tatera

lobengule, 779.
Tebenna, 988.
Tecmerium

anthophaguin, 954.
Teleia

cisti, 939.
Telerpeton

elginense, 1060.
Teiphusa

canariensis, 936, 1080.

cisti, 935.

fugitivella, 936.

lycllella, 936.

schizogynae, 936, 1030.
Teutana

grossa, 824, 829.

nobilis, 828, 829.
Thecla, 566.

acaste, 569.

adela, 569.

adria, 620.

egides, ST), 576.

agra, 680.

ahola, 603, 604.

aholiba, 569, 605.

alatus, 579.

alihoba, 369.

amatista, 569.

americensis, 629.

amplitudo, 575, 632.

amplus, 582, 632.

anfracta, 608, 609.

anina, 603.

anna, 577, 632.

anthora, 617.

anthracia, 603.

antinous, 569.

aon, O69.

aprica, 569.

aratas, 608.

arcula, 629, 632.

ares, 599.

argiva, 630.

— obscura, 630.

arygona, 570, 628.

aritides, 569, 605.

armilla, 588.

arogeus, 568.

arola, 569.

artia, 569, 578.

aruma, 607.

atend, 580, 581.

1118

Thecla

athymbra, 582.
atnius, 613.
atrana, 570.
atrius, 613.
atrox, 609.
attalion, 599.
atymnda, 978.
auda, 577.
aurora, 583.
autoclea, 610, 625.
azia, 623.
azuba, 626.
bactra, 609, 610.
badaca, 624.
badeta, 615.
bagrada, 588.
balius, 604.
barba, 575, 632.
basalides, 626, 627.
bazochii, 568.
beera, 579, 580.
bellera, 609, 610.
beon, 607, 609, 626.
besidia, 587.
bianca, 569.
biblia, 599.
binangula, 570.
bitias, 568.
bolima, 570.
bosora, 616.
bubastus, 627, 628.
buceina, 585, 682.
buris, 590, 632.
cabiria, 607.
cesaries, 617, 632.
cespes, 614, 682.
calchinia, 619.
callao, 611, 632.
calor, 613.
caltha, 591, 632.
candidus, 571, 572,
631.
candor, 578, 632.
caninius, 585, 586.
canitus, 604, 682,
canus, 624, 625.
carla, 570, 615.
carnica, 619.
castimonia, 580, 632.
caulonia, 609.
cauter, 589, 632.
cecrops, 610.
celida, 569.
celmus, 619.
centoripa, 614.
cerata, 617.
ceromia, 612, 624,
cestri, 629.
cethegus, 568.
chaluma, 570.

INDEX.

| Thecla

chilica, 570.
chlamydem, 577, 632.
chlamys, 584, 652.
cimelium, 593, 594.
cimmiand, 622, 623.
cleon, 621.
clepsydra, 607, 632.
celebs, 594.
collucia, 624.
collustra, 600, 632.
color, 582, 632.
columella, 628.
come, 576, 632.
conchylium, 598, 632.
conoveria, 570.
cordélia, 604.

cos, 613, 632.
crines, 573, 631.
crolus, 602.
cruenta. 620.
culminicola, 579.
cupa, 612, 632.
curtira, D732.

cybde, 578.

cylira, 628.

cyda, 575.

cydia, 629.

cydonia, 583, 632.
cyllarus, 595, 596, 597.
dano, 572, 578.
deborre?, 630.
delicie, 595, 682.:
demea, 631.

denarius, 610, 611, 612.

devia, 569.

dicea, 570, 619.
dichiei, 569.
dindymus, 592, 608.
dinus, 569.

dion, 568.

doliwm, 619.

dolosa, 579.

dolylas, 579.
doreas, 572.
doryasa, 592.
dumenilii, 630.
echutana, 621.
echinita, 570.
echion, 602, 627.
elana, 598.

elsa, O87.

ematheon, 568.
emendatus, 619, 632.
empusa, 601.
endera, 590.
epoped, 60d, 606.
epopeodes, 570, 606.
ericeta, 597, 598.
eronos, 573, 631.
ethemon, 568.

Theela
eurytulus, 627, 628.
exigquus, 580, 682.
Fabulla, 619, 620.
Saga, 569.
Sormina, 570, 619.
Jaunalia, 680.
Sessa, 569.
fidena, 594.
jloralia, 572, 681.
jloreus, 581, 632.
flosculus, 583, 632.
fortuna, 608.
fostera, 570.
Foyt, 570, 597.
Francis, 569.
Jurcifer, 621.
gabatha, 604.
gabina, 614.
gabriela, 571.
gadira, 598, 599.
gauna, 569.
geba, 580.
gelliena, 605.
gemma, 581, 632.
genend, 590, 591.
gentiana, 601, 682.
giapor, 570,
gibberosa, 575.
guacanagari, 569.
guadala, 570.
guzanta, 570.
hahneli, 614.
halala, 591.
harrietta, 569, 575.
hebreus, 593, 594.
heloisa, 569.
hemon, 574.
henrici, 567.
heraclides, 578.
hesperitis, 607.
hirsuta, 569.
hostis, 570, 592.
humber, 570.
hybla, 578, 579, 632.
hypsea, 583.
illex, 570, 591.
imma, 569.
indigo, 608, 609.
infrequens, 630.
instita, 618.
ion, 576, 682.
arus, 567.
ismarus, 568.
dvelia, 577.
jactator, 587, 632.
janthina, 583.
Joya, 569.
labes, 602, 632.
laconia, 612.
leta, 599.

Thecla

lampetia, 614.
lanckena, 570.
lebena, 631.

ledea, 617.

lemnos, 626.
lemuria, 600.

lenis, 620.

lenitas, 603, 632.
leucopheus, 591, 592.
levis, 598, 632.
ligurina, 584, 585.
lisus, 573.

literatus, 588, 589, 632.
lorea, 569.

lorina, 610.
loxurina, 578.
lucaris, 623.
lugubris, 607.
lycabas, 568.

lyde, 584.

m-album, 568, 584.
malta, 570.
mantica, 616, 632.
marius, 569.
marmoris, 604.
marsyas, 572, 573.
mathewt, 622.
megacles, 620),
megamede, 569.
meleager, 618.
melleus, 580, 581, 632.
minyid, O81, d82.
mirma, 578, 579.
mesites, 569.
muattina, 570.
mulsus, 598, 632.
munditia, 586, 682.
murex, 585, 632.
mycon. 585.

nana, 569.
nanidion, 569.
nipona, 623.

nise@e, 605.

nitor, 585, 632.
nivepunctata, 592, 632.
noras, 098.
normahal, 570.
nota, 592, 632.
nubes, 625.
nubium, 612.
nugar, STO, 589.
numen, 574, 632.
obelus, 588, 589, 632.
ochus, 594.

ocrisia, O87.

odinus, 607.

oleris, 614, 682.
opacitas, 624.
ophelia, 582.

INDEX.

Thecla
ophia, 612.
orcynia, 603.
oreala, 60D.
oribata, 569.
origo, 608.
ornatrix, 572, 631.
ortalus, 590.

oxidia, 569.
palwinbes, 617.
panchea, 594.
paphlagon, 573, 594.
parthenia, 568.
partunda, 608.
paseo, 569.
paupera, 575, 576.
pennatus, 617.
peralta, 589.
perisus, 610, 611.
perola, 595, 596.
peruviand, 587.
petaurister, 613.
phalanthus, 568.
phaleros, 567.
pharus, 586, 632.
philinna, 601.
phoster, 597, 6382.
photeinos, 573, 631.
photismos, 615, 682.
phrynisca, 569.
phydela, 574, 575.

picus, 606, 632.

pion, 594.

piplea, S94.

pisidula, 618.

pisis, 618.

| platyptera, 576.
plumans, 622.
polama, 570.

politus, 625, 626, 632.

porphyritis, 595, 632.
porthura, 581, 682.
primno, 587.
promissa, 569.
pulchritudo, 597, 632.
punctum, 585.
puppius, 618.
purpura, 592, 632.
purpurantes, 597, 632.

|

| guaderna, 599.

| radiatis, 586, 632.
rana, 570, 628.
ravus, 982, 632.
rickman, O70.
rubifer, 621.
rujo-fusca, 628.

ostrinus, 596, 597, 632.

picentia, 621, 622, 623.

porphyreticus, 593,632.

purpuriticus, 601, 632.

1119

Thecla
rugatus, 611.
sadiei, 569.
salona, 627.
sangala, 610, 625, 626.
sapota, 628, 629.
scoteia, 594.
selika, O84.
selina, 599.
serapts, 626.
sesara, 599.
sethon, 612.
seudiga, 619.
sista, 083.
smaragdus, 599, 632.
socigend, O84.
splendor, 570, 631.
sponsa, 572.
spurina, 591.
spurius, 579.
stagira, 591.
stigmatos, 584, 632.
stiktos, 584, 632.
stilbia, 603.
suada, 612, 624.
sumptuosa, 571, 631.
syllis, 624.
syncellus, 593.
tagyra, 572.
talama, 570.
talayra, O79.
— castitas, 579.
taminella, 570.
tarena, 601.
teged, G0).
tegula, 616.
tella, S70.
tephreus, 592.
thama, 609.
thara, 17.
thargelia, 569.
thenca, 569.
thespia, 615.
thestia, 590.
thius, 568, 630.
thyesta, 580, 586, 587.
tiasa, O90.
tigonia, 570.
tirrhea, 569.
tollus, 569.
torqueor, 608.
torris, 687, 632.
trebonia, 596.
trochus, 573, 631.
tucumand, 629, 632.
tuneta, 570, 571.
tyriam, D99, 682.
tyrrius, 578, 682.
umbratus, 568.
und, 620, 621.

1120

Thecla
upupa, 605, 682.
uterkudante,596, 682.
vena, 620, 682.
venustus, 602, 632.
verbenaca, 622, 682.
veterator, 627, 632.
vibidia, 584.
vibulena, 609.
widulus, 628.
vieca, 570.
viresco, 573.
vitruvia, 608, 609.
voltinia, 585.
volumen, 623.
vomiba, 570.
vulnerata, 569.
wernicket, 569.
axorema, 570, 589.
yojod, 627.
ziba, 626, 627.
zurkvitet, 570.
(Micandra) sapho, 569.
Theclopsis, 566, 6381.
ceéus, 631.
eryx, 631,
Thecocarpus
myriophyllum bedott,
489

Thelodus, 753, 754, 774.
page, 173.
Thelotornis
kirtlandii, 487.
Therapsida, 1048.
Theridion
versutum, 824.
Theriodesmus,
1057.
phylarchus, 1061.
Therocephalia, 1048,
1060.
Thiodia

glandulosana,

1051,

1004,

signatana, 1005.
Thomisus

anthobius, 826.

matlevolus, 825, 829.
Thryonomys

swinderenianus, 781.
Thyreus

thius, 630.
Tichonia

atomella, 955.
Tinea

abruptella, 1020.

allutella, 1024.

apiella, 959.

aurella, 1008, 1009.

bipartitella, 1020.

INDEX.

Tinea
bisselliella, 1026.
bjerkandrella, 987.
crocicapitella, 1022.

Suscipunctella, 1028,
1024.

hyalinella, 1022.

amella, 1021.

immaculatella, 1019,

insectella, 1016.
lapella, 1025.
merdella, 1023.
migricantella, 1022.

pellioneila, 1024,
1025.

roscipennella, 981.
siaplicella, 1025.
tapetiella, 1021.
tapetzella, 1020.
thecophora, 1024.
toechophila, 1022,
10384.
vibrana, 987.
Tineola
allutella, 1026.
bipunctella, 1026.
bisselliella, 1026.
Tischeria
longeciliata, 985.
longiciliatella, 985.
marginea, 970.
tantalella, 984.
Titanosuchus, 1048,
1059.
Tmolus
basalides, 626.
cleon, 621.
clitumnus, 613.
denarius, 610.
eurytulus, 628.
isobeon, 609.
perdistincta, 607.
pereza, 619.
unilinea, 601.
Tortrix, 993.
bracatana, 995.
canariensis, 995, 996.
consequana, 999.
coriacana, 996, 997.
fragosana, 997.
lancealana, 1001.
longana, 996, 997.
mactana, 994.
nemorana, 988.
persimilana, 994.
segetana, 997,
simonyt, 94.
stratana, 996.
subcostana, 995.

Trachypterus, 641.
tenia, 687.
Trageiaphus
scriptus, 748.
Traquairia, 772.
Trichophaga
abruptella, 1020, 1021.
biparticella, 1020, 1021.
tapetiella, 1021.
tapetzella, 1020, 1021.

Trichoptilus, 913.

Trichotaphe
convolvuli, 944, 1030.
juncidella, 944.
lamprostoma, 948.
rufescens, 944.
zulu, 943.
Trimerorhinus
rhombeatus, 487.
Tritylodon, 1059.
Tropidonotus
Jasciatus, 790.
natrix, 790.
viperinus, 790.
Tubularia
humilis, 489, 491, 498.
solitaria, 489, 491, 493,
514.
Typhlops
dinga, 486.

Ummidea
picea, 818,

Vallentinia, 655.
Varanus

niloticus, 485.
Velifer, 641, 645.

hypselopterus, 638, 634,

636, 640
. multiradiatus, 633.

Vinago

waalia, 747.

| Viverra

civetta, 814, 815.
Voluéra

conterminella, 955.

heracleana, 958.
Vulpes

chama, 747.

Xenolechia, 935,

Xenophrys, 871, 872,877,
878, 884, 887, 891, 896,
897, 905, 907, 908, 909,
911.

INDEX. WINBA

Xenophrys Yponomeuta Zonurus
monticola, 871,878,879, gigas, 976. | gonesti, 484.
880, 881, 882, 883, | Zoropsis
$85, 891, 892, 893, maculosa, 822, 829.
894, 895, 901, 903, | Zelleria, 979. rufipes, 820, 829.
906, 907, 908, 910. | Zenodochium, 953. Zygophylax
Xenopus, 877. | monopetali, 934. — profunda, 488.
levis, 479. | polyphagum, 954, |
Xylopoda, 987, 988. | 1032.
pretiosana, 987. xylophaqum, 954.
THE END.

Printed by Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

PN Gish OS cee
tales ‘idaae

RE PENS ‘
SEAM La

Ree et en
diy, yt i an

No. 48.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCERDINGS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
November 12th, 1907.

F. DuCanE Gopmay, Esq., D.C.L., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Secrerary read a report on the additions that had been
made to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July,
August, September, and October, 1907.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, Superintendent of the Gardens, exhibited
photographs of a hybrid between the European and African Wild
Cats (Felis sylvestris and F’. ocreatc).

Mr. R. Lypexxsr, F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited on behalf of the
Hon. Water Rorxscuitp, F.Z.8., the skins and horns of a male
and female Takin from Bhutan, differing from the typical Mishmi
form by their much smaller horns.

Mr. K. 8S. Goopricn, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., read a communica-
tion, illustrated by diagrams, ‘On the Scales of Fishes,” in which
he called attention to differences in the structure of these organs
and to their importance in classification.

A paper was read by Messrs. OLDFieLD Tuomas, F.R.S., F.Z.8.,
and KR. C. Wroucuton, F.Z.8., on Mammals collected at Beira by
Mr. C. H. B. Grant, being No. VIII. of the series of papers on
the Rudd Exploration of South Africa. Twenty-eight species
were included in the collection, represented by 127 specimens, all,
as before, presented to the National Museum by Mr. C. D. Rudd.

The region not having been previously worked, the series was
of much interest from a geographical point of view.

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 5 Hanover Square, London,
W.., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will
be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,
along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication
at the price of Stxpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Siz
Shillings per annum, payable in advance.

40

Mr. R. Lypexxer, F.R.S., F.Z.S., directed attention to a figure
of the type of Mlephas africanus eyclotis with which he was un-
acquainted at the time of reading his paper on African Elephants
(P. Z.8. 1907, p. 380). He also exhibited and described the skin
of a Leopard brought home by Mr. Stanley Tomkins from Uganda,
remarkable for the shortness of the limbs and tail and the Jaguar-
like pattern of the markings.

Dr. P. CuatmEers Mitcuett, F.R.S., Secretary to the Society,
gave an account of observations made by himself and Mr. R. I.
Pocock, Superintendent of the Gardens, on the Feeding of Ser-
pents in Captivity. He described the different habits of Python-
like, non-poisonous and poisonous Colubrine and Viperine Snakes,
and stated that he and Mr. Pocock had found no evidence as to
the existence of a specific fear of Snakes in the case of any
vertebrates except Primates, and that, amongst Primates, Lemurs
were distinguished from true Monkeys by their complete indiffer-
ence to Snakes.

Mr. C. Tavs Recan, M.A., F.Z.S., read a paper containing
descriptions of some new Loricariid fishes, viz. five species of
Plecostomus and an Otocinclus from Hastern Brazil and two
species of Arges from Colombia.

Lt.-Col. N. Manpzrs, F.Z.8., presented a communication entitled
“‘ Notes on Mayer’s Pigeon,” in which the habits of this nearly
extinct bird were described.

Mr. F. E. Bepparp, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Prosector to the Society,
communicated the results of his observations on the structure of
the rare Madagascar mammal, Galidiciis striata.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be
held on Tuesday, the 26th November, 1907, at half-past Hight
o'clock p.m., when the following communications will be made :—

1. The Rev. O. Proxarp-CamBripGr, M.A., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S.
—On some New and Little-known Araneidea.

2. Mr. M. Jacopy, F.E.S.—Descriptions of new Species of
Seuth American Cryptocephalint.

3. Dr. K. Anpersen.—A Monograph of the Chiropteran Genera
Uroderma, Enchisthenes, and Artibeus.

4. Mr. E. 8. Russern, M.A.—Environmental Studies on the
Limpet.

5. Mr. F. E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.—Contributions to the
Knowledge of the Anatomy of the Batrachian Family Pelobatide.

4]

6. Lorp WatsincHam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.—On the Micro-
lepidoptera of Tenerife.

7. Mr. J. Horxinson, F.L.S.—Dates of Publication of the
separate parts of Gmelin’s Edition (13th) of the ‘Systema Nature’
of Linnzus.

The following Papers are in hand :—
1. Dr. R. Broom, D.Sc., C.M.Z.S.—On the Origin of the
Mammal-like Reptiles.

2. Mr. G. A. Boutencsr, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.—A Revision of the
African Silurid Fishes of the Subfamily Clariine.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the
ZooLoGIcAL SocrEry oF Lonpon should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.

3 HANovER Square, Lonpon, W.
Novenber 19th, 1907.

ee abe: i

wh rks ae, Seige

No. 49.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*
November 26th, 1907.

G. A. Bounencer, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Srcrerary exhibited an oil-painting by Mr. W. Walls,
R.S.A., of a young female Gorilla recently living in the Society’s
Gardens.

The SecrRErTARY presented, on behalf of the Rev. O. Pickarp-
Camprince, M.A., F.R.S., C.M.Z.8., a communication entitled
““On some New and Little-known Araneidea.” Kleven species
were noted or described and figured: one from Lagos, Portugal;
three from Cape Colony, 8. Africa; one from Mashonaland; five
from the Canaries; and one from Old Calabar. Seven species
were described as new to science. Five of the Spiders had been
accidentally imported to England im packages of bananas.

A paper was read from Mr. M. Jacopy, F.E.S., describing
new species of Beetles of the Cryptocephaline division of the
family Chrysomelide, from tropical South America.

The SECRETARY communicated a paper by Mr. E. S. RussExn,
M.A., the object of which was to correlate certain modifications
of the Limpet-shell (Patella vulgata) with definite environmental
conditions. The method adopted by the author had been to
measure the dimensions of a large number of shells from one
environment and to compare them with similar measurements of

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, Loudon,
W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will
be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,
along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication
at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Six
Shillings per aunum, payable in advance.

at

shells from a second environment. The author had found the
Limpet a suitable animal for such investigations, as all Limpets
above 15 mm. “home” accurately. Limpets from high-water
localities were found to be larger, broader, and higher, but
narrower in proportion than those from low-water localities.
Limpets from exposed localities were lower, narrower, thicker,
and more irregular in outline than those from sheltered spots.
On the area from which the shells were collected, two types
oceurred—a “rough” type with strong coarse ribs and irregular
margin, associated with rough stones, and a “smooth” type on
polished stones.

Mr. F. HE. Bepparp, F.R.S., Prosector to the Society, gave an
account of a communication on the Anatomy of the Batrachian
family Pelobatide, based chiefly on material he had obtained
from the Society’s Collection.

A paper by Lorp Watsinenam, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8., described
the Microlepidoptera of Tenerife.

The SECRETARY communicated a paper by Mr. Jonn Hopxin-
son, F.L.S., entitled “ Dates of Publication of the separate Parts
of Gmelin’s Edition (13th) of the ‘Systema Nature’ of Linneeus.”
The paper stated that the first volume of this edition, containing
the Animal Kingdom, was in seven parts, with a date, 1788, in
the first part only, but that there was internal evidence of a later
date of issue of subsequent parts. Investigations in the Library
of the British Museum had revealed the years of publication with
some indication also of the period of the year in which each part
appeared. The dates were: pt. 1, 1788; pts. 2 & 3, 1789;
pts. 4 & 5, 1790; pt. 6, 17915; pt. 7, 1792.

The second volume, containing the Vegetable Kingdom, was in
two parts, and the date of issue of part 2 had been found to be
1792. Contemporary authorities were given for the dates.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.L.S., Superintendent of the Society's
Gardens, reported on a small collection of Mammalia brought
from Liberia by Mr. Leonard Leighton. The paper recorded the
presence in Liberia of two mammals hitherto unknown from that
locality, and contained descriptions of one species of Genet and
one Linsang new to science.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will
be held on Tuesday, the 10th December, 1907, at half-past Hight
o’clock P.M., when the following communications will be made :—

1. Dr. R. Broom, D.Sec., C.M.Z.S8.—On the Origin of the
Mammal-like Reptiles.

45

2. Mr. G. A. Boutrenasr, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.—A Revision of the
African Silurid Fishes of the Subfamily Clariine.

3. Prof. KH. A. Mincurin, M.A., F.Z.S.—On a Heemogregarine
from the Blood of a Himalayan Lizard (Agama tuberculata).

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the
ZooLOGICAL Socrery oF Lonpon should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, Lonpon, W.
December 3rd, 1907.

No. 50.

ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

December 10th, 1907.

Sir Epmunp G. Lover, Bt., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The SECRETARY read a report on the additions that had been
made to the Society's Menagerie during the month of November
1907.

Mr. R. H. Burne, F.Z.S., exhibited the feet of a Common
Duiker (Cephalophus sp.) with extensive and more or less
symmetrical overgrowth of the hoofs. The overgrowth was most
marked in the fore-feet, each hoof showing a tendency to an
inward spiral twist. ‘The specimen was presented to the Royal
College of Surgeons’ Museum by Mr. Griffin, of the Pretoria
Museum, Transvaal. The Antelope was shot (wild) by a farmer,
in stony bush veldt country about 40 miles from Pretoria.
Nothing unusual was noticed in its gait or running powers.

Mr. F. E. Bepparp, F.R.S., Prosector to the Society, exhibited
a skin of the rare Marsupial Dactylopsila palpator (A. Milne-
Edw.), which had been placed in his hands by Dr. C. G.
Seligmann, F.Z.S.

A collection of Molluscan Shells, Corals, &e. collected in the
Pamban Channel, Southern India, was exhibited on behalf of
Mr. C. M. VENKATARAMANUJALU.

The Secretary, Dr. P. Chalmers Mitchell, F.R.S., exhi-
bited preparations of the intestinal tracts of the Polyprotodont

* This Abstract is published by the Society at 3 Hanover Square, London,
W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will
be issued, free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications,
along with the ‘ Proceedings’ ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication
at the price of Stxpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Six
Shillings per annum, payable in advance

48

Marsupials Phascogale penicillata, Snmuinthopsis larapinta, and
S. crassicuudata, made from specimens kindly lent him for the
purpose by Mr. H. C. Beck, F.Z.S., and remarked on the sim-
plicity of the patterns displayed by the intestinal tracts of these
and other Dasyuride as contrasted with other Marsupials.

Dr. C. W. AnpreEws, F.R.S., F.Z.8., on behalf of Dr. R. Broom,
C.M.Z.S., gave an account of a communication, illustrated by
lantern-slides, on the origin of the Mammal-like Reptiles.

Mr. G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., Vice-President of the Society,
gave an account of a memoir entitled “A Revision of the
African Silurid Fishes of the Subfamily Clarvine.”

Prof. E. A. Mrinestn, F.Z.S., described a new species of
Hemogregarine from the blood of a Himalayan lizard, Agama
tuberculata, from Kasauli, India.

The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will
be held on Tuesday, the 14th January, 1908, at half-past Hight
o'clock P.m., when the following communications will be made :—

1. Dr. W. A. Cunnineton, F.Z.8.—Deseription of a Biological
Expedition to Birket el Qurun (illustrated by lantern-slides).

2. Mr. O. Tuomas, F.R.S., F.Z.8.—The Duke of Bedford’s
Zoological Exploration in Hastern Asia— VI. List of Mammals
from the Shantung Peninsula, N. China.

3. Mr. F. E. Bepparp, F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.—
On the Musculature and other Points in the Anatomy of the
Engystomatid Frog, Breviceps verrucosus.

Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings of the
ZoeeLoGICAL Socipry oF Lonpon should be addressed to

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.

3 HAnover Square, Lonpon, W.
December 17th, 1907.

ContTENTS (continued).

November 26, 1907 (continwed).
3. Environmental Studies on the Limpet. By E. S. Russent, M.A......0......0000---- 856

4. Contributions to the Knowledge of the Anatomy of the Batrachian Family Pelobatide.
By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., Prosector to the Society........0+.... 871

5. Microlepidoptera of Tenerife. By the Right Hon. Lorp Watsineuam, M.A., LL.D.,
E.R.S., F.Z.S. (Plates LI.-LIII.) ........ seaial SAAR REA OR TESLA CEVA OS Gale Oo sues 911

6. Dates of Publication of the Separate Parts of Gmelin’s Edition (13th) of the ‘ Systema
Natur’ of Linneus. By Jonn Horxinson, F.LS., F.Z.8., &C..00+..ee esse eee Ge owe eh

7. Report upon a Small Collection of Mammalia brought from Liberia by Mr. Leonard
Leighton. By R. I. Pocock, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Superintendent of the Gardens. (Plate —
MEME V Ee) i crevarehcsecerais sae iaka ol i sralicapete ne aw o)tepRm cleats wth Sitar sioratotniet clete« ie chara. 8 halter evelenetaie seats 1037

December 10, 1907.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of

ENGamerM ber LO gears sci aie offerte cle tials p; afoata sole’ s sure ote seicpe sEaisrameary ie meee Acie etna OLG
Mr. R. H. Burne, F.Z.S. Exhibition of the feet of a Common Duiker ....... reecsesce 1046
Mr, F. E. Beddard, F.RS., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a skin of Dactylopsila palpator ...... 1047

Mr. C. M. Venkataramanujalu, F.2Z.8, Exhibition of a collection of Molluscan Shells,
' =» Corals, &¢., from Southern India ....... Gita coke at late. “aces ab enaoaMa ore ptare ce or \’aa ahaa laa Rn 1047

The Secretary. Exhibition of the intestinal tracts of Phascogale penicillata, Sivinthopsis
larapinta, and=Sy Crassicaudata 6... 008 ccc. cece se wens cele Os5nnOe 0006 nGog oO Be 1047

1. On the Origin of the Mammal-like Reptiles. By R. Broom, D.Sc., C.M.Z.8., Victoria

College, Stellenbosch, S. Africa ..... UAB HI SMOO SHPO GHnH mod oo Carolin 55 05 CEE 1047
2. A Revision of the African Silurid Fishes of the Subfamily Olariine. By G. A

TRON IIR Jel trey iol oes wel Golo ene ONO Geb CDD ob Ox Si eichateyenerseh heron enateeere tel les 1062
3. On a Hemogregarine from the Blood of a Himalayan Lizard (Agama tuberculata). By

E. A. Mincnin, M.A., V.P.Z.S. (Plates LV. & LVIL)..........00. Coa ee ar 1098
TESS E52 iy, ode LER GRIER REIS OREM ene rian Ne Catt om MM Cerin f niga 1 Cretols 1105
Mitlepace cseessceccceceressones Peete eee ce eens eee e eee eens ale Ce eeaeeneiepmaetenest i
WicmoR Council and Olicers’; <<... uiiceuiness ate uate he aici ados em Utena ee ii
Ajisty OF Combemtsie esi eeieieie ei titre <i ne AG atersteini es wees overeltolorckaia revere Calertel etorenetatntons. estaba te ili
‘Alphabetical: Misthof Comtribatorsy, oc cs» 2)= ala ole ae cele siete nine cic» ole elele vjsls¥sis visas -lcists ix
Iristioteslatesi tierce tetera cers Maisuatcuiarceaeriela sem saseats ABS cis ce Bia SCE Pag Ais Domenie an xvii
List of Text-figures ........... Soins sac pieleintniet ys ote olisfon-tn) eiellthalels che wlelelal sts) ese ceres me XO

List of New Generic Terms ....00 »20+ss+0% [SiC CigRasO bee DORE DIOO otte re Pabivertawaiecrty ey) XXII

LIST OF PLATES.

1907, pp. 747-1121.

—— es -
Plate Page
XLII. ad
XLIV.
XLV. StcalesiolsHasliterels spepeterel ore fers oie eleletarerstctainiarete= aed acacia 11-3)!
XLVI. =
XLVII. 1. Plecostomus theringii. 2. P. margaritifer .+....... Bot
XLVIII. 1. Plecostomus strigaticeps. 2. Arges retropinna .....- ae | 795
XLIX. 1. Plecostomus albopunctatus. 2. Arges heterodon ......+ .
L. New and Little-known Araneidea.......cecsececeeecees 817
LI. | . 1030
LILI. } Tenerife Microlepidoptera 1... .sseceecsecececesctceees 1032
tut. J 1034
LTV.” “Genets from Tiberia ...ecosces rele ots lceleleecielacie ales eed)
soe Hemogregarine of Agama tubereulata x AON Socpoocns -- 1098
NOTICE.

The ‘Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, paged consecutively,
so that the complete reference is now P. Z. 8. 1907, p... . The Distribution
is as follows:—

Papers read in January and February, issued in June.
ue » March and April, » 9, August.
s » May and June, 3 93 October,
» November and December,,, ,, April.

‘ Proceedings,’ 1907, pp. 447-746, were published on October 9th, 1907.

The Abstracts of the papers read at the Scientific Meetings in
November and December are contained in this Part.

“x
4:

Vi 0 Wy)

iy Ve

Ra
eh

wee

;
ao
ea

¥
ae
i

£ ee oe

of THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA

OFFICERS, 1918

President:

Wuitman Cross, Washington, D. C.

Vice-Presidents:

BatnEy Wiis, Stanford University, Cal.
FRANK Leverett, Ann Arbor, Mich.
F. H. Knowxron, Washington, D. C.

Secretary:
Epmunp Orts Hovey, American Museum of Natural History,:
New York, N. Y.
Treasurer:

EHpwarp B. Marnews, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md.

Editor:
J. Stantey-Brown, 26 Exchange Place, New York, N. Y.

Iabrarvwn:
F. R.. Van Horn, Cleveland, Ohio

Councilors:

(Term expires 1918)
Frank B. Taytor, Fort Wayne, Ind.
CHARLES P. Berkny, New York, N. Y
(Term expires 1919)
Artuur L. Day, Washington, D. C.
Witi1am H. Emmons, Minneapolis, Minn.
(Term expires 1920)

JOSEPH Barrett, New Haven, Conn. ~
R. A. Daty, Cambridge, Mass.

prison

a

an ee Sat alacht SMITHSONIAN INST!

Wesean 4ity

COT

088 00847 2292

vod A . ' y
i 2)
vl : ‘ r ve
il! RW Ved Lay) Genes Wok $l A Orga dk Ge eh aed ;
+3 Wielenteniseeny vb ie i Ota echae sh det ‘ nore! tia : be
Bera het MVE! WENE ah MLE SS y eae got deaelt Bee GU EL ¢ Wie ta ba thos ‘ wos
Ue APE Vag) nen tg at alee a OP foyraiees ta), teenie SON eA Maal alae al & bon? ‘ ‘ :
PAGE Wala bew ey Didi oud valine i ara Oet PW ide te bd iia, 8 i j (
dane Wo ee hed Hae UE i, ‘ woe ‘ ‘ ay hs
aug tt Bo An LAL ed ay Peon ‘
Wedd hy set ete ab ad cae yet wu : ’ H
fet oan a1998 PROMO Ri ORC Pe rer Pete ean ‘ ; ‘ 3 F
Xen ® ‘ Cola? ' . no aa i wa ;
fsb aeogi3 Nicos ALATA ANS OOP rap Wea QE BE QU wy Neha ati 1 heey, ba rie 1 Boe é
Se ae esti aly me wey id Pepe AUR YP HET RO OSL Ge Beh deh Ree Wie ae
A easealeg tan haeTe NCS WL aU Hades aT te Noha eee oe hee ey Ait ‘ bn '
Matsa tae Na i al if wy a wed t ye
ed ap PARAL aN AD ALN Rae 9 hucaloge rit a ee Ww de wa ‘ “
Beatrice sera) 3 é wei ft Wet HN 4 ‘ v ts tone ‘
Prue arc ie hea th et ‘ ‘ 4 , i
n3WVVio4 do\ ae we bd tot "
poner (adr ba a0 Ae be patos ‘ f ‘
Us fi ‘ uy
Pee ie a Cer Beal ’ ive ba WU
Wea EAD NAN, A Ket gant et pushes P
ayy det hed my fd i i \ ui
page aenleveraye gg les wand aie y ‘ thane yi wae ‘ of
aM de TUMOR Eee eh rh ! Oli aan Dea icant ide? h ’ Cee a hw
TRONS eA CL RE OURS Sc CT D ' wee ai ' L LK, \ ¥
He ea aee aye de piteper tie dk vay Ab oft Teg WSL ey ab niet Lyn oog™ ee tewy ’ din ba ‘ Wired oS fat
Uses ad een, Panera f dive ‘ iat eR be ay bw iit et
scape aastl ome ure sed sate eae Ch AR DAN A Mee Cae :
BN Benet Wns F R va he Veh A yi
We en aay HeWrsn Ae eh ds- 9d AWE NS UTNE ate Ue arith MEG OK park bough APA eh le ek ea ’